Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 1, 2011

Registration No. 333-            

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

under

The Securities Act of 1933

 

 

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   3669   94-3354663
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or
organization)
  (Primary standard industrial code
number)
  (I.R.S. employer identification no.)

 

 

525 Race Street

San Jose, CA 95126

(408) 882-5100

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Robert J. Zollars

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Vocera Communications, Inc.

525 Race Street

San Jose, CA 95126

(408) 882-5100

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Gordon K. Davidson, Esq.

Daniel J. Winnike, Esq.

Fenwick & West LLP

801 California Street

Mountain View, CA 94041

(650) 988-8500

  

Jay M. Spitzen, Esq.

General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Vocera Communications, Inc.

525 Race Street

San Jose, CA 95126

(408) 882-5100

  

Eric C. Jensen, Esq.

Matthew B. Hemington, Esq.

John T. McKenna, Esq.

Cooley LLP

Five Palo Alto Square

3000 El Camino Real

Palo Alto, CA 94304

(650) 843-5000

 

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨             

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨             

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨             

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer   ¨   Accelerated filer   ¨   

Non-accelerated filer   x

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

  Smaller reporting company   ¨

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 
Title of Each Class of Securities to be Registered   Proposed Maximum
Aggregate Offering  Price (1)
  Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.0003 per share .

  $80,000,000   $9,288.00
 
 

 

(1)   Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. Neither we nor the selling stockholders may sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and neither we nor the selling stockholders are soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated August 1, 2011

Prospectus

            shares

LOGO

Common stock

This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of Vocera Communications, Inc. We are selling              shares of common stock, and the selling stockholders are selling              shares of common stock. The estimated initial public offering price is between $             and $            per share.

We have applied for the listing of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “VCRA.”

 

       Per share      Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                    $                

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $         $     

Proceeds to us, before expenses

   $         $     

Proceeds to selling stockholders

   $         $     

We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase up to          additional shares of common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. See “ Risk factors ” beginning on page 13.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

J.P. Morgan       Piper Jaffray
Baird   William Blair & Company     Morgan Keegan   

                    , 2011


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

VOCera

Communication solutions for healthcare professionals

The Vocera Communication Platform

Caregiver

Patient

Vocera

Nurses

Doctors

Support Services

Vocera helps hospitals improve patient safety and experience, caregiver satisfaction, and hospital workflow e_ciency and productivity.


Table of Contents

Table of contents

 

     Page  

Prospectus summary

     1   

Risk factors

     13   

Special note regarding forward-looking statements and industry data

     34   

Use of proceeds

     35   

Dividend policy

     35   

Capitalization

     36   

Dilution

     38   

Unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information

     41   

Selected consolidated financial data

     46   

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

     50   

Business

     74   

Management

     89   

Executive compensation

     99   

Certain relationships and related person transactions

     119   

Principal and selling stockholders

     122   

Description of capital stock

     125   

Shares eligible for future sale

     130   

Material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders

     133   

Underwriting

     138   

Legal matters

     144   

Experts

     144   

Where you can find additional information

     144   

Index to financial statements

     F-1   

 

i


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary does not contain all the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, including “Risk factors” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, before making an investment decision.

Overview

We are a leading provider of mobile communication solutions focused on addressing critical communication challenges facing hospitals today. We help our customers improve patient safety and satisfaction, and increase hospital efficiency and productivity through our Voice Communication solution and new Messaging and Care Transition solutions. Our Voice Communication solution, which includes a lightweight, wearable, voice-controlled communication badge and a software platform, enables users to connect instantly with other hospital staff simply by saying the name, function or group name of the desired recipient. Our Messaging solution securely delivers text messages and alerts directly to and from smartphones, replacing legacy pagers. Our Care Transition solution is a hosted voice and text based software application that captures, manages and monitors patient information when responsibility for the patient is transferred or “handed-off” from one caregiver to another.

Effective communication is extremely important in hospitals but is difficult to achieve given their mobile and widely dispersed staff. Nurses, doctors and other caregivers have responsibilities throughout the hospital, from the emergency department, operating rooms and patient recovery rooms to nursing stations and other locations inside and outside the hospital. Communication challenges are compounded by the critical nature of the information conveyed, and the need for around-the-clock patient care and seamless patient transitions at shift change and in transfers between departments.

Hospital communications are typically conducted through disparate components, including overhead paging, pagers and mobile phones, often relying on written records of who is serving in specific roles during a particular shift. These legacy communication methods are inefficient, often unreliable, noisy and do not provide “closed loop” communication (in which a caller knows if a message has reached its intended recipient). These communication deficiencies can negatively impact patient safety, delay patient care and result in operational inefficiencies. Our communication platform helps hospitals increase productivity and reduce costs by streamlining operations, and improves patient and staff satisfaction by creating a differentiated “Vocera hospital” experience.

At the core of our Voice Communication solution is a patent-protected software platform that we introduced in 2002. We have significantly enhanced and added features and functionality to this solution through ongoing development based on frequent interactions with our customers. Our software platform is built upon a scalable architecture and recognizes more than 100 voice commands. Users can instantly communicate with others using the Vocera communication badge, the Vocera Wi-Fi smartphone or through Vocera client applications available for BlackBerry, iPhone and Android smartphones and other mobile devices. Our Voice Communication solution can also be integrated with nurse call and other clinical systems to immediately and efficiently alert hospital workers to patient needs.

 

 

1


Table of Contents

Our solutions are deployed in over 750 hospitals and healthcare facilities, including large hospital systems and small and medium-sized local hospitals, as well as in over 100 non-healthcare facilities. We sell our solutions to healthcare customers primarily through our direct sales force in the United States, and through direct sales and select distribution channels in international markets. In 2010, we generated revenue of $56.8 million, representing growth of 38.1% over 2009, and net income of $1.2 million. In the first six months of 2011, we generated revenue of $37.4 million, representing 45.9% growth over the first six months of 2010, and a net loss of $1.3 million.

Industry overview

Effective communication is extremely important among mobile and widely dispersed healthcare professionals in hospitals. As of March 31, 2011, there were over 6,800 hospitals in the United States. We believe that a combination of policy changes through healthcare reform, demographic trends and downward pressure on healthcare reimbursement is increasing financial pressure on hospitals and other healthcare providers. Furthermore, the nursing shortage in the United States, with over 115,000 openings, can detract from the patient experience and place further strain on hospital operations. Patients are increasingly selecting hospitals and healthcare providers based on quality of care, cost and overall experience with the provider. In addition, healthcare reform initiatives incorporate financial incentives for hospitals to improve the quality of care and patient satisfaction. These forces are driving hospitals to manage their operations more efficiently and to seek ways to improve staff and patient satisfaction through process improvements and technology solutions.

The primary communication methods used in hospitals have changed very little in decades. Traditionally, communication inside of a hospital has followed a hub and spoke model in which caregivers are required to leave the patient’s bedside and return to the nursing station in order to attempt to speak with other healthcare professionals. Communication challenges are compounded by the critical nature of the information conveyed, and the need for around-the-clock patient care and seamless patient transitions at shift change and in transfers between departments.

Traditional methods of hospital communication create several impediments to effective care and can degrade patient and caregiver satisfaction:

 

 

Time away from the bedside.     We believe that inefficient communication processes are one of the main factors that take the nurse away from the patient, which can be both stressful to the patient and frustrating to the nurse, potentially impacting safety and quality of care.

 

 

Inability to reach the appropriate caregiver in a timely manner .    With numerous people involved in the delivery of patient care in a hospital, valuable time can be lost identifying, locating and contacting the appropriate nurse, physician or other caregiver.

 

 

Noisy environments.     Traditional communication methods, which rely on overhead paging and device alarms, create noise in the hospital that can result in increased patient stress levels and staff frustration. Excessive noise can prevent patients from getting uninterrupted sleep and lengthen recovery time, resulting in an increased length of hospital stay.

 

 

2


Table of Contents
 

Lack of closed loop communication.     Confirmation that the appropriate caregiver has received the transmitted information is typically not provided by traditional communication methods, adversely affecting patient care through delays and miscommunication.

Shortcomings in hospital communication not only cause inconvenience and frustration, but can also lead to medical errors and hospital inefficiencies. The Joint Commission, an independent healthcare accreditation organization, reported that in hospitals’ voluntary reports of over 800 sentinel events in 2010, communication issues were involved in 82% of the events. In addition, communication problems can lead to delays in preparing, or identifying the availability of, critical hospital resources such as operating rooms or emergency rooms, leading to lost revenue opportunities. A 2010 University of Maryland study found that U.S. hospitals waste over $12 billion annually as a result of communication inefficiency among care providers.

Benefits of our solutions

We believe our solutions provide the following key benefits:

 

 

Improve patient safety.     The ability for users of our solutions to instantly connect with the right resources in a closed loop communication process can help reduce medical errors and accidental deaths.

 

 

Enhance patient experience.     Hospitals can improve patient satisfaction through reduced noise levels, more caregiver time at the patient’s bedside, faster response times and improved communication links between the patient and nurse.

 

 

Improve caregiver job satisfaction.     By replacing the traditional hub and spoke communication model, our Voice Communication solution enables caregivers to communicate more efficiently, spend more time caring for the patient at the bedside and walk fewer miles per shift, thus improving job satisfaction and employee retention.

 

 

Increase revenue and reduce expenses.     Hospital resources can be used more efficiently by improving workflow processes, such as increasing operating room turnover, which can lead to higher revenue and lower operating expenses.

Our strengths

We believe that we have the following key competitive strengths:

 

 

Unified communication solutions focused on the requirements of healthcare providers.     We provide solutions tailored to address communication and workflow challenges within hospitals. These solutions can be integrated with many of our customers’ clinical systems. Our healthcare market focus has led to the development of a platform that facilitates point-of-care communication, improves patient safety and satisfaction and increases hospital efficiency and productivity.

 

 

Comprehensive proprietary communication solutions.     Since our founding in 2000, we have built a unique, comprehensive unified communication solution consisting of our software platform, wearable communication badge, Wi-Fi smartphone and mobile applications. We believe our Voice Communication solution, which features a wearable, hands-free badge, is the

 

 

3


Table of Contents
 

only voice-controlled communication system designed for hospitals. Our proprietary platform, leveraging third-party speech recognition and voiceprint verification software, is a proven and scalable client-server solution. Our Voice Communication solution is protected by 13 issued U.S. patents, and eight U.S. patent applications are pending. We recently expanded our portfolio to include solutions that improve communication during patient care transitions and enable secure and reliable messaging.

 

 

Broad and loyal customer base.     We have a broad and diverse customer base ranging from large hospital systems to small local hospitals and other healthcare facilities. Our customers represent an aggregate of over 750 separate hospitals and other healthcare facilities. We have a growing U.S. customer base and are expanding to hospitals in other English-speaking countries. After an initial sale, our customers frequently expand the deployment of our solutions to additional departments and functional groups. In 2010, over 85% of our revenue came from existing customers and we achieved a 98% renewal rate on maintenance contracts, demonstrating the loyalty of our customer base.

 

 

Recognized and trusted brand.     Our brand is recognized and endorsed among healthcare professionals as a trusted provider of healthcare communication solutions. Even among non-Vocera hospitals, we have a very strong brand reputation. In a survey we commissioned in 2010, we were the vendor most frequently mentioned by chief information officers, clinicians and other information technology decision makers at non-Vocera hospitals, when asked who they would consider for voice communication solutions. In addition, we have received the exclusive endorsement of AHA Solutions, a subsidiary of the American Hospital Association, for our Voice Communication and Care Transition solutions.

 

 

Experienced management team.     Our management team has developed a culture of innovation with a focus on delivering value and service for our customers. Our management team includes industry executives with operational experience, understanding of the U.S. and international healthcare and technology markets and extensive relationships with hospitals, which we believe provides us with significant competitive advantages.

Our strategy

Our goal is to extend our leadership position as a provider of communication solutions in the healthcare market. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

 

Expand our business to new U.S. healthcare customers .    As of June 30, 2011, our solutions were deployed in approximately 9% of U.S. hospitals. We plan to continue to expand our direct sales force to win new customers.

 

 

Further penetrate our existing installed customer base .    Typically, our customers initially deploy our Voice Communication solution in a few departments of a hospital and gradually expand to additional departments, or additional hospitals within a healthcare system, as they come to fully appreciate the value of our solutions. A key part of our sales strategy includes promoting further adoption of our Voice Communication solution and demonstrating the value of our new Messaging and Care Transition solutions to our existing customers.

 

 

4


Table of Contents
 

Extend our technology advantage and create new product solutions.     We intend to continue our investment in research and development to enhance the functionality of our communication solutions and increase the value we provide to our customers. We plan to invest in product upgrades, product line extensions and new solutions to enhance our portfolio, such as our recent introduction of client applications for the BlackBerry, iPhone and Android mobile platforms.

 

 

Pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies and assets.     In 2010, we completed four small acquisitions to expand our offerings, demonstrating that we can successfully source, acquire and integrate complementary businesses, technologies and assets. We intend to continue to pursue acquisition opportunities that we believe can accelerate the growth of our business.

 

 

Grow our international healthcare presence.     In addition to our core U.S. market, we sell primarily into other English-speaking markets, including Canada, the United Kingdom, Australia, the Republic of Ireland and New Zealand. As of June 30, 2011, our solutions were deployed in over 90 healthcare facilities outside the United States. We plan to utilize our direct sales force and leverage channel partners to expand our presence in other English-speaking markets and enter non-English speaking countries.

 

 

Expand our communication solutions in non-healthcare markets.     While our current focus is on the healthcare market, we believe that our communication solutions can also provide value in non-healthcare markets, such as hospitality, retail and libraries.

Risk factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks highlighted in the section titled “Risk factors” following this prospectus summary before making an investment decision. These risks include:

 

 

We have incurred significant losses since our inception, and if we cannot achieve and maintain profitability, our business will be harmed and our stock price could decline.

 

 

We depend on sales of our Voice Communication solution in the healthcare market for substantially all of our revenue, and any decrease in its sales would harm our business.

 

 

If we fail to offer high-quality services and support for our Voice Communication solution, our ability to sell our solution could be harmed.

 

 

We depend on a number of sole source and limited source suppliers for several hardware and software components of our Voice Communication solution and on a single contract manufacturer. If we are unable to obtain these components or encounter problems with our contract manufacturer, our business and operating results could be harmed.

 

 

If we fail to successfully develop and introduce new solutions and features to existing solutions, our revenue, operating results and reputation could suffer.

 

 

5


Table of Contents

Corporate information

We were incorporated in Delaware in February 2000. Our principal executive offices are located at 525 Race Street, San Jose, CA 95126, and our telephone number is (408) 882-5100. Our website address is www.vocera.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus and should not be considered to be a part of this prospectus.

Unless otherwise indicated, the terms “Vocera,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Vocera Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

Vocera ® and ExperiaHealth ® are our primary registered trademarks in the United States. Other trademarks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective holders.

 

 

6


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Common stock offered by us

             shares

 

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

             shares

 

Over-allotment option

             shares

 

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

             shares

 

Use of proceeds

We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, including repayment in full of outstanding borrowings under our credit facility and working capital. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, technologies or assets. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders.

 

Risk Factors

You should carefully read the section titled “Risk factors” together with all of the other information set forth in this prospectus before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

Proposed NYSE symbol

VCRA

The shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering are based on 100,417,134 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2011 and exclude:

 

 

19,868,147 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2011, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.40 per share

 

 

1,280,379 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2011, with a weighted average exercise price of $1.03 per share

 

 

             shares to be reserved for issuance under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, each of which will become effective on the first day that our common stock is publicly traded and contains provisions that will automatically increase its share reserve each year, as more fully described in “Executive compensation—Employee benefit plans”

Unless otherwise noted, all information in this prospectus assumes:

 

 

no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option

 

 

the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into an aggregate of 77,498,252 shares of our common stock immediately upon the closing of this offering

 

 

7


Table of Contents
 

a             -for-             reverse split of our capital stock, to be effected prior to the closing of this offering

 

 

the filing of our restated certificate of incorporation, which will occur immediately upon the closing of this offering

 

 

no exercise of options, warrants or rights outstanding as of the date of this prospectus

 

 

8


Table of Contents

Summary consolidated financial data

The following tables summarize our consolidated financial data and should be read together with “Selected consolidated financial data,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes, each included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We derived the consolidated statements of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The consolidated statements of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2011 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that in our opinion are necessary to state fairly the financial information set forth in those statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results we expect in the future, and our interim results should not necessarily be considered indicative of results we expect for the full year.

We derived the pro forma share and per share data for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the six months ended June 30, 2011 from the unaudited pro forma net income (loss) per share information in Note 3 of our “Notes to consolidated financial statements” in our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma share and per share data give effect to (i) the reclassification of our preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital upon conversion of our preferred stock warrants to common stock warrants, (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock and (iii) the repayment in full of outstanding borrowings under our credit facility using proceeds from this offering as if all such transactions had occurred on January 1, 2010.

 

 

9


Table of Contents
      Years ended
December 31,
    Six months ended
June 30,
 
(in thousands, except per share data)   2008     2009     2010     2010     2011  

 

 

Consolidated statements of operations data:

         

Revenue

         

Product

  $ 28,352      $ 25,985      $ 35,516      $ 16,019      $ 23,561   

Service

    11,474        15,154        21,287        9,616        13,835   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    39,826        41,139        56,803        25,635        37,396   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

         

Product

    15,542        11,546        13,004        5,873        8,187   

Service

    4,225        4,320        8,171        3,220        6,199   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    19,767        15,866        21,175        9,093        14,386   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    20,059        25,273        35,628        16,542        23,010   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

         

Research and development

    7,353        5,992        6,698        3,272        4,591   

Sales and marketing

    15,394        16,468        20,953        8,772        13,175   

General and administrative

    3,456        3,489        6,723        1,989        5,081   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    26,203        25,949        34,374        14,033        22,847   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (6,144     (676     1,254        2,509        163   

Interest income

    182        52        33        19        8   

Interest expense

    (143     (141     (77     (42     (122

Other income (expense), net

    (208     (227     (367     (251     (1,217
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (6,313     (992     843        2,235        (1,168

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

                  367        (21     (174
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (6,313   $ (992   $ 1,210      $ 2,214      $ (1,342
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share

         

Basic and diluted

  $ (0.52   $ (0.08   $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ (0.07
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

         

Basic

    12,085        12,234        13,342        12,981        18,989   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    12,085        12,234        17,080        16,052        18,989   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share (unaudited)

         

Basic

      $          $     
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

      $          $     
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding (unaudited)

         

Basic

         
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

         
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other financial data:

         

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

  $ (4,800   $ 578      $ 3,821      $ 3,073      $ 1,773   

 

 
(1)   Please see ”Adjusted EBITDA” below for more information and for a reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA.

 

 

10


Table of Contents

Consolidated balance sheet data as of June 30, 2011 are presented below:

 

 

on an actual basis

 

 

on a pro forma basis to reflect the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital upon conversion of our preferred stock warrants to common stock warrants and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 77,498,252 shares of our common stock, each immediately upon the closing of this offering as if the reclassification and conversion had occurred on June 30, 2011

 

 

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to further reflect (i) the sale by us of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us; and (ii) the application of $             million of the net proceeds from this offering to repay in full outstanding borrowings under our credit facility

 

June 30, 2011

(in thousands)

   Actual     Pro forma      Pro forma as
adjusted (1)
 

 

 

Consolidated balance sheet data:

       

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 11,835      $ 11,835       $     

Total assets

     45,318        45,318      

Total borrowings

     9,333        9,333      

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     2,073             

Convertible preferred stock

     53,013             

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (50,065     5,021      

 

 

 

(1)   Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase or decrease, respectively, our cash and cash equivalents, working capital, total assets and total stockholders’ equity (deficit) by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

Adjusted EBITDA

To provide investors with additional information about our financial results, we disclose within this prospectus adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure. We present adjusted EBITDA because it is used by our board of directors and management to evaluate our operating performance, and we consider it an important supplemental measure of our performance.

Our management uses adjusted EBITDA:

 

 

as a measure of operating performance to assist in comparing performance from period to period on a consistent basis

 

 

as a measure for planning and forecasting overall expectations and for evaluating actual results against such expectations

Adjusted EBITDA is not in accordance with, or an alternative to, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, this non-GAAP measure is not based on any comprehensive set of accounting rules or principles. As a non-GAAP measure, adjusted EBITDA has limitations in that it

 

 

11


Table of Contents

does not reflect all of the amounts associated with our results of operations as determined in accordance with GAAP. In particular:

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest income we earn on cash and cash equivalents, interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt.

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the amounts we paid in taxes or other components of our tax provision.

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect all of our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures.

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA does not include amortization expense from acquired intangible assets.

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA does not include the impact of stock-based compensation.

 

 

Others may calculate adjusted EBITDA differently than we do and these calculations may not be comparable to our adjusted EBITDA metric.

Because of these limitations, you should consider adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including net income (loss) and our financial results presented in accordance with GAAP.

The table below presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

 

       Years ended
December 31,
    Six months ended
June 30,
 
(in thousands)    2008     2009     2010     2010     2011  

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (6,313   $ (992   $ 1,210      $ 2,214      $ (1,342

Interest income

     (182     (52     (33     (19     (8

Interest expense

     143        141        77        42        122   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

                   (367     21        174   

Depreciation and amortization

     809        754        732        368        309   

Amortization of purchased intangibles

                   223               502   

Stock-based compensation

     481        492        508        238        378   

Acquisition related costs (1)

                   1,047                 

Change in fair value of warrant and option liabilities

     262        235        424        209        1,638   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ (4,800   $     578      $  3,821      $  3,073      $ 1,773   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)   Acquisition related costs consist of third-party costs we incurred in connection with acquisitions we completed in 2010.

 

 

12


Table of Contents

R isk factors

You should carefully consider the risks described below and all other information contained in this prospectus before making an investment decision. Our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if any of the following risks, or other risks and uncertainties that are not yet identified or that we currently think are immaterial, actually occur. In that event, the trading price of our shares may decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment.

Risks related to our business and industry

We have incurred significant losses since inception, and may incur losses in the future.

We have incurred significant losses since our inception and may incur losses in the future as we continue to grow our business. As of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011, we had an accumulated deficit of $54.4 million and $55.7 million, respectively. We expect our expenses to increase due to the hiring of additional personnel and the additional operational and reporting costs associated with being a public company. If we cannot achieve and maintain profitability, our business will be harmed and our stock price could decline.

Our ability to achieve and maintain profitability in the future depends upon continued demand for our communication solutions from existing and new customers. Further market adoption of our solutions, including increased penetration within our existing customers, depends upon our ability to improve patient safety and satisfaction and increase hospital efficiency and productivity. In addition, our profitability will be affected by, among other things, our ability to execute on our business strategy, the timing and size of orders, the pricing and costs of our solutions, and the extent to which we invest in sales and marketing, research and development and general and administrative resources.

We depend on sales of our Voice Communication solution in the healthcare market for substantially all of our revenue, and any decrease in its sales would harm our business.

To date, substantially all of our revenue has been derived from sales of our Voice Communication solution to the healthcare market and, in particular, hospitals. Any decrease in revenue from sales of our Voice Communication solution would harm our business. For 2010 and the six months ended June 30, 2011, sales of our Voice Communication solution to the healthcare market accounted for 97.8% and 98.0% of our revenue, respectively. In addition, we obtained a significant portion of these sales from existing hospital customers. We only recently began offering our Messaging and Care Transition solutions, and we anticipate that sales of our Voice Communication solution will represent a significant portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future. While we are evaluating new solutions for non-healthcare markets, we may not be successful in applying our technology to these markets. In any event, we do not anticipate that sales of our Voice Communication solution in non-healthcare markets will represent a significant portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future.

Our success depends in part upon the deployment of our Voice Communication solution by new hospital customers, the expansion and upgrade of our solution at existing customers, and our ability to continue to provide on a timely basis cost-effective solutions that meet the requirements of our hospital customers. Our Voice Communication solution requires a substantial

 

13


Table of Contents

upfront investment by customers. Typically, our hospital customers initially deploy our solutions for specific users in specific departments before expanding our solution into other departments or for other users.

Even if hospital personnel determine that our Voice Communication solution provides compelling benefits over their existing communications methods, their hospitals may not have, or may not be willing to spend, the resources necessary to install and maintain wireless infrastructure to initially deploy and support our solution or expand our solution to other departments or users. Hospitals are currently facing significant budget constraints, ever increasing demands from a growing number of patients, and impediments to obtaining reimbursements for their services. We believe hospitals are currently allocating funds for capital and infrastructure improvements to benefit from recently enacted electronic medical records incentives, which may impact their ability to purchase and deploy our solutions. We might not be able to sustain or increase our revenue from sales of our Voice Communication solution, or achieve the growth rates that we envision, if hospitals continue to face significant budgetary constraints and reduce their spending on communications systems.

Our sales cycle can be lengthy and unpredictable, which may cause our revenue and operating results to fluctuate significantly.

Our sales cycles can be lengthy and unpredictable. Our sales efforts involve educating our customers about the use and benefits of our solutions, including the technical capabilities of our solutions and the potential cost savings and productivity gains achievable by deploying them. Customers typically undertake a significant evaluation process, which frequently involves not only our solutions but also their existing communications methods and those of our competitors, and can result in a lengthy sales cycle of nine to 12 months or more. We spend substantial time, effort and money in our sales efforts without any assurance that our efforts will produce any sales. In addition, purchases of our solutions are frequently subject to budget constraints, multiple approvals, and unplanned administrative, processing and other delays. As a result, our revenue and operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter.

If we fail to increase market awareness of our brand and solutions, and expand our sales and marketing operations, our business could be harmed.

We intend to continue to add personnel and expend resources in sales and marketing as we focus on expanding awareness of our brand and solutions and capitalize on sales opportunities with new and existing customers. Our efforts to improve sales of our solutions will result in an increase in our sales and marketing expense and general and administrative expense, and these efforts may not be successful. Some newly hired sales and marketing personnel may subsequently be determined to be unproductive and have to be replaced, resulting in operational and sales delays and incremental costs. If we are unable to significantly increase the awareness of our brand and solutions or effectively manage the costs associated with these efforts, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

If we fail to offer high-quality services and support for our Voice Communication solution, our ability to sell our solution will be harmed.

Our ability to sell our Voice Communication solution is dependent upon our professional services and technical support teams providing high-quality services and support. Our professional services team assists our customers with their wireless infrastructure assessment, clinical workflow

 

14


Table of Contents

design, communication solution configuration, training and project management during the pre-deployment and deployment stages. Once our solution is deployed within a customer’s facility, the customer typically depends on our technical support team to help resolve technical issues, assist in optimizing the use of our solution and facilitate adoption of new functionality. If we do not effectively assist our customers in deploying our solution, succeed in helping our customers quickly resolve technical and other post-deployment issues, or provide effective ongoing support services, our ability to expand the use of our solution with existing customers and to sell our solution to new customers will be harmed. If deployment of our solution is unsatisfactory, as has been the case with certain third-party deployments in the past, we may incur significant costs to attain and sustain customer satisfaction. As we rapidly hire new services and support personnel, we may inadvertently hire underperforming people who will have to be replaced, leading in some instances to slower growth, additional costs and poor customer relations. In addition, the failure of channel partners to provide high-quality services and support in markets outside the United States could also harm sales of our solution.

We depend on a number of sole source and limited source suppliers, and if we are unable to source our components from them, our business and operating results could be harmed.

We depend on sole and limited source suppliers for several hardware components of our Voice Communication solution, including our batteries and integrated circuits. We purchase inventory generally through individual purchase orders. Any of these suppliers could cease production of our components, experience capacity constraints, material shortages, work stoppages, financial difficulties, cost increases or other reductions or disruptions in output, cease operations or be acquired by, or enter into exclusive arrangements with, a competitor. These suppliers typically rely on purchase orders rather than long-term contracts with their suppliers, and as a result, even if available, the supplier may not be able to secure sufficient materials at reasonable prices or of acceptable quality to build our components in a timely manner. Any of these circumstances could cause interruptions or delays in the delivery of our solutions to our customers, and this may force us to seek components from alternative sources, which may not have the required specifications, or be available in time to meet demand or on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Any of these circumstances may also force us to redesign our solutions if a component becomes unavailable in order to incorporate a component from an alternative source.

Our solutions incorporate multiple software components obtained from licensors on a non-exclusive basis, such as voice recognition software, software supporting the runtime execution of our software platform, and database and reporting software. Our license agreements can be terminated for cause. In many cases, these license agreements specify a limited term and are only renewable beyond that term with the consent of the licensor. If a licensor terminates a license agreement for cause, objects to its renewal, or conditions renewal on modified terms and conditions, we may be unable to obtain licenses for equivalent software components on reasonable terms and conditions, including licensing fees, warranties or protection from infringement claims. Some licensors may discontinue licensing their software to us or support of the software version used in our solutions. In such circumstances, we may need to redesign our solutions at substantial cost to incorporate alternative software components or be subject to higher royalty costs. Any of these circumstances could adversely affect the cost and availability of our solutions.

 

15


Table of Contents

Third-party licensors generally require us to incorporate specific license terms and conditions in our agreements with our customers. If we are alleged to have failed to incorporate these license terms and conditions, we may be subject to claims by these licensors, incur significant legal costs defending ourselves against such claims and, if such claims are successful, be subject to termination of licenses, monetary damages, or an injunction against the continued distribution of one or more of our solutions.

Because we depend upon a contract manufacturer, our operations could be harmed and we could lose sales if we encounter problems with this manufacturer.

We do not have internal manufacturing capabilities and rely upon a contract manufacturer, SMTC Corporation, to produce the primary hardware component of our Voice Communication solution. We have entered into a manufacturing agreement with SMTC that is terminable by either party with advance notice and that may also be terminated for a material uncured breach. We also rely on original design manufacturers, or ODMs, to produce accessories, including batteries, chargers and attachments. If SMTC or an ODM is unable or unwilling to continue manufacturing components of our solutions in the volumes that we require, fails to meet our quality specifications or significantly increases its prices, we may not be able to deliver our solution to our customers with the quantities, quality and performance that they expect in a timely manner. As a result, we could lose sales and our operating results could be harmed.

SMTC or ODMs may experience problems that could impact the quantity and quality of components of our Voice Communication solution, including disruptions in their manufacturing operations due to equipment breakdowns, labor strikes or shortages, component or material shortages and cost increases. SMTC and these ODMs generally rely on purchase orders rather than long-term contracts with their suppliers, and as a result, may not be able to secure sufficient components or other materials at reasonable prices or of acceptable quality to build components of our solutions in a timely manner. The majority of the components of our Voice Communication solution are manufactured in Asia or Mexico and adverse changes in political or economic circumstances in those locations could also disrupt our supply and quality of components of our solutions. SMTC and our ODMs also manufacture products for other companies. Generally, our orders represent a relatively small percentage of the overall orders received by SMTC and these ODMs from their customers; therefore, fulfilling our orders may not be a priority in the event SMTC or an ODM is constrained in its ability to fulfill all of its customer obligations. In addition, if SMTC or an ODM is unable or unwilling to continue manufacturing components of our solutions, we may have to identify one or more alternative manufacturers. The process of identifying and qualifying a new contract manufacturer or ODM can be time consuming, and we may not be able to substitute suitable alternative manufacturers in a timely manner or at an acceptable cost. Additionally, transitioning to a new manufacturer may cause us to incur additional costs and delays if the new manufacturer has difficulty manufacturing components of our solutions to our specifications or quality standards.

If we fail to forecast our manufacturing requirements accurately, or fail to properly manage our inventory with our contract manufacturer, we could incur additional costs and experience manufacturing delays, which can adversely affect our operating results.

We place orders with our contract manufacturer, SMTC, and we and SMTC place orders with suppliers based on forecasts of customer demand. Because of our international low cost sourcing strategy, our lead times are long and cause substantially more risk to forecasting accuracy than

 

16


Table of Contents

would result were lead times shorter. Our forecasts are based on multiple assumptions, each of which may introduce errors into our estimates affecting our ability to meet our customers’ demands for our solutions. If demand for our solutions increases significantly, we may not be able to meet demand on a timely basis, and we may need to expend a significant amount of time working with our customers to allocate limited supply and maintain positive customer relations, or we may incur additional costs in order to expedite the manufacture and delivery of additional inventory. If we underestimate customer demand, our contract manufacturer may have inadequate materials and subcomponents on hand to produce components of our solutions, which could result in manufacturing interruptions, shipment delays, deferral or loss of revenue, and damage to our customer relationships. Conversely, if we overestimate customer demand, we and SMTC may purchase more inventory than required for actual customer orders, resulting in excess or obsolete inventory, thereby increasing our costs and harming our operating results.

If hospitals do not have and are not willing to install the wireless infrastructure required to operate our Voice Communication solution, then they may experience technical problems or not purchase our solution at all.

The effectiveness of our Voice Communication solution depends upon the quality and compatibility of the communications environment of our healthcare customers. Our solutions require voice-grade wireless, or Wi-Fi, installed through large enterprise environments, which can vary from hospital to hospital and from department to department within a hospital. Many hospitals have not installed a voice-grade wireless infrastructure. If potential customers do not have a wireless network that can properly and fully interoperate with our Voice Communication solution, then such a network must be installed, or an existing Wi-Fi network must be upgraded, for example, by adding access points in stairwells, for our Voice Communication solution to be fully functional. The additional cost of installing or upgrading a Wi-Fi network may dissuade potential customers from installing our solution. Furthermore, if changes to a customer’s physical or information technology environment cause integration issues or degrade the effectiveness of our solution, or if the customer fails to upgrade its environment as may be required for software releases or updates, the customer may not be able to fully utilize our solution or may experience technical problems. If such circumstances arise, prospective customers may not purchase or existing customers may not expand their use of or deploy upgraded versions of our Voice Communication solution, thereby harming our business and operating results.

We plan to opportunistically expand our communications solutions in non-healthcare markets, but this expansion may not be successful.

We are currently focused on selling our communications solutions to the healthcare market. We are evaluating how to further serve non-healthcare markets, but we plan to address non-healthcare markets opportunistically. We may not be successful in further penetrating the current non-healthcare markets we serve or in selling our solutions to new markets. For the six months ended June 30, 2011, we had over 100 customers in non-healthcare verticals, including hospitality, retail and libraries, accounting for 2.0% of our revenue. If we cannot maintain these customers by providing communications solutions that meet their requirements, if we cannot successfully expand our communications solutions in non-healthcare markets, or if our solutions are adopted more slowly than we anticipate, we may not obtain significant revenue from these markets. We may experience challenges as we expand in non-healthcare markets, including pricing pressure on our solutions and technical issues as we adapt our solutions for the requirements of new markets. Our communications solutions also may not contain the

 

17


Table of Contents

functionality required by these non-healthcare markets or may not sufficiently differentiate us from competing solutions such that customers can justify deploying our solutions.

If we fail to successfully develop and introduce new solutions and features to existing solutions, our revenue, operating results and reputation could suffer.

Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to develop and introduce new solutions and features to existing solutions that meet existing and new customer requirements. We may not be able to develop and introduce new solutions or features on a timely basis or in response to customers’ changing requirements, or that sufficiently differentiate us from competing solutions such that customers can justify deploying our solutions. We may experience technical problems and additional costs as we introduce new features to our software platform, deploy future models of our wireless badges and integrate new solutions with existing customer clinical systems and workflows. In addition, we may face technical difficulties as we expand into non-English speaking countries and incorporate non-English speech recognition capabilities into our Voice Communication solution. Any new wireless badges may also reduce demand for our existing badges, and we must successfully manage the transition from existing badges, avoid excessive inventory levels and ensure that sufficient supplies of new badges can be delivered to meet customer demand. We also may incur substantial costs or delays in the manufacture of components of new models as we seek to optimize production methods and processes at our contract manufacturer. In addition, we expect that we will at least initially achieve lower gross margins on new models, while endeavoring to reduce manufacturing costs over time. If any of these problems were to arise, our revenue, operating results and reputation could suffer.

If we do not achieve the anticipated strategic or financial benefits from our acquisitions or if we cannot successfully integrate them, our business and operating results could be harmed.

We have acquired, and in the future may acquire, complementary businesses, technologies or assets that we believe to be strategic, such as our four acquisitions completed in 2010. We may not achieve the anticipated strategic or financial benefits, or be successful in integrating any acquired businesses, technologies or assets. If we cannot effectively integrate our Voice Communication solution with our new Messaging and Care Transition solutions and successfully market and sell these solutions, we may not achieve market acceptance for, or significant revenue from, these new solutions.

Integrating newly acquired businesses, technologies and assets could strain our resources, could be expensive and time consuming, and might not be successful. Our recent acquisitions expose us, and if we acquire or invest in additional businesses, technologies or assets, we will be further exposed, to a number of risks, including that we may:

 

 

experience technical issues as we integrate acquired businesses, technologies or assets into our existing communications solutions

 

 

encounter difficulties leveraging our existing sales and marketing organizations, and direct sales channels, to increase our revenue from acquired businesses, technologies or assets

 

 

find that the acquisition does not further our business strategy, we overpaid for the acquisition or the economic conditions underlying our acquisition decision have changed

 

 

have difficulty retaining the key personnel of acquired businesses

 

18


Table of Contents
 

suffer disruption to our ongoing business and diversion of our management’s attention as a result of transition or integration issues and the challenges of managing geographically or culturally diverse enterprises

 

 

experience unforeseen and significant problems or liabilities associated with quality, technology and legal contingencies relating to the acquisition, such as intellectual property or employment matters

In addition, from time to time we may enter into negotiations for acquisitions that are not ultimately consummated. These negotiations could result in significant diversion of management time, as well as substantial out-of-pocket costs. If we were to proceed with one or more significant acquisitions in which the consideration included cash, we could be required to use a substantial portion of our available cash, including the proceeds of this offering. To the extent we issue shares of capital stock or other rights to purchase capital stock, including options and warrants, the ownership of existing stockholders would be diluted. In addition, acquisitions may result in the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities, large write-offs, or other unanticipated costs, events or circumstances, any of which could harm our operating results.

If we are not able to manage our growth effectively, or if our business does not grow as we expect, our operating results will suffer.

We have experienced significant revenue growth in a short period of time. Our revenue increased from $39.8 million for 2008 to $56.8 million for 2010, and from $25.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010 to $37.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011. During these periods, we significantly expanded our operations. For example, in order to transition, to a direct sales model for the U.S. healthcare market in place of a reseller and indirect sales model, we more than doubled the number of our employees, from 123 as of January 1, 2009 to 268 as of June 30, 2011.

Our rapid growth has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our management systems, infrastructure and other resources. We plan to hire additional direct sales and marketing personnel domestically and internationally, acquire complementary businesses, technologies or assets, and increase our investment in research and development. Our future operating results depend to a large extent on our ability to successfully implement these plans and manage our anticipated expansion. To do so successfully we must, among other things:

 

 

manage our expenses in line with our operating plans and current business environment

 

 

maintain and enhance our operational, financial and management controls, reporting systems and procedures

 

 

integrate acquired businesses, technologies or assets

 

 

manage operations in multiple locations and time zones

 

 

develop and deliver new solutions and enhancements to existing solutions efficiently and reliably

We expect to incur costs associated with these investments before the anticipated benefits or the returns are realized, if at all. If we are unable to manage our growth effectively, we may not be able to take advantage of market opportunities or develop new solutions or enhancements to existing solutions. We may also fail to satisfy customer requirements, maintain quality, execute our business plan or respond to competitive pressures, which could result in lower revenue and a decline in the share price of our common stock.

 

19


Table of Contents

We generally recognize revenue from maintenance and support contracts for our Voice Communication solution over the contract term, and changes in sales may not be immediately reflected in our operating results.

We generally recognize revenue from our customer maintenance and support contracts for our Voice Communication solution ratably over the contract term, which is typically 12 months, in some cases subject to an early termination right. For 2010 and the six months ended June 30, 2011, revenue from our maintenance and support contracts accounted for 30.7% and 27.2% of our revenue, respectively. A portion of the revenue we report in each quarter is derived from the recognition of deferred revenue relating to maintenance and support contracts entered into during previous quarters. Consequently, a decline in new or renewed maintenance and support by our customers in any one quarter may not be immediately reflected in our revenue for that quarter. Such a decline, however, will negatively affect our revenue in future quarters. Accordingly, the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our services and potential changes in our rate of renewals may not be fully reflected in our operating results until future periods.

Our revenue and operating results have fluctuated, and are likely to continue to fluctuate, which may make our quarterly results difficult to predict, cause us to miss analyst expectations and cause the price of our common stock to decline.

Our operating results may be difficult to predict, even in the near term, and are likely to fluctuate as a result of a variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control. We have historically obtained substantially all of our revenue from the sale of our Voice Communication solution, which we anticipate will represent the most significant portion of our revenue for the foreseeable future, as we only recently began offering our Messaging and Care Transition solutions.

Comparisons of our revenue and operating results on a period-to-period basis may not be meaningful. You should not rely on our past results as an indication of our future performance. Each of the following factors, among others, could cause our operating results to fluctuate from quarter to quarter:

 

 

the financial health of our healthcare customers and budgetary constraints on their ability to upgrade their communications

 

 

changes in the regulatory environment affecting our healthcare customers, including impediments to their ability to obtain reimbursement for their services

 

 

our ability to expand our sales and marketing operations

 

 

the procurement and deployment cycles of our healthcare customers and the length of our sales cycles

 

 

variations in the amount of orders booked in a prior quarter but not delivered until later quarters

 

 

our mix of solutions and pricing, including discounts by us or our competitors

 

 

our ability to forecast demand and manage lead times for the manufacture of our solutions

 

 

our ability to develop and introduce new solutions and features to existing solutions that achieve market acceptance

 

20


Table of Contents

Our success depends upon our ability to attract, integrate and retain key personnel, and our failure to do so could harm our ability to grow our business.

Our success depends, in part, on the continuing services of our senior management and other key personnel, and our ability to continue to attract, integrate and retain highly skilled personnel, particularly in engineering, sales and marketing. Competition for highly skilled personnel is intense, particularly in the Silicon Valley where our headquarters are located. If we fail to attract, integrate and retain key personnel, our ability to grow our business could be harmed.

The members of our senior management and other key personnel are at-will employees, and may terminate their employment at any time without notice. If they terminate their employment, we may not be able to find qualified individuals to replace them on a timely basis or at all and our senior management may need to divert their attention from other aspects of our business. Former employees may also become employees of a competitor. We may also have to pay additional compensation to attract and retain key personnel. We also anticipate hiring additional engineering, marketing and sales personnel to grow our business. Often, significant amounts of time and resources are required to train these personnel. We may incur significant costs to attract, integrate and retain them, and we may lose them to a competitor or another company before we realize the benefit of our investments in them.

We primarily compete in the rapidly evolving and competitive healthcare market, and if we fail to effectively respond to competitive pressures, our business and operating results could be harmed.

We believe that at this time the primary competition for our Voice Communication solution consists of traditional methods using wired phones, pagers and overhead intercoms. While we believe that our system is superior to these legacy methods, our solution requires a significant infrastructure investment by a hospital and many hospitals may not recognize the value of implementing our solution.

Manufacturers and distributors of product categories such as cellular phones, pagers, mobile radios, and in-building wireless telephones attempt to sell their products to hospitals as components of an overall communication system. Of these product categories, in-building wireless telephones represent the most significant competition for the sale of our solution. The market for in-building wireless phones is dominated by large horizontal communications companies such as Cisco Systems, Ascom and Polycom. In addition, while smartphones and tablets are not at present direct competitors, their proliferation may make them a de facto standard for hospital workflow, thereby making our solution less attractive to customers.

While we do not have a directly comparable competitor that provides a richly featured voice communication system for the healthcare market, we could face such competition in the future. Potential competitors in the healthcare or communications markets include large, multinational companies with significantly more resources to dedicate to product development and sales and marketing. These companies may have existing relationships within the hospital, which may enhance their ability to gain a foothold in our market. Customers may prefer to purchase a more highly integrated or bundled solution from a single provider or an existing supplier rather than a new supplier, regardless of performance or features.

Accordingly, if we fail to effectively respond to competitive pressures, we could experience pricing pressure, reduced profit margins, higher sales and marketing expenses, lower revenue

 

21


Table of Contents

and the loss of market share, any of which would harm our business, operating results or financial condition.

Our international operations subject us, and may increasingly subject us in the future, to operational, financial, economic and political risks abroad.

Although we derive a relatively small portion of our revenue from customers outside the United States, we believe that non-U.S. customers could represent an increasing share of our revenue in the future. During 2010 and the six months ended June 30, 2011, we obtained 9.7% and 8.4% of our revenue, respectively, from customers outside of the United States, including Canada, the United Kingdom, Australia, the Republic of Ireland and New Zealand. Accordingly, we are subject to risks and challenges that we would not otherwise face if we conducted our business solely in the United States, including:

 

 

challenges incorporating non-English speech recognition capabilities into our solutions as we expand into non-English speaking countries

 

 

difficulties integrating our solutions with wireless infrastructures with which we do not have experience

 

 

difficulties integrating local dialing plans and applicable PBX standards

 

 

challenges associated with delivering support, training and documentation in several languages

 

 

difficulties in staffing and managing personnel and resellers

 

 

the need to comply with a wide variety of foreign laws and regulations, including increasingly stringent data privacy regulations, requirements for export controls for encryption technology, changes in tax laws and tax audits by government agencies

 

 

political and economic instability in, or foreign conflicts that involve or affect, the countries of our customers

 

 

difficulties in collecting accounts receivable and longer accounts receivable payment cycles

 

 

exposure to competitors who are more familiar with local markets

 

 

limited or unfavorable intellectual property protection in some countries

 

 

currency exchange rate fluctuations, which could affect the price of our solutions relative to locally produced solutions

Any of these factors could harm our existing international business, impair our ability to expand into international markets or harm our operating results.

Our Voice Communication solution is highly complex and may contain undetected software or hardware errors that could harm our reputation and operating results.

Our Voice Communication solution incorporates complex technology, is deployed in a variety of complex hospital environments and must interoperate with many different types of devices and hospital systems. While we test the components of our solutions for defects and errors prior to release, we or our customers may not discover a defect or error until after we have deployed our solution, integrated it into the hospital environment and our customer has commenced general

 

22


Table of Contents

use of the solution. For example, in 2005, the prior model of our wireless badge, the B1000, was affected by chipset compatibility issues with certain wireless access points at customer facilities, resulting in our exchanging a large percentage of deployed badges for new badges. We did this exchange at no cost to our customers, thereby incurring substantial costs. In addition, our solutions in some cases are integrated with hardware and software offered by “middleware” vendors in order to interoperate with nurse call systems, device alarms and other hospital systems. If we cannot successfully integrate our solution with these vendors as needed or if any hardware or software of these vendors contains any defect or error, then our solution may not perform as designed, or may exhibit a defect or error.

Any defects or errors in, or which are attributed to, our solutions, could result in:

 

 

delayed market acceptance of our affected solutions

 

 

loss of revenue or delay in revenue recognition

 

 

loss of customers or inability to attract new customers

 

 

diversion of engineering or other resources for remedying the defect or error

 

 

damage to our brand and reputation

 

 

increased service and warranty costs

 

 

legal actions by our customers and hospital patients

If any of these occur, our operating results and reputation could be harmed.

We face potential liability related to the privacy and security of personal information collected through our solutions.

In connection with our healthcare communications business, we may handle or have access to personal health information subject in the United States to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA, the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act of 2009, or HITECH, regulations issued pursuant to these statutes, state privacy and security laws and regulations, and associated contractual obligations as a “business associate” of healthcare providers. These statutes and regulations impose numerous requirements regarding the use and disclosure of personal health information with which we must comply. Our failure to accurately anticipate the application or interpretation of these laws and regulations as we develop our solutions or a failure by us to comply with their requirements (e.g., evolving encryption and security requirements) could create material civil and/or criminal liability for us, resulting in adverse publicity and negatively affecting our business.

In addition, the use and disclosure of personal health information is subject to regulation in other jurisdictions in which we do business or expect to do business in the future. Those jurisdictions may attempt to apply such laws extraterritorially or through treaties or other arrangements with U.S. governmental entities. We might unintentionally violate such laws, such laws may be modified and new laws may be enacted in the future which may increase the chance that we violate them. Any such developments, or developments stemming from enactment or modification of other laws, or the failure by us to comply with their requirements or to accurately anticipate the application or interpretation of these laws could create material liability to us, result in adverse publicity and negatively affect our business.

 

23


Table of Contents

For example, the European Union, or EU, adopted the Data Protection Directive, or DPD, imposing strict regulations and establishing a series of requirements regarding the storage of personally identifiable information on computers or recorded on other electronic media. This has been implemented by all EU member states through national laws. DPD provides for specific regulations requiring all non-EU countries doing business with EU member states to provide adequate data privacy protection when receiving personal data from any of the EU member states. Similarly, Canada’s Personal Information and Protection of Electronic Documents Act provides Canadian residents with privacy protections in regard to transactions with businesses and organizations in the private sector and sets out ground rules for how private sector organizations may collect, use and disclose personal information in the course of commercial activities. A finding that we have failed to comply with applicable laws and regulations regarding the collection, use and disclosure of personal information could create liability for us, result in adverse publicity and negatively affect our business.

Any legislation or regulation in the area of privacy and security of personal information could affect the way we operate our services and could harm our business. The costs of compliance with, and the other burdens imposed by, these and other laws or regulatory actions may prevent us from selling our solutions or increase the costs associated with selling our solutions, and may affect our ability to invest in or jointly develop solutions in the United States and in foreign jurisdictions. Further, we cannot assure you that our privacy and security policies and practices will be found sufficient to protect us from liability or adverse publicity relating to the privacy and security of personal information.

Developments in the healthcare industry and governing regulations could negatively affect our business.

Substantially all of our revenue is derived from customers in the healthcare industry, in particular, hospitals. The healthcare industry is highly regulated and is subject to changing political, legislative, regulatory and other influences. Developments generally affecting the healthcare industry, including new regulations or new interpretations of existing regulations, could adversely affect spending on information technology and capital equipment by reducing funding, changes in healthcare pricing or delivery, or creating impediments for obtaining healthcare reimbursements, thereby causing our sales to decline and negatively impacting our business. For example, the profit margins of our hospital customers are modest and pending changes in reimbursement for healthcare costs may reduce the overall solvency of our customers or cause further deterioration in their financial or business condition.

In March 2010, the United States enacted comprehensive healthcare reform legislation through the Patient Protection and Affordable Health Care for America Act and the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act. The new law is expected to increase the number of Americans with health insurance coverage by approximately 32 million through individual and employer mandates, subsidies offered to lower income individuals with smaller employers and broadening of Medicaid eligibility, and to affect healthcare reimbursement levels for healthcare providers. We cannot predict with certainty what the ultimate effect of federal healthcare reform or any future legislation or regulation, or healthcare initiatives, if any, implemented at the state level, will have on us or our customers. For example, the federal healthcare reform imposes a 2.3% excise tax on medical devices beginning January 2013, to which our company would be subject if any of our communications solutions are classified as medical devices. The impact of the tax, coupled with reform-associated payment reductions to Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement, could harm our business, operating results and cash flows.

 

24


Table of Contents

In addition, our customers’ expectations regarding pending or potential industry developments may also affect their budgeting processes and spending plans with respect to our communications solutions. The healthcare industry has changed significantly in recent years and we expect that significant changes will continue to occur. However, the timing and impact of developments in the healthcare industry are difficult to predict. We cannot assure you that the markets for our solutions will continue to exist at current levels or that we will have adequate technical, financial and marketing resources to react to changes in those markets.

Our use of open source and non-commercial software components could impose risks and limitations on our ability to commercialize our solutions.

Our solutions contain software modules licensed under open source and other types of non-commercial licenses, including the GNU Public License, the GNU Lesser Public License, the Apache License and others. We also may incorporate open source and other licensed software into our solutions in the future. Use and distribution of such software may entail greater risks than use of third-party commercial software, as licenses of these types generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement claims or the quality of the code. Some of these licenses require the release of our proprietary source code to the public if we combine our proprietary software with open source software in certain manners. This could allow competitors to create similar products with lower development effort and time and ultimately result in a loss of sales for us.

The terms of many open source and other non-commercial licenses have not been interpreted by U.S. courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that could impose unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to commercialize our solutions. In such event, in order to continue offering our solutions, we could be required to seek licenses from alternative licensors, which may not be available on a commercially reasonable basis or at all, to re-engineer our solutions or to discontinue the sale of our solutions in the event we cannot obtain a license or re-engineer our solutions on a timely basis, any of which could harm our business and operating results. In addition, if an owner of licensed software were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of the corresponding license agreement, we could incur significant legal costs defending ourselves against such allegations. In the event such claims were successful, we could be subject to significant damages, be required to disclose our source code, or be enjoined from the distribution of our solutions.

Claims of intellectual property infringement could harm our business.

Vigorous protection and pursuit of intellectual property rights has resulted in protracted and expensive litigation for many companies in our industry. Although claims of this kind have not materially affected our business to date, there can be no assurance of the absence of such claims in the future. Any claims or proceedings against us, whether meritorious or not, could be time consuming, result in costly litigation, require significant amounts of management time, result in the diversion of significant operational resources, or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements, any of which could harm our business and operating results.

Intellectual property lawsuits are subject to inherent uncertainties due to the complexity of the technical issues involved, and we cannot be certain that we will be successful in defending ourselves against intellectual property claims. In addition, we currently have a limited portfolio of issued patents compared to many other industry participants, and therefore may not be able to effectively utilize our intellectual property portfolio to assert defenses or counterclaims in

 

25


Table of Contents

response to patent infringement claims or litigation brought against us by third parties. Further, litigation may involve patent holding companies or other adverse patent owners who have no relevant products and against whom our potential patents may provide little or no deterrence. Many potential litigants have the capability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights and to defend claims that may be brought against them. Furthermore, a successful claimant could secure a judgment that requires us to pay substantial damages or prevents us from distributing certain solutions or performing certain services. We might also be required to seek a license and pay royalties for the use of such intellectual property, which may not be available on commercially acceptable terms or at all. Alternatively, we may be required to develop non-infringing technology, which could require significant effort and expense and may ultimately not be successful.

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property rights, our competitive position could be harmed or we could be required to incur significant expenses to enforce our rights.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to protect our proprietary technology. We protect our proprietary technology through patent, copyright, trade secret and trademark laws in the United States and similar laws in other countries. We also protect our proprietary technology through licensing agreements, nondisclosure agreements and other contractual provisions. These protections may not be available in all cases or may be inadequate to prevent our competitors from copying, reverse engineering or otherwise obtaining and using our technology, proprietary rights or solutions in an unauthorized manner. The laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States, and mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property rights may be inadequate. In addition, third parties may seek to challenge, invalidate or circumvent our patents, trademarks, copyrights and trade secrets, or applications for any of the foregoing. Our competitors may independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent, or superior, to our technology or design around our proprietary rights. In each case, our ability to compete could be significantly impaired.

To prevent unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights, it may be necessary to prosecute actions for infringement or misappropriation of our proprietary rights. Any such action could result in significant costs and diversion of our resources and management’s attention, and there can be no assurance that we will be successful in such action. Furthermore, many of our current and potential competitors have the ability to dedicate substantially greater resources to enforce their intellectual property rights than we. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing or misappropriating our intellectual property.

While we plan to continue to protect our intellectual property with, among other things, patent protection, there can be no assurance that:

 

 

current or future U.S. or foreign patent applications will be approved

 

 

our issued patents will protect our intellectual property and not be held invalid or unenforceable if challenged by third parties

 

 

we will succeed in protecting our technology adequately in all key jurisdictions in which we or our competitors operate

 

 

others will not independently develop similar or competing products or methods or design around any patents that may be issued to us

 

26


Table of Contents

Our failure to obtain patents with claims of a scope necessary to cover our technology, or the invalidation of our patents, or our inability to protect any of our intellectual property, may weaken our competitive position and harm our business and operating results.

We might be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect our intellectual property rights. We may initiate claims or litigation against third parties for infringement of our proprietary rights or to establish the validity of our proprietary rights. Any litigation, whether or not it is resolved in our favor, could result in significant expense to us and divert the efforts of our technical and management personnel, which may harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our solutions could be subject to regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration or similar foreign agencies, which could increase our operating costs.

We provide devices that may be, or may become, subject to regulation by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and similar agencies in other countries, or the jurisdiction of these agencies could be expanded in the future to include our solutions. The FDA regulates certain products, including software-based products, as “medical devices” based, in part, on the intended use of the product and the risk the device poses to the patient should the device fail to perform properly. Although we have concluded that our wireless badge is a general-purpose communications device not subject to FDA regulation, the FDA could disagree with our conclusion, or changes in our solutions or the FDA’s evolving regulation could lead to FDA regulation of our solutions. Many other countries in which we sell or may sell our solutions could also have similar regulations applicable to our solutions, some of which may be subject to change or interpretation. We may incur substantial operating costs if we are required to register our solutions or components of our solutions as regulated medical devices under U.S. or foreign regulations, obtain premarket approval from the FDA or foreign regulatory agencies, and satisfy the extensive reporting requirements. In addition, failure to comply with these regulations could result in enforcement actions and monetary penalties.

Product liability or other liability claims could cause us to incur significant costs, adversely affect the sales of our solutions and harm our reputation.

Our solutions are utilized by healthcare professionals and others in the course of providing patient care. It is possible that patients, family members, physicians or others may allege we are responsible for harm to patients due to defects in, or the malfunction of, our solutions. Any such allegations could harm our reputation and ability to sell our solutions. Components of our solutions utilizing Wi-Fi also emit radio frequency, or RF, energy. RF emissions have been alleged, in connection with cellular phones, to have adverse health consequences. While these components of our solutions comply with guidelines applicable to such emissions, some may allege that these components of our solutions cause adverse health consequences or applicable guidelines may change making these components of our solutions non-compliant. In addition, regulatory agencies in the United States and other countries in which we do or plan to do business may implement regulations concerning RF emissions standards. Any such allegations or non-compliance, or any regulatory changes affecting the transmission of radio signals could negatively impact the sales of our solutions, require costly modifications to our solutions and harm our reputation.

Although our customer agreements contain terms and conditions, including disclaimers of liability, that are intended to reduce or eliminate our potential liability, we could be required to spend significant amounts of management time and resources to defend ourselves against

 

27


Table of Contents

product liability, tort, warranty or other claims. If any such claims were to prevail, we could be forced to pay damages, comply with injunctions or stop distributing our solutions. Even if potential claims do not result in liability to us, investigating and defending against these claims could be expensive and time consuming and could divert management’s attention away from our business. We maintain general liability insurance coverage, including coverage for errors and omissions; however, this coverage may not be sufficient to cover large claims against us or otherwise continue to be available on acceptable terms. Further, the insurer could attempt to disclaim coverage as to any particular claim.

Our business is subject to the risks of earthquakes, fire, floods and other natural catastrophic events, and to interruption by manmade problems such as power disruptions or terrorism.

Our corporate headquarters are located in the San Francisco Bay Area, a region known for seismic activity, and many critical components of our solutions are sourced in Asia, a region that has also suffered natural disasters. A significant natural disaster, such as an earthquake, fire or a flood, occurring at our headquarters, our other facilities or where our contract manufacturer or its suppliers are located, could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, acts of terrorism could cause disruptions in our business, the businesses of our customers and suppliers, or the economy as a whole. We also rely on information technology systems to communicate among our workforce located worldwide, and in particular, our senior management, general and administrative, and research and development activities that are coordinated with our corporate headquarters in the San Francisco Bay Area. Any disruption to our internal communications, whether caused by a natural disaster or by manmade problems, such as power disruptions, in the San Francisco Bay Area or Asia could delay our research and development efforts, cause delays or cancellations of customer orders or delay deployment of our solutions, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

We may require additional capital to support our business growth, and such capital may not be available.

We intend to continue to make investments to support business growth and may require additional funds to respond to business challenges, which include the need to develop new solutions or enhance existing solutions, enhance our operating infrastructure, expand our sales and marketing capabilities, expand into non-healthcare markets, and acquire complementary businesses, technologies or assets. Accordingly, we may need to engage in equity or debt financing to secure funds in addition to our current debt facility. Equity and debt financing, however, might not be available when needed or, if available, might not be available on terms satisfactory to us. If we raise additional funds through equity financing, our stockholders may experience dilution. Debt financing, if available, may involve covenants restricting our operations or our ability to incur additional debt. If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing on terms satisfactory to us, our ability to continue to support our business growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited as we may have to delay, reduce the scope of or eliminate some or all of our initiatives, which could harm our operating results.

We will incur increased costs as a result of operating as a public company and our management will have to devote substantial time to public company compliance obligations.

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, and our stock exchange, has

 

28


Table of Contents

imposed various requirements on public companies, including requiring changes in corporate governance practices. Our management and other personnel will need to devote a substantial amount of time to these compliance requirements and any new requirements that the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 may impose on public companies. Moreover, these rules and regulations, along with compliance with accounting principles and regulatory interpretations of such principles, have increased and will continue to increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs and have made and will continue to make some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, we expect these rules and regulations to make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. These rules and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or our board committees, or as executive officers. We will evaluate the need to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting and financial knowledge.

If we do not remediate a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting or are unable to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future, the accuracy and timeliness of our financial reporting may be adversely affected.

In connection with its audit of our financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010, our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is defined under the standards issued by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board as a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected and corrected on a timely basis.

The material weakness identified by our independent registered public accounting firm related to the impact of our 2010 acquisitions on our income tax provision. We utilize the services of a tax firm to assist us in filing our tax returns and calculating our tax provision. In order to remedy the material weakness, we intend to replace the firm we have historically retained with a tax firm with additional experience in purchase accounting.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we assess the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting annually and disclosure controls and procedures quarterly. In particular, beginning with the year ending on December 31, 2012, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on, and our independent registered public accounting firm to attest to, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Our testing, or the subsequent testing by our accounting firm, that must be performed for 2012 may reveal other material weaknesses or that the material weakness described above has not been fully remediated. If we do not remediate the material weakness described above, other material weaknesses are identified or we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner, our reported financial results could be restated, we could receive an adverse opinion regarding our controls from our accounting firm and we could be subject to investigations or sanctions by regulatory authorities, which would require additional financial and management resources, and the market price of our stock could decline.

 

29


Table of Contents

Risks related to this offering

The market price of our common stock may be volatile, and your investment in our stock could suffer a decline in value.

We will determine the initial public offering price through negotiations with the underwriters and such price may not be indicative of future prices of our common stock, which may fluctuate significantly. There has been significant volatility in the market price and trading volume of equity securities, which is often unrelated or disproportionate to the financial performance of the companies issuing the securities. These broad market fluctuations may negatively affect the market price of our common stock. The market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly in response to the factors described above and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

 

actual or anticipated variation in anticipated operating results of us or our competitors

 

 

the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections

 

 

announcements by us or our competitors of new solutions, new or terminated significant contracts, commercial relationships or capital commitments

 

 

failure of securities analysts to maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors

 

 

developments or disputes concerning our intellectual property or other proprietary rights

 

 

commencement of, or our involvement in, litigation

 

 

announced or completed acquisitions of businesses, technologies or assets by us or our competitors

 

 

changes in operating performance and stock market valuations of other technology companies generally, or those in our industry in particular

 

 

price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole

 

 

rumors and market speculation involving us or other companies in our industry

 

 

any major change in our management

 

 

unfavorable economic conditions and slow or negative growth of our markets

 

 

other events or factors, including those resulting from war or incidents of terrorism

In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources.

No public market for our common stock currently exists, and an active trading market may not develop or be sustained following this offering.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Our common stock does not have any prior trading history. An active trading market may not develop following the

 

30


Table of Contents

closing of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active market may impair your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them or at a price that you consider reasonable. The lack of an active market may also reduce the fair market value of your shares. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

If securities or industry analysts issue an adverse or misleading opinion regarding our stock or do not publish research or reports about our business, our stock price could decline.

The trading market for our common stock will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us and our business. We do not control these analysts or the content and opinions included in their reports. The price of our common stock could decline if one or more analysts downgrade our common stock or if those analysts issue other unfavorable commentary or cease publishing reports about us or our business. If one or more analysts cease coverage of our company or fail to regularly publish reports about our company, we could lose visibility in the financial market, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline. Further, securities or industry analysts may elect not to provide research coverage of our common stock and such lack of research coverage may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

The concentration of our capital stock ownership with insiders upon the closing of this offering will likely limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

We anticipate that our executive officers, directors, current 5% or greater stockholders and entities affiliated with any of them will together beneficially own approximately     % of our common stock outstanding after this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. These stockholders, if they act together, will have significant influence over all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors and approval of significant corporate transactions, and may take actions that may not be in the best interests of our other stockholders. This concentration of ownership could also limit stockholders’ ability to influence corporate matters. Accordingly, corporate actions might be taken even if other stockholders, including those who purchase shares in this offering, oppose them, or may not be taken even if other stockholders view them as in the best interests of our stockholders. This concentration of ownership may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of our company, may make the approval of certain transactions difficult or impossible without the support of these stockholders and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

Our management will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds from this offering and might not apply the proceeds of this offering in ways that increase the value of your investment.

Our management will have broad discretion to use the net proceeds to us from this offering, and you will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these proceeds, without the opportunity, as part of your investment decision, to assess whether the proceeds are being used appropriately. The failure of our management to apply the net proceeds of our initial public offering effectively could harm our business, financial condition and operating results, and may not increase the value of your investment.

 

31


Table of Contents

We have not allocated these net proceeds for specific purposes other than to repay in full outstanding borrowings under our credit facility. We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate and working capital purposes as outlined in the section titled “Use of proceeds” elsewhere in this prospectus. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, technologies or assets, but at this time, we have no current understandings, agreements or commitments to do so. Our management might not be able to yield a significant return or any return on any investment of these net proceeds.

Future sales of shares by existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.

If our existing stockholders sell, or indicate an intention to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or if it is perceived by the market that these sales might occur, the trading price of our common stock could decline. Based upon the number of shares outstanding as of                     , 2011, upon the closing of this offering, we will have              shares of common stock outstanding, assuming no exercise of our outstanding options and warrants.

All of the common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, referred to as the Securities Act, except for any shares held by our affiliates as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining              shares of common stock outstanding after this offering, based on shares outstanding as of                     , 2011, will be restricted as a result of applicable securities laws, lock-up agreements or other contractual restrictions that restrict transfers for at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain extensions.

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co. may, in their sole discretion, release all or some portion of the shares subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to expiration of the lock-up period.

The holders of              shares of common stock, and holders of warrants to purchase 1,280,379 shares of common stock will be entitled to rights with respect to registration of such shares under the Securities Act pursuant to an investor rights agreement between such holders and us. If such holders, by exercising their registration rights, sell a large number of shares, they could adversely affect the market price for our common stock. If we file a registration statement for the purpose of selling additional shares to raise capital and are required to include shares held by these holders pursuant to the exercise of their registration rights, our ability to raise capital may be impaired.

We intend to file a registration statement under the Securities Act to register              shares for issuance under our equity incentive and employee stock purchase plans. Each of our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan provides for annual automatic increases in the shares reserved for issuance under the plan without stockholder approval, which would result in additional dilution to our stockholders. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance and vesting, subject to any applicable lock-up period or other restrictions provided under the terms of the applicable plan and/or the option agreements entered into with option holders.

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of the shares you purchase in this offering.

The assumed initial public offering price is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock will be immediately after this offering. If you purchase our common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution of

 

32


Table of Contents

$             per share based on the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. If outstanding options and warrants to purchase our common stock are exercised, you will experience additional dilution. For a further description of the dilution that you will experience immediately after this offering, see the section titled “Dilution.”

We have never paid cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future.

We have never paid cash dividends on any of our classes of capital stock and currently intend to retain our future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be the sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. In addition, our credit facility and security agreement restrict our ability to pay dividends.

Our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or change in our management that stockholders consider favorable and cause our stock price to decline.

Certain provisions of our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws to be effective upon the closing of this offering and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company or change in our management that the stockholders of our company consider favorable. These provisions:

 

 

authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that our board of directors could issue to increase the number of outstanding shares and to discourage a takeover attempt

 

 

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all stockholder actions to be taken at a meeting of stockholders

 

 

establish advance notice procedures for nominating candidates to our board of directors or proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings

 

 

limit the ability of our stockholders to call special meetings of stockholders

 

 

prohibit stockholders from cumulating their votes for the election of directors

 

 

permit newly created directorships resulting from an increase in the authorized number of directors or vacancies on our board of directors to be filled only by majority vote of our remaining directors, even if less than a quorum is then in office

 

 

provide that our board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our bylaws

 

 

establish a classified board of directors so that not all members of our board are elected at one time

 

 

provide that our directors may only be removed only for “cause” and only with the approval of 66 2/3rds of our stockholders

 

 

require super-majority voting to amend certain provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws

Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law may also discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company.

 

33


Table of Contents

Special note regarding forward-looking statements and industry data

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on our beliefs and assumptions regarding future events and circumstances, including statements regarding our strategies, our opportunities, developments in the healthcare market, our relationships with our customers and contract manufacturer and other matters. These statements are principally contained in the sections titled “Prospectus summary,” “Risk factors,” “Use of proceeds,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” “Business,” “Executive compensation—Compensation discussion and analysis,” and “Shares eligible for future sale.” Forward-looking statements include statements that are not historical facts and can be identified by words such as “project,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “plan,” “expect,” “estimate,” “intend,” “continue,” “should,” “would,” “could,” “potentially,” “will” or “may,” or other similar words and phrases.

Forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results anticipated by these forward-looking statements. These risks, uncertainties and factors include those we discuss in this prospectus in the section titled “Risk factors.” You should read these risk factors and the other cautionary statements made in this prospectus as being applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. It is not possible for us to predict all risks that could affect us, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. Moreover, new risks emerge from time to time.

The forward-looking statements made in this prospectus relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

You should read this prospectus and the documents we reference in this prospects and have filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.

This prospectus also contains estimates and other statistical data that we obtained from industry publications, surveys, forecasts and reports. These industry publications generally indicate that they have obtained their information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of their information. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to these estimates. Although we have not independently verified the accuracy or completeness of the data contained in these industry publications and reports, based on our industry experience we believe that the publications are reliable and the conclusions contained in the publications and reports are reasonable.

 

34


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

We estimate that we will receive net proceeds from the sale of              shares of common stock that we are selling in this offering of approximately $             million, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, we estimate that our net proceeds will be approximately $             million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders.

Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price would increase or decrease, as applicable, the net proceeds to us by $             million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions.

The principal purposes of this offering are to obtain additional capital, to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets. As of the date of this prospectus, we cannot specify with certainty all of the particular uses of the net proceeds of this offering. We expect to use $9.3 million of the net proceeds of the offering to repay in full outstanding borrowings under our credit facility. Aggregate borrowings under the facility were $9.3 million as of June 30, 2011, of which $4.8 million bore interest at a rate of 4.75% per annum and $4.5 million bore interest at a rate of 4.25% per annum. We expect to use the balance of the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including working capital. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds to acquire or invest in complementary businesses, technologies or assets. However, we have no present understandings, commitments or agreements to enter into any acquisitions or make any investments.

Our management will have significant flexibility in applying the net proceeds from this offering, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of these net proceeds. Pending the uses described above, we intend to invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States government. The goal with respect to the investment of these net proceeds will be capital preservation and liquidity so that these funds are readily available to fund our operations.

Dividend policy

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our capital stock, and we do not currently intend to pay any cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future. We expect to retain future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. Any future determination to pay dividends on our common stock will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon, among other factors, our financial condition, operating results, current and anticipated cash needs, plans for expansion and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our credit facility and security agreement restrict our ability to pay dividends.

 

35


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization as of June 30, 2011:

 

 

on an actual basis

 

 

on a pro forma basis to reflect the reclassification of our preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital upon conversion of our preferred stock warrants to common stock warrants and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 77,498,252 shares of our common stock, each immediately upon the closing of this offering as if the reclassification and conversion had occurred on June 30, 2011

 

 

on a pro forma as adjusted basis to further reflect (i) the sale by us of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us; (ii) the application of $9.3 million of the net proceeds from this offering to repay in full outstanding borrowings under our credit facility and (iii) the restatement of our certificate of incorporation immediately upon the closing of this offering

You should read this table together with the section titled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

June 30, 2011
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
   Actual     Pro forma     Pro forma
as adjusted (1)
 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 11,835      $ 11,835      $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total borrowings

   $ 9,333      $ 9,333      $   

Preferred stock warrant liability

     2,073                 

Convertible preferred stock, $0.0003 par value, 156,082,458 shares authorized, 73,031,612 shares issued and outstanding; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

     53,013                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity (deficit)

      

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual; 5,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

                     

Common stock, $0.0003 par value, 182,539,785 shares authorized, 22,918,882 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 100,417,134 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;              shares issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

     7        30     

Additional paid-in capital

     5,652        60,715     

Accumulated deficit

     (55,724     (55,724  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (50,065     5,021     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

   $ 14,354      $ 14,354      $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

36


Table of Contents
(1)   If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, the amount of pro forma as adjusted additional paid-in capital, total stockholders’ equity (deficit) and total capitalization would increase by approximately $             million and we would have              shares of common stock issued and outstanding.

The shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering are based on 100,417,134 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2011 and exclude:

 

 

19,868,147 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2011, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.40 per share

 

 

1,280,379 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2011, with a weighted average exercise price of $1.03 per share

 

 

             shares to be reserved for issuance under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, each of which will become effective on the first day that our common stock is publicly traded and contains provisions that automatically increase its share reserve each year, as more fully described in “Executive compensation—Employee benefit plans”

 

37


Table of Contents

Dilution

If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price of our common stock and the net tangible book value of our common stock after this offering. As of June 30, 2011, our pro forma net tangible book value was $             million, or $             per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities, divided by the number of our outstanding shares of common stock, after giving effect to the reclassification of our preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital and the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of our common stock.

After giving effect to the sale by us of              shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and the estimated offering expenses payable by us and $9.3 million of the net proceeds from this offering to repay in full outstanding borrowings under our credit facility, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2011 would have been $             million, or $             per share. This represents an immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $             per share to new investors purchasing shares at the initial public offering price. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

 

Assumed initial public offering price per share

            $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2011

   $                   

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors

     
           

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

     
           

Dilution per share to new investors

      $     
           
   

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $             per share and the dilution to new investors by $             per share, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase              additional shares from us, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering would be $             per share, representing an immediate increase to existing stockholders of $            , and immediate dilution to investors in this offering of $             per share.

 

38


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2011, on the pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the difference between our existing stockholders and the purchasers of shares of common stock in this offering with respect to the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price paid per share paid to us, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 

       Shares purchased     Total consideration    

Average
price per

share

 
     Number    Percent     Amount      Percent    
   

Existing stockholders

               $                             $                

New investors

            
                                

Total

        100.0   $                      100.0  
                                
   

A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase or decrease, respectively, total consideration paid by new investors by $             million and increase or decrease the percent of total consideration paid to us by new investors by     %, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

The sale of              shares of common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares held by existing stockholders to              shares, or     % of the total shares outstanding, and will increase the number of shares held by investors participating in this offering to              shares, or     % of the total shares outstanding.

If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase                      additional shares from us, the following will occur:

 

 

the percentage of shares of common stock held by existing stockholders after the closing of this offering, and after giving effect to the sale by the selling stockholders of              shares in this offering, will be approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering

 

 

the number of shares held by new investors after the closing of this offering will be                    , or approximately    % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering

The shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering are based on 100,417,134 shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2011 and exclude:

 

 

19,868,147 shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of June 30, 2011, with a weighted average exercise price of $0.40 per share

 

 

1,280,379 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2011, with a weighted average exercise price of $1.03 per share

 

 

             shares to be reserved for issuance under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan and our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, each of which will become effective on the first day that our common stock is publicly traded and contains provisions that automatically increase its share reserve each year, as more fully described in “Executive compensation—Employee benefit plans”

 

39


Table of Contents

The above discussion and tables assume no exercise of stock options or warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2011. If all of these options and warrants were exercised, then:

 

 

there would be an additional $             per share of dilution to new investors

 

 

our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options and warrants, would own     % and our new investors would own     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering

 

 

our existing stockholders, including the holders of these options and warrants, would have paid     % of total consideration, at an average price per share of $            , and our new investors would have paid     % of total consideration

 

40


Table of Contents

Unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information

The following tables present our unaudited consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the acquisition of Integrated Voice Solutions, Inc., or IVS, which was completed on September 15, 2010, and the OptiVox product line of the White Stone Group, Inc., or OptiVox, which was completed on October 8, 2010 and (ii) the following changes to our capitalization that we expect upon closing of this offering: a) the reclassification of our preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital upon conversion of our preferred stock warrants to common stock warrants, b) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into shares of our common stock and c) the repayment in full of outstanding borrowings under our credit facility using proceeds from this offering as if all such transactions had occurred on January 1, 2010. In connection with the acquisitions, all of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities were revised to reflect their fair values on the date of acquisition, based upon our allocation of the overall purchase price to the underlying net assets acquired. The following tables also present our unaudited consolidated statement of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2011 on a pro forma basis to give effect to the changes in capitalization, as discussed above as if all such transactions had occurred on January 1, 2010.

The unaudited pro forma financial information is based on our historical financial statements and the historical financial statements of IVS and OptiVox, and certain adjustments which we believe to be reasonable, to give effect to these transactions, which are described in the accompanying notes.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2010 does not give effect to our acquisitions of ExperiaHealth, which was completed on November 3, 2010, and Wallace Wireless, Inc., which was completed on December 17, 2010, as their pre-acquisition results are not significant. The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations are presented for informational purposes only and contain recurring adjustments that we believe to have a continuing impact. They do not purport to represent the results of our operations that would have been achieved had the acquisitions been completed as of the date indicated.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations should be read in conjunction with:

 

 

the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations

 

 

our unaudited consolidated financial statements for the six months ended June 30, 2011, and related notes, included elsewhere in this prospectus

 

 

our audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2010, and related notes, included elsewhere in this prospectus

 

 

the audited consolidated financial statements of IVS for the period from January 1, 2010 through September 15, 2010, and related notes, included elsewhere in this prospectus

 

 

the audited consolidated financial statements of OptiVox for the period from January 1, 2010 through October 7, 2010, and related notes, included elsewhere in this prospectus

 

 

the sections titled “Selected historical consolidated financial data” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” included elsewhere in this prospectus

 

41


Table of Contents

The impact of the acquisitions of IVS and OptiVox is reflected in our consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010. See the section titled “Capitalization” for additional information regarding the effects of the change in capitalization and the issuance and sale of shares of common stock in this offering on our cash and cash equivalents, borrowings, preferred stock warrant liability, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit).

 

42


Table of Contents

Vocera Communications, Inc.

Unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations

for the year ended December 31, 2010

 

(in thousands, except per share data)    Vocera
historical
    IVS and OptiVox
adjustments  (A)
    Other
adjustments
    Pro forma  

 

 

Revenue

        

Product

   $ 35,516      $      $      $ 35,516   

Service

     21,287        2,443               23,730   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     56,803        2,443               59,246   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

        

Product

     13,004                      13,004   

Service

     8,171        977               9,148   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     21,175        977               22,152   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     35,628        1,466               37,094   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

        

Research and development

     6,698        302               7,000   

Sales and marketing

     20,953        543               21,496   

General and administrative

     6,723        1,500               8,223   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     34,374        2,345               36,719   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     1,254        (879            375   

Interest income

     33        7          40   

Interest expense

     (77            6 (B)       (71

Other income (expense), net

     (367            325 (C)       (42
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

     843        (872     331        302   

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

     367        308 (D)       (116 ) (D)       559   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,210      $ (564   $ 215      $ 861   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share

        

Basic

   $ 0.00      $ (0.04   $        $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ 0.00      $ (0.04   $        $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

        

Basic

     13,342                 (E)    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     17,080                 (E)    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

43


Table of Contents

Vocera Communications, Inc.

Unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations

for the six months ended June 30, 2011

 

(in thousands, except per share data)    Vocera
historical
    Adjustments     Pro forma  

 

 

Revenue

      

Product

   $ 23,561      $      $ 23,561   

Service

     13,835               13,835   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

     37,396               37,396   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

      

Product

     8,187               8,187   

Service

     6,199               6,199   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     14,386               14,386   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     23,010               23,010   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

      

Research and development

     4,591               4,591   

Sales and marketing

     13,175               13,175   

General and administrative

     5,081               5,081   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     22,847               22,847   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from operations

     163               163   

Interest income

     8               8   

Interest expense

     (122     122 (B)         

Other income (expense), net

     (1,217     1,201 (C)       (16
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income

     (1,168     1,323        155   

Provision for income taxes

     (174     (463 ) (D)       (637
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ (1,342   $ 860      $ (482
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss per share

      

Basic

   $ (0.07   $                   $                
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $ (0.07   $        $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

      

Basic

     18,989          (E)    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

     18,989          (E)    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

44


Table of Contents

Notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations

IVS and OptiVox adjustments

 

(A)   The table below includes the historical operating results of IVS from January 1, 2010 to September 15, 2010, and OptiVox from January 1, 2010 to October 7, 2010. The results of IVS and OptiVox’s operations subsequent to the acquisition dates of September 15, 2010 and October 7, 2010, respectively, have been included in our audited consolidated historical financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

(in thousands)   IVS
historical
    IVS
purchase
accounting
and other
    Total IVS
adjustments
    OptiVox
historical
   

OptiVox

purchase
accounting
and other

    Total
OptiVox
adjustments
    Total
IVS and
OptiVox
adjustments
 

 

 

Revenue

             

Product

  $      $      $      $      $      $      $   

Service

    1,436               1,436        1,007               1,007        2,443   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    1,436               1,436        1,007               1,007        2,443   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

             

Product

                                                

Service

    426        47 ( A.1)       473        471        33 (A.1)       504        977   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    426        47        473        471        33        504        977   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    1,010        (47     963        536        (33     503        1,466   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

             

Research and development

    302               302                             302   

Sales and marketing

    290        107 (A.1)       397        120        26 (A.1)       146        543   

General and administrative

    763        (424 ) (A.2)       339        1,375        (214 ) (A.2)       1,161        1,500   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    1,355        (317     1,038        1,495        (188     1,307        2,345   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (345     270        (75     (959     155        (804     (879

Interest income

    7               7                             7   

Interest expense

                         (132     132 (A.3)                

Other income (expense), net

                        

  
   

  
             
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

  $ (338   $ 270      $ (68   $ (1,091   $ 287      $ (804   $ (872
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

  (A.1)   Reflects amortization expense for the intangible assets we recognized in connection with the IVS and OptiVox acquisitions. Capitalized customer relationships are amortized over eleven to twelve years, capitalized trademarks are amortized over seven years, and capitalized acquired developed technology is amortized over four to seven years. The incremental amortization expense from the pro forma presentation results in an additional $0.2 million in amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

  (A.2)   Reflects the elimination of acquisition related costs of $0.4 million and $0.2 million we incurred in connection with the acquisitions of IVS and OptiVox, respectively.

 

  (A.3)   Reflects the elimination of interest expense for pre-acquisition liabilities not acquired.

 

(B)   Reflects the elimination of interest expense on our outstanding borrowings under our credit facility that are expected to be repaid in full using proceeds from this offering.

 

(C)   Reflects an adjustment to remove the gains and losses resulting from remeasurements of the preferred stock warrant liability as the warrants will be reclassified to additional paid-in capital and no longer remeasured following this offering.

 

(D)   Reflects the income tax impact of the pro forma adjustments calculated at the statutory rate.

 

(E)   Weighted average common shares outstanding have been adjusted to:

 

  Ÿ  

reflect the assumed conversion of the convertible preferred stock into 77,393,821 and 77,394,629 weighted average shares of common stock for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the six months ended June 30, 2011, respectively, immediately upon the closing of an initial public offering of Vocera, and

 

  Ÿ  

reflect an increase of              shares to the outstanding shares by the amount of shares required to be sold, calculated at the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, to repay in full our outstanding borrowings under our credit facility, which were $9.3 million as of June 30, 2011.

 

45


Table of Contents

Selected consolidated financial data

You should read the selected consolidated financial data below in conjunction with “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data in this section are not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The following table presents selected consolidated financial data. We derived the statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2009 and 2010 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2006 and 2007 and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2006, 2007 and 2008 from our audited financial statements that do not appear in this prospectus. We derived the statement of operations data for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 2011 from our unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary to state fairly the financial information set forth in those financial statements. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future, and our interim results should not necessarily be considered indicative of results we expect for the full year.

We derived the pro forma share and per share data for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the six months ended June 30, 2011 from the unaudited pro forma net income (loss) per share information in Note 3 of our "Notes to consolidated financial statements" in our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The pro forma share and per share data give effect to (i) the reclassification of our preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital upon conversion of our preferred stock warrants to common stock warrants, (ii) the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock and (iii) the repayment in full of outstanding borrowings under our credit facility using proceeds from this offering as if all such transactions had occurred on January 1, 2010.

 

46


Table of Contents
      Years ended
December 31,
    Six months ended
June 30,
 
(in thousands, except per share data)   2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2010     2011  

 

 

Consolidated statements of operations data:

             

Revenue

             

Product

  $ 19,818      $ 27,332      $ 28,352      $ 25,985      $ 35,516      $ 16,019      $ 23,561   

Service

    4,318        7,125        11,474        15,154        21,287        9,616        13,835   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    24,136        34,457        39,826        41,139        56,803        25,635        37,396   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

             

Product

    8,264        12,587        15,542        11,546        13,004        5,873        8,187   

Service

    2,946        3,735        4,225        4,320        8,171        3,220        6,199   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    11,210        16,322        19,767        15,866        21,175        9,093        14,386   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    12,926        18,135        20,059        25,273        35,628        16,542        23,010   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

             

Research and development

    5,844        6,613        7,353        5,992        6,698        3,272        4,591   

Sales and marketing

    11,162        12,226        15,394        16,468        20,953        8,772        13,175   

General and administrative

    2,248        3,010        3,456        3,489        6,723        1,989        5,081   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    19,254        21,849        26,203        25,949        34,374        14,033        22,847   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (6,328     (3,714     (6,144     (676     1,254        2,509        163   

Interest income

    145        468        182        52        33        19        8   

Interest expense

    (341     (423     (143     (141     (77     (42     (122

Other income (expense), net

    (301     (33     (208     (227     (367     (251     (1,217
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (6,825     (3,702     (6,313     (992     843        2,235        (1,168

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

                                367        (21     (174
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (6,825   $ (3,702   $ (6,313   $ (992   $ 1,210      $ 2,214      $ (1,342
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share

             

Basic and diluted

  $ (0.83   $ (0.34   $ (0.52   $ (0.08   $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ (0.07
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

             

Basic

    8,270        10,773        12,085        12,234        13,342        12,981        18,989   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    8,270        10,773        12,085        12,234        17,080        16,052        18,989   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share (unaudited)

             

Basic

          $          $     
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

          $          $     
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding (unaudited)

             

Basic

             
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

             
         

 

 

     

 

 

 

Other financial data:

             

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

  $ (5,859   $ (2,688   $ (4,800   $ 578      $ 3,821      $ 3,073      $ 1,773   

 

 
(1)   Please see “Adjusted EBITDA” below for more information and for a reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA.

 

47


Table of Contents
      December 31,     June 30,  
(in thousands)   2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2011  

 

 

Consolidated balance sheet data:

 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 8,275      $ 11,101      $ 6,193      $ 8,931      $ 8,642      $ 11,835   

Total assets

    17,251        21,447        19,385        19,801        33,933        45,318   

Total borrowings

    5,659        2,758        1,661        1,777        5,405        9,333   

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

    285        305        567        802        1,127        2,073   

Convertible preferred stock

    46,692        52,758        52,758        52,758        52,758        53,013   

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (44,123     (47,101     (52,902     (53,372     (50,364     (50,065

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

To provide investors with additional information about our financial results, we disclose within this prospectus adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure. We present adjusted EBITDA because it is used by our board of directors and management to evaluate our operating performance, and we consider it an important supplemental measure of our performance.

Our management uses adjusted EBITDA:

 

 

as a measure of operating performance to assist in comparing performance from period to period on a consistent basis

 

 

as a measure for planning and forecasting overall expectations and for evaluating actual results against such expectations

Adjusted EBITDA is not in accordance with, or an alternative to, measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. In addition, this non-GAAP measure is not based on any comprehensive set of accounting rules or principles. As a non-GAAP measure, adjusted EBITDA has limitations in that it does not reflect all of the amounts associated with our results of operations as determined in accordance with GAAP. In particular:

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest income we earn on cash and cash equivalents, interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt.

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the amounts we paid in taxes or other components of our tax provision.

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect all of our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures.

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA does not include amortization expense from acquired intangible assets.

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA does not include the impact of stock-based compensation.

 

 

Others may calculate adjusted EBITDA differently than we do and these calculations may not be comparable to our adjusted EBITDA metric.

 

48


Table of Contents

Because of these limitations, you should consider adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including net income (loss) and our financial results presented in accordance with GAAP.

The table below presents a reconciliation of net income (loss) to adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods indicated:

 

      Years ended
December 31,
    Six months
ended June 30,
 
(in thousands)   2006     2007     2008     2009     2010     2010     2011  

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (6,825   $ (3,702   $ (6,313   $ (992   $ 1,210      $ 2,214      $ (1,342

Interest income

    (145     (468     (182     (52     (33     (19     (8

Interest expense

    341        423        143        141        77        42        122   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

                                (367     21        174   

Depreciation and amortization

    615        648        809        754        732        368        309   

Amortization of purchased intangibles

                                223               502   

Stock-based compensation

    71        391        481        492        508        238        378   

Acquisition related costs (1)

                                1,047                 

Change in fair value of warrant and option liabilities

    84        20        262        235        424        209        1,638   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $ (5,859   $ (2,688   $ (4,800   $ 578      $ 3,821      $ 3,073      $ 1,773   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)   Acquisition related costs consist of third-party costs we incurred in connection with acquisitions we completed in 2010.

 

49


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions, such as statements of our plans, objectives, expectations and intentions. The cautionary statements made in this prospectus should be read as applying to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this prospectus. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including but not limited to those set forth under the section titled “Risk factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Business overview

We are a leading provider of mobile communication solutions focused on addressing critical communication challenges facing hospitals today. We help our customers improve patient safety and satisfaction, and increase hospital efficiency and productivity through our Voice Communication solution and new Messaging and Care Transition solutions. Our Voice Communication solution, which includes a lightweight, wearable, voice-controlled communication badge and a software platform, enables users to connect instantly with other hospital staff simply by saying the name, function or group name of the desired recipient. Our Messaging solution securely delivers text messages and alerts directly to and from smartphones, replacing legacy pagers. Our Care Transition solution is a hosted voice and text based software application that captures, manages and monitors patient information when responsibility for the patient is transferred or “handed-off” from one caregiver to another.

At the core of our Voice Communication solution is a patent-protected software platform that we introduced in 2002. We have significantly enhanced and added features and functionality to this solution through ongoing development based on frequent interactions with our customers. Our software platform is built upon a scalable architecture and recognizes more than 100 voice commands. Users can instantly communicate with others using the Vocera communication badge, the Vocera Wi-Fi smartphone or through Vocera client applications available for BlackBerry, iPhone and Android smartphones and other mobile devices. Our Voice Communication solution can also be integrated with nurse call and other clinical systems to immediately and efficiently alert hospital workers to patient needs. We have shipped over 300,000 communication badges to our customers.

Through March 2009, we employed a channel distribution strategy, utilizing value added resellers to sell our products in the United States and internationally. The resellers sold our products and maintenance services to end users and controlled the price at which the products and maintenance were sold. They also sold end users their own professional services related to the deployment of our products. In April 2009, we began transitioning to a direct sales model in the United States and United Kingdom, and this process was substantially completed by mid-2009. As a result of this transition, we now primarily sell products and maintenance services directly to end users in these markets at a higher price than the price at which we had previously sold to resellers. In addition, we began to substantially increase the professional services that we offer.

 

50


Table of Contents

We outsource the manufacturing of our products. Our outsourced manufacturing model allows us to scale our business without the significant capital investment and on-going expenses required to establish and maintain manufacturing operations. We work closely with our contract manufacturer, SMTC Corporation, and key suppliers to manage the procurement, quality and cost of components. We seek to maintain an optimal level of finished goods inventory to meet our forecasted sales and unanticipated shifts in sales volume and mix.

To date, substantially all of our revenue has been derived from sales of our Voice Communication solution, including product maintenance and related services. Revenue grew 38.1% from $41.1 million in 2009 to $56.8 million in 2010. Revenue grew 45.9% from $25.6 million in the six months ended June 30, 2010 to $37.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2011. We generated net income for 2010 of $1.2 million, which included $1.0 million of expenses associated with the completion of four acquisitions and $1.1 million of expenses relating to non-recurring post-acquisition consulting fees to former employees of the acquired businesses. For the six months ended June 30, 2011, we recorded a net loss of $1.3 million compared with net income of $2.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010.

Our diverse customer base ranges from large hospital systems to small local hospitals, as well as other healthcare facilities and customers in non-healthcare markets. We have very low customer revenue concentration. For 2010, our largest customer represented only 2.1% of revenue. Through June 30, 2011, 37 healthcare systems and 23 independent hospitals have each spent over $1.0 million on our products and services since their initial deployment. While we have international customers in other English speaking countries such as Canada, the United Kingdom and Australia, most of our customers are located in the United States. International customers represented 9.7% and 8.4% of our revenue in 2010 and for the six months ended June 30, 2011, respectively. We are developing plans to expand our presence in other English speaking markets and enter non-English speaking markets.

Acquisitions

During the last four months of 2010, we completed four acquisitions, for total purchase consideration of $10.0 million. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the respective acquisition date. We recorded $4.4 million as identifiable intangible assets and $5.6 million as goodwill. We also incurred $1.0 million in acquisition related expenses, which was recorded in general and administrative expense. These acquisitions did not contribute significantly to our revenue in 2010.

The acquisitions of Integrated Voice Systems and of the OptiVox product line enhanced our product offerings by incorporating solutions designed to streamline patient hand-offs, enabling caregivers to capture and transfer important information in a secure, manageable, web-enabled manner. The acquisition of Wallace Wireless provided us with smartphone messaging solutions enabling the secure delivery of text messages, alerts and other information directly to and from smartphones, complementing our Voice Communication solution. The acquisition of DS Consulting Associates, d/b/a ExperiaHealth, enabled us to provide patient experience consulting services to help hospitals improve patient experience and safety.

Components of operating results

Revenue.     We generate revenue from the sale of products and services. As discussed further in the section titled “Critical accounting policies and estimates—Revenue recognition and deferred

 

51


Table of Contents

revenue” below, revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, delivery has occurred, the price is fixed or determinable and collection is probable.

Revenue is comprised of the following:

 

 

Product.     Our solutions include both hardware and software. We refer to hardware revenue as device revenue, which includes revenue from sales of our communication badges, badge accessories, including batteries, battery chargers, lanyards, clips and other ancillary badge components, and our Vocera smartphone. Software revenue is derived primarily from the sale of perpetual licenses to our Voice Communication solution. We derive additional software revenue from the sale of term licenses which can be renewed on a subscription basis. Product revenue is generally recognized upon shipment of hardware and perpetual licenses and, in the case of term licenses, ratably over the applicable term.

 

 

Service.     We receive service revenue from sales of software maintenance, extended warranties and professional services. Software maintenance is typically invoiced annually in advance, recorded as deferred revenue, and recognized as revenue ratably over the service period. Our professional services revenue is primarily based on time and materials, and recognized as the service are provided. Extended warranties are invoiced in advance, recorded as deferred revenue, and recognized ratably over the extended warranty period.

Cost of revenue.     Cost of revenue is comprised of the following:

 

 

Cost of product.     Cost of product is comprised primarily of materials costs, software license costs, warranty, and manufacturing overhead for test engineering, material requirements planning and our shipping and receiving functions. Cost of product also includes facility costs and write-offs for excess and obsolete inventory, as well as depreciation and amortization expenses. As we introduce new products, we expect material costs will increase as a percent of revenue for a period of time.

 

 

Cost of service.     Cost of service is comprised primarily of employee wages, benefits and related personnel expenses of our technical support team, our professional consulting personnel and our training teams. Cost of service also includes facility and information technology costs. We expect our cost of service will increase as we continue to invest in support services to meet the needs of our customer base.

Operating expenses.     Operating expenses are comprised of the following:

 

 

Research and development.     Research and development expenses consist primarily of employee wages, benefits and related personnel expenses, hardware materials, and consultant fees and expenses related to the design, development, testing and enhancements of our solutions. We intend to continue to invest in improving the functionality of our solutions and the development of new solutions. As a result, we expect research and development expense to increase for the foreseeable future.

 

 

Sales and marketing.     Sales and marketing expenses consist primarily of employee wages, benefits and related personnel expenses, as well as trade shows, marketing and public relations programs and advertising. Sales commissions are earned when an order is received from a customer, and as a result, in some cases these commissions are expensed in an earlier period

 

52


Table of Contents
 

than the period in which the related revenue is recognized. Historically, our bookings have tended to peak in the fourth quarter of each year driving higher sales commissions, and to be lowest in the first quarter. We intend to continue to expand our direct sales force for the foreseeable future and, accordingly, expect sales and marketing expenses to increase.

 

 

General and administrative.     General and administrative expenses consist primarily of employee wages, benefits and related personnel expenses, consulting, audit fees, legal fees, and other general corporate expenses. We expect general and administrative expense to increase for the foreseeable future due to the significant costs we expect to incur as we continue to build and maintain the infrastructure necessary to comply with the regulatory requirements of being a public company and as we add personnel to support our growth.

Interest income, interest expense, and other income (expense), net.

 

 

Interest income.     Interest income consists primarily of interest income earned on our cash and cash equivalent balances. Our interest income will vary each reporting period depending on our average cash and cash equivalent balances during the period and market interest rates.

 

 

Interest expense .    Interest expense includes interest expense related to debt and financing obligations resulting from our credit facility and security agreement. We expect interest expense to fluctuate in the future with changes in our borrowings.

 

 

Other income (expense), net.     Other income (expense), net consists primarily of the change in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrants. Our outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants are classified as liabilities and, as such, are marked-to-market at each balance sheet date with the corresponding gain or loss from the adjustment recorded as other income (expense), net. We will continue to record adjustments to the fair value of the warrants until they are exercised, converted into warrants to purchase common stock or expire, at which time the warrants will no longer be remeasured at each balance sheet date. Upon the closing of this offering, these warrants will convert into warrants to purchase common stock. Other income (expense), net also includes any foreign exchange gains and losses.

Provision for income taxes.     We are subject to income taxes in the countries where we sell our solutions. Historically, we have primarily been subject to taxation in the United States because we have sold the majority of our solutions to customers in the United States. We anticipate that in the future as we expand our sale of solutions to customers outside the United States, we will become subject to taxation based on the foreign statutory rates in the countries where these sales took place and our effective tax rate could fluctuate accordingly. Currently, each of our international subsidiaries is operating under cost plus agreements where the U.S. parent company reimburses the international subsidiary for its costs plus a profit.

Income taxes are computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Changes in valuation allowances are reflected as component of provision for income taxes.

 

53


Table of Contents

Results of operations

The following table is a summary of our consolidated statements of operations. We derived the data for 2008, 2009 and 2010 from our audited consolidated financial statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have derived the data for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We have prepared the unaudited consolidated financial statements on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements and have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, that we consider necessary to state fairly the financial information set forth in those statements.

 

      Years ended
December 31,
    Six months ended
June 30,
 
(in thousands)   2008     2009     2010     2010     2011  

 

 

Consolidated statements of operations data:

         

Revenue

         

Product

  $ 28,352      $ 25,985      $ 35,516      $ 16,019      $ 23,561   

Service

    11,474        15,154        21,287        9,616        13,835   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    39,826        41,139        56,803        25,635        37,396   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

         

Product

    15,542        11,546        13,004        5,873        8,187   

Service

    4,225        4,320        8,171        3,220        6,199   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    19,767        15,866        21,175        9,093        14,386   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    20,059        25,273        35,628        16,542        23,010   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

         

Research and development

    7,353        5,992        6,698        3,272        4,591   

Sales and marketing

    15,394        16,468        20,953        8,772        13,175   

General and administrative

    3,456        3,489        6,723        1,989        5,081   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    26,203        25,949        34,374        14,033        22,847   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (6,144     (676     1,254        2,509        163   

Interest income

    182        52        33        19        8   

Interest expense

    (143     (141     (77     (42     (122

Other income (expense), net

    (208     (227     (367     (251     (1,217
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (6,313     (992     843        2,235        (1,168

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

                  367        (21     (174
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (6,313   $ (992   $ 1,210      $ 2,214      $ (1,342
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

54


Table of Contents

Six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to June 30, 2011

Revenue:

 

       Six months ended June 30,          
     2010     2011     Change  
(in thousands)    Amount      % Revenue     Amount      % Revenue     Amount      %  

 

 

Revenue

               

Product

   $ 16,019         62.5   $ 23,561         63.0   $ 7,542         47.1

Service

     9,616         37.5        13,835         37.0        4,219         43.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 25,635         100.0   $ 37,396         100.0   $ 11,761         45.9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

Total revenue increased $11.8 million, or 45.9%, from the six months ended June 30, 2010 to the six months ended June 30, 2011.

Product revenue increased $7.5 million, or 47.1%, primarily due to sales of our Voice Communication solution to new customers and increased deployments by existing customers. During the six months ended June 30, 2011, our Care Transition and Messaging solutions accounted for $1.3 million of the increase in product revenue. List prices for our products did not change substantially in the six months ended June 30, 2011.

Service revenue increased $4.2 million, or 43.9%, driven by an increase in new customer deployments delivered by our professional services organization and an increase in software maintenance revenue. Software maintenance revenue grew primarily as a result of a larger customer base.

Cost of revenue:

 

       Six  months
ended June 30,
         
     2010     2011     Change  
(in thousands)    Amount     Amount     Amount     %  

 

 

Cost of revenue

        

Product

   $ 5,873      $ 8,187      $ 2,314        39.4

Service

     3,220        6,199        2,979        92.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total cost of revenue

   $ 9,093      $ 14,386      $ 5,293        58.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross margin

        

Product

     63.3     65.3     2.0     

Service

     66.5        55.2        (11.3  

Total gross margin

     64.5        61.5        (3.0  

 

 

Cost of product revenue increased $2.3 million, or 39.4%, from the six months ended June 30, 2010 to the six months ended June 30, 2011 due to higher product revenue. Product gross margin improved due to lower per unit material and manufacturing costs, largely due to increased unit volume.

Cost of service revenue increased $3.0 million, or 92.5%, from the six months ended June 30, 2010 to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was primarily due to an increase in our professional services personnel to support the direct delivery of services that had previously been

 

55


Table of Contents

provided largely by our resellers, and the related costs associated with providing these services with our own personnel. Headcount in our professional services organization increased from 15 employees at June 30, 2010 to 37 employees at June 30, 2011.

Operating expenses:

 

       Six months ended June 30,          
     2010     2011     Change  
(in thousands)    Amount      % Revenue     Amount      % Revenue     Amount      %  

 

 

Operating expenses

               

Research and development

   $ 3,272         12.8   $ 4,591         12.3   $ 1,319         40.3

Sales and marketing

     8,772         34.2        13,175         35.2        4,403         50.2   

General and administrative

     1,989         7.8        5,081         13.6        3,092         155.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 14,033         54.7   $ 22,847         61.1   $ 8,814         62.8   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

Research and development expense .    Research and development expense increased $1.3 million, or 40.3%, from the six months ended June 30, 2010 to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was primarily due to employee wages and other personnel costs and facility and other expenses associated with the 2010 acquisitions of $0.8 million, a $0.3 million increase in other employee wages and other personnel costs, and a $0.2 million increase in outside service costs. Headcount in our research and development organization increased from 26 employees at June 30, 2010 to 45 employees at June 30, 2011, of which 14 employees were the result of the 2010 acquisitions.

Sales and marketing expense.     Sales and marketing expense increased $4.4 million, or 50.2%, from the six months ended June 30, 2010 to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was primarily due to a $2.4 million increase in employee wages and other personnel costs to support corporate marketing efforts and a $0.4 million increase in commission costs. These expenses also increased by $1.5 million as a result of employee wages and other personnel costs and facility and other expenses associated with the 2010 acquisitions. Headcount in our sales and marketing organization increased from 63 employees at June 30, 2010 to 90 employees at June 30, 2011, of which 12 employees were the result of the 2010 acquisitions.

General and administrative expense.     General and administrative expense increased $3.1 million, or 155.5%, from the six months ended June 30, 2010 to the six months ended June 30, 2011. This increase was primarily due to a $0.9 million increase in employee wages and other personnel costs, a $0.4 million increase in the change in fair value of the options recorded as a liability, a $1.0 million increase in outside services costs as we prepared to become a public company and additional employee and other personnel costs and facility and other expenses of $0.7 million as a result of the 2010 acquisitions.

 

       Six months ended June 30,          
             2010             2011    

Change

 

 

 

Interest income

   $ 19      $ 8      $ (11

Interest expense

     (42     (122     (80

Other income (expense), net

     (251     (1,217     (966

 

 

Interest income.     Interest income was essentially flat for the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2010.

 

56


Table of Contents

Interest expense.     Interest expense was essentially flat for the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to the six months ended June 30, 2010.

Other income (expense), net.     The $1.0 million increase in other expense from the six months ended June 30, 2010 to the six months ended June 30, 2011 was due to the change in fair market value of our preferred stock warrants.

Years ended December 31, 2009 compared to December 31, 2010

Revenue:

 

       Years ended December 31,          
     2009     2010     Change  
(in thousands)    Amount     % Revenue     Amount     % Revenue     Amount      %  

 

 

Revenue

             

Product

   $ 25,985        63.2   $ 35,516        62.5   $ 9,531         36.7

Service

     15,154        36.8        21,287        37.5        6,133         40.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total revenue

   $ 41,139        100.0   $ 56,803        100.0   $ 15,664         38.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

Total revenue increased $15.7 million, or 38.1%, from 2009 to 2010.

Product revenue increased $9.5 million, or 36.7%, from 2009 to 2010 due to sales to new customers and increased deployments by existing customers. In April 2009, we began transitioning to a direct sales model from resellers. We believe our direct sales model is more effective than the reseller strategy we employed prior to our transition in 2009. As a result of this transition, we generally now sell directly to the end customer at higher prices than we sold to the reseller. In addition, we believe that revenue in 2009 was initially adversely affected by this transition.

Service revenue increased $6.1 million, or 40.5%, from 2009 to 2010, driven by the increase in new customer deployments delivered by our direct professional services organization and an increase in software maintenance revenue. Previously, professional service associated with new customer deployments had been provided by our resellers. Software maintenance revenue grew as a result of a larger customer base and selling maintenance contracts on a direct basis with no reseller discount.

Cost of revenue:

 

       Years ended
December 31,
         
     2009     2010     Change  
(in thousands)    Amount     Amount     Amount     %  

 

 

Cost of revenue

        

Product

   $ 11,546      $ 13,004      $ 1,458        12.6

Service

     4,320        8,171        3,851        89.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total cost of revenue

   $ 15,866      $ 21,175      $ 5,309        33.5   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross margin

        

Product

     55.6     63.4     7.8     

Service

     71.5        61.6        (9.9  

Total gross margin

     61.4        62.7        1.3     

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents

Cost of product revenue increased $1.5 million, or 12.6%, from 2009 to 2010 due to higher product revenue. Product gross margin improved as a result of lower material and manufacturing costs and higher average prices due to the transition to direct sales.

Cost of service revenue increased $3.9 million, or 89.1%, from 2009 to 2010. This increase was primarily due to an increase in the size of our professional services organization to support the direct delivery of services that had previously been provided largely by our resellers, and to related costs associated with providing these services with our own personnel. Headcount in our professional services organization increased from 7 employees at December 31, 2009 to 27 employees at December 31, 2010.

Operating expenses:

 

       Years ended December 31,          
     2009     2010     Change  
(in thousands)    Amount      % Revenue     Amount      % Revenue     Amount      %  

 

 

Operating expenses

               

Research and development

   $ 5,992         14.6   $ 6,698         11.8   $ 706         11.8

Sales and marketing

     16,468         40.0        20,953         36.9        4,485         27.2   

General and administrative

     3,489         8.5        6,723         11.8        3,234         92.7   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   $ 25,949         63.1   $ 34,374         60.5   $ 8,425         32.5   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

Research and development expense .    Research and development expense increased $0.7 million, or 11.8%, from 2009 to 2010. This increase was due to a $0.7 million increase in employee wages and other personnel costs primarily associated with employees retained from our 2010 acquisitions, and a $0.3 million increase in consultant and other outside service costs, offset by a $0.3 million decrease in facility and information technology expenses.

Sales and marketing expense.     Sales and marketing expense increased $4.5 million, or 27.2%, from 2009 to 2010. The change from an indirect to direct sales strategy in 2009 required the hiring of additional personnel in our sales and marketing departments. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, the headcounts in these functional areas were 57 and 84, respectively. The $4.5 million increase was primarily due to a $2.4 million increase in employee wages and commission costs, a $1.0 million increase in outside service costs, a $0.4 million increase in office and equipment costs, a $0.4 million increase in recruiting costs and a $0.2 million increase in travel expenses.

General and administrative expense.     General and administrative expense increased $3.2 million, or 92.7%, from 2009 to 2010. This increase was primarily due to a $1.3 million increase in outside service costs, $1.0 million in acquisition related expenses, a $0.6 million increase in employee wages and other personnel costs and a $0.3 million increase in office and equipment costs.

 

       Years ended December 31,          
             2009             2010    

Change

 

 

 

Interest income

   $ 52      $ 33      $ (19

Interest expense

     (141     (77     64   

Other income (expense), net

     (227     (367     (140

 

 

Interest income.     Interest income was less than $0.1 million in both 2009 and 2010. Interest income declined slightly from 2009 to 2010 as a result of our lower cash balances.

 

58


Table of Contents

Interest expense.     Interest expense was less than $0.2 million in both 2009 and 2010.

Other income (expense), net.     The $0.1 million increase in other expense from 2009 to 2010 was primarily due to the change in fair market value of the preferred stock warrants.

Years ended December 31, 2008 compared to December 31, 2009

Revenue:

 

       Years ended December 31,                  
     2008     2009     Change  
(in thousands)    Amount     % Revenue     Amount     % Revenue     Amount     %  

 

 

Revenue

            

Product

   $ 28,352        71.2   $ 25,985        63.2   $ (2,367     (8.3 )% 

Service

     11,474        28.8        15,154        36.8        3,680        32.1   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenue

   $ 39,826        100.0   $ 41,139        100.0   $ 1,313        3.3   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

Total revenue increased $1.3 million, or 3.3%, from 2008 to 2009.

Product revenue decreased $2.4 million, or 8.3%, from 2008 to 2009. The decrease in product revenue was primarily due to our transition to a direct sales model beginning in April 2009 which required us to rebuild our pipeline of sales opportunities.

Service revenue increased $3.7 million, or 32.1%, from 2008 to 2009. This increase was primarily due to a $3.0 million increase in software maintenance and support revenue, as well as a $0.7 million increase in extended warranty revenue. Software maintenance revenue grew as a result of a larger customer base and, following the transition to our direct model, selling these maintenance contracts on a direct basis with no reseller discount.

Cost of revenue:

 

       Years ended December 31,                  
                   2008                   2009     Change  
(in thousands)    Amount     Amount     Amount     %  

 

 

Cost of revenue

        

Product

   $ 15,542      $ 11,546      $ (3,996     (25.7 )% 

Service

     4,225        4,320        95        2.2   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total cost of revenue

   $ 19,767      $ 15,866      $ (3,901     (19.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Gross margin

        

Product

     45.2     55.6     10.4     

Service

     63.2        71.5        8.3     

Total gross margin

     50.4        61.4        11.0     

 

 

Cost of product revenue decreased $4.0 million, or 25.7%, from 2008 to 2009 due to the decrease in product revenue and lower manufacturing costs. Product gross margin improved due to our contract manufacturer shifting production from a facility in the San Francisco Bay Area to Mexico, and as a result of lower material costs.

Cost of services increased $0.1 million, or 2.2%, from 2008 to 2009. This increase was due to a slight increase in headcount to support the 32.1% increase in service revenue.

 

59


Table of Contents

Operating expenses:

 

       Years ended December 31,                  
     2008     2009     Change  
(in thousands)    Amount     % Revenue     Amount     % Revenue     Amount     %  

 

 

Operating expenses

            

Research and development

   $ 7,353        18.5   $ 5,992        14.6   $ (1,361     (18.5 )% 

Sales and marketing

     15,394        38.7        16,468        40.0        1,074        7.0   

General and administrative

     3,456        8.7        3,489        8.5        33        1.0   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

   $ 26,203        65.8   $ 25,949        63.1   $ (254     (1.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

Research and development expense.     Research and development expense decreased $1.4 million, or 18.5%, from 2008 to 2009. This decrease was primarily due to a $0.7 million decrease in employee wages and other personnel costs primarily as a result of lower headcount, a $0.2 million decrease in consultant and other outside service costs, a $0.2 million decrease in facility and information technology expenses and a $0.2 million decrease in outside service expenses.

Sales and marketing expense .    Sales and marketing expense increased $1.1 million, or 7.0%, from 2008 to 2009. The transition to direct sales from resellers in 2009 required the hiring of additional sales personnel. The increase in sales and marketing expense was primarily due to a $1.6 million increase in employee wages and other personnel costs due to higher headcount, a $0.2 million increase in facility and information technology expenses and a $0.2 million increase in outside service costs, partially offset by a $0.2 million decrease in travel expenses, a $0.3 million decrease in office and equipment costs and a $0.2 million decrease in market development costs.

General and administrative expense.     General and administrative expense increased less than $0.1 million, or 1.0%, from 2008 to 2009. This increase was primarily due to a $0.4 million increase in outside service expenses offset by a $0.2 million decrease in employee wages and other personnel costs and a $0.1 million decrease in facility and information technology expenses.

 

       Years ended December 31,          
(in thousands)                  2008                   2009    

Change

 

 

 

Interest income

   $ 182      $ 52      $ (130

Interest expense

     (143     (141     2   

Other income (expense), net

     (208     (227     (19

 

 

Interest income.     Interest income decreased $0.1 million from 2008 to 2009. The decrease is consistent with lower average cash balances during 2009 as compared to 2008 and lower interest rates on our money market cash balances.

Interest expense.     We incurred interest expense of $0.1 million in both 2008 and 2009. Current and long-term borrowing balances remained relatively consistent during the periods.

Other income (expense), net.     Other income was $0.2 million in both 2008 and 2009. Amounts include gains or losses on fixed asset disposals, changes in the fair market value of the preferred stock warrants, and foreign exchange gains or losses.

 

60


Table of Contents

Liquidity and capital resources

 

       Years ended
December 31,
    Six months
ended June 30,
 
(in thousands)    2008     2009     2010     2010     2011  

 

 

Consolidated statements of cash flow data:

          

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

   $ (3,105   $ 2,997      $ 4,782      $ 849      $ (796

Net cash used in investing activities

     (737     (403     (9,449     (142     (1,370

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (1,066     144        4,378        (253     5,359   

 

 

As of June 30, 2011, we had cash and cash equivalents of $11.8 million, consisting of cash and money market accounts. Other than $0.2 million of restricted cash pledged as security deposits, we did not have any short-term or long-term investments.

Prior to 2009, we financed the majority of our operations and capital expenditures through private sales of preferred stock. Specifically, we received aggregate net proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock of $39.8 million in the years prior to 2006 and net proceeds from the issuance of preferred stock of $6.9 million in 2006 and $6.1 million in 2007.

We have also financed a portion of our operations and acquisitions with term loans, equipment lines of credit and revolving lines of credit. In January 2009, we entered into a loan and security agreement with Comerica Bank, N.A., or Comerica, which was subsequently amended in February 2010 and December 2010. These amendments renewed the working capital line of credit for $5.0 million, and increased the term loan facility from $2.0 million to $5.0 million.

We are not a capital-intensive business, nor do we expect to be in the future. During 2008, 2009 and 2010, our purchases of property and equipment were $0.9 million, $0.2 million and $0.7 million, respectively. The expenditures in 2008 primarily related to leasehold improvements and computer equipment as we relocated our headquarters to the current San Jose, California location.

We believe that our available cash resources and anticipated future cash flow from operations will provide sufficient cash resources to meet our contractual obligations and our currently anticipated working capital and capital expenditure requirements for at least the next 12 months. Our future liquidity and capital requirements will depend upon numerous factors, including our rate of growth, the rate at which we add personnel to generate and support future growth, and potential future acquisitions.

In the future, we may seek to sell additional equity securities or borrow funds. The sale of additional equity or convertible securities may result in additional dilution to our stockholders. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of debt securities or other borrowings, these securities or borrowings could have rights senior to those of our common stock and could contain covenants that could restrict our operations. Any required additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all.

Credit facility

We have a credit facility with Comerica for both a revolving line of credit and a term loan. Our credit facility with Comerica imposes various limitations on us, and also contains certain customary representations and warranties, covenants, notice and indemnification provisions, and events of default, including changes of control, cross defaults to other debt, judgment defaults

 

61


Table of Contents

and material adverse changes to our business. In addition, the term loan requires that we maintain specified liquidity ratios and minimum net income levels. As of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011, we were in compliance with the agreement other than the covenant specifying the quarterly net income amount. Comerica waived this violation at December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011. Subsequent to June 2011, the Bank amended the financial covenant to remove the requirement to maintain minimum quarterly net income levels.

Revolving line of credit:

We can borrow up to $5.0 million under our working capital line of credit based on the amount of our working capital. Interest is payable monthly with the principal due at maturity.

Borrowings under the line of credit bear interest at the bank’s prime rate plus 1.0%, providing that in no event will the prime rate be deemed to be less than the 30-day LIBOR rate plus 2.5%. As of December 31, 2010 and as of June 30, 2011, we had drawn $0.0 million and $4.5 million, respectively. This line of credit will expire in January 2012.

Term loan facility:

On December 13, 2010, we borrowed the full $5.0 million available on the term loan facility. Approximately $1.0 million of this borrowing was used to pay off a previous term loan. Commencing in June 2011, the new loan will be repaid by 30 principal payments of $167,000 plus monthly interest payments at the bank’s prime rate plus 1.5%, provided that in no event will the prime rate be deemed to be less than the 30-day LIBOR rate plus 2.5%. The term loan matures in December 2013.

Operating activities

Cash used in operating activities was $0.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011, which was primarily attributable to changes in the valuation of warrant and option liabilities of $1.6 million, net loss of $1.3 million, stock-based compensation expense of $0.4 million, depreciation and amortization of $0.3 million, amortization of intangible assets of $0.5 million offset by net changes in current assets and liabilities of $2.3 million.

Cash provided by operating activities was $0.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010, which was primarily attributable to net income of $2.2 million and stock-based compensation expense of $0.2 million, changes in the valuation of preferred stock warrants of $0.2 million, depreciation and amortization of $0.4 million offset by net changes in current assets and liabilities of $2.2 million.

Cash provided by operating activities was $4.8 million in 2010, which was primarily attributable to net income of $1.2 million plus stock-based compensation expense of $0.5 million, changes in the valuation of warrant and option liabilities of $0.4 million, depreciation and amortization of $0.7 million, amortization of intangible assets of $0.2 million and net changes in current assets and liabilities of $1.7 million.

Cash provided by operating activities was $3.0 million in 2009, which was primarily attributable to the net loss of $1.0 million offset by stock-based compensation expense of $0.5 million, changes in the valuation of preferred stock warrants of $0.2 million, depreciation and amortization of $0.8 million and net changes in current assets and liabilities of $2.5 million.

Cash used in operating activities was $3.1 million in 2008, which was primarily attributable to the net loss of $6.3 million, reduced by a gain on asset disposals of $0.1 million, offset by stock-based compensation expense of $0.5 million, changes in the valuation of preferred stock warrants of

 

62


Table of Contents

$0.3 million, depreciation and amortization of $0.8 million and net changes in current assets and liabilities of $1.8 million.

Investing activities

Cash used in investing activities was $1.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011, which was primarily attributable to the purchase of property and equipment.

Cash used in investing activities was $0.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010, which was primarily attributable to the purchase of property and equipment.

Cash used in investing activities was $9.4 million in 2010, which was primarily attributable to the $8.8 million in cash, net of cash received, used for four acquisitions we completed in the last four months of 2010, and the purchase of property and equipment in the amount of $0.7 million.

Cash used in investing activities was $0.4 million in 2009, which was primarily attributable to the purchase of property and equipment in the amount of $0.2 million and an increase of $0.2 million in a security deposit.

Cash used in investing activities was $0.7 million in 2008, which was primarily attributable to the purchase of property and equipment in the amount of $0.9 million, offset by proceeds of $0.1 million relating to fixed asset disposals and a $0.1 million reduction in long-term deposits.

Financing activities

Cash provided by financing activities was $5.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011, which was primarily attributable to a $3.9 million net increase in debt and $1.8 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options and preferred stock warrants.

Cash used in financing activities was $0.3 million in the six months ended June 30, 2010, which was primarily attributable to a $0.4 million net decrease in debt, offset by $0.2 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

Cash provided by financing activities was $4.4 million in 2010, which was primarily attributable to a $3.1 million net increase in debt and $1.2 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options. The net increase in debt includes a new $5.0 million term loan used to partially to finance the four acquisitions during the year.

Cash provided by financing activities was $0.1 million in 2009, which was primarily attributable to a net increase in debt.

Cash used in financing activities was $1.1 million in 2008, which was primarily attributable to net repayments of debt.

Contractual obligations

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2010:

 

(in thousands)    Total      Less than 1
year
     1-3 years      3-5 years      More than
5 years
 

 

 

Operating leases (1)

   $ 6,972       $ 1,243       $ 3,988       $ 1,741       $         —   

Non-cancelable purchase commitments (2)

     2,123         2,097         26                   

Long-term debt (3)

     5,810         1,628         4,182                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 14,905       $ 4,968       $ 8,196       $ 1,741       $   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)   Consists of contractual obligations from non-cancelable office space under operating leases.

 

63


Table of Contents
(2)   Consists of minimum purchase commitments with our independent contract manufacturer and other vendors.

 

(3)   Consists of principal and interest amounts due under our credit facility.

Our uncertain tax liabilities are recorded against our deferred tax assets and are, therefore, not included in the table above.

Off-balance sheet arrangements

During 2008, 2009, 2010 and the six months ended June 30, 2011, we did not have any relationships with unconsolidated organizations or financial partnerships, such as structured finance or special purpose entities, that would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements or other contractually narrow or limited purposes.

Critical accounting policies and estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. We evaluate our estimates on an ongoing basis, including those related to revenue recognition, stock-based compensation, accounting for business combinations and the provision for income taxes. We base our estimates and judgments on our historical experience, knowledge of factors affecting our business and our belief as to what could occur in the future considering available information and assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances.

The accounting estimates we use in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements will change as events occur, more experience is acquired, additional information is obtained and our operating environment changes. Changes in estimates are made when circumstances warrant. Such changes in estimates and refinements in estimation methodologies are reflected in our reported results of operations and, if material, the effects of changes in estimates are disclosed in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. By their nature, these estimates and judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty and actual results could differ materially from the amounts reported based on these estimates.

While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 of our “Notes to consolidated financial statements” included elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following reflect our critical accounting policies and our more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our financial statements.

Revenue recognition

We derive revenue from the sales of communication badges, smartphones, perpetual software licenses for software that is essential to the functionality of the communication badges, software maintenance, extended warranty and professional services. We also derive revenue from the sale of licenses for software that is not essential to the functionality of the communication badges.

Revenue is recognized when

 

 

there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, in the form of a written contract, amendments to that contract, or purchase orders from a third party

 

 

delivery has occurred or services have been rendered

 

64


Table of Contents
 

the price is fixed or determinable after evaluating the risk of concession

 

 

collectability is probable and/or reasonably assured based on customer creditworthiness and past history of collection

A typical sales arrangement involves multiple elements, such as sales of communications badges, perpetual software licenses, professional services and maintenance services which entitle customers to unspecified upgrades, bug fixes, patch releases and telephone support.

For contracts that were signed prior to January 1, 2010 and were not materially modified after that date, revenue was allocated between each element in a multiple element arrangement based on vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE. We applied the residual method whereby only the fair value of the undelivered element, based on VSOE, is deferred and the remaining residual fee is recognized when delivered. We establish VSOE for maintenance services based on maintenance renewal rates as those rates are considered substantive.

In October 2009, the FASB amended the guidance for revenue recognition for tangible products containing software components that function together to deliver the products essential functionality and also amended the accounting guidance for multiple element arrangements. We concluded that both standards were applicable to our products and arrangements and elected to early adopt these standards on a prospective basis for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified after January 1, 2010. Under the new guidance, tangible products, containing both software and nonsoftware components that function together to deliver a tangible product’s essential functionality, will no longer be subject to software revenue accounting.

The amended guidance for multiple element arrangements:

 

 

provides updated guidance on whether multiple deliverables exist, how the deliverables in an arrangement should be separated and how the consideration should be allocated

 

 

requires an entity to allocate revenue in an arrangement using best evidence of selling price, or BESP, if a vendor does not have vendor specific evidence, or VSOE, of fair value or third party evidence, or TPE, of fair value

 

 

eliminates the use of the residual method and require an entity to allocate revenue using the relative selling price method

We allocate revenue to all deliverables based on their relative selling prices, which for the majority of our products and services is based on VSOE. We have established VSOE of fair value for our communication badges, smartphones, software maintenance, extended warranty, and professional services. VSOE is established based on selling prices when the elements are sold separately and such selling prices fall within a relatively narrow band or through maintenance renewal rates as our renewal rates are considered substantive. We establish best evidence of selling price, or BESP, considering multiple factors including normal pricing and discounting practices, which considers market conditions, internal costs and gross margin objectives. As the actual selling prices for perpetual licenses fall within a relatively narrow range, we established BESP for perpetual licenses based on a range of actual discounts off list price.

The adoption of the amended revenue recognition guidance did not result in any significant changes to the individual deliverables to which we allocate revenue, or the timing of revenue recognized from the individual deliverables in a multiple element arrangement.

 

65


Table of Contents

We also derive revenue from the provision of hosted services on a subscription basis and software sold under term licenses. Revenue from such arrangements is recognized ratably over the term of the arrangement.

Stock-based compensation

We record all stock-based awards, which consist of stock option grants, at fair value as of the grant date and recognize the expense over the requisite service period (generally over the vesting period of the award). The expenses relating to these awards have been reflected in our financial statements. Stock options granted to our employees vest over periods of 12 to 48 months.

We use the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to calculate the fair value of stock options on their grant date. This model requires the following major inputs: the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected life of the option, the expected volatility of the underlying common stock over the expected life of the option, the risk-free interest rate and expected dividend yield. The following assumptions were used for each respective period:

 

       Years ended December 31,      Six months ended June 30,  
     2009      2010      2011  

 

 

Risk-free interest rate

     1.89% - 2.73%         1.90% - 2.63%         2.20% - 2.48%   

Expected life (years)

     5.57         5.77         5.49 - 5.68   

Expected volatility

     45.30% - 46.20%         44.03% - 44.52%         45.00%   

Dividend yield

     0.0%         0.0%         0.0%   

 

 

Based upon the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of June 30, 2011 was $             million, of which $             million related to vested options and $             million related to unvested options.

Because our securities are not publicly traded, the risk-free rate for the expected term of the option was based on the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity Rate as of the grant date. The computation of expected life was determined based on the historical exercise and forfeiture behavior of our employees, giving consideration to the contractual terms of the stock-based awards, vesting schedules and expectations of future employee behavior. The expected stock price volatility for our common stock was estimated based on the historical volatility of a peer group of publicly-traded companies for the same expected term of our options. The peer group was selected based on industry and market capitalization data. We intend to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of our own share price becomes available, or unless

 

66


Table of Contents

circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to us. In this latter case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation. We assumed the dividend yield to be zero, as we have never declared or paid dividends and do not expect to do so in the foreseeable future.

Stock-based compensation expense is recognized based on a straight-line amortization method over the respective vesting period of the award and has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. We estimated the expected forfeiture rate based on our historical experience, considering voluntary termination behaviors, trends of actual award forfeitures, and other events that will impact the forfeiture rate. To the extent our actual forfeiture rate is different from our estimate, the stock-based compensation expense is adjusted accordingly.

During 2010 and the six months ended June 30, 2011, we granted options to purchase shares of common stock as follows:

 

Grant date    Number of options
granted
     Option exercise
price
     Fair value of
common stock
per share
 

 

 

February 26, 2010

     109,500       $ 0.27       $ 0.27   

March 31, 2010

     600,000         0.27         0.27   

July 16, 2010

     118,500         0.34         0.34   

September 7, 2010

     866,000         0.37         0.37   

December 23, 2010

     1,887,000         0.36         0.36   

March 31, 2011

     2,180,800         0.78         0.78   

May 5, 2011

     2,522,500         0.84         0.84   

June 14, 2011

     281,700         0.84         1.85   

 

 

Because our common stock is not publicly traded, our board of directors exercises significant judgment in determining the fair value of our common stock on the date of grant based on a number of objective and subjective factors. Factors considered by our board of directors included:

 

 

our stage of development

 

 

our financial condition and historical operating performance

 

 

our future financial projections and the risk of achieving these projections

 

 

changes in the company and in the industry since the last time the board made a determination of fair value

 

 

impact of acquisitions on the business, including risks associated with the integration of the acquired operations

 

 

the financial performance and range of market multiples of comparable companies

 

 

market and regulatory conditions affecting our industry

 

 

the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of each security in our capital structure

 

 

the expected timing and likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of our company given prevailing market conditions

 

 

the illiquid nature of our common stock

 

67


Table of Contents

Since January 2009, we have obtained quarterly third-party valuations of our common stock performed in a manner consistent with the AICPA Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. These valuations involved estimating our business enterprise value, or BEV, and then allocating the BEV to each element of our capital structure (e.g., preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options). Our BEV was estimated using a combination of two generally accepted approaches: the income approach using the discounted cash flow method, or DCF, and the market-based approach using the comparable company method. The DCF estimated our enterprise value based on the present value of estimated future net cash flows our business is expected to generate over a forecasted period and an estimate of the present value of cash flows beyond that period, which is referred to as terminal value. The future cash flows used in the DCF were approved by our board of directors quarterly and considered the changes that had taken place in our business since the last valuation. The estimated present value was then calculated by applying a discount rate known as the weighted average cost of capital, which accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risks inherent in the business, and to our cash flow projections. The market-based approach considered multiples of financial metrics based on both acquisitions and trading multiples of a selected peer group of companies. These multiples were then applied to our financial metrics to derive a range of indicated values. Once calculated, the DCF and comparable company methods were then weighted to determine our BEV. Our BEV at each valuation date was allocated to the components of our capital structure using an option pricing method, weighted for the relative probabilities of either an IPO or a sale/merger. As time passed and the prospects of an IPO became more favorable, the weight we assigned to the IPO scenario increased, thereby increasing the value allocated to our common stock.

A brief narrative of the specific factors considered by our board of directors or compensation committee in determining the grant date fair value of our common stock, as of the date of each grant since January 1, 2010, is set forth below.

February 2010

On February 26, 2010, our board of directors granted 109,500 options and determined that the fair value of our common stock was $0.27 per share. In reaching this decision, the board considered that there were no significant changes in our equity structure nor any significant business milestones that impacted the fair value of our common stock since the previous valuation in the fourth quarter of 2009. Additionally, the board considered a third-party valuation analysis as of December 31, 2009, which was received on February 25, 2010 and utilized cash flow assumptions and other qualitative inputs available through January 2010. The valuation analysis estimated the fair value of our common stock to be $0.27 per share and used a non-marketability discount of 33.3% and a scenario weight of 25.0% for an IPO and 75.0% for a sale or merger. The Black-Scholes option inputs to the model were: 55.0% for volatility; 1.7% for the risk-free interest rate and a term of 3.0 years.

March 2010

On March 31, 2010, our board of directors granted 600,000 options and determined that the fair value of our common stock was $0.27 per share. In reaching this decision, the board considered that there were no significant changes in either our equity structure or our future cash flow projections since the prior grant in February 2010.

 

68


Table of Contents

July 2010

On July 16, 2010, our compensation committee granted 118,500 options and determined that the fair value of our common stock was $0.34 per share. In reaching this decision, the compensation committee considered that there were no significant changes in our equity structure or any significant business milestones that impacted the fair value of our common stock since the previous valuation. Additionally, it considered a third-party valuation analysis as of March 31, 2010, which was received on July 13, 2010 and utilized slightly improved cash flow assumptions and other qualitative inputs available through April 30, 2010. The valuation analysis estimated the fair value of our common stock to be $0.34 per share and used a non-marketability discount of 29.0% and a scenario weight of 25.0% for an IPO and 75.0% for a sale or merger. The Black-Scholes option inputs to the model were 55.0% for volatility; 1.02% for the risk-free interest rate and a term of 2.0 years.

September 2010

On September 7, 2010, our compensation committee granted 866,000 options and determined that the fair value of our common stock was $0.37 per share. In reaching this decision, the compensation committee considered that there were no significant changes in our equity structure or any significant business milestones that impacted the fair value of our common stock since the previous valuation. Additionally, it considered a third-party valuation analysis as of June 30, 2010, which was received on September 1, 2010 and utilized slightly improved cash flow assumptions and other qualitative inputs available through July 29, 2010. The valuation analysis estimated the fair value of our common stock to be $0.37 per share and used a non-marketability discount of 27.8% and a scenario weight of 25.0% for an IPO and 75.0% for a sale or merger. The Black-Scholes option inputs to the model were 55.0% for volatility; 0.54% for the risk-free interest rate and a term of 1.75 years.

In the third and fourth quarters of 2010 , revenue and operating results from our Voice Communication solution improved modestly. However, our capital structure changed significantly with the net addition of $4.0 million in debt plus significant cash expenses associated with our four 2010 acquisitions, which laid the groundwork for expanding our Messaging and Care Transition solutions in 2011.

December 2010

On December 23, 2010, our board of directors granted 1,887,000 options and determined that the fair value of our common stock was $0.36 per share. In reaching this decision, the board considered a third-party valuation analysis as of September 30, 2010, which was received on December 17, 2010 and utilized cash flow assumptions and other qualitative inputs available through November 11, 2010. The valuation specifically considered the significant cash expenditures we incurred in connection with the first two of our 2010 acquisitions as well as the uncertainty that existed in our ability to generate sustained future positive cash flow from these acquisitions. The valuation analysis estimated the fair value of our common stock to be $0.36 per share and used a non-marketability discount of 21.4% and a scenario weight of 25.0% for an IPO and 75.0% for a sale or merger. The Black-Scholes option inputs were 45.0% for volatility; 0.35% for the risk-free interest rate and a term of 1.5 years.

March 2011

On March 31, 2011, our board of directors granted 2,180,800 options and determined that the fair value of our common stock was $0.78 per share. In reaching this decision, the board

 

69


Table of Contents

considered a third-party valuation analysis as of December 31, 2010, which was received on March 22, 2011 and utilized cash flow assumptions and other qualitative inputs available through February 17, 2011. The valuation considered increasing future cash flow projections, since the last valuation, due to the expansion of our Messaging and Care Transition product lines that occurred in 2011 resulting from the integration of our 2010 acquisitions, including decisions around product line management and sales strategies. The valuation analysis estimated the fair value of our common stock to be $0.78 per share, and used a non-marketability discount of 21.3% and a scenario weight of 30.0% for an IPO and 70.0% for a sale or merger. The Black-Scholes option inputs were 45.0% for volatility; 0.45% for the risk-free interest rate and a term of 1.5 years.

May 2011

On May 5, 2011, our board of directors granted 2,522,500 options and determined that the fair value of our common stock was $0.84 per share. In reaching this decision, the board considered a third-party valuation analysis as of March 31, 2011, which was received on May 4, 2011 and utilized cash flow assumptions and other qualitative inputs available through April 30, 2011. The valuation included upward revisions in our financial projections as we continued to integrate our acquisitions, as well as a reduction of time anticipated for a potential IPO. The valuation analysis estimated the fair value of our common stock to be $0.84 per share and used a non-marketability discount of 19.5% and a scenario weight of 40.0% for an IPO and 60.0% for a sale or merger. The Black-Scholes option inputs were 45.0% for volatility; 0.43% for the risk-free interest rate and a term of 1.25 years.

July 2011

On June 14, 2011, our board of directors granted 281,700 options at an exercise price of $0.84 per share. In July 2011, we received a third-party valuation analysis as of June 30, 2011 which utilized cash flow assumptions and other qualitative inputs available through June 23, 2011. The valuation analysis estimated the fair value of our common stock to be $1.85 per share and used a non-marketability discount of 14.7% and a scenario weight of 60.0% for an IPO and 40.0% for a sale or merger. The Black-Scholes option inputs were 45.0% for volatility; 0.2% for the risk-free interest rate and a term of 0.8 years. Because of the proximity of the June 14, 2011 grant to the valuation as of June 30, 2011, the fair value of the underlying common stock used to calculate the fair value of the options on the grant date for financial statement reporting purposes was determined to be $1.85 per share.

Goodwill and intangible assets

We allocate the purchase price of any acquisitions to tangible assets and liabilities and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Any residual purchase price is recorded as goodwill. The allocation of the purchase price requires management to make significant estimates in determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, especially with respect to intangible assets. These estimates are based on information obtained from management of the acquired companies and historical experience. These estimates can include, but are not limited to, the cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future, and the cost savings expected to be derived from acquiring an asset. These estimates are inherently uncertain and unpredictable, and if different estimates were used the purchase price for the acquisition could be allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities differently from the allocation that we have made. In addition, unanticipated events and circumstances may occur which affect the accuracy or validity of such estimates, and if such events occur we may be required to record a charge against the value ascribed to an acquired asset or an increase in the amounts recorded for assumed liabilities.

 

70


Table of Contents

Goodwill

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level at least annually or more often if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Given that the acquisitions resulting in the recognition of goodwill occurred in late 2010, our first annual goodwill impairment testing is scheduled for the beginning of the quarter ending September 30, 2011. No impairment was recorded in 2010 or during the six months ended June 30, 2011. As of June 30, 2011, no changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill carrying values may not be recoverable. Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment. Circumstances that could affect the valuation of goodwill include, among other things, a significant change in our business climate and buying habits of our customers along with changes in the costs to provide our products and services. We have identified two operating segments (products and services) which we also consider to be reporting units.

Intangible assets

In connection with the acquisitions we made in 2010, we recorded intangible assets. We applied an income approach to determine the values of these intangible assets; the income approach measures the value of an asset based on the future cash flows it expects to generate over its remaining life. The application of the income approach requires estimates of future cash flows based upon, among other things, certain assumptions about expected future operating performance and an appropriate discount rate determined by our management. In applying the income approach, we used the excess earnings method to value our customer relationships and in-process research and development intangible assets and the relief from royalty method to value our developed technology and trade name intangible assets. We used the with and without method to value a non-compete intangible asset. The cash flows expected to be generated by each intangible asset were discounted to their present value equivalent using rates believed to be indicative of market participant discount rates.

Intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Upon completion of development, acquired in process research and development assets are generally considered amortizable, finite-lived assets and are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Finite-level intangible assets consist of customer contracts, trademarks, and non-compete agreements. We evaluate our intangible assets for impairment by assessing the recoverability of these assets whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances or business climate indicate that expected undiscounted future cash flows related to such intangible assets may not be sufficient to support the net book value of such assets. An impairment is recognized in the period of identification to the extent the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the fair value of such asset. No impairment was recorded in 2010 or during the six months ended June 30, 2011.

Significant judgments required in assessing the impairment of goodwill and intangible assets include the identification of reporting units, identifying whether events or changes in circumstances require an impairment assessment, estimating future cash flows, determining appropriate discount and growth rates and other assumptions. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value as to whether an impairment exists and, if so, the amount of that impairment.

Income taxes

We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, we record deferred income taxes based on temporary differences between the financial reporting

 

71


Table of Contents

and tax bases of assets and liabilities and use enacted tax rates and laws that we expect will be in effect when we recover those assets or settle those liabilities, as the case may be, to measure those taxes. In cases where the expiration date of tax carryforwards or the projected operating results indicate that realization is not likely, we provide for a valuation allowance. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

We have deferred tax assets, resulting from deductible temporary differences that may reduce taxable income in future periods. A valuation allowance is required when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we estimate future taxable income, considering the feasibility of ongoing tax-planning strategies and the realizability of tax loss carryforwards. Valuation allowances related to deferred tax assets can be impacted by changes in tax laws, changes in statutory tax rates and future taxable income levels. If we were to determine that we would not be able to realize all or a portion of our deferred tax assets in the future, we would reduce such amounts through a charge to income in the period in which that determination is made. Conversely, if we were to determine that we would be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of the net carrying amounts, we would decrease the recorded valuation allowance through an increase to income in the period in which that determination is made. Due to the amount of net operating losses available for income tax purposes through June 30, 2011, we had a full valuation reserve against our deferred tax assets. We continue to evaluate the realizability of our U.S. and Canadian deferred tax assets. If our financial results improve, we will reassess the need for a full valuation allowance each quarter and, if we determine that it is more likely than not the deferred tax assets will be realized, we will adjust the valuation allowance.

In the ordinary course of business, there is inherent uncertainty in quantifying our income tax positions. We assess our income tax positions and record tax benefits for all years subject to examination based upon our management’s evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date. For those tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, we have recorded the highest amount of tax benefit with a greater than 50.0% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit has been recognized in our financial statements.

We include interest and penalties with income taxes on the accompanying statement of operations. Our tax years after 2006 are subject to tax authority examinations. Additionally, our net operating losses and research credits prior to 2007 are subject to tax authority adjustment.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

The primary objective of our investment activities is to preserve principal while at the same time maximizing yields without significantly increasing risk. To achieve this objective, historically we have invested in money market funds. To minimize the exposure due to an adverse shift in interest rates, we invest in short-term securities and maintain an average portfolio duration of one year or less.

Historically our operations have consisted of research and development and sales activities in the United States. As a result, our financial results have not been materially affected by factors such

 

72


Table of Contents

as changes in foreign currency exchange rates or economic conditions in foreign markets. In the fourth quarter of 2010, we acquired Wallace Wireless, Inc., a company based in Toronto, Canada. At the date of acquisition, this company had 16 employees. We expect to generate future revenue and incur future expenses associated with operating our Canadian subsidiary relating to this acquisition. We are developing plans to expand our international presence. Accordingly, we expect that our exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates and economic conditions will increase in future periods.

Recently issued accounting guidance

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures . ASU 2010-06 requires disclosures about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value as well as disclosures about significant transfers, beginning in the first quarter of 2010. Additionally, these amended standards require presentation of disaggregated activity within the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), beginning in the first quarter of 2011. The adoption of this new standard did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

73


Table of Contents

Business

Overview

We are a leading provider of mobile communication solutions focused on addressing critical communication challenges facing hospitals today. We help our customers improve patient safety and satisfaction, and increase hospital efficiency and productivity through our Voice Communication solution and new Messaging and Care Transition solutions. Our Voice Communication solution, which includes a lightweight, wearable, voice-controlled communication badge and a software platform, enables users to connect instantly with other hospital staff simply by saying the name, function or group name of the desired recipient. Our Messaging solution securely delivers text messages and alerts directly to and from smartphones, replacing legacy pagers. Our Care Transition solution is a hosted voice and text based software application that captures, manages and monitors patient information when responsibility for the patient is transferred or “handed-off” from one caregiver to another.

Hospital communications are typically conducted through disparate components, including overhead paging, pagers and mobile phones, often relying on written records of who is serving in specific roles during a particular shift. These legacy communication methods are inefficient, often unreliable, noisy and do not provide “closed loop” communication (in which a caller knows if a message has reached its intended recipient). These communication deficiencies can negatively impact patient safety, delay patient care and result in operational inefficiencies. Our communication platform helps hospitals increase productivity and reduce costs by streamlining operations, and improves patient and staff satisfaction by creating a differentiated “Vocera hospital” experience.

At the core of our Voice Communication solution is a patent-protected software platform that we introduced in 2002. We have significantly enhanced and added features and functionality to this solution through ongoing development based on frequent interactions with our customers. Our software platform is built upon a scalable architecture and recognizes more than 100 voice commands. Users can instantly communicate with others using the Vocera communication badge, the Vocera Wi-Fi smartphone or through Vocera client applications available for BlackBerry, iPhone and Android smartphones and other mobile devices. Our Voice Communication solution can also be integrated with nurse call and other clinical systems to immediately and efficiently alert hospital workers to patient needs.

Our solutions are deployed in over 750 hospitals and healthcare facilities, including large hospital systems and small and medium-sized local hospitals, as well as at over 100 non-healthcare facilities. We sell our solutions to healthcare customers primarily through our direct sales force in the United States, and through direct sales and select distribution channels in international markets. In 2010, we generated revenue of $56.8 million, representing growth of 38.1% over 2009, and net income of $1.2 million. In the first six months of 2011, we generated revenue of $37.4 million, representing a 45.9% growth over the first six months of 2010, and a net loss of $1.3 million.

 

74


Table of Contents

Industry overview

We believe that a combination of policy changes through healthcare reform, demographic trends and downward pressure on healthcare reimbursement are increasing financial pressure on hospitals and healthcare providers. According to Billians HealthData, an independent provider of healthcare business information, there were 6,891 hospitals in the United States as of March 31, 2011. The Bureau of Labor Statistics reports that in 2008 there were a total of five million workers at these hospitals, including 1.6 million nurses. In addition to financial pressures, hospitals face a growing shortage of qualified nurses. The American Hospital Association estimates there were over 115,000 open positions for registered nurses in hospitals in the United States as of July 2007, and the nursing shortfall is expected to continue to grow substantially. The inadequate coverage of patients by qualified nurses can detract from the patient experience and impact hospitals’ financial performance as patients are increasingly selecting hospitals and providers based on quality of care, cost and overall experience with the provider. The increasing focus on improving patients’ experience is supported by the healthcare reform initiative, which incorporates financial incentives for hospitals to improve the quality of care and patient satisfaction. These forces are driving hospitals to manage their operations more efficiently and to seek ways to improve staff and patient satisfaction through process improvements and technology solutions.

Hospitals have difficulty achieving effective communications among their mobile and widely dispersed staff. Nurses, doctors and other caregivers have responsibilities throughout the hospital, from the emergency department, operating rooms and patient recovery rooms to nursing stations and other locations inside and outside the hospital. Communication challenges are compounded by the critical nature of the information conveyed, and the need for around-the-clock patient care and seamless transitions between caregivers’ at shift change and patient transfers between departments within the hospital.

The primary communication methods used in hospitals have changed very little in decades. Traditionally, communication inside of a hospital has followed a hub and spoke model, where the nursing station represents the hub and physicians, specialists and nurses represent the spokes. Caregivers are required to leave the patient’s bedside and return to the nursing station in order to attempt to speak with other healthcare professionals. Information about the various caregivers to be contacted for each individual patient, and the different telephone numbers at which they are reachable at different times, are traditionally kept on a sheet of paper or white board at the nursing station. The nurse or other caregiver may be required to leave the bedside to access this information, which can be out of date, illegible or inaccurate.

Traditional methods of hospital communication create a number of impediments to effective care and can degrade patient and caregiver satisfaction:

 

 

Time away from the bedside.     A 2005-2006 study of nurses in 36 hospitals in 17 healthcare systems indicated that less than one-third of nursing time was spent in patient rooms. We believe that inefficient communication processes are one of the main factors that take the nurse away from the patient, which can be both stressful to the patient and frustrating to the nurse, potentially impacting safety and quality of care.

 

 

Inability to reach the appropriate caregiver in a timely manner.     With numerous people involved in the delivery of patient care in a hospital, and the individuals performing particular roles often changing each shift, nurses and other caregivers do not know at any given time which person is providing care to each and every patient. Valuable time can be lost identifying, locating and contacting the appropriate nurse, physician or other caregiver.

 

75


Table of Contents
 

Noisy environments.     Traditional communication methods, which rely on overhead paging and device alarms, create noise in the hospital that can result in increased patient stress levels and staff frustration. Excessive noise can prevent patients from getting uninterrupted sleep and lengthen recovery time, resulting in an increased length of hospital stay. A 2005 study of hospital noise levels by acoustic engineers found that since 1960 daytime hospital noise levels around the world rose from 57 decibels to 72 and nighttime levels increased from 42 decibels to 60, all of which exceeded the World Health Organization’s 1995 hospital noise guidelines, which suggest that sound levels in patient rooms should not exceed 35 decibels. Hospitals are increasingly seeking to reduce the ambient noise levels to which their patients and staff are subjected.

 

 

Lack of closed loop communication .    In a closed loop communication system, the person transmitting information receives confirmation that it was received by the intended recipient. Traditional hospital communication methods do not inherently provide for closed loop communication. The phrase, “I never received the page,” is commonly heard in traditional hospitals. This can waste caregiver time in seeking to confirm receipt of important patient information and can adversely affect patient care if it is incorrectly assumed that the transmitted information has been received and processed.

Shortcomings in hospital communication not only cause inconvenience and frustration, but can also lead to medical errors and hospital inefficiencies:

 

 

Miscommunication causes medical errors.     In a study released in October 2010, the Joint Commission’s Center for Transforming Healthcare found that more than 37% of patient hand-offs were defective and did not allow the new caregiver to safely care for the patient. Subsequently, in May 2011, the Joint Commission, an independent healthcare accreditation organization, released a report regarding sentinel events, which it defines as unexpected occurrences involving death or serious physical or psychological injury, or the risk thereof. The Joint Commission reported that in hospitals’ voluntary reports of over 800 sentinel events in 2010, communication issues were involved in 82% of the events. It further reported that when the cause for the sentinel event was a delay in treatment, communication issues were the most frequently identified reason for the delay, appearing in 440 of the 545 cases occurring from 2004 through 2010.

 

 

Communication difficulties impact hospital economics.     Inefficient communication systems can adversely affect hospital revenue and operating costs. Communication problems can lead to delays in preparing, or identifying the availability of, critical hospital resources such as operating rooms or emergency rooms, leading to lost revenue opportunities for the hospital. A 2010 University of Maryland study found that U.S. hospitals waste over $12 billion annually as a result of communication inefficiency among care providers.

To address these deficiencies, hospitals are seeking more effective alternatives for improving communication. We believe hospitals will increasingly turn to unified communication technologies to help improve patient safety and satisfaction, productivity and caregiver satisfaction and retention.

Benefits of our solutions

We believe our solutions provide the following key benefits:

 

 

Improve patient safety.     The direct communication capabilities of our system improve caregivers’ ability to respond rapidly to critical events. The ability for users to instantly connect

 

76


Table of Contents
 

with the right resources in a closed loop communication process can help reduce medical errors and accidental deaths. Our Care Transition solution provides secure, repeatable and documented delivery of information during patient transfers, enabling accurate, timely communication that helps prevent treatment delays, medical errors and unsafe practices that may lead to sentinel events. After installing our Voice Communication solution, a hospital with over 500 beds reduced average telemetry alarm notification closure times from over nine minutes to under 40 seconds.

 

 

Enhance patient experience.     Hospitals can improve patient satisfaction through reduced noise levels, more caregiver time at the patient’s bedside, faster response times and improved communication links between the patient and nurse. For example, a study that we commissioned at a hospital with over 300 beds revealed that after adopting our Voice Communication solution up to 94% of overhead pages were eliminated. A graduate study conducted at a cardiac care facility with over 50 beds reported that nurse call system response times were reduced by approximately 40% after the installation of our system. We believe that patient experience is important not only to the patient but to the hospital as well. A study published in 2010 indicates notable associations between measures of patient experiences and technical quality and safety in hospitals. Starting in 2012, 1% of hospitals’ Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement will be withheld and redistributed based on the quality of their patients’ experience, with the amount increasing to 2% in 2017. Performance will be measured by evaluation of certain core measures and by patient satisfaction scores on the Hospital Consumer Assessment of Healthcare Providers and Systems, or HCAHPS, survey evaluation. Two of the questions on the survey cover areas where our solutions can have a direct impact on survey results.

 

 

Improve caregiver job satisfaction.     By replacing the traditional hub and spoke communication model, our Voice Communication solution enables caregivers to communicate more efficiently, spend more time caring for the patient at the bedside and walk fewer miles per shift, thus improving job satisfaction and employee retention. One customer, a teaching and research hospital, was able to reduce the time spent on common communication activities by 25% and the time spent looking for others by 45% after implementing our solution.

 

 

Increase revenue and reduce expenses.     Improved communication facilitated by our solutions can enable hospitals to increase revenue and reduce expenses through more efficient use of their resources, directly impacting profitability. With our solutions, hospitals can reduce nurse overtime expense and increase job satisfaction, thereby improving nurse recruiting and retention. In addition, improvements in patient safety and reduction in errors can lead to reduced liability cost for hospitals. Reports from customers indicate that our Voice Communication solution has enabled them to make more efficient use of high value areas of the hospital, such as operating rooms, which positions them to increase financial performance by achieving more surgeries per day. A hospital with nearly 400 beds reported that after deployment of our solution it measured an 80% reduction in “diversion hours” for the emergency department (during which emergency patients were diverted to another facility due to insufficient available capacity), which positioned it to achieve an annual increase of $3 million in net patient revenue as a result of improved emergency department throughput.

 

77


Table of Contents

Our strengths

We believe that we have the following key competitive strengths:

 

 

Unified communication solutions focused on the requirements of healthcare providers.     We provide solutions tailored to address communication and workflow challenges within hospitals. These solutions can be integrated with many of our customers’ clinical systems. Our healthcare market focus has led to the development of a platform that facilitates point-of-care communication, improves patient safety and satisfaction and increases hospital efficiency and productivity. In some new hospital deployments, entire workflows and care processes have been designed around the use of our solutions, which we believe increases the mission-critical nature of our platform and serves as a key competitive advantage.

 

 

Comprehensive proprietary communication solutions.     Since our founding in 2000, we have built a unique, comprehensive unified communication solution consisting of our software platform, wearable communication badge, Wi-Fi smartphone and mobile applications. We believe our Voice Communication solution, which features a wearable, hands-free badge, is the only voice-controlled communication system designed for hospitals. Our proprietary platform, leveraging third-party speech recognition and voiceprint verification software, is a proven and scalable client-server solution. Our Voice Communication solution is protected by 13 issued U.S. patents, and eight U.S. patent applications are pending. This system has been certified as compliant with the FIPS 140-2 standard, delivering the high security required by the Veterans Administration and the Department of Defense. We believe this to be a significant barrier to entry for competing solutions. We recently expanded our portfolio to include solutions that improve communication during patient care transitions and enable secure and reliable messaging.

 

 

Broad and loyal customer base.     We have a broad and diverse customer base ranging from large hospital systems to small local hospitals and other healthcare facilities. Our customers represent an aggregate of over 750 separate hospitals and other healthcare facilities. We have a growing U.S. customer base and are expanding to hospitals in other English-speaking countries. For 2010, our largest customer represented only 2.1% of revenue. After an initial sale, our customers frequently expand the deployment of our solutions to additional departments and functional groups. In 2010, over 85% of our revenue came from existing customers and we achieved a 98% renewal rate on maintenance contracts with U.S. hospital customers, demonstrating the loyalty of our customer base.

 

 

Recognized and trusted brand.     Our brand is recognized and endorsed among healthcare professionals as a trusted provider of healthcare communication solutions. For example, one customer prominently features our Voice Communication badges in its nurse recruiting materials. Even among non-Vocera hospitals, we have a very strong brand reputation. In a survey we commissioned in 2010, we were the vendor most frequently mentioned by chief information officers, clinicians and other information technology decision makers at non-Vocera hospitals, when asked who they would consider for voice communication solutions. In addition, we have received the exclusive endorsement of AHA Solutions, a subsidiary of the American Hospital Association, for our Voice Communication and Care Transition solutions.

 

 

Experienced management team.     Our management team has developed a culture of innovation with a focus on delivering value and service for our customers. Our management team includes industry executives with operational experience, understanding of the U.S. and international healthcare and technology markets and extensive relationships with hospitals, which we believe provides us with significant competitive advantages.

 

78


Table of Contents

Our strategy

Our goal is to extend our leadership position as a provider of communication solutions in the healthcare market. Key elements of our strategy include:

 

 

Expand our business to new U.S. healthcare customers.     As of June 30, 2011, our solutions were deployed in approximately 9% of U.S. hospitals. We believe our unified communication platform can provide significant value to both large and small hospitals that currently do not deploy our solutions. We plan to continue to expand our direct sales force to win new customers. We have structured and incentivized our sales organization to focus on sales to new customer sites, particularly within large health systems.

 

 

Further penetrate our existing installed customer base.     Typically, our customers initially deploy our Voice Communication solutions in a few departments of a hospital and gradually expand to additional departments as they come to fully appreciate the value of our solutions. We recognize the significant opportunity to up-sell and cross-sell to our existing customers, including into new hospitals that are part of healthcare system where our systems are deployed in one or more other hospitals. Key sales strategies include promoting further adoption of our Voice Communication solution and demonstrating the value of our new Messaging and Care Transition solutions to our existing customers. We plan to continue expanding the number of account managers focused on our existing customers in order to grow our revenue and maintain and improve customer experience.

 

 

Extend our technology advantage and create new product solutions.     We intend to continue our investment in research and development to enhance the functionality of our communication solutions and further differentiate them from other competing solutions. We plan to invest in product upgrades, product line extensions and new solutions to enhance our portfolio, such as our recent introduction of client applications for the BlackBerry, iPhone and Android mobile platforms.

 

 

Pursue acquisitions of complementary businesses, technologies and assets.     In 2010, we completed four small acquisitions to expand our solutions offering, demonstrating that we can successfully source, acquire and integrate complementary businesses, technologies and assets. We intend to continue to pursue acquisition opportunities that we believe can accelerate the growth of our business.

 

 

Grow our international healthcare presence.     Today, in addition to our core U.S. market, we sell primarily into other English-speaking markets, including Canada, the United Kingdom, Australia, the Republic of Ireland and New Zealand. As of June 30, 2011, our solutions were deployed in over 90 healthcare facilities outside the United States. We plan both to utilize our direct sales force and leverage channel partners to expand our presence in other English-speaking markets and enter non-English speaking countries.

 

 

Expand our communication solutions in non-healthcare markets.     While our current focus is on the healthcare market, we believe that our communication solutions can also provide value in non-healthcare markets. We currently serve over 100 customers in non-healthcare markets where there are large numbers of mobile workers, including hospitality, retail and libraries. Currently, this is not a material portion of our business, but longer term, we believe these markets could represent potential opportunities for growth.

 

79


Table of Contents

Our products, technology and services

Our solutions consist of our Voice Communication, Messaging and Care Transition solutions. To complement our solutions, we provide services and support capabilities to help our customers optimize the benefits of our solutions.

Voice Communication solution

Our Voice Communication solution is comprised of a unique software platform that connects communication devices, including our hands-free, wearable, voice-controlled communication badges, Vocera-branded smartphones and third-party mobile devices that use our software applications to become part of the Vocera system. The system transforms the way mobile workers communicate by enabling them to instantly connect with the right person simply by saying the name, function or group name of the person they want to reach, often while remaining at the point-of-care. Our system responds to over 100 voice commands.

Some examples of common commands are shown below.

 

Action    Spoken commands

 

Call by name

   Call John Smith.

Call a group member

   Call an Anesthesiologist.

Dial a phone number or extension

   Dial extension 3145 .

Initiate a broadcast to a group

   Broadcast to Emergency Response Team .

Locate nearest member of a group

   Where is the nearest member of Security ?

Send a voice message

   Record a message for Pediatric Nursing.

 

Components of the Voice Communication solution include:

 

 

Software platform.     At the heart of our Voice Communication solution is a patent-protected enterprise-class software platform that runs on our customers’ Windows-based servers. The intelligence of our client-server system is contained primarily within our server-software. This platform contains an optimized speech recognition engine and call management functionality. In addition, it controls the calling and messaging functions of the mobile client devices and maintains profiles for users and groups that enable customization of workflow patterns for each customer. Our scalable software platform can support multiple geographic sites and multiple facilities within a healthcare system to help clinicians stay connected to the latest status of their patients.

In addition to the primary system server, our software platform includes usage and diagnostic reporting tools, as well as our telephony software to interface to customers’ existing phone systems.

 

 

Communication badge .     Our communication badge is a wearable device weighing less than two ounces that operates over customers’ industry-standard Wi-Fi networks, the use of which has become increasingly prevalent in hospitals. The badge is worn clipped to a shirt or on a

 

80


Table of Contents
 

lanyard. It can be used to conduct hands-free communication and is the only hands-free device of its kind. It enables instant two-way voice conversations without the need to remember a phone number or use a handset. An over-the-air update mechanism seamlessly updates device software. Our badge also incorporates automatic diagnostic mechanisms that feed data on wireless network performance back to the software platform for reporting and diagnosis of problems.

 

 

Vocera smartphone.     Our smartphone is a ruggedized Wi-Fi phone that offers the functionality of our badge with the added power of the Microsoft Windows Mobile operating system so users can have access to email and third-party business applications.

 

 

Vocera Connect mobile applications.     Vocera Connect Wi-Fi and Vocera Connect Cellular mobile applications allow Vocera customers to enable authorized users to access the voice calling capability of our system on third-party mobile devices, including BlackBerry, iPhone, Android and Windows Mobile devices. In the second half of 2011, we expect to add a Cisco in-building wireless handset to the list of mobile devices we support. When used in a Wi-Fi environment, the Vocera Connect Wi-Fi mobile application enables non-Vocera devices to receive voice communication initiated within the Vocera system, including role-based calls and group broadcasts. Onscreen presence information enables users to see the status of other users and instantly connect with particular individuals, functional roles or entire groups using voice commands or our click-to-connect functionality.

Messaging solution

Our Messaging solution securely delivers text messages, alerts and other information, directly to and from smartphones. It is designed to replace paging and unsecure short message service, or SMS, systems. Our solution is comprised of an enterprise-grade software platform and client applications that run on BlackBerry, iPhone or Android devices. The software platform provides the central intelligence, database of users and contacts and monitoring controls that display a real-time dashboard of delivery, receipt confirmations and responses. Our Messaging solution includes a range of client applications, including Alert, Chat and Commander, to meet the specific needs of hospitals and other enterprise environments.

Our Vocera Alert application is a smartphone client application that works in conjunction with our messaging platform to ensure timely, reliable and encrypted delivery (as recommended by applicable HIPAA regulations) and acknowledgement of critical messages, including pages, lab test results and other alerts. Users can send messages to the smartphones of other users or groups from a smartphone, web console or automatically through integration with third-party clinical systems, like nurse call and patient monitoring systems. Recipients can reply with multiple choice answers or custom responses, and a reporting tool tracks and stores all of the transactions for auditing purposes. Our Alert application replaces unreliable pagers that have been used in hospitals for decades with reliable closed loop message delivery.

Care Transition Solution

Our Care Transition solution is a hosted voice and text based software application that captures, manages and monitors patient information when responsibility for the patient is transferred or “handed-off” from one caregiver to another. Our platform, which includes modules for patient transfers, shift changes, physician sign-outs and patient and family information exchanges, allows hospitals to effectively standardize and monitor patient hand-offs. The solution streamlines

 

81


Table of Contents

patient hand-offs in a secure, manageable, web-enabled manner that enables caregivers to capture and transfer important information about patients in either written or voice recorded formats from any phone or PC.

Our secure web interface provides real-time monitoring of hand-off quality, compliance and throughput. Caregivers can access the application through a variety of end-points, including computers, smartphones and other wireless devices. The solution alerts the receiving unit of the patient’s anticipated arrival, along with care instructions left by the previous caregiver. This eliminates phone tag and paperwork and reduces miscommunication that can cause delays and errors in patient transfers.

Our Care Transition solution can be deployed through either a hosted software-as-a-service model or as a server-on-site model and has been deployed by over 120 hospitals.

Services

Our customer-centric strategy is supported by our services and support capabilities, which help customers optimize their Vocera experience. Our services organization consists of the following:

 

 

ExperiaHealth.     ExperiaHealth is a consulting organization focused on improving patient experience. ExperiaHealth works with hospitals and other healthcare organizations to improve clinical and operational performance that results in improved efficiency, work flow and enhanced patient experience. Services offered by ExperiaHealth include: consulting with customers to improve organizational alignment around patient experience strategy and priorities, analyzing a customer’s highest priority service lines and developing a process improvement plan to increase patient and caregiver satisfaction and providing training modules on topics such as physician leadership coaching, clinical service line experience mapping, leading patient experience improvement and service recovery training.

 

 

Professional services.     Our professional services are key to helping customers successfully deploy, manage, update and/or expand their Vocera systems in order to gain the full benefits of our solutions. As of June 30, 2011, our professional services team consisted of 40 professionals with expertise in wireless communication, clinical workflow, end-user training, speech science and project management, as well as nurses who are at the forefront of understanding and dealing with clinical communication issues. We offer a full suite of services, including clinical workflow design, wireless assessment, solution configuration, training and project management, enabling customers to integrate our solutions and improve workflow efficiency and staff productivity. We also provide a classroom-based curriculum for systems administrators, information technology professionals and clinical educators.

 

 

Technical support .     We provide 24x7 technical support to our customers through our support centers in San Jose, California, and Reading, United Kingdom. As of June 30, 2011, our technical support team consisted of 30 technical support professionals with expertise in wireless, telephony, integration, servers and client devices. Our team utilizes remote diagnostic tools to proactively assess the performance of customer systems. In addition, we assign technical account management resources to our largest accounts to help them expand the use of our solutions and facilitate adoption of new functionality.

 

82


Table of Contents

Sales and marketing

Sales

We use a direct sales model to call on hospitals and healthcare systems in the United States, the United Kingdom and Australia. As of June 30, 2011, we had 74 sales employees, an increase of 25 since the beginning of 2010. The sales team is organized to allow us to better serve our customers and to support the different elements of our sales strategy. Certain members of the sales team focus on the development of new customer relationships with large integrated health systems and government healthcare facilities. We supplement our sales organization by utilizing a U.S. government-authorized reseller to facilitate our sales to Veterans Administration and Department of Defense healthcare facilities. Sales team members also focus on new customer development with smaller systems and individual hospitals. The sales team further includes account managers who focus on service and additional sales to existing customers. We enhance our sales efforts by including in our sales staff individuals with nursing backgrounds to address clinical uses with, and provide utilization advice to, customers and potential customers. We have also staffed our sales team with system engineers who focus on the technical elements of system optimization, particularly wireless, and overall product configuration.

We strive to hire sales people with at least 10 years of experience selling enterprise solutions in healthcare and who have experience selling in competitive and complex environments with multiple decision makers. In markets outside the United States, our sales efforts are supplemented by a select group of resellers and distributors.

Marketing

Our marketing efforts focus on product management, demand generation, sales support and brand management. We believe continuing to increase our brand recognition is important for the growth of our business.

Our product roadmap and requirements are driven by both primary and secondary research that is continually validated with current and prospective customers. We collect customer feedback through surveys and focus groups, customer visits, a customer advisory board, user forums and participation in industry standards organizations. Our customer-centric marketing strategy is key to generating new sales leads as word of mouth advertising and testimonials are some of our most valuable marketing tools. A number of our customers have agreed to participate in video testimonials, white papers and case studies that validate the efficacy and the financial benefits of our solutions. We have been featured in numerous articles and on network television demonstrating increased patient satisfaction, streamlined hospital operations and enhanced employee safety. Additionally, we sponsor numerous customer-led webinars to demonstrate customer success and to let prospective customers hear from their peer group about the positive impact that our solutions have made on their hospitals. Many of our sales leads come from referrals of existing customers or users who have moved from a hospital already using Vocera to a new facility or health system.

Demand generation is created through high touch activities across multiple platforms including print media, phone, direct mail and e-mail campaigns and participation in tradeshows and other industry sponsored events. We use a variety of sales tools with prospective customers including collateral, ROI calculators and product videos and presentations.

 

83


Table of Contents

We received the exclusive endorsement of AHA Solutions, a subsidiary of the American Hospital Association, for our Voice Communication and Care Transition solutions. As part of this endorsement, we are able to participate in customer events sponsored by AHA Solutions.

Customers

Our customers include over 750 hospitals and other healthcare facilities, of which over 90 are outside of the United States. In addition, we have over 100 customers in other vertical markets. Our healthcare customer base spans hospital networks, research and academic centers, small and medium-sized local hospitals and international hospitals. Our customers include Banner Health System, University of California’s Davis Medical Center, OhioHealth, NorthShore University Health System and El Camino Hospital. Our diverse customer base has very low customer revenue concentration. During 2010, our largest customer represented only 2.1% of revenue.

Currently, we sell into English speaking markets including the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Australia, the Republic of Ireland and New Zealand. Non-U.S. markets represented approximately 8.4% of our revenue in the first half of 2011. We are developing plans to offer our solutions in a wider range of international markets including non-English speaking countries.

Our hospital customers typically start their deployment within one or two departments and expand more broadly over time. Based on our recent customer survey, more than 70% of our healthcare customers say they plan to expand the use of our Voice Communication solution. In 2010, approximately 85% of our revenue came from existing customers expanding their deployment, replacing badges, smartphones and accessories and renewing maintenance contracts.

Our sales efforts are not currently focused on markets outside the healthcare industry. Existing customers in other vertical markets include high end hotels and resorts, retail stores, libraries and other environments with large numbers of mobile workers. Currently, this is not a material portion of our business, but longer term, we believe these markets could represent potential opportunities for growth.

We believe that maintaining the highest level of customer satisfaction is critical to our ability to grow revenue from existing customers and gain new customers. We invest in several areas to promote high customer satisfaction, including highly trained technical support engineers, technical account managers for our larger customers and readily available knowledge base articles. An indication of our high customer loyalty is the 98% renewal rate in 2010 of our annual maintenance and support contracts among U.S. hospital customers.

Competition

We do not believe any single competitor offers an intelligent voice communication system to the healthcare market that allows instant, hands-free communication through voice-activated, role-based and activity-based calling using a combination of dedicated, proprietary devices as well as accommodating the use of third-party smartphones and other devices.

At this time, the primary alternative to our system consists of traditional communication methods utilizing wired phones, pagers and overhead intercoms. The most significant alternatives to the

 

84


Table of Contents

traditional communication system with which we compete for sales in the hospital are in-building wireless telephones. While we compete with the providers of these wireless phones in making sales to hospitals, they do not at this time purport to contain the system intelligence and convenience of our Voice Communication solution. The market for in-building wireless phones is dominated by large communications companies such as Cisco Systems, Ascom and Polycom.

We believe that the primary competitive factors at work in our market include:

 

 

comprehensiveness of the solution and the features provided

 

 

product performance and reliability

 

 

the initial cost and ongoing cost of ownership

 

 

customer service and support capabilities

We may face increased competition in the future, including competition from large, multinational companies with significant resources. Potential competitors may have existing relationships with purchasers of other products and services within the hospital, which may enhance their ability to gain a foothold in our market.

Research and development

Our continued investment in research and development is critical to our business. We have assembled teams of engineers with expertise in various fields, including software, firmware, database design, applications, speech recognition, wireless communication and hardware design. We have research and development personnel in San Jose, California, Knoxville and Chattanooga, Tennessee and Toronto, Canada. There were 45 full-time research and development employees as of June 30, 2011. We also utilize small teams of contractors in India and the Ukraine to assist with quality assurance testing and automation, and targeted development efforts. Our research and development expenditures were $7.4 million, $6.0 million and $6.7 million in 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively.

Intellectual property

Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to protect our core technology and intellectual property. To accomplish this, we rely on a combination of intellectual property rights, including patents, trade secrets, copyrights and trademarks, as well as customary contractual protections.

We have been granted 13 U.S. patents, including patents on many capabilities of our software platform and communication badge. The expiration dates of these patents range from 2018 through 2024. In addition, we have applications pending in the United States for eight additional patents related to our Voice Communication and Care Transition solutions. Several of the U.S.-issued patents and patent applications have also been issued or filed in international jurisdictions. Our primary registered trademarks in the United States are Vocera ® and ExperiaHealth ® .

In addition to the foregoing protections, we generally control access to and use of our proprietary software and other confidential information through the use of internal and external controls, including contractual protections with employees, contractors, customers and partners. Our software is also protected by U.S. and international copyright laws.

 

85


Table of Contents

Our solutions include software developed and owned by us as well as software components we have licensed. These non-exclusive licenses are terminable by the licensor for cause. Certain of these licenses are for a contractually specified term and cannot be renewed without the assent of the licensor. In the event one or more of these licenses is terminated or is not renewed, we could be required to redesign substantial portions of our software in order to incorporate software components from alternative sources. An unplanned redesign of our software could materially and adversely affect our business.

Manufacturing operations and suppliers

We outsource the manufacturing of our device products to original design manufacturers and a contract manufacturer, SMTC. Our communication badge is built by SMTC in Mexico using custom tools and test equipment owned by us. Most of our accessories, including batteries, chargers and attachments, are built by original design manufacturers in Asia.

These manufacturers are responsible for procuring all the components included in our products as specified and approved by us. Some of these components are sole-sourced off-the-shelf and some are custom components built exclusively for our products. In the event we are unable to procure certain components, we could be required to redesign some of our products in order to incorporate technology from alternative sources. An unplanned redesign of our products could materially and adversely affect our business.

We require our suppliers to perform both incoming and outgoing product inspections. In addition, we perform in-house quality control and ongoing reliability testing.

Employees

As of June 30, 2011, we had 268 employees, including 18 in manufacturing and quality operations, 45 in research and development, 90 in sales and marketing, 84 in services and 31 in general and administrative. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement or are represented by a labor union. We consider current employee relations to be good.

Facilities

We do not currently own any of our facilities. The following table sets forth the location, approximate size, primary use and lease expiration dates of our leased facilities. Our facilities are in good operating condition and adequately serve our business needs.

 

Location   

Approximate 

square feet

   Primary use    Lease expiration date
 

San Jose, California

   57,930    Headquarters and product warehousing    April 1, 2016

Knoxville, Tennessee

     7,502    Development, sales and support    March 31, 2016

San Francisco, California

     3,093    Consulting services    April 19, 2014

Chattanooga, Tennessee

     2,500    Development and support    December 31, 2012

Toronto, Canada

     2,131    Development, sales and support    April 30, 2012

Reading, United Kingdom

     1,000    Sales and support    December 31, 2011
 

 

86


Table of Contents

Government regulations and standards

Substantially all of our revenue is derived from the healthcare industry. The healthcare industry is highly regulated and is subject to changing political, legislative, regulatory and other influences. These factors affect the purchasing practices and operations of healthcare organizations, as well as the behavior and attitudes of our users. Healthcare reform has been recently enacted at the federal level. We expect federal and state legislatures and agencies to continue to consider programs to reform or revise aspects of the U.S. healthcare system. These programs may contain proposals to increase governmental involvement in healthcare or otherwise change the environment in which healthcare industry participants operate.

HIPAA privacy and security standards

In connection with our healthcare communications business, we may handle and have access to personal health information on behalf of our customers. Accordingly, in the United States, we may be subject to HIPAA and its implementing regulations, which established uniform standards for certain “covered entities” (healthcare providers engaged in electronic transactions, health plans and healthcare clearinghouses) governing the conduct of certain electronic healthcare transactions and protecting the security and privacy of protected health information. The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 included sweeping expansion of HIPAA’s privacy and security standards as reflected in the HITECH Act. Among other things, the new law makes certain HIPAA privacy and security standards directly applicable to “business associates”—independent contractors or agents of covered entities that receive or obtain protected health information in connection with providing a service on behalf of a covered entity. HITECH also increased the civil and criminal penalties that may be imposed against covered entities, business associates and possibly other persons, and gave state attorneys general new authority to file civil actions for damages or injunctions in federal courts to enforce the federal HIPAA laws and seek attorney’s fees and costs associated with pursuing federal civil actions. Most of our customers are covered entities under HIPAA and, to the extent that we handle personal health information on their behalf, we are their “business associates” and are subject to HIPAA and associated contractual obligations, as well as comparable state privacy and security laws.

In addition, we are subject to privacy and security regulations in other jurisdictions. For example, the EU adopted the DPD imposing strict regulations and establishing a series of requirements regarding the storage of personally identifiable information on computers or recorded on other electronic media. This has been implemented by all EU member states through national laws. DPD provides for specific regulations requiring all non-EU countries doing business with EU member states to provide adequate data privacy protection when receiving personal data from any of the EU member states. Similarly, Canada’s Personal Information and Protection of Electronic Documents Act provides Canadian residents with privacy protections in regard to transactions with businesses and organizations in the private sector and sets out ground rules for how private sector organizations may collect, use and disclose personal information in the course of commercial activities.

These statutes, regulations and contractual obligations impose numerous requirements regarding the use and disclosure of personal health information with which we must comply, and subject us to material liability in the event we fail to do so.

 

87


Table of Contents

Medical device regulation

The FDA regulates certain products, including software-based products, as “medical devices” based, in part, on the intended use of the product and the risk the device poses to the patient should the device fail to perform properly. Although we have concluded that our products are general-purpose communication devices not subject to FDA regulation, either the FDA could disagree with our conclusion or changes in our product or the FDA’s evolving regulations could lead to the imposition of medical device regulation on our products. In this event, we would be subject to extensive regulatory requirements, including the expense of compliance with Medical Device Reporting and Quality System regulation and the potential of liability for failure to comply, and we could be required to obtain 510(k) clearance or premarket approval of our products from the FDA prior to commercial distribution. Further, we would be subject to the 2.3% excise tax that becomes applicable to medical devices beginning January 2013.

Electrical standards and FCC regulations

Our products are tested by independent testing laboratories for compliance with standards issued by Underwriters Laboratories, regulations issued by the Federal Communications Commission, as well as comparable standards and regulations applicable outside the United States.

Legal proceedings

From time to time, we may be involved in lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings, consisting of intellectual property, commercial, employment and other matters which arise in the ordinary course of business. We are not currently involved in any material legal proceedings.

 

88


Table of Contents

Management

Executive officers and directors

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers, directors and founder as of July 31, 2011:

 

Name    Age    Position(s)

 

Robert J. Zollars (1) *

   54    Chief Executive Officer, Director and Chairman of the Board

Brent D. Lang*

   43    President and Chief Operating Officer

Martin J. Silver*

   54    Chief Financial Officer and Assistant Secretary

Robert N. Flury*

   61    Vice President of Sales

Victoria A. Perkins*

   55    Vice President of Services

Jay M. Spitzen, Ph.D., J.D.*

   61    General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

Brian D. Ascher (2)

   44    Director

John B. Grotting (1)(2)

   62    Director

Jeffrey H. Hillebrand (2)

   57    Director

Howard E. Janzen (3)

   57    Director

John N. McMullen (3)

   53    Director

Hany M. Nada (3)

   42    Director

Donald F. Wood (1)

   56    Director

Robert E. Shostak, Ph.D.

   62    Founder and Chief Technical Officer

 

 

*   Executive officer.

 

  Lead independent director.

 

(1)   Member of the governance and nominating committee.

 

(2)   Member of the compensation committee.

 

(3)   Member of the audit committee.

Executive officers

Robert J. Zollars has served as our Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer and director since June 2007. From May 2006 to May 2007, he served as chief executive officer of Wound Care Solutions, Inc., an operator of outsourced chronic wound care centers. From June 1999 to March 2006, Mr. Zollars served as chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors of Neoforma, Inc., a healthcare technology company. From January 1997 to June 1999, Mr. Zollars served as executive vice president and group president of Cardinal Health, Inc., a supplier of health care products and services, where he was responsible for five wholly-owned subsidiaries. From 1985 to 1997, Mr. Zollars served as a division president of four different operating units at Baxter International, Inc., a medical instrument and supply company. From 1979 to 1985, Mr. Zollars served as area vice president and in various other capacities at American Hospital Supply

 

89


Table of Contents

Corporation, a medical supply company, which was acquired by Baxter International in 1985. Since February 2005, Mr. Zollars has served on the board of directors of Diamond Foods, Inc. Since May 2004, he has also served on the board of directors of VWR International, LLC, a scientific equipment distributor. Mr. Zollars graduated magna cum laude with a B.S. degree in Marketing from Arizona State University and earned an M.B.A. degree in Finance from John F. Kennedy University. We believe Mr. Zollars should continue to serve as our Chairman and on our board of directors based on his previous experience on our board of directors and as our Chief Executive Officer, as well as his over thirty years of experience in the healthcare and technology industries.

Brent D. Lang has served as our President and Chief Operating Officer since October 2007. From February 2007 to October 2007, he served as our Executive Vice President, from January 2007 to June 2007, he served as our Acting Chief Executive Officer, and from June 2001 through January 2007, he served as our Vice President of Marketing and Business Development. From September 1995 to June 2001, Mr. Lang served as senior director of marketing for 3Com Corporation, a networking company, where he was responsible for 3Com’s digital home products. From June 1991 to June 1993, Mr. Lang worked as a strategy consultant for The Monitor Company, Inc., a consulting firm, advising Fortune 500 companies. Mr. Lang earned a B.S. degree in Industrial and Operations Engineering from the University of Michigan and an M.B.A. from the Stanford University Graduate School of Business.

Martin J. Silver has served as our Chief Financial Officer since March 2005 and our Assistant Secretary since June 2011. From March 2005 to June 2011, Mr. Silver also served as our Corporate Secretary. From April 2004 to March 2005, Mr. Silver served as chief financial officer and treasurer of Elance, Inc., an internet marketplace for freelance professionals. From September 2002 to March 2004, he served as chief financial officer and corporate secretary of Green Border Technologies, Inc., an internet security company. From March 2001 to August 2002, Mr. Silver served as chief financial officer and corporate secretary of Archway Digital Solutions, Inc., a server and storage management company. From January 1996 to February 2001, he served as chief financial officer and corporate secretary of Corsair Communications, Inc., a cellular services company. Mr. Silver earned a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering from Purdue University and an M.B.A. from the University of Pennsylvania’s Wharton School of Business.

Robert N. Flury has served as our Vice President of Sales since August 2007. From May 2006 to August 2007, Mr. Flury served as president and chief operating officer of LifeNexus, Inc., a medical records company. From January 1999 to May 2006, Mr. Flury was vice president of strategic alliances for Neoforma, Inc., a healthcare technology company. From October 1997 to January 1999, he served as vice president of sales of the healthcare division of PeopleSoft, Inc., a management software company. In addition, Mr. Flury has previously served as vice president of sales for Software AG and Dun & Bradstreet Software Services, Inc. Mr. Flury earned both a B.S. degree in Accounting and an M.B.A. degree from Georgia State University and is a Certified Public Accountant (inactive).

Victoria A. Perkins has served as our Vice President of Services since December 2005. From 2002 to 2005, Ms. Perkins acted as an independent consultant assisting venture-backed companies launch strategic services organizations. From 1996 to 2002, Ms. Perkins served as vice president of professional services for the software tools division of Sun Microsystems, Inc. and Forte Software, Inc., a computer software company, which was acquired by Sun Microsystems (now a division of Oracle Corporation) in 1999. Ms. Perkins previously held senior management positions at Objectivity, Inc., Verity Software House, and Digital Equipment Corporation. Ms. Perkins earned a B.A. degree in Religious Studies from Brown University.

 

90


Table of Contents

Dr. Jay M. Spitzen has served as our General Counsel since April 2011 and as our Corporate Secretary since June 2011. Dr. Spitzen has served as our counsel since our founding in February 2000. From 1994 to 2000, he was a partner at Gray Cary Ware & Freidenrich LLP (now DLA Piper LLP), a law firm. From September 1988 to 1994, Dr. Spitzen was an attorney with Ware & Freidenrich P.C., a law firm. From 1982 to 1985, he held positions as an engineering manager and vice president of planning for Convergent Technologies, Inc., a workstation company that he cofounded in 1979. From 1978 to 1979, Dr. Spitzen was a staff scientist with Xerox Corporation, a document management company. From September 1974 to March 1978, he worked as a software engineer with SRI International, Inc., an independent, nonprofit research institute. Dr. Spitzen earned an A.B. degree in Applied Mathematics from Harvard College, Ph.D. and S.M. degrees in Applied Mathematics from Harvard University, and a J.D. degree from Harvard Law School.

Board of directors

Brian D. Ascher has served on our board of directors since May 2002. Since April 2000, Mr. Ascher has been a partner at Venrock, a venture capital fund management company, which he joined in 1998 as a Kauffman Fellow, after holding marketing and product marketing positions at Intuit, Inc., a financial software company. Mr. Ascher previously held positions at the Monitor Group, Inc. and Robertson, Stephens & Company. Mr. Ascher earned a B.A. degree in Biology, magna cum laude, from Princeton University and an M.B.A. degree from the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. We believe Mr. Ascher should serve as a member of our board of directors based on his experience on the boards of directors of numerous companies and based on his extensive corporate management experience.

John B. Grotting has served on our board of directors since February 2010. Since May 2010, Mr. Grotting has served as an operating partner for Frazier Healthcare Ventures, a provider of venture and growth equity capital to emerging biopharma, medical device and healthcare service companies. From January 2010 through April 2010, Mr. Grotting was an independent consultant. From 2006 to December 2009, Mr. Grotting served as chief executive officer of Ascent Healthcare Solutions, Inc. (now Stryker Corporation), a medical device reprocessor. From February 2004 to December 2006, he served as chairman and chief executive officer of Alliance Medical Corporation (now Stryker Corporation), a medical device reprocessor. From May 1999 to December 2002, Mr. Grotting served as chairman and chief executive officer of Bridge Medical, Inc., a medical software company. Mr. Grotting also served in senior executive positions at Minnesota based Allina Health System and Oregon based Legacy Health System. Since August 2010, he has served on the board of directors of Universal Hospital Services. Mr. Grotting earned a B.A. degree in Economics from St. Olaf College in Northfield, MN and a Master’s degree in Hospital and Healthcare Management from the University of Minnesota. We believe Mr. Grotting should serve as a member of our board of directors based on his management and corporate governance experience with other healthcare companies.

Jeffrey H. Hillebrand has served on our board of directors since February 2010. Mr. Hillebrand has served in various capacities at NorthShore University HealthSystem since 1979, including as chief operating officer of NorthShore University HealthSystem since October 2000. Mr. Hillebrand is also a fellow of the American College of Healthcare Executives, and served as a regent of the American College of Healthcare Executives for five years. Mr. Hillebrand has previously served as a commissioner of the Certification Commission of Healthcare Information Technology, a nonprofit organization focused on the adoption of interoperable health information technology, and has served on the board of directors of the National Association of Healthcare Information

 

91


Table of Contents

Technology. From December 2000 until March 2006, Mr. Hillebrand served as a board member of Neoforma, Inc. Mr. Hillebrand earned a B.A. degree from Dartmouth College and an M.H.S.A. degree in Health Services Administration from the University of Michigan. We believe Mr. Hillebrand should serve as a member of our board of directors based on his extensive corporate experience with other healthcare technology companies.

Howard E. Janzen has served on our board of directors since May 2007. Since October 2002, Mr. Janzen has served as the president and chief executive officer of Janzen Ventures, Inc., a private investment business. From March 2007 through April 2011, Mr. Janzen served as the chief executive officer of One Communications Corporation, a supplier of integrated advanced telecommunications solutions to business. From January 2004 to September 2005, Mr. Janzen served as president of Sprint Business Solutions, the business unit serving Sprint Corporation’s business customer base. From May 2003 to January 2004, he was president of Sprint Corporation’s Global Markets Group responsible for Sprint’s Long Distance business. From 1994 until October 2002, Mr. Janzen served as president and chief executive officer, and chairman of the board of directors from 2001, of Williams Communications Group, Inc., a network solutions provider. Williams Communications Group, Inc. filed a voluntary petition for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code in April 2002 and emerged from bankruptcy in October 2002 as WilTel Communications Group, Inc. Mr. Janzen has served on the board of directors of Sonus Networks Inc. since January 2006, Global Telecom & Technology, Inc. since October 2006 and MacroSolve, Inc. since April 2006. Mr. Janzen earned his B.S. and M.S. degrees in Metallurgical Engineering from the Colorado School of Mines and completed the Harvard Business School PMD program. We believe Mr. Janzen should serve as a member of our board of directors based on his extensive business experience and his experience on the boards of directors of other technology and communication companies.

John N. McMullen has served on our board of directors since June 2011. Since March 2007, Mr. McMullen has served as the senior vice president and treasurer of Hewlett-Packard Company, an electronics and information technology company. From May 2002 to March 2007, he served as vice president of finance for Hewlett-Packard’s Imaging and Printing Group. From June 1998 to May 2002, Mr. McMullen held a variety of executive positions with Compaq Computer Corporation (now a division of Hewlett-Packard), including vice president of finance and strategy, vice president of finance (North America Sales and Services) and director of finance. Mr. McMullen has served as products business controller with Digital Equipment Corporation, a computer manufacturer. Mr. McMullen earned a B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Massachusetts. We believe Mr. McMullen should serve as a member of our board of directors based on his extensive corporate management experience.

Hany M. Nada has served on our board of directors since May 2003. Since 2000, Mr. Nada has served as managing director of GGV Capital (formerly Granite Global Ventures), a fund management company, which he co-founded. From 1991 to 2000, Mr. Nada was a managing director and a senior research analyst at Piper Jaffray & Co., an investment banking firm, specializing in software and e-Infrastructure. Since April 2005, Mr. Nada has served on the board of directors of publicly held Glu Mobile Inc., a mobile gaming company. Mr. Nada earned a B.S. degree in Economics and a B.A. degree in political science from the University of Minnesota. We believe Mr. Nada should serve as a member of our board of directors based on his extensive experience in venture capital as well as his relationship with GGV Capital, one of our largest stockholders.

 

92


Table of Contents

Donald F. Wood has served on our board of directors since November 2000. Since October 2007, Mr. Wood has served as managing director at Draper Fisher Jurvetson, a venture capital firm. Since February 1998, he has also been a general partner at Vanguard Ventures, a venture capital firm. From November 1994 to 1998, Mr. Wood served as the president and a member of the board of directors of Metricom, Inc., a mobile wireless data provider. From 1991 to 1994, Mr. Wood was responsible for marketing, product management, and sales engineering for the customer premise equipment division of Octel Communications Corporation. In 1987, Mr. Wood co-founded Wood-Howard Products, Inc., a consumer product publishing company. Since June 1999, Mr. Wood has served on the board of directors of ZipRealty, Inc., a publicly held real estate brokerage company, and as its chairman since May 2006. Mr. Wood earned a B.A. in economics and an M.B.A. from Stanford University. We believe Mr. Wood should serve as a member of our board of directors based on his venture capital experience and his corporate experience serving on the board of directors of a public company.

Our executive officers are elected by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. There are no familial relationships among our directors and officers.

Dr. Robert E. Shostak founded Vocera and has served as our Chief Technology Officer since February 2000. From October 2001 to June 2007, he served as our Chairman of the Board. From February 2000 to October 2001, he served as our Chief Executive Officer. From 1996 to 2000, Dr. Shostak founded and served as chief technology officer of Portera Systems Inc. From 1990 to 1996, Dr. Shostak served as director of Borland Software Corporation, and from1987 to 1988 served as its chief scientist. From 1988 to 1989, Dr. Shostak founded and served as chief technology officer at Mira Technology, Inc. From 1985 to 1987, he served as founder and vice president of software for Ansa Software. From 1974 to 1985, he was employed by SRI International, most recently as staff scientist. Dr. Shostak earned an A.B. degree in Applied Mathematics from Harvard College and Ph.D. and S.M. degrees in Applied Mathematics from Harvard University.

Board of directors

Pursuant to an amended and restated voting agreement, dated March 2, 2010, Messrs. Ascher, Grotting, Hillebrand, Janzen, Nada, Wood and Zollars were designated to serve as members of our board of directors. Pursuant to the voting agreement, Mr. Wood was elected as the representative of the Series B preferred stock, Mr. Ascher was elected as the representative of our Series C preferred stock, Mr. Nada was elected as the representative of our Series D preferred stock, Mr. Zollars was elected by the holders of a majority of the shares of our common stock and Messrs. Grotting, Hillebrand and Janzen were elected by the holders of a majority of the shares of our preferred stock and common stock, voting together as a single class. The voting agreement will terminate upon the closing of this offering and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors. All the current members of our board of directions will continue to serve on our board of directors following the closing of the offering until the earlier of their resignation or their successors are duly elected or appointed.

Immediately upon the closing of this offering, we will file our restated certificate of incorporation. The restated certificate of incorporation will divide our board of directors into three classes, with staggered three-year terms:

 

 

Class I directors, whose initial term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders expected to be held in 2012

 

93


Table of Contents
 

Class II directors, whose initial term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders expected to be held in 2013

 

 

Class III directors, whose initial term will expire at the annual meeting of stockholders expected to be held in 2014

At each annual meeting of our stockholders after the initial classification, the successors to directors whose terms have expired will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting of stockholders following election. Upon the closing of this offering, the Class I directors will consist of Messrs. Hillebrand, Nada and Wood; the Class II directors will consist of Messrs. Ascher, Grotting and Janzen; and the Class III directors will consist of Messrs. McMullen and Zollars. As a result, only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.

In addition, we intend to restate our bylaws and certificate of incorporation upon the closing of this offering to provide that only the board of directors may fill vacancies on the board of directors until the next annual meeting of stockholders. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the total number of directors.

This classification of the board of directors and the provisions described above may have the effect of delaying or preventing changes in our control or management. See the section titled “Description of capital stock—Anti-takeover provisions—Restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaw provisions.”

Board leadership structure and risk oversight

Our board of directors does not have a policy on whether the role of the chairman and chief executive officer should be separate and believes that it should maintain flexibility to select a chairman and board leadership structure from time to time. Currently, the board of directors believes that it is in the best interest of the company and its stockholders for Mr. Zollars to serve in both roles in light of his knowledge of our company and industry. Because Mr. Zollars is our Chief Executive Officer and Chairman, our board of directors appointed Mr. Ascher to serve as our lead independent director. As lead independent director, Mr. Ascher will, among other responsibilities, preside over regularly scheduled meetings at which only our independent directors are present, serve as a liaison between the chairperson and the independent directors, and perform such additional duties as our board of directors may otherwise determine and delegate.

Our board of directors is primarily responsible for overseeing our risk management processes. Our board, as a whole, determines the appropriate level of risk for our company, assesses the specific risks that we face and reviews management’s strategies for adequately mitigating and managing the identified risks. Although our board administers this risk management oversight function, our audit committee, governance and nominating committee and compensation committee support our board in discharging its oversight duties and address risks inherent in their respective areas. We believe this division of responsibilities is an effective approach for addressing the risks we face and that our board leadership structure supports this approach.

 

94


Table of Contents

Committees of the board of directors

Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a governance and nominating committee. The composition and responsibilities of each committee are described below. Following the closing of this offering, copies of the charters for each committee will be available on the investor relations portion of our website at www.vocera.com. Members serve on these committees until their resignations or until otherwise determined by the board of directors.

Audit committee.     Our audit committee is comprised of John N. McMullen, who is the chair of the audit committee, Howard E. Janzen and Hany M. Nada, each of whom, our board of directors has determined, meets the requirements for independence under the current New York Stock Exchange and SEC rules and regulations. Each member of our audit committee is financially literate. In addition, our board of directors has determined that Mr. McMullen is an audit committee financial expert within the meaning of Item 407(d) of Regulation S-K of the Securities Act.

All audit services to be provided to us and all permissible non-audit services, other than de minimis non-audit services, to be provided to us by our independent registered public accounting firm will be approved in advance by our audit committee. Our audit committee recommended, and our board of directors adopted, a charter for our audit committee. Our audit committee, among other things:

 

 

selects a firm to serve as independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements

 

 

helps to ensure the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm

 

 

discusses the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm, and reviews, with management and the independent accountants, our interim and year-end operating results

 

 

develops procedures for employees to anonymously submit concerns about questionable accounting or audit matters

 

 

considers the adequacy of our internal accounting controls and audit procedures

 

 

approves all audit and non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm

Compensation committee.     Our compensation committee is comprised of Jeffrey H. Hillebrand, who is the chair of the compensation committee, and Brian D. Ascher and John B. Grotting. Our board of directors has determined that each member of our compensation committee meets the requirements for independence under the current New York Stock Exchange listing standards. The purpose of our compensation committee is to discharge the responsibilities of our board of directors relating to compensation of our executive officers. Our compensation committee recommended, and our board of directors adopted, an amended and restated charter for our compensation committee. Our compensation committee, among other things:

 

 

reviews and determines the compensation of our executive officers

 

 

administers our stock and equity incentive plans

 

95


Table of Contents
 

reviews and makes recommendations to our board with respect to incentive compensation and equity plans

 

 

establishes and reviews general policies relating to compensation and benefits of our employees

Governance and nominating committee.     The governance and nominating committee is comprised of John B. Grotting, who is the chair of the governance and nominating committee, and Donald F. Wood and Robert J. Zollars. Mr. Zollars will cease to serve on the committee effective upon the closing of this offering. Our board of directors has determined that upon the closing of this offering, the composition of our governance and nominating committee will meet the requirements for independence under the current New York Stock Exchange listing standards. The governance and nominating committee recommended, and our board of directors adopted, an amended and restated charter for our governance and nominating committee. Our governance and nominating committee, among other things:

 

 

identifies, evaluates and recommends nominees to our board of directors and committees of our board of directors

 

 

conducts searches for appropriate directors

 

 

evaluates the performance of our board of directors and of individual directors

 

 

considers and makes recommendations to the board of directors regarding the composition of the board and its committees

 

 

reviews related party transactions and proposed waivers of the code of conduct

 

 

reviews developments in corporate governance practices

 

 

evaluates the adequacy of our corporate governance practices and reporting

 

 

makes recommendations to our board of directors concerning corporate governance matters

Code of business ethics and conduct

In connection with this offering, we anticipate our board of directors will adopt a code of business ethics and conduct that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors. Following the closing of this offering, the full text of our code of business conduct will be posted on the investor relations section of our website at www.vocera.com. We intend to disclose future amendments to certain provisions of our code of business conduct, or waivers of these provisions, on our website and/or in public filings.

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

Since January 1, 2010, the following directors have at one time been members of our compensation committee: Messrs. Ascher, Grotting, Hillebrand and Janzen. None of them has at any time been one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers serves or in the past has served as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving on our board of directors or our compensation committee.

 

96


Table of Contents

Director compensation

The following table provides information for the year ended December 31, 2010 regarding all plan and non-plan compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to each person who served as a non-employee director for some portion or all of that year. Other than as set forth in the table and described more fully below, in the year ended December 31, 2010, we did not pay any fees to, reimburse any expenses of, make any equity or non-equity awards to or pay any other compensation to our non-employee directors.

 

Name   Date of grant     Number of shares
underlying
unexercised
option (1)(2)
   

Exercise price

per share

   

Vesting start

date

    Grant date fair
value of option
awards
 

 

 

Brian D. Ascher

                                  

John B. Grotting

    3/31/2010        200,000      $ 0.27        2/26/2010      $ 30,580 (3)  

Jeffrey H. Hillebrand

    3/31/2010        200,000        0.27        2/26/2010        30,580 (3)  

Howard E. Janzen

                                  

John N. McMullen (4)

                                  

Hany M. Nada

                                  

Donald F. Wood

                                  

 

 

 

(1)   Both Mr. Grotting and Mr. Hillebrand exercised their option grant as to 200,000 shares each on March 31, 2011.

 

(2)   These options vest monthly over three years, beginning on February 26, 2010.

 

(3)   Represents the grant date fair value determined in accordance with ACC Topic 718 of non-qualified stock options to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock that were issued to such director on March 31, 2010 under our 2006 Stock Option Plan.

 

(4)   Mr. McMullen was appointed to our board of directors in June 2011. In connection with his appointment to our board of directors, Mr. McMullen was granted an option to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $0.84 per share.

Following the closing of this offering, we intend to compensate our non-employee directors with a combination of cash and equity. Each such director who is not affiliated with one of our principal stockholders will receive an annual base cash retainer of $24,000 for such service, to be paid quarterly.

In addition, we intend to compensate our board of directors for service on our committees and for service as our lead independent director as follows:

 

 

The chair of our compensation committee will receive an annual cash retainer of $10,000 for such service, paid quarterly, and each of the other members of the compensation committee will receive an annual cash retainer of $5,000, paid quarterly.

 

 

The chair of our audit committee will receive an annual cash retainer of $15,000 for such service, paid quarterly, and each of the other members of the audit committee will receive an annual cash retainer of $5,000, paid quarterly.

 

 

The chair of our governance and nominating committee will receive an annual cash retainer of $5,000 for such service, paid quarterly, and each of the other members of the governance and nominating committee will receive an annual cash retainer of $2,500, paid quarterly.

 

 

Our lead independent director will receive an annual cash retainer of $10,000 for such service, paid quarterly.

Further, after the closing of this offering, each year at about the time of our annual meeting of stockholders, each non-employee director will receive an additional equity award of an option to

 

97


Table of Contents

purchase a number of shares of our common stock with a then fair market value equal to $75,000 on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to calculate the grant date fair value of the stock options. If a new board member joins the board after the closing of this offering, such director will receive an initial stock option to purchase a number of shares of our common stock with a then fair market value equal to $100,000 on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to calculate the grant date fair value of stock options.

 

98


Table of Contents

Executive compensation

Compensation discussion and analysis

General

This compensation discussion and analysis, which should be read together with the compensation tables set forth below, provides information regarding our executive compensation program for our named executive officers for 2010, who are Robert Zollars, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, Martin Silver, our Chief Financial Officer, Brent Lang, our President and Chief Operating Officer, Robert Flury, our Vice President of Sales, and Victoria Perkins, our Vice President of Customer Services.

Our executive compensation program is administered by our compensation committee. It is designed to enable us to retain, and to attract as needed, individuals with the skills and experience necessary for us to successfully achieve our corporate objectives, and to motivate executive performance that increases stockholder value by aligning compensation with the performance of Vocera on both a short-term and long-term basis.

Our business and our compensation philosophy

We were founded in February 2000 to commercialize technology for wireless communications products and services in hospitals and other environments. As our business has progressed since our founding, we have added members to our senior management team with skills and experience needed to allow us to continue to develop our technology as well as those needed to enable us to produce and sell products and services incorporating this technology. We believe that an effective compensation program is necessary for our company to be successful.

The primary objectives of our executive compensation program are:

Retain and attract qualified executives.     Our business is competitive and our headquarters are in an area where there is significant competition for executive talent. As a result, a key objective of our compensation is to allow us to retain and, as needed, attract qualified executives. All of our executive officers, other than our General Counsel who joined us in 2011, have been with us for four years or more, and we believe that our ability to keep our senior executive team intact over this period reflects some measure of success of our compensation programs. We have also made certain additions to our senior management team and expect that we may desire to continue to do so in the future. For us to be appropriately positioned to attract new talent as needed, we must be prepared to, and be perceived as an employer that is willing to, offer competitive compensation.

Link compensation to achievement of our business objectives .    We believe that a significant portion of our executives’ cash compensation should be based on the attainment of business goals established by our board of directors. As our business has matured, we have focused on different performance metrics to which we have tied the attainment of some portion of cash compensation for executives. For 2010, as was the case for 2009, we adopted a bonus structure that was based on a combination of company-wide financial performance metrics and individual performance objectives established for each executive.

Provide direct incentives for the enhancement of stockholder value over the long-term .    The effectiveness of our management in operating our business has a strong influence on the value

 

99


Table of Contents

of our common stock over time. We believe that our executives should be positioned to participate with our stockholders in the gains and losses from changes in the value of our common stock over time and that equity-based compensation that does so participate will further motivate our executives to seek to increase long-term stockholder value.

Elements of compensation

Our named executive officers’ compensation currently has two primary elements: (i) cash compensation in the form of salary and annual incentive awards, and (ii) equity awards in the form of stock options. In addition, we provide our executive officers with benefits that are available generally to all salaried employees.

The different elements of our executive compensation are designed to help us achieve the different components of our overall compensation philosophy. We believe that we would impair our ability to retain our executives or, as required, attract new executives if we do not offer a salary that they regarded as competitive. As such, our goal is to provide salaries that are sufficient to make us reasonably confident of our ability to retain executives. We further believe that a substantial portion of the cash compensation that our executives are eligible to receive should be directly tied to company performance objectives established by our board of directors. In this regard, our most senior executives, relative to other employees, have the highest portion of their potential cash compensation that they can earn tied to the attainment of these objectives. We provide long-term equity-based incentive awards to provide a competitive compensation package and to motivate our executives to increase stockholder value by allowing them to participate in any such growth that is produced. These awards are further designed to encourage longer term retention as they typically vest over a period of years. We explain below with greater specificity how the compensation committee determines the amount paid or granted under such elements.

Compensation setting process

In establishing compensation, we take into account the compensation that is payable generally by companies with whom we believe we compete for executive talent. While we have not established a group of peer companies against which we have benchmarked compensation, our compensation committee has worked with our senior management, and our human resources and finance departments, to identify appropriate comparisons for establishing compensation levels and the mix of salary, incentive compensation, and equity compensation, recommend targets for our bonus plans and implement the decisions of our compensation committee. In addition, members of our board of directors and our compensation committee, particularly those who have familiarity with the compensation practices of venture-backed companies, discussed compensation levels in the context of their experiences and individual knowledge. In this way, the members of our compensation committee used their reasonable business judgment in determining compensation programs that they believe are competitive and effective for achieving our compensation objectives. Further, in making compensation decisions for 2010, our compensation committee reviewed information developed by Radford for U.S. companies with revenue of less than $50 million and U.S. companies with revenue between $50 million and $199 million.

Our compensation committee did not retain a compensation consultant to assist it in establishing executive compensation for 2010 and prior years.

 

100


Table of Contents

In February 2011, our compensation committee retained an independent compensation consultant, Compensia, to assist in structuring executive officer compensation for 2011, recognizing the potential for 2011 to be a transitional year between our status as a private company and a publicly-held company. Compensia has not provided our company or our compensation committee with any other services.

In determining the compensation of each of our named executive officers, other than our Chief Executive Officer, our compensation committee considers the performance evaluations and compensation recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer for these officers. In the case of the Chief Executive Officer, our compensation committee evaluates his performance and independently determines whether to make any adjustments to his compensation.

We view the cash and equity elements of compensation as distinct as we think that each of these main components must be perceived by our executives as competitive. Within our cash compensation, we evaluate the competitiveness of our salaries on a stand-alone basis, and we also evaluate the aggregate amount of cash compensation that can be paid, or that can be earned, as salary and incentive compensation. We structure our salaries, and target aggregate cash consideration, to be generally within the range of the median of similarly sized companies, which we regard, broadly, as the companies with whom we compete for executive talent. We feel that providing salaries and aggregate cash consideration at this level is appropriate for our executive retention goals.

We make our compensation decisions on an annual basis. Our cash compensation is not tied to performance beyond one year. Our equity awards, which to date have consisted of stock options, vest over a period of time and as such their value is impacted by the value of our common stock over the life of the option. In considering equity awards we consider the amount of equity held directly or indirectly in the form of options by our management. We further consider the amount of equity held by our executive officers that is unvested, as unvested awards are likely to have greater retentive value than vested awards. We do not set the compensation of our executives at any multiple or ratio to the compensation of other executives or employees. Our compensation committee has not adopted any formal or informal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between long-term and immediate compensation, between cash and non-cash compensation, or among different forms of non-cash compensation.

Our compensation committee intends to continue to evaluate our compensation philosophy and the elements of our compensation program for our executive officers as our business needs evolve. Our compensation committee plans to perform on an annual basis a strategic review of our executive officers’ overall compensation packages to determine whether they facilitate the achievement of our corporate objectives.

Cash compensation element

We seek to pay base salaries to our named executive officers that generally approximate the median level of similarly sized companies. Annual increases in base salary are determined on an individual basis. While the decisions are made on an individual basis, we do take into account changes made, or not made, in the compensation of other executives for the same fiscal year. For 2010 none of our named executive officers received an increase in base salary, other than increases in the base salary of our Chief Executive Officer by 16.7% and of our Chief Financial Officer by 9.5%. We increased our Chief Executive Officer’s salary in July 2010 after we

 

101


Table of Contents

determined that his salary had fallen below the median of the market by a greater level than we desired, as his salary had not been increased since he joined us in June 2007. We also increased our Chief Financial Officer’s salary in July 2010 after determining that his salary had also fallen further below the median than we desired and in light of his salary at that time being at the same rate as it had been set at the beginning of 2008.

In May 2011, upon the recommendation of the compensation committee, our board of directors approved salary increases for each of our named executive officers in the range of approximately 2.5% to 6.5%.

In January 2010, our compensation committee approved our executive bonus plan for 2010. The 2010 executive bonus plan was based on the attainment of two company-wide performance measures, bookings and adjusted EBITDA, with the target bonus attributable to each accounting for 40% of an executive’s target bonus, and two specific individual performance goals for each executive, with the target bonus attributable to each accounting for 10% of the target bonus. We chose these metrics for 2010 because we determined that increasing our sales, while producing desirable levels of cash flow, were important steps in continuing to increase the value of our company. We further provided for individual performance goals as our board of directors identified matters within the control of the respective officers that it felt could be at least partially achieved in 2010 to position us for profitable growth in future periods. Our compensation committee retained the right to adjust individual compensation based on our assessment of individual performance.

Under the 2010 executive bonus plan, each named executive officer had an overall bonus percentage expressed as a percentage of his or her salary. If all the metrics were achieved at the target level, the executive would receive the target level of bonus. For a bonus to be paid in respect of either of the company-wide metrics, that metric had to be achieved at least at the 75% level, and achievement of between 75% and 100% would produce bonus payments of 0-100% of target. For performance on a company-wide metric above 100%, a maximum bonus percentage of 200% of target could be earned for achievement at the 125% level, and bonus could payments from 100% to 200% of target could be earned for performance between 100% and 125% of the target metric. For individual performance goals, there was no provision for payment of bonus above the target, nor was there a floor percentage to be achieved before any bonus was due.

The target bonus percentages for each named executive officer were unchanged from 2009 to 2010, and were as follows: Mr. Zollars, 50%, Mr. Lang, 40%, Mr. Silver, 35%, Mr. Flury, 50%, and Ms. Perkins, 30%. In the case of Mr. Flury, our Vice President of Sales, our compensation committee determined to maintain his salary at a relatively lower level and to provide him with a greater opportunity to earn a relatively higher amount of incentive cash compensation, so in addition to his 50% target bonus, he is eligible to earn an additional approximately 50% of his salary from sales commissions based on bookings. In 2010, our company-wide operating results exceeded both of our business plan targets. Bookings were 113% of our target of $60 million. Our adjusted EBITDA target was $5.5 million, and our board of directors determined that we had achieved this target at the 119% level. In making this determination the Board utilized the unaudited financial results available in February 2011 and adjusted the actual results for post-acquisition consulting costs for employees of acquired businesses and for the losses associated with acquisitions completed September through December 2011, as those costs had not been anticipated in establishing our 2010 business plan.

 

102


Table of Contents

Bonuses were paid in accordance with the formula for the 2010 plan for these achievements, such that each named executive officer received 160% of the target bonus attributable to 2010 bookings and 180% of target bonus attributable to 2010 adjusted EBITDA. Each named executive officer also achieved between 75% and 100% of their individual performance goals, and bonuses were paid accordingly.

We have adopted an executive bonus plan for 2011 that is similar to the 2010 bonus plan, except that the receipt of bonus is tied exclusively to company-wide metrics. The 2011 plan uses the same company-wide metrics as the 2010 plan, but with 60% of the target bonus dependent on achieving target level bookings and 40% on achieving target level of adjusted EBITDA. In May 2011, upon the recommendation of our compensation committee, our board of directors approved target bonus percentages for 2011 for our named executive officers ranging from 35% to 70%, with our Chief Executive Officer at 70% and with the Vice President of Sales once again having the ability to earn approximately another 50% of his salary based on bookings.

Equity-based compensation element

Equity-based compensation provides employees with a common interest with our stockholders to increase the value of our common stock. Equity awards are granted to employees, including our executive officers, in the form of stock options with an exercise price equal to at least the fair market value on the date of grant. Stock options have value only if the stock price increases over time. In addition, equity grants help retain key employees because they typically cannot be fully exercised or are subject to a right of repurchase for a specified vesting period, and if not exercised are forfeited if the employee leaves the employ of the company. We believe that the vesting provision also helps focus our employees on long-term performance.

We did not make any equity awards to our executive officers in 2010 as our compensation committee believed that the existing equity awards, vested and unvested, were sufficient at the time for achieving our executive officer retention and motivation objectives.

In May 2011, upon the recommendation of our compensation committee, our board of directors approved grants of option to purchase shares of our common stock for our named executive officers in the following amounts: 227,000 shares for our Vice Presidents of Sales and Services; 375,000 shares for our Chief Financial Officer; 402,000 shares for our President and Chief Operating Officer; and 657,000 shares for our Chief Executive Officer.

As a private company that did not grant equity awards to senior management on a regular basis, we did not adopt a policy around the timing of our equity awards. After we become a publicly held company we anticipate adopting a policy for making annual refresh awards to senior management, and that equity awards would otherwise be made throughout the year to new hires and upon promotions or similar events.

Change of control severance agreements

In July 2011, our board of directors approved change of control severance agreements with each of our named executive officers. The agreement with our CEO provides that in the case of a termination of employment without cause or resignation for good reason, our CEO is entitled to receive cash severance payments equal to one year of base salary plus the greater of the target bonus for the year of severance or the amount of bonus paid in the prior year, plus 12 months of COBRA coverage. For either such termination occurring within two months prior to, or 12 months following, a change of control, our CEO is entitled to receive cash severance equal to 150% of his

 

103


Table of Contents

annual salary plus 150% of the greater of the target bonus for the year of severance or the amount of bonus paid in the prior year, 100% acceleration of outstanding equity awards and 18 months of COBRA coverage.

For other named executive officers, in the event of termination without cause, the executive is entitled to cash payments ranging from 50% to 75% of annual salary and six to nine months of COBRA coverage. For termination without cause or resignation for good reason occurring within two months prior to, or 12 months following, a change of control, other named executive officers are entitled to receive cash severance payments equal to 75% to 100% of such executive’s annual salary plus 75% to 100% of the greater of the target bonus for the year of severance or the amount of bonus paid in the prior year, acceleration of 50% to 100% of outstanding equity awards, plus nine to 12 months of COBRA coverage.

Under the change of control severance agreement, employment termination is for “good reason” if the executive officer’s duties, title or responsibilities are materially reduced without his or her consent, the executive officer’s base salary or bonus opportunity are reduced (other than as part of an across-the-board, proportional reduction), the executive officer is relocated more than 50 miles from his or her current facility without his or her consent, an uncured material breach of any contractual obligation to the executive officer or any written policy applicable to the executive officer occurs or the obligations under the change of control severance agreement are not assumed by a successor. Termination for “good reason” will also occur if we fail to obtain the assumption of the change of control severance agreement by a successor entity. A “change of control” under the change of control severance agreement is a merger or consolidation of our company following which our voting securities outstanding immediately prior to such event represent 50% or less of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity, the approval by our stockholders of plan of complete liquidation, other than as a result of insolvency, a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of Vocera other than a sale that would result in the voting securities of the company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the entity to which such sale was made after such sale, any person’s becoming the beneficial ownership of 50% or more of the total voting power of our then outstanding securities, or, during any two year period, incumbent directors ceasing to represent a majority of the board of directors. To be eligible for termination benefits, the executive officer must provide a release and will be subject to certain non-solicitation covenants.

We believe that these agreements appropriately balance our needs to offer a competitive level of severance and change of control protection to our executives and to induce our executives to remain in our employ through the potentially disruptive conditions that may exist around the time of a change of control, while not unduly rewarding executives for a termination of their employment. We note that our change of control terms include so-called “double trigger” provisions, so that the executive is not entitled to the severance payment by the mere occurrence of the change of control. This feature, we believe, will be an incentive for the executive to remain in the employ of our company if such continuation is required by the other party in a change of control transaction.

For further detailed financial information concerning the severance and change of control arrangements with our executive officers, please see the tabular information contained in the section titled “Employment, severance and change of control agreements.”

 

104


Table of Contents

Other benefits

Executive officers are eligible to participate in all of our employee benefit plans, such as medical, dental, vision, group life, disability, and accidental death and dismemberment insurance, and our 401(k) plan, in each case on the same basis as other employees, subject to applicable law. We also provide vacation and other paid holidays to all employees, including our executive officers, which we intend to be comparable to those provided at our peer companies.

Accounting treatment

We account for equity compensation paid to our employees under ASC Topic 718 which requires us to estimate and record an expense over the service period of the award. Our cash compensation is recorded as an expense at the time the obligation is accrued.

Tax deductibility of executive compensation

Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended, or the Code, provides that compensation in excess of $1 million paid to the chief executive officer or to any of the other three most highly compensated executive officers of a company other than the chief financial officer will not be deductible for federal income tax purposes unless such compensation is paid pursuant to one of the enumerated exceptions set forth in Section 162(m). Our primary objective in designing and administering compensation policies is to support and encourage the achievement of our long-term strategic goals and to enhance stockholder value. When consistent with this compensation philosophy, we also intend to attempt to structure compensation programs such that compensation paid thereunder will be tax deductible by us. In general, stock options granted under our stock option plans are intended to qualify under and comply with the “performance based compensation” exemption provided under Section 162(m), thus excluding from the Section 162(m) compensation limitation any income recognized by executives pursuant to such stock options. The compensation committee intends to review periodically the potential impacts of Section 162(m) in structuring and administering our compensation programs.

In addition, our compensation committee intends to take into account whether components of our executive compensation program may be subject to the penalty tax associated with Section 409A of the Code, and aims to structure the elements of executive compensation to be compliant with or exempt from Section 409A to avoid such potential adverse tax consequences.

Executive compensation tables

The following table provides information regarding all compensation awarded to, earned by or paid to our principal executive officer, our principal financial officer and our three other most highly compensated executive officers serving as such at December 31, 2010 for all services rendered in all capacities to us during 2010. We refer to these five executive officers as our named executive officers.

 

105


Table of Contents

2010 Summary compensation table

 

Name and principal position    Year      Salary (1)      Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation (2)
    All other
compensation
    Total (3)  
   

Robert J. Zollars

     2010       $ 325,000       $ 259,159      $ 5,590 (5)     $ 589,749   

Chief Executive Officer

            

Martin J. Silver

     2010         220,000         109,661        5,362 (6)       335,023   

Chief Financial Officer

            

Brent D. Lang

     2010         250,000         146,162        5,140 (7)       401,302   

President & Chief

Operating Officer

            

Robert N. Flury

     2010         200,000         258,300 (4)       6,088 (8)       464,388   

Vice President of Sales

            

Victoria A. Perkins

     2010         200,000         88,897        5,674 (9)       294,571   

Vice President of Services

            
   

 

(1)   The amounts in this column include any salary contributed by the named executive officer to our 401(k) plan.

 

(2)   The amounts reported in this column represent the named executive officer’s performance-based awards under our 2010 executive bonus plan. These amounts were earned in 2010 and paid in 2011. For more information about the 2010 executive bonus plan compensation for our named executive officers, see the section titled “Executive compensation—Compensation discussion and analysis.”

 

(3)   The dollar values in this column represent the sum of the value of total compensation of all types in 2010 reflected in the preceding columns.

 

(4)   This amount includes sales commission compensation paid under our 2010 executive bonus plan in 2010 and 2011 to Mr. Flury for bookings made by Mr. Flury in 2010. For more information about the 2010 executive bonus plan compensation for our named executive officers, see the section titled “Executive compensation—Compensation discussion and analysis.”

 

(5)   Represents $690 in life insurance premiums paid by us on behalf of Mr. Zollars and a $4,900 non-elective contribution under our 401(k) Plan.

 

(6)   Represents $462 in life insurance premiums paid by us on behalf of Mr. Silver and a $4,900 non-elective contribution under our 401(k) Plan.

 

(7)   Represents $240 in life insurance premiums paid by us on behalf of Mr. Lang and a $4,900 non-elective contribution under our 401(k) Plan.

 

(8)   Represents $1,188 in life insurance premiums paid by us on behalf of Mr. Flury and a $4,900 non-elective contribution under our 401(k) Plan.

 

(9)   Represents $774 in life insurance premiums paid by us on behalf of Ms. Perkins and a $4,900 non-elective contribution under our 401(k) Plan.

Grants of plan-based awards in 2010

There were no equity incentive plan awards made to our named executive officers during 2010.

 

Name    Estimated future payouts under
non-equity incentive plan
awards (1)
 
   Threshold      Target      Maximum  
   

Robert J. Zollars

   $     —       $ 175,000       $ 315,000   

Martin J. Silver

             80,500         144,900   

Brent D. Lang

             100,000         180,000   

Robert N. Flury

             100,000         180,000   

Victoria A. Perkins

             60,000         108,000   
   

 

106


Table of Contents
(1)   Represents the possible target and maximum payout amounts for each named executive officer under 2010 executive bonus plan. There is no threshold amount under the 2010 executive bonus plan. The actual payments from these awards are included in the “Non-Equity incentive plan compensation” column of the 2010 Summary Compensation Table above. For more information about the 2010 executive bonus plan compensation for our named executive officers, see the section titled “Executive compensation—Compensation discussion and analysis.”

Outstanding equity awards at December 31, 2010

The following table provides information regarding each unexercised stock option held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2010.

 

       Number of securities
underlying

unexercised  options (1)(2)
      

Option
exercise

price (3)

    

Option
expiration

date

 
Name    Exercisable     Unexercisable          
   

Robert J. Zollars

     5,705,817 (4)               $ 0.29         7/31/2017   
     815,117 (5)(6)                 0.29         7/31/2017   
     1,086,822 (5)(7)                 0.29         7/31/2017   

Martin J. Silver

     825,850                  0.18         4/15/2015   
     82,850 (8)                 0.18         4/21/2016   
     174,115 (8)                 0.29         7/31/2017   
     32,599 (9)                 0.29         7/31/2017   
     43,465 (10)                 0.29         7/31/2017   

Brent D. Lang

     165,000 (11)                 0.18         7/29/2015   
     275,000 (8)                 0.18         7/28/2016   
     128,763 (8)                 0.29         7/31/2017   
     48,968 (12)                 0.29         7/31/2017   
     65,291 (13)                 0.29         7/31/2017   

Robert N. Flury

     800,000                  0.34         10/24/2017   

Victoria A. Perkins

     318,651                  0.18         12/15/2015   
     129,663 (8)                 0.18         12/15/2015   
     15,000 (14)                 0.28         11/3/2016   
     148,797 (8)                 0.29         7/31/2017   
     23,796 (15)                 0.29         7/31/2017   
     31,728 (16)                 0.29         7/31/2017   
   

 

(1)   All options granted to our named executive officers are immediately exercisable, regardless of vesting schedule.

 

(2)  

Except as otherwise described in these footnotes, all options vest as to 1/4 th of the shares of common stock underlying the options on the first anniversary of the vesting commencement date and as to 1/48 th of the shares of common stock underlying the option each month thereafter. Any options exercised prior to their vesting date would be subject to our right of repurchase as specified in the 2006 Stock Option Plan or the 2000 Stock Option Plan.

 

(3)   Represents the fair market value of a share of our common stock, as determined by our board of directors, on the grant date. Please see the section titled “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Critical accounting policies and estimates—Stock-based compensation” for a discussion of the valuation of our common stock.

 

(4)   Includes 340,000 shares issuable upon the exercise of option grants held by Mr. Zollars and 5,365,817 shares issuable upon the exercise of options grants originally held by Mr. Zollars but which were transferred without consideration to and are currently held by ZoCo LP. ZoCo LP is a family limited liability partnership of which Mr. Zollars and his wife are general partners and Mr. Zollars’ children are limited partners.

 

(5)   Option originally held by Mr. Zollars but was transferred without consideration to and is currently held by ZoCo LP.

 

(6)   Option vests as to 815,117 of the shares of common stock underlying the option upon our achievement of four fiscal consecutive quarters of revenue that total $72 million or upon a sale of Vocera for an enterprise value of at least $400 million.

 

(7)   Option vests as to 1,086,822 of the shares of common stock underlying the option upon either the sale of Vocera for an enterprise value of at least $400 million or Vocera’s initial public offering, following which offering Vocera’s market capitalization is at least $400 million for any 10 consecutive business day period.

 

107


Table of Contents
(8)   Option vested as to 1/48 of the shares of common stock underlying the option on a monthly basis.

 

(9)   Option vests as to 32,599 of the shares of common stock underlying the option upon our achievement of four fiscal consecutive quarters of revenue that total $72 million or upon a sale of Vocera for an enterprise value of at least $400 million.

 

(10)   Option vests as to 43,465 of the shares of common stock underlying the option upon either the sale of Vocera for an enterprise value of at least $400 million or Vocera’s initial public offering, following which offering Vocera’s market capitalization is at least $400 million for any 10 consecutive business day period.

 

(11)   The option vested as to 1/12 of the 165,000 shares of common stock underlying the option on a monthly basis.

 

(12)   Option vests as to 48,968 of the shares of common stock underlying the option upon our achievement of four fiscal consecutive quarters of revenue that total $72 million or upon a sale of Vocera for an enterprise value of at least $400 million.

 

(13)   Option vests as to 65,291 of the shares of common stock underlying the option upon either the sale of Vocera for an enterprise value of at least $400 million or Vocera’s initial public offering, following which offering Vocera’s market capitalization is at least $400 million for any 10 consecutive business day period.

 

(14)   The option grant was fully vested on the grant date.

 

(15)   Option vests as to 23,796 of the shares of common stock underlying the option upon our achievement of four fiscal consecutive quarters of revenue that total $72 million or upon a sale of Vocera for an enterprise value of at least $400 million.

 

(16)   Option vests as to 31,728 of the shares of common stock underlying the option upon either the sale of Vocera for an enterprise value of at least $400 million or Vocera’s initial public offering, following which offering Vocera’s market capitalization is at least $400 million for any 10 consecutive business day period.

Stock option exercises during 2010

The following table shows the number of shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of options by each named executive officer during 2010 and the aggregate dollar amount realized by the named executive officer upon exercise of the option. None of our named executive officers held any stock awards during 2010.

 

Name   

Number of
shares acquired

on exercise

    

Value realized

on exercise (1)

 
   

Robert J. Zollars

           $   

Martin J. Silver

               

Brent D. Lang

     150,000         33,000   

Robert N. Flury

               

Victoria A. Perkins

     200,000         32,000   
   

 

(1)   The aggregate dollar amount realized upon the exercise of an option represents the difference between the aggregate market price of the shares of our common stock underlying that option on the date of exercise (assumed to be the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and the aggregate exercise price of the option.

Pension benefits

None of our named executive officers is a participant in any defined benefit plans.

Nonqualified deferred compensation

We do not offer any nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

Employment, severance and change of control agreements

Offer letters and change of control severance agreements

Robert J. Zollars.     We entered into an offer letter agreement with Robert Zollars, our Chief Executive Officer, dated November 12, 2007, which supplemented an offer letter agreement with Mr. Zollars dated May 24, 2007. The offer letter agreements have no specific term and constitute

 

108


Table of Contents

at-will employment. In connection with Mr. Zollars’ commencement of employment, he was initially granted three separate option grants to purchase our common stock, one of which is now fully vested. The second grant was an option to purchase up to 815,117 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.29 per share with a revenue objective milestone under which the option vests in full upon our achievement of either four fiscal consecutive quarters of revenue that total $72 million or upon a sale (as described in the option agreement) of Vocera with net proceeds to Vocera’s stockholders of at least $400 million. The third grant was an option to purchase up to 1,086,822 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.29 per share with a market capitalization objective milestone under which the option vests in full upon either the sale (as described in the option agreement) of Vocera with net proceeds to Vocera’s stockholders of at least $400 million or upon Vocera’s initial public offering, if following the initial public offering, our market capitalization is at least $400 million for any 10 consecutive business day period. For more information regarding these options, please see the tabular information contained in this section below entitled “Additional change of control arrangements.”

In addition, prior to the closing of this offering, we will enter into a change of control severance agreement with Mr. Zollars, the terms of which were approved by our board of directors in May 2011. The agreement with Mr. Zollars provides that in the case of termination without cause or resignation for good reason, Mr. Zollars is entitled to receive cash severance payments equal to one year of Mr. Zollars’ base salary plus the greater of Mr. Zollars’ target bonus for the year of termination or the amount of bonus paid to Mr. Zollars in the prior year, plus 12 months of COBRA coverage. For either such termination occurring within two months prior to, or 12 months following, a change of control, Mr. Zollars will be entitled to receive under the agreement a cash severance payment equal to 150% of his annual salary plus 150% of the greater of Mr. Zollars’ target bonus for the year of severance or the amount of bonus paid to Mr. Zollars in the prior year, plus 100% acceleration of outstanding equity awards in addition to 18 months of COBRA coverage.

Martin J. Silver.     We entered into an offer letter agreement with Martin J. Silver, our Chief Financial Officer, dated November 12, 2007 which superseded an offer letter dated January 13, 2005. The offer letter agreement has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Silver was initially granted a stock option to purchase up to 825,850 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.18 per share. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Silver was granted an additional stock option to purchase 82,850 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.18 per share following his first year of employment. Both of these stock option grants are now fully vested.

In addition, prior to the closing of this offering, we will enter into a change of control severance agreement with Mr. Silver, the terms of which were approved by our board of directors in May 2011. The agreement with Mr. Silver provides that, in the event of Mr. Silver’s termination without cause, he will be entitled to receive cash severance payments equal to 75% of Mr. Silver’s annual base salary, plus nine months of COBRA coverage. For a termination without cause or resignation for good reason occurring within two months prior to, or 12 months following, a change of control of Vocera, the agreement provides that Mr. Silver will be entitled to receive a cash severance payment equal to 100% of Mr. Silver’s annual base salary plus 100% of the greater of Mr. Silver’s target bonus for the year of termination or the amount of bonus paid to Mr. Silver in the prior year, plus acceleration of 100% of Mr. Silver’s outstanding equity awards in addition to 12 months of COBRA coverage.

 

109


Table of Contents

Brent D. Lang.     We entered into an offer letter agreement with Brent D. Lang, our President and Chief Operating Officer, dated November 12, 2007, which superseded an offer letter agreement, dated May 16, 2001. The offer letter agreement has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Lang was initially granted a stock option to purchase up to 350,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.15 per share, which is now fully vested.

In addition, prior to the closing of this offering, we will enter into a change of control severance agreement with Mr. Lang, the terms of which were approved by our board of directors in May 2011. The agreement with Mr. Lang provides that, in the event of Mr. Lang’s termination without cause, he will be entitled to receive cash severance payments equal to 75% of Mr. Lang’s annual base salary, plus nine months of COBRA coverage. For a termination without cause or resignation for good reason occurring within two months prior to, or 12 months following, a change of control of Vocera, the agreement provides that Mr. Lang will be entitled to receive a cash severance payment equal to 100% of Mr. Lang’s annual base salary plus 100% of the greater of Mr. Lang’s target bonus for the year of termination or the amount of bonus paid to Mr. Lang in the prior year, plus acceleration of 100% of Mr. Lang’s outstanding equity awards in addition to 12 months of COBRA coverage.

Robert N. Flury.     We entered into an offer letter agreement with Robert N. Flury, our Vice President of Sales, dated November 12, 2006, which superseded an offer letter agreement dated August 1, 2007. The offer letter agreement has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Flury was initially granted a stock option to purchase up to 800,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.34 per share, which is vested as to 766,667 shares, and unvested as to 33,333 shares, as of June 30, 2011.

In addition, prior to the closing of this offering, we will enter into a change of control severance agreement with Mr. Flury, the terms of which were approved by our board of directors in May 2011. The agreement with Mr. Flury provides that, in the event of Mr. Flury’s termination without cause, he will be entitled to receive cash severance payments equal to 50% of Mr. Flury’s annual base salary, plus six months of COBRA coverage. For a termination without cause or resignation for good reason occurring within two months prior to, or 12 months following, a change of control of Vocera, the agreement provides that Mr. Flury will be entitled to receive a cash severance payment equal to 75% of Mr. Flury’s annual base salary plus 75% of the greater of Mr. Flury’s target bonus for the year of termination or the amount of bonus paid to Mr. Flury in the prior year, plus acceleration of 50% of Mr. Flury’s outstanding equity awards in addition to nine months of COBRA coverage.

Victoria A. Perkins.     We entered into an offer letter agreement with Victoria A. Perkins, our Vice President of Services, dated November 12, 2007, which superseded an offer letter agreement dated December 2, 2005. The offer letter agreement has no specific term and constitutes at-will employment. Pursuant to the offer letter, Ms. Perkins was initially granted two stock options, the first to purchase up to 518,651 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.18 per share and the second to purchase up to 129,663 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.18 per share, with vesting dependent upon Ms. Perkins’ weekly work schedule. Both of these stock option grants are now fully vested.

In addition, prior to the closing of this offering, we will enter into a change of control severance agreement with Ms. Perkins, the terms of which were approved by our board of directors in May 2011. The agreement with Ms. Perkins provides that, in the event of Ms. Perkins’ termination

 

110


Table of Contents

without cause, she will be entitled to receive cash severance payments equal to 50% of Ms. Perkins’ annual base salary, plus six months of COBRA coverage. For a termination without cause or resignation for good reason occurring within two months prior to, or 12 months following, a change of control of Vocera, the agreement provides that Ms. Perkins will be entitled to receive a cash severance payment equal to 75% of Ms. Perkins’ annual base salary plus 75% of the greater of Ms. Perkins’ target bonus for the year of termination or the amount of bonus paid to Ms. Perkins in the prior year, plus acceleration of 50% of Ms. Perkins’ outstanding equity awards in addition to nine months of COBRA coverage.

The severance payments under the change of control severance agreements with each of our executive officers are contingent upon such executive officer’s execution, delivery and non-revocation of a release and waiver of claims satisfactory to Vocera within 45 days of such executive officer’s separation from service.

The following table summarizes the base salary, bonus, COBRA benefits and the value of the acceleration payout each named executive officer would have been entitled to receive assuming a qualifying termination as of December 31, 2010. Acceleration values are based upon the per share market price of the shares of our common stock underlying options as of December 31, 2010, which is the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, minus the exercise price.

 

      Qualifying termination not for cause not in
connection with a change of control
    Qualifying termination not for cause in
connection with change of control
 
    Base
salary
    Bonus     COBRA
benefits
    Value of
accelerated
options or
stock (1)
    Total    

Base

salary

    Bonus     COBRA
benefits
    Value of
accelerated
options or
stock (1)
    Total  

 

 

Robert J. Zollars

  $ 360,000 (2)     $ 252,000 (3)     $ 21,693 (4)     $                   $                   $ 540,000 (5)     $ 262,500 (6)     $ 32,540 (7)     $                   $                

Martin J. Silver

    183,750 (8)         16,270 (9)           245,000 (2)       80,500 (10)       21,693 (11)      

Brent D. Lang

    195,000 (12)         14,975 (13)           260,000 (2)       100,000 (14)       19,967 (15)      

Robert A. Flury

    103,000 (16)         10,847 (17)           154,500 (18)       75,000 (19)       16,270 (20)      

Victoria N. Perkins

    102,500 (21)         8,269 (22)           153,750 (23)       45,000 (24)       12,404 (25)      

 

 

 

(1)   The value of vesting acceleration is calculated based on the assumed initial public offering price of $        , the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, with respect to unvested option shares subject to acceleration minus the exercise price of the unvested option shares.

 

(2)   Represents 100% of one year’s base salary for 2010.

 

(3)   Represents Mr. Zollars’ target bonus for 2010.

 

(4)   Represents payment of 12 months of continued COBRA premiums for medical, dental and vision coverage, calculated at $1,808 per month.

 

(5)   Represents 150% of Mr. Zollars’ salary for 2010.

 

(6)   Represents 150% of Mr. Zollars’ target bonus for 2010.

 

(7)   Represents payment of 18 months of continued COBRA premiums for medical, dental and vision coverage, calculated at $1,808 per month.

 

(8)   Represents 75% of Mr. Silver’s salary for 2010.

 

(9)   Represents payment of nine months of continued COBRA premiums for medical, dental and vision coverage, calculated at $1,808 per month.

 

(10)   Represents Mr. Silver’s target bonus for 2010.

 

(11)   Represents payment of 12 months of continued COBRA premiums for medical, dental and vision coverage, calculated at $1,808 per month.

 

(12)   Represents 75% of Mr. Lang’s salary for 2010.

 

(13)   Represents payment of nine months of continued COBRA premiums for medical, dental and vision coverage, calculated at $1,664 per month.

 

(14)   Represents Mr. Lang’s target bonus for 2010.

 

(15)   Represents payment of 12 months of continued COBRA premiums for medical, dental and vision coverage, calculated at $1,664 per month.

 

 

111


Table of Contents
(16)   Represents 50% of Mr. Flury’s salary for 2010.

 

(17)   Represents payment of six months of continued COBRA premiums for medical, dental and vision coverage, calculated at $1,808 per month.

 

(18)   Represents 75% of Mr. Flury’s salary for 2010.

 

(19)   Represents 75% of Mr. Flury’s target bonus for 2010.

 

(20)   Represents payment of nine months of continued COBRA premiums for medical, dental and vision coverage, calculated at $1,808 per month.

 

(21)   Represents 50% of Ms. Perkins’ salary for 2010.

 

(22)   Represents payment of six months of continued COBRA premiums for medical, dental and vision coverage, calculated at $1,378 per month.

 

(23)   Represents 75% of Ms. Perkins’ salary for 2010.

 

(24)   Represents 75% of Ms. Perkins’ target bonus for 2010.

 

(25)   Represents payment of nine months of continued COBRA premiums for medical, dental and vision coverage, calculated at $1,378 per month.

Additional change of control arrangements

Certain option agreements with each of our named executive officers provide for full vesting of the unvested shares underlying the options in the event of a change of control resulting in at least $400 million in net proceeds to our stockholders or our initial public offering if, following such initial public offering, our market capitalization is $400 million for any 10 consecutive business day period. The following table summarizes the value of the payouts to these named executive officers pursuant to these awards, assuming a qualifying change of control as of December 31, 2010. Values are based upon the per share market price of the shares of our common stock underlying options as of December 31, 2010, which is assumed to be the initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, minus the exercise price.

 

Name    Value of
accelerated stock options
 

Robert J. Zollars

  

Martin J. Silver

  

Brent D. Lang

  

Robert N. Flury

  

Victoria A. Perkins

  
 

Employee benefit plans

2000 Stock Option Plan

Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, our 2000 Stock Option Plan in March 2000. The 2000 Stock Option Plan has been amended from time to time. As of June 30, 2011, options to purchase 1,932,399 shares of our common stock were outstanding under our 2000 Stock Option Plan. This plan terminated in March 2010 and no additional options may be granted under the 2000 Stock Option Plan. However, all stock options outstanding on the termination of the 2000 Stock Option Plan will continue to be governed by the terms and conditions of the 2000 Stock Option Plan. Options granted under the 2000 Stock Option Plan are subject to terms substantially similar to those described below with respect to options we anticipate granting under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. The 2000 Stock Option Plan provided for the grant of both incentive stock options that qualify for favorable tax treatment to their recipients under Section 422 of Code and nonqualified stock options.

 

112


Table of Contents

2006 Stock Option Plan

Our board of directors adopted our 2006 Stock Option Plan in March 2006, and our stockholders approved the plan in May 2006. The 2006 Stock Option Plan has been amended from time to time. The 2006 Stock Option Plan provides for the grant of both incentive stock options that qualify for favorable tax treatment to their recipients under Section 422 of the Code, and nonqualified stock options. Incentive stock options may be granted only to our employees and those of any of our subsidiaries. Nonqualified stock options may be granted to our employees, directors, officers, consultants, certain independent contractors and advisors and those of any of our subsidiaries. The exercise price of incentive stock options and nonqualified stock options must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders must be at least equal to 110% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The maximum permitted term of options granted under our 2006 Stock Option Plan is 10 years, except that the maximum permitted term of incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders is five years. In the event of a change of control, the 2006 Stock Option Plan provides that all options that are not assumed by the successor entity or substituted for comparable options of the successor entity may, at the discretion of our board, vest in full prior to that change of control and all unexercised options expire on the closing of the change of control.

As of June 30, 2011, we had reserved 24,029,050 shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2006 Stock Option Plan. As of June 30, 2011, options to purchase 5,132,530 of these shares had been exercised, options to purchase 17,232,823 of these shares remained outstanding and 1,663,897 of these shares remained available for future grant. The options outstanding as of June 30, 2011 had a weighted average exercise price of $0.44. We anticipate that our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan will be effective upon the date of this prospectus. As a result, we will not grant any additional options under the 2006 Stock Option Plan following that date and will terminate the 2006 Stock Option Plan. However, any outstanding options granted under the 2006 Stock Option Plan will remain outstanding, subject to the terms of our 2006 Stock Option Plan and stock option agreements, until the options are exercised or until they terminate or expire by their terms. Options granted under the 2006 Stock Option Plan have terms similar to those described below with respect to options to be granted under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan.

2011 Equity Incentive Plan

We anticipate that we will adopt a 2011 Equity Incentive Plan that will become effective on the date of this prospectus and will serve as the successor to our 2006 Stock Option Plan. We anticipate that we will reserve          shares of our common stock to be issued under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan. We anticipate that the number of shares available for grant and issuance under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan will be increased on January 1 of each of 2012 through 2021 by an amount equal to     % of our shares outstanding on the immediately preceding December 31, up to an aggregate maximum of         , unless our board of directors, in its discretion, determines to make a smaller increase. In addition, the following shares will again be available for grant and issuance under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan:

 

 

shares subject to options granted under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan that cease to be subject to the option for any reason other than exercise of the option

 

 

shares subject to awards granted under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan that are subsequently forfeited or repurchased by us at the original issue price

 

113


Table of Contents
 

shares subject to awards granted under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan that otherwise terminate without shares being issued

We anticipate that our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan will terminate 10 years from the date our board of directors approves the plan, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors. Our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan will authorize the award of stock options, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock units, performance shares and stock bonuses. No person will be eligible to receive more than          shares in any calendar year under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan other than a new employee of ours or a new employee of any parent or subsidiary of ours, who will be eligible to receive no more than          shares under the plan in the calendar year in which the employee commences employment.

Our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan will be administered by our compensation committee, all of the members of which are non-employee directors under applicable federal securities laws and outside directors as defined under applicable federal tax laws. The compensation committee will have the authority to construe and interpret our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan, grant awards and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the plan.

We anticipate that our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan will provide for the grant of incentive stock options that qualify under Section 422 of the Code only to our employees and those of any parent or subsidiary of ours. No more than          shares may be issued under the 2011 Equity Incentive Plan as incentive stock options. All awards other than incentive stock options may be granted to our employees, directors, consultants, independent contractors and advisors or those of any parent or subsidiary of ours, provided the consultants, independent contractors and advisors render services not in connection with the offer and sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction. The exercise price of stock options must be at least equal to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. The exercise price of incentive stock options granted to 10% stockholders must be at least equal to 110% of that value.

Our compensation committee will have the authority to provide for options to be exercised only as they vest or to be immediately exercisable with any shares issued on exercise being subject to our right of repurchase that lapses as the shares vest. In general, options will vest over a four-year period. The maximum term of options granted under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan will be 10 years.

A restricted stock award is an offer by us to sell shares of our common stock subject to restrictions. The price (if any) of a restricted stock award will be determined by the compensation committee. Unless otherwise determined by the compensation committee at the time of award, vesting will cease on the date the participant no longer provides services to us and unvested shares will be forfeited to or repurchased by us.

Stock appreciation rights provide for a payment, or payments, in cash or shares of common stock, to the holder based upon the difference between the fair market value of our common stock on the date of exercise and the stated exercise price up to a maximum amount of cash or number of shares. Stock appreciation rights may vest based on time or achievement of performance conditions.

Restricted stock units are awards that cover a number of shares of our common stock that may be settled upon vesting in cash, by the issuance of the underlying shares or a combination of both. These awards are subject to forfeiture prior to settlement because of termination of employment or failure to achieve certain performance conditions.

 

114


Table of Contents

Performance shares are awards that cover a number of shares of our common stock that may be settled upon achievement of the pre-established performance conditions in cash or by issuance of the underlying shares. These awards are subject to forfeiture prior to settlement because of termination of employment or failure to achieve the performance conditions.

Stock bonuses would be granted as additional compensation for service and/or performance, and therefore, not be issued in exchange for cash.

Awards granted under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan will not be transferrable in any manner other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or as determined by our compensation committee. Unless otherwise restricted by our compensation committee, awards that are nonqualified stock options will be exercisable during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee, the optionee’s guardian or legal representative, or a family member of the optionee who has acquired the option by a permitted transfer. Awards that are incentive stock options will be exercisable during the lifetime of the optionee only by the optionee or the optionee’s guardian or legal representative. Options granted under our 2011 Equity Incentive Plan generally will be exercisable for a period of three months after the termination of the optionee’s service to us or any parent or subsidiary of ours. Options will generally terminate immediately upon termination of employment for cause.

We anticipate that if we experience a change of control transaction, outstanding awards, including any vesting provisions, may be assumed or substituted by the successor company. Outstanding awards that are not assumed or substituted will expire upon the dissolution, liquidation or closing of a change of control transaction. In the discretion of our compensation committee, the vesting of these awards may be accelerated upon the occurrence of these types of transactions.

2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan

We anticipate that we will adopt a 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan that is designed to enable eligible employees to purchase shares of our common stock periodically at a discount. Purchases will be accomplished through participation in discrete offering periods. Our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will be intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under Section 423 of the Code. We anticipate that we will seek approval of our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan from our board of directors and our stockholders prior to the closing of this offering.

We anticipate that we will initially reserve          shares of our common stock for issuance under our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. We anticipate that the number of shares reserved for issuance under our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will increase automatically on January 1 of each of the first 10 years commencing after the closing of this offering by the number of shares equal to 1% of our total outstanding shares as of the immediately preceding December 31 (rounded to the nearest whole share). Our board of directors or compensation committee will have the authority to reduce the amount of the increase in any particular year. We anticipate that no more than 50,000,000 shares of our common stock will be issuable under our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, and no other shares may be added to this plan without the approval of our stockholders.

Our compensation committee will administer our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Our employees generally will be eligible to participate in our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan if they are employed by us, or a subsidiary of ours that we designate, for more than 20 hours per

 

115


Table of Contents

week and more than 5 months in a calendar year. Employees who are 5% stockholders, or would become 5% stockholders as a result of their participation in our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, will be ineligible to participate in our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. We may impose additional restrictions on eligibility as well. We anticipate that under our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, eligible employees may acquire shares of our common stock by accumulating funds through payroll deductions. Our eligible employees will be able to select a rate of payroll deduction between 1% and 15% of their cash compensation. We will also have the right to amend or terminate our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, except that, subject to certain exceptions, no such action may adversely affect any outstanding rights to purchase stock under the 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan. Our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the first offering date, unless it is terminated earlier by our board of directors.

When an offering period commences, our employees who meet the eligibility requirements for participation in that offering period will automatically be granted a non-transferable option to purchase shares in that offering period. Each offering period will run for no more than          months. An employee’s participation will automatically end upon termination of employment for any reason. Except for the first offering period, each offering period will be for          months (commencing on each of          and         ).

No participant will have the right to purchase our shares at a rate which, when aggregated with purchase rights under all our employee stock purchase plans that are also outstanding in the same calendar year(s), have a fair market value of more than $25,000, determined as of the first day of the applicable offering period, for each calendar year in which such right is outstanding. The purchase price for shares of our common stock purchased under our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan will be 85% of the lesser of the fair market value of our common stock on (i) the first trading day of the applicable offering period and (ii) the last trading day of each purchase period in the applicable offering period.

We anticipate that if we have a change of control transaction, our 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan and any offering periods that commenced prior to the closing of the proposed transaction may terminate on the closing of the proposed transaction and the final purchase of shares will occur on that date, but our compensation committee will instead be able to terminate any such offering period at a different date.

401(k) plan

We sponsor a retirement plan intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 401(k) of the Code. Eligible employees may make pre-tax contributions to the plan from their eligible earnings up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit on pre-tax contributions under the Code. Participants who are 50 years of age or older may contribute additional amounts based on the statutory limits for catch-up contributions. Pre-tax contributions by participants to the plan and the income earned on those contributions are generally not taxable to participants until withdrawn. Participant contributions are held in trust as required by law. No minimum benefit is provided under the plan. Our board of directors approved discretionary non-elective employee contributions to the 401(k) plan up to 2% of each employee’s cash compensation with a maximum contribution of $4,900 per employee per year and subject to certain other restrictions.

 

116


Table of Contents

Limitation of liability and indemnification of directors and officers

Our restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, will contain provisions that limit the liability of our directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for the following:

 

 

any breach of their duty of loyalty to our company or our stockholders

 

 

any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law

 

unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law

 

 

any transaction from which they derived an improper personal benefit

Our restated bylaws, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, will provide that we shall indemnify, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our directors or officers or is or was serving at our request as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our restated bylaws will provide that we may indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person who is or was a party or is threatened to be made a party to any action, suit or proceeding, by reason of the fact that he or she is or was one of our employees or agents or is or was serving at our request as an employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise. Our restated bylaws will also provide that we must advance expenses incurred by or on behalf of a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, subject to very limited exceptions.

Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to obtain insurance policies under which, subject to the limitations of the policies, coverage is provided to our directors and officers against loss arising from claims made by reason of breach of fiduciary duty or other wrongful acts as a director or officer, including claims relating to public securities matters, and to us with respect to payments that may be made by us to these officers and directors pursuant to our indemnification obligations or otherwise as a matter of law.

Prior to the closing of this offering, we intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers that may be broader than the specific indemnification provisions contained in the Delaware General Corporation Law. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and executive officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service. These indemnification agreements may also require us to advance all expenses incurred by the directors and executive officers in investigating or defending any such action, suit or proceeding. We believe that these agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers.

At present, we are not aware of any pending litigation or proceeding for which indemnification is sought involving any person who is or was one of our directors, officers, employees or other agents or is or was serving at our request as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

 

117


Table of Contents

The underwriting agreement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers, directors and employees for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling our company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

118


Table of Contents

Certain relationships and related person transactions

In addition to the compensation arrangements, including director compensation, offer letters and severance and change of control agreements, discussed, when required, above under “Management” and “Executive Compensation,” the following is a description of each transaction since January 1, 2008 to and each currently proposed transaction in which:

 

 

we have been or are to be a participant

 

 

the amount involved exceeds $120,000

 

 

any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than 5% of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of or person sharing the household with any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest.

Asset purchase agreement

On November 3, 2010, ExperiaHealth, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary, entered into an asset purchase agreement with DS Consulting Associates, LLC, or DS Consulting, for the purchase of certain business assets. As consideration for this sale, we granted DS Consulting two options to purchase up to an aggregate of 500,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $0.37 per share, subject to vesting requirements. M. Bridget Duffy, M.D., a former member of our board of directors, and our current Sr. Director of Experience and Design Solutions and the current Chief Executive Officer of ExperiaHealth, Inc., was the founder and managing member of DS Consulting. In connection with this asset purchase, we also entered into two offer letters with Dr. Duffy, each dated as of November 3, 2010, regarding her service as our Sr. Director of Experience and Design Solutions and as Chief Executive Officer of ExperiaHealth, Inc.

Investor rights agreement

We have entered into an amended and restated investor rights agreement, dated October 10, 2006, with the holders of our preferred stock, including entities affiliated with certain of our directors and certain of our executive officers. As of June 30, 2011, holders of 77,498,252 shares of common stock, and holders of warrants to purchase 1,280,379 shares of common stock, giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding shares and warrants to purchase shares of our preferred stock into shares of common stock, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares following this offering under the Securities Act. For a more detailed description of these registration rights see the section titled “Description of capital stock—Registration rights.”

Voting agreement

We are party to an amended and restated voting agreement, dated March 2, 2010, under which certain holders of our common stock and preferred stock, including entities affiliated with certain of our directors and certain of our executive officers, have agreed to vote in a certain way on certain matters, including with respect to the election of directors. Upon the closing of this offering, the election voting provisions regarding our board of directors contained in the voting agreement will terminate and none of our stockholders will have any special rights regarding the election or designation of members of our board of directors. For a more detailed description of the voting agreement see the section titled “Management—Board of directors.”

 

119


Table of Contents

Offer letter and change of control agreements

We have entered into offer letter and change of control agreements with our executive officers that, among other things, provide for severance and change of control benefits. For more information regarding these agreements, see the sections titled “Management—Employment, severance and change of control agreements” and “Executive compensation—Compensation discussion and analysis.”

Stock option grants

We have granted stock options to our executive officers and certain members of our board of directors. For a description of these options and related option grant policies see the section titled “Executive compensation—Compensation discussion and analysis,” “Executive compensation—Outstanding equity awards at December 31, 2010” and “Management—Director compensation.”

Indemnification of directors and officers

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These indemnification agreements and our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws provide for indemnification of each of our directors and executive officers to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware law. For a more detailed description of our indemnification arrangements, see the section titled “Management—Limitation of liability and indemnification of directors and officers.”

Other transactions

On June 9, 2008, Robert Shostak (our founder, former member of our board of directors and former Chief Executive Officer and current Chief Technical Officer) and certain holders of our preferred stock including entities affiliated with our directors, entered into a Put and Call Agreement. We are parties to this agreement. The Put and Call Agreement was amended on July 11, 2011. Pursuant to the Put and Call Agreement, each preferred holder who is a party to the agreement has the right to purchase such preferred holder’s pro rata share of certain of Dr. Shostak’s securities at a qualifying change of control or initial public offering of our common stock, and Dr. Shostak has the right to obligate each such preferred holder to purchase such preferred holder’s pro rata share of Dr. Shostak’s securities at a qualifying change of control or initial public offering of our common stock.

From February 2000 to April 1, 2011, Jay M. Spitzen, our General Counsel and Corporate Secretary, served as our counsel in an independent contractor capacity pursuant to a consulting agreement. Pursuant to this agreement, Dr. Spitzen received fees for services on an hourly basis plus reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses. From January 1, 2008 through April 1, 2011 Dr. Spitzen received a total of $377,000.

Review, approval or ratification of transactions with related parties

Our policy and the charter of the governance and nominating committee require that any transaction with a related party that must be reported under applicable rules of the SEC (other than compensation-related matters) must be reviewed and approved by the governance and

 

120


Table of Contents

nominating committee (other than transactions that are subject to review by the our board of directors as a whole or any other committee of our board of directors), unless the related party is, or is associated with, a member of such committee, in which event such transaction must be reviewed and approved by the audit committee. These committees have not yet adopted policies or procedures for review of, or standards for approval of, such transactions.

 

121


Table of Contents

Principal and selling stockholders

The following table presents information as to the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30, 2011, and as adjusted to reflect our sale of common stock in this offering, by:

 

 

each stockholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our common stock

 

each of our directors

 

each of our named executive officers

 

all of our directors and executive officers as a group

 

each selling stockholder

Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and thus represents voting or investment power with respect to our securities. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table have sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all shares beneficially owned, subject to community property laws where applicable. Shares of our common stock subject to options or warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2011 are deemed to be outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

Percentage ownership of our common stock before this offering is based on 100,417,134 shares of our common stock outstanding on June 30, 2011, which includes 77,498,252 shares of common stock resulting from the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock immediately upon the closing of this offering, as if this conversion had occurred as of June 30, 2011. Percentage ownership of our common stock after the offering also assumes our sale of shares in this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares). Unless otherwise indicated, the address of each of the individuals and entities named below is c/o Vocera Communications, Inc., 525 Race Street, San Jose, CA 95126.

 

      Number of shares
beneficially owned
          Percentage shares
beneficially owned
Name   Prior to
offering
     After
offering
   Number of
shares offered
   Prior to
offering %
     After
offering

 

Five percent securityholders:

             

Venrock (1)

    17,380,514               17.3      

Vanguard Ventures (2)

    15,733,077               15.6      

RRE Ventures (3)

    13,444,497               13.4      

Entities affiliated with GGV Capital (4)

    9,889,554               9.8      

Thomas Weisel V.P. (5)

    6,243,180               6.2      

Directors and named executive officers:

             

Robert J. Zollars (6)

    8,264,756               7.7      

Brent D. Lang (7)

    2,010,022               2.0      

Martin J. Silver (8)

    1,533,879               1.5      

Robert N. Flury§

    1,027,000               1.0      

Victoria A. Perkins (9)

    1,094,635               1.1      

Brian D. Ascher (10)

    17,380,514               17.3      

John B. Grotting (11)

    200,000               *      

Jeffrey H. Hillebrand

    200,000               *      

Howard E. Janzen

    200,000               *      

John M. McMullen§

    200,000               *      

Hany M. Nada (12)

    9,889,554               9.8      

Donald F. Wood (13)

    15,733,077               15.6      

All executive officers and directors as a group (13 persons) (14)

    58,188,628               52.0      

Other selling stockholders (15)

             

 

 

122


Table of Contents
*   Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of our outstanding shares of common stock.

 

§   Shares shown for this individual represent shares subject to options that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2011.

 

(1)   Represents 13,740,521 shares held by Venrock Associates III, L.P., 3,091,617 shares held by Venrock Associates, 343,514 shares held by Venrock Entrepreneurs Fund III, L.P., 163,890 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Venrock Associates III, L.P., 36,875 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Venrock Associates and 4,097 shares issuable upon the exercise of warrants held by Venrock Entrepreneurs Fund III, L.P. Venrock Management III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is the sole General Partner of Venrock Associates III, L.P. VEF Management III, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, is the sole General Partner of Venrock Entrepreneurs Fund III, L.P. No individual person or entity has the unilateral ability to cause or block the voting or disposition of any Venrock-associated entity described in this footnote. Venrock Management III, LLC and VEF Management III, LLC expressly disclaim beneficial ownership over all shares held by Venrock Associates, Venrock Associates III, L.P. and Venrock Entrepreneurs Fund III, L.P., except to the extent of their indirect pecuniary interest therein. Mr. Ascher is a member of Venrock Management III, LLC and may be deemed to beneficially own all of the shares held by Venrock Associates III, L.P. Mr. Ascher disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his indirect pecuniary interest therein. The address of Venrock is 3340 Hillview Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94304. This number does not include any shares that may purchased pursuant to the Put and Call Agreement.

 

(2)   Represents 13,605,044 shares held by Vanguard VII, L.P., 1,292,166 shares held by Vanguard VII-A, L.P., 443,214 shares held by Vanguard VII Accredited Affiliates Fund L.P., 202,054 shares held by Vanguard VII Qualified Affiliates Fund, L.P., 166,840 shares issuable upon the exercise of a warrant held by Vanguard VII, L.P., 15,846 shares issuable upon the exercise of a warrant held by Vanguard VII-A, L.P., 5,435 shares issuable upon the exercise of a warrant held by Vanguard VII Accredited Affiliates Fund, L.P. and 2,478 shares issuable upon the exercise of a warrant held by Vanguard VII Qualified Affiliates Fund, L.P. , each of which is affiliated with Vanguard Ventures. Vanguard VII Venture Partners LLC is the general partner of Vanguard VII, L.P., Vanguard VII-A, L.P., Vanguard VII Accredited Affiliates Fund, L.P. and Vanguard VII Qualified Affiliates Fund, L.P. Mr. Wood is a managing member of Vanguard VII Venture Partners LLC along with Dan Eilers, Jack Gill, Tom McConnell and Bob Ulrich, each of whom may be deemed to have shared voting and investment control with respect to these shares. Each of Messrs. Eilers, Gill, McConnell, Ulrich and Wood disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of each of their respective pecuniary interest in Vanguard VII, L.P., Vanguard VII-A, L.P., Vanguard VII Accredited Affiliates Fund, L.P. and Vanguard VII Qualified Affiliates Fund, L.P. The address of Vanguard Ventures is P.O. Box 20068, San Jose, California, 95160. This number does not include any shares that may be purchased pursuant to the Put and Call Agreement.

 

(3)  

Represents 11,301,724 shares held by RRE Ventures II, L.P., 1,976,262 shares held by RRE Ventures Fund II, L.P., 141,728 shares issuable upon the exercise of a warrant held by RRE Ventures II, L.P., and 24,783 shares issuable upon the exercise of a warrant held by RRE Ventures Fund II, L.P. RRE Ventures GP II, LLC is the sole general partner of RRE Ventures II, L.P. and RRE Ventures Fund II, L.P. Stuart J. Ellman and James D. Robinson are managing partners of RRE Ventures GP II, LLC and may be deemed to have shared voting and investment control with respect to these shares. The address of RRE Ventures is 130 East 59 th Street, New York, New York 10022. This number does not include any shares that may be purchased pursuant to the Put and Call Agreement.

 

(4)   Represents 9,626,230 shares held by Granite Global Ventures (Q.P.) L.P., 164,484 shares held by Granite Global Ventures L.P., 97,179 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant held by Granite Global Ventures (Q.P.) L.P. and 1,661 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant held by Granite Global Ventures L.P. Granite Global Ventures L.L.C. is the General Partner of Granite Global Ventures (Q.P.) L.P. and Granite Global Ventures L.P. Scott B. Bonham, Joel D. Kellman, Hany M. Nada, Thomas K. Ng, Anthony Sun and Ray Rothrock are members of the investment committee of Granite Global Ventures L.L.C. and share voting and dispositive power over all such shares held by Granite Global Ventures (Q.P.) L.P. and Granite Global Ventures L.P. These individuals disclaim beneficial ownership of the shares beneficially owned by the above entities except to the extent of their pecuniary interests therein. The address of Granite Global Ventures L.L.C. is 2494 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100 Menlo Park, California 94025. This number does not include any shares that may be purchased pursuant to the Put and Call Agreement.

 

(5)   Represents 6,120,236 shares held by Thomas Weisel Venture Partners, L.P., 49,356 shares held by Thomas Weisel Venture Partners Employee Fund, L.P., 72,999 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant held by Thomas Weisel Venture Partners, L.P. and 589 shares issuable upon exercise of a warrant held by Thomas Weisel Venture Partners Employee Fund, L.P. Thomas Weisel Partners LLC is the General Partner of Thomas Weisel Venture Partners, L.P. and Thomas Weisel Capital Partners is the General Partner of Thomas Weisel Venture Partners Employee Fund, L.P. J. Robert Born is the Fund Manager for Thomas Weisel Venture Partners, L.P. and Thomas Weisel Venture Partners Employee Fund, L.P. The address of Thomas Weisel Venture Partners is One Montgomery Street, San Francisco, California 94104.

 

(6)   Represents 7,062,756 shares subject to options held by ZoCo L.P. that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2011, 862,000 shares held by ZoCo L.P. and 340,000 shares held by Mr. Zollars. ZoCo L.P. is a family limited liability partnership pursuant to which Mr. Zollars and his wife are general partners and Mr. Zollars’ children are limited partners.

 

(7)   Represents 1,090,000 shares held by Mr. Lang and 920,022 shares subject to options held by Mr. Lang that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2011.

 

(8)   Represents 450,000 shares held by Mr. Silver and 1,083,879 shares subject to options held by Mr. Silver that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2011.

 

(9)   Represents 518,651 shares held by Ms. Perkins and 575,984 shares subject to options held by Ms. Perkins that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2011.

 

(10)   Represents 17,380,514 shares held by entities affiliated with Venrock Associates (see note 1). Mr. Ascher is a member of Venrock Management III, LLC and may be deemed to beneficially own all of the shares held by Venrock Associates III, L.P.
 

Mr. Ascher disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his indirect pecuniary interest therein. The

 

123


Table of Contents
 

address of Mr. Ascher is c/o Venrock, 3340 Hillview Avenue, Palo Alto, California 94304. This number does not include any shares that may be purchased pursuant to the Put and Call Agreement.

 

(11)   Represents shares held by the Grotting Family Trust DTD 02/04/2004.

 

(12)   Represents 9,889,544 shares held by entities affiliated with GGV Capital (see note 4). Mr. Nada is a partner of GGV Capital and disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of his indirect pecuniary interest therein. The address of GGV Capital is 2494 Sand Hill Road, Suite 100 Menlo Park, California 94025. This number does not include any shares that may be purchased pursuant to the Put and Call Agreement.

 

(13)   Represents 15,733,077 shares held by entities associated with Vanguard Ventures (see note 2). Mr. Wood is a managing member of Vanguard VII Venture Partners LLC along with Dan Eilers, Jack Gill, Tom McConnell and Bob Ulrich, each of whom may be deemed to have shared voting and investment control with respect to these shares. Each of Messrs. Eilers, Gill, McConnell, Ulrich and Wood disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares except to the extent of each of their respective pecuniary interest in Vanguard VII, L.P., Vanguard VII-A, L.P., Vanguard VII Accredited Affiliates Fund, L.P. and Vanguard VII Qualified Affiliates Fund, L.P. The address of Mr. Wood is c/o Vanguard Ventures is P.O. Box 20068, San Jose, California, 95160. This number does not include any shares that may be purchased pursuant to the Put and Call Agreement.

 

(14)   Represents the shares described in footnotes (6) through (13) above and also includes 255,191 shares held by an executive officer and 200,000 shares subject to options held by such executive officer that are exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2011.

 

(15)   Represents        shares held by        selling stockholders, no one of whom owns more than 1% of our outstanding shares of common stock or is selling more than        shares.

 

124


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

Upon the closing of this offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. The following description summarizes the most important terms of our capital stock. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the provisions of applicable Delaware law. The descriptions of the common stock and preferred stock reflect changes to our capital structure that will be in effect upon the closing of this offering.

Common stock

As of June 30, 2011, there were 100,417,134 shares of our common stock outstanding, held by 250 stockholders of record, and no shares of our preferred stock outstanding, assuming the conversion of all outstanding shares of our preferred stock into 77,498,252 shares of our common stock, which will occur immediately upon the closing of this offering. Immediately after the closing of this offering, there will be        shares of our common stock outstanding, or        shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of common stock in this offering.

Dividend rights.     Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available at the times and in the amounts that our board of directors may determine.

Voting rights.     Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Cumulative voting for the election of directors is not provided for in our restated certificate of incorporation, which means that the holders of a majority of our shares of common stock voted can elect all of the directors then standing for election.

No preemptive or similar rights .     Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not subject to conversion or redemption.

Right to receive liquidation distributions.     Upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time after payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock and payment of other claims of creditors.

Fully paid and non-assessable .     All of our outstanding shares of common stock are, and the shares of our common stock to be issued pursuant to this offering will be, fully paid and non-assessable.

Preferred stock

As of June 30, 2011, there were 73,031,612 shares of our preferred stock outstanding. Immediately upon the closing of this offering, the outstanding shares of preferred stock will convert into 77,498,252 shares of our common stock.

 

125


Table of Contents

Upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of our preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each series, to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights of the shares of each series and any of its qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case without further action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding, unless approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of our capital stock entitled to vote, or such other vote as may be required by the certificate of designation establishing the series. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of the common stock. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in our control and might adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. We have no current plan to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

As of June 30, 2011, we had outstanding options to purchase 19,868,147 shares of our common stock under our 2000 stock option plan, 2006 stock option plan, two non-plan stock option agreements with DS Consulting, as described below, and two other non-plan stock option agreements.

As of June 30, 2011, we had two options to purchase an aggregate of up to 462,717 shares of our common stock with an exercise price of $0.37 per share outstanding. The options were issued in connection with our purchase of certain business assets from DS Consulting. The options vest in accordance with the achievement of annual revenue targets for the purchased business assets. One option vested on March 1, 2011 as to 212,717 shares. The second option will vest on March 1, 2012 as to one share for every $2.00 that 2011 worldwide gross revenue of the purchased business assets exceeds 2010 worldwide gross revenue of the purchased business assets, up to a total of 250,000 shares.

Warrants

As of June 30, 2011, we had a warrant to purchase 147,368 shares of our Series C preferred stock with an exercise price of $0.475 per share outstanding. The warrant has a net exercise provision under which the holder in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash can surrender the warrant and receive a net number of shares of Series C preferred stock based on the fair market value of such stock at the time of exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. Unless earlier exercised, this warrant will expire on August 14, 2012 or upon the occurrence of a public merger (as defined in the warrant). Upon the closing of this offering, this warrant will become exercisable for 147,368 shares of common stock.

As of June 30, 2011, we had 19 warrants to purchase an aggregate of 815,378 shares of our Series E preferred stock with an exercise price of $1.1019 per share outstanding. Each of these warrants has a net exercise provision under which the holder, in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash, can surrender the warrant and receive a net number of shares of Series E preferred stock based on the fair market value of such stock at the time of exercise of the warrant after

 

126


Table of Contents

deduction of the aggregate exercise price. Unless earlier exercised, these warrants will expire on October 19, 2015 and an “easy sale” exercise provision under which the holder can irrevocably elect to exercise the warrant and to sell at least that number of shares of the stock issued upon exercise of the warrant to immediately pay the aggregate exercise price and forward such aggregate exercise price to us. Upon the closing of this offering, these warrants will become exercisable for 815,378 shares of our common stock.

As of June 30, 2011, we had a warrant to purchase 317,633 shares of our Series E preferred stock with an exercise price of $1.1019 per share outstanding. The warrant has a net exercise provision under which the holder in lieu of payment of the exercise price in cash can surrender the warrant and receive a net number of shares of Series E preferred stock based on the fair market value of such stock at the time of exercise of the warrant after deduction of the aggregate exercise price. Unless earlier exercised, this warrant will expire on the first anniversary of the closing of this offering. Upon the closing of this offering, this warrant will become exercisable for 317,633 shares of common stock.

Registration rights

Pursuant to the terms of our amended and restated investor rights agreement, immediately following this offering, the holders of approximately            shares of our common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2011 or subject to warrants outstanding as of June 30, 2011 will be entitled to rights with respect to the registration of these shares under the Securities Act, as described below.

Demand registration rights .     At any time following 90 days after the effective date of this offering, the holders of at least 30% of the then-outstanding shares having registration rights can request that we file a registration statement covering at least 30% of the registrable securities or with an anticipated aggregate offering price of at least $7.5 million. We will only be required to file two registration statements upon exercise of these demand registration rights. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement for up to 90 days once in a 12-month period if we determine that the filing would be detrimental to us.

Piggyback registration rights .     If we register any of our securities for public sale other than pursuant to a demand registration, holders of shares having registration rights will have the right to include their shares in the registration statement. However, this right does not apply to a registration relating to any of our employee benefit plans or a registration relating to a corporate reorganization. The managing underwriter of any underwritten offering will have the right to limit, because of marketing reasons, the number of shares registered by these holders, in which case the number of shares to be registered will be apportioned pro rata among these holders, according to the total amount of securities requested to be included by each holder. However, except in limited circumstances, the number of shares to be registered by these holders cannot be reduced below 25% of the total shares covered by the registration statement.

Form S-3 registration rights .     The holders of at least 20% of the then-outstanding shares with registration rights can request that we register all or part of their shares on Form S-3 if we are eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 and if the aggregate price to the public of the shares offered is at least $2.0 million. The stockholders may only require us to file one registration statement on Form S-3 in a 12-month period. We may postpone the filing of a registration statement on Form S-3 for up to 120 days once in a 12-month period if we determine that the filing would be seriously detrimental to us and our stockholders.

 

127


Table of Contents

Expenses of registration rights .     We will pay all expenses incurred in connection with the registrations described above.

Expiration of registration rights .     The registration rights described above will expire, with respect to any particular holder of these rights, on the earlier of the seventh anniversary of the effective date of this offering or when such holder holds less than 1% of our outstanding stock and such holder can sell all of its registrable securities in any three-month period without registration under Rule 144 of the Securities Act.

Anti-takeover provisions

The provisions of Delaware law, our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws may have the effect of delaying, deferring or discouraging another person from acquiring control of our company.

Delaware law .    We are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any “business combination” with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

 

 

before such date, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder

 

 

upon closing of the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction began, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer

 

 

on or after such date, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 2/3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder

Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns or, within three years prior to the determination of interested stockholder status, did own 15% or more of a corporation’s outstanding voting stock.

Restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaw provisions .    Our restated certificate of incorporation and our restated bylaws will include a number of provisions that may have the effect of deterring hostile takeovers or delaying or preventing changes in control of our management team, including the following:

 

 

Board of directors vacancies.     Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws will authorize generally only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships. In addition, the

 

128


Table of Contents
 

number of directors constituting our board of directors may be set only by resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire board of directors. These provisions prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and gaining control of our board of directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees.

 

 

Classified board.     Our restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws will provide that our board is classified into three classes of directors. The existence of a classified board could delay a successful tender offeror from obtaining majority control of our board of directors, and the prospect of that delay might deter a potential offeror.

 

 

Stockholder action.     Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that our stockholders may not take action by written consent, but may only take action at annual or special meetings of our stockholders. Stockholders will not be permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of directors. We anticipate that our restated bylaws will further provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by a majority of our board of directors, the chairman of our board of directors, our chief executive officer or our president.

 

 

Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations .     Our restated bylaws will provide advance notice procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders, or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our annual meeting of stockholders. We anticipate that our restated bylaws also will specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s notice. These provisions may preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders.

 

 

Issuance of undesignated preferred stock .     Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide our board of directors with the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by the board of directors. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock enables our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise.

Limitations of liability and indemnification

See “Executive Compensation—Limited liability and indemnification of directors and officers.”

New York Stock Exchange listing

We have applied for the listing of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “VCRA.”

Transfer agent and registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is                     .

 

129


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares of our common stock or the availability of shares of our common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued upon exercise of outstanding options or warrants, or the perception that these sales could occur in the public market after this offering could adversely affect market prices prevailing from time to time and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity securities.

Upon the closing of this offering, based on the number of shares outstanding as of June 30, 2011, we will have             shares of common stock outstanding assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares and assuming no exercise of outstanding options or warrants prior to the closing of this offering. All of the             shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable, except that any shares held by our affiliates, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may only be sold in compliance with the limitations described below.

The remaining outstanding shares of our common stock will be deemed restricted securities as defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. In addition, all of our stockholders have entered into market standoff agreements with us or lock-up agreements with the underwriters under which they agreed, subject to specific exceptions, not to sell any of their stock for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus. Subject to the provisions of Rule 144 or Rule 701, based on an assumed offering date of             , 2011, shares will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

 

 

Beginning on the date of this prospectus, the            shares sold in this offering will be immediately available for sale in the public market.

 

 

Beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus,            additional shares will become eligible for sale in the public market, of which            shares will be freely tradable under Rule 144,             shares will be held by affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144, as described below, and the remaining            shares will be held by non-affiliates and subject to the volume and other restrictions of Rule 144.

Lock-up agreements

All of our directors and officers and the holders of substantially all our equity securities are subject to lock-up agreements or market standoff provisions that, subject to exceptions described under “Underwriting,” prohibit them from offering for sale, selling, contracting to sell, granting any option for the sale of, transferring or otherwise disposing of any shares of our common stock, options or warrants to acquire shares of our common stock or any security or instrument related to this common stock, option or warrant for a period of at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of each of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co.

 

130


Table of Contents

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person is entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell upon expiration of the lock-up agreements described above, within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

 

1% of the number of shares of common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately        shares immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, based on the number of shares of common stock outstanding as of June 30, 2011, or

 

 

the average weekly trading volume of the common stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to that sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

Rule 701 generally allows a stockholder who purchased shares of our common stock pursuant to a written compensatory plan or contract and who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of our company during the immediately preceding 90 days to sell these shares in reliance upon Rule 144, but without being required to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Rule 701 also permits affiliates of our company to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares, however, are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares pursuant to Rule 701. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described above and under the section titled “Underwriting” and will become eligible for sale at the expiration of those agreements.

Stock options

We intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering all of the shares of our common stock subject to options outstanding or reserved for issuance under our equity incentive plans. We expect to file this registration statement as soon as practicable after this offering. However, the shares registered on Form S-8 will be subject to volume limitations, manner of sale, notice and public information requirements of Rule 144 and will not be eligible

 

131


Table of Contents

for resale until expiration of the lock up agreements to which they are subject. For a more complete discussion of our equity incentive plans, see “Executive compensation—Employee benefit plans”.

Registration rights

We have granted demand registration rights, rights to participate in offerings that we initiate and Form S-3 registration rights to certain of our stockholders to sell our common stock. For a further description of these rights, see “Description of capital stock—Registration rights.”

 

132


Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal income tax

consequences to non-U.S. holders

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax and estate tax consequences of the ownership and disposition of our common stock to non-U.S. holders (as defined below), but does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating thereto. This summary is based upon the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. These authorities may be changed at any time, possibly retroactively, or the Internal Revenue Service, the IRS, might interpret the existing authorities differently, so as to result in U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences different from those set forth below. As a result, we cannot assure you that the tax consequences described in this discussion will not be challenged by the IRS or will be sustained by a court if challenged by the IRS.

This summary does not address the tax considerations arising under the laws of any non-U.S., state or local jurisdiction or under U.S. federal gift and, except to the limited extent below, estate tax laws. In addition, this discussion does not address tax considerations applicable to a non-U.S. holder’s particular circumstances or to non-U.S. holders that may be subject to special tax rules, including, without limitation:

 

 

banks, insurance companies or other financial institutions

 

 

real estate investment trusts or regulated investment companies

 

 

partnerships or arrangements treated as partnerships or other pass-through entities for U.S. federal tax purposes (or investors in such entities)

 

 

certain former citizens or long-term residents of the United States

 

 

a “controlled foreign corporation” or “passive foreign investment company”

 

 

a corporation that accumulates earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax

 

 

persons subject to the alternative minimum tax

 

 

tax-exempt organizations or tax-qualified retirement plans

 

 

dealers in securities or currencies

 

 

traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities holdings

 

 

persons that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below)

 

 

persons who hold our common stock as a position in a hedging transaction, “straddle,” “conversion transaction” or other risk reduction transaction

 

 

persons whose functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar

 

 

persons who acquired our common stock as compensation for services

 

133


Table of Contents
 

persons who do not hold our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code (generally, for investment purposes)

 

 

persons deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Internal Revenue Code

In addition, if a partnership or entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend on the status of the partner and upon the activities of the partnership. Accordingly, partnerships that hold our common stock, and partners in such partnerships, should consult their tax advisors.

The following discussion is for information purposes only. You are urged to consult your tax advisor with respect to the application of the U.S. federal income tax laws to your particular situation, as well as any tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock arising under the U.S. federal estate or gift tax rules or under the laws of any state, local, non-U.S. or other taxing jurisdiction or under any applicable tax treaty.

Non-U.S. holder defined

For purposes of this discussion, you are a non-U.S. holder if you are any holder that is none of the following:

 

 

an individual citizen or resident of the United States

 

 

a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes created or organized in the United States or under the laws of the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

 

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income tax regardless of its source

 

 

a trust (x) whose administration is subject to the primary supervision of a U.S. court and which has one or more U.S. persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (y) which has a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person

An individual other than a U.S. citizen may be a resident of the United States by virtue of being present in the United States for at least 31 days in the current calendar year and for an aggregate of at least 183 days during a three-year period ending in the current calendar year. For these purposes, all the days present in the current year, one-third of the days present in the immediately preceding year, and one-sixth of the days present in the second preceding year are counted. Non-citizen U.S. residents are subject to U.S. federal income tax as if they were U.S. citizens. Such an individual is urged to consult his or her own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences of ownership and disposition of our common stock. See the section titled “Material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders—Gain on disposition of common stock.”

Distributions

We have not made any distributions on our common stock, and we do not plan to make any distributions for the foreseeable future. However, if we do make distributions on our common stock, those payments will constitute dividends for U.S. tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent those distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will constitute a non-taxable return of capital and will first reduce your basis in our common stock, but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock taxed in the same manner as described in the section titled “Material U.S. federal income tax consequences to non-U.S. holders—Gain on disposition of common stock.”

 

134


Table of Contents

Any dividend paid to you generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax either at a rate of 30% of the gross amount of the dividend or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the U.S. subject to the discussion below regarding recent legislative withholding updates, and your country of residence. In order to receive a reduced treaty rate, you must provide us or our paying agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN or suitable substitute properly certifying qualification for the reduced rate. You should consult your tax advisors regarding your entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty. If you hold the stock through a financial institution or other agent acting on your behalf, you will be required to provide appropriate documentation to the agent. Your agent will then be required to provide certification to us or our paying agent, either directly or through other intermediaries. For payments made to a partnership or other pass-through entity, the certification requirements generally apply to the partners or other owners rather than to the partnership or other entity, and the partnership or other entity must provide the partners’ or other owners’ documentation to us or our paying agent.

Dividends received by you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence applies, attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States or, in the case of an individual under certain treaties, a fixed base maintained by you in the United States) and are includible in your gross income in the taxable year received are exempt from such withholding tax. In order to obtain this exemption, you must provide us with an IRS Form W-8ECI or suitable substitute properly certifying such exemption. Such effectively connected dividends, although not subject to withholding tax, are taxed at the same graduated rates applicable to U.S. persons, net of certain deductions and credits, subject to any applicable tax treaty providing otherwise. In addition to the graduated tax described above, if you are a corporate non-U.S. holder, dividends you receive that are effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the U.S. and your country of residence. You should consult your tax advisor regarding your entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

If you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax pursuant to a tax treaty, you may be able to obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts currently withheld if you timely file an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS. Special certification and other requirements apply to certain non-U.S. holders that are entities rather than individuals.

Gain on disposition of common stock

Subject to the discussion below regarding recent legislative withholding developments, you generally will not be required to pay U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of our common stock unless:

 

 

the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a U.S. trade or business (and, if an income tax treaty between the United States and your country of residence applies, the gain is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States or, in the case of an individual under certain treaties, a fixed base maintained by you in the United States)

 

 

you are an individual who is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the calendar year in which the sale or disposition occurs and certain other conditions are met

 

135


Table of Contents
 

our common stock constitutes a U.S. real property interest by reason of our status as a “U.S. real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, or a USRPHC, at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition or your holding period for our common stock

In general, we would be a USRPHC if interests in United States real estate comprised at least half of our assets. We believe that we are not currently and will not become a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of our other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we become a USRPHC, however, as long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, such common stock will be treated as a U.S. real property interest only if you actually or constructively hold more than 5% of such regularly traded common stock at any time during the period described above.

If you are a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet above, you will generally be required to pay tax on the net gain derived from the sale (net of certain deductions or credits) under regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates, and corporate non-U.S. holders described in the first bullet above may also be subject to branch profits tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty.

If you are an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet above, you will be required to pay a flat 30% tax or such reduced rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty on the amount by which your U.S.-source gains from the sale or exchange of capital assets exceed your U.S.-source losses from the sale or exchange of capital assets for the year. You should consult any applicable income tax or other treaties between the United States and your country of residence that may provide for different rules.

Federal estate tax

The estates of nonresident alien individuals generally are subject to U.S. federal estate tax on property with a U.S. situs. Because we are a U.S. corporation, our common stock is considered property with a U.S. situs, and thus any such common stock held (or treated as such) by an individual non-U.S. holder at the time of death will be included in such holder’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty between the United States and such holder’s country of residence provides otherwise, and therefore may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

Backup withholding and information reporting

Generally, we must report annually to the IRS the amount of dividends paid to you, your name and address and the amount of tax withheld, if any, regardless of whether withholding is reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. A similar report will be sent to you. Pursuant to applicable income tax treaties or other agreements, the IRS may make these reports available to tax authorities in your country of residence.

Payments of dividends or of proceeds on the disposition of stock made to you may be subject to additional information reporting and backup withholding at a current rate of 28% unless you establish an exemption, for example by properly certifying your non-U.S. status on a Form W-8BEN or other applicable form. Notwithstanding the foregoing, backup withholding and

 

136


Table of Contents

information reporting may apply if either we or our paying agent has actual knowledge, or reason to know, that you are a U.S. person. Additional rules relating to information reporting requirements and backup withholding with respect to the payment of proceeds from the disposition of shares of our common stock will apply as follows:

 

 

If the proceeds are paid to or through the U.S. office of a broker (U.S. or non-U.S.), they generally will be subject to backup withholding and information reporting, unless you certify that you are not a U.S. person under penalties of perjury (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN) or otherwise establish an exemption

 

 

if the proceeds are paid to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is not a “U.S. person,” they will generally not be subject to backup withholding or information reporting

 

 

if the proceeds are paid to or through a non-U.S. office of a broker that is (1) a U.S. person, (2) a non-U.S. person 50% or more of whose gross income from certain periods is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business or (3) a foreign partnership if at any time during its tax year (a) one or more of its partners are U.S. persons who, in the aggregate, hold more than 50% of the income or capital interests of the partnership or (b) the foreign partnership is engaged in a U.S. trade or business, they generally will be subject to information reporting (but not backup withholding), unless you certify that you are not a U.S. person under penalties of perjury (usually on an IRS Form W-8BEN) or otherwise establish an exemption

Backup withholding is not an additional tax; rather, the U.S. income tax liability of persons subject to backup withholding will be reduced by the amount of tax withheld. If withholding results in an overpayment of taxes, a refund or credit may generally be obtained from the IRS, provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS in a timely manner.

Recently enacted legislation affecting taxation of our common stock held by or through foreign entities

Recently enacted legislation generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to certain foreign institutions, investment funds and other non-U.S. persons that fail to comply with information reporting requirements in respect of their direct and indirect U.S. shareholders and/or U.S. account holders. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding the possible implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

The preceding discussion of U.S. federal tax considerations is for general information only. It is not tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult the prospective investor’s own tax advisor regarding the particular U.S. federal, state and local and non-U.S. tax consequences of purchasing, holding and disposing of our common stock, including the consequences of any proposed change in applicable laws.

 

137


Table of Contents

Underwriting

We and the selling stockholders are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and as representatives of the underwriters. We and the selling stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name    Number of Shares

 

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Piper Jaffray & Co.

  

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

  

William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

  

Morgan Keegan & Company, Inc.

  
  

 

Total

  
  

 

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of common stock offered by us and the selling stockholders if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the shares of common stock directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $             per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $             per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The representatives have advised us that the underwriters do not intend to confirm discretionary sales in excess of 5% of the shares of common stock offered in this offering.

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to             additional shares of common stock from us and the selling stockholders to cover sales of shares by the underwriters that exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option to purchase additional shares, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

The underwriting discounts and commissions are equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us and the selling stockholders per share of common stock. The underwriting discounts and commissions are $             per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by us and the selling stockholders to the underwriters in connection with this offering assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

138


Table of Contents

Underwriting discounts and commissions

 

       Paid by us      Paid by selling stockholders      Total  
     Without over-
allotment
exercise
     With over-
allotment
exercise
     Without over-
allotment
exercise
     With over-
allotment
exercise
     Without over-
allotment
exercise
     With over-
allotment
exercise
 
   

Per Share

   $                    $                    $                    $                    $                    $                

Total

   $         $         $         $         $         $     
   

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $             million.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not, subject to limited exceptions, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock, or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of each of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co., for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event.

Our directors, executive officers, and substantially all of our stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions (including an exception with respect to shares sold by selling stockholders in this offering), for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of each of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Piper Jaffray & Co. on behalf of the underwriters, (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers and stockholders in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities

 

139


Table of Contents

which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or material news or a material event relating to our company occurs; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above will continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the occurrence of the material news or material event; provided, however, that if one or more of the underwriters publishes or otherwise distributes a research report or makes a public appearance concerning our company within three trading days of the announcement of such material news or material event, the extension of the 180-day restricted period related to such material news or material event (but not related to any other material news or material event) will be only until the later of (i) the last day of the initial 180-day period and (ii) the third trading day after such announcement.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

We are applying to have our common stock approved for listing on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “VCRA.”

In connection with the offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, or purchasing and selling shares of, common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M promulgated under the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that, if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

 

140


Table of Contents

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined by negotiations between us, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we, the selling stockholders and the representatives of the underwriters considered a number of factors including:

 

 

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives

 

 

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete

 

 

an assessment of our management

 

 

our prospects for future earnings

 

 

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering

 

 

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly-traded common stock of generally comparable companies

 

 

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters, the selling stockholders and us

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common stock, or that the shares of common stock will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

If you purchase shares of common stock offered in this prospectus, you may be required to pay stamp taxes and other charges under the laws and practices of the country of purchase, in addition to the offering price listed on the cover page of this prospectus.

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and our affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they may receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans.

 

141


Table of Contents

Selling restrictions

European economic area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State) an offer to the public of any securities which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of any securities may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive, if they have been implemented in that Relevant Member State:

 

 

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive

 

 

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the joint book-running managers for any such offer

 

 

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of the securities shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

United Kingdom

Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

 

 

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000, or the FSMA, received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the securities in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to us

 

 

it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the securities in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom

Switzerland

This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares of our common stock, which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus, does not constitute an issue prospectus pursuant to Article 652a of the Swiss Code of Obligations. The shares will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange and, therefore, the documents relating to the shares, including, but

 

142


Table of Contents

not limited to, this document, do not claim to comply with the disclosure standards of the listing rules of SIX Swiss Exchange and corresponding prospectus schemes annexed to the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange.

The shares are being offered in Switzerland by way of a private placement, i.e., to a small number of selected investors only, without any public offer and only to investors who do not purchase the shares with the intention to distribute them to the public. The investors will be individually approached by us from time to time.

This document, as well as any other material relating to the shares, is personal and confidential and does not constitute an offer to any other person. This document may only be used by those investors to whom it has been handed out in connection with the offering described herein and may neither directly nor indirectly be distributed or made available to other persons without our express consent. It may not be used in connection with any other offer and shall in particular not be copied and/or distributed to the public in (or from) Switzerland.

 

143


Table of Contents

Legal matters

Fenwick & West LLP, Mountain View, California will pass upon the validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus. Cooley LLP, Palo Alto, California, will act as counsel to the underwriters.

Experts

The consolidated financial statements of Vocera Communications, Inc. as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The consolidated financial statements of Integrated Voice Solutions, Inc. as of December 31, 2009 and September 15, 2010, and for year ended December 31, 2009 and the period from January 1, 2010 to September 15, 2010, included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of the OptiVox product line of The White Stone Group, Inc. as of December 31, 2009 and October 7, 2010, and for year ended December 31, 2009 and the period from January 1, 2010 to October 7, 2010, included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of Pershing Yoakley & Associates, P.C., independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

Where you can find additional information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement, some items of which are contained in exhibits to the registration statement as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and our common stock, we refer you to the registration statement, including the exhibits and the consolidated financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, please see the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. Each statement in this prospectus relating to a contract or document filed as an exhibit is qualified in all respects by the filed exhibit. The exhibits to the registration statement should be reviewed for the complete contents of these contracts and documents. A copy of the registration statement, including the exhibits and the financial statements and notes filed as a part of the registration statement, may be inspected without charge at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from the SEC upon the payment of fees prescribed by it. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for more information on the operation of the public reference facilities. The SEC maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding companies that file electronically with it.

 

144


Table of Contents

As a result of this offering, we will become subject to the information and reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance with this law, will file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These periodic reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC’s public reference facilities and the website of the SEC referred to above.

 

145


Table of Contents

Index to financial statements

 

     Page  

Financial statements of Vocera Communications, Inc.

  

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

     F-2   

Consolidated balance sheets

     F-3   

Consolidated statements of operations

     F-4   

Consolidated statements of preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

     F-5   

Consolidated statements of cash flows

     F-6   

Notes to consolidated financial statements

     F-7   

Financial statements of Integrated Voice Solutions, Inc.

  

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

     F-43   

Balance sheets

     F-44   

Statements of operations

     F-45   

Statements of shareholders’ equity

     F-46   

Statements of cash flows

     F-47   

Notes to financial statements

     F-48   

Financial statements of the OptiVox Product Line of the White Stone Group, Inc.

  

Report of independent auditors

     F-58   

Balance sheets

     F-59   

Statements of operations

     F-60   

Statements of changes in net contributions from (to) TWSG

     F-61   

Statements of cash flows

     F-62   

Notes to financial statements

     F-63   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

To The Board of Directors and Stockholders

of Vocera Communications, Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, of preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Vocera Communications, Inc. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

San Jose, California

August 1, 2011

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Vocera Communications, Inc. consolidated balance sheets

 

      December 31,    

June 30,

2011

   

Pro forma
stockholders'
equity

June 30, 2011

 
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)   2009     2010      

 

 
                (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Assets

       

Current assets

       

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 8,931      $ 8,642      $ 11,835     

Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $0, $10 and $53, respectively)

    7,368        9,102        15,098     

Other receivables

    105        791        975     

Inventories

    1,151        2,823        2,684     

Restricted cash

    240        241        241     

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    597        1,220        2,712     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current assets

    18,392        22,819        33,545     

Property and equipment, net

    1,311        1,307        2,435     

Other long-term assets

    98        85        118     

Intangible assets, net

           4,147        3,645     

Goodwill

           5,575        5,575     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total assets

  $ 19,801      $ 33,933      $ 45,318     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Liabilities, convertible preferred Stock and stockholders' deficit

       

Current liabilities

       

Accounts payable

  $ 1,051      $ 1,103      $ 1,211     

Product warranty

    572        605        724     

Accrued payroll and other accruals

    3,678        7,017        9,908     

Deferred revenue, current

    10,824        13,920        15,762     

Borrowings, current

    889        1,405        6,500     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total current liabilities

    17,014        24,050        34,105     

Deferred revenue, long-term

    1,711        2,272        3,304     

Borrowings, long-term

    888        4,000        2,833     

Other long-term liabilities

    802        1,217        2,128      $ 55   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

    20,415        31,539        42,370     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Commitments (Note 9)

       

Convertible preferred stock; $0.0003 par value—156,082,458 authorized shares; 72,927,191, 72,927,191 and 73,031,612 total issued and outstanding shares at December 31, 2009, December 31, 2010, and June 30, 2011 (unaudited), respectively; zero shares issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited), (Total liquidation preference $53,553 at June 30, 2011 (unaudited))

    52,758        52,758        53,013          
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Stockholders deficit

       

Common stock, $0.0003 par value—182,539,785 authorized shares, 12,337,766, 16,663,179 and 22,918,882 issued and outstanding shares at December 31, 2009, December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011 (unaudited), respectively; 100,417,134 issued and outstanding pro forma (unaudited)

    4        5        7        30   

Additional paid-in capital

    2,216        4,013        5,652        60,715   

Accumulated deficit

    (55,592     (54,382     (55,724     (55,724
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ deficit

    (53,372     (50,364     (50,065   $ 5,021   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

  $ 19,801      $ 33,933      $ 45,318     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Vocera Communications, Inc. consolidated statements of operations

 

      Years ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
(in thousands, except per share amounts)   2008     2009     2010     2010     2011  

 

 
                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Revenue

         

Product

  $ 28,352      $ 25,985      $ 35,516      $ 16,019      $ 23,561   

Service

    11,474        15,154        21,287        9,616        13,835   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

    39,826        41,139        56,803        25,635        37,396   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

         

Product

    15,542        11,546        13,004        5,873        8,187   

Service

    4,225        4,320        8,171        3,220        6,199   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

    19,767        15,866        21,175        9,093        14,386   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

    20,059        25,273        35,628        16,542        23,010   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

         

Research and development

    7,353        5,992        6,698        3,272        4,591   

Sales and marketing

    15,394        16,468        20,953        8,772        13,175   

General and administrative

    3,456        3,489        6,723        1,989        5,081   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

    26,203        25,949        34,374        14,033        22,847   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

    (6,144     (676     1,254        2,509        163   

Interest income

    182        52        33        19        8   

Interest expense

    (143     (141     (77     (42     (122

Other income (expense), net

    (208     (227     (367     (251     (1,217
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (6,313     (992     843        2,235        (1,168

Benefit from (provision for) income taxes

                  367        (21     (174
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $ (6,313   $ (992   $ 1,210      $ 2,214      $ (1,342
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share

         

Basic and diluted

  $ (0.52   $ (0.08   $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ (0.07
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

         

Basic

    12,085        12,234        13,342        12,981        18,989   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

    12,085        12,234        17,080        16,052        18,989   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share (unaudited)

         

Basic

      $          $     
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

      $          $     
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding (unaudited)

         

Basic

         
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

Diluted

         
     

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Vocera Communications, Inc. consolidated statements of preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit

 

      Convertible preferred stock                                                
(in thousands, except share
and per share amounts)
  Series A     Series B     Series C     Series D     Series E     Series F           Common stock    

Additional
paid-in

capital

   

Accumulated

deficit

   

Total
stockholders’

deficit

 
  Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount     Shares     Amount           Shares     Amount        

 

       

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2007

    3,062,129      $ 1,014        5,378,789      $ 7,043        25,263,158      $ 11,905        20,478,315      $ 11,036        8,167,722      $ 8,770        10,577,078      $ 12,990            11,935,954      $         4      $ 1,183      $ (48,287   $ (47,100

Exercise of stock options

                                                                                            230,386               33               33   

Exercise of common stock warrant

                                                                                            30,701                               

Repurchase of unvested common stock

                                                                                            (9,739            (2            (2

Employee stock-based compensation expense

                                                                                                          481               481   

Net loss

                                                                                                                 (6,313     (6,313
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2008

    3,062,129      $ 1,014        5,378,789      $ 7,043        25,263,158      $ 11,905        20,478,315      $ 11,036        8,167,722      $ 8,770        10,577,078      $ 12,990            12,187,302      $ 4      $ 1,695      $ (54,600   $ (52,901
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options

                                                                                            150,464               26               26   

Repurchase of unvested common stock

                                                                                                          3               3   

Employee stock-based compensation expense

                                                                                                          492               492   

Net loss

                                                                                                                 (992     (992
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

    3,062,129      $ 1,014        5,378,789      $ 7,043        25,263,158      $ 11,905        20,478,315      $ 11,036        8,167,722      $ 8,770        10,577,078      $ 12,990            12,337,766      $ 4      $ 2,216      $ (55,592   $ (53,372
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options

                                                                                            1,949,737               357               357   

Non-employee stock-based compensation expense

        

 
                                                                                               1               1   

Employee stock-based compensation expense

                                                                                                          507               507   

Stock options issued with acquisition

        

 
                                                                                               54               54   
 

Common stock issued in conjunction with business acquisitions

        



 
                                                                                 2,375,676        1        878               879   

Net income

                                                                                                                 1,210        1,210   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

    3,062,129      $ 1,014        5,378,789      $ 7,043        25,263,158      $ 11,905        20,478,315      $ 11,036        8,167,722      $ 8,770        10,577,078      $ 12,990            16,663,179      $ 5      $ 4,013      $ (54,382   $ (50,364
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Exercise of stock options

                                                                                            6,255,703        2        1,261               1,263   

Exercise of preferred stock warrant

                                              103,030        253        1,391        2                                                        

Non-employee stock-based compensation expense

                                                                                                     11               11   

Employee stock-based compensation expense

                                                                                                          367               367   

Net loss

                                                                                                                 (1,342     (1,342
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at June 30, 2011 (unaudited)

    3,062,129      $ 1,014        5,378,789      $ 7,043        25,263,158      $ 11,905        20,581,345      $ 11,289        8,169,113      $ 8,772        10,577,078      $ 12,990            22,918,882      $ 7      $ 5,652      $ (55,724   $ (50,065
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

       

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Vocera Communications, Inc. consolidated statements of cash flows

 

      Years ended December 31,     Six months ended June 30,  
(in thousands)         2008           2009           2010     2010     2011  

 

 
                      (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Cash flows from operating activities

         

Net income (loss)

  $ (6,313   $ (992   $ 1,210      $ 2,214      $ (1,342

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

         

Depreciation and amortization

    809        754        732        368        309   

Amortization of purchased intangibles

                  223               502   

Gain on disposal of assets

    (109     (9                     

Bad debt expense

    5        52        10               43   

Inventory provision

                                18   

Stock-based compensation expense

    481        492        507        238        367   

Non-employee stock-based compensation expense

                  1               11   

Change in fair value of warrant liability

    262        235        325        209        1,201   

Change in fair value of option liability

                  99               437   

Changes in current assets and liabilities, net of effect of acquistions:

         

Accounts receivable

    (2,526     1,043        (1,571     (416     (6,039

Other receivables

    (214     115        (227     9        (184

Inventories

    (145     794        (1,672     (1,356     121   

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

    72        (22     (482     (201     (1,143

Accounts payable

    682        (1,566     (114     (749     108   

Accrued liabilities

    292        498        2,829        680        1,784   

Warranty reserve

    287        (280     33        (132     119   

Other long-term liabilities

                  (432            18   

Deferred revenue

    3,312        1,883        3,311        (15     2,874   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    (3,105     2,997        4,782        849        (796
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

         

Purchase of property and equipment

    (932     (211     (672     (142     (1,370

Proceeds from disposal of fixed assets

    110        9                        

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

                  (8,776              

Changes in restricted cash

           (200     (1              

Long-term deposits

    85        (1                     
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

    (737     (403     (9,449     (142     (1,370
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

         

Borrowings

    1,446        2,000        5,003               4,500   

Principal payments on long-term borrowings

    (2,543     (1,884     (1,866     (444     (571

Payment for repurchase of common stock

    (2                            

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

    33        28        1,241        191        1,810   

Proceeds from exercise of preferred stock warrants

                                2   

Common stock issuance costs

                                (382
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (1,066     144        4,378        (253     5,359   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    (4,908     2,738        (289     454        3,193   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

    11,101        6,193        8,931        8,931        8,642   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

  $ 6,193      $ 8,931      $ 8,642      $ 9,385      $ 11,835   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information

         

Cash paid for interest

  $ 180      $ 143      $ 71      $ 42      $ 126   

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities

         

Issuance of stock and stock options in business acquisitions

                  879                 

Common stock issuance costs included within financing activities

                                382   

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Vocera Communications, Inc.

Notes to consolidated financial statements

1. The company

Background

Vocera Communications, Inc. (“Vocera” or the “Company”) is a leading provider of mobile communication solutions focused on addressing critical communication challenges facing hospitals today. Vocera helps its customers improve patient safety and satisfaction, and increase hospital efficiency and productivity through its Voice Communication solution and new Messaging and Care Transition solutions. The Voice Communication solution, which includes a lightweight, wearable, voice-controlled communication badge and a software platform, enables users to connect instantly with other hospital staff simply by saying the name, function or group name of the desired recipient. The Messaging solution securely delivers text messages and alerts directly to and from smartphones, replacing legacy pagers. The Care Transition solution is a hosted voice and text based software application that captures, manages and monitors patient information when responsibility for the patient is transferred or “handed-off” from one caregiver to another.

Vocera was incorporated in Delaware on February 16, 2000. Vocera formed wholly owned subsidiaries Vocera Communications UK Ltd and Vocera Communications Australia Pty Ltd. in 2005, and Vocera Hand-Off, Inc., Vocera Canada, Ltd. and ExperiaHealth, Inc. in 2010.

Since the Company’s inception, it has incurred significant losses and, as of June 30, 2011, it had an accumulated deficit of $55.7 million (unaudited). The Company has funded its operations primarily with customer payments for its products and services, proceeds from issuances of convertible preferred stock, borrowings under its term loan facility and the utilization of its line of credit. From inception, the Company has sold an aggregate of $52.8 million of its convertible preferred stock net of issuance costs. As of June 30, 2011, the Company had cash and cash equivalents of $11.8 million and $9.3 million of outstanding borrowings.

The Company believes that its existing sources of liquidity will satisfy its working capital and capital requirements for at least the next 12 months. Failure to generate sufficient revenue, achieve planned gross margins, or control operating costs may require the Company to raise additional capital through equity or debt financing. Such additional financing may not be available on acceptable terms, or at all, and could require the Company to modify, delay or abandon some of its planned future expansion or expenditures or reduce some of its ongoing operating costs, which could harm its business, operating results, financial condition and ability to achieve its intended business objectives. If the Company raises additional funds through further issuances of equity, convertible debt securities or other securities convertible into equity, its existing stockholders could suffer significant dilution in their percentage ownership of the Company and any new securities it issues could have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of holders of its common stock.

 

F-7


Table of Contents

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Vocera and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. The accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”).

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting periods. The estimates include, but are not limited to, revenue recognition, useful lives assigned to long-lived assets, the valuation of common and preferred stock and related warrants and options, stock-based compensation expense, provisions for income taxes and contingencies. Actual results could differ from these estimates, and such differences could be material to the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

Unaudited interim financial information

The accompanying balance sheet as of June 30, 2011 and the statements of operations and of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 and the statement of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ deficit for the six months ended June 30, 2011 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company’s financial position as of June 30, 2010 and June 30, 2011, and results of operations and cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011. The financial data and other information disclosed in these notes to the financial statements related to the six-month periods are unaudited. The results of the six months ended June 30, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2011 or for any other interim period or for any future year.

Unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity

The unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity as of June 30, 2011 has been prepared assuming that upon the closing of an initial public offering all of the Company’s outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock will convert into shares of common stock and the outstanding convertible preferred stock warrants will convert into common stock warrants. The June 30, 2011 unaudited pro forma stockholders’ equity reflects the conversion of all 73,031,612 outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock into 77,498,252 shares of common stock and the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital.

Principles of consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

 

F-8


Table of Contents

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents.

Restricted cash

Cash classified as restricted on the balance sheet at December 31, 2009 and 2010 and June 30, 2011, includes $0.2 million as security for a corporate travel card facility and credit card processing services. All restricted cash is current based upon the terms of the restriction on the credit card facilities.

Allowance for doubtful accounts

The allowance for doubtful accounts reflects the Company’s best estimate of probable losses inherent in the Company’s receivables portfolio determined on the basis of historical experience, specific allowances for known troubled accounts and other currently available evidence. The Company has not experienced significant credit losses from its accounts receivable. The Company performs a regular review of its customers’ payment histories and associated credit risks as it does not require collateral from its customers.

The following table presents the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts:

 

       Years ended
December 31,
    Six months ended
June 30,
 
(in thousands)    2008     2009     2010     2011  

 

 
                       (unaudited)  

Allowance—beginning of period

   $      $ (5   $      $ (10

Provisions for bad debts

     (5     (52     (10     (43

Write-off, net of recoveries and other

            57                 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance—end of period

   $ (5   $      $ (10   $ (53
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of standard cost (which approximates computation actual cost on a first-in, first-out basis) or market (net realizable value or replacement cost). The Company assesses the valuation of inventory and periodically writes down the value for estimated excess and obsolete inventory based upon assumptions about future demand and market conditions.

Fair value of financial instruments

The carrying values of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair value due to their short-term nature. As a basis for determining the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company established a three-tier fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows: (Level 1) observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; (Level 2) inputs other than the quoted prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly; and (Level 3) unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data which requires the Company to develop its own assumptions. This hierarchy requires the

 

F-9


Table of Contents

Company to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. Liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis consist of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability.

The Company does not have any Level 1 or Level 2 instruments, or instruments valued based on other observable inputs. The Company’s convertible preferred stock warrant liability is classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, and June 30, 2011, the fair value hierarchy for the Company’s financial liabilities that are carried at fair value are as follows:

 

      December 31, 2009     December 31, 2010     June 30, 2011
(unaudited)
 
(in thousands)   Level 1     Level 2     Level 3        Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3        Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3        Total  

 

 

Convertible preferred stock warrants

  $       —      $       —      $    802      $    802      $       —      $       —      $ 1,127      $ 1,127      $       —      $       —      $ 2,073      $ 2,073   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The fair value of Level 3 liabilities are determined based on an option pricing model that takes into account the contract terms as well as multiple inputs such as the Company’s stock price, risk-free interest rates and expected volatility that the Company could not corroborate with market data.

The changes in the fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability is as follows:

 

       Years ended
December 31,
     Six months ended
June 30,
 
(in thousands)    2009      2010      2011  

 

 
                   (unaudited)  

Fair value at beginning of period

   $ 567       $ 802       $ 1,127   

Change in fair value

     235         325         1,201   

Exercise of convertible preferred stock warrants

                     (255
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Fair value at end of period

   $ 802       $ 1,127       $ 2,073   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Concentration of credit risk and other risks and uncertainties

Financial instruments that subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are deposited with high quality financial institutions. Deposits at these institutions may, at times, exceed federally insured limits. Management believes that these financial institutions are financially sound and, accordingly, that minimal credit risk exists. The Company has not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents.

The primary hardware component of the Company’s products is currently manufactured by a third-party contractor in Mexico. A significant disruption in the operations of this contractor may impact the production of the Company’s products for a substantial period of time, which could harm the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations.

Concentration of credit risk with respect to trade accounts receivable is considered to be limited due to the diversity of the Company’s customer base and geographic sales areas. At December 31, 2009 and 2010, and at June 30, 2011, no customer accounted for 10% or more of accounts

 

F-10


Table of Contents

receivable. For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2010, and for the six months ended June 30, 2011, no customer represented 10% or more of revenue.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful economic lives of the assets. All assets have useful economic lives of three years except for leasehold improvements, which are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life of the related assets. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations. Maintenance and repairs which are not considered improvements and do not extend the useful life of the assets are charged to operations as incurred.

Goodwill and intangible assets

The Company allocates the purchase price of any acquisitions to tangible assets and liabilities and identifiable intangible assets acquired. Any residual purchase price is recorded as goodwill. The allocation of the purchase price requires management to make significant estimates in determining the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, especially with respect to intangible assets. These estimates are based on information obtained from management of the acquired companies and historical experience. These estimates can include, but are not limited to, the cash flows that an asset is expected to generate in the future, and the cost savings expected to be derived from acquiring an asset. These estimates are inherently uncertain and unpredictable, and if different estimates were used the purchase price for the acquisition could be allocated to the acquired assets and liabilities differently from the allocation that the Company has made. In addition, unanticipated events and circumstances may occur which may affect the accuracy or validity of such estimates. If such events occur we may be required to record a charge against the value ascribed to an acquired asset or an increase in the amounts recorded for assumed liabilities.

Goodwill

Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level at least annually or more often if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Given that the acquisitions resulting in the recognition of goodwill occurred in late 2010, the Company’s first annual goodwill impairment testing is scheduled for the beginning of the quarter ending September 30, 2011. No impairment was recorded in 2010 or during the six months ended June 30, 2011. As of June 30, 2011 no changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill carrying values may not be recoverable. Application of the goodwill impairment test requires judgment. Circumstances that could affect the valuation of goodwill include, among other things, a significant change in our business climate and the buying habits of our customers along with changes in the costs to provide our products and services. The Company has identified two operating segments (Product and Service) which management also considers to be reporting units.

Intangible assets

In connection with the acquisitions made in 2010, the Company recorded intangible assets. The Company applied an income approach to determine the values of these intangible assets; the

 

F-11


Table of Contents

income approach measures the value of an asset based on the future cash flows it is expected to generate over its remaining life. The application of the income approach requires estimates of future cash flows based upon, among other things, certain assumptions about expected future operating performance and an appropriate discount rate determined by our management. In applying the income approach, the Company used both the discounted cash flow and profit allocation methods.

Intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Upon completion of development, acquired in-process research and development assets are generally considered amortizable, finite-lived assets and are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Finite-lived intangible assets consist of customer contracts, trademarks, and non-compete agreements. The Company evaluates intangible assets for impairment by assessing the recoverability of these assets whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances or business climate indicate that expected undiscounted future cash flows related to such intangible assets may not be sufficient to support the net book value of such assets. An impairment is recognized in the period of identification to the extent the carrying amount of an asset exceeds the fair value of such asset. No impairment of intangible assets was recorded in 2010 or during the six months ended June 30, 2011.

Significant judgments required in assessing the impairment of goodwill and intangible assets include the identification of reporting units, identifying whether events or changes in circumstances require an impairment assessment, estimating future cash flows, determining appropriate discount and growth rates and other assumptions. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the determination of fair value as to whether an impairment exists and, if so, the amount of that impairment.

Impairment of long-lived assets

The Company periodically reviews property and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset is impaired or the estimated useful lives are no longer appropriate. Fair value is estimated based on discounted future cash flows. If indicators of impairment exist and the undiscounted projected cash flows associated with such assets are less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss is recorded to write the asset down to its estimated fair values. To date, the Company has not recorded any impairment charges.

Convertible preferred stock warrants

The warrants that are related to the Company’s convertible preferred stock are classified as liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The warrants are subject to reassessment at each balance sheet date, and any change in fair value is recognized as a component of other income (expense), net. The Company will continue to adjust the liability for changes in fair value until the earlier of the exercise or expiration of the warrants or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an initial public offering, at which time all preferred stock warrants will be converted into warrants to purchase common stock, and the liability will be reclassified to stockholders’ equity (deficit).

 

F-12


Table of Contents

Revenue recognition

The Company derives revenue from the sales of communication badges, smartphones, perpetual software licenses for software that is essential to the functionality of the communication badges, software maintenance, extended warranty and professional services. The Company also derives revenue from the sale of licenses for software that is not essential to the functionality of the communication badges.

Revenue is recognized when

 

 

there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists, in the form of a written contract, amendments to that contract, or purchase orders from a third party

 

 

delivery has occurred or services have been rendered

 

 

the price is fixed or determinable after evaluating the risk of concession

 

 

collectability is probable and/or reasonably assured based on customer creditworthiness and past history of collection

A typical sales arrangement involves multiple elements, such as sales of communications badges, perpetual software licenses, professional services and maintenance services which entitle customers to unspecified upgrades, bug fixes, patch releases and telephone support.

For contracts that were signed prior to January 1, 2010 and were not materially modified after that date, revenue was allocated between each element in a multiple element arrangement based on vendor-specific objective evidence, or VSOE. The Company applied the residual method whereby only the fair value of the undelivered element, based on VSOE, is deferred and the remaining residual fee is recognized when delivered. The Company establishes VSOE for maintenance services based on maintenance renewal rates as those rates are considered substantive.

In October 2009, the FASB amended the guidance for revenue recognition for tangible products containing software components that function together to deliver the products essential functionality and also amended the accounting guidance for multiple element arrangements. The Company concluded that both standards were applicable to the Company’s products and arrangements and elected to early adopt these standards on a prospective basis for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified after January 1, 2010. Under the new guidance, tangible products, containing both software and nonsoftware components that function together to deliver a tangible product’s essential functionality, will no longer be subject to software revenue accounting.

The amended guidance for multiple element arrangements:

 

 

provides updated guidance on whether multiple deliverables exist, how the deliverables in an arrangement should be separated and how the consideration should be allocated

 

 

requires an entity to allocate revenue in an arrangement using best evidence of selling price, or BESP, if a vendor does not have vendor specific evidence, or VSOE, of fair value or third party evidence, or TPE, of fair value

 

 

eliminates the use of the residual method and require an entity to allocate revenue using the relative selling price method

 

F-13


Table of Contents

The Company allocates revenue to all deliverables based on their relative selling prices, which for the majority of the Company’s products and services is based on VSOE. The Company has established VSOE of fair value for its communication badges, smartphones, software maintenance, extended warranty, and professional services. VSOE is established based on selling prices when the elements are sold separately and such selling prices fall within a relatively narrow band or through maintenance renewal rates as the Company’s renewal rates are considered substantive. The Company establishes best evidence of selling price, or BESP, considering multiple factors including normal pricing and discounting practices, which considers market conditions, internal costs and gross margin objectives. As the actual selling prices for perpetual licenses fall within a relatively narrow range, the Company established BESP for perpetual licenses based on a range of actual discounts off list price.

The adoption of the amended revenue recognition guidance did not result in any significant changes to the individual deliverables to which the Company allocates revenue, or the timing of revenue recognized from the individual deliverables in a multiple element arrangement.

The Company also derives revenue from the provision of hosted services on a subscription basis and software sold under term licenses. Revenue from such arrangements is recognized ratably over the term of the arrangement.

Shipping and handling costs

Shipping and handling costs charged to customers are included in revenue and the associated expense is recorded in cost of products sold in the statements of operations for all periods presented.

Research and development expenditures

Research and development costs are charged to operations as incurred. Software development costs incurred prior to the establishment of technological feasibility are included in research and development and are expensed as incurred. After technological feasibility is established, material software development costs up to general availability of the software will be capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated product life, or based on the ratio of current revenues to total projected product revenues, whichever is greater. To date, the time between the establishment of technological feasibility and general availability has been very short and therefore no significant costs have been incurred. Accordingly, the Company has not capitalized any software development costs.

 

F-14


Table of Contents

Advertising costs

Advertising costs are included in sales and marketing expense and are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs for the years ended December 31, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 (unaudited) were immaterial.

Product warranties

The Company offers warranties on certain products and records a liability for the estimated future costs associated with warranty claims, which is based upon historical experience and the Company’s estimate of the level of future costs. Warranty costs are reflected in the consolidated statement of operations as cost of sales.

Stock-based compensation

For options granted to employees, stock-based compensation is measured at grant date based on the fair value of the award and is expensed on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The Company determines the grant date fair value of the options using the Black Scholes option-pricing model. Equity instruments issued to non-employees are recorded at their fair value on the measurement date and are subject to periodic adjustment as the underlying equity instruments vest. The fair value of options granted to non-employees is amortized over the vesting period, on a straight-line basis.

For stock options issued to employees and non-employees with specific performance criteria, the Company makes a determination at each balance sheet date whether the performance criteria are probable of being achieved. Compensation expense is recognized until such time as the performance criteria are met or when it is probable that the criteria will not be met.

The Company will only recognize a tax benefit from stock-based awards in additional paid-in capital if an incremental tax benefit is realized after all other tax attributes currently available to the Company have been utilized. In addition, the Company has elected to account for the indirect effects of stock-based awards on other tax attributes, such as the research tax credit, through its statement of operations.

Income taxes

The Company uses the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, the Company records deferred income taxes based on temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities and use enacted tax rates and laws that the Company expects will be in effect when they recover those assets or settle those liabilities, as the case may be, to measure those taxes. In cases where the expiration date of tax carryforwards or the projected operating results indicate that realization is not likely, the Company provides for a valuation allowance. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

The Company has deferred tax assets, resulting from net operating losses, research and development credits and temporary differences that may reduce taxable income in future periods. A valuation allowance is required when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, the Company estimates future taxable income, considering the feasibility of ongoing tax-planning

 

F-15


Table of Contents

strategies and the realizability of tax loss carryforwards. Valuation allowances related to deferred tax assets can be impacted by changes in tax laws, changes in statutory tax rates and future taxable income levels. If the Company were to determine that it would not be able to realize all or a portion of its deferred tax assets in the future, it would reduce such amounts through a charge to income in the period in which that determination is made. Conversely, if it were to determine that it would be able to realize its deferred tax assets in the future in excess of the net carrying amounts, it would decrease the recorded valuation allowance through an increase to income in the period in which that determination is made. Due to the amount of net operating losses available for income tax purposes through 2010, the Company had a full valuation reserve against its deferred tax assets.

In the ordinary course of business there is inherent uncertainty in quantifying the Company’s income tax positions. The Company assesses its income tax positions and records tax benefits for all years subject to examination based upon management’s evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting date. For those tax positions where it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, the Company has recorded the highest amount of tax benefit with a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. For those income tax positions where it is not more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit has been recognized in the financial statements.

The Company includes interest and penalties with income taxes in the accompanying statement of operations. All of the Company’s net operating losses and research credit carryforwards prior to 2007 are subject to tax authority adjustment and all years after 2006 are still subject to tax authority examinations. The Company is currently not subject to any income tax audit examinations by tax authorities in any jurisdictions including U.S. federal, state and local or foreign countries.

Foreign currency translation

The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is the U.S. dollar. Translation adjustments resulting from remeasuring the foreign currency denominated financial statements of the subsidiaries into U.S. dollars are included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. Translation gains and losses have not been significant to date.

Segments

Operating segments are components of an enterprise for which separate financial information is available and is evaluated regularly by the Company’s chief operating decision maker in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s chief operating decision maker is the Chief Executive Officer.

The Company has two operating segments which are both reportable business segments: (i) Product; and (ii) Service, both of which are comprised of Vocera’s and its wholly-owned subsidiaries’ results from operations.

Comprehensive income

Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity (net assets) during a period from non-owner sources. To date, there are no components of comprehensive income which are

 

F-16


Table of Contents

excluded from net income (loss) and therefore, no separate statement of comprehensive income has been presented.

Recent accounting pronouncements

In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures . ASU 2010-06 requires disclosures about inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value as well as disclosures about significant transfers, beginning in the first quarter of 2010. Additionally, these amended standards require presentation of disaggregated activity within the reconciliation for fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3), beginning in the first quarter of 2011. The adoption of this new standard did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

3. Income (loss) per share

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share is presented in conformity with the two-class method required for participating securities. Holders of Series A through Series F preferred stock are each entitled to receive non-cumulative dividends at the annual rate of 8% per share per annum, respectively, payable prior and in preference to any dividends on any shares of the Company’s common stock. In the event a dividend is paid on common stock, the holders of preferred stock are entitled to a proportionate share of any such dividend as if they were holders of common stock (on an as-if converted basis). The holders of the preferred stock do not have a contractual obligation to share in the losses of the Company. The Company considers its preferred stock to be participating securities. Additionally, the Company considers shares issued upon the early exercise of options subject to repurchase and unvested restricted shares to be participating securities as the holders of these shares have a nonforfeitable right to dividends. In accordance with the two-class method, earnings allocated to these participating securities and the related number of outstanding shares of the participating securities, which include contractual participation rights in undistributed earnings, have been excluded from the computation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share.

Under the two-class method, net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders is determined by allocating undistributed earnings, calculated as net income less income attributable to participating securities between common stock and participating securities. In computing diluted net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders, undistributed earnings are re-allocated to reflect the potential impact of dilutive securities. Basic net income (loss) per common share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. All participating securities are excluded from basic weighted-average common shares outstanding. Diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding, including potential dilutive common shares assuming the dilutive effect of outstanding stock options using the treasury stock method.

 

F-17


Table of Contents

The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per share:

 

       Years ended December 31,     Six months ended
June 30,
 
( in thousands)    2008     2009     2010     2010     2011  

 

 
                       (unaudited)     (unaudited)  

Numerator:

          

Net income (loss)

   $ (6,313   $ (992   $ 1,210      $ 2,214      $ (1,342

Less: undistributed earnings allocated to preferred stockholders

                   (1,210     (2,214       
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders

   $ (6,313   $ (992   $      $      $ (1,342
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

          

Weighted average shares used to compute basic net income (loss) per share

     12,085        12,234        13,342        12,981        18,989   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of potentially dilutive securities:

          

Employee stock options

                   3,738        3,071          
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute diluted income (loss) per share

     12,085        12,234        17,080        16,052        18,989   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share

          

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common share

   $ (0.52   $ (0.08   $ 0.00      $ 0.00      $ (0.07
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Unaudited pro forma net income (loss) per share

Pro forma basic and diluted net income per share were computed to give effect to (i) the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of preferred stock into common stock, (ii) the reclassification of the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital upon conversion of these warrants to warrants in common stock and (iii) the repayment in full of outstanding borrowings under the Company’s credit facility using proceeds from the Company’s initial public offering as if these transactions had occurred as of January 1, 2010.

 

F-18


Table of Contents

The following table presents the calculation of unaudited basic and diluted pro forma net income per share:

 

      

Year

ended
December 31,

2010

   

Six months
ended
June 30,

2011

 
(in thousands)     

 

 

Numerator:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 1,210      $ (1,342
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma adjustment to reverse the mark-to-market adjustment related to the convertible preferred stock warrant liability

     325        1,201   

Pro forma adjustment to eliminate the interest expense on outstanding borrowings to be repaid with the proceeds from the initial public offering

     6        122   

Tax impact of the pro forma adjustments calculated at the statutory rate

     (116     (463

Less: net income attributable to participating securities

     (1       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss) used to compute pro forma net income per share

   $ 1,424      $ (482
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Weighted average shares used to compute basic net income per share

     13,342        18,989   

Pro forma adjustment to reflect shares issued to repay outstanding borrowings

    

Pro forma adjustment to reflect assumed conversion of preferred stock to occur upon consummation of the Company's expected initial public offering

     77,394        77,395   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma basic net income per share

    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Effect of potentially dilutive securities:

    

Employee stock options

     3,738          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares used to compute pro forma diluted net income per share

    
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro forma net income per share (unaudited)

    

Basic

   $        $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   $        $     
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-19


Table of Contents

For 2008, 2009 and 2010, and for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011, the following securities were not included in the calculation of diluted shares outstanding as the effect would have been anti-dilutive:

 

       As of December 31,      As of June 30,  
(in thousands)    2008      2009      2010      2010      2011  

 

 
                          (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Convertible preferred stock (on an as if converted basis)

     77,394         77,394         77,394         77,394         77,498   

Options to purchase common stock

     19,491         19,467         17,480         15,917         19,868   

Common stock subject to repurchase

     24         9         692         3         1,705   

Warrants to purchase convertible preferred stock

     1,428         1,428         1,428         1,428         1,280   

 

 

4. Acquisitions

Acquisition of Integrated Voice Solutions, Inc.

On September 15, 2010, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Integrated Voice Solutions, Inc. (“IVS”), in exchange for $4.1 million in cash. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. The results of IVS’ operations have been included in the financial statements since the acquisition date. The Company acquired IVS to help it gain access to a care transition business which addresses patient transfers and nurse shift changes.

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of purchase price over the tangible assets, identifiable intangible assets and assumed liabilities was recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is attributable to synergies achieved through the hand-off applications used by IVS and the Vocera Voice Communication solution.

The Company’s allocation of the purchase price is summarized below:

 

(in thousands)    Estimated
fair value
 

 

 

Assets acquired

  

Cash

   $ 1,170   

Accounts receivable

     47   

Other current assets

     28   

Property and equipment

     12   

Customer relationships

     1,500   

Developed technology

     400   

Goodwill

     1,922   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     5,079   

Liabilities assumed

     (1,007
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 4,072   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-20


Table of Contents

Acquisition of OptiVox product line.

On October 8, 2010, the Company acquired certain assets, the OptiVox product line, from The White Stone Group, Inc. (“OptiVox”), in exchange for $3.8 million in cash and the right to purchase 1,700,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. The results of OptiVox’s operations have been included in the financial statements since the acquisition date. The Company acquired OptiVox to help it gain access to a care transition business which addresses patient transfers and nurse shift changes. The OptiVox product line complements the IVS technology which the Company acquired in September 2010.

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of purchase price over the tangible assets, identifiable intangible assets and assumed liabilities was recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is attributable to synergies achieved through the hand-off applications used by OptiVox and the Vocera Voice Communication solution.

The Company’s allocation of the purchase price is summarized below:

 

(in thousands)    Estimated
fair value
 
   

Assets acquired

  

Fixed assets

   $ 38   

Trademarks

     60   

Customer relationships

     380   

Developed technology

     760   

Goodwill

     2,645   
        

Net assets acquired

   $ 3,883   
        
   

Acquisition of ExperiaHealth, Inc.

On November 3, 2010, the Company acquired certain assets from DS Consulting Associates, LLC. (“ExperiaHealth”) for total consideration of $0.1 million. The consideration was in the form of stock options to purchase up to 500,000 shares of common stock of the Company in two equal tranches, contingent upon certain revenue milestones being met for 2010 and 2011. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. The options issued for the ExperiaHealth acquisition are treated as contingent consideration and are classified as liabilities which must be adjusted to fair value at each reporting period until the options are vested. Based upon the milestone criteria for 2010, ExperiaHealth vested in a total of 212,717 options of the possible 250,000 available. The Company recorded an expense in other income (expense), net of $0.1 million for 2010 and $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011 (unaudited), to reflect the change in the fair value of these outstanding options. The results of ExperiaHealth’s operations have been included in the financial statements since the acquisition date. The Company acquired ExperiaHealth to complement the Company’s products that help hospitals improve patient safety and satisfaction. The allocation of purchase price, and pro forma earnings information, has not been presented because the effect of the acquisition of ExperiaHealth is not material to the financial statements.

 

F-21


Table of Contents

Acquisition of Wallace Wireless, Inc.

On December 17, 2010, the Company acquired 100% of the outstanding shares of Wallace Wireless, Inc. (“Wallace Wireless”), a Canadian corporation, in exchange for $2.1 million in cash and, for certain employees, the right to purchase 675,676 shares of the Company’s common stock. These shares are subject to repurchase, and vest on a straight-line basis over 24 months. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. The results of Wallace Wireless’ operations have been included in the financial statements since the acquisition date. The Company acquired Wallace Wireless to gain access to smartphone messaging products enabling secure delivery of text messages, alerts and other information directly to and from smartphones.

The Company allocated the purchase price to the identifiable intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the aggregate fair values was recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is attributable to synergies achieved through combining the technology acquired with the Company’s existing patient solutions.

The Company’s allocation of the purchase price is summarized below:

 

(in thousands)

   Estimated
fair value
 

 

 
Assets acquired   

Cash

   $ 46   

Accounts receivable

     126   

Other current assets

     100   

Other receivables

     458   

Property and equipment

     5   

Trademarks

     10   

Non-compete agreements

     70   

Customer relationships

     470   

Developed technology

     510   

In-process R&D

     210   

Goodwill

     1,008   
  

 

 

 

Total assets acquired

     3,013   

Liabilities assumed

     (922
  

 

 

 

Net assets acquired

   $ 2,091   
  

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental pro forma financial information

Unaudited supplemental pro forma financial information, prepared as though the acquisitions had been completed at the beginning of the year in which they were completed and the beginning of the immediately preceding year, is as follows:

 

       Years ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands, except per share data)    2009     2010  

 

 
     (unaudited)  

Revenue

   $ 46,050      $ 60,593   

Net loss

     (1,885     (515

Net loss per share

    

Basic and diluted

   $ (0.14   $ (0.03

 

 

 

F-22


Table of Contents

Financial results since the date of acquisition for acquired entities have been included in the consolidated statement of operations. The acquired businesses contributed revenues of $0.5 million and a net loss of $2.1 million to the Company from September 15, 2010 to December 31, 2010.

5. Goodwill and intangible assets

Goodwill

As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, the Company had $0 and $5.6 million, respectively, of goodwill. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level at least annually or more often if events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value may not be recoverable. Given that the acquisitions resulting in the recognition of goodwill occurred in late 2010, our first annual goodwill impairment testing is scheduled for the beginning of the quarter ending September 30, 2011. No impairment was recorded in 2010 or during the six months ended June 30, 2011. As of June 30, 2011 no changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill carrying values may not be recoverable.

Intangible assets

The fair values for acquired intangible assets were determined by management relying in part on valuations performed by independent valuation specialists. Acquisition related intangible assets are amortized over the life of the assets on a basis that resembles the economic benefit of the assets. This results in amortization that is higher in earlier periods of the useful life. The estimated useful lives and carrying value of acquired intangible assets are as follows:

 

              December 31, 2010     June 30, 2011 (unaudited)  
(in thousands)   Weighted
average
useful
life
(years)
    Gross
carrying
amount
    Accumulated
amortization
    Net
carrying
amount
    Gross
carrying
amount
    Accumulated
amortization
    Net
carrying
amount
 

 

 

Intangible assets:

             

Trademarks

    6.9      $ 70      $ 2      $ 68      $ 70      $ 9      $ 61   

Non-compete Agreements

    2.0        70               70        70        7        63   

Customer relationships

    8.6        2,350        137        2,213        2,350        412        1,938   

Developed technology

    6.0        1,670        84        1,586        1,670        297        1,373   

In-process R&D

    7.0        210               210        210               210   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total intangible assets, net

    $ 4,370      $ 223      $ 4,147      $ 4,370      $ 725      $ 3,645   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of intangible assets was $0, $0, and $0.2 million, for 2008, 2009, and 2010, respectively, and $0 (unaudited) and $0.5 million (unaudited) for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011, respectively.

 

F-23


Table of Contents

Amortization of acquired intangible assets is reflected in cost of revenue and operating expenses. The estimated future amortization of acquired intangible assets as of June 30, 2011 was as follows (in thousands):

 

2011

   $ 504   

2012

     872   

2013

     727   

2014

     567   

2015

     389   

Thereafter

     586   
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 3,645   
  

 

 

 

 

 

6. Balance sheet components

Inventories

 

       December 31,      June 30,  
(in thousands)    2009      2010      2011  

 

 
                   (unaudited)  

Raw materials

   $       $ 740       $ 251   

Finished goods

     1,151         2,083         2,433   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total inventories

   $ 1,151       $ 2,823       $ 2,684   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

       December 31,     June 30,  
(in thousands)    2009     2010     2011  

 

 
                 (unaudited)  

Computer equipment and software

   $ 2,509      $ 2,644      $ 2,999   

Furniture fixtures and equipment

     595        666        840   

Leasehold improvements

     1,064        1,070        1,375   

Manufacturing tools and equipment

     2,207        2,229        2,424   

Construction in process

     6        333        741   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
     6,381        6,942        8,379   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (5,070     (5,635     (5,944
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 1,311      $ 1,307      $ 2,435   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense during 2008, 2009 and 2010 was $0.8 million, $0.8 million and $0.7 million, respectively. Depreciation and amortization expense for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 was $0.4 million and $0.3 million, respectively (unaudited).

 

F-24


Table of Contents

Accrued payroll and other accruals

 

       December 31,      June 30,  
(in thousands)    2009      2010      2011  

 

 
                   (unaudited)  

Payroll and related expenses

   $ 2,171       $ 3,705       $ 3,092   

Uninvoiced purchases

     770         1,982         4,380   

Deferred rent

     464         331         442   

Exercise of unvested stock options

             5         550   

ExperiaHealth performance awards

             46         537   

Other

     273         948         907   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued payroll and other accruals

   $ 3,678       $ 7,017       $ 9,908   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

7. Product warranties

The Company provides for the estimated costs of hardware warranties at the time the related revenue is recognized. Costs are estimated based on historical and projected product failure rates, historical and projected repair costs, and knowledge of specific product failures (if any). The specific hardware warranty includes parts and labor over a period generally ranging from one to three years. The Company provides no warranty for software. The Company regularly re-evaluates its estimates to assess the adequacy of the recorded warranty liabilities and adjust the amounts as necessary.

A reconciliation of the changes in the Company’s warranty reserve for 2009 and 2010, and the six months ended June 30, 2011 (unaudited) follows:

 

       December 31,     June 30,  
(in thousands)    2009     2010     2011  

 

 
                 (unaudited)  

Balance at the beginning of the year

   $ 852      $ 572      $ 605   

Warranty expenses accrued

     859        1,166        753   

Warranty settlements made

     (1,139     (1,133     (634
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at the end of the year

   $ 572      $ 605      $ 724   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

8. Borrowings

Term loan and revolving line of credit

In June 2004, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with a bank, most recently amended in December 2010 (the “Amendment”). The Amendment renewed the revolving line of credit at $5.0 million, and increased the term loan from $2.0 million to $5.0 million.

The following provides details of each of the two separate forms of credit extended under the loan and security agreement:

Revolving line of credit:

The Amendment allows the Company to borrow up to $5.0 million based on the Company’s working capital. The borrowing base is calculated based on up to 80% of eligible accounts

 

F-25


Table of Contents

receivable. Any outstanding balances above the availability on the borrowing base will be paid down or cash secured by the Company. Interest is payable monthly with the principal due at maturity. Borrowing under the line of credit bears interest at the bank’s prime rate plus 1%, provided that in no event will the prime rate be less than the 30-Day LIBOR rate plus 2.5%. As of December 31, 2010, and June 30, 2011 the Company had drawn down $0 and $4.5 million under this line of credit, respectively. This line of credit will expire in January 2012.

Term loan:

The Amendment allows the Company to borrow up to $5.0 million under a term loan; on December 13, 2010, the Company borrowed the full $5.0 million available. Approximately $1.0 million of the proceeds from this borrowing was used to pay off the previous term loan which was outstanding at the close of the Amendment. This loan will be repaid with six interest only payments, followed by 30 equal monthly installments of principal plus interest, which began on June 13, 2011. Interest is calculated at the bank’s prime rate plus 1.5% provided that in no event will the prime rate be deemed to be less than the 30-day LIBOR rate plus 2.5%. The term loan will mature in December 2013.

The agreement imposes various limitations on the Company, including without limitation, on its ability to: (i) transfer all or any part of its businesses or properties, merge or consolidate, or acquire all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another company; (ii) engage in a new business; (iii) incur additional indebtedness or liens with respect to any of its properties; (iv) pay dividends or make any other distribution on or purchase of, any of its capital stock; (v) make investments in other companies; (vi) make payments in respect of any subordinated debt. The agreement also contains certain customary representations and warranties, additional covenants, notice and indemnification provisions, and events of default, including changes of control, cross-defaults to other debt, judgment defaults and material adverse changes to the Company’s business. In addition, the Loan Agreement requires the Company to maintain an adjusted quick ratio of 1.10:1, which is defined as unrestricted cash plus eligible accounts receivable; divided by current liabilities plus all other bank debt less the current portion of deferred revenue. The loan agreement also requires the Company to maintain minimum net income levels on a quarterly basis. As of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011, the Company was in compliance with the agreement other than the covenant specifying the quarterly net income amount. The bank waived this violation at December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011. Subsequent to June 2011, the Bank amended the financial covenant to remove the requirement to maintain minimum quarterly net income levels. This amended covenant will remain in effect for the remainder of 2011.

In connection with the original agreement, the Company issued warrants to purchase 146,273 Series D preferred shares to the bank (Note 10). These warrants were classified as liabilities in accordance with the guidance on distinguishing liabilities from equity, for freestanding warrants and other similar instruments on shares that are redeemable and are carried at fair value. On June 30, 2011, these warrants were exercised.

Operating loan agreement

In association with the Wallace Wireless acquisition, the Company assumed liability for an operating loan agreement executed in June 2008. The loan agreement allows the Company to borrow up to $0.4 million based on 75% of eligible Canadian accounts receivable plus 60%

 

F-26


Table of Contents

of their eligible U.S. accounts receivable. The amount outstanding on the date of acquisition was $0.4 million. Interest is payable monthly with principle due at maturity. Borrowing under the loan agreement bears interest at the bank’s prime rate plus 1.5%. This loan agreement was fully paid in January 2011.

Loan and security agreement

In October 2005, the Company entered into a loan and security agreement with a financial services firm. The agreement allowed the Company to borrow up to an aggregate of $5.0 million for general corporate purposes. The agreement was terminated in December 2008 and the balance owed paid in full.

In connection with the loan and security agreement the Company issued 317,633 warrants to purchase Series E preferred shares to the financial services firm (Note 10). The fair value of the warrants on the date of issuance was recorded as a discount to the loan and was amortized as interest expense over the repayment period. These warrants are classified as liabilities, the change in fair value is recognized in other income (expense), net.

Total future payments under all borrowings at June 30, 2011 are as follows:

 

(in thousands)         

 

 

2011 (remaining)

   $ 833   

2012

     6,500   

2013

     2,000   
  

 

 

 

Total payments

     9,333   

Less: Current portion

     (6,500
  

 

 

 

Long-term loan obligation

   $ 2,833   
  

 

 

 

 

 

9. Commitments

The Company undertakes, in the ordinary course of business, to (i) defend customers and other parties from certain third-party claims associated with allegations of trade secret misappropriation, infringement of copyright, patent or other intellectual property right, or tortious damage to persons or property and (ii) indemnify and hold harmless such parties from certain resulting damages, costs and other liabilities. The term of these undertakings may be perpetual and the maximum potential liability of the Company under certain of these undertakings is not determinable. The Company has never incurred costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these undertakings and, as a result, the Company believes the corresponding estimated fair value is minimal.

The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers that may require the Company to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct of the individual. The Company currently has directors and officers insurance.

Non cancelable purchase commitments

The Company enters into non-cancelable purchase commitments with its third-party manufacturer whereby the Company is required to purchase any inventory held by the third-

 

F-27


Table of Contents

party manufacturer that have been purchased by them based on confirmed orders from the Company. As of December 31, 2009, 2010, and as of the six months ended June 30, 2011 (unaudited), approximately $0, $2.1 million and $2.8 million, respectively, of raw material inventory was purchased and held by the third-party manufacturer which was subject to such purchase requirements.

Leases

The Company leases office space for its headquarters and subsidiaries under non cancelable operating leases, which will expire between December 31, 2011 and March 2016. Rent expense for 2008, 2009 and 2010 was $1.2 million, $1.1 million and $1.2 million, respectively, and for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 was $0.6 million and $0.8 million (unaudited), respectively. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period, and has accrued for rent expense incurred but not paid.

Future minimum lease payments at June 30, 2011 under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:

 

(in thousands)    Operating
leases
 

 

 

2011

   $ 643   

2012

     1,231   

2013

     1,372   

2014

     1,385   

2015 and beyond

     1,741   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 6,372   
  

 

 

 

 

 

Legal matters

From time to time, the Company may be involved in lawsuits, claims, investigations and proceedings, consisting of intellectual property, commercial, employment and other matters, which arise in the ordinary course of business. The Company records a liability when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These provisions are reviewed at least quarterly and adjusted to reflect the impact of negotiations, settlements, ruling, advice of legal counsel and other information and events pertaining to a particular case. Litigation is inherently unpredictable. If any unfavorable ruling were to occur in any specific period, there exists the possibility of a material adverse impact on the results of operations of that period or on the Company’s cash flows.

 

F-28


Table of Contents

10. Convertible preferred stock

The six series of convertible preferred stock with their respective authorized number of shares, issued and outstanding number of shares, value on the balance sheet net of issuance costs, and liquidation value at June 30, 2011 are shown below:

 

(in thousands, except share amounts)

   Authorized      Issued      Proceeds
net of
issuance
costs
     Liquidation
preference
 

 

 

Series A

     3,062,129         3,062,129       $ 1,014       $ 1,035   

Series B

     5,378,789         5,378,789         7,043         7,100   

Series C

     25,410,526         25,263,158         11,905         12,000   

Series D

     20,900,000         20,581,345         11,036         11,256   

Series E

     10,750,000         8,169,113         8,772         9,002   

Series F

     12,539,785         10,577,078         12,990         13,160   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     78,041,229         73,031,612       $ 52,760       $ 53,553   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

The holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F preferred stock (hereafter “Series A,” “Series B,” “Series C,” “Series D,” “Series E” and “Series F,” respectively, and together, the “preferred stock”) have the various rights and preferences as set forth below. In addition, in connection with an expired “pay-to-play” automatic conversion provision under the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, there are authorized a Series A1, Series B1, Series C1, Series D1, Series E1 and Series F1 preferred stock (together, the “pay-to-play preferred stock”), in authorized amounts equal to those above. The pay-to-play preferred stock have the same rights and preferences as the Company’s preferred stock as set forth below. No shares of the pay-to-play preferred stock have been issued.

Voting

Each share of preferred stock has voting rights equal to an equivalent number of shares of common stock into which it is convertible and votes together as one class with the common stock.

As long as any shares of preferred stock remain outstanding, the Company must obtain approval from the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding preferred stock in order to: alter the certificate of incorporation; authorize or issue any shares of any superior to or in parity with any such preferences, right or privileges of preferred stock; effect any liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, recapitalization, reorganization, or change of control of the Company; change the number of authorized directors of the Company; make any public offering of its equity securities, other than an initial public offering; redeem, repurchase or reacquire any of the outstanding capital stock of the Company, other than repurchases approved by the Board of Directors; declare or pay any dividends on the common stock.

Dividends

Holders of each series of preferred stock are entitled to receive noncumulative dividends, in preference to common stockholders, at the per annum rate of 8% of the original Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D Series E and Series F issuance price ($0.338, $1.32, $0.475, $0.54692,

 

F-29


Table of Contents

$1.1019 and $1.2442, respectively), when and if declared by the Board of Directors. The holders of preferred stock will also be entitled to participate in dividends on common stock, when and if declared by the Board of Directors, based on the number of shares of common stock held on an as-if-converted basis. No dividends on preferred or common stock have been declared by the Board of Directors from inception through June 30, 2011.

Liquidation

In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Company, including a merger, acquisition or sale of assets where the beneficial owners of the Company’s common stock and Convertible preferred stock own less than 51% of the resulting voting power of the surviving entity, the holders of Series F are entitled to receive an amount of $1.2442 per share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends, prior to and in preference to any distribution to the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D, Series E and common stock. After payment has been made to the holders of Series F, the holders of Series E are entitled to receive an amount of $1.1019 per share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends, prior to and in preference to any distribution to the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D and common stock. After payment has been made to the holders of Series E, the holders of Series D are entitled to receive an amount of $0.54692 per share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends, prior to and in preference to any distribution to the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C and Common Stock. After payment has been made to the holders of Series D, the holders of Series C are entitled to receive an amount of $0.475 per share, plus any declared but unpaid dividends, prior to and in preference to any distribution to the holders of Series A and Series B and common stock. After payment has been made to the holders of Series C, the holders of Series A and Series B shall be entitled to receive an amount of $0.338 per share of Series A, and $1.32 per share of Series B, plus any declared but unpaid dividends, prior to and in preference to any distribution to holders of common stock. The remaining assets, if any, shall be distributed among the holders of common and preferred stock pro rata in proportion to the number of shares of common stock held by each stockholder on an as-if-converted basis, until the holders of Series A, Series B, Series C, Series D Series E and Series F have received a total of $1.352, $3.96, $1.425, $1.64076, $3.3057 and $3.7326 per share respectively.

Conversion

Each share of preferred stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into common stock. Series A, Series C, Series D, Series E and Series F have a conversion ratio of 1:1. Series B preferred stock has a conversion ratio of 1:1.8304. Each share of preferred stock automatically converts into the number of shares of common stock into which such shares are convertible at the then effective conversion ratio upon the earlier of: (1) the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering of common stock at a per share price of at least $2.50 per share with net proceeds of at least $25.0 million or (2) an affirmative vote by the majority of preferred stock stockholders.

 

F-30


Table of Contents

Warrants for preferred stock

In connection with the line of credit agreement entered into in 2002, the Company issued warrants to purchase 147,368 shares of Series C at an exercise price of $0.475 per share. Such warrants are outstanding at June 30, 2011 and expire in August 2012.

In connection with the loan and line of credit agreement entered into in 2004 (Note 8), the Company issued warrants to purchase 146,273 shares of Series D at an exercise price of $0.54692 per share. On June 30, 2011 these warrants were exercised.

In connection with the loan and security agreement entered into in October 2005 (Note 8), the Company issued warrants to purchase 317,633 shares of Series E at an exercise price of $1.1019 per share. Such warrants are outstanding at June 30, 2011 and expire in October 2015.

In connection with the sale of Series E in October 2005, the Company issued warrants to purchase 816,769 shares of Series E to investors who purchased Series E in October 2005 at an exercise price of $1.1019 per share. In June 2011, two investors exercised warrants to purchase a total of 1,391 shares of Series E. At June 30, 2011, warrants to purchase 815,378 shares of Series E warrants are outstanding and expire in October 2015.

Outstanding warrants to purchase preferred stock are classified as liabilities which must be adjusted to fair value at each reporting period until the earlier of their exercise or expiration or the completion of a liquidation event, including the completion of an initial public offering, at which time the preferred stock warrant liability will automatically convert into a warrant to purchase shares of common stock and will be reclassified to stockholders’ deficit. The Company recorded an expense in other income (expense), net of $0.3 million, $0.2 million, and $0.3 million for 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, to reflect the change in the fair value of these outstanding warrants. For the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2011 the Company recorded an expense of $0.2 million and $1.2 million (unaudited), respectively, as a result of the change in fair value.

The holders of all the warrants described in the paragraphs above may convert the warrant, in whole or in part, in lieu of exercising the warrant. The number of shares to be issued in such a conversion shall be determined by dividing (a) the aggregate fair market value of the shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant minus the aggregate warrant price of such shares by (b) the fair market value of one share at the time of conversion.

 

F-31


Table of Contents

11. Common stock

The Company’s certificate of incorporation, as amended, authorizes the Company to issue 182.5 million shares of $0.0003 par value common stock.

At June 30, 2011, the Company has reserved shares for issuance of common stock and preferred stock as follows:

 

       Common      Preferred  

 

 

Reserved under stock option plans

     21,532,044      

Conversion of Series A

     3,062,129      

Conversion of Series B

     9,845,429      

Conversion of Series C

     25,263,158      

Conversion of Series D

     20,581,345      

Conversion of Series E

     8,169,113      

Conversion of Series F

     10,577,078      

Exercise of warrants to purchase Series C

        147,368   

Exercise of warrants to purchase Series E

        1,133,011   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     99,030,296         1,280,379   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Incentive stock option plans

In March 2000, the Company adopted the 2000 Stock Option Plan (the “2000 Plan”). The 2000 Plan provides for the granting of stock options and stock purchase rights to employees (including officers and directors who are also employees), directors and consultants of the Company. Options granted under the 2000 Plan may be either incentive stock options (“ISOs”) or nonqualified stock options (“NSOs”). ISOs may be granted only to Company employees. NSOs and stock purchase rights may be granted to Company employees, directors and consultants. The Company reserved 14,365,000 shares of common stock for issuance under the 2000 Plan. In July 2007, the Board of Directors approved the transfer of 532,620 shares available for issuance under the 2000 Plan to the 2006 Plan.

In April 2006, the Company adopted the 2006 Stock Plan (the “2006 Plan”). The 2006 Plan provides for the granting of stock options and stock purchase rights to employees (including officers and directors who are also employees), directors and consultants of the Company. Options granted under the 2006 Plan may be either ISOs or NSOs. ISOs may be granted only to Company employees. NSOs and stock purchase rights may be granted to Company employees, directors and consultants. As of December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2011 (unaudited) the Company has reserved a total of 20,417,620 and 23,917,620, shares of common stock for issuance under the 2006 Plan, respectively.

Options under the 2000 Plan could be granted for up to 10 years, at a price not less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of grant for ISOs, and not less than 85% of the fair market value on the date of grant for NSOs, provided that the exercise price of an option granted to a greater than 10% stockholder could not be less than 110% of the estimated fair market value on the date of grant. Options under the 2006 Plan may be granted for periods of up to ten years and at prices no less than the fair value of the shares on the date of grant as determined by the Board of Directors, provided, however, that the exercise price of an ISO granted to a greater than 10% stockholder shall not be less than 110% of the estimated fair

 

F-32


Table of Contents

value of the shares on the date of grant. To date, options granted to founders vest or have vested over periods ranging from 12 to 48 months, options granted to employees vest or have vested over periods of 12 to 48 months.

Early exercise of stock options

The Company’s stock option plans provide stock option holders the right to elect to exercise unvested options and receive shares of common stock that continue to be subject to the same vesting provisions as the option under which they were issued. At December 31, 2009 and 2010 and June 30, 2011 (unaudited) there were unvested shares in the amounts of 9,000, 16,000 and 1.2 million, respectively, which were subject to a repurchase right held by the Company at the original issuance price in the event the optionees’ employment is terminated either voluntarily or involuntarily. The restricted shares issued upon early exercise of stock options are legally issued and outstanding and have been reflected in stockholders’ deficit. The Company treats cash received from employees for exercise of unvested options as a refundable deposit shown as a liability in its consolidated financial statements. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010 and June 30, 2011 (unaudited), the Company included cash received for early exercise of options of $0, $0 and $0.5 million, respectively, in accrued liabilities. Amounts from accrued liabilities are transferred into common stock and additional paid-in capital as the shares vest.

Common stock subject to repurchase

Pursuant to the acquisition arrangement with Wallace Wireless, two employees were given the right to purchase 675,676 shares of common stock for $0.37 per share from the Company. Per this agreement, the Company has the right, but not the obligation, to repurchase the unvested shares of common stock upon termination of the employment of these two individuals, at the original purchase price per share. The repurchase rights with respect to the common stock lapse over the vesting period, which is 24 months from the acquisition date. These restricted shares are legally issued and outstanding and have been included in stockholders’ deficit. The amounts received in exchange for these shares have been included in accrued payroll and other accruals in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and are reclassified to equity as the shares vest.

 

F-33


Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the combined stock option activity under the 2000 Plan and the 2006 Plan and non-plan stock option agreements:

 

              Options outstanding          
    Shares
available
for grant
    Number of
options
    Weighted
average
exercise
price
    Weighted
average
remaining
contractual term
   

Aggregate
intrinsic

value

 

 

 
                      (in years)     (in thousands)  

Outstanding at December 31, 2007

    2,673,589        19,435,006      $ 0.25       
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

Options granted

    (699,150     699,150      $ 0.31       

Options exercised

           (230,386   $ 0.14       

Options repurchased

    9,739             $ 0.18       

Options cancelled

    413,147        (413,147   $ 0.30       
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

Outstanding at December 31, 2008

    2,397,325        19,490,623      $ 0.25        7.25      $ 108   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options granted

    (261,700     261,700      $ 0.17       

Options exercised

           (150,464   $ 0.17       

Options cancelled

    135,286        (135,286   $ 0.25       
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

Outstanding at December 31, 2009

    2,270,911        19,466,573      $ 0.25        6.37      $ 760   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional reserve for future issuance

    4,500,000           

Options granted

    (4,043,717     4,043,717      $ 0.36       

Options exercised

           (1,949,737   $ 0.19       

Options cancelled

    343,046        (343,046   $ 0.31       
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

Outstanding at December 31, 2010

    3,070,240        21,217,507      $ 0.27        6.50      $ 1,819   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Additional reserve for future issuance

    3,500,000           

Options granted (unaudited)

    (4,985,000     4,985,000      $ 0.81       

Options exercised (unaudited)

           (6,255,703   $ 0.29       

Options cancelled (unaudited)

    78,657        (78,657   $ 0.50       
 

 

 

   

 

 

       

Outstanding at June 30, 2011 (unaudited)

    1,663,897        19,868,147      $ 0.40        7.06      $ 28,743   
 

 

 

   

 

 

     

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest as of December 31, 2010

      20,360,360      $ 0.27        6.54      $ 1,773   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2010

      14,007,104      $ 0.25        5.88      $ 1,532   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options vested and expected to vest as of June 30, 2011 (unaudited)

      18,818,800      $ 0.40        7.03      $ 27,296   
   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Options vested and exercisable as of June 30, 2011 (unaudited)

      10,636,056      $ 0.27        5.69      $ 16,787   

 

 

 

F-34


Table of Contents

Using the Black-Scholes option valuation model, the weighted-average grant-date fair value of options granted to employees during 2008, 2009, 2010 and the six months ended June 30, 2011 (unaudited) was $0.12 per share, $0.06 per share, $0.16 per share and $0.41 per share respectively. Further information regarding the value of options vested and exercised during 2008, 2009, 2010 and the six months ended June 30, 2011 (unaudited), is set forth below.

 

       Years ended December 31,      Six months
ended
June 30,
 
(in thousands)    2008      2009      2010      2011  

 

 
                          (unaudited)  

Grant-date fair value of options vested during period

   $ 628       $ 470       $ 469       $ 309   

Intrinsic value of options exercised during period

     45         1         261         3,529   

 

 

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to calculate the fair value of stock options on their grant date. This model requires the following major inputs: the estimated fair value of the underlying common stock, the expected life of the option, the expected volatility of the underlying common stock over the expected life of the option, the risk-free interest rate and expected dividend yield. The following assumptions were used for each respective period:

 

      Years ended December 31,      Six months ended June 30,  
    2008     2009     2010      2010     2011  

 

 

Risk-free interest rate

    1.94% - 2.72%        1.89% - 2.73%        1.90% - 2.63%         2.51%        2.20% - 2.48%   

Expected life (years)

    5.52        5.57        5.77         5.77        5.49 - 5.68   

Dividend yield

    0.0%        0.0%        0.0%         0.0%        0.0%   

Expected volatility

    45.55% - 45.61%        45.30% - 46.20%        44.03% - 44.52%         44.52%        45.00%   

 

 

Because the Company’s securities are not publicly traded, the risk-free rate for the expected term of the option was based on the U.S. Treasury Constant Maturity Rate as of the grant date. The computation of expected life was determined based on the historical exercise and forfeiture behavior of the Company’s employees, giving consideration to the contractual terms of the stock-based awards, vesting schedules and expectations of future employee behavior. The expected stock price volatility for the Company’s common stock was estimated based on the historical volatility of a peer group of publicly-traded companies for the same expected term of the options. The peer group was selected based on industry and market capitalization data. The Company intends to continue to consistently apply this process using the same or similar companies until a sufficient amount of historical information regarding the volatility of its own share price becomes available, or unless circumstances change such that the identified companies are no longer similar to the Company. In this latter case, more suitable companies whose share prices are publicly available would be utilized in the calculation. The Company assumed the dividend yield to be zero, as the Company has never declared or paid dividends and does not expect to do so in the foreseeable future.

Stock-based compensation expense is recognized based on a straight-line amortization method over the respective vesting period of the award and has been reduced for estimated forfeitures. The Company estimated the expected forfeiture rate based on our historical experience, considering voluntary termination behaviors, trends of actual award forfeitures, and other events that will impact the forfeiture rate. To the extent the Company’s actual forfeiture rate is different from the estimate, the stock-based compensation expense is adjusted accordingly.

 

F-35


Table of Contents

Included within options outstanding are 1,445 options with an exercise price of $0.29 that contain performance and market based conditions. These options vest upon either (i) the sale of the Company for an enterprise value of at least $400 million or (ii) the completion of an initial public offering and a market capitalization of a least $400 million for 10 consecutive business days at any time after the initial public offering. The fair value of these options will be measured upon the satisfaction of one of the conditions above, and fully expensed in the period in which the condition is satisfied.

During 2010 and the six months ended June 30, 2011, the Company granted options to purchase shares of common stock as follows:

 

Grant date    Number of options
granted
     Option exercise
price
     Fair value of
common stock
per share
 

 

 

February 26, 2010

     109,500       $ 0.27       $ 0.27   

March 31, 2010

     600,000         0.27         0.27   

July 16, 2010

     118,500         0.34         0.34   

September 7, 2010

     866,000         0.37         0.37   

December 23, 2010

     1,887,000         0.36         0.36   

March 31, 2011

     2,180,800         0.78         0.78   

May 5, 2011

     2,522,500         0.84         0.84   

June 14, 2011

     281,700         0.84         1.85   

 

 

Because the Company’s common stock is not publicly traded, the Board of Directors exercises significant judgment in determining the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant based on a number of objective and subjective factors. Factors considered by the Board of Directors included:

 

   

the Company’s stage of development

 

   

the Company’s financial condition and historical operating performance

 

   

the Company’s future financial projections and the risk of achieving these projections

 

   

changes in the company and in the industry since the last time the Board of Directors made a determination of fair value

 

   

impact of acquisitions on the business, including risks associated with the integration of the acquired operations

 

   

the financial performance and range of market multiples of comparable companies

 

   

market and regulatory conditions affecting the Company’s industry

 

   

the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of each security in the Company’s capital structure

 

   

the expected timing and likelihood of achieving a liquidity event, such as an initial public offering or sale of the company given prevailing market conditions

 

   

the illiquid nature of the common stock

Since January 2009, the Company has obtained quarterly third-party valuations of its common stock performed in a manner consistent with the AICPA Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation. These valuations involved estimating, its

 

F-36


Table of Contents

business enterprise value, or BEV, and then allocating the BEV to each element of the capital structure (e.g. preferred stock, common stock, warrants and options). The Company’s BEV was estimated using a combination of two generally accepted approaches: the income approach using the discounted cash flow method, or DCF, and the market-based approach using the comparable company method. The DCF estimated the Company’s enterprise value based on the present value of estimated future net cash flows the business is expected to generate over a forecasted period and an estimate of the present value of cash flows beyond that period, which is referred to as terminal value. The future cash flows used in the DCF were approved by the Board of Directors quarterly and considered the changes that had taken place in the Company’s business since the last valuation. The estimated present value was then calculated by applying a discount rate known as the weighted average cost of capital, which accounts for the time value of money and the appropriate degree of risks inherent in the business, to the Company’s cash flow projections. The market-based approach considered multiples of financial metrics based on both acquisitions and trading multiples of a selected peer group of companies. These multiples were then applied to the Company’s financial metrics to derive a range of indicated values. Once calculated, the DCF and comparable company methods were then weighted to determine the Company’s BEV. The Company’s BEV at each valuation date was allocated to the components of the Company’s capital structure using an option pricing method, weighted for the relative probabilities of either an initial public offering or a sale/merger. As time passed and the prospects of an initial public offering became more favorable, the weight the Company assigned to the initial public offering scenario increased, thereby increasing the value allocated to its common stock.

12. Segments

The Company has two operating segments which are both reportable business segments: (i) Product; and (ii) Service, both of which are comprised of Vocera’s and its wholly-owned subsidiaries’ results from operations. Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker (CODM), or decision making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. The Company’s CODM is its Chief Executive Officer.

The CODM regularly receives information related to revenue, cost of revenue, and gross profit for each operating segment, and uses this information to assess performance and make resource allocation decisions. All other financial information, including operating expenses and assets, is prepared and reviewed by the CODM on a consolidated basis.

Assets are not a measure used to assess the performance of the Company by the CODM, therefore the Company does not report assets by segment internally or in its financial statements.

 

F-37


Table of Contents

The following table presents a summary of the operating segments:

 

       Years ended December 31,      Six months ended June 30,  
(in thousands)    2008      2009      2010      2010      2011  

 

 
                          (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Revenue

              

Product

   $ 28,352       $ 25,985       $ 35,516       $ 16,019       $ 23,561   

Service

     11,474         15,154         21,287         9,616         13,835   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

     39,826         41,139         56,803         25,635         37,396   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

              

Product

     15,542         11,546         13,004         5,873       $ 8,187   

Service

     4,225         4,320         8,171         3,220         6,199   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

     19,767         15,866         21,175         9,093         14,386   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Gross profit

   $ 20,059       $ 25,273       $ 35,628       $ 16,542       $ 23,010   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental information

The following tables and discussion present the Company’s revenue by product line, as well as revenue and long-lived assets by geographic region.

 

       Years ended December 31,      Six months ended June 30,  
(in thousands)    2008      2009      2010      2010      2011  

 

 
                          (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Revenue

              

Product

              

Device

   $ 20,144       $ 20,215       $ 26,728       $ 12,314       $ 17,339   

Software

     8,208         5,770         8,788         3,705         6,222   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total product

     28,352         25,985         35,516         16,019         23,561   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Service

              

Maintenance and support

     10,116         13,755         17,447         8,262         10,169   

Services and training

     1,358         1,399         3,840         1,354         3,666   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total service

     11,474         15,154         21,287         9,616         13,835   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 39,826       $ 41,139       $ 56,803       $ 25,635       $ 37,396   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

The Company’s revenue by geographic region, based on customer location, is summarized as follows:

 

       Years ended December 31,      Six months ended June 30,  
(in thousands)    2008      2009      2010      2010      2011  

 

 
                          (unaudited)      (unaudited)  

Revenue

              

United States

   $ 36,148       $ 37,517       $ 51,266       $ 23,237       $ 34,270   

International

     3,678         3,622         5,537         2,398         3,126   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total revenue

   $ 39,826       $ 41,139       $ 56,803       $ 25,635       $ 37,396   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-38


Table of Contents

Of the Company’s long-lived assets, of $1,311, $1,307 and $2,435 as of December 31, 2009 and 2010, and June 30, 2011 (unaudited), respectively, $1,311, $1,302 and $2,387 were located in the United States, respectively.

13. Income taxes

The components of income (loss) before income taxes are as follows:

 

       Years ended December 31,  
(in thousands)    2008     2009     2010  

 

 

United States

   $ (6,313   $ (992   $ 921   

International

                   (78
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income (loss) before income taxes

   $ (6,313   $ (992   $ 843   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes are as follows:

 

       Years ended December 31,  
(in thousands)    2008      2009      2010  

 

 

Current

        

Federal

   $       $       $ (26

State

                     83   

Foreign

                     9   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
                     66   

Deferred

        

Federal

                     (310

State

                     (96

Foreign

                     (27
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
                     (433
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax provision (benefit)

   $       $       $ (367
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

Reconciliation of the provision for income taxes at the statutory rate to the Company’s provision for income tax is as follows:

 

       Years ended December 31,  
(in thousands)    2008     2009     2010  

 

 

U.S. federal taxes (benefit) at statutory rate

   $ (2,134   $ (332   $ 316   

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

     (360     183        3   

Foreign income taxes at rates other than the US rate

     4        (4     2   

Stock-based compensation

     164        167        229   

Change in valuation allowance

     2,458        (230     (1,168

Non-deductible warrant expense

            80        110   

Non-deductible acquisition costs

                   283   

Research and development credits

     (188     94        (174

Other

     56        42        32   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   $      $      $ (367
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-39


Table of Contents

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. The following table presents the significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities for the periods presented:

 

       As of December 31,    

As of June 30,

2011

 
(in thousands)    2009     2010    

 

 
                 (unaudited)  

Deferred tax assets

      

Net operating loss carryforward

   $ 19,400      $ 18,659      $ 17,760   

Research and development credits

     1,783        1,982        2,062   

Depreciation and amortization

     195        364        332   

Reserves and accruals

     1,356        1,648        2,651   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     22,734        22,653        22,805   

Valuation allowance

     (22,734     (21,588     (21,850
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

            1,065        955   

Deferred tax liabilities

            (1,103     (1,009
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $      $ (38   $ (54
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The Company determines its valuation allowance on deferred tax assets by considering both positive and negative evidence in order to ascertain whether it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will be realized. Realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income, if any, the timing and amount of which are uncertain. Due to the history of losses the Company has generated in the past, the Company believes that it is not more likely than not that all of the deferred tax assets in the U.S. and Canada can be realized as of December 31, 2010; accordingly, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance on its deferred tax assets.

At December 31, 2010, the Company had $46.0 million and $48.8 million, respectively, of federal and state net operating loss carryforwards. The federal net operating loss carryforward begins expiring in 2020, and the state net operating loss carryforward begins expiring in 2012, if not utilized.

In addition, the Company has federal research and development tax credits carryforwards of approximately $1.2 million and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of approximately $1.3 million. The federal credit carryforwards begin expiring 2013 and the state credits carry forward indefinitely. The Internal Revenue Code contains provisions which limit the amount of net operating loss and research credit carryforwards that can be used in any given year if a significant change in ownership has occurred. The Company incurred ownership changes in 2000 and 2004, and as a result $26.9 million of net operating losses and $0 of research credits are subject to varying limitations between $0 and $1.5 million annually. As a result, $0.2 million of the net operating losses and $0 of research credit carryforwards would expire before utilization, and the Company has adjusted the deferred tax assets accordingly. The net operating losses and research credits after 2004 are not subject to limitation.

The Company adopted ASC 740-10-50 “Accounting for Uncertainty of income Taxes” (“ASC 740-10-50”), on January 1, 2009.

 

F-40


Table of Contents

The following table reflects changes in the unrecognized tax benefits since January 1, 2009:

 

       Years ended
December 31,
 
(in thousands)    2009     

2010

 
   

Gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of the beginning of the period

   $ 469       $ 539   

Increases related to prior year tax provisions

               

Decreases related to prior year tax provisions

             (3

Increases related to current year tax provisions

     69         139   
                 

Gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits as of the end of the period

   $ 538       $ 675   
                 
   

As a result of the Company’s historic losses and related valuation allowances, the Company has recorded the uncertain tax amounts above entirely as reductions to deferred tax assets which are subject to a full valuation allowance in its consolidated balance sheet. The Company recognizes interest and penalties relating to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2009 and 2010, and June 30, 2011, penalties and interest were zero for all periods. As the Company is not currently under examination, it is reasonable to assume that the balance of gross unrecognized tax benefits will likely not change in the next 12 months.

The Company files income tax returns in the United States on federal basis and various states. The Company is not currently under any United States federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for any taxable years. All of the Company’s net operating losses and research credit carryforwards prior to 2007 are subject to tax authority adjustment and all years after 2006 are still subject to the tax authority examinations.

The Company has not provided for U.S. federal and foreign withholding taxes on $50,000 of the Company’s non-U.S. subsidiaries’ undistributed earnings as of December 31, 2010, because such earnings are considered indefinitely reinvested in its international operations.

14. Subsequent events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events after the balance sheet date through August 1, 2011, which is the date the financial statements were issued. The Company determined that there were no subsequent events or transactions that required recognition or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

 

F-41


Table of Contents

 

Integrated Voice Solutions, Inc.

Financial statements

December 31, 2009 and September 15, 2010

 

 

 

 

F-42


Table of Contents

Report of independent registered public accounting firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Vocera Communications, Inc.:

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements of operations, of shareholders’ equity and of cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Integrated Voice Solutions, Inc. at December 31, 2009 and September 15, 2010 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the period from January 1, 2010 to September 15, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

San Jose, California

August 1, 2011

 

F-43


Table of Contents

Integrated Voice Solutions, Inc.

Balance sheets

 

       December 31,
2009
    September 15,
2010
 

Assets

    

Current assets

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 643,052      $ 1,170,070   

Short-term investments

     376,565        —     

Accounts receivable (net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $0, and $4,400 at December 31, 2009 and September 15, 2010)

     106,872        46,905   

Prepaids and other

     34,021        27,818   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

     1,160,510        1,244,793   

Property and equipment, net

     27,989        24,224   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 1,188,499      $ 1,269,017   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders' equity

    

Current liabilities

    

Accounts payable

   $ 77,076      $ 3,013   

Accrued liabilities

     318,944        348,114   

Deferred revenue

     514,150        770,615   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     910,170        1,121,742   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Shareholders' equity

    

Common stock, no par or stated value

    

Class A—18,000,000 shares authorized 16,700,000 and 17,700,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and September 15, 2010, respectively

              

Class B—2,000,000 shares authorized, 2,000,000 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and September 15, 2010

              

Class C—2,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2009 and September 15, 2010

              

Additional paid-in capital

     6,761,647        6,968,358   

Accumulated deficit

     (6,483,318     (6,821,083
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders' equity

     278,329        147,275   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

   $ 1,188,499      $ 1,269,017   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-44


Table of Contents

Integrated Voice Solutions, Inc.

Statements of operations

 

      

Year ended

December 31,

2009

   

Period from

January 1, 2010

to September 15,
2010

 

 

 

Revenue

   $ 2,098,140      $ 1,436,122   

Cost of revenue

     549,827        425,789   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     1,548,313        1,010,333   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating expenses

    

Research and development

     278,538        302,281   

Sales and marketing

     615,723        289,993   

General and administrative

     358,130        763,302   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     1,252,391        1,355,576   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income (loss) from operations

     295,922        (345,243

Interest income

     16,844        7,478   

Other income, net

     373          

Loss on sales of property and equipment

     (2,067       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   $ 311,072      $ (337,765
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-45


Table of Contents

Integrated Voice Solutions, Inc.

Statements of shareholders' equity

 

      Class A
common stock
    Class B
common stock
    Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Total  
  Number
of shares
    Amount     Number
of shares
    Amount        

Balance December 31, 2008

    16,700,000      $        2,000,000      $      $ 6,761,647      $ (6,794,390   $ (32,743

Net income

                                       311,072        311,072   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance December 31, 2009

    16,700,000               2,000,000               6,761,647        (6,483,318     278,329   

Class A stock issued

    1,000,000                             206,711               206,711   

Net loss

                                       (337,765     (337,765
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance September 15, 2010

    17,700,000      $        2,000,000      $      $ 6,968,358      $ (6,821,083   $ 147,275   
 

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-46


Table of Contents

Integrated Voice Solutions, Inc.

Statements of cash flows

 

      

Year ended

December 31,

2009

   

Period from

January 1, 2010

to September 15,

2010

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net income (loss)

   $ 311,072      $ (337,765

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities

    

Depreciation

     26,109        14,015   

Stock-based compensation

            206,711   

Loss on disposal of assets

     2,067          

Bad debt expense

            4,400   

Realized gain on investment

     (3,617       

Changes in current assets and liabilities

    

Accounts receivable

     130,096        55,567   

Prepaids and other

     (19,971     6,203   

Accounts payable

     64,553        (74,063

Accrued liabilities

     (60,844     29,170   

Deferred revenue

     (36,791     256,465   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

     412,674        160,703   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchase of property and equipment

     (16,278     (10,250

Proceeds from sale of property and equipment

     15,000          

Purchases of investments

     (1,744,942     (2,596,206

Proceeds from sales of investments

     1,371,994        2,972,771   

Maturity of investments

     380,988          
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by investing activities

     6,762        366,315   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

     419,436        527,018   

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

     223,616        643,052   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

   $ 643,052      $ 1,170,070   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-47


Table of Contents

Integrated Voice Solutions, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

1. The company

Background

Integrated Voice Solutions, Inc. (the “Company”) was organized under the laws of the State of Tennessee in May 1988. The Company develops and markets proprietary telecommunications-based software products. The products developed by the Company are used in a broad range of healthcare facilities including acute care hospitals, nursing homes and rehabilitation hospitals located throughout the United States. Current activities include the research and development of new products and the marketing and support of existing products.

Effective September 15, 2010 the Company was acquired by Vocera Communications, Inc. (“Vocera”). The accompanying financial statements include the financial position and operations of the Company through the effective date of the transaction.

2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Use of estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates.

Cash and cash equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase to be cash equivalents. The Company deposits cash and cash equivalents with high credit quality financial institutions. The Company places its cash primarily in checking and money market accounts with reputable financial institutions. The carrying value of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair values due to their relatively short maturities. The Company does not hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes.

Investments

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a remaining maturity at the time of acquisition of more than three months but no longer than twelve months to be short-term investments. The Company classifies its securities as available-for-sale, which are reported at fair value with related unrealized gains and losses included as a component of stockholders’ equity. The amortized cost of debt securities in this category is adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts to maturity. Such amortization is included in interest income. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other-than-temporary, if any, on available-for-sale securities are included in other income or expense. The cost of securities sold is based on the specific identification method.

 

F-48


Table of Contents

Integrated Voice Solutions, Inc.

Notes to financial statements — (continued)

 

Fair value of financial instruments

The carrying value of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, deposits, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and accrued compensation approximates fair value due to their short maturities. Cash and cash equivalents are carried at fair value.

Concentration of credit risk and other risks and uncertainties

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk, consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents are deposited with high quality financial institutions. Deposits at these institutions may, at times, exceed federally insured limits. Management believes that these financial institutions are financially sound and, accordingly, minimal credit risk exists. The Company has not experienced any losses on its deposits of cash and cash equivalents.

The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and maintains reserves for potential credit losses. Allowance for doubtful accounts was $0 and $4,400, respectively, at December 31, 2009 and September 15, 2010. Doubtful account expenses were $0 and $4,400 during the year ended December 31, 2009 and the period ended September 15, 2010, respectively.

As of December 31, 2009, one customer accounted for 45% of accounts receivable. As of September 15, 2010, three customers accounted for 43%, 31% and 11% of accounts receivable.

For the year ended December 31, 2009, one customer accounted for 11% of recognized revenue. For the period ended September 15, 2010, one customer represented 13% or more of recognized revenue.

Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful economic lives of the assets. All assets have useful economic lives of three years except for leasehold improvements, which are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the remaining lease term or the estimated useful life of the related assets. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the balance sheet and the resulting gain or loss is reflected in operations. Maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred.

Revenue recognition

The Company derives its revenues from two sources: (1) subscription revenues, which are comprised of subscription fees from customers accessing its enterprise cloud computing application service, and from customers purchasing additional support beyond the standard support that is included in the basic subscription fee; and (2) related professional services and training fees. The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following conditions are met:

 

 

There is persuasive evidence of an arrangement

 

F-49


Table of Contents

Integrated Voice Solutions, Inc.

Notes to financial statements — (continued)

 

 

The service has been provided to the customer

 

 

The collection of the fees is reasonably assured

 

 

The amount of fees to be paid by the customer is fixed or determinable

The Company’s arrangements do not contain general rights of return.

Subscription and support revenues are recognized ratably over the contract term beginning on the commencement date of each contract. Amounts that have been invoiced are recorded in accounts receivable and in deferred revenue or revenue, depending on whether the revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Professional services and training fees, when sold with subscription and support offerings, are accounted for separately when these services have value to the customer on a standalone basis and there is objective and reliable evidence of fair value of each deliverable. When accounted for separately, revenues are recognized as the services are rendered for time and material contracts, and when the milestones are achieved and accepted by the customer for fixed price contracts. The majority of the Company’s consulting contracts are on a time and materials basis. Training revenues are recognized after the services are performed. For revenue arrangements with multiple deliverables, such as an arrangement that includes subscription and consulting or training services, the Company allocates the total amount the customer will pay to the separate units of accounting based on their relative fair values, as determined by the price of the undelivered items when sold separately.

In determining whether the consulting services can be accounted for separately from subscription and support revenues, the Company considers the following factors for each consulting agreement: availability of the consulting services from other vendors, whether objective and reliable evidence for fair value exists for the undelivered elements, the nature of the consulting services, the timing of when the consulting contract was signed in comparison to the subscription service start date, and the contractual dependence of the subscription service on the customer’s satisfaction with the consulting work. If a consulting arrangement does not qualify for separate accounting, the Company recognizes the consulting revenue ratably over the remaining term of the subscription contract.

Deferred revenue

Deferred revenue primarily consists of billings or payments received in advance of revenue recognition from the Company’s subscription service described above and is recognized as the revenue recognition criteria are met. The Company generally invoices its customers in annual or monthly installments. Accordingly, the deferred revenue balance does not represent the total contract value of annual or multi-year, non-cancelable subscription agreements. Deferred revenue also includes certain deferred professional services fees which are recognized as revenue ratably over the subscription contract term. The Company defers the professional service fees in situations where the professional services and subscription contracts are accounted for as a single unit of accounting. Deferred revenue that will be recognized during the succeeding 12-month period is recorded as current deferred revenue and the remaining portion is recorded as noncurrent.

 

F-50


Table of Contents

Integrated Voice Solutions, Inc.

Notes to financial statements — (continued)

 

Research and development expenditures

Research and development costs are charged to operations as incurred. Software development costs incurred prior to the establishment of technological feasibility are included in research and development and are expensed as incurred. After technological feasibility is established, material software development costs up to general availability of the software will be capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated product life, or on the ratio of current revenues to total projected product revenues, whichever is greater. To date, the time between the establishment of technological feasibility and general availability has been very short and therefore no significant costs have been incurred in this period. Accordingly, the Company has not capitalized any software development costs.

Advertising costs

Advertising costs are included in sales and marketing expenses and are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs were $3,395 and $2,630 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the period ended September 15, 2010, respectively.

Income taxes

Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized based on the estimated future tax effects of differences between the financial and tax basis of assets and liabilities under the provisions of enacted tax laws. The effect on deferred taxes of a change in tax rate is recognized in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized.

The Company recognizes and measures benefits for uncertain tax positions using a two-step approach. The first step is to evaluate the tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. For tax positions that are more likely than not to be sustained upon audit, the second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon settlement. Significant judgment is required to evaluate uncertain tax positions. The Company evaluates its uncertain tax positions and tax benefits annually. Evaluations are based upon a number of factors, including changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, correspondence with tax authorities during the course of audits and effective settlement of audit issues.

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S federal jurisdiction and Tennessee. As of September 15, 2010, the Company’s federal returns for the year ended December 31, 2007 through the current period and most state returns for the year ended December 31, 2006 through the current period are still open to examination. In addition, all of the net operating losses carry-forwards that may be utilized in future years are still subject to examination. The Company is not currently subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by any tax authorities.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Integrated Voice Solutions, Inc.

Notes to financial statements — (continued)

 

Comprehensive income

Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity (net assets) during a period from non owner sources. To date, there are no components of comprehensive income which are excluded from the net income (loss) and therefore, no separate statement of comprehensive income has been presented.

Fair value hierarchy

The carrying values of the Company’s cash and cash equivalents approximate their fair value due to their short-term nature. As a basis for determining the fair value of certain assets and liabilities, the Company established a three-tier fair value hierarchy which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows: (Level 1) observable inputs such as quoted prices in active markets; (Level 2) inputs other than the quoted prices in active markets that are observable either directly or indirectly; and (Level 3) unobservable inputs in which there is little or no market data which requires the Company to develop its own assumptions. This hierarchy requires the Company to use observable market data, when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining the fair value.

All of the Company’s cash equivalents and short term investments, which are comprised primarily of money market funds and index funds, are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued using quoted market prices or market prices for similar securities. The Company does not have any Level 2 or Level 3 instruments, or instruments valued based on other observable inputs.

As of December 31, 2009 and September 15, 2010, the Company did not have any financial liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2009 and September 15, 2010 were as follows:

 

       December 31, 2009      September 15, 2010  
   Level 1      Total      Level 1      Total  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Money market funds

   $ 643,052       $ 643,052       $ 1,170,070       $ 1,170,070   

Index funds

     376,565         376,565                   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets measured at fair value

   $ 1,019,617       $ 1,019,617       $ 1,170,070       $ 1,170,070   
  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Integrated Voice Solutions, Inc.

Notes to financial statements — (continued)

 

3. Balance sheet components

Property and equipment

The components of the Company’s property and equipment and related accumulated depreciation and amortization at December 31, 2009 and September 15, 2010 were as follows:

 

      

December 31,

2009

   

September 15,

2010

 

 

 

Machinery and equipment

   $ 73,513      $ 83,763   

Furniture and fixtures

     13,396        13,396   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     86,909        97,159   

Less accumulated depreciation

     (58,920     (72,935
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

   $ 27,989      $ 24,224   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization expense on property and equipment was $26,108 and $14,015 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and for the period ended September 15, 2010, respectively.

Accrued liabilities

 

      

December 31,

2009

    

September 15,

2010

 

 

 

Accrued payroll

   $ 16,684       $ 63,333   

Accrued sales taxes

     238,046         282,659   

Customer deposits

     64,214           

Other

             2,122   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total accrued liabilities

   $ 318,944       $ 348,114   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

4. Line of credit

The Company had a $500,000 line of credit agreement with Cornerstone Community Bank, located in Chattanooga, Tennessee. The credit facility bore interest at 1.0% over the bank’s prime rate, but no less than 6.5% and expired on May 15, 2010. Borrowings under this agreement are collateralized by the Company’s accounts receivable, inventories, and furniture and fixtures. There was no outstanding balance on this line of credit at December 31, 2009 and the line of credit was cancelled on May 17, 2010.

5. Commitments

The Company enters into standard indemnification arrangements in the ordinary course of business. Pursuant to these arrangements, the Company indemnifies, holds harmless, and agrees to reimburse the indemnified parties for losses suffered or incurred by the indemnified party, in connection with any trade secret, copyright, patent or other intellectual property infringement claim by any third party with respect to its technology. The term of these indemnification agreements is generally perpetual anytime after the execution of the agreement. The maximum

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Integrated Voice Solutions, Inc.

Notes to financial statements — (continued)

 

potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make under these agreements is not determinable. The Company has never incurred costs to defend lawsuits or settle claims related to these indemnification agreements. As a result, the Company believes the estimated fair value of these agreements is minimal.

The Company has entered into indemnification agreements with its directors and officers that may require the Company to indemnify its directors and officers against liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors or officers, other than liabilities arising from willful misconduct of the individual.

Leases

The Company leases office space under a non-cancelable operating lease, which expires in August 2011. Total rent expense under this lease for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the period ended September 15, 2010 was $27,300 and $20,700, respectively. The Company also leases additional office space under a month-to-month rental agreement. Total rent expense under this lease for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the period ended September 15, 2010 was $14,500 and $11,025, respectively. The Company recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease period, and has accrued for rent expense incurred but not paid.

Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leases are as follows:

 

2010

   $ 6,750   

2011

   $ 18,000   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 24,750   
  

 

 

 

 

 

6. Common stock

The Company’s charter, as amended, authorizes the Company to issue 18.0 million shares of Class A Common Stock, 2.0 million shares of Class B Common Stock and 2.0 million shares of Class C Common Stock with no stated par value. As of September 15, 2010, there were 17.7 million shares of Class A and 2.0 million shares of Class B Common Stock outstanding.

The Class A and Class B Common Stock are equal in all rights except voting and dissolution rights. Holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to one vote per share and holders of Class B Common Stock are entitled to six votes per share. Upon dissolution, the holders of Class A Common Stock are entitled to receive, on a pro rata basis, net assets of the Company equal in value to the consideration received by the Company for the issuance of Class A Common Stock. Thereafter, Holders of Class A Common Stock and Class B Common Stock are entitled to receive on a pro rata basis the remaining net assets of the Company. Class C Common Stock may be issued in one or more series and may contain such terms, or preferences, limitations and relative rights as the board of directors may establish.

On September 1, 2010, the Company issued 1.0 million of Class A Common Stock to an individual for past services rendered to the Company. The Company recorded an expense in the amount of $206,711 based on the fair value of Class A Common Stock issued on September 1, 2010.

 

F-54


Table of Contents

Integrated Voice Solutions, Inc.

Notes to financial statements — (continued)

 

7. Income taxes

The Company utilizes the liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under the liability method deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between financial reporting basis and the tax basis of the assets and liabilities and are measured using enacted tax rates and laws that will be in effect, when the differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. Deferred tax assets consist of the following:

 

      

September 15,
2010

    December 31,
2009
 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

    

Net operating loss carry-forward

   $ 367,000      $ 362,000   

Research and development credits

              

Depreciation and amortizations

            (2,000

Reserves and accruals

     (1,000       
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     366,000        360,000   

Valuation allowance

     (366,000     (360,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

Based upon the weight of available evidence, which includes the Company’s historical operating performance and the recorded U.S. cumulative net losses, the Company has provided a full valuation allowance against its U.S. deferred tax assets. The Company intends to maintain valuation allowances until sufficient evidence exists to support the reversal of the valuation allowances.

At September 15, 2010, the Company had net operating loss (“NOL”) carry-forwards of approximately $956,000 and $974,000 available to reduce future taxable income, if any, for both federal and Tennessee state income tax purposes, respectively. If not utilized, the federal and Tennessee net operating loss carry-forwards expire between 2011 and 2029, and valuation allowances have been reserved, where necessary. Utilization of the NOL carry-forwards are subject to a substantial annual limitation due to the ownership change limitations provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provisions. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of the NOL before utilization.

Utilization of the NOL or credit carry-forward may be subject to an annual limitation due to the ownership percentage change limitation provided by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and similar state provision. The annual limitation may result in the expiration of NOL carry-forwards before utilization. The deferred tax assets listed above do not include NOL carry-forwards that are expected to expire unutilized as a result of existing ownership changes.

The Company files income tax returns in the United States and the state of Tennessee. As of September 15, 2010, the Company’s federal returns for the year ended December 31, 2007 through the current period and most state returns for the year ended December 31, 2006

 

F-55


Table of Contents

Integrated Voice Solutions, Inc.

Notes to financial statements — (continued)

 

through the current period are still open to examination. In addition, all of the NOL carryforwards that may be utilized in future years are still subject to examination. The Company is not currently subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by any tax authorities.

8. Subsequent events

Subsequent events have been evaluated through August 1, 2011, the date of the issuance of these Financial Statements.

On September 15, 2010, Integrated Voice Solutions, Inc. was merged with a wholly-owned subsidiary of Vocera Communications, Inc. and renamed Vocera Hand-off Communications, Inc.

 

F-56


Table of Contents

 

OptiVox Product Line of the

White Stone Group, Inc.

December 31, 2009 and October 7, 2010

 

 

 

 

F-57


Table of Contents

Report of independent auditors

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of The White Stone Group. Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of the OptiVox Product Line (OptiVox) of The White Stone Group, Inc. (TWSG) as of December 31, 2009 and October 7, 2010 and the related statements of operations, changes in net contributions from (to) TWSG and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the period from January 1, 2010 to October 7, 2010. These financial statements are the responsibility of TWSG’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of TWSG’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the OptiVox Product Line of The White Stone Group, Inc. as of December 31, 2009 and October 7, 2010, and the results of its operations and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2009 and the period from January 1, 2010 to October 7, 2010 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

As discussed in Note B to the financial statements, the accompanying financial statements include allocation estimates of certain costs shared with TWSG.

/s/ PERSHING YOAKLEY & ASSOCIATES PC

Knoxville, Tennessee

July 22, 2011

 

F-58


Table of Contents

OptiVox product line of the White Stone Group, Inc.

Balance sheets

 

       December 31,
2009
     October 7,
2010
 

 

 

Assets

     

Current assets

     

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 67,040       $ 18,940   

Accounts receivable

     102,181         188,209   

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     12,050         17,429   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current assets

     181,271         224,578   

Property and equipment, net

     76,761         39,600   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total assets

   $ 258,032       $ 264,178   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Liabilities and net contributions from (to) TWSG

     

Current liabilities

     

Accounts payable

   $ 23,330       $ 48,281   

Accrued compensated absences

     51,597         78,499   

Other accrued expenses

     18,535         20,888   

Unearned revenue

     123,775         133,167   

Current portion of capital lease obligation

     4,949         4,864   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

     222,186         285,699   

Capital lease obligation, less current portion

     5,805         1,798   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities

     227,991         287,497   

Commitments and contingencies—Notes G and H

     

Net contributions from (to) TWSG

     30,041         (23,319
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total liabilities and net contributions from (to) TWSG

   $ 258,032       $ 264,178   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-59


Table of Contents

OptiVox product line of the White Stone Group, Inc.

Statements of operations

 

       Year ending
December 31,
2009
   

January 1,

2010 to
October 7, 2010

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenues

   $ 1,137,863      $ 1,006,576   

Cost of revenue

     695,214        471,206   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

     442,649        535,370   

Operating expenses

    

Sales and marketing

     87,547        120,152   

General and administrative

     1,424,778        1,374,674   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

     1,512,325        1,494,826   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Operating loss

     (1,069,676     (959,456

Interest expense

     56,017        132,346   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss before income taxes

     (1,125,693     (1,091,802

Income tax expense

     559        520   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   $ (1,126,252   $ (1,092,322
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-60


Table of Contents

OptiVox product line of the White Stone Group, Inc.

Statements of changes in net contributions from (to) TWSG

 

       Net
contributions
from (to)
TWSG
 

 

 

Balance at January 1, 2009

   $ 121,828   

Net loss

     (1,126,252

Net cash contributions from TWSG

     1,034,465   
  

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

     30,041   

Net loss

     (1,092,322

Net cash contributions from TWSG

     1,038,962   
  

 

 

 

Balance at October 7, 2010

   $ (23,319
  

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-61


Table of Contents

OptiVox product line of the White Stone Group, Inc.

statements of cash flows

 

       Year ended
December 31,
2009
    January 1,
2010 to
October 7,
2010
 

 

 

Cash flows from operating activities

    

Net loss

   $ (1,126,252   $ (1,092,322

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in activities:

    

Depreciation of property and equipment

     97,090        47,547   

Increase (decrease) in cash due to changes in:

    

Accounts receivable

     (20,586     (86,028

Prepaid expenses and other assets

     (5,900     (5,379

Accounts payable

     20,564        24,951   

Accrued compensated absences

     13,238        26,902   

Other accrued expenses

     18,535        2,353   

Unearned revenue

     53,916        9,392   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total adjustments

     176,857        19,738   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

     (949,395     (1,072,584
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities

    

Purchases of property and equipment

     (12,230     (10,386
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (12,230     (10,386
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities

    

Net contributions from TWSG

     1,034,465        1,038,962   

Payments on capital lease obligation

     (5,800     (4,092
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

     1,028,665        1,034,870   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     67,040        (48,100

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

            67,040   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 67,040      $ 18,940   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Supplemental information

    

Cash paid during period for

    

Interest

   $      $   

State income taxes

   $      $ 890   

Non-cash transactions

    

Equipment purchased through capital lease

   $ 2,650      $   

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

 

F-62


Table of Contents

OptiVox product line of the White Stone Group, Inc.

Notes to financial statements

Note A. Organization and operations

OptiVox (OptiVox) is a Product Line of The White Stone Group, Inc. (TWSG). During the periods presented herein, OptiVox operated out of various legal entities which were wholly-owned by TWSG or by TWSG shareholders individually (Note B). OptiVox provides a method for communication exchange at patient “hand-offs” occurring between hospital caregivers (such as nurses at shift changes).

Note B. Significant accounting policies

Basis of presentation/ownership of OptiVox

The accompanying financial statements are presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America using the historical results of operations and historical bases of the assets and liabilities of the OptiVox product line. The historical results of operations, financial position, and cash flows of OptiVox may not be indicative of what they would have been had OptiVox been a separate stand-alone entity, nor are they indicative of what OptiVox’s results of operations, financial position and cash flows may be in the future.

Costs directly attributable to OptiVox presented in the accompanying financial statements include salaries and wages, certain employee benefits, depreciation, long-distance phone and data center charges, legal services, accounting services, and sales and marketing. OptiVox also received services and support from TWSG during the periods included in these financial statements. The costs associated with the services and support functions provided by TWSG have been allocated to OptiVox using methodologies primarily based on proportionate number of personnel or other factors (square footage, etc.). These allocated expenses include financing costs, liability insurance, human resources, as well as facility and other corporate and infrastructural services. Expense allocations have been determined on bases considered to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of services provided to OptiVox.

The following is a summary of the expense allocations:

 

       Year ended
December 31, 2009
     January 1, 2010
through
October 7, 2010
 

 

 

General and administrative

   $ 97,959       $ 84,669   

Interest expense

     56,017         132,346   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total

   $ 153,976       $ 217,015   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

 

TWSG uses a centralized approach to the financing of its operations. As a result, such debt is recorded at TWSG and is not included in OptiVox’s financial statements. Cash necessary to capitalize and fund OptiVox’s operations has been provided by TWSG in the form of cash advances or payments on behalf of OptiVox, reduced by cash flows generated by OptiVox and remitted to TWSG. Interest has been charged to OptiVox for these cash advances (Note C).

 

F-63


Table of Contents

All significant transactions between OptiVox and other TWSG operations or businesses are included in these financial statements. All transactions between OptiVox and TWSG are considered to be effectively settled for cash for purposes of the Statements of Cash Flows at the time the transactions are recorded.

Prior to June 1, 2009, OptiVox was a product line of TWSG. On March 25, 2009, TWSG capitalized Clinical Health Communications, Inc. (CHC) and on April 20, 2009, TWSG distributed all CHC stock to TWSG shareholders in a tax-free exchange. Under the terms of this stock distribution, the shareholders of CHC could only sell their CHC stock to TWSG. On June 1, 2009, TWSG transferred substantially all OptiVox operations to CHC and TWSG continued to provide administrative support to the OptiVox Product Line. On October 7, 2010, TWSG reacquired ownership of, and liquidated, CHC. On October 8, 2010, certain assets of the OptiVox product line were sold to a third party.

The accompanying financial statements present the OptiVox product line and do not reflect any changes in financial position or results of operation as a result of the transfer of operations to CHC, the distribution of CHC stock to TWSG shareholders, the subsequent re-acquisition of CHC stock by TWSG or the liquidation of CHC, as these transactions were undertaken by entities under common control.

Net contributions from (to) TWSG

The accompanying financial statements present the accumulated net income (loss) of the OptiVox Product Line, along with the net cash advances from TWSG, as Net Contributions From (To) TWSG. The net cash advances consist primarily of payroll and employee benefit costs along with other direct operating costs paid by TWSG on behalf of OptiVox (Note C).

Use of estimates

The preparation of the financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the financial statements. Estimates also affect the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Significant estimates include the collectibility of accounts receivable and realization of deferred tax assets.

Cash and cash equivalents

OptiVox considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash or cash equivalents. OptiVox maintains separate bank accounts for the deposit of collections of accounts receivable and payment of certain operating expenses. Other expenses are paid by TWSG and reimbursed by OptiVox as cash flows permit. OptiVox had no deposits in excess of FDIC insurance limits at December 31, 2009 or October 7, 2010.

Accounts receivable/allowance for bad debts

OptiVox will establish an allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable when management identifies adverse situations that may affect the repayment of an account receivable. This

 

F-64


Table of Contents

allowance is established through a provision for bad debts charged to earnings. As of December 31, 2009 and October 7, 2010, management believes that all accounts are fully collectible and, therefore, there is no estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts. Periodically, OptiVox may identify uncollectible accounts which are charged directly to earnings. Amounts charged against earnings in 2009 and 2010 were not significant.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation of equipment is provided for by the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the assets which ranges from three to five years. Hardware utilized to house OptiVox software at customer locations is reflected as part of Property and Equipment. Equipment held under capital lease arrangements are amortized by the straight-line method over the term of the related lease or the estimated useful life of the asset, whichever is shorter. Amortization of equipment held under a capital lease obligation is reported as part of depreciation expense in the accompanying statements of operations. Costs of maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred.

OptiVox reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever circumstances and situations change indicating that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. At December 31, 2009 and October 7, 2010, management believed there were no such impairments.

Revenue recognition/costs of revenue

OptiVox’s revenue consists of fees from the licensing of its proprietary software and related hardware and are typically billed and collected on a month-to-month basis. Licensing contracts generally are cancellable upon 30 days notice after an initial twelve-month licensing term. OptiVox recognizes revenues when a license agreement has been signed by both parties, the product has been installed, there are no unusual uncertainties surrounding the product acceptance and collection is probable.

In connection with the licensing of its systems, OptiVox provides ongoing maintenance and updates without charge during the license term. Substantially all customers are billed and pay on a month-to-month basis and OptiVox management believes that any such future expenses will be minimal and will not have a material impact on the results of operations.

Cost of revenue consist primarily of depreciation of hardware, long-distance phone charges, data center charges and labor costs for maintenance and support of existing systems.

Fees collected in advance are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the prepayment period. Fees collected but not earned at December 31, 2009 and October 7, 2010 are classified as unearned revenue in the accompanying Balance Sheets. OptiVox also provides training hours as part of the initial product licensing. Training fees collected but not earned at December 31, 2009 and October 7, 2010 are not considered significant.

Sales and Marketing

OptiVox’s policy is to expense advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expense was approximately $64,000 in 2009 and $90,000 in the period January 1, 2010 to October 7, 2010 and included as part of sales and marketing expense. Sales and marketing expense consists of these advertising costs and commissions and do not include any salaries, benefits or other costs.

 

F-65


Table of Contents

Income taxes

OptiVox does not file separate tax returns but rather is included in the income tax returns filed by TWSG or CHC in various domestic jurisdictions. For purposes of these financial statements, the tax provision was determined from OptiVox’s Product Line financial information, including allocations and eliminations deemed necessary by management as though OptiVox was filing its own tax return. Further assumptions made in the determination of taxes are stated in Note E.

OptiVox recognizes deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected tax consequences of temporary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts using enacted tax rates in effect at period end for the year the differences are expected to reverse. In assessing the realization of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that all of, or some portion of deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences become deductible.

OptiVox had no uncertain tax positions at December 31, 2009 or October 7, 2010. As such, no interest or penalties were recognized in the statements of operations related to unrecognized tax benefits.

Comprehensive loss

Comprehensive income (loss) is defined as the change in equity of a business enterprise during a period from transactions and other events and circumstances from non-owner sources. For the year ended December 31, 2009 and period ended October 7, 2010, comprehensive loss equaled net loss.

New accounting pronouncements

OptiVox adopted the provisions of Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standards Codification (ASC) 855, Subsequent Events , during the year ended December 31, 2009 which established general standards of accounting for, and disclosure of, events that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued. OptiVox has evaluated all events or transactions that occurred through July 22, 2011, the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

Note C. Transactions with the White Stone Group, Inc. and other related parties

TWSG pays certain of OptiVox’s expenses and is reimbursed by OptiVox as cash flows permit. TWSG charges OptiVox interest on such advances at 13% of the outstanding net cash advance and is reflected as a separate component in the accompanying statements of operations. No formal debt agreement exists between TWSG and OptiVox, however, consistent with past practices such costs are allocated to OptiVox to reflect financing costs incurred by TWSG to operate the OptiVox product line. Total interest expense recognized due to TWSG cash advances in 2009 was $55,012 and $131,648 in the period ended October 7, 2010.

OptiVox shares and operates under numerous agreements executed by TWSG with third parties, including but not limited to use of facilities leased, equipment held under leasing arrangements and purchasing agreements.

 

F-66


Table of Contents

OptiVox incurred professional service fees during the period ended October 7, 2010 from a TWSG Board member in the amount of $13,425 which is reflected as part of general and administrative expense in the accompanying statement of operations for the period January 1, 2010 through October 7, 2010.

Note D. Property and equipment

Property and equipment consist of the following at December 31, 2009 and October 7, 2010:

 

       December 31,
2009
    October 7,
2010
 

 

   

 

 

 

Office software

   $ 4,531      $ 7,128   

Office and other equipment

     44,233        52,022   

Hardware equipment

     326,958        326,958   

Equipment held under capital lease

     14,970        14,970   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
     390,692        401,078   

Less: Accumulated depreciation

     (313,931     (361,478
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance, end of period

   $ 76,761      $ 39,600   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation expense for the year ended December 31, 2009 was $97,090 and the period ended October 7, 2010 was $47,547. Net book value of equipment held under a capital lease arrangement was $9,333 and $5,851 as of December 31, 2009 and October 7, 2010, respectively.

Note E. Income taxes

The components of income tax expense calculated under the separate return method are as follows:

 

       Year ended
December 31, 2009
     January 1, 2010
through
October 7, 2010
 

 

    

 

 

 

Current

   $ 559       $ 520   

Deferred

               
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ 559       $ 520   
  

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

The current provision for federal income tax expense, if any, differs from the application of federal and state tax rates to net income (loss) before income taxes primarily due to timing differences related to depreciation and accrued and/or prepaid expenses, as well as valuation reserves established against deferred tax assets related to net operating losses.

 

F-67


Table of Contents

The difference between income tax expense and the amount resulting from applying federal and state statutory rates of 34% and 6.5%, respectively, to income before income taxes is attributable to the following:

 

       Year ended
December 31,
2009
    January 1, 2010
through
October 7, 2010
 

 

   

 

 

 

Income tax expense at statutory rates

   $ (431,028   $ (418,051

Meals and entertainment

     4,511        1,600   

Key man life insurance

            871   

Change in valuation allowance

     433,632        420,109   

State income tax minimums

     518        520   

Impact of differing state apportionment and tax rates

     (6,655     (4,924

Expiration of state NOL carryforward

            1,103   

Other

     (419     (708
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

   $ 559      $ 520   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

OptiVox has federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $4,370,000 and $5,440,000, respectively, and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $4,970,000 and $6,130,000, respectively, at December 31, 2009 and October 7, 2010. Federal net operating losses may be used to offset future federal taxable income and expire in 2025 through 2030. State net operating losses may be used to offset future state taxable income to the extent permitted by applicable state statute, expiring between 2011 and 2030.

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Components of net deferred tax assets calculated under the separate return method are as follows:

 

       December 31,
2009
    October 7,
2010
 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

    

Accruals and reserves

   $ 20,897      $ 31,792   

Depreciation

     10,784        16,322   

Net operating loss carryforwards

     1,810,055        2,246,957   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

     1,841,736        2,295,071   

Valuation allowance

     (1,730,170     (2,150,279
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

     111,566        144,792   

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Deferred state income tax expenses

     111,566        137,733   

Prepaid expenses

            7,059   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

     111,566        144,792   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

   $      $   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

 

OptiVox has evaluated the likelihood of the realization of the net deferred tax assets considering the federal and state net operating losses incurred. Management has established a 100% valuation reserve for the net deferred tax asset at each period end, respectively.

 

F-68


Table of Contents

FASB ASC 740, provides guidance for how uncertain tax positions should be recognized, measured, presented and disclosed in the financial statements. FASB ASC 740, requires the evaluation of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing OptiVox’s tax returns to determine whether the tax positions are “more likely than not” of being sustained by the applicable tax authority, including resolution of any appeals or litigation, based on the technical merits of the position, including administrative practices and precedents. The tax benefit to be recognized is measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement which could result in OptiVox recording a tax liability that would reduce net assets. Tax positions not deemed to meet a “more likely than not” threshold would be recorded as tax expense in the current year. Management’s analysis of uncertain tax positions resulted in no change in the statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2009 and period ended October 7, 2010.

Note F. Employee benefit and incentive plans

TWSG sponsors a 401(k) Plan for eligible employees, which included OptiVox employees. Prior to 2009, TWSG matched 100% of the employee’s contributions, not to exceed 6% of compensation. Effective January 1, 2009, TWSG amended the Plan to cease matching contributions.

TWSG also has an incentive bonus plan under which employees receive additional payments based upon revenue and profitability targets. No payments related to this incentive plan were made in 2009 or 2010.

Note G. Commitments and contingencies

Operating leases:     TWSG leases existing office space under an operating lease. Lease expense is allocated to OptiVox based on square footage occupied by OptiVox employees. Total rental expense allocated was $45,005 for the year ended December 31, 2009 and $37,350 for the period ended October 7, 2010. The following summarizes OptiVox’s allocated portion of the future obligations from TWSG’s future minimum lease payments for the years ending December 31:

 

December 31,         

 

 

2011

   $ 66,236   

2012

     68,237   

2013

     70,286   

2014

     29,644   
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

   $ 234,403   
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

F-69


Table of Contents

Other obligations:     OptiVox recognizes certain hardware under a capital lease arrangement between TWSG and a third party maturing through March 2012, with interest accruing at 10%. OptiVox’s portion of the capital lease obligation and related interest expense has been allocated from TWSG. The following summarizes OptiVox’s future payments, including interest, related to such obligations as of October 7, 2010:

 

December 31,         

 

 

2011

   $ 5,263   

2012

     1,812   
  

 

 

 
     7,075   

Less: interest

     (413
  

 

 

 

Total

   $ 6,662   
  

 

 

 

 

 

Warranties:     OptiVox warrants that, with normal use and service, the licensed software will substantially conform to the documentation delivered with the licensed software. OptiVox’s sole responsibility is to replace the nonconforming licensed software with a corrected copy upon the return of all licensee copies of the nonconforming licensed software. OptiVox has not experienced any warranty claims for the year ended December 31, 2009 or the period ended October 7, 2010. Management believes that any such future claims will be minimal and will not have a material impact on the results of operations of OptiVox. Accordingly, OptiVox has not provided for warranty costs in the accompanying financial statements.

Note H. Concentration of credit risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject OptiVox to a significant concentration of credit risk consist principally of accounts receivable, as OptiVox generally requires no collateral. At December 31, 2009, three customers represented 47% of total accounts receivable. At October 7, 2010, one customer represented 26% of accounts receivable. Further, one customer accounted for 12% of OptiVox’s revenues in 2009 and 11% in 2010. OptiVox’s customers were domiciled in 17 different states in 2009 and 18 different states in 2010.

 

F-70


Table of Contents

            shares

LOGO

Common stock

Prospectus

 

 

J.P. Morgan       Piper Jaffray
Baird    William Blair & Company    Morgan Keegan

                    , 2011

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus. Neither we nor the selling stockholders have authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We and the selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, common stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common stock.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of the common stock or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in a jurisdiction outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

Until                     , 2011, all dealers that buy, sell or trade in our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

Part II

Information not required in prospectus

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

The following table sets forth the costs and expenses to be paid by the Registrant in connection with the sale of the shares of common stock being registered hereby. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee, the FINRA filing fee and New York Stock Exchange listing fee.

 

SEC registration fee

   $ 9,288   

FINRA filing fee

     8,500   

The New York Stock Exchange listing fee

         *       

Printing and engraving

         *       

Legal fees and expenses

         *       

Accounting fees and expenses

         *       

Road show expenses

         *       

Blue sky fees and expenses

         *       

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

         *       

Miscellaneous

         *       
  

 

 

 

Total

   $      *       
  

 

 

 

 

 

 

*   To be filed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers.

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the Securities Act.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions that eliminate the personal liability of its directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as a director, except liability for the following:

 

 

any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Registrant or its stockholders

 

 

acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

 

 

under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (regarding unlawful dividends and stock purchases)

 

 

any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, the Registrant’s restated bylaws provide that:

 

 

the Registrant is required to indemnify its directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions

 

II-1


Table of Contents
 

the Registrant may indemnify its other employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law

 

 

the Registrant is required to advance expenses, as incurred, to its directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject to very limited exceptions

 

 

the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive

Prior to the closing of this offering, the Registrant intends to enter into indemnification agreements with each of its current directors and executive officers to provide these directors and executive officers additional contractual assurances regarding the scope of the indemnification set forth in the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation and restated bylaws and to provide additional procedural protections. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving a director, executive officer or employee of the Registrant regarding which indemnification is sought. Reference is also made to Section      of the Underwriting Agreement, which provides for the indemnification of executive officers, directors and controlling persons of the Registrant against certain liabilities. The indemnification provision in the Registrant’s restated certificate of incorporation, restated bylaws and the indemnification agreements entered into or to be entered into between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers may be sufficiently broad to permit indemnification of the Registrant’s directors and executive officers for liabilities arising under the Securities Act.

The Registrant has directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for securities matters.

Certain of Registrant’s directors (Brian D. Ascher, Hany M. Nada and Donald F. Wood) are also indemnified by their respective employers with regards to their serving on Registrant’s board.

Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits to this Registration Statement regarding relevant indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein:

 

Exhibit document    Number  

 

 

Form of Underwriting Agreement

     1.01   

Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant

     3.02   

Form of Restated Bylaws of the Registrant

     3.04   

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2006, by and among the Registrant and certain investors of the Registrant

     4.02   

Form of Indemnification Agreement

     10.01   

 

 

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities.

Since January 1, 2008, the Registrant has issued and sold the following securities:

(1) From January 1, 2008 to June 30, 2011, the Registrant has issued 8,588,090 shares of its common stock to a total of 136 employees, directors, consultants and other service providers upon exercise of options granted by the Registrant under its stock option plans, with exercise prices ranging from $0.05 to $0.84 per share.

(2) In November 2010, the Registrant issued options to purchase up to an aggregate of 500,000 shares of its common stock at an exercise price of $0.37 per share to DS Consulting Associates, LLC.

 

II-2


Table of Contents

(3) In December 2010, the Registrant sold an aggregate of 2,375,676 shares of its common stock at $0.37 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $879,000.42 to a total of 30 accredited investors.

Unless otherwise indicated, the sales of the securities described in paragraphs (2) and (3) above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(2) of the Securities Act or Regulation D promulgated thereunder. The recipients of the securities in each of these transactions represented their intentions to acquire the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the share certificates issued in these transactions. All recipients had adequate access, through their relationships with the Registrant, to information about the Registrant. The sales of the securities described in paragraph (1) above were deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act in reliance upon Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701.

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules.

(a) Exhibits.

 

Exhibit
number

   Exhibit title

 

  1.01*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.01    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended.
  3.02*    Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
  3.03    Bylaws of the Registrant.
  3.04*    Form of Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
  4.01*    Form of Registrant’s Common Stock certificate.
  4.02    Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2006, by and among the Registrant and certain investors of the Registrant.
  5.01*    Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP regarding the legality of the securities being registered.
10.01    Forms of Indemnity Agreement by and between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.02    2000 Stock Option Plan, as amended, and form of stock option agreement.
10.03    2006 Stock Option Plan, as amended, and form of stock option agreement.
10.04*    2011 Equity Incentive Plan and form of option grant.
10.05*    2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.06    Form of Option Agreement dated July 31, 2007, by and between the Registrant and each of Brent Lang, Victoria Perkins, Martin Silver and Robert Zollars.
10.07    2010 Stock Option Agreement to purchase common stock, dated as of November 30, 2010, issued by the Registrant to DS Consulting Associates, LLC and 2011 Stock Option Agreement to purchase common stock, dated as of November 3, 2010, issued by the Registrant to DS Consulting Associates, LLC.
10.08    Warrant to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock, dated as of August 14, 2002, issued by the Registrant to GE Capital Company.
10.09    Warrant to purchase shares of Series E Preferred Stock, dated as of October 17, 2005, issued by the Registrant to Leader Equity, LLC.
10.10    Form of Warrant to purchase Series E Preferred Stock issued by the Registrant.
10.11    Lease Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2007, by and between 525 Race Street, LLC and the Registrant, as amended on February 17, 2011.
10.12    Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2009, by and between Comerica Bank and the Registrant, as amended on February 19, 2010 and December 13, 2010.
10.13†    Original Equipment Manufacturer Agreement, dated as of April 25, 2002, by and between Nuance Communications, Inc. and the Registrant, as amended through April 4, 2006.
10.14†    Contract Manufacturing Agreement, dated as of June 7, 2010, by and between SMTC Corporation and the Registrant.

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit
number

   Exhibit title

 

  

 

21.01    List of subsidiaries.
23.01*    Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.01).
23.02    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.03    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.04    Consent of Pershing Yoakley & Associates, P.C., independent accountants.
24.01    Power of Attorney (included on page II-6).
99.01    Consent of Billian Publishing, Inc.

 

 

*   To be filed by amendment.

 

  Confidential treatment requested.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules.

All financial statement schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the information is included in the Registrant’s consolidated financial statements or related notes.

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to provisions described in Item 14 above, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

(1) for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of San Jose, State of California, on August 1, 2011.

 

Vocera Communications, Inc.

By:

 

/s/ Robert J. Zollars

  Robert J. Zollars
  Chief Executive Officer

Power of attorney

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each individual whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Robert J. Zollars, Martin J. Silver and Jay M. Spitzen, and each of them, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents with full power of substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to sign any registration statement for the same offering covered by the Registration Statement that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) promulgated under the Securities Act, and all post-effective amendments thereto, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done or by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Name    Title   Date
 

/s/ Robert J. Zollars

Robert J. Zollars

  

Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

  August 1, 2011

/s/ Martin J. Silver

Martin J. Silver

  

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  August 1, 2011

/s/ Brian D. Ascher

Brian D. Ascher

  

Director

  August 1, 2011

/s/ John B. Grotting

John B. Grotting

  

Director

  August 1, 2011

/s/ Jeffrey H. Hillebrand

Jeffrey H. Hillebrand

  

Director

  August 1, 2011

 

II-6


Table of Contents
Name    Title   Date
 

/s/ Howard E. Janzen

Howard E. Janzen

  

Director

  August 1, 2011

/s/ John N. McMullen

John N. McMullen

  

Director

  August 1, 2011

/s/ Hany M. Nada

Hany M. Nada

  

Director

  August 1, 2011

/s/ Donald F. Wood

Donald F. Wood

  

Director

  August 1, 2011
 

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit index

 

Exhibit
number
   Exhibit title

 

  1.01*    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  3.01    Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, as amended.
  3.02*    Form of Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
  3.03    Bylaws of the Registrant.
  3.04*    Form of Restated Bylaws of the Registrant, to be effective upon the closing of this offering.
  4.01*    Form of Registrant’s Common Stock certificate.
  4.02    Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of October 10, 2006, by and among the Registrant and certain investors of the Registrant.
  5.01*    Opinion of Fenwick & West LLP regarding the legality of the securities being registered.
10.01    Forms of Indemnity Agreement by and between the Registrant and each of its directors and executive officers.
10.02    2000 Stock Option Plan, as amended, and form of stock option agreement.
10.03    2006 Stock Option Plan, as amended, and form of stock option agreement.
10.04*    2011 Equity Incentive Plan and form of option grant.
10.05*    2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
10.06    Form of Option Agreement dated July 31, 2007, by and between the Registrant and each of Brent Lang, Victoria Perkins, Martin Silver and Robert Zollars.
10.07    2010 Stock Option Agreement to purchase common stock, dated as of November 3, 2010, issued by the Registrant to DS Consulting Associates, LLC and 2011 Stock Option Agreement to purchase common stock, dated as of November 3, 2010 issued by the Registrant to DS Consulting Associates, LLC.
10.08    Warrant to purchase shares of Series C Preferred Stock, dated as of August 14, 2002, issued by the Registrant to GE Capital Company.
10.09    Warrant to purchase shares of Series E Preferred Stock, dated as of October 17, 2005, issued by the Registrant to Leader Equity, LLC.
10.10    Form of Warrant to purchase Series E Preferred Stock issued by the Registrant.
10.11    Lease Agreement, dated as of September 26, 2007, by and between 525 Race Street, LLC and the Registrant, as amended on February 17, 2011.
10.12    Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of January 30, 2009, by and between Comerica Bank and the Registrant, as amended on February 19, 2010 and December 13, 2010.
10.13†    Original Equipment Manufacturer Agreement, dated as of April 25, 2002, by and between Nuance Communications, Inc. and the Registrant, as amended through April 4, 2006.
10.14†    Contract Manufacturing Agreement, dated as of June 7, 2010, by and between SMTC Corporation and the Registrant.
21.01    List of subsidiaries.
23.01*    Consent of Fenwick & West LLP (included in Exhibit 5.01).
23.02
   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.03    Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.
23.04    Consent of Pershing Yoakley & Associates, P.C., independent accountants.
24.01    Power of Attorney (included on page II-6).
99.01    Consent of Billian Publishing, Inc.

 

 

*   To be filed by amendment.

 

  Confidential treatment requested.

Exhibit 3.01

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

The undersigned, Julie Shirner and Martin Silver, hereby certifies that:

ONE: They are the duly elected and acting President and Secretary, respectively, of Vocera Communications, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”).

TWO: The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 16, 2000. The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation has been amended and/or restated on several occasions since.

THREE: All amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation reflected herein have been duly authorized and adopted by the Corporation’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) and stockholders in accordance with the provisions of Sections 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. The text of the Certificate of Incorporation is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

The name of ‘the Corporation is Vocera Communications, Inc.

ARTICLE II

The address of the registered office of the Corporation in the State of Delaware is 3500 South Dupont Highway in the City of Dover, County of Kent, Delaware 19901. The name of its registered agent at such address is Incorporating Services, Ltd.

ARTICLE III

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which a corporation may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

ARTICLE IV

A. Classes of Stock . The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares to be designated respectively “ Preferred Stock ” and “ Common Stock ,” both of which have a par value of three one thousandths of one cent ($0.0003) per share. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock authorized is one hundred fifty two million (152,000,000). The total number of shares of Common Stock authorized is one hundred eighty million (180,000,000).

The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The first series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of three million sixty two thousand one hundred


twenty-nine (3,062,129) shares, designated as “ Series A Preferred Stock ”. The second series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of five million three hundred seventy-eight thousand seven hundred eighty-nine (5,378,789) shares, designated as “ Series B Preferred Stock ”. The third series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of twenty five million four hundred ten thousand five hundred twenty-six (25,410,526) shares, designated as “ Series C Preferred Stock ”. The fourth series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of twenty million nine hundred thousand (20,900,000) shares, designated as “ Series D Preferred Stock ”. The fifth series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of ten million seven hundred fifty thousand (10,750,000) shares, designated as “ Series E Preferred Stock ”. The sixth series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of ten million (10,000,000) shares, designated as “ Series F Preferred Stock ”. The seventh series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of three million sixty two thousand one hundred twenty-nine (3,062,129) shares, designated as “ Series Al Preferred Stock ”. The eighth series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of five million three hundred seventy-eight thousand seven hundred eighty-nine (5,378,789) shares, designated as “ Series B1 Preferred Stock ”. The ninth series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of twenty five million four hundred ten thousand five hundred twenty-six (25,410,526) shares, designated as “ Series Cl Preferred Stock ”. The tenth series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of twenty million nine hundred thousand (20,900,000) shares, designated as “ Series D1 Preferred Stock ”. The eleventh series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of ten million seven hundred fifty thousand (10,750,000) shares, designated as “ Series El Preferred Stock ”. The twelfth series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of ten million (10,000,000) shares, designated as “ Series FI Preferred Stock ”.

B. Rights, Preferences, Privileges and Restrictions of Preferred Stock and Common Stock . The rights, preferences, privileges, restrictions and other matters relating to the Preferred Stock and the Common Stock are as follows:

1. Dividend Provisions . The holders of each share of each series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive in each calendar year, when, as and if declared by the Board, out of any assets at the time legally available therefor, dividends in cash at the rate per annum of an amount equal to eight percent (8%) of the applicable Original Issue Price (as defined herein) for such series of Preferred Stock, in each case appropriately adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like (each a “ Recapitalization Event ”), payable in preference and priority to any payment of any dividend on Common Stock (other than a stock dividend declared and paid on the Common Stock that is payable in shares of Common Stock (hereinafter referred to as a “ Common Stock Dividend ”)). The right to such dividends on Preferred Stock shall not be cumulative. No dividends shall be paid on any Common Stock (other than a Common Stock Dividend) unless all then declared but unpaid dividends have been paid with respect to all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock. Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board. Dividends shall be declared and paid upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation as provided in Section 2 below. No dividends shall be declared or paid on any Common Stock (other than a Common Stock Dividend) unless an equal dividend is contemporaneously or previously paid with respect to all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock on an as-converted basis.

 

2


2. Preference on Liquidation .

(a) In the event of the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, distributions to the stockholders of the Corporation shall be made first to the holders of Series F Preferred Stock and Series Fl Preferred Stock on a pari passu basis, prior and in preference to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series Al Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B1 Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series Cl Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series DI Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series El Preferred Stock and Common Stock, in an amount equal to $1.2442 per share of Series F Preferred Stock then held by such holder (the “ Original Series F Issue Price ”) and $1.2442 per share of Series Fl Preferred Stock then held by such holder (the “ Original Series Fl Issue Price ”) plus an amount equal to all declared and unpaid dividends with respect thereto (subject to adjustment of such fixed dollar amounts for any Recapitalization Event). If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds available for distribution are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series F Preferred Stock and Series Fl Preferred Stock of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to stockholders will be distributed among the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock and Series F1 Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full preferential amount which they would be entitled to receive pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 2(a).

(b) After payment has been made to the holders of Series F Preferred Stock and Series Fl Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(a), the holders of Series E Preferred Stock and Series El Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive on a pari passu basis, prior and in preference to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series Al Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B1 Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series Cl Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series D1 Preferred Stock and Common Stock, an amount equal to $1.1019 per share of Series E Preferred Stock then held by such holder (the “ Original Series E Issue Price ”) and $1.1019 per share of Series El Preferred Stock then held by such holder (the “ Original Series E1 Issue Price ”) plus an amount equal to all declared and unpaid dividends with respect thereto (subject to adjustment of such fixed dollar amounts for any Recapitalization Event). If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds available for distribution are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock and Series E1 Preferred Stock of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to stockholders, after completion of the distributions provided pursuant to Section 2(a), will be distributed among the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock and Series El Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full preferential amount which they would be entitled to receive pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 2(b).

(c) After payment has been made to the holders of Series F Preferred Stock and Series Fl Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(a) and to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock and Series El Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(b), the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series D1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive on a pari passu basis, prior and in preference to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series Al Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B1 Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series Cl Preferred Stock and Common Stock, an amount equal to $0.54692 per share of Series D Preferred Stock then

 

3


held by such holder (the “ Original Series D Issue Price ”) and $0.54692 per share of Series D1 Preferred Stock then held by such holder (the “ Original Series D1 Issue Price ”) plus an amount equal to all declared and unpaid dividends with respect thereto (subject to adjustment of such fixed dollar amounts for any Recapitalization Event). If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds available for distribution pursuant to this Section 2(c) are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series D) Preferred Stock and Series D1 Preferred Stock of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to stockholders, after completion of the distributions provided pursuant to Sections 2(a) and 2(b), will be distributed among the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock and Series D1 Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full preferential amount which they would be entitled to receive pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 2(c).

(d) After payment has been made to the holders of Series F Preferred Stock and Series Fl Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(a), to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock and Series El Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(b) and to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series Dl Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(c), the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and Series Cl Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive on a pari passu basis, prior and in preference to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series Al Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B1 Preferred Stock and Common Stock, an amount equal to $0.475 per share of Series C Preferred Stock then held by such holder (the “ Original Series C Issue Price ”) and $0.475 per share of Series Cl Preferred Stock then held by such holder (the “ Original Series Cl Issue Price ”) plus an amount equal to all declared and unpaid dividends with respect thereto (subject to adjustment of such fixed dollar amounts for any Recapitalization Event). If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds available for distribution pursuant to this Section 2(d) are insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and Series Cl Preferred Stock of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to stockholders, after completion of the distributions provided pursuant to Sections 2(a), 2(b) and 2(c), will be distributed among the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series Cl Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full preferential amount which they would be entitled to receive pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 2(d).

(e) After payment has been made to the holders of Series F Preferred Stock and Series F1 Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(a), to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock and Series El Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(b), to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and Series Dl Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(c) and to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and Series Cl Preferred Stock pursuant to Section 2(d), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series Al Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series B1 Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive on a pari passu basis, prior and in preference to the holders of Common Stock, an amount equal to $0.338 per share of Series A Preferred Stock then, held by such holder (the “ Original Series A Issue Price ”), $0.338 per share of Series Al Preferred Stock (the “ Original Series Al Issue Price ), $1.32 per share of Series B Preferred Stock then held by such holder (the “ Original Series B Issue Price ”) and $1.32 per share of Series Bl Preferred Stock then held by such holder (the “ Original Series B1 Issue Price ”), plus an amount equal to all declared and unpaid dividends with respect thereto (subject to adjustment of such fixed dollar amounts for any Recapitalization Event). If upon the occurrence of such event, the assets and funds available for distribution pursuant to this Section 2(e) are insufficient to permit the

 

4


payment to the holders of Series A Preferred Stock, Series Al Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series Bl Preferred Stock of the full preferential amount, then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution to stockholders, after completion of the distributions provided pursuant to Sections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c) and 2(d), will be distributed among the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series Al Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series B1 Preferred Stock ratably in proportion to the full preferential amount which they would be entitled to receive pursuant to the preceding sentence of this Section 2(e).

(f) After payment has been made to the holders of Preferred Stock pursuant to Sections 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d) and 2(e), the holders of Common Stock and Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, pro rata, the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to stockholders, based on the number of shares of Common Stock then held (assuming conversion of each share of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock at the then-existing Conversion Rate (as defined herein) for such series of Preferred Stock); provided , however , that at such time as a holder of Series A Preferred Stock has received an aggregate amount equal to $1.352 per share of Series A Preferred Stock (including any amounts received pursuant to Section 2(e) above and subject to adjustment for any Recapitalization Event), such holder shall cease its participation as a holder of Series A Preferred Stock in any further distribution hereunder; provided , further , that at such time as a holder of Series Al Preferred Stock has received an aggregate amount equal to $1.352 per share of Series Al Preferred Stock (including any amounts received pursuant to Section 2(e) above and subject to adjustment for any Recapitalization Event), such holder shall cease its participation as a holder of Series Al Preferred Stock in any further distribution hereunder; provided , further , that at such time as a holder of Series B Preferred Stock has received an aggregate amount equal to $3.96 per share of Series B Preferred Stock (including any amounts received pursuant to Section 2(e) above and subject to adjustment for any Recapitalization Event), such holder shall cease its participation as a holder of Series B Preferred Stock in any further distribution hereunder; provided , further , that at such time as a holder of Series Bl Preferred Stock has received an aggregate amount equal to $3.96 per share of Series Bl Preferred Stock (including any amounts received pursuant to Section 2(e) above and subject to adjustment for any Recapitalization Event), such holder shall cease its participation as a holder of Series B1 Preferred Stock in any further distribution hereunder; provided , further , that at such time as a holder of Series C Preferred Stock has received an aggregate amount equal to $1.425 per share of Series C Preferred Stock (including any amounts received pursuant to Section 2(d) above and subject to adjustment for any Recapitalization Event), such holder shall cease its participation as a holder of Series C Preferred Stock in any further distribution hereunder; provided , further , , that at such time as a holder of Series Cl Preferred Stock has received an aggregate amount equal to $1.425 per share of Series Cl Preferred Stock (including any amounts received pursuant to Section 2(d) above and subject to adjustment for any Recapitalization Event), such holder shall cease its participation as a holder of Series Cl Preferred Stock in any further distribution hereunder; provided , further , that at such time as a holder of Series D Preferred Stock has received an aggregate amount equal to $1.64076 per share of Series D Preferred Stock (including any amounts received pursuant to Section 2(c) above and subject to adjustment for any Recapitalization Event), such holder shall cease its participation as a holder of Series D Preferred Stock in any further distribution hereunder; provided , further that at such time as a holder of Series Dl Preferred Stock has received an aggregate amount equal to $1.64076 per share of Series Dl Preferred Stock (including any amounts received pursuant to Section 2(c) above and subject to adjustment for any

 

5


Recapitalization Event), such holder shall cease its participation as a holder of Series D1 Preferred Stock in any further distribution hereunder; provided , further , that at such time as a holder of Series E Preferred Stock has received an aggregate amount equal to $3.3057 per share of Series E Preferred Stock (including any amounts received pursuant to Section 2(b) above and subject to adjustment for any Recapitalization Event), such holder shall cease its participation as a holder of Series E Preferred Stock in any further distribution hereunder; provided , further , that at such time as a holder of Series El Preferred Stock has received an aggregate amount equal to $3.3057 per share of Series El Preferred Stock (including any amounts received pursuant to Section 2(b) above and subject to adjustment for any Recapitalization Event), such holder shall cease its participation as a holder of Series El Preferred Stock in any further distribution hereunder; provided , further , that at such time as a holder of Series F Preferred Stock has received an aggregate amount equal to S3.7326 per share of Series F Preferred Stock (including any amounts received pursuant to Section 2(a) above and subject to adjustment for any Recapitalization Event), such holder shall cease its participation as a holder of Series F Preferred Stock in any further distribution hereunder; and provided , further , that at such time as a holder of Series Fl Preferred Stock has received an aggregate amount equal to $3.7326 per share of Series Fl Preferred Stock (including any amounts received pursuant to Section 2(a) above and subject to adjustment for any Recapitalization Event), such holder shall cease its participation as a holder of Series Fl Preferred Stock in any thither distribution hereunder.

(g) A reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any other corporation or corporations or any other transaction or series of related transactions (excluding issuances of equity in financings predominantly involving financial investors such as venture capitalists), in each case in which holders of outstanding shares of the Corporation immediately prior to such event do not continue to hold by reason of or in exchange for their shares in the Corporation at least 50% of the outstanding voting power of the successor (which may be the Corporation) to the business of the Corporation, or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation or a license of all or substantially all of the Corporation’s intellectual property (each a “ Corporate Sale ”), shall be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation for purposes of this Section 2. Any securities or property other than cash to be delivered to the holders of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock in any of such events shall be valued as follows:

(i) if traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be deemed to be such value determined by the Board in the exercise of their reasonable business judgment and approved by the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, voting as a separate class, and the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class on an as-converted into Common Stock basis, or, if there is no such determination and approval, then the value shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over the 10-day period ending three (3) business days prior to the closing; or

(ii) if actively traded in the over-the-counter market, the value shall be deemed to be such value determined by the Board in the exercise of their reasonable business judgment and approved by the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, voting as a separate class, the holders of a majority of the Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class on an as-converted into Common Stock basis, or, if there is no such determination and approval, then the value shall be deemed to be the average of (A) the average of the closing sale prices or (B) if the

 

6


average of the closing sale prices is not applicable, The average of each day’s average of the closing bid and ask prices over the 10-day period ending three (3) business days prior to the closing; and

(iii) if there is no public trading market for such securities or other property, by the Board in the exercise of their reasonable business judgment; provided that , if the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Stock (voting on an as-converted into Common Stock basis) object to such valuation then the value shall be the fair market value thereof as mutually determined by the Corporation and the holders of not less than a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting as a class on an as-converted into Common Stock basis; and provided further that , if the Corporation and the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock are unable to reach agreement, then by independent appraisal by an investment banker hired and paid by the Corporation, but acceptable to the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting as a class on an as-converted into Common Stock basis. The method of valuation for securities pursuant to this Article IV, Section B (2)(g)(iii) that are subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate of the Corporation) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined in accordance herein to reflect the approximate fair market value of such securities. For this purpose, “affiliate” will mean a person or entity controlled by, controlling or under common control with a specified person or entity.

(iv) In the event the requirements of this Section 2 are not complied with, the Corporation shall forthwith either:

(A) cause such closing to be postponed until such time as the requirements of this Section 2 have been complied with or

(B) cancel such transaction, in which event the rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of the Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences and privileges existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice of any of the events described in subsection 2(g) hereof.

(v) This Corporation shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of such impending transaction, which notice shall describe the material terms of the impending transaction, not later than ten (10) days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such transaction, or ten (10) days prior to the closing of such transaction, whichever is earlier; provided, however, that such periods may be shortened upon the written consent of the holders of Preferred Stock that are entitled to such notice rights or similar notice rights and that represent at least a majority of the voting power (on an as-converted into Common Stock basis) of all then outstanding shares of such Preferred Stock.

(h) For the purposes hereof “ Original Issue Price ” will mean the Original Series A Issue Price, Original Series Al Issue Price, Original Series B Issue Price, Original Series B1 Issue Price, Original Series C Issue Price, Original Series C1 Issue Price, Original Series D Issue Price, Original Series D1 Issue Price, Original Series E Issue Price, Original

 

7


Series El Issue Price, Original Series F Issue Price and/or Original Series F1 Issue Price, as relevant to the situation.

3. Redemption . The Preferred Stock and Common Stock shall not be redeemable.

4. Voting Rights .

(a) General . Except as otherwise required by law or as set forth herein, each bolder of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock Preferred Stock could be converted on the record date for the vote or consent of stockholders, or if no record date is established, at the date such vote is taken of any consent of stockholders solicited, and shall have voting rights and powers equal to the voting rights and powers of the Common Stock. The holder of each share of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each such share. The holder of each share of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation and shall vote with holders of the Common Stock upon any matter submitted to a vote of stockholders, except those matters required by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be submitted to a class vote. The holder of each share of Common Stock shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as provided by law or this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Fractional votes by the holders of Preferred Stock shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights resulting from the above formula shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number.

(b) Voting for the Election of Directors . The holders of a majority of the outstanding Series D Preferred Stock and Series Dl Preferred Stock (voting as a single class on an as-converted into Common Stock basis) shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation at each annual election of directors (the “ Series D Director ”). The holders of a majority of the outstanding Series C Preferred Stock and Series Cl Preferred Stock (voting as a single class on an as-converted into Common Stock basis) shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation at each annual election of directors (the “ Series C Director ”). The holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred Stock and Series B1 Preferred Stock (voting as a single class on an as-converted into Common Stock basis) shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation at each annual election of directors (the “ Series B Director ”). The holders of a majority of the outstanding Series A Preferred Stock and Series Al Preferred Stock (voting as a single class on an as-converted into Common Stock basis) shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation at each annual election of directors (the “ Series A Director ”). The holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Stock shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation at each annual election of directors. The holders of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as-converted basis) shall be entitled to elect any remaining directors of the Corporation. For the purposes hereof, the Series A Director, the Series B Director; the Series C Director and the Series D Director are referred to collectively as the “ Preferred Directors .”

Any vacancy in the Board occurring because of the death, resignation or removal of a director elected by the holders of the outstanding class or series with voting power entitled

 

8


to elect him or her shall be filled by the vote or written consent of the holders of the outstanding class or series with voting power entitled to elect him or her or, in the absence of action by such holders, by action of the remaining directors elected by such class or series. A director may be removed with or without cause by the vote or consent of the holders of the outstanding class or series with voting power entitled to elect him or her in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law.

5. Conversion . The holders of the Preferred Stock shall have conversion rights and obligations as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

(a) Right to Convert . Each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible without the payment of any additional consideration by the holder thereof and, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock. Each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the initial conversion rate determined by dividing the Original Series A Issue Price by the Series A Conversion Price (determined as provided herein) in effect at the time of conversion. The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series A Preferred Stock may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series A Conversion Rate ” of the Series A Preferred Stock. The conversion price per share (the “ Series A Conversion Price ”) at which shares of Common Stock shall be initially issuable upon conversion of any shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be the Original Series A Issue Price and the initial Series A Conversion Rate shall be 1 for 1. Each share of Series Al Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the initial conversion rate determined by dividing the Original Series Al Issue Price by the Series Al Conversion Price (determined as provided herein) in effect at the time of conversion. The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series Al Preferred Stock may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series Al Conversion Rate ” of the Series Al Preferred Stock. The conversion price per share (the “ Series Al Conversion Price ”) at which shares of Common Stock shall be initially issuable upon conversion of any shares of Series Al Preferred Stock shall be the Original Series Al Issue Price and the initial Series Al Conversion Rate shall be 1 for 1. Each share of Series B Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the initial conversion rate determined by dividing the Original Series B Issue Price by the Series B Conversion Price (determined as provided herein) in effect at the time of conversion. The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series B Preferred Stock may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series B Conversion Rate ” of the Series B Preferred Stock. The conversion price per share at which shares of Common Stock are issuable upon conversion of any shares of Series B Preferred Stock is hereinafter referred to as the “Series B Conversion Price”. Effective immediately upon the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation creating the Series F Preferred Stock, the Series B Conversion Price shall be 0.7211470 and the Series B Conversion Rate shall be 1.8304174 for 1. Each share of Series B1 Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the initial conversion rate determined by dividing the Original Series Bl Issue Price by the Series B1 Conversion Price (determined as provided herein) in effect at the time of conversion. The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series B1 Preferred Stock may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series B1 Conversion Rate ” of the Series B Preferred Stock. The conversion price per share at which shares of Common Stock are issuable upon conversion of any shares of Series B1 Preferred Stock is hereinafter referred to as the “Series B1 Conversion Price.” Effective immediately upon the filing of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation creating

 

9


the Series F Preferred Stock, the Series Bl Conversion Price shall be $0.7211470 and the Series B1 Conversion Rate shall be 1.8304174 for 1. Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the initial conversion rate determined by dividing the Original Series C Issue Price by the Series C Conversion Price (determined as provided herein) in effect at the time of conversion. The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series C Preferred Stock may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series C Conversion Rate ” of the Series C Preferred Stock. The conversion price per share (the “ Series C Conversion Price ”) at which shares of Common Stock shall be initially issuable upon conversion of any shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be the Original Series C Issue Price and the initial Series C Conversion Rate shall be 1 for 1. Each share of Series Cl Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the initial conversion rate determined by dividing the Original Series Cl Issue Price by the Series Cl Conversion Price (determined as provided herein) in effect at the time of conversion. The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series Cl Preferred Stock may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series C1 Conversion Rate ” of the Series C 1 Preferred Stock. The conversion price per share (the “ SeriesS1 Conversions Price” ) at which shares of Common Stock shall be initially issuable upon conversion of any shares of Series C1 Preferred Stock shall be the Original Series Cl Issue Price and the initial Series Cl Conversion Rate shall be 1 for 1. Each share of Series D Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the initial conversion rate determined by dividing the Original Series D Issue Price by the Series D Conversion Price (determined as provided herein) in effect at the time of conversion. The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series D Preferred Stock may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series D Conversion Rate ” of the Series D Preferred Stock. The conversion price per share (the “ Series D Conversion Price ”) at which shares of Common Stock shall be initially issuable upon conversion of any shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be the Original Series D Issue Price and the initial Series D Conversion Rate shall be 1 for 1. Each share of Series Dl Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the initial conversion rate determined by dividing the Original Series D1 Issue Price by the Series Dl Conversion Price (determined as provided herein) in effect at the time of conversion. The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series Dl Preferred Stock may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series D1 Conversion Rate ” of the Series Dl Preferred Stock. The conversion price per share (the “ Series D1 Conversion Price ”) at which shares of Common Stock shall be initially issuable upon conversion of any shares of Series Dl Preferred Stock shall be the Original Series Dl Issue Price and the initial Series D1 Conversion Rate shall be 1 for 1. Each share of Series E Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the initial conversion rate determined by dividing the Original Series E Issue Price by the Series E Conversion Price (determined as provided herein) in effect at the time of conversion. The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series E Preferred Stock may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series E Conversion Rate ” of the Series E Preferred Stock. The conversion price per share (the.” Series E Conversion Price ”) at which shares of Common Stock shall be initially issuable upon conversion of any shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be the Original Series E Issue Price and the initial Series E Conversion Rate shall be 1 for 1. Each share of Series El Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the initial conversion rate determined by dividing the Original Series El Issue Price by the Series El Conversion Price (determined as provided herein) in effect at the time of conversion. The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series El Preferred Stock may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series El Conversion Rate ” of the Series El Preferred Stock. The conversion price per share (the “ Series

 

10


E1 Conversion Price ”) at which shares of Common Stock shall be initially issuable upon conversion of any shares of Series El Preferred Stock shall be the Original Series El Issue Price and the initial Series El Conversion Rate shall be 1 for 1. Each share of Series F Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the initial conversion rate determined by dividing the Original Series F Issue Price by the Series F Conversion Price (determined as provided herein) in effect at the time of conversion. The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series F Preferred Stock may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series F Conversion Rate ” of the Series F Preferred Stock. The conversion price per share (the “ Series F Conversion Price ”) at which shares of Common Stock shall be initially issuable upon conversion of any shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall be the Original Series F Issue Price and the initial Series F Conversion Rate shall be 1 for 1. Each share of Series Fl Preferred Stock shall be convertible at the initial conversion rate determined by dividing the Original Series F1 Issue Price by the Series Fl Conversion Price (determined as provided herein) in effect at the time of conversion. The number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series Fl Preferred Stock may be converted is hereinafter referred to as the “ Series Fl Conversion Rate ” of the Series Fl Preferred Stock. The conversion price per share (the “ Series F1 Conversion Price ”) at which shares of Common Stock shall be initially issuable upon conversion of any shares of Series Fl Preferred Stock shall be the Original Series Fl Issue Price and the initial Series Fl Conversion Rate shall be 1 for 1. For the purposes hereof, “ Conversion Price ” will mean the Series A Conversion Price, Series Al Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series B1 Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series Cl Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series D1 Conversion Price, Series E Conversion Price, Series El Conversion Price, Series F Conversion Price and/or Series Fl Conversion Price, as the case may be. For the purposes hereof, “ Conversion Rate ” will mean the Series A Conversion Rate, Series Al Conversion Rate, Series B Conversion Rate, Series B1 Conversion Rate, Series C Conversion Rate, Series Cl Conversion Rate, Series D1 Conversion Rate, Series D1 Conversion Rate, Series E Conversion Rate, Series E1 Conversion Rate, Series F Conversion Rate and/or Series Fl Conversion Rate, as the case maybe.

(b) Automatic Conversion . Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at its then effective applicable Conversion Rate (i) upon the consent of the holders of at least a majority of the then outstanding Preferred Stock (voting on an as-converted into Common Stock basis), or (ii) immediately upon the closing of a firm commitment underwritten public offering, by a nationally-recognized investment banking firm, pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “ Securities Act ”) covering the offer and sale of Common Stock (other than a registration on Form S-8, Form S-4 or comparable or successor forms); provided , that (x) the offering price per share equals or exceeds $2.50 per share (as adjusted for any Recapitalization Event) and (y) the offering results in aggregate gross proceeds (prior to underwriters’ commissions and expenses) to the Corporation of at least $25,000,000 (a “ Qualified IPO ”). If at any time following the Original Issue Date: (i) any holder of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock or Series F Preferred Stock is entitled pursuant to Section 2 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”) of that certain Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement entered into contemporaneously with the initial sale of shares of Series F Preferred Stock, as amended from time to time (the “ Rights Agreement ”) to purchase securities issued by the Corporation in connection with an equity financing of the Corporation prior to October 22, 2006 at a price per common equivalent share less than or equal to $91,000,215, divided by the number of common equivalent outstanding

 

11


shares on a fully diluted basis including, for this purpose, shares reserved for issuance under the Corporation’s stock purchase and stock option plans approved by the Board, calculated, in each case, at the time of such proposed issuance (an “Equity Financing”); (ii) the Board requests that all such holders participate in such Equity Financing; (iii) the Corporation has complied with its obligations under the Rights Agreement with respect to the Right of First Refusal; and (iv) such holder does not exercise its Right of First Refusal to acquire at least the amount of securities to which it is entitled pursuant thereto, then, effective immediately prior to the consummation of such Equity Financing, all of such holder’s shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock shall automatically and without further action on the part of the Corporation or the holder be converted into the same number of shares of Series Al Preferred Stock, Series B1 Preferred Stock, Series C1 Preferred Stock, Series D1 Preferred Stock, Series El Preferred Stock or Series Fl Preferred Stock, respectively; provided , however, that no such conversion shall occur in connection with a particular Equity Financing if, pursuant to the written request of the Corporation, the Right of First Refusal with respect to such Equity Financing is waived; and provided further that no such conversion shall apply to shares of Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock or Series F Preferred Stock held by Intel Capital Corporation or its affiliates (“Intel”) and this “provided further” clause shall not be amended or modified without the written consent of Intel. The holder of any shares of Preferred Stock converted pursuant to this subparagraph (b) shall promptly deliver to the Corporation or the relevant transfer agent the certificate or certificates representing the shares so converted, duly endorsed or assigned in blank to the Corporation. The Corporation shall thereafter deliver to such holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares issuable upon such conversion. The person in whose name the certificate for such shares is to be issued shall be deemed to have become a shareholder of the Corporation as to such conversion shares on the effective date of such conversion.

(c) Adjustments to Conversion Price of Preferred Stock .

(i) Special Definitions . For purposes of this Section 5(c), the following definitions shall apply:

(A) “ Options ” shall mean rights, options or warrants to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire either Common Stock or Convertible Securities.

(B) “ Convertible Securities ” shall mean any evidences of indebtedness, shares or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock.

(C) “ Additional Shares of Common ” shall mean all shares of Common Stock issued (or, pursuant to Section 5(c)(iii) below, deemed to be issued) by the Corporation from and after the day prior to the Original Issue Date, other than shares of Common Stock issued or issuable:

(I) upon conversion of shares of Preferred Stock;

(II) to officers, directors or employees of; or consultants to, the Corporation associated with stock options or receipt of restricted securities pursuant to a

 

12


warrant, stock grant, option plan, purchase plan or other employee or service provider stock incentive program or agreement approved by the Board in an aggregate amount not to exceed 12,254,811 (the “Share Limit”; appropriately adjusted for combinations, consolidations, subdivisions, recapitalizations, stock splits or other similar transactions, it being understood and agreed that the Share Limit is inclusive of 10,083,874 issued and outstanding options and warrants as of March 15, 2006 to purchase shares of Common Stock and it being further understood and agreed that in the event that any of such currently issued and outstanding options are forfeited by the holder or holders thereof, or expire unexercised, the shares deemed outstanding underlying such forfeited or expired option or options to purchase shares of Common Stock shall no longer be deemed outstanding for the purposes of applying the Share Limit; provided , however, that the Share Limit may be increased by the Board from time to time by up to 1,500,000, but only if such Board approval includes the approval of a majority of the Preferred Directors.

(III) in connection with the acquisition by the Corporation of another business entity or majority ownership thereof or merger or consolidation of the Corporation approved by the Board (including a majority of Preferred Directors);

(IV) in connection with any commercial bank, capital lease or equipment financing or similar transaction not primarily intended to raise equity capital and approved by the Board (including a majority of the Preferred Directors);

(V) as a dividend or distribution on Preferred Stock or Common Stock;

(VI) in connection with any licensing, distribution, development, corporate partnering or similar transaction approved by the Board (including a majority of the Preferred Directors); or

(VII) in connection with a firmly underwritten public offering of shares of the Corporation’s Common Stock, registered under the Securities Act.

(D) “ Original Issue Date ” shall mean the date on which the first shares of Series F Preferred Stock are issued.

(ii) No Adjustment of Conversion Price . No adjustment in the Conversion Price shall be made in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common unless the consideration per share for such Additional Shares of Common issued or deemed to be issued by the Corporation is less than the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series E Conversion Price or Series F Conversion Price, as applicable, in effect on the date of, and immediately prior to, such issue. Notwithstanding anything else herein, there will be no adjustment at all to the Series Al Conversion Price, the Series B1 Conversion Price, the Series Cl Conversion Price, the Series Dl Conversion Price, the Series El Conversion Price or the Series Fl Conversion Price in respect of the issuance of Additional Shares of Common except in connection with Additional Shares of Common deemed issued as provided in Section 5(c)(iii)(B), below.

(iii) Deemed Issue of Additional Shares of Common .

 

13


(A) Options and Convertible Securities . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time from and after the day prior to the Original Issue Date shall issue any Options or Convertible Securities (including shares of Series F Preferred Stock) or shall fix a record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive any such Options or Convertible Securities, then the maximum number of shares (as set forth in the instrument relating thereto without regard to any provisions contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such number) of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of such Options or, in the case of Convertible Securities and Options therefor, the exercise of such Options and conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities shall be deemed to be Additional Shares of Common issued as of the time of such issue or; in case such a record date shall have been fixed, as of the close of business on such record date; provided that Additional Shares of Common shall not be deemed to have been issued unless the consideration per share (determined pursuant to Section 5(c)(iv) hereof) of such Additional Shares of Common would be less than the Conversion Price in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue, or such record date, as the case may be; and provided further that in any such case in which Additional Shares of Common are deemed to be issued:

(I) except as provided in Section 5(c)(iii)(A)(II) below, no further adjustment in the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price, Series D Conversion Price, Series E Conversion Price or Series F Conversion Price shall be made upon the subsequent issue of Convertible Securities or shares of Common Stock upon the exercise of such Options or conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities;

(II) if such Options or Convertible Securities by their terms provide, with the passage of time or otherwise, for any change in the consideration payable to the Corporation, or change in the number of shares of Common Stock issuable, upon the exercise, conversion or exchange thereof (other than under or by reason of provisions designed to protect against dilution), the Conversion Price computed upon the original issue thereof (or upon the occurrence of a record date with respect thereto) and any subsequent adjustments based thereon, shall, upon any such increase or decrease becoming effective, be recomputed to reflect such increase or decrease insofar as it affects such Options or the rights of conversion or exchange under such Convertible Securities; and

(III) no readjustment pursuant to clause (II) above shall have the effect of increasing the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price, the Series E Conversion Price or the Series F Conversion Price to an amount which exceeds the lower of (1) the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price, the Series E Conversion Price or the Series F Conversion Price, as applicable, on the original adjustment date or (2) the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price, the Series D Conversion Price, the Series E Conversion Price or the Series F Conversion Price, as applicable, that would have resulted from any issuance of Additional Shares of Common between the original adjustment date and such readjustment date.

(B) Stock Dividends and Subdivisions . In the event the Corporation at any time or from time to time after the Original Issue Date shall declare or pay

 

14


any dividend on the Common Stock payable in Common Stock (without a similar dividend on Preferred Stock on an as-converted into Common Stock basis), or effect a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock into a greater number of shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in Common Stock) (without a similar split or subdivision of the Preferred Stock), then and in any such event, Additional Shares of Common shall be deemed to have been issued:

(I) in the case of any such dividend, in an amount equal to the number of shares of Common Stock issued as a dividend, and deemed issued immediately after the close of business on the record date for the determination of holders of any class of securities entitled to receive such dividend, or

(II) in the case of any such split or subdivision, in an amount equal to the number of shares of outstanding Common Stock increased by reason of such split or subdivision, and deemed issued at the close of business on the date immediately prior to the date upon which such corporate action becomes effective.

(iv) Adjustment of Conversion Price Upon Issuance of Additional Shares of Common . In the event the Corporation shall issue Additional Shares of Common (including Additional Shares of Common deemed to be issued pursuant to Section 5(c)(iii)) after the effective date hereof without consideration or, in the case of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock and Series F Preferred Stock, only, for a consideration per share less than the Conversion Price of a particular series of Preferred Stock in effect on the date of and immediately prior to such issue (such issuance price being referred to herein as the “ Dilution Price ”), then and in each such event the Conversion Price applicable to such series of Preferred Stock, shall be reduced to a price (calculated to the nearest cent) determined by multiplying such Conversion Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding or deemed outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of shares of Common Stock which the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for the total number of Additional Shares of Common so issued would purchase at such Conversion Price; and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding or deemed outstanding immediately prior to such issue plus the number of such Additional Shares of Common so issued. For the purposes of this Section 5(c)(iv), all shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all outstanding Preferred, and conversion or exercise of other outstanding Convertible Securities shall be deemed to be outstanding, and, immediately after any Additional Shares of Common are deemed issued pursuant to Section 5(c)(iii), such Additional Shares of Common Stock shall be deemed to be outstanding. Notwithstanding the above, there will be no adjustment in the Series Al Conversion Price, the Series B1 Conversion Price, the Series Cl Conversion Price, the Series D1 Conversion Price, the Series El Conversion Price or the Series Fl Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 5(c)(iv) by reason of the issuance or deemed issuance of Additional Shares of Common other than by reason of Section 5(c)(iii)(B).

(v) Determination of Consideration . For purposes of this Section 5(c), the consideration received or deemed received by the Corporation for the issue of any Additional Shares of Common shall be computed as follows:

 

15


(A) Cash and Property : Such consideration shall:

(I) insofar as it consists of cash, be computed at the aggregate amount of cash received by the Corporation before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof;

(II) insofar as it consists of property other than cash, be computed at the fair value thereof at the time of such issue, as determined by the Board in the good faith exercise of its reasonable business judgment; and

(III) in the event Additional Shares of Common are issued together with other shares or securities or other assets of the Corporation for consideration which covers both, be the proportion of such consideration so received, computed as provided in clauses (A) and (B), as determined in good faith by the Board.

(B) Options and Convertible Securities . The consideration per share to be deemed received by the Corporation for Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 5(c), relating to Options and Convertible Securities, shall be determined by dividing:

(I) the total amount, if any, received or receivable by the Corporation as consideration for the issue of such Options or Convertible Securities, plus the minimum aggregate amount of additional consideration (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein for a subsequent adjustment of such consideration) payable to the Corporation upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, or in the case of Options for Convertible Securities, the exercise of such Options for Convertible Securities and the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities, by

(II) the maximum number of shares of Common Stock (as set forth in the instruments relating thereto, without regard to any provision contained therein , for a subsequent adjustment of such number) issuable upon the exercise of such Options or the conversion or exchange of such Convertible Securities.

(C) Stock Dividends and Stock Subdivisions . Any Additional Shares of Common deemed to have been issued, relating to stock dividends and stock splits or subdivisions, shall be deemed to have been issued for no consideration.

(vi) Other Adjustments to Conversion Price .

(A) Subdivisions Combinations or Consolidations of Common . In the event the outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be subdivided, combined or consolidated, by stock split, stock dividend, combination or like event, into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock after the Original Issue Date, each Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision, combination, consolidation or stock dividend shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such subdivision, combination or consolidation, be proportionately adjusted to the extent not adjusted by reason of Section 5(c)(iii)(B).

 

16


(B) Distributions Other Than Cash Dividends Out of Retained Earnings . In case the Corporation shall declare a cash dividend upon its Common Stock payable otherwise than out of retained earnings or shall distribute to holders of its Common Stock (other than Common Stock and other than as otherwise adjusted in this Section 5(c)), stock or other securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights (excluding options to purchase and rights to subscribe for Common Stock or other securities of the Corporation convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock), then, in each such case, provision shall be made so that the holders of Preferred Stock shall receive upon conversion thereof, in addition to the number of shares of Common Stock receivable thereupon, the amount of securities of the Corporation which they would have received had their Preferred Stock been converted into Common Stock on the date of such event and had they thereafter, during the period from the date of such event to and including the date of conversion, retained such securities receivable by them as aforesaid during such period, subject to all other adjustments called for during such period under this Section 5 with respect to the rights of the holders of the Preferred.

(C) Reclassifications . In the case, at any time after the date hereof; of any capital reorganization (except as provided in Section 2(f)) or any reclassification of the stock of the Corporation (other than as a result of a stock dividend or subdivision, split-up or combination of shares), each Conversion Price then in effect shall, concurrently with the effectiveness of such reorganization or reclassification, be proportionately adjusted such that the shares of the relevant series of Preferred Stock shall, after such reorganization or reclassification, be convertible into the kind and number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or otherwise to which such holder would have been entitled if immediately prior to such reorganization or reclassification, the holder had converted the holder’s shares of the Preferred Stock into Common Stock. The provisions of this Section 5(c)(vi)(C) shall similarly apply to successive reorganizations, reclassifications, consolidations or Corporate Sales,

(d) Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of any Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 5, the Corporation at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and furnish to each relevant holder of Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based. The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (i) such adjustments and readjustments, (ii) the Conversion Price at the time in effect, and (iii) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of the Preferred Stock.

(e) Mechanics of Conversion . Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert the same voluntarily into shares of Common Stock, such holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for the Preferred Stock and shall give written notice to the Corporation at such office that the holder elects to convert the same (except that no such written notice of election to convert shall be necessary in the event of an automatic conversion pursuant to subsection 5(b) hereof). The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock a certificate or certificates for the number

 

17


of shares of Common Stock to which he shall be entitled as aforesaid. Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of Preferred Stock to be converted. In the case of an automatic conversion into Common Stock pursuant to subsection 5(b) hereof, such conversion shall be deemed to have occurred upon the giving of the relevant consent referred to in subsection 5(b)(i) or immediately prior to the closing of the offering referred to in subsection 5(b)(ii) and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock on such date without regard whether the certificates therefor have been surrendered for conversion. In the case of an automatic conversion into Series Al Preferred Stock, Series Bl Preferred Stock, Series Cl Preferred Stock, Series Dl Preferred Stock, Series El Preferred Stock or Series Fl Preferred Stock, such conversion shall be deemed to have occurred immediately prior to the closing of the relevant Equity Financing and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Preferred Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Preferred Stock on such date without regard whether the certificates therefor have been surrendered for conversion

(f) Fractional Shares . In lieu of any fractional shares to which a holder of Preferred Stock would otherwise be entitled, the Corporation shall pay cash equal to such fraction multiplied by the fair market value of one share of Common Stock as determined by the Board. The number of whole shares issuable to each holder upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock of each holder at the time converting into Common Stock.

(g) No Impairment . Other than by amendment to the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation in accordance with Section 5, the Corporation will not through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Corporation, but will at all times in good faith assist in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the Conversion Rights of the holders of Preferred Stock against impairment.

(h) Reservation of Stock Issue Upon Conversion . The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of Preferred such number of its shares of Common Stock as Shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purpose.

(i) No Reissuance of Converted Shares . No shares of Preferred Stock which have been converted into Common Stock after the original issuance thereof shall ever again be reissued and all such shares so converted shall upon such conversion cease to be a part

 

18


of the authorized shares of the Corporation. No shares of Series F Preferred Stock which have been converted into shares of Series Fl Preferred Stock, no shares of Series E Preferred Stock which have been converted into shares of Series El Preferred Stock, no shares of Series D Preferred Stock which have been converted into shares of Series Dl Preferred Stock, no shares of Series C Preferred Stock which have been converted into shares of Series Cl Preferred Stock, no shares of Series B Preferred Stock which have been converted into shares of Series B1 Preferred Stock and no shares of Series A Preferred Stock which have been converted into shares of Series Al Preferred Stock shall ever again be reissued and all such shares so converted shall upon such conversion cease to be a part of the authorized shares of the Corporation.

(j) Notices of Record Date . In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, property, stock or other securities), any sight to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to each bolder of Preferred Stock at least twenty (20) days prior to such record date, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend or distribution or right, and the amount and character of ‘such dividend, distribution or right.

6. Protective Provisions . In addition to any other rights provided by law, so long as any Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without first obtaining the affirmative vote or written consent of the holders of not less than a majority of the then outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting as a single class on an as-converted into Common Stock basis:

(a) authorize, create or issue shares of any class or series of capital stock (or securities convertible into or exchangeable for such stock) having any preference or priority senior to, or being on a parity with any series of Preferred Stock as to any of the rights, preferences and privileges thereof; including voting rights, or issue any shares of Series Al Preferred Stock, Series B1 Preferred Stock, Series Cl Preferred Stock, Series D1 Preferred Stock, Series El Preferred Stock or Series Fl Preferred Stock other than associated with conversion of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock or Series F Preferred Stock, respectively;

(b) alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of any outstanding series of Preferred Stock;

(c) make any public offering of its equity securities, other than a Qualified IPO;

(d) declare or pay any dividends on shares of Common Stock;

(e) redeem or repurchase any of the Corporation’s equity securities other than pursuant to agreements with founders, holders of restricted stock or option holders at cost and unanimously approved by the Board;

 

19


(f) effect any liquidation, dissolution, winding-up, recapitalization, reorganization, or Corporate Sale;

(g) change the number o f authorized directors of the Board;

(h) amend the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws; or

(i) commence a line of business substantially different and distinct from all existing lines of business of the Corporation

Further; so long as any Preferred Stock shall be outstanding, the Corporation shall not, without the approval of the Board, (x) incur aggregate funded debt any time outstanding of in excess of $3,000,000, (y) acquire for in excess of $1,000,000 the business or assets of any particular business operation; or (z) grant to any unaffiliated third party an exclusive license to a material portion of the Corporation’s intellectual property assets.

ARTICLE V

A. Limitation of Directors’ and Officers’ Liability . To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law as the same exists or may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of Title 8 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived any improper personal benefit. If the Delaware General Corporation Law is amended, after approval by the stockholders of this Article, to authorize corporate action further eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law, as so amended. Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article, nor the adoption of any provisions of this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation inconsistent with this Article, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article in respect of any matter occurring, or any cause of action, suit or claim that, but for this Article, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation is authorized to provide indemnification of (and advancement of expenses to) directors, officers, employees and other agents of the Corporation (and any other persons to which Delaware law permits the Corporation to provide indemnification), through Bylaw provisions, agreements with any such director, officer, employee or other agent or other person, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise, in excess of the indemnification and advancement otherwise permitted by Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, subject only to limits created by applicable Delaware law (statutory or nonstatutory), with respect to actions for breach of duty to a corporation, its stockholders and others.

 

20


B. Repeal or Modification . Any repeal or modification of the foregoing provisions of this Article V by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of an agent of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

 

21


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as of the date set forth below and certify under penalty of perjury that each has read the foregoing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and knows the contents thereof and that the statements therein are true.

Executed in Cupertino, California on October 6, 2006.

 

/s/ Julie Shimer
Julie Shimer, President

 

/s/ Martin Silver
Martin Silver, Secretary


CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT TO

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. , a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ General Corporation law ”) does hereby certify:

FIRST: The date of filing of the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was February 15, 2000. This corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation has been amended and/or restated on several occasions since most recently on October 6, 2006.

SECOND: The Board of Directors of this corporation, acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141(f) and 242 of the General Corporation Law, adopted resolutions to amend and restate Section A of Article IV of its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation. Said Section A is amended and restated to read in full as follows:

“A Classes of Stock .” The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of shares to be designated respectively “ Preferred Stock ” and “ Common Stock ” both of which have a par value of three one-thousandths of one cent ($0.0003) per share. The total number of shares of Preferred Stock authorized is one hundred fifty-six million eighty-two thousand four hundred fifty-eight (156,082,458). The total number of shares of Common Stock authorized is one hundred eighty-two million five hundred thirty-nine thousand seven hundred eighty-five (182,538,785).

The Preferred Stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The first series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of three million sixty- two thousand one hundred twenty-nine (3,062,129) shares, designated as “ Series A Preferred Stock .” The second series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of five million three hundred seventy-eight thousand seven hundred eighty-nine (5,378,789) shares, designated as “ Series B Preferred Stock .” The third series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of twenty five million four hundred ten thousand five hundred twenty-six (25,410,526) shares, designated as “ Series C Preferred Stock ”. The fourth series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of twenty million nine hundred thousand (20,900,000) shares, designated as “ Series D Preferred Stock .” The fifth series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of ten million seven hundred fifty thousand (10,750,000) shares, designated as “ Series E Preferred Stock .” The sixth series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of twelve million five hundred thirty-nine thousand seven hundred eighty-five (12,539,785) shares, designated as “ Series F Preferred Stock .” The seventh series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of three million sixty two thousand one hundred twenty-nine (3,062,129) shares, designated as “ Series A1 Preferred Stock .” The eighth series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of five million three hundred seventy-eight thousand seven hundred eighty-nine (5,378,789) shares, designated as “ Series B1 Preferred Stock .” The ninth series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of


twenty five million four hundred ten thousand five hundred twenty-six (25,410,526) shares, designated as “ Series C1 Preferred Stock .” The tenth series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of twenty million nine hundred thousand (20,900,000) shares, designated as “ Series D1 Preferred Stock .” The eleventh series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of ten million seven hundred fifty thousand (10,750,000) shares, designated as “ Series E1 Preferred Stock .” The twelfth series of Preferred Stock shall be comprised of twelve million five hundred thirty-nine thousand seven hundred eighty-five (12,539,785) shares, designated as “ Series F-1 Preferred Stock .”

THIRD: That pursuant to a resolution of the Board of Directors, this Certificate of Amendment was submitted to the stockholders of the Corporation for their approval and was approved by them in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the corporation has caused this Certificate to be signed by its Secretary this 13 th day of March, 2007

 

VOCERA COMMUNIATIONS, INC.
/s/ Martin J. Silver
Martin J. Silver, Secretary

 

2


SECOND AMENDMENT TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

The undersigned, Martin Silver, hereby certifies that:

1. He is the duly elected and acting Secretary of Vocera Communications, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”).

2. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of the State of Delaware on February 16, 2000. The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation has been amended and/or restated on several occasions since, most recently on March 13, 2007 (as so restated and amended, the “ Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”).

3. Section B.4(b) of Article IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“(b) Voting for the Election of Directors . The holders of a majority of the outstanding Series D Preferred Stock and Series D1 Preferred Stock (voting as a single class on an as-converted into Common Stock basis) shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation at each annual election of directors (the “ Series D Director ”). The holders of a majority of the outstanding Series C Preferred Stock and Series Cl Preferred Stock (voting as a single class on an as-converted into Common Stock basis) shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation at each annual election of directors (the “ Series C Director ”). The holders of a majority of the outstanding Series B Preferred Stock and Series Bl Preferred Stock (voting as a single class on an as-converted into Common Stock basis) shall be entitled to elect one (1) director of the Corporation at each annual election of directors (the “ Series B Director ”). The holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Stock shall be entitled to elect two (2) directors of the Corporation at each annual election of directors. The holders of the Preferred Stock and Common Stock (voting together as a single class and not as separate series, and on an as converted basis) shall be entitled to elect any remaining directors of the Corporation. For the purposes hereof, the Series B Director, the Series C Director and the Series D Director are referred to collectively as the “ Preferred Directors .”

Any vacancy in the Board occurring because of death, resignation or removal of a director elected by the holders of the outstanding class or series with voting power entitled to elect him or her shall be filled by this vote or written consent of the holders of the outstanding class or series with voting power entitled to elect him or her or, in the absence of action by such holders, by action of the remaining directors elected by such class or series. A director may be removed with or without cause by the vote or


consent of the holders of outstanding class or series with voting power entitled to elect him or her in accordance with the Delaware General Corporation Law.”

4. The Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation herein certified has been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and by stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as of the date set forth below and certifies under penalty of perjury that he has read the foregoing and knows the contents thereof and that the statements therein are true.

Date: March 2, 2010

 

/s/ Martin Silver

Martin Silver

Secretary

 

2


THIRD AMENDMENT TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

The undersigned, Martin Silver, hereby certifies that:

1. He is the duly elected and acting Secretary of Vocera Communications, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”).

2. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of the State of Delaware on February 16, 2000. The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation has been amended and/or restated on several occasions since, most recently on March 2, 2010 (as so restated and amended, the “ Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”).

3. Section B.5(c)(i)(C)(iii) of Article IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“(III) in connection with the acquisition of all or part of the equity securities of another company by merger, reorganization or otherwise, or in connection with the purchase of all or part of the assets of another company, in each case pursuant to a plan or arrangement approved by the Board (including a majority of Preferred Directors), including without limitation shares that may be issued incident to the subsequent exercise of rights granted in connection with such merger, reorganization or acquisition;”

4. The Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation herein certified has been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and by stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Third Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as of the date set forth below and certifies under penalty of perjury that he has read the foregoing and knows the contents thereof and that the statements therein are true.

Date: October 5, 2010

 

/s/ Martin Silver

Martin Silver

Secretary

 

2


FOURTH AMENDMENT TO THE

AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

The undersigned, Martin Silver, hereby certifies that:

1. He is the duly elected and acting Secretary of Vocera Communications, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “ Corporation ”).

2. The original Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation was filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on February 16, 2000. The Corporation’s Certificate of Incorporation has been amended and/or restated on several occasions since, most recently on October 5, 2010 (as so restated and amended, the “ Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation ”).

3. Section B.5(c)(i)(C)(II) of Article IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is amended in its entirety to read as follows:

“(II) to officers, directors or employees of, or consultants to, the Corporation pursuant to a warrant, stock grant, option plan, purchase plan or other employee or service provider stock incentive program or agreement approved by the Board;”

4. A new Section B.5(k) of Article IV of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation is added to read as follows:

“(k) Waiver of Adjustment of Conversion Price. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any downward adjustment of the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock may be waived by the consent or vote of the holders of the majority of the outstanding shares of such series either before or after the issuance causing the adjustment. Any such waiver shall bind all future holders of shares of such series of Preferred Stock.”

5. The Fourth Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation herein certified has been duly adopted by the Board of Directors and by stockholders of the Corporation in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Fourth Amendment to the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as of the date set forth below and certifies under penalty of perjury that he has read the foregoing and knows the contents thereof and that the statements therein are true.

Date: May 25, 2011

 

/s/ Martin Silver

Martin Silver

Secretary

 

2

Exhibit 3.03

BYLAWS

OF

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page(s)  

ARTICLE I STOCKHOLDERS

     1   

Section 1.1.

   Annual Meeting      1   

Section 1.2.

   Special Meetings      1   

Section 1.3.

   Notice of Meetings      1   

Section 1.4.

   Quorum      1   

Section 1.5.

   Organization      2   

Section 1.6.

   Conduct of Business      2   

Section 1.7.

   Proxies and Voting      2   

Section 1.8.

   Stock List      2   

Section 1.9.

   Stockholder Action by Written Consent      2   

ARTICLE II BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     3   

Section 2.1.

   Number and Term of Office      3   

Section 2.2.

   Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships      3   

Section 2.3.

   Removal      3   

Section 2.4.

   Regular Meetings      3   

Section 2.5.

   Special Meetings      3   

Section 2.6.

   Quorum      4   

Section 2.7.

   Participation in Meetings by Conference Telephone      4   

Section 2.8.

   Conduct of Business      4   

Section 2.9.

   Powers      4   

Section 2.10.

   Compensation of Directors      4   

Section 2.11.

   Nomination of Director Candidates      5   

ARTICLE III COMMITTEES

     5   

Section 3.1.

   Committees of the Board of Directors      5   

Section 3.2.

   Conduct of Business      5   

ARTICLE IV OFFICERS

     5   

Section 4.1.

   Generally      5   

Section 4.2.

   Chairman of the Board      6   

Section 4.3.

   President      6   

Section 4.4.

   Vice President      6   

Section 4.5.

   Chief Financial Officer      6   

Section 4.6.

   Secretary      6   

Section 4.7.

   Delegation of Authority      6   

Section 4.8.

   Removal      7   

Section 4.9.

   Action With Respect to Securities of Other Corporations      7   

ARTICLE V STOCK

     7   

Section 5.1.

   Certificates of Stock      7   

Section 5.2.

   Transfers of Stock      7   

Section 5.3.

   Record Date      7   

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

          Page(s)  

Section 5.4.

   Lost Stolen or Destroyed Certificates      7   

Section 5.5.

   Regulations      7   

ARTICLE VI NOTICES

     7   

Section 6.1.

   Notices      7   

Section 6.2.

   Waivers      8   

ARTICLE VII MISCELLANEOUS

     8   

Section 7.1.

   Facsimile Signatures      8   

Section 7.2.

   Corporate Seal      8   

Section 7.3.

   Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records      8   

Section 7.4.

   Fiscal Year      8   

Section 7.5.

   Time Periods      8   

ARTICLE VIII INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     8   

Section 8.1.

   Right to Indemnification      8   

Section 8.2.

   Right of Claimant to Bring Suit      9   

Section 8.3.

   Non-Exclusivity of Rights      10   

Section 8.4.

   Indemnification Contracts      10   

Section 8.5.

   Insurance      10   

Section 8.6.

   Effect of Amendment      10   

ARTICLE IX AMENDMENTS

     10   

 

ii


BYLAWS

OF

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

ARTICLE I

STOCKHOLDERS

Section 1.1. Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of the stockholders of Vocera Communications, Inc., (the “Corporation”), for the election of directors and for the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting, shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as the Board of Directors shall each year fix, which date shall be within thirteen months subsequent to the later of the date of incorporation or the last annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 1.2. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders, for any purpose or purposes prescribed in the notice of the meeting, may be called by (1) the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption), (2) the President or (3) the holders of shares entitled to cast not less than ten percent (10%) of the votes at the meeting, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they shall fix. Business transacted at special meetings shall be confined to the purpose or purposes stated in the notice.

Section 1.3. Notice of Meetings . Written notice of the place, date, and time of all meetings of the stockholders shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date on which the meeting is to be held, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law (meaning, here and hereinafter, as required from time to time by the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation).

When a meeting is adjourned to another place, date or time, written notice need not be given of the adjourned meeting if the place, date and time thereof are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken; provided, however, that if the date of any adjourned meeting is more than thirty (30) days after the date for which the meeting was originally noticed, or if a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, written notice of the place, date, and time of the adjourned meeting shall be given in conformity herewith. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the original meeting.

Section 1.4. Quorum . At any meeting of the stockholders, the holders of a majority of all of the shares of the stock entitled to vote at the meeting, present in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum for all purposes, unless or except to the extent that the presence of a larger number may be required by law or by the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws of this Corporation.

If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairman of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time.

If a notice of any adjourned special meeting of stockholders is sent to all stockholders entitled to vote thereat, stating that it will be held with those present constituting a quorum, then


except as otherwise required by law, those present at such adjourned meeting shall constitute a quorum, and all matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast at such meeting.

Section 1.5. Organization . Such person as the Board of Directors may have designated or, in the absence of such a person, the chief executive officer of the Corporation or, in his absence, such person as may be chosen by the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote who are present, in person or by proxy, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairman of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary of the Corporation, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairman appoints.

Section 1.6. Conduct of Business . The chairman of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him in order.

Section 1.7. Proxies and Voting . At any meeting of the stockholders, every stockholder entitled to vote may vote in person or by proxy authorized by an instrument in writing filed in accordance with the procedure established for the meeting.

Each stockholder shall have one vote for every share of stock entitled to vote which is registered in his name on the record date for the meeting, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law.

All voting, except where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or by his or her proxy, a stock vote shall be taken. Every stock vote shall be taken by ballots, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. Every vote taken by ballots shall be counted by an inspector or inspectors appointed by the chairman of the meeting.

All elections shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law or these Bylaws, all other matters shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast, affirmatively or negatively.

Section 1.8. Stock List . A complete list of stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of stockholders, arranged in alphabetical order for each class of stock and showing the address of each such stockholder and the number of shares registered in his or her name, shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, during ordinary business hours for a period of at least ten (10) days prior to the meeting, either at a place within the city where the meeting is to be held, which place shall be specified in the notice of the meeting, or if not so specified, at the place where the meeting is to be held.

The stock list shall also be kept at the place of the meeting during the whole time thereof and shall be open to the examination of any such stockholder who is present. This list shall presumptively determine the identity of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting and the number of shares held by each of them.

Section 1.9. Stockholder Action by Written Consent . Any action which may be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting and without prior notice, if a consent in writing, setting forth the actions so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding shares having not less than the minimum number of votes which would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were

 

2


present and voted. All such consents shall be filed with the secretary of the Corporation and shall be maintained in the corporate records. Prompt notice of the taking of a corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing.

ARTICLE II

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Section 2.1. Number and Term of Office . The number of directors shall initially be five (5), and, thereafter, shall be fixed from time to time exclusively by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board for adoption). Each director shall hold office until his successor is elected and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal.

Section 2.2. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships . Newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors or any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from death, resignation, retirement, disqualification, or other cause (other then removal from office by a vote of the stockholders) may be filled only by a majority vote of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, and directors so chosen shall hold office for a term expiring at the next annual meeting of stockholders. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.

Section 2.3. Removal . Subject to the limitations stated in the Certificate of Incorporation, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, with or without cause, but only by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of all of the then outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, voting together as a single class. Vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from such removal may be filled by (i) a majority of the directors then in office, though less than a quorum, or (ii) the stockholders at a special meeting of the stockholders properly called for that purpose, by the vote of the holders of a majority of the shares entitled to vote at such special meeting. Directors so chosen shall hold office until the next annual meeting of stockholders.

Section 2.4. Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required.

Section 2.5. Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by a majority of the directors then in office, by the chairman of the board, or by the chief executive officer, and shall be held at such place, on such date, and at such time as they or he shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given each director by whom it is not waived by mailing written notice not less than five (5) days before the meeting (one (1) day before the meeting if delivered by an overnight courier service and two (2) days before the meeting if by overseas courier service) or by telephoning, telecopying, telegraphing or personally delivering the same not less than twenty-four (24) hours before the meeting. Unless otherwise indicated in the notice thereof, any and all business may be transacted at a special meeting.

 

3


Section 2.6. Quorum . At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the total number of authorized directors shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.

Section 2.7. Participation in Meetings by Conference Telephone . Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee of the Board of Directors, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

Section 2.8. Conduct of Business . At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.

Section 2.9. Powers . The Board of Directors may, except as otherwise required by law, exercise all such powers and do all such acts and things as may be exercised or done by the Corporation, including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the unqualified power:

(1) To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;

(2) To purchase or otherwise acquire any property, rights or privileges on such terms as it shall determine;

(3) To authorize the creation, making and issuance, in such form as it may determine, of written obligations of every kind, negotiable or non-negotiable, secured or unsecured, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith;

(4) To remove any officer of the Corporation with or without cause, and from time to time to pass on the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the time being;

(5) To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;

(6) To adopt from time to time such stock option, stock purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;

(7) To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other benefit plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and

(8) To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, for the management of the Corporation’s business and affairs.

Section 2.10. Compensation of Directors . Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as

 

4


directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.

Section 2.11. Nomination of Director Candidates . Nominations for the election of directors may be made by the Board of Directors or a proxy committee appointed by the Board of Directors or by any stockholder entitled to vote in the election of directors.

ARTICLE III

COMMITTEES

Section 3.1. Committees of the Board of Directors . The Board of Directors, by a vote of a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any such vote is taken by the Board), may from time to time designate committees of the Board, with such lawfully delegable powers and duties as it thereby confers, to serve at the pleasure of the Board and shall, for those committees and any others provided for herein, elect a director or directors to serve as the member or members, designating, if it desires, other directors as alternate members who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Any committee so designated may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors to declare a dividend, to authorize the issuance of stock or to adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation if the resolution which designates the committee or a supplemental resolution of the Board of Directors shall so provide. In the absence or disqualification of any member of any committee and any alternate member in his place, the member or members of the committee present at the meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or she or they constitute a quorum, may by unanimous vote appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of the absent or disqualified member.

Section 3.2. Conduct of Business . Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third of the authorized members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if all members thereof consent thereto in writing, and the writing or writings are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee.

ARTICLE IV

OFFICERS

Section 4.1. Generally . The officers of the Corporation shall consist of a President, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer. The Corporation may also have, at the discretion of the Board of Directors, a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Presidents, and such other officers as may from time to time be appointed by the Board of Directors. Officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors, which shall consider that subject at its first meeting after every annual meeting of stockholders. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualified or until his or her earlier resignation or removal. Any number of offices may be held by the same person.

Section 4.2. Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, if there shall be such an officer, shall, if present, preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors, and exercise and

 

5


perform such other powers and duties as may be from time to time assigned to him by the Board of Directors or as provided by these Bylaws.

Section 4.3. President . Subject to such supervisory powers, if any, as may be given by the Board of Directors to the Chairman of the Board, if there be such an officer, the President shall be the general manager and chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, have general supervision, direction, and control of the business and officers of the Corporation. He shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders. He shall be ex officio a member of all the standing committees, including the executive committee, if any, and shall have the general powers and duties of management usually vested in the office of president of a Corporation, and shall have such other powers and duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws.

Section 4.4. Vice President . In the absence or disability of the President, the Vice Presidents in order of their rank as fixed by the Board of Directors, or if not ranked, the Vice President designated by the Board of Director, shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting shall have all the powers of, and be subject to all the restrictions upon, the President. The Vice Presidents shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as from time to time may be prescribed for them respectively by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

Section 4.5. Chief Financial Officer . The Chief Financial Officer shall keep and maintain or cause to be kept and maintained, adequate and correct books and records of account in written form or any other form capable of being converted into written form.

The Chief Financial Officer shall deposit all monies and other valuables in the name and to the credit of the Corporation with such depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Directors. He shall disburse all funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, shall render to the President and directors, whenever they request it, an account of all of his transactions as Chief Financial Officer and of the financial condition of the Corporation, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or by these Bylaws.

Section 4.6. Secretary . The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept, a book of minutes in written form of the proceedings of the Board of Directors, committees of the Board, and stockholders. Such minutes shall include all waivers of notice, consents to the holding of meetings, or approvals of the minutes of meetings executed pursuant to these Bylaws or the Delaware General Corporation Law. The Secretary shall keep, or cause to be kept at the principal executive office or at the office of the Corporation’s transfer agent or registrar, a record of its stockholders, giving the names and addresses of all stockholders and the number and class of shares held by each.

The Secretary shall give or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors required by these Bylaws or by law to be given, and shall keep the seal of the Corporation in safe custody, and shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or these Bylaws.

Section 4.7. Delegation of Authority . The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate the powers or duties of any officer to any other officers or agents, notwithstanding any provision hereof.

 

6


Section 4.8. Removal . Any officer of the Corporation may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the Board of Directors.

Section 4.9. Action With Respect to Securities of Other Corporations . Unless otherwise directed by the Board of Directors, the President or any officer of the Corporation authorized by the President shall have power to vote and otherwise act on behalf of the Corporation, in person or by proxy, at any meeting of stockholders of or with respect to any action of stockholders of any other corporation in which this Corporation may hold securities and otherwise to exercise any and all rights and powers which this Corporation may possess by reason of its ownership of securities in such other corporation.

ARTICLE V

STOCK

Section 5.1. Certificates of Stock . Each stockholder shall be entitled to a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by, the President or a Vice President, and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, or the Chief Financial Officer, certifying the number of shares owned by him or her. Any of or all the signatures on the certificate may be facsimile.

Section 5.2. Transfers of Stock . Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 5.4 of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.

Section 5.3. Record Date . The Board of Directors may fix a record date, which shall not be more than sixty (60) nor fewer than ten (10) days before the date of any meeting of stockholders, nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the time for the other actions hereinafter described, as of which there shall be determined the stockholders who are entitled: to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof; to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights; or to exercise any rights with respect to any change, conversion or exchange of stock or with respect to any other lawful action.

Section 5.4. Lost Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . In the event of the loss, theft or destruction of any certificate of stock, another may be issued in its place pursuant to such regulations as the Board of Directors may establish concerning proof of such loss, theft or destruction and concerning the giving of a satisfactory bond or bonds of indemnity.

Section 5.5. Regulations . The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.

ARTICLE VI

NOTICES

Section 6.1. Notices . Except as otherwise specifically provided herein or required by law, all notices required to be given to any stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent shall be in writing and may in every instance be effectively given by hand delivery to the recipient thereof, by depositing such notice in the mails, postage paid, or by sending such notice by prepaid telegram, mailgram, telecopy or commercial courier service. Any such notice shall be addressed to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent at his or her last known address as the same appears on the books of the Corporation. The time when such notice shall

 

7


be deemed to be given shall be the time such notice is received by such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, or by any person accepting such notice on behalf of such person, if hand delivered, or the time such notice is dispatched, if delivered through the mails or by telegram, courier or mailgram.

Section 6.2. Waivers . A written waiver of any notice, signed by a stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent, whether before or after the time of the event for which notice is to be given, shall be deemed equivalent to the notice required to be given to such stockholder, director, officer, employee or agent. Neither the business nor the purpose of any meeting need be specified in such a waiver. Attendance of a person at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice for such meeting, except when the person attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

ARTICLE VII

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 7.1. Facsimile Signatures . In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.

Section 7.2. Corporate Seal . The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, containing the name of the Corporation, which seal shall be in the charge of the Secretary. If and when so directed by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, duplicates of the seal may be kept and used by the Chief Financial Officer or by an Assistant Secretary or other officer designated by the Board of Directors.

Section 7.3. Reliance Upon Books, Reports and Records . Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his duties, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation, including reports made to the Corporation by any of its officers, by an independent certified public accountant, or by an appraiser.

Section 7.4. Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be as fixed by the Board of Directors.

Section 7.5. Time Periods . In applying any provision of these Bylaws which require that an act be done or not done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded, and the day of the event shall be included.

ARTICLE VIII

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 8.1. Right to Indemnification . Each person who was or is made a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (“proceeding”), by reason of the fact that he or she or a person of whom he or she is the legal representative, is or was a director, officer or employee of the Corporation or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer or employee of another corporation, or of a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise,

 

8


including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director, officer or employee or in any other capacity while serving as a director, officer or employee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said Law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment) against all expenses, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and amounts expended in seeking indemnification granted to such person under applicable law, this Bylaw or any agreement with the Corporation) reasonably incurred or suffered by such person in connection therewith and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer or employee and shall inure to the benefit of his or her heirs, executors and administrators; provided , however , that, except as provided in Section 8.2, the Corporation shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnity in connection with an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if (a) such indemnification is expressly required to be made by law, (b) the action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation, (c) such indemnification is provided by the Corporation, in its sole discretion, pursuant to the powers vested in the Corporation under the Delaware General Corporation Law, or (d) the action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) is brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under an indemnity agreement, the Bylaws, or any statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law. Such right shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation expenses incurred in defending any such proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided , however , that, if the Delaware General Corporation Law then so requires, the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer of the Corporation in his or her capacity as a director or officer (and not in any other capacity in which service was or is rendered by such person while a director or officer, including, without limitation, service to an employee benefit plan) in advance of the final disposition of such proceeding, shall be made only upon delivery to the Corporation of an undertaking, by or on behalf of such director or officer, to repay all amounts so advanced if it should be determined ultimately that such director or officer is not entitled to be indemnified under this Section or otherwise.

Section 8.2. Right of Claimant to Bring Suit . If a claim under Section 8.1 is not paid in full by the Corporation within ninety (90) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if such suit is not frivolous or brought in bad faith, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any, has been tendered to this Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the Delaware General Corporation Law for the Corporation to indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he or she has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the claimant has not

 

9


met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that a claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct.

Section 8.3. Non-Exclusivity of Rights . The rights conferred on any person by Sections 8.1 and 8.2 shall not be exclusive of any other right which such persons may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise.

Section 8.4. Indemnification Contracts . The Board of Directors is authorized to enter into a contract with any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or any person serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including employee benefit plans, providing for indemnification rights equivalent to or, if the Board of Directors so determines, greater than, those provided for in this Article VIII.

Section 8.5. Insurance . The Corporation may maintain insurance to the extent reasonably available, at its expense, to protect itself and any such director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any such expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under Delaware General Corporation Law.

Section 8.6. Effect of Amendment . Any amendment, repeal or modification of any provision of this Article VIII by the stockholders or the directors of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such amendment, repeal or modification.

ARTICLE IX

AMENDMENTS

The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation, subject to the right of the stockholders to adopt, amend, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the total number of authorized directors (whether or not there exist any vacancies in previously authorized directorships at the time any resolution providing for adoption, amendment or repeal is presented to the Board). The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

10


SECRETARY’S CERTIFICATE OF ADOPTION OF

THE BYLAWS OF VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

I hereby certify:

That I am the duly elected Secretary of Vocera Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation;

That the foregoing Bylaws comprising ten (10) pages, constitute the Bylaws of said corporation as duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation on February 16, 2000.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunder subscribed my name this 16th day of February, 2000.

 

/s/ Robert Shostak

Robert Shostak, Secretary

Exhibit 4.02

[VOCERA LOGO]

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTOR RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of October 10, 2006, by and among Vocera Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the holders of the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock that are parties to the Prior Rights Agreement (as defined below) and their successors (the “ Series A Holders ”), the holders of the Company’s Series B Preferred Stock that are parties to the Prior Rights Agreement and their successors (the “ Series B Holders ”), the holders of the Company’s Series C Preferred Stock that are parties to the Prior Rights Agreement and their successors (the “ Series C Holders ”), the holders of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock that are parties to the Prior Rights Agreement and their successors (the “ Series D Holders ”), the holders of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock that are parties to the Prior Rights Agreement (the “ Series E Holders ”), the purchasers of Series F Preferred Stock listed on Exhibit A to the Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement of even date herewith (the “ Series F Holders ”) (the Series A Holders, Series B Holders, Series C Holders, Series D Holders, Series E Holders, and Series F Holders are hereinafter collectively referred to individually as a “Purchaser” and collectively as the “ Purchasers ”), and the undersigned holders of Common Stock of the Company (individually, a “ Founder ” and collectively, the “ Founders ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, the Company, the Founders, the Series A Holders, Series B Holders, Series C Holders, Series D Holders and Series E Holders are bound by an Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated as of October 22, 2004 (the “ Prior Rights Agreement ”);

WHEREAS, the Series F Holders are parties to that certain Series F Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement between the Company and the Series F Holders of even date herewith (the “ Series F Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Series F Holders are purchasing shares of the Company’s Series F Preferred Stock;

WHEREAS, Section 6.6 of the Prior Rights Agreement provides that the Prior Rights Agreement may in certain circumstances be amended by the written consent of the Company and the holders of a majority of Registrable Securities (as that term is defined in Section 1.1(h) of the Prior Rights Agreement);

WHEREAS, the undersigned hold a majority of the Registrable Securities outstanding immediately prior to the date hereof; and

WHEREAS, in order to induce the Company to enter into the Series F Agreement and to induce the Series F Holders to invest funds in the Company pursuant to the Series F Agreement, the parties hereto desire to amend, restate and replace their rights under the Prior Rights Agreement with the rights set forth in this Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing recitals and the mutual promises hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto agree as follows:


AGREEMENT

1. Registration Rights .

1.1 Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) “ Commission ” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal agency at the time administering the Securities Act.

(b) “ Conversion Stock ” means the Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, Series Al Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B1 Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C1 Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series D1 Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series E1 Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, or Series F1 Preferred Stock.

(c) “ Holder ” shall mean any stockholder of the Company holding Registrable Securities and any person holding Registrable Securities to whom the rights under this Section 1 have been transferred in accordance with Section 1.10.

(d) “ Initiating Holders ” shall mean any Holder or Holders of at least thirty percent (30%) of the Registrable Securities, either individually or in the aggregate (adjusted after the original issuance thereof for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations, and the like).

(e) “ Offered Stock ” means all Stock proposed to be Transferred by a Holder.

(f) “ Preferred Stock ” means the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, Series Al Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series B1 Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock, Series C1 Preferred Stock, Series D Preferred Stock, Series D1 Preferred Stock, Series E Preferred Stock, Series E1 Preferred Stock, Series F Preferred Stock, and Series F1 Preferred Stock.

(g) “ Qualified IPO ” means the firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, covering the offer and sale of Common Stock (other than a registration on Form S-8, Form S-4 or comparable or successor forms); provided, that (x) the offering price per share equals or exceeds $3.00 per share (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and the like) and (y) the offering results in aggregate gross proceeds (prior to underwriters’ commissions and expenses) to the Company of not less than $25,000,000.

(h) “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the Conversion Stock and (ii) stock issued in respect of, or in exchange for, or in replacement of, the stock referred to in (i) as a result of a stock split, stock dividend, combination, recapitalization or the like, which has not been sold to the public.

 

2


(i) The terms “ register ,” “ registered ” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of the effectiveness of such registration statement.

(j) “ Registration Expenses ” shall mean all expenses, except as otherwise stated below, incurred by the Company in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Sections 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4 hereof, including, without limitation, all registration, qualification and filing fees, printing expenses, escrow fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, blue sky fees and expenses, the expense of any special audits incident to or required by any such registration (but excluding the compensation of regular employees of the Company which shall be paid in any event by the Company) and the reasonable fees and disbursements of one counsel for all Holders in the event of each registration provided for in Sections 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4 hereof.

(k) “ Securities Act ” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any similar federal statute and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, all as the same shall be in effect at the time.

(l) “ Selling Expenses ” shall mean all underwriting discounts, selling commissions and stock transfer taxes applicable to the securities registered by the Holders.

(m) “ Stock ” means and includes all shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding at the relevant time plus (i) all shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon exercise of any options, warrants and other rights of any kind that are then exercisable and (ii) all shares of Common Stock that may be issued upon conversion of (A) any convertible securities, including, without limitation, preferred stock and debt securities then outstanding, which are by their terms then convertible into or exchangeable for Common Stock or (B) any such convertible securities issuable upon exercise of options, warrants or other rights that are then exercisable.

(n) “ Transfer ” means and includes any sale, assignment, encumbrance, hypothecation, pledge, conveyance in trust, gift, transfer by bequest, devise or descent, or other transfer or disposition of any kind, including but not limited to transfers to receivers, levying creditors, trustees or receivers in bankruptcy proceedings or general assignees for the benefit of creditors, whether voluntary or by operation of law, directly or indirectly, except:

(i) any bona fide pledge if the pledgee executes a counterpart copy of this Agreement and becomes bound thereby as a Founder;

(ii) any transfers of Stock by a Founder to such Founder’s spouse, lineal descendant or antecedent, father, mother, brother or sister of the Founder, the adopted child or adopted grandchild of the Founder, or the spouse of any child, adopted child, grandchild or adopted grandchild of the Founder, or to a trust or trusts for the exclusive benefit of such Founder or such Founder’s family members as described in this section, or transfers of Stock by a Founder by devise or descent, in all cases if the transferee or other recipient executes a counterpart copy of this Agreement and becomes bound thereby as a Founder; or

(iii) any transfer of Stock by a Founder made: (A) pursuant to a merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another corporation or corporations;

 

3


(B) pursuant to the winding up and dissolution of the Company; (C) at, and pursuant to, a firm commitment underwritten public offering; or (D) to a Purchaser pursuant to this Agreement.

1.2 Requested Registration .

(a) Request for Registration. In case the Company shall receive from Initiating Holders at any time beginning on the earlier of (i) two (2) years from the date hereof or (ii) six (6) months after the closing of the Company’s initial public offering, a request that the Company file a registration statement (i) with respect to at least 30% of the Registrable Securities or (ii) the expected proceeds of which exceed $7,500,000, the Company will:

(i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, qualification or compliance to all other Holders; and

(ii) as soon as practicable, use its best efforts to effect such registration, qualification or compliance (including, without limitation, appropriate qualification under applicable blue sky or other state securities laws and appropriate compliance with applicable regulations issued under the Securities Act and any other governmental requirements or regulations) as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request received by the Company within twenty (20) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to take any action to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance pursuant to this Section 1.2:

(A) In any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(B) After the Company has effected two (2) such registrations pursuant to this Section l.2(a) (other than on a Form S-3) and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective; provided, however, that a registration request shall not be counted under this Section 1.2 as fulfilling the Company’s obligation hereunder if the requesting Holders withdraw their registration request as the result of adverse information about the Company previously unknown to such requesting Holders;

(C) If the Company shall furnish to such Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors it would be seriously detrimental to the Company or its Holders for a registration statement to be filed in the near future, then the Company’s obligation to use its best efforts to register, qualify or comply under this Section 1.2 shall be deferred for a period not to exceed ninety (90) days from the date of receipt of written request from the Initiating Holders, provided that the Company may not use this right more than once in any twelve (12) month period; and

 

4


(D) Within ninety (90) days following the effective date of the Company’s firm commitment underwritten initial public offering of its securities pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act (“IPO”) or a subsequent registered offering of the Company’s securities;

Subject to the foregoing clauses (A) through (D), the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable, after receipt of the request or requests of the Initiating Holders.

(b) Underwriting . In the event that a registration pursuant to Section 1.2 is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as part of the notice given pursuant to Section 1.2(a)(i). In such event, the right of any Holder to participate in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in the underwriting arrangements required by this Section 1.2, and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent requested shall be limited to the extent provided herein.

(i) The Company shall (together with all Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter selected for such underwriting by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the managing underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Company shall so advise all participating Holders and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated among all Holders thereof in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities held by such Holders at the time of filing the registration statement. No Registrable Securities excluded from the underwriting by reason of the underwriter’s marketing limitation shall be included in such registration. To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company or the underwriters may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder to the nearest 100 shares.

(ii) If any Holder of Registrable Securities disapproves of the terms of the underwriting, such person may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice, on or before the fifth day prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement, to the Company, the managing underwriter and the Initiating Holders. The Registrable Securities, and/or other securities so withdrawn shall also be withdrawn from registration, and such securities shall not be transferred in a public distribution prior to ninety (90) days after the effective date of such registration, or other shorter period as the underwriters may require.

(iii) If the underwriter has not limited the number of Registrable Securities to be underwritten, the Company may include securities for its own account (or for the account of other purchasers) in such registration if the managing underwriter so agrees and if the number of Registrable Securities that would otherwise have been included in such registration and underwriting will not thereby be limited.

 

5


1.3 Company Registration .

(a) Notice of Registration . If at any time or from time to time the Company shall determine to register any of its securities, either for its own account or the account of a security holder or holders, other than (i) a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, (ii) a registration relating solely to a Rule 145 transaction or (iii) a registration effected pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.4 hereof, the Company will:

(i) notify each Holder in writing at least thirty (30) days prior to filing any registration statement under the Securities Act; and

(ii) include in such registration (and any related qualification under blue sky laws or other compliance), and in any underwriting involved therein, all the Registrable Securities specified in a written request or requests, made within twenty (20) days after receipt of such written notice from the Company, by any Holder.

(b) Underwriting . If the registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise the Holders as a part of the written notice given pursuant to Section 1.3(a)(i). In such event the right of any Holder to registration pursuant to Section 1.3 shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company and the other holders distributing their securities through such underwriting) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the managing underwriter selected for such underwriting by the Company and approved by the Holders of a majority of Registrable Securities proposed to be included in such registration. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.3, if the managing underwriter determines that marketing factors require limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, the managing underwriter may limit the Registrable Securities to be included in such registration. The Company shall so advise all Holders and other holders distributing their securities through such underwriting and the number of shares of securities that may be included in the registration and underwriting (other than on behalf of the Company) shall be allocated among all participating Holders and such other holders (provided that such other holders have contractual rights to participate in such registration which are not subordinate to the Holders) in proportion, as nearly as practicable, to the respective amounts of Registrable Securities or other securities requested to be included in such registration by such Holders and such other holders; provided , however , in no event shall the amount of Registrable Securities of the Holders included in the offering be reduced below twenty-five percent (25%) of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless (i) such offering is a Qualified IPO, in which case such Holders may be excluded entirely if the underwriters make the determination described above or the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities proposed to be included in the registration consent in writing to such a reduction or (ii) such offering is subsequent to the initial public offering of the Company’s securities in which case the Registrable Securities to be included in such registration may not be limited to less than thirty percent (30%) of the total number of securities, to be included in such registration; provided further , however , the number of shares of Conversion Stock included in the registration shall not be reduced unless there are first excluded all other securities (including Common Stock held by the Founders) proposed to be included in the registration (other than securities registered for the

 

6


account of the Company). To facilitate the allocation of shares in accordance with the above provisions, the Company may round the number of shares allocated to any Holder or holder to the nearest 100 shares. If any Holder disapproves of the terms of any such underwriting, such Holder may elect to withdraw therefrom by written notice to the Company and the managing underwriter. Except as set forth in Section 1.11, any securities excluded or withdrawn from such underwriting shall be withdrawn from such registration, and shall not be transferred in a public distribution prior to ninety (90) days after the effective date of the registration statement relating thereto, or such other shorter period of time as the underwriters may require.

1.4 Registration on Form S-3 .

(a) If any Holder or Holders of at least twenty percent (20%) of the Registrable Securities, either individually or in the aggregate (adjusted after the original issuance thereof for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, recapitalizations and the like) request that the Company file a registration statement on Form S-3 (or any successor form to Form S-3) for a public offering of shares of Registrable Securities the reasonably anticipated aggregate price to the public of which would exceed $2,000,000, and the Company is a registrant entitled to use Form S-3 to register the Registrable Securities for such an offering, the Company shall: (i) promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification and compliance, to all other Holders; and (ii) use its best efforts to cause such Registrable Securities to be registered for the offering on such form and to cause such Registrable Securities to be qualified in such jurisdictions as the Holder or Holders may reasonably request. The substantive provisions of Section 1.2(b) shall be applicable to each registration initiated under this Section 1.4 in connection with a firm commitment underwritten public offering.

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to take any action pursuant to this Section 1.4:

(i) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance unless the Company is already subject to service in such jurisdiction and except as may be required by the Securities Act;

(ii) if the Company, within ten (10) days of the receipt of the request of the Holders, gives notice of its bona fide intention to effect the filing of a registration statement with the Commission within sixty (60) days of receipt of such request (other than with respect to a registration statement relating to a Rule 145 transaction, an offering solely to employees or any other registration which is not appropriate for the registration of Registrable Securities);

(iii) within six (6) months of the effective date of any registration referred to in Sections 1.2 or 1.3 above;

(iv) if the Company shall furnish to such Holder a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors it would be seriously detrimental to the Company or the Purchaser for registration statements to be filed in the near future, then the Company’s obligation to use its best efforts to

 

7


file a registration statement shall be deferred for a period not to exceed one hundred twenty (120) days from the receipt of the request to file such registration by such Holder, provided that the Company may not use this right more than once in any twelve month period; or

(v) after the Company has effected one (1) such registration pursuant to this Section 1.4(a) in the same calendar year.

1.5 Expenses of Registration . All Registration Expenses, including, without limitation, the fees and expenses of one special counsel, if any, for the selling stockholders for the demand, piggyback and Form S-3 or similar registrations shall be borne by the Company.

1.6 Registration Procedures . In the case of each registration, qualification or compliance effected by the Company pursuant to this Section 1, the Company will keep each Holder advised in writing as to the initiation of each registration and as to the completion thereof. At its expense the Company will:

(a) Prepare and file with the Commission a registration statement with respect to such securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become and remain effective for at least one hundred eighty (180) days or until the distribution described in the registration statement has been completed;

(b) Furnish to the Holders participating in such registration and to the underwriters of the securities being registered such reasonable number of copies of the registration statement, preliminary prospectus, final prospectus and such other documents as such underwriters may reasonably request in order to facilitate the public offering of such securities;

(c) Prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement;

(d) Use its best efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions;

(e) In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement;

(f) Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement (i) at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act and (ii) of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement

 

8


of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing;

(g) Use its best efforts to furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section I, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, or, if such securities are not being sold through underwriters, on the date that the registration statement with respect to such securities becomes effective, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters, if any, and to the Holders requesting registration of Registrable Securities;

(h) Cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed; and

(i) Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

1.7 Indemnification .

(a) To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify each Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, with respect to which registration, qualification or compliance has been effected pursuant to this Section 1, and any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) of offerings effected pursuant to this Agreement, if any, and each person who controls any underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, as and when incurred, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof), including any of the foregoing incurred in settlement of any litigation, commenced or threatened, arising out of or based on any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document, or any amendment or supplement thereto, incident to any such registration, qualification or compliance, or based on any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading, or any violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities laws applicable to the Company in connection with any such registration, qualification or compliance, and the Company will reimburse each such Holder, each of its officers, directors and partners and each person controlling such Holder, any underwriter of offerings effected pursuant to this Agreement, if any, and each person who controls any such underwriter, for any legal and any

 

9


other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, provided that the Company will not be liable to any such person in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission (or alleged untrue statement or omission), made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed by such Holder, controlling person or underwriter and stated to be specifically for use therein or the preparation thereby.

(b) To the extent permitted by law, each Holder will, if Registrable Securities held by such Holder are included in the securities as to which such registration, qualification or compliance is being effected, severally but not jointly, indemnify the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers, each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, and each other Holder selling securities in such registration statement, each of such Holder’s officers and directors and each person controlling such Holder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document, or any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company, such Holders, such directors, officers, persons, underwriters or control persons for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus, offering circular or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by an instrument duly executed by such Holder and stated to be specifically for use therein or the preparation thereby; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 1.7(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the liability of each Holder under this subsection (b) shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities held by such Holder in such registration.

(c) Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 1.7 (the “ Indemnified Party ”) shall give written notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “ Indemnifying Party ”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of any such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom, provided that counsel for the Indemnifying Party, who shall conduct the defense of such claim or litigation, shall be approved by the Indemnified Party (whose approval shall not unreasonably be withheld), and the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense, and provided further that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give written notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 1.7 unless the failure to give such notice is materially prejudicial to an Indemnifying Party’s ability to defend such action and provided further, that the Indemnifying Party shall not assume the defense for matters as to

 

10


which there is a conflict of interest or separate and different defenses. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement which does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.

(d) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.7 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided, however, the liability of each Holder under this subsection (d) shall be limited to an amount equal to the net proceeds received by such Holder from the sale of Registrable Securities held by such Holder in such registration. The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall be controlling.

(e) The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.7 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.

1.8 Information by Holder . The Holders of securities included in any registration shall furnish to the Company such information regarding such Holders, the Registrable Securities held by them and the distribution proposed by such Holders as the Company may request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in this Section 1.

1.9 Rule 144 Reporting . With a view to making available the benefits of certain rules and regulations of the Commission which may at any time permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, after such time as a public market exists for the Common Stock of the Company, the Company agrees to use its best efforts to:

(a) Make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, at all times after the effective date that the Company becomes subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act;

 

11


(b) Take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

(c) File with the Commission in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

(d) So long as a Purchaser owns any Registrable Securities to furnish to the Purchaser forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 (at any time after ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), and of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company, and such other reports and documents of the Company and other information in the possession of or reasonably obtainable by the Company as the Purchaser may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the Commission allowing the Purchaser to sell any such securities without registration.

1.10 Transfer of Registration Rights . Subject to Section 3 hereof, the rights to cause the Company to register securities granted to the Purchaser under Sections 1.2, 1.3 and 1.4 (the “ Registration Rights ”) may be assigned to a transferee or assignee (other than a competitor of the Company as reasonably determined by the Company in good faith), in connection with any transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities by the Purchaser provided that the transferor provides the Company with written notice of the proposed transfer, the transferee covenants to be bound by this Agreement and: (i) the transferee acquires at least 10% of the transferor’s Registrable Securities (subject to adjustments for stock splits, combinations, dividends or the like); or (ii) the transferee is a partner, member, stockholder or affiliate of the Holder who agrees to act through a single representative for the purpose of such rights. Notwithstanding the foregoing, regardless of the number of Registrable Securities being transferred, the Registration Rights may be transferred to an affiliate (as defined in Section 6.5 hereof) of the transferor, provided that the transferor provides the Company with written notice of the proposed transfer and the transferee covenants to be bound by this Agreement.

1.11 Standoff Agreement . Each Holder agrees, in connection with the Company’s Qualified IPO, not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any Registrable Securities (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for up to one hundred and eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act, and to enter into and be bound by such form of agreement with respect to the foregoing as the underwriter may request; provided, however, that the officers, directors and stockholders who hold 1 % or more of the outstanding capital stock of the Company enter into similar agreements and such agreements shall provide that any waiver or termination of a restriction therein at the discretion of the Company or an

 

12


underwriter shall apply to all persons subject to such agreements pro rata based on the amount of capital stock of the Company subject to such agreements.

1.12 Termination . Any registration rights granted pursuant to this Section 1 shall terminate (if not already terminated as provided herein) and the Company shall have no obligations pursuant to Sections 1.2 through 1.4 with respect to any Registrable Securities proposed to be sold by a Holder in a registration pursuant to Section 1.2, 1.3 or 1.4 (a) seven (7) years from the effective date of the IPO or (b) if the Holder or Holders (together with its or their affiliates with whom such Holder or Holders must aggregate sales under Rule 144) hold less than 1 % of the Company’s outstanding stock and, in the opinion of counsel to the Company, all Registrable Securities held by such Holder or Holders (and any affiliate with whom such Holder or Holders must aggregate sales under Rule 144) may be sold in a three-month period without registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Rule 144.

2. Purchaser Right of First Refusal Upon Issuance of Securities by the Company .

2.1 Right of First Refusal . The Company hereby grants to each Purchaser or any of their transferees pursuant to Section 2.1 (f) hereof (collectively, hereinafter, the “ Rights Holders ”) the right of first refusal to purchase all or part of its pro rata share of New Securities (as defined in this Section 2.1) which the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell and issue. For purposes of this right of first refusal, a pro rata share for a Rights Holder is the ratio that the number of shares of Stock then held by such Rights Holder bears to the sum of the total number of shares of Common Stock and Preferred Stock then outstanding, in each case calculated on an as-converted basis.

(a) “ Equity Securities ” shall mean any securities having voting rights in the election of the Board of Directors not contingent upon default, or any securities evidencing an ownership interest in the Company, or any securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of the foregoing, or any securities issuable pursuant to any agreement or commitment to issue any of the foregoing.

(b) Except as set forth below, “ New Securities ” shall mean any Equity Securities, whether now authorized or not. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “New Securities” does not include (i) securities offered to the public generally pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, (ii) the Conversion Stock, (iii) Series Al Preferred Stock, Series B1 Preferred Stock, Series C1 Preferred Stock, Series D1 Preferred Stock, Series E1 Preferred Stock and Series F1 Preferred Stock, (iv) stock issued in connection with any stock split, stock dividend, combination or recapitalization by the Company, (v) shares of Common Stock issued to officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company pursuant to stock grants, stock purchase and stock option plans or other stock incentive programs, agreements or arrangements approved by the Board of Directors (including at least one (1) designee of the Preferred Stock), (vi) shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock of the Company issued to or issuable to, upon conversion, exercise or exchange of warrants, lenders in connection with loan or lease agreements approved by the Board of Directors (including at least one (l) designee of the Preferred Stock), (vii) securities issued pursuant to the acquisition of all or part of another company by the Company by merger or other reorganization, or by purchase or all or part of the assets of another company, pursuant to a plan or arrangement approved by the Board of Directors

 

13


(including at least one (1) designee of the Preferred Stock), or (viii) Series F Preferred Stock that may be issued in the Strategic Investor Closing and/or the Final Closing (as such terms are defined in the Series F Agreement).

(c) In the event the Company proposes to undertake an issuance of New Securities, it shall give each Rights Holder written notice pursuant to Section 6.7 (“ Notices, etc. ”) of its intention, describing the type of New Securities, and the price and terms upon which the Company proposes to issue the same. Each Rights Holder shall have fifteen (15) days from the date of receipt of any such notice to agree to purchase up to its respective pro rata share of such New Securities for the price and upon the applicable terms specified in the notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities to be purchased. If a Rights Holder elects to purchase such holder’s full pro rata share (“ Electing Holder ”), then such Electing Holder shall have a right of over-allotment such that if any other Rights Holder fails to purchase their full pro rata share of the New Securities, that portion of the New Securities which such other Rights Holder elected not to purchase (the “ Remaining Securities ”) shall be made available to the Electing Holders. Each such Electing Holder shall specify in its notification to the Company whether it also elects to purchase its pro rata portion of the Remaining Securities, of any.

(d) In the event a Rights Holder fails to exercise the right of first refusal within said fifteen (15) day period, the Company shall have sixty (60) days thereafter to sell or enter into an agreement (pursuant to which the sale of New Securities covered thereby shall be closed, if at all, within forty-five (45) days from the date of said agreement) to sell the New Securities not elected to be purchased by Rights Holders at the price and upon the terms no more favorable to the purchasers of such securities than specified in the Company’s notice. In the event the Company has not entered into an agreement to sell the New Securities within said sixty (60) day period (or sold and issued New Securities in accordance with the foregoing within forty-five (45) days from the date of said agreement), the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities without first offering such securities in the manner provided above.

(e) The right of first refusal granted under this Section 2.1 shall expire upon the closing of the earlier of (i) the Company’s IPO or (ii) a statutory share exchange, consolidation or merger of this Company with and into any other corporation or corporations (other than a wholly owned subsidiary), or the sale, transfer or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company.

(f) Subject to Section 3 hereof, the right of first refusal hereunder may be assigned to a transferee or assignee (other than a competitor of the Company as reasonably determined by the Company in good faith) in connection with any transfer or assignment of Registrable Securities provided that the transferor provides the Company with written notice of the proposed transfer and the transfer is approved by the Board of Directors, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld.

3. Purchasers’ Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale on Sales by Founders and Purchasers .

3.1 Purchasers’ Right of First Refusal on Sales by Founders .

 

14


(a) Sales to Third Parties . If at any time a Founder (an “Offeror”) desires to sell, transfer, hypothecate, pledge, assign or otherwise encumber or dispose of all or any part of or any interest in the Equity Securities now or hereafter owned or held by the Offeror pursuant to a bona fide offer from a third party (the “ Proposed Transferee ”) and the Company does not exercise its Right of First Refusal to purchase the Offered Shares (as defined below) pursuant to the terms of the applicable purchase agreements by and between the Company and the Offeror, such Offeror shall submit a written offer (the “ Offer ”) to sell such shares (the “ Offered Shares ”) to the Purchasers on terms and conditions, including price (the “ Offered Price ”), not less favorable to the Purchasers than those on which the Offeror proposes to sell such Offered Shares to the Proposed Transferee. The Offer shall disclose the identity of the Proposed Transferee, the number of Offered Shares proposed to be sold, the total number of shares owned by the Offeror, the terms and conditions, including the Offered Price and any other material facts relating to the proposed sale and shall include a copy of any written proposal, term sheet or other agreement relating to the proposed transfer. The Offer shall further state that the Purchasers may acquire, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Offered Shares for the Offered Price and upon the other terms and conditions, including deferred payment (if applicable), set forth therein. Any sale, assignment, transfer, pledge, hypothecation or other encumbrance or disposition of Equity Securities not made in conformance with this Agreement shall be null and void, shall not be recorded on the books of the Company and shall not be recognized by the Company.

(b) Purchasers’ Right of First Refusal .

(i) The Offered Shares may be purchased by the Purchasers as set forth below. Each Purchaser shall have the opportunity to purchase its pro rata share of the remaining Offered Shares. For purposes of this Section 3.1 and Section 3.3 only, a Purchaser’s pro rata share shall be determined by dividing the number of shares of Stock, on an as-converted basis, held by the Purchaser by the total number of shares of Stock, on an as-converted basis, held by all Purchasers (the “ Pro Rata Fraction ”). If any Purchaser, or its respective assignee, desires to purchase any of the remaining Offered Shares, such Purchaser must, within a twenty (20) day period (the “ Investor Refusal Period ”) following receipt of the Offer, give written notice (“ Investor Notice ”) to the Offeror and to the Company of such party’s election to purchase its Pro Rata Fraction of the Offered Shares. In the event that any Purchaser elects not to purchase its Pro Rata Fraction of the Offered Shares, such Purchaser shall, within five (5) days after the expiration of the Investor Refusal Period, give written notice (“ Investor’s Expiration Notice ”) to the Offeror that such Purchaser is waiving its right to purchase its Pro Rata Fraction of the Offered Shares. Notwithstanding any failure by a Purchaser to deliver an Investor’s Expiration Notice, a failure by a Purchaser to exercise its Right of First Refusal within the Investor Refusal Period shall be deemed a waiver of such right. Each Purchaser shall have a right of reallotment such that, if any other Purchaser fails to exercise the right to purchase its full Pro Rata Fraction of the Offered Shares, the other participating Purchasers may exercise an additional right to purchase, on a pro rata basis, the Offered Shares not previously purchased. Each Purchaser shall be entitled to apportion its right of reallotment among its affiliates (as defined in Section 6.5 hereof); provided, however, Purchaser shall not be entitled to such right of apportionment unless (a) the Company is given written notice stating the name, address and tax identification number of such affiliate and identifying the number of Offered Shares that Purchaser is allocating and (b) the sale of the Offered Shares to Purchaser’s affiliate shall be exempt from the registration

 

15


requirements of the Securities Act and the registration and/or qualification requirements of all other applicable state securities laws.

(c) Closing on Offered Shares . Sales of the Offered Shares to be sold to the Purchasers pursuant to this Section 3 shall be made at the offices of the Company on the 45 th day following the date the Offer was made (or if such 45th day is not a business day, then on the next succeeding business day). Such sales shall be effected by the Offeror’s delivery to the Purchaser of a certificate or certificates evidencing the Offered Shares to be purchased by it, duly endorsed for transfer to such Purchaser, against payment to the Offeror of the Offered Price therefor by such Purchaser.

(d) Valuation of Property . Should the purchase price specified in the Offer be payable in property other than cash or evidences of indebtedness, the Purchasers shall have the right to pay the purchase price in the form of cash equal in amount to the value of such property. If the Offeror and the Purchasers cannot agree on such cash value within ten (10) days after the Purchasers’ receipt of the Offer, the valuation shall be made by an appraiser of recognized standing selected by the Offeror and the Purchasers or, if they cannot agree on an appraiser within twenty (20) days after the Purchasers’ receipt of the Offer, each shall select an appraiser of recognized standing and the two appraisers shall designate a third appraiser of recognized standing, whose appraisal shall be determinative of such value. The cost of such appraisal shall be shared equally by the Offeror and the Purchasers, with the cost borne by the Purchasers borne pro rata by each based on the number of shares each such Purchaser was interested in purchasing pursuant to this Section 3. If the time for the closing of the Purchasers’ purchase has expired but for the determination of the value of the purchase price offered by the Proposed Transferee, then such closing shall be held on or prior to the fifth business day after such valuation shall have been made pursuant to this subsection.

(e) Sales to Proposed Transferee . If the Purchasers do not purchase all of the Offered Shares, the Offered Shares not so purchased may be sold by the Offeror at any time within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date the Offer was made, subject to the provisions of Sections 3.2 and 3.5 below. Any such sale shall be to the Proposed Transferee, at not less than the Offered Price and upon other terms and conditions, if any, not more favorable to the Proposed Transferee than those specified in the Offer. Any Offered Shares not sold within such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall continue to be subject to the requirements of a prior offer pursuant to this Section 3.1. If Offered Shares are sold pursuant to this Section 3.1 to any transferee who is not a party to this Agreement, the Offered Shares so sold shall no longer be subject to this Agreement.

3.2 Purchasers’ Right of Participation in Sales by a Founder .

(a) Co-Sale Right . If at any time an Offeror desires to sell all or any part of the shares owned by him to any Proposed Transferee in accordance with Section 3.1, each of the Purchasers, to the extent that they do not exercise their rights of refusal as to all of the Offered Shares, shall have the right to sell to the Proposed Transferee, as a condition to such sale by the Offeror, upon the same economic terms and legal conditions as involved in such sale by the Offeror, a number of shares equal to the Purchaser’s pro rata share of the Offered Shares. For purposes of this Section 3.2 and Section 3.4 only, a Purchaser’s pro rata share shall be

 

16


determined by dividing the number of shares of Stock, on an as-converted basis, held by the Purchaser by the total number of shares of Stock, on an as-converted basis, held by the Offeror and by all Purchasers (the “ Pro Rata Share ”). In the event that the Purchaser does not hold any of the series, class or type of shares that the Proposed Transferee proposes to purchase from the Offeror and the Proposed Transferee is unwilling to purchase a different series, class or type of shares from the Purchaser, or is otherwise unwilling to purchase the shares held by Purchaser with respect to which such Purchaser has the right to exercise its co-sale rights, then the Purchaser shall have the Put Right set forth in Section 3.4 below with respect to its Pro Rata Share of the Offered Shares.

(b) Notice of Intent to Participate . Each Purchaser wishing to so participate in any sale under this Section 3.2 shall notify the Offeror in writing of such intention as soon as practicable after such Purchaser’s receipt of the Offer made pursuant to Section 3.1, and in any event within ten (10) days after the date of the Investor’s Expiration Notice. Such notification shall be delivered in accordance with Section 6.7 below.

(c) Sale to Proposed Transferee . The Offeror and each participating Purchaser shall sell to the Proposed Transferee those shares proposed to be sold by the Offeror and the participating Purchaser at not less than the Offered Price and upon other terms and conditions, if any, not more favorable to the Proposed Transferee than those in the Offer provided by the Offeror under Section 3.1 above.

(d) Continuation of Restrictions . Any shares sold by the Offeror and/or participating Purchaser to any third party pursuant to this Section 3.2 shall still be subject to the restrictions or benefits imposed by Section 3 of this Agreement, and such third party shall be required to execute a counterpart of this Agreement.

(e) Delivery of Shares . Each participating Purchaser shall effect its participation in the sale by promptly delivering to the Founder for transfer to the prospective purchaser one or more certificates, properly endorsed for transfer, which represent:

(i) the type and number of shares of Common Stock of the Company which such participating Purchaser elects to sell; or

(ii) that number of shares of Preferred Stock of the Company which are at such time convertible into the number of shares of Common Stock which such participating Purchaser elects to sell; provided, however, that if the prospective third-party purchaser objects to the delivery of Preferred Stock in lieu of Common Stock, such participating Purchaser shall convert such Preferred Stock into Common Stock and deliver Common Stock as provided in this Section 3.2. The Company agrees to make any such conversion concurrent with the actual transfer of such shares to the purchaser and contingent on such transfer.

(f) Transfer of Shares . The stock certificate or certificates that the participating Purchaser delivers to the Offeror pursuant to subsection 3.2(e) shall be transferred to the prospective purchaser in consummation of the sale of the equity securities of the Company pursuant to the terms and conditions specified in the Offer, and the Offeror shall concurrently

 

17


therewith remit to such participating Purchaser that portion of the sale proceeds to which such participating Purchaser is entitled by reason of its participation in such sale.

3.3 Purchasers’ Right of First Refusal on Sales by Purchasers .

(a) Sales to Third Parties . If at any time a Purchaser (a “ Purchaser Offeror ”) desires to sell, transfer, hypothecate, pledge, assign or otherwise dispose of all or any part of his shares pursuant to a bona fide offer from a Proposed Transferee, such Purchaser Offeror shall submit an Offer to sell the Offered Shares to the Purchasers who are not Purchaser Offerors on terms and conditions, including the Offered Price, not less favorable to the Purchasers than those on which the Purchaser Offeror proposes to sell such Offered Shares to the Proposed Transferee. The Offer shall disclose the identity of the Proposed Transferee, the Offered Shares proposed to be sold, the total number of shares owned by the Purchaser Offeror, the terms and conditions, including the Offered Price and any other material facts relating to the proposed sale and shall include a copy of any written proposal, term sheet or other agreement relating to the proposed transfer. The Offer shall further state that the Purchasers may acquire, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, the Offered Shares for the Offered Price and upon the other terms and conditions, including deferred payment (if applicable), set forth therein.

(b) Purchasers’ Right of First Refusal .

(i) The Offered Shares may be purchased by the Purchasers as set forth below. Each Purchaser shall have the opportunity to purchase its Pro Rata Fraction of the remaining Offered Shares (recalculated to exclude the Purchaser Offeror). If any Purchaser, or their respective assignees, desire to purchase any of the remaining Offered Shares, such Purchaser must, within a the Investor Refusal Period following receipt of the Offer, give Investor Notice to the Purchaser Offeror and to the Company of such party’s election to purchase such Pro Rata Fraction of the Offered Shares. In the event that any Purchaser elects not to purchase its Pro Rata Fraction of the Offered Shares, such Purchaser shall, within five (5) days after the expiration of the Investor Refusal Period, give Investor’s Expiration Notice to the Purchaser Offeror that such Purchaser is waiving its right to purchase its Pro Rata Fraction of the Offered Shares. Notwithstanding any failure by a Purchaser to deliver an Investor’s Expiration Notice, a failure by a Purchaser to exercise its Right of First Refusal within the Investor Refusal Period shall be deemed a waiver of such right. In the event that a Purchaser does not wish to purchase Investor’s Pro Rata Fraction, then any Purchaser who has elected to purchase its full Pro Rata Fraction shall have the right to purchase, on a pro rata basis with any other Purchaser who so elects, any Offered Stock not purchased.

(c) Closing on Offered Shares . Sales of the Offered Shares to be sold to the Purchasers pursuant to this Section 3 shall be made at the offices of the Company on the 45 th day following the date the Offer was made (or if such 45th day is not a business day, then on the next succeeding business day). Such sales shall be effected by the Purchaser Offeror’s delivery to the Purchaser of a certificate or certificates evidencing the Offered Shares to be purchased by it, duly endorsed for transfer to such Purchaser, against payment to the Purchaser Offeror of the Offered Price therefor by such Purchaser. If the Offered Price includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration will be

 

18


determined by the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith, which determination will be binding upon the parties absent fraud or error.

(d) Sales to Proposed Transferee . If the Purchasers do not purchase all of the Offered Shares, the Offered Shares not so purchased may be sold by the Purchaser Offeror at any time within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date the Offer was made, subject to the provisions of Sections 3.4 and 3.5 below. Any such sale shall be to the Proposed Transferee, at not less than the Offered Price and upon other terms and conditions, if any, not more favorable to the Proposed Transferee than those specified in the Offer. Any Offered Shares not sold within such one hundred twenty (120) day period shall continue to be subject to the requirements of a prior offer pursuant to this Section 3.3. If Offered Shares are sold pursuant to this Section 3.3 to any transferee who is not a party to this Agreement, the Offered Shares so sold shall no longer be subject to this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 3.3, Intel Capital Corporation and its affiliates (in each case, “Intel”) will not be treated as a Purchaser for any purposes of this Section 3.3, and thereby will not have any obligations as a Purchaser Offeror in connection with its transfer of shares, nor any rights pursuant to such Section with respect to the transfer of shares by any other Purchaser. Section 3.3 shall not be amended or modified to apply in any way to Intel without the written consent of Intel.

3.4 Purchasers’ Right of Participation in Sales by a Purchaser .

(a) Co-Sale Right . If at any time a Purchaser Offeror desires to sell all or any part of the shares owned by him to any Proposed Transferee in accordance with Section 3.3, each of the other Purchasers shall have the right to sell to the Proposed Transferee, as a condition to such sale by the Offer, upon the same economic terms and legal conditions as involved in such sale by the Purchaser Offeror, a number of shares equal to the Purchaser’s Pro Rata Share of the Offered Shares. In the event that the Purchaser does not hold any of the series, class or type of shares that the Proposed Transferee proposes to purchase from the Purchaser Offeror and the Proposed Transferee is unwilling to purchase a different series, class or type of shares from the Purchaser, or is otherwise unwilling to purchase the shares held by Purchaser with respect to which such Purchaser has the right to exercise its co-sale rights, then the Purchaser shall have the Put Right set forth in Section 3.6 below with respect to its Pro Rata Share of the Offered Shares.

(b) Notice of Intent to Participate . Each Purchaser wishing to so participate in any sale under this Section 3.4 shall notify the Purchaser Offeror in writing of such intention as soon as practicable after such Purchaser’s receipt of the Offer made pursuant to Section 3.3, and in any event within ten (10) days after the date of the Investor’s Expiration Notice. Such notification shall be delivered in person or mailed to the Purchaser Offeror at the address set forth in accordance with Section 6.7 below.

(c) Sale to Proposed Transferee . The Purchaser Offeror and each participating Purchaser shall sell to the Proposed Transferee those shares proposed to be sold by the Purchaser Offeror and the participating Purchaser at not less than the Offered Price and upon

 

19


other terms and conditions, if any, not more favorable to the Proposed Transferee than those in the Offer provided by the Purchaser Offeror under Section 3.3 above.

(d) Continuation of Restrictions . Any shares sold by the Purchaser Offeror and/or participating Purchaser to any third party pursuant to this Section 3.4 shall still be subject to the restrictions or benefits imposed by Section 3 of this Agreement, and such third party shall be required to execute a counterpart of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 3.4, Intel will not be treated as a Purchaser for any purposes of this Section 3.4, and thereby will not have any obligations as a Purchaser Offeror in connection with its transfer of shares, nor any rights pursuant to such Section with respect to the transfer of shares by any other Purchaser. Section 3.4 shall not be amended or modified to apply in any way to Intel without the written consent of Intel.

3.5 Prohibited and Permitted Transfers .

(a) Prohibited Transfers . Neither a Founder nor a Purchaser may sell, assign, transfer, grant an option to or for, pledge, hypothecate, mortgage, encumber or dispose of all or any of his shares except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

(b) Permitted Transfers . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the terms and conditions of Sections 3.1, 3.2, 3.3 and 3.4 hereof shall not apply to any Permitted Transfer by a Founder or a Purchaser. For purposes of this Agreement, “ Permitted Transfer ” means any transfer by a Founder or a Purchaser (a) of such party’s shares to or for the benefit of any parent, sibling, spouse, child, grandchild, or affiliate of or partner in such Founder or Purchaser, or to a trust for the benefit of any of the foregoing, (b) by will or the laws of descent and distribution to a Permitted Transferee (any person referred to in this paragraph being defined as a “ Permitted Transferee ”), (c) cumulatively of up to five percent (5%) of the shares of Stock of the Company held by the Founder or Purchaser or (d) any transfer in connection with the closing of the Company’s sale of all or substantially all of its assets or the acquisition of the Company by another entity by means of merger, consolidation or other transaction or series of related transactions resulting in the exchange of the outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock such that the stockholders of the Company prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, less than 50% of the voting power of the surviving entity (an “ Acquisition ”).

As used herein, the term “Founder” and “Purchaser” are deemed to include any Permitted Transferees of the Founder and Purchaser, except as expressly provided otherwise.

3.6 Put Right . In the event that a Founder or Purchaser should sell any securities in violation of the co-sale rights hereunder, each Purchaser, in addition to such other remedies as may be available at law, in equity or hereunder, shall have a put option whereby such Purchaser shall have the right to sell to such Founder or selling Purchaser the type and number of shares equal to the number of shares such Purchaser would have been entitled to transfer to the Company or to the Proposed Transferee at the price per share at which the shares were transferred by the violating Founder or selling Purchaser, provided, however, that such Purchaser must exercise its put option within forty-five (45) days of such Purchaser’s knowledge of a Founder’s or selling Purchaser’s violation of the co-sale rights hereunder.

 

20


3.7 Termination . The right of first refusal and co-sale rights, each with respect to sales by Founders or Purchasers, set forth in this Section 3 shall terminate upon the earlier of (a) the effective date of the Company’s IPO, (b) the closing date of an Acquisition or (c) fifteen years from the date hereof.

4. Information Rights .

4.1 Annual Financial Information . The Company shall deliver to each Holder of at least five percent (5%) of the Registrable Securities (each, an “ Information Rights Holder ”) within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year, income, stockholders’ equity and cash flow statements of the Company for such year, and a balance sheet of the Company as of the end of such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”), and certified by independent public accountants of national standing selected by the Company’s Board of Directors.

4.2 Quarterly Financial Information . The Company shall deliver to each Information Rights Holder within forty-five (45) days after the end of each quarter (except the last quarter of the fiscal year), an unaudited quarterly report including a balance sheet, income statement and cash flow analysis prepared in accordance with GAAP (except for required footnotes), all in reasonable detail and signed, subject to changes resulting from year-end audit adjustments, by the principal financial officer or chief executive officer of the Company.

4.3 Monthly Financial Information . Within thirty (30) days after the monthly accounting period of the Company, the Company shall deliver to each Information Rights Holder an unaudited monthly report including a balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement.

4.4 Annual Financial Plan . Within thirty (30) days after the end of the fiscal year, the Company shall provide each Information Rights Holder with the Company’s annual financial plan for the next fiscal year as approved by the Company’s Board of Directors.

4.5 Inspection . The Company shall permit any Information Rights Holder, at such Information Rights Holder’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 4.5 to provide access to any information which it reasonably considers confidential information.

4.6 Termination of Information Covenants and Confidentiality of Information . The covenants of the Company set forth in this Section 4 shall terminate as to all Information Rights Holders and be of no further force or effect (i) upon the consummation by the Company of the IPO (as defined in Section 1.2 above) or (ii) when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Section 12(g) or 15( d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whichever event shall first occur. Each Information Rights Holder agrees that it will keep confidential and will not disclose or divulge any confidential, proprietary or secret information which such Information Rights Holder may obtain from the Company, and which the Company has prominently marked “confidential,” “proprietary” or “secret,” pursuant to

 

21


financial statements, reports and other materials submitted by the Company as required hereunder, unless such information is or becomes known to the Information Rights Holder from a source other than the Company without violation of any rights of the Company, or is or becomes publicly known, or unless the Company gives its written consent to the Information Rights Holder’s release of such information, except that no such written consent shall be required (and the Information Rights Holder shall be free to release such information to such recipient) if such information is to be provided to an Information Rights Holder’s counselor accountant (and the provision of such information is directly necessary in order for such recipient to provide services to Holder), or to an officer, director, member or partner of an Information Rights Holder, provided that the Information Rights Holder shall inform the recipient of the confidential nature of such information and shall take reasonable steps to assure that recipient treats the information as confidential. Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 4.6, Cisco Systems, Inc. and its affiliates (in each case, “Cisco”) will not be treated as an Information Rights Holder for purposes of this Section 4.6 and in lieu thereof, Cisco and the Company shall have executed and delivered a Mutual Non-Disclosure Agreement dated as of August 22, 2003; provided further, this Section 4.6 shall not be amended or modified to apply in any way to Cisco without the written consent of Cisco.

5. Covenants .

5.1 Key Man Insurance . The Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain in full force and effect, until such time as the Board of Directors determines that such insurance should be discontinued, a term life insurance policy, with proceeds payable to the Company, in the amount of $1,000,000 on the life of Rob Shostak.

5.2 Termination of Covenants . Except as expressly provided in this Section 5, the covenants contained in this Section 5 shall terminate in accordance with Section 4.6, above.

5.3 Proprietary Information . Each future officer, director and employee of and consultant to the Company shall enter into the Company’s standard form of Proprietary Rights Assignment and Confidentiality Agreement.

5.4 Qualified Small Business Stock Status . Within ten (10) business days after any Purchaser has delivered to the Company a written request therefor, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to deliver to such Purchaser a written statement informing the Purchaser whether, in the Company’s good faith judgment after a reasonable investigation, such Purchaser’s shares in the Company qualify as “qualified small business stock” (as defined in Section 1202(c) of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”)). If such Purchaser’s shares are believed to so qualify, the Company shall submit to the Internal Revenue Service any reports that may be required under Section 1202(d)(1)(C) of the Code and any related Treasury Regulations. The covenant set forth in this Section 5.4 shall terminate and be of no further force or effect as of the fourth anniversary of the consummation of the Company’s IPO.

5.5 Stock Options . All stock options granted to current and future employees shall be subject to a four-year vesting schedule with no options vesting until one year after the date of grant, except as may be otherwise approved by the Board of Directors.

 

22


6. Miscellaneous .

6.1 Assignment . The rights under this Agreement may be assigned pursuant to Section 1.10 or to (i) a stockholder, partner, member, or beneficiary of a Holder, (ii) a spouse, child, parent or beneficiary of the estate of a Holder, (iii) to an affiliate (as defined for purposes of Rule 144 of the Securities Act) of the Holder, (iv) a trust for the benefit of the persons set forth in (i) or (ii) or (v) with the approval of the Board of Directors, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided , however , that no party may be assigned any of the foregoing rights unless the Company is given written notice by the assigning party at the time of such assignment stating the name, address and tax identification number of the assignee and identifying the securities of the Company as to which the rights in question are being assigned; and provided further that any such assignee shall receive such assigned rights subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including without limitation the provisions of this Section 6.

6.2 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of California as applied to transactions taking place between California residents and wholly within the State of California, excluding that body of law relating to conflict of laws and choice of law.

6.3 Survival . The representations, warranties, covenants and agreements made herein shall survive any investigation made by any Purchaser and the closing of the transactions contemplated by the Series F Agreement.

6.4 Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the provisions hereof shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the successors, assigns, heirs, executors and administrators of the parties hereto.

6.5 Determination of Share Amounts . To determine the number of Registrable Securities held by a Holder for purposes of this Agreement, all Registrable Securities held by an affiliate of the Holder shall be deemed held by such Holder. For purposes of Sections 1.10, 3.5 and 6.5, “affiliate” shall mean a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Holder and shall include all partners and members of such Holder.

6.6 Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement constitutes the full and entire understanding and agreement of the parties with regard to the subject matter hereof, and does hereby amend and supersede all other agreements of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof, including without limitation the Prior Rights Agreement. The amendment and restatement is effective upon the execution of this Agreement by the Company and the parties required for an amendment pursuant to Section 6.6 of the Prior Rights Agreement. Upon such execution, all provisions of, rights granted and covenants made in the Prior Rights Agreement, including without limitation the Rights of First Refusal as defined in Section 2 of the Prior Rights Agreement, are hereby waived, released and superseded in their entirety by the provisions hereof and shall have no further force or effect. No party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any warranties, representations or covenants regarding the subject matter hereof except as specifically set forth herein. With the written consent of the record or beneficial

 

23


holders of at least fifty percent (50%) of the Registrable Securities, the obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders and the Founders under this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance, either retroactively or prospectively, and either for a specified period of time or indefinitely), and with the same consent as described in the first half of this sentence, the Company, when authorized by resolution of its Board of Directors, may enter into a supplementary agreement for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement; provided , however , that in the event that such amendment or waiver adversely affects the obligations and/or rights of the Founders in a different manner than the other Holders, such amendment or waiver shall also require the written consent of the holders of a majority in interest of the Founders. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 6.6 shall be binding upon each holder of any Registrable Securities, each future holder of all such Registrable Securities, the Founders and the Company.

6.7 Notices, etc . All notices and other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered personally, via facsimile with confirmation of transmission, mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, or delivered by courier or overnight delivery, addressed (a) if to a Purchaser, at such party’s address as set forth in the Company’s records, or at such other address or facsimile number as such party shall have furnished to the Company in writing or (b) if to the Company, at Vocera Communications, Inc., 20600 Lazaneo Drive, 3rd Floor, Cupertino, CA 95014, or such address as the Company shall have furnished to the Purchaser or Founder in writing. Notices that are mailed shall be deemed received upon personal delivery or confirmation of fax transmission, five (5) days after deposit in the United States mail, and two (2) days after deposit with courier or overnight delivery.

6.8 Delays or Omissions . Except as expressly provided herein, no delay or omission to exercise any right, power or remedy accruing to any holder of any shares, upon any breach or default of the Company under this Agreement, shall impair any such right, power or remedy of such holder, nor shall it be construed to be a waiver of any such breach or default, or an acquiescence therein, or of or in any similar breach or default thereafter occurring; nor shall any waiver of any single breach or default be deemed a waiver of any other breach or default theretofore or thereafter occurring. Any waiver, permit, consent or approval of any kind or character on the part of any holder of any breach or default under this Agreement, or any waiver on the part of any holder of any provisions or conditions of this agreement, must be in writing and shall be effective only to the extent specifically set forth in such writing. All remedies, either under this Agreement or by law or otherwise afforded to any holder, shall be cumulative and not alternative.

6.9 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

6.10 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, shall for any reason and to any extent be invalid or unenforceable the remainder of this Agreement and application of such provision to persons or circumstances shall be interpreted so as best to reasonably effect the intent of the parties hereto, the parties further agree to replace such void or unenforceable provision of this Agreement with a valid and enforceable provision

 

24


which will achieve to the extent possible, the economic, business and other purposes of the void or unenforceable provision.

6.11 Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

6.12 Attorney’s Fees . If any action at law or in equity (including arbitration) is necessary to enforce or interpret the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to reasonable attorney’s fees, costs and necessary disbursements in addition to any other relief to which such party may be entitled.

6.13 Additional Investors . Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, (a) if the Company shall issue additional shares of Series F Preferred Stock, any purchaser of such shares may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed a “Purchaser” hereunder and (b) upon exercise by Heller Financial Leasing or its assignee (“Heller”) of that certain Warrant to Purchase Series C Preferred Stock, Heller shall become a party to this Agreement pursuant to the counterpart signature page attached hereto, and shall be deemed a “Purchaser” hereunder and (c) upon exercise by Comerica Bank or its assignee (“Comerica”) of that certain Warrant to Purchase Series D Preferred Stock, Comerica may become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering an additional counterpart signature page to this Agreement and shall be deemed a “Purchaser” hereunder.

[rest of this page intentionally left blank]

 

25


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement is hereby executed as of the date set forth in the first paragraph hereof and will be effective when executed by the Company, by sufficient parties to the Prior Rights Agreement in effect an amendment thereof, and by the Series F Holders.

 

COMPANY:

 

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By:   /s/ Julie Shimer
 

Julie Shimer

President

Signature Page to Vocera Communications Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


FOUNDERS:
/s/ Rob Shostak
Rob Shostak
/s/ Paul Barsley
Paul Barsley
/s/ Randy Nielsen
Randy Nielsen

Signature Page to Vocera Communications Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


PURCHASER:

RRE VENTURES II, L.P.

By:   /s/ Andrew Zalasm
 

Andrew Zalasm

General Partner

 

PURCHASER:

RRE VENTURES FUND II, L.P.

By:   /s/ Andrew Zalasm
 

Andrew Zalasm

General Partner

Signature Page to Vocera Communications Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


PURCHASER:

 

GCWF INVESTMENT PARTNERS II

By:   GCWF Investments LLC,
Managing Partner
By:   /s/ Lawrence Tannenbaum
 

Lawrence Tannenbaum

Vice President

Signature Page to Vocera Communications Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


PURCHASER:
By:   /s/ Jay Spitzen
  Jay Spitzen

Signature Page to Vocera Communications Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


PURCHASER:

 

Vanguard VII, L.P.

Vanguard VII-A, L.P.

Vanguard VII Accredited Affiliates Fund, L.P.

Vanguard VII Qualified Affiliates Fund, L.P.

/s/ Donald F. Wood

By their General Partner,

Vanguard VII Venture Partners, LLC

Donald F. Wood, Managing Member

Signature Page to Vocera Communications Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


PURCHASER:

 

VENROCK ASSOCIATES

by a General Partner

By:   /s/ Eric Copeland
Name:   Eric Copeland
Title:   General Partner or Member
Address:   30 Rockefeller Plaza
  Room 5508
  New York, NY 10112

PURCHASER:

 

VENROCK ASSOCIATES III, L.P.

by its General Partner, Venrock Management III, LLC

By:   /s/ Eric Copeland
Name:   Eric Copeland
Title:   General Partner or Member
Address:   30 Rockefeller Plaza
  Room 5508
  New York, NY 10112

PURCHASER:

 

VENROCK ENTREPRENEURS FUND III, L.P.

by its General Partner, VEF Management III LLC

By:   /s/ Eric Copeland
Name:   Eric Copeland
Title:   General Partner or Member
Address:   30 Rockefeller Plaza
  Room 5508
  New York, NY 10112

Signature Page to Vocera Communications Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


PURCHASER:

 

AVALON VENTURES VI, L.P.

By its General Partner, Avalon Ventures GP, LLC

By:   /s/ Stephen Tomlin
Name:   Stephen Tomlin
Title:  

PURCHASER:

 

AVALON VENTURES VI GP FUND, LLC

By:   /s/ Stephen Tomlin
Name:   Stephen Tomlin
Title:  

Signature Page to Vocera Communications Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


PURCHASER:

 

GRANITE GLOBAL VENTURES, L.P.

By Granite Global Ventures L.L.C.

Its General Partner

By:   /s/ Hany Nada
Name:   Hany Nada
Title:   Managing Director

PURCHASER:

 

GRANITE GLOBAL VENTURES (Q.P.) L.P.

By Granite Global Ventures L.L.C.

Its General Partner

By:   /s/ Hany Nada
Name:   Hany Nada
Title:   Managing Director

Signature Page to Vocera Communications Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


PURCHASER:

 

INTEL CAPITAL CORPORATION

By:   /s/ Douglas M. Lusk
Name:   Douglas M. Lusk
Title:   Assistant Treasurer

PURCHASER:

 

HOWARD RICE INVESTMENT FUND 04

By:   /s/ Ronald H. Star
Name:   Ronald H. Star
Title:   General Partner
PURCHASER:
/s/ Ronald H. Star
Ronald H. Star

Signature Page to Vocera Communications Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


PURCHASER:

 

HOWARD RICE INVESTMENT FUND 07

By:   /s/ Ronald H. Star
Name:   Ronald H. Star
Title:   General Partner

Signature Page to Vocera Communications Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


PURCHASER:

 

THOMAS WEISEL VENTURE PARTNERS, L.P.

By: Thomas Weisel Venture Partners LLC

Its: General Partners

By:   /s/ Andrew Sesslone
Name:   Andrew Sesslone
Title:   Partner

Address:

1950 University Avenue

Suite 501

East Palo Alto, CA 94303

PURCHASER:

 

THOMAS WEISEL VENTURE PARTNERS EMPLOYEE FUND, L.P.

By: Thomas Weisel Venture Partners LLC

Its: General Partners

By:   /s/ Andrew Sesslone
Name:   Andrew Sesslone
Title:   Partner

Address:

1950 University Avenue

Suite 501

East Palo Alto, CA 94303

Signature Page to Vocera Communications Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


PURCHASER:

 

CISCO SYSTEMS, INC.

By:   /s/ Dan Scheinman
Name:   Dan Scheinman
Title:   Senior Vice President, Corporate Development

Signature Page to Vocera Communications Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


PURCHASER:

 

IDEO PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT. INC.

By:   /s/ David Strong
  David Strong
  Chief Financial Officer

Signature Page to Vocera Communications Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


PURCHASER AND FOUNDER:

 

KEVIN J. KINSELLA TRUST DATED AS OF 11/2/94

BY: KEVIN J. KINSELLA, TRUSTEE

/s/ Kevin J. Kinsella
Kevin J. Kinsella

Signature Page to Vocera Communications Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


PURCHASER:
/s/ Catherine Pierot Zicherman
Catherine Pierot Zicherman

Signature Page to Vocera Communications Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


PURCHASER:
/s/ Joseph Zicherman
Joseph Zicherman

Signature Page to Vocera Communications Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement


PURCHASER:
/s/ Stuart Jason Zicherman
Stuart Jason Zicherman

Signature Page to Vocera Communications Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement

Exhibit 10.01

INDEMNITY AGREEMENT

This Indemnity Agreement, dated as of                      , 20      is made by and between Vocera Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                              , a director, officer or key employee of the Company or one of the Company’s subsidiaries or other service provider who satisfies the definition of Indemnifiable Person set forth below (“ Indemnitee ”).

RECITALS

A. The Company is aware that competent and experienced persons are increasingly reluctant to serve as representatives of corporations unless they are protected by comprehensive liability insurance and indemnification, due to increased exposure to litigation costs and risks resulting from their service to such corporations, and due to the fact that the exposure frequently bears no relationship to the compensation of such representatives;

B. The members of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”) have concluded that to retain and attract talented and experienced individuals to serve as representatives of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates and to encourage such individuals to take the business risks necessary for the success of the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, it is necessary for the Company to contractually indemnify certain of its representatives and the representatives of its Subsidiaries and Affiliates, and to assume for itself maximum liability for Expenses and Other Liabilities in connection with claims against such representatives in connection with their service to the Company and its Subsidiaries and Affiliates;

C. Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ Section 145 ”), empowers the Company to indemnify by agreement its officers, directors, employees and agents, and persons who serve, at the request of the Company, as directors, officers, employees or agents of other corporations, partnerships, joint ventures, trusts or other enterprises, and expressly provides that the indemnification provided thereby is not exclusive; and

D. The Company desires and has requested Indemnitee to serve or continue to serve as a representative of the Company and/or the Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company free from undue concern about inappropriate claims for damages arising out of or related to such services to the Company and/or the Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Company.


AGREEMENT

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Definitions .

(b) Affiliate . For purposes of this Agreement, “Affiliate” of the Company means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust or other enterprise in respect of which Indemnitee is or was or will be serving as a director, officer, trustee, manager, member, partner, employee, agent, attorney, consultant, member of the entity’s governing body (whether constituted as a board of directors, board of managers, general partner or otherwise), fiduciary, or in any other similar capacity at the request, election or direction of the Company, and including, but not limited to, any employee benefit plan of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company.

(c) Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, “Change in Control” means (i) any “person” (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended), other than a Subsidiary or a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or Subsidiary, is or becomes the “Beneficial Owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under said Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing [30%] or more of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then outstanding capital stock, or (ii) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved, cease for any reason to constitute a majority thereof, or (iii) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the outstanding capital stock of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into capital stock of the surviving entity) at least 70% of the total voting power represented by the capital stock of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or the stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets.

(d) Expenses . For purposes of this Agreement, “Expenses” means all direct and indirect costs of any type or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, all attorneys’ fees and related disbursements, and other out-of-pocket costs), paid or incurred by Indemnitee in connection with either the investigation, defense or appeal of, or being a witness in, a Proceeding (as defined below), or establishing or enforcing a right to indemnification under this Agreement, Section 145 or otherwise; provided, however, that Expenses shall not include any judgments, fines, ERISA excise taxes or penalties or amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding.

 

2


(e) Indemnifiable Event . For purposes of this Agreement, “Indemnifiable Event” means any event or occurrence related to Indemnitee’s service for the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person (as defined below), or by reason of anything done or not done, or any act or omission, by Indemnitee in any such capacity.

(f) Indemnifiable Person . For the purposes of this Agreement, “Indemnifiable Person” means any person who is or was a director, officer, trustee, manager, member, partner, employee, attorney, consultant, member of an entity’s governing body (whether constituted as a board of directors, board of managers, general partner or otherwise) or other agent or fiduciary of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company.

(g) Independent Counsel . For purposes of this Agreement, “Independent Counsel” means legal counsel that has not performed services for the Company or Indemnitee in the five years preceding the time in question and that would not, under applicable standards of professional conduct, have a conflict of interest in representing either the Company or Indemnitee.

(h) Other Liabilities . For purposes of this Agreement, “Other Liabilities” means any and all liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, penalties, ERISA (or other benefit plan related) excise taxes or penalties, and amounts paid in settlement and all interest, taxes, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any such judgments, fines, ERISA (or other benefit plan related) excise taxes or penalties, or amounts paid in settlement).

(i) Proceeding . For the purposes of this Agreement, “Proceeding” means any threatened, pending, or completed action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative, legislative or any other type whatsoever, preliminary, informal or formal, including any arbitration or other alternative dispute resolution and including any appeal of any of the foregoing.

(j) Subsidiary . For purposes of this Agreement, “Subsidiary” means any entity of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities is owned directly or indirectly by the Company.

2. Agreement to Serve . The Indemnitee agrees to serve and/or continue to serve as an Indemnifiable Person in the capacity or capacities in which Indemnitee currently serves the Company as an Indemnifiable Person, and any additional capacity in which Indemnitee may agree to serve, until such time as Indemnitee’s service in a particular capacity shall end according to the terms of an agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, governing law, or otherwise. Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create any right to continued employment or other form of service for the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company by Indemnitee.

3. Mandatory Indemnification .

(a) Agreement to Indemnify . In the event Indemnitee is a person who was or is a party to or witness in or is threatened to be made a party to or witness in any Proceeding by reason of an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from and against

 

3


any and all Expenses and Other Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee in connection with (including in preparation for) such Proceeding to the fullest extent not prohibited by the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law (“ GCL ”), as the same may be amended from time to time (but only to the extent that such amendment permits the Company to provide broader indemnification rights than the GCL permitted prior to the adoption of such amendment).

[(b) 1 Exception for Amounts Covered by Insurance and Other Sources . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses or Other Liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, penalties, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) to the extent such have been paid directly to Indemnitee (or paid directly to a third party on Indemnitee’s behalf) by any directors and officers, or other type, of insurance maintained by the Company. Further, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses or Other Liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to judgments, fines, penalties, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) to the extent such have been paid directly to Indemnitee (or paid directly to a third party on Indemnitee’s behalf) pursuant to any indemnification arrangement for the benefit of Indemnitee provided by any third party; provided however that this provision shall not limit any such third party’s equitable rights to contribution or indemnification from the Company with respect to amounts so paid by the third party.]

[(b) 2 Exception for Amounts Covered by Insurance and Other Sources . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses or Other Liabilities of any type whatsoever (including, but not limited to, judgments, fines, penalties, ERISA excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid in settlement) to the extent such have been paid directly to Indemnitee (or paid directly to a third party on Indemnitee’s behalf) by any directors and officers, or other type, of insurance maintained by the Company.]

[(c) 3 Company Obligations Primary . The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee may have rights to indemnification for Expenses and Other Liabilities provided by [                      (“ Other Indemnitor ”)]. The Company agrees with Indemnitee that the Company is the indemnitor of first resort of Indemnitee with respect to matters for which indemnification is provided under this Agreement and that the Company will be obligated to make all payments due to or for the benefit of Indemnitee under this Agreement without regard to any rights that Indemnitee may have against the Other Indemnitor. The Company hereby waives any equitable rights to contribution or indemnification from the Other Indemnitor in respect of any amounts paid to Indemnitee hereunder. The Company further agrees that no reimbursement of Other Liabilities or payment of Expenses by the Other Indemnitor to or for the benefit of Indemnitee shall affect the obligations of the Company hereunder, and that the Company shall be obligated to repay the Other Indemnitor for all amounts so paid or reimbursed to the extent that the Company has an obligation to indemnify Indemnitee for such Expenses or Other Liabilities hereunder.]

 

1  

For directors that are not sponsored by stockholders with a right to designate a director, use this form of subsection (b), delete the second subsection (b) and delete Section 3(c).

2  

For directors that are sponsored by stockholders with a right to designate a director, use this form of subsection (b) and Section 3(c).

3  

Delete Section 3(c) unless using the form of Section 3(b) referenced in footnote #2 above.

 

4


4. Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of any Expenses or Other Liabilities but not entitled, however, to indemnification for the total amount of such Expenses or Other Liabilities, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for such total amount except as to the portion thereof for which indemnification is prohibited by the provisions of the GCL. In any review or Proceeding to determine the extent of indemnification, the Company shall bear the burden to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, the lack of a successful resolution of a particular claim, issue or matter and which amounts sought in indemnity are allocable to claims, issues or matters which were not successfully resolved.

5. Liability Insurance . So long as Indemnitee shall continue to serve the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company as an Indemnifiable Person and thereafter so long as Indemnitee shall be subject to any possible claim or threatened, pending or completed Proceeding as a result of an Indemnifiable Event, the Company shall use reasonable efforts to maintain in full force and effect for the benefit of Indemnitee as an insured (i) liability insurance issued by one or more reputable insurers and having the policy amount and deductible deemed appropriate by the Board and providing in all respects coverage at least comparable to and in the same amount as that provided to the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and (ii) any replacement or substitute policies issued by one or more reputable insurers providing in all respects coverage at least comparable to and in the same amount as that being provided to the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer of the Company. The purchase, establishment and maintenance of any such insurance or other arrangements shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or of Indemnitee under this Agreement except as expressly provided herein, and the execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company and Indemnitee shall not in any way limit or affect the rights and obligations of the Company or the other party or parties thereto under any such insurance or other arrangement.

6. Mandatory Advancement of Expenses . If requested by Indemnitee, the Company shall advance prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding all Expenses [reasonably] incurred by Indemnitee in connection with (including in preparation for) a Proceeding related to an Indemnifiable Event. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such amounts advanced if, and only if and to the extent that, it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under the provisions of this Agreement or the GCL. The advances to be made hereunder shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee or directly to a third party designated by Indemnitee within thirty (30) days following delivery of a written request therefor by Indemnitee to the Company. Indemnitee’s undertaking to repay any Expenses advanced to Indemnitee hereunder shall be unsecured and shall not be subject to the accrual or payment of any interest thereon.

7. Notice and Other Indemnification Procedures .

(a) Notification . Promptly after receipt by Indemnitee of notice of the commencement of or the threat of commencement of any Proceeding, Indemnitee shall, if Indemnitee believes that indemnification or advancement of Expenses with respect thereto may be sought from the Company under this Agreement, notify the Company of the commencement or threat of commencement thereof. However, a failure so to notify the Company promptly

 

5


following Indemnitee’s receipt of such notice shall not relieve the Company from any liability that it may have to Indemnitee except to the extent that the Company is materially prejudiced in its defense of such Proceeding as a result of such failure.

(b) Insurance and Other Matters . If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of the commencement of a Proceeding pursuant to Section 7(a) above, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the issuers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all reasonable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such insurance policies.

(c) Assumption of Defense . In the event the Company shall be obligated to advance the Expenses for any Proceeding against Indemnitee, the Company, if deemed appropriate by the Company, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding as provided herein. Such defense by the Company may include the representation of two or more parties by one attorney or law firm as permitted under the ethical rules and legal requirements related to joint representations. Following delivery of written notice to Indemnitee of the Company’s election to assume the defense of such Proceeding, the approval by Indemnitee (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) of counsel designated by the Company and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees and expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding. If (A) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have notified the Board in writing that Indemnitee has reasonably concluded that there is likely to be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense, or (C) the Company fails to employ counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel shall be subject to indemnification and/or advancement pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Nothing herein shall prevent Indemnitee from employing counsel for any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense.

(d) Settlement . The Company shall not be liable to indemnify Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise for any amounts paid in settlement of any Proceeding effected without the Company’s written consent; provided, however, that if a Change in Control has occurred, the Company shall be liable for indemnification of Indemnitee for amounts paid in settlement if the Independent Counsel has approved the settlement. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary or Affiliate shall enter into a settlement of any Proceeding that might result in the imposition of any Expense, Other Liability, penalty, limitation or detriment on Indemnitee, whether indemnifiable under this Agreement or otherwise, without Indemnitee’s written consent. Neither the Company nor Indemnitee shall unreasonably withhold consent from any settlement of any Proceeding.

8. Determination of Right to Indemnification .

(a) Success on the Merits or Otherwise . To the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding referred to in Section 3(a) above or in the defense of any claim, issue or matter described therein, the Company shall

 

6


indemnify Indemnitee against Expenses actually [and reasonably] incurred in connection therewith.

(b) Indemnification in Other Situations . In the event that Section 8(a) is inapplicable, the Company shall also indemnify Indemnitee if Indemnitee has not failed to meet the applicable standard of conduct for indemnification.

(c) Forum . Indemnitee shall be entitled to select the forum in which determination of whether or not Indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct shall be decided, and such election will be made from among the following:

(1) Those members of the Board who are Independent Directors even though less than a quorum;

(2) A committee of Independent Directors designated by a majority vote of Independent Directors, even though less than a quorum; or

(3) Independent Counsel selected by Indemnitee and approved by the Board, which approval may not be unreasonably withheld, which counsel shall make such determination in a written opinion.

If Indemnitee is an officer or a director of the Company at the time that Indemnitee is selecting the forum, then Indemnitee shall not select Independent Counsel as such forum unless there are no Independent Directors or unless the Independent Directors agree to the selection of independent counsel as the forum.

The selected forum shall be referred to herein as the “Reviewing Party”.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, following any Change in Control, the Reviewing Party shall be Independent Counsel selected in the manner provided in (3) above.

(d) As soon as practicable, and in no event later than thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of written notice of Indemnitee’s choice of forum pursuant to Section 8(c) above, the Company and Indemnitee shall each submit to the Reviewing Party such information as they believe is appropriate for the Reviewing Party to consider. The Reviewing Party shall arrive at its decision within a reasonable period of time following the receipt of all such information from the Company and Indemnitee, but in no event later than thirty (30) days following the receipt of all such information, provided that the time by which the Reviewing Party must reach a decision may be extended by mutual agreement of the Company and Indemnitee. All Expenses associated with the process set forth in this Section 8(d), including but not limited to the Expenses of the Reviewing Party, shall be paid by the Company.

(e) Delaware Court of Chancery . Notwithstanding a final determination by any Reviewing Party that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification with respect to a specific Proceeding, Indemnitee shall have the right to apply to the Court of Chancery, for the purpose of enforcing Indemnitee’s right to indemnification pursuant to this Agreement.

 

7


(f) Expenses . The Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any hearing or Proceeding under this Section 8 involving Indemnitee and against all Expenses and Other Liabilities incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any other Proceeding between the Company and Indemnitee involving the interpretation or enforcement of the rights of Indemnitee under this Agreement unless a court of competent jurisdiction finds that each of the material claims of Indemnitee in any such Proceeding was frivolous or made in bad faith.

(g) Determination of “Good Faith” . For purposes of any determination of whether Indemnitee acted in “good faith,” Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if in taking or failing to take the action in question Indemnitee relied on the records or books of account of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, including financial statements, or on information, opinions, reports or statements provided to Indemnitee by the officers or other employees of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, or on information or records given or reports made to the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert selected by the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate, or by any other person (including legal counsel, accountants and financial advisors) as to matters Indemnitee reasonably believes are within such other person’s professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate. In connection with any determination as to whether Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified hereunder, or to advancement of expenses, the Reviewing Party or court shall presume that Indemnitee has satisfied the applicable standard of conduct and is entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses, as the case may be, and the burden of proof shall be on the Company to establish, by clear and convincing evidence, that Indemnitee is not so entitled. The provisions of this Section 8(g) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement. In addition, the knowledge and/or actions, or failures to act, of any other person serving the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining the right to indemnification hereunder.

9. Exceptions . Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding,

(a) Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to Proceedings or claims initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except (1) with respect to Proceedings brought to establish or enforce a right to indemnification under this Agreement, any other statute or law, as permitted under Section 145, or otherwise, (2) where the Board has consented to the initiation of such Proceeding, or (3) with respect to Proceedings brought to discharge Indemnitee’s fiduciary responsibilities, whether under ERISA or otherwise, but such indemnification or advancement of Expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board finds it to be appropriate; or

(b) Actions Based on Federal Statutes Regarding Profit Recovery and Return of Bonus Payments . The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee on account of (i) any suit in which judgment is rendered

 

8


against Indemnitee for an accounting of profits made from the purchase or sale by Indemnitee of securities of the Company pursuant to the provisions of Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and amendments thereto or similar provisions of any federal, state or local statutory law, or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by the Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by the Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act); or

(c) Unlawful Indemnification . The Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to indemnify Indemnitee for Other Liabilities if such indemnification is prohibited by law.

10. Non-exclusivity . The provisions for indemnification and advancement of Expenses set forth in this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which Indemnitee may have under any provision of law, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, the vote of the Company’s stockholders or disinterested directors, other agreements, or otherwise, both as to acts or omissions in his or her official capacity and to acts or omissions in another capacity while serving the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person and Indemnitee’s rights hereunder shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased serving the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate as an Indemnifiable Person and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of Indemnitee.

11. Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever, (i) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of the Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and (ii) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, all portions of any paragraphs of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that are not themselves invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested by the provision held invalid, illegal or unenforceable.

12. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provision hereof (whether or not similar) and except as expressly provided herein, no such waiver shall constitute a continuing waiver.

13. Successors and Assigns . The terms of this Agreement shall bind, and shall inure to the benefit of, the successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

14. Notice . All notices, requests, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed duly given (i) if delivered by hand and a

 

9


receipt is provided by the party to whom such communication is delivered, (ii) if mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, return receipt requested, on the signing by the recipient of an acknowledgement of receipt form accompanying delivery through the U.S. mail, (iii) personal service by a process server, or (iv) delivery to the recipient’s address by overnight delivery (e.g., FedEx, UPS or DHL) or other commercial delivery service. Addresses for notice to either party are as shown on the signature page of this Agreement, or as subsequently modified by written notice complying with the provisions of this Section 14. Delivery of communications to the Company with respect to this Agreement shall be sent to the attention of the Company’s General Counsel.

15. No Presumptions . For purposes of this Agreement, the termination of any Proceeding, by judgment, order, settlement (whether with or without court approval) or conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not meet any particular standard of conduct or have any particular belief or that a court has determined that indemnification is not permitted by applicable law or otherwise. In addition, neither the failure of the Company or a Reviewing Party to have made a determination as to whether Indemnitee has met any particular standard of conduct or had any particular belief, nor an actual determination by the Company or a Reviewing Party that Indemnitee has not met such standard of conduct or did not have such belief, prior to the commencement of Proceedings by Indemnitee to secure a judicial determination by exercising Indemnitee’s rights under Section 8(e) of this Agreement shall be a defense to Indemnitee’s claim or create a presumption that Indemnitee has failed to meet any particular standard of conduct or did not have any particular belief or is not entitled to indemnification under applicable law or otherwise.

16. Survival of Rights . The rights conferred on Indemnitee by this Agreement shall continue after Indemnitee has ceased to serve the Company or a Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company as an Indemnifiable Person and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee’s heirs, executors and administrators.

17. Subrogation and Contribution .

(a) 4 [Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, in][In] the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

(b) To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to an indemnifiable event under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the

 

4   Insert the bracketed phrase if Section 3(c) is included pursuant to footnote #3 above.

 

10


relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving cause to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

18. Specific Performance, Etc. The parties recognize that if any provision of this Agreement is violated by the Company, Indemnitee may be without an adequate remedy at law. Accordingly, in the event of any such violation, Indemnitee shall be entitled, if Indemnitee so elects, to institute Proceedings, either in law or at equity, to obtain damages, to enforce specific performance, to enjoin such violation, or to obtain any relief or any combination of the foregoing as Indemnitee may elect to pursue.

19. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Only one such counterpart signed by the party against whom enforceability is sought needs to be produced to evidence the existence of this Agreement.

20. Headings . The headings of the sections and paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction or interpretation thereof.

21. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be governed exclusively by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware, as applied to contracts between Delaware residents entered into and to be performed entirely with Delaware.

22. Consent to Jurisdiction . The Company and Indemnitee each hereby irrevocably consent to the jurisdiction of the courts of the State of Delaware for all purposes in connection with any Proceeding which arises out of or relates to this Agreement.

 

11


The parties hereto have entered into this Indemnity Agreement effective as of the date first above written.

 

Vocera Communications, Inc
By:    
Its:    

 

    INDEMNITEE:
       
  Address:       
       

 

12

Exhibit 10.02

Vocera Communications, Inc.

AMENDED & RESTATED 2000 STOCK OPTION PLAN, AS AMENDED

 

1.

E STABLISHMENT , P URPOSE AND T ERM O F P LAN .

1.1 Establishment. The Vocera Communications, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) was established effective as of March 1, 2000, and amended and restated effective as of March 30, 2006.

1.2 Purpose. The purpose of the Plan is to advance the interests of the Participating Company Group and its stockholders by providing an incentive to attract, retain and reward persons performing services for the Participating Company Group and by motivating such persons to contribute to the growth and profitability of the Participating Company Group.

1.3 Term of Plan. The Plan shall continue in effect until the earlier of its termination by the Board or the date on which all of the shares of Stock available for issuance under the Plan have been issued and all restrictions on such shares under the terms of the Plan and the agreements evidencing Options granted under the Plan have lapsed. However, all Options shall be granted, if at all, within ten (10) years from the earlier of the date the Plan is adopted by the Board or the date the Plan is duly approved by the stockholders of the Company.

 

2.

D EFINITIONS AND C ONSTRUCTION .

2.1 Definitions. Whenever used herein, the following terms shall have their respective meanings set forth below:

(a) “ Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company. If one or more Committees have been appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, “Board” also means such Committee(s).

(b) “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any applicable regulations promulgated thereunder.

(c) “ Committee ” means the Compensation Committee or other committee of the Board duly appointed to administer the Plan and having such powers as shall be specified by the Board. Unless the powers of the Committee have been specifically limited, the Committee shall have all of the powers of the Board granted herein, including, without limitation, the power to amend or terminate the Plan at any time, subject to the terms of the Plan and any applicable limitations imposed by law.

(d) “ Company ” means Vocera Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor corporation thereto.

(e) “ Consultant ” means a person engaged to provide consulting or advisory services (other than as an Employee or a Director) to a Participating Company, provided that the identity of such person, the nature of such services or the entity to which such services are provided would not preclude the Company from offering or selling securities to such person


pursuant to the Plan in reliance on either the exemption from registration provided by Rule 701 under the Securities Act or, if the Company is required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, registration on a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

(f) “ Director ” means a member of the Board or of the board of directors of any other Participating Company.

(g) “ Disability ” means the inability of the Optionee, in the opinion of a qualified physician acceptable to the Company, to perform the major duties of the Optionee’s position with the Participating Company Group because of the sickness or injury of the Optionee.

(h) “ Employee ” means any person treated as an employee (including an officer or a Director who is also treated as an employee) in the records of a Participating Company and, with respect to any Incentive Stock Option granted to such person, who is an employee for purposes of Section 422 of the Code; provided, however, that neither service as a Director nor payment of a director’s fee shall be sufficient to constitute employment for purposes of the Plan. The Company shall determine in good faith and in the exercise of its discretion whether an individual has become or has ceased to be an Employee and the effective date of such individual’s employment or termination of employment, as the case may be. For purposes of an individual’s rights, if any, under the Plan as of the time of the Company’s determination, all such determinations by the Company shall be final, binding and conclusive, notwithstanding that the Company or any court of law or governmental agency subsequently makes a contrary determination.

(i) “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

(j) “ Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of a share of Stock or other property as determined by the Board, in its discretion, or by the Company, in its discretion, if such determination is expressly allocated to the Company herein, subject to the following:

(i) If, on such date, the Stock is listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Stock (or the mean of the closing bid and asked prices of a share of Stock if the Stock is so quoted instead) as quoted on the Nasdaq National Market, The Nasdaq SmallCap Market or such other national or regional securities exchange or market system constituting the primary market for the Stock, as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Company deems reliable. If the relevant date does not fall on a day on which the Stock has traded on such securities exchange or market system, the date on which the Fair Market Value shall be established shall be the last day on which the Stock was so traded prior to the relevant date, or such other appropriate day as shall be determined by the Board, in its discretion.

(ii) If, on such date, the Stock is not listed on a national or regional securities exchange or market system, the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock shall be as


determined by the Board in good faith without regard to any restriction other than a restriction which, by its terms, will never lapse.

(k) “ Incentive Stock Option ” means an Option intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) and which qualifies as an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

(l) “ Insider ” means an officer or a Director of the Company or any other person whose transactions in Stock are subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

(m) “ Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means an Option not intended to be (as set forth in the Option Agreement) or which does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

(n) “ Option ” means a right to purchase Stock (subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2) pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Plan. An Option may be either an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

(o) “ Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionee setting forth the terms, conditions and restrictions of the Option granted to the Optionee and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. An Option Agreement may consist of a form of “Notice of Grant of Stock Option” and a form of “Stock Option Agreement” incorporated therein by reference, or such other form or forms as the Board may approve from time to time.

(p) “ Optionee ” means a person who has been granted one or more Options.

(q) “ Parent Corporation ” means any present or future “parent corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code.

(r) “ Participating Company ” means the Company or any Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation.

(s) “ Participating Company Group ” means, at any point in time, all corporations collectively which are then Participating Companies.

(t) “ Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, as amended from time to time, or any successor rule or regulation.

(u) “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(v) “ Service ” means an Optionee’s employment or service with the Participating Company Group, whether in the capacity of an Employee, a Director or a Consultant. An Optionee’s Service shall not be deemed to have terminated merely because of a change in the capacity in which the Optionee renders Service to the Participating Company Group or a change in the Participating Company for which the Optionee renders such Service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Optionee’s Service. Furthermore, an Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group shall not be deemed to have terminated if the Optionee takes any military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of


absence approved by the Company; provided, however, that if any such leave exceeds ninety (90) days, on the ninety-first (91st) day of such leave the Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated unless the Optionee’s right to return to Service with the Participating Company Group is guaranteed by statute or contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, unless otherwise designated by the Company or required by law, a leave of absence shall not be treated as Service for purposes of determining vesting under the Optionee’s Option Agreement. The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated either upon an actual termination of Service or upon the corporation for which the Optionee performs Service ceasing to be a Participating Company. Subject to the foregoing, the Company, in its discretion, shall determine whether the Optionee’s Service has terminated and the effective date of such termination.

(w) “ Stock ” means the common stock of the Company, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with Section 4.2.

(x) “ Subsidiary Corporation ” means any present or future “subsidiary corporation” of the Company, as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

(y) “ Ten Percent Owner Optionee ” means an Optionee who, at the time an Option is granted to the Optionee, owns stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of a Participating Company within the meaning of Section 422(b)(6) of the Code.

2.2 Construction. Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of the Plan. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

3.

A DMINISTRATION .

3.1 Administration by the Board. The Plan shall be administered by the Board. All questions of interpretation of the Plan or of any Option shall be determined by the Board, and such determinations shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Plan or such Option.

3.2 Authority of Officers. Any officer of a Participating Company shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, determination or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, determination or election.

3.3 Powers of the Board. In addition to any other powers set forth in the Plan and subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board shall have the full and final power and authority in its discretion:

(a) to determine the persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Options shall be granted and the number of shares of Stock to be subject to each Option;


(b) to designate Options as Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options;

(c) to determine the Fair Market Value of shares of Stock or other property;

(d) to determine the terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to each Option (which need not be identical) and any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including, without limitation, (i) the exercise price of the Option, (ii) the method of payment for shares purchased upon the exercise of the Option, (iii) the method for satisfaction of any tax withholding obligation arising in connection with the Option or such shares, including by the withholding or delivery of shares of stock, (iv) the timing, terms and conditions of the exercisability of the Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, (v) the time of the expiration of the Option, (vi) the effect of the Optionee’s termination of Service with the Participating Company Group on any of the foregoing, and (vii) all other terms, conditions and restrictions applicable to the Option or such shares not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan;

(e) to approve one or more forms of Option Agreement;

(f) to amend, modify, extend, cancel or renew any Option or to waive any restrictions or conditions applicable to any Option or any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof;

(g) to accelerate, continue, extend or defer the exercisability of any Option or the vesting of any shares acquired upon the exercise thereof, including with respect to the period following an Optionee’s termination of Service with the Participating Company Group;

(h) to prescribe, amend or rescind rules, guidelines and policies relating to the Plan, or to adopt supplements to, or alternative versions of, the Plan, including, without limitation, as the Board deems necessary or desirable to comply with the laws of, or to accommodate the tax policy or custom of, foreign jurisdictions whose citizens may be granted Options, and

(i) to correct any defect, supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Option Agreement and to make all other determinations and take such other actions with respect to the Plan or any Option as the Board may deem advisable to the extent not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan or applicable law.

3.4 Administration With Respect to Insiders. With respect to participation by Insiders in the Plan, at any time that any class of equity security of the Company is registered pursuant to Section 12 of the Exchange Act, the Plan shall be administered in compliance with the requirements, if any, of Rule 16b-3.

3.5 Indemnification. In addition to such other rights of indemnification as they may have as members of the Board or officers or employees of the Participating Company Group, members of the Board and any officers or employees of the Participating Company Group to whom authority to act for the Board or the Company is delegated shall be indemnified by the Company against all reasonable expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and necessarily


incurred in connection with the defense of any action, suit or proceeding, or in connection with any appeal therein, to which they or any of them may be a party by reason of any action taken or failure to act under or in connection with the Plan, or any right granted hereunder. and against all amounts paid by them in settlement thereof (provided such settlement is approved by independent legal counsel selected by the Company) or paid by them in satisfaction of a judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding, except in relation to matters as to which it shall be adjudged in such action, suit or proceeding that such person is liable for gross negligence, bad faith or intentional misconduct in duties; provided, however, that within sixty (60) days after the institution of such action, suit or proceeding, such person shall offer to the Company. in writing, the opportunity at its own expense to handle and defend the same.

 

4.

S HARES S UBSCRIPTION TO P LAN .

4.1 Maximum Number of Shares Issuable. Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.2, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan shall be thirteen million eight hundred thirty two thousand three hundred eighty (13,832,380) and shall consist of authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of Stock or any combination thereof. If an outstanding Option for any reason expires or is terminated or canceled or if shares of Stock are acquired upon the exercise of an Option subject to a Company repurchase option and are repurchased by the Company at the Optionee’s exercise price, the shares of Stock allocable to the unexercised portion of such Option or such repurchased shares of Stock shall again be available for issuance under the Plan. However, except as adjusted pursuant to Section 4.2, in no event shall more than thirteen million eight hundred thirty two thousand three hundred eighty (13,832,380) shares of Stock be available for issuance pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options (the “ ISO Share Issuance Limit ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any such time as the offer and sale of securities pursuant to the Plan is subject to compliance with Section 260.140.45 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations (“ Section 260.140.45 ”), the total number of shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of all outstanding Options (together with options outstanding under any other stock option plan of the Company) and the total number of shares provided for under any stock bonus or similar plan of the Company shall not exceed thirty percent (30%) (or such other higher percentage limitation as may be approved by the stockholders of the Company pursuant to Section 260.140.45) of the then outstanding shares of the Company as calculated in accordance with the conditions and exclusions of Section 260.140.45.

4.2 Adjustments for Changes in Capital Structure. In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number and class of shares subject to the Plan and to any outstanding Options, in the ISO Share Issuance Limit set forth in Section 4.1, and in the exercise price per share of any outstanding Options. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to outstanding Options are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event, as defined in Section 8.1) shares of another corporation (the “ New Shares ”), the Board may unilaterally amend the outstanding Options to provide that such Options are exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the number of shares subject to, and the exercise price per share of, the outstanding Options shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be


rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the exercise price of any Option be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

5.

E LIGIBILITY AND O PTION L IMITATIONS .

5.1 Persons Eligible for Options. Options may be granted only to Employees, Consultants, and Directors. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, “Employees,” “Consultants” and “Directors” shall include prospective Employees, prospective Consultants and prospective Directors to whom Options are granted in connection with written offers of an employment or other service relationship with the Participating Company Group. Eligible persons may be granted more than one (1) Option. However, eligibility in accordance with this Section shall not entitle any person to be granted an Option, or, having been granted an Option, to be granted an additional Option.

5.2 Option Grant Restrictions. Any person who is not an Employee on the effective date of the grant of an Option to such person may be granted only a Nonstatutory Stock Option. An Incentive Stock Option granted to a prospective Employee upon the condition that such person become an Employee shall be deemed granted effective on the date such person commences Service with a Participating Company, with an exercise price determined as of such date in accordance with Section 6.1.

5.3 Fair Market Value Limitation. To the extent that options designated as Incentive Stock Options (granted under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) become exercisable by an Optionee for the first time during any calendar year for stock having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portions of such options which exceed such amount shall be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 5.3, options designated as Incentive Stock Options shall be taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock shall be determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 5.3, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date and with respect to such Options as required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If an Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 5.3, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option.

 

6.

T ERMS AND C ONDITIONS OF O PTIONS .

Options shall be evidenced by Option Agreements specifying the number of shares of Stock covered thereby, in such form as the Board shall from time to time establish. No Option or purported Option shall be a valid and binding obligation of the Company unless evidenced by a fully executed Option Agreement. Option Agreements may incorporate all or any of the terms of


the Plan by reference and shall comply with and be subject to the following terms and conditions:

6.1 Exercise Price. The exercise price for each Option shall be established in the discretion of the Board; provided, however, that (a) the exercise price per share for an Incentive Stock Option shall be not less than the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option, (b) the exercise price per share for a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be not less than eighty-five percent (85%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option, and (c) no Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall have an exercise price per share less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the effective date of grant of the Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option (whether an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option) may be granted with an exercise price lower than the minimum exercise price set forth above if such Option is granted pursuant to an assumption or substitution for another option in a manner qualifying under the provisions of Section 424(a) of the Code.

6.2 Exercisability and Term of Options. Options shall be exercisable at such time or times, or upon such event or events, and subject to such terms, conditions, performance criteria and restrictions as shall be determined by the Board and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option; provided, however, that (a) no Option shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (b) no Incentive Stock Option granted to a Ten Percent Owner Optionee shall be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years after the effective date of grant of such Option, (c) no Option granted to a prospective Employee, prospective Consultant or prospective Director may become exercisable prior to the date on which such person commences Service with a Participating Company. and (d) with the exception of an Option granted to an officer, Director or Consultant, no Option shall become exercisable at a rate less than twenty percent (20%) per year over a period of five (5) years from the effective date of grant of such Option, subject to the Optionee’s continued Service. Subject to the foregoing, unless otherwise specified by the Board in the grant of an Option, any Option granted hereunder shall terminate ten (10) years after the effective date of grant of the Option, unless earlier terminated in accordance with its provisions.

Notwithstanding contrary terms contained in any Option Agreement (whether executed before or after the date of effectiveness of the Plan amendment incorporating this sentence and the following sentences of this Section 6.2) applicable to an Optionee who is an Employee:

(a) if such Optionee is not permitted, under the terms of such Optionee’s Option Agreement, to exercise all or a portion of such Optionee’s Option due to vesting restrictions, such Optionee may exercise any portion of such Option that has not yet vested so long as such Optionee is an Employee, provided that the shares issued upon such exercise will be “Unvested Shares.”

(b) Unvested Shares referred to in (a), above, will become Vested Shares at the same rate and on the same basis that the Option underlying same would have become vested, collectively with any portion of the Option that has not been exercised, under the terms of Optionee’s Option Agreement. If at any time there is a choice as to whether to


vest exercised portions of the Option or Unvested Shares, vesting will be applied to Unvested Shares.

(c) Effective with any termination of Optionee’s Service as an Employee, the Company will have the assignable right, exercisable no later than 90 days after such termination, to repurchase for cash all or portion of such Unvested Shares at the Exercise Price per share paid by Optionee for such Unvested Shares.

6.3 Payment of Exercise Price.

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized. Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the exercise price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased pursuant to any Option shall be made (i) in cash, by check or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value (as determined by the Company without regard to any restrictions on transferability applicable to such stock by reason of federal or state securities laws or agreements with an underwriter for the Company) not less than the exercise price, (iii) by delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares being acquired upon the exercise of the Option (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) (a “ Cashless Exercise ”), (iv) provided that the Optionee is an Employee (unless otherwise not prohibited by law, including, without limitation, any regulation promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and in the Company’s sole discretion at the time the Option is exercised, by delivery of the Optionee’s promissory note in a form approved by the Company for the aggregate exercise price, provided that, if the Company is incorporated in the State of Delaware, the Optionee shall pay in cash that portion of the aggregate exercise price not less than the par value of the shares being acquired, (v) by such other consideration as may be approved by the Board from time to time to the extent permitted by applicable law, or (vi) by any combination thereof. The Board may at any time or from time to time, by approval of or by amendment to the standard forms of Option Agreement described in Section 7, or by other means, grant Options which do not permit all of the foregoing forms of consideration to be used in payment of the exercise price or which otherwise restrict one or more forms of consideration.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration.

(i) Tender of Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, an Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months (and not used for another Option exercise by attestation during such period) or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.


(ii) Cashless Exercise. The Company reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to establish, decline to approve or terminate any program or procedures for the exercise of Options by means of a Cashless Exercise.

(iii) Payment by Promissory Note. No promissory note shall be permitted if the exercise of an Option using a promissory note would be a violation of any law Any permitted promissory note shall be on such terms as the Board shall determine at the time the Option is granted. The Board shall have the authority to permit or require the Optionee to secure any promissory note used to exercise an Option with the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option or with other collateral acceptable to the Company. Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if the Company at any time is subject to the regulations promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental entity affecting the extension of credit in connection with the Company’s securities, any promissory note shall comply with such applicable regulations, and the Optionee shall pay the unpaid principal and accrued interest, if any, to the extent necessary to comply with such applicable regulations.

6.4 Tax Withholding. The Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to deduct from the shares of Stock issuable upon the exercise of an Option, or to accept from the Optionee the tender of, a number of whole shares of Stock having a Fair Market Value, as determined by the Company, equal to all or any part of the federal, state, local and foreign taxes, if any, required by law to be withheld by the Participating Company Group with respect to such Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. Alternatively or in addition, in its discretion, the Company shall have the right to require the Optionee, through payroll withholding, cash payment or otherwise, including by means of a Cashless Exercise, to make adequate provision for any such tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group arising in connection with the Option or the shares acquired upon the exercise thereof. The Fair Market Value of any shares of Stock withheld or tendered to satisfy any such tax withholding obligations shall not exceed the amount determined by the applicable minimum statutory withholding rates. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock or to release shares of Stock from an escrow established pursuant to the Option Agreement until the Participating Company Group’s tax withholding obligations have been satisfied by the Optionee.

6.5 Repurchase Rights. Shares issued under the Plan may be subject to a right of first refusal, one or more repurchase options, or other conditions and restrictions as determined by the Board in its discretion at the time the Option is granted. The Company shall have the right to assign at any time any repurchase right it may have, whether or not such right is then exercisable, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company. Upon request by the Company, each Optionee shall execute any agreement evidencing such transfer restrictions prior to the receipt of shares of Stock hereunder and shall promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares of Stock acquired hereunder for the placement on such certificates of appropriate legends evidencing any such transfer restrictions.


6.6 Effect of Termination of Service.

(a) Option Exercisability. Subject to earlier termination of the Option as otherwise provided herein and unless otherwise provided by the Board in the grant of an Option and set forth in the Option Agreement, an Option shall be exercisable after an Optionee’s termination of Service only during the applicable time period determined in accordance with this Section 6.6 and thereafter shall terminate:

(i) Disability. If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating company Group terminates because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the date of expiration of the Option’s term as set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option (the “ Option Expiration Date ”).

(ii) Death. If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group terminates because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the Optionee’s termination of Service.

(iii) Other Termination of Service. If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group terminates for any reason, except Disability or death, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee at any time prior to the expiration of three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of an Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) is prevented by the provisions of Section 10 below, the Option shall remain exercisable until three (3) months (or such longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(c) Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 6.6(a) of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the


tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee’s termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.

6.7 Transferability of Options. During the lifetime of the Optionee, an Option shall be exercisable only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative. No Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Optionee, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent permitted by the Board, in its discretion, and set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing such Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option shall be assignable or transferable subject to the applicable limitations, if any, described in Section 260.140.41 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations, Rule 701 under the Securities Act, and the General Instructions to Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act.

 

7.

S TANDARD F ORMS OF O PTION A GREEMENT .

7.1 Option Agreement. Unless otherwise provided by the Board at the time the Option is granted, an Option shall comply with and be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the form of Option Agreement approved by the Board concurrently with its adoption of the Plan and as amended from time to time.

7.2 Authority to Vary Terms. The Board shall have the authority from time to time to vary the terms of any standard form of Option Agreement described in this Section 7 either in connection with the grant or amendment of an individual Option or in connection with the authorization of a new standard form or forms; provided, however, that the terms and conditions of any such new, revised or amended standard form or forms of Option Agreement are not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan.

 

8.

C HANGE IN C ONTROL .

8.1 Definitions.

(a) An “ Ownership Change Event ” shall be deemed to have occurred if any of the following occurs with respect to the Company: (i) the direct or indirect sale or exchange in a single or series of related transactions by the stockholders of the Company of more than fifty percent (500/0) of the voting stock of the Company; (ii) a merger or consolidation in which the Company is a party; (iii) the sale, exchange, or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company; or (iv) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

(b) A “ Change in Control ” shall mean an Ownership Change Event or a series of related Ownership Change Events (collectively, a “ Transaction ”) wherein the stockholders of the Company immediately before the Transaction do not retain immediately after the Transaction, in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of shares of the Company’s voting stock immediately before the Transaction, direct or indirect beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of the outstanding voting stock of the Company or, in the case of a Transaction described in Section 8.1(a)(iii), the corporation or corporations to which the assets of the Company were transferred (the “ Transferee Corporation(s) ”), as the case may be. For purposes of the preceding sentence,


indirect beneficial ownership shall include, without limitation, an interest resulting from ownership of the voting stock of one or more corporations which, as a result of the Transaction, own the Company or the Transferee Corporation(s), as the case may be, either directly or through one or more subsidiary corporations. The Board shall have the right to determine whether multiple sales or exchanges of the voting stock of the Company or multiple Ownership Change Events are related, and its determination shall be final, binding and conclusive.

8.2 Effect of Change in Control on Options. In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or parent corporation thereof, as the case may be (the “ Acquiring Corporation ”), may either assume the Company’s rights and obligations under outstanding Options or substitute for outstanding Options substantially equivalent options for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock. In the event the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitute for the Option in connection with the Change in Control, and provided that the Optionee’s Service has not terminated prior to such date, any unexercised or unvested portion of the Option shall be immediately exercisable and vested in full as of the date ten (10) days prior to the date of the Change in Control. Any exercise or vesting of the Option that was permissible solely by reason of this Section 8.2 shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control. Any Options which are neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares acquired upon exercise of an Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of the Option Agreement evidencing such Option except as otherwise provided in such Option Agreement.

 

9.

P ROVISION OF I NFORMATION .

At least annually, copies of the Company’s balance sheet and income statement for the just completed fiscal year shall be made available to each Optionee and purchaser of shares of Stock upon the exercise of an Option. The Company shall not be required to provide such information to key employees whose duties in connection with the Company assure them access to equivalent information.

 

10.

C OMPLIANCE WITH S ECURITIES L AW .

The grant of Options and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of Options shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state and foreign law with respect to such securities. Options may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, no Option may be exercised unless (a) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (b) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the


authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of any Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

 

11.

T ERMINATION OR A MENDMENT OF P LAN .

The Board may terminate or amend the Plan at any time. However, subject to changes in applicable law, regulations or rules that would permit otherwise, without the approval of the Company’s stockholders, there shall be (a) no increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock that may be issued under the Plan (except by operation of the provisions of Section 4.2), (b) no change in the class of persons eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, and (c) no other amendment of the Plan that would require approval of the Company’s stockholders under any applicable law, regulation or rule. No termination or amendment of the Plan shall affect any then outstanding Option unless expressly provided by the Board. In any event, no termination or amendment of the Plan may adversely affect any then outstanding Option without the consent of the Optionee, unless such termination or amendment is required to enable an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option or is necessary to comply with any applicable law, regulation or rule.

 

12.

S TOCKHOLDER A PPROVAL .

The Plan or any increase in the maximum aggregate number of shares of Stock issuable thereunder as provided in Section 4.1 (the “Authorized Shares”) shall be approved by the stockholders of the Company within twelve (12) months of the date of adoption thereof by the Board. Options granted prior to stockholder approval of the Plan or in excess of the Authorized Shares previously approved by the stockholders shall become exercisable no earlier than the date of stockholder approval of the Plan or such increase in the Authorized Shares, as the case may be.

[remainder of page left intentionally blank]


PLAN HISTORY

The original 2000 Stock Option Plan was amended by the Board on October 13 2005 and by the Stockholders as of October 14, 2005 to permit early exercise by employees, and by the Board as of March 30, 2006 and by the Stockholders as of April 13, 2006 to increase the maximum number of shares of stock that may be issued under the Plan to 14, 365,000.

This Amended and Restated 2000 Plan was created to reflect these two amendments.


Amendment to Vocera Communications, Inc.

2000 Stock Option Plan

Vocera Communications, Inc. (the “Company”) originally adopted the Vocera Communications, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan effective as of March 1, 2000. As previously amended, such 2000 Stock Option Plan is referred to as the “Plan.” Except as otherwise provided herein, capitalized terms used herein will have the meanings set forth in the Plan.

The Plan is hereby amended as follows:

1. The following language is added to the end of Section 6.2 of the Plan:

Notwithstanding contrary terms contained in any Option Agreement (whether executed before or after the date of effectiveness of the Plan amendment incorporating this sentence and the following sentences of this Section 6.2) applicable to an Optionee who is an Employee:

(a) if such Optionee is not permitted, under the terms of such Optionee’s Option Agreement, to exercise all or a portion of such Optionee’s Option due to vesting restrictions, such Optionee may exercise any portion of such Option that has not yet vested so long as such Optionee is an Employee, provided that the shares issued upon such exercise will be “Unvested Shares.”

(b) Unvested Shares referred to in (a), above, will become Vested Shares at the same rate and on the same basis that the Option underlying same would have become vested, collectively with any portion of the Option that has not been exercised, under the terms of Optionee’s Option Agreement. If at any time there is a choice as to whether to vest exercised portions of the Option or Unvested Shares, vesting will be applied to Unvested Shares.

(c) Effective with any termination of Optionee’s Service as an Employee, the Company will have the assignable right, exercisable no later than 90 days after such termination, to repurchase for cash all or portion of such Unvested Shares at the Exercise Price per share paid by Optionee for such Unvested Shares.

2. If this Amendment of the Plan is not approved by the holders of a majority of the outstanding Shares of the Company within twelve months of the effective date set forth above, then this Amendment will be null and void.

3. The Company is authorized to amend and restate the Plan to reflect the foregoing amendment of Section 6.2 thereof.

4. Except as amended hereby, the Plan will continue in full force and effect.


Approval of the foregoing amendment by the Board of Directors of the Company is hereby acknowledged by the below signature of the Secretary of the Company:

/s/ Martin J. Silver
Martin J. Silver


Vocera Communications, Inc.

Stock Option Agreement

Vocera Communications, Inc. has granted to the individual (the Optionee ) named in the Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the Notice ) to which this Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement ) is attached an option (the Option ) to purchase certain shares of Stock upon the terms and conditions set forth in the Notice and this Option Agreement. The Option has been granted pursuant to and shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions of the Vocera Communications, Inc. 2000 Stock Option Plan (the Plan ), as amended to the Date of Option Grant, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference. By signing the Notice, the Optionee: (a) represents that the Optionee has read and is familiar with the terms and conditions of the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, including the Effect of Termination of Service set forth in Section 7 and the Right of First Refusal set forth in Section 11, (b) accepts the Option subject to all of the terms and conditions of the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement, (c) agrees to accept as binding, conclusive and final all decisions or interpretations of the Board upon any questions arising under the Notice, the Plan or this Option Agreement, and (d) acknowledges receipt of a copy of the Notice, the Plan and this Option Agreement.

 

  1.

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION .

1.1 Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Notice or the Plan.

1.2 Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Option Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

  2.

TAX CONSEQUENCES .

2.1 Tax Status of Option . This Option is intended to have the tax status designated in the Notice.

(a) Incentive Stock Option . If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code, but the Company does not represent or warrant that this Option qualifies as such. The Optionee should consult with the Optionee’s own tax advisor regarding the tax effects of this Option and the requirements necessary to obtain favorable income tax treatment under Section 422 of the Code, including, but not limited to, holding period requirements. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the Option is exercised more than three (3) months after the date on which you cease to be an Employee (other than by reason of your death or permanent and total disability as defined in Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), the Option will be treated as a Nonstatutory Stock Option and not as an Incentive Stock Option to the extent required by Section 422 of the Code.)


(b) Nonstatutory Stock Option . If the Notice so designates, this Option is intended to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option and shall not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option within the meaning of Section 422(b) of the Code.

2.2 ISO Fair Market Value Limitation . If the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, then to the extent that the Option (together with all Incentive Stock Options granted to the Optionee under all stock option plans of the Participating Company Group, including the Plan) becomes exercisable for the first time during any calendar year for shares having a Fair Market Value greater than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), the portion of such options which exceeds such amount will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options. For purposes of this Section 2.2, options designated as Incentive Stock Options are taken into account in the order in which they were granted, and the Fair Market Value of stock is determined as of the time the option with respect to such stock is granted. If the Code is amended to provide for a different limitation from that set forth in this Section 2.2, such different limitation shall be deemed incorporated herein effective as of the date required or permitted by such amendment to the Code. If the Option is treated as an Incentive Stock Option in part and as a Nonstatutory Stock Option in part by reason of the limitation set forth in this Section 2.2, the Optionee may designate which portion of such Option the Optionee is exercising. In the absence of such designation, the Optionee shall be deemed to have exercised the Incentive Stock Option portion of the Option first. Separate certificates representing each such portion shall be issued upon the exercise of the Option. (NOTE TO OPTIONEE: If the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option (that is, the Exercise Price multiplied by the Number of Option Shares) plus the aggregate exercise price of any other Incentive Stock Options you hold (whether granted pursuant to the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Participating Company Group) is greater than $100,000, you should contact the Chief Financial Officer of the Company to ascertain whether the entire Option qualifies as an Incentive Stock Option.)

 

  3.

ADMINISTRATION .

All questions of interpretation concerning this Option Agreement shall be determined by the Board. All determinations by the Board shall be final and binding upon all persons having an interest in the Option. Any officer of a Participating Company shall have the authority to act on behalf of the Company with respect to any matter, right, obligation, or election which is the responsibility of or which is allocated to the Company herein, provided the officer has apparent authority with respect to such matter, right, obligation, or election.

 

  4.

EXERCISE OF THE OPTION .

4.1 Right to Exercise . Except as otherwise provided herein, the Option shall be exercisable on and after the Initial Vesting Date and prior to the termination of the Option (as provided in Section 6) in an amount not to exceed the number of Vested Shares less the number of shares previously acquired upon exercise of the Option, subject to the Company’s repurchase rights set forth in Section 11. In no event shall the Option be exercisable for more shares than the Number of Option Shares.

4.2 Method of Exercise . Exercise of the Option shall be by written notice to the Company which must state the election to exercise the Option, the number of whole shares of


Stock for which the Option is being exercised and such other representations and agreements as to the Optionee’s investment intent with respect to such shares as may be required pursuant to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The written notice must be signed by the Optionee and must be delivered in person, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, by confirmed facsimile transmission, or by such other means as the Company may permit, to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, or other authorized representative of the Participating Company Group, prior to the termination of the Option as set forth in Section 6, accompanied by full payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock being purchased. The Option shall be deemed to be exercised upon receipt by the Company of such written notice and the aggregate Exercise Price.

4.3 Payment of Exercise Price .

(a) Forms of Consideration Authorized . Except as otherwise provided below, payment of the aggregate Exercise Price for the number of shares of Stock for which the Option is being exercised shall be made (i) in cash, by check, or cash equivalent, (ii) by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of whole shares of Stock owned by the Optionee having a Fair Market Value (as determined by the Company without regard to any restrictions on transferability applicable to such stock by reason of federal or state securities laws or agreements with an underwriter for the Company) not less than the aggregate Exercise Price, (iii) by means of a Cashless Exercise, as defined in Section 4.3(b), (iv) provided the Optionee is an Employee (unless otherwise not prohibited by law, including, without limitation, any regulation promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) and in the Company’s sole discretion at the time the Option is exercised, by delivery of the Optionee’s promissory note in a form approved by the company for the aggregate Exercise Price, provided that, if the Company is incorporated in the state of Delaware, the Optionee shall pay in cash that portion of the aggregate Exercise Price not less than the par value of the shares being acquired, or (v) by any combination of the foregoing.

(b) Limitations on Forms of Consideration .

(i) Tender of Stock . Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock to the extent such tender or attestation would constitute a violation of the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock. The Option may not be exercised by tender to the Company, or attestation to the ownership, of shares of Stock unless such shares either have been owned by the Optionee for more than six (6) months or were not acquired, directly or indirectly, from the Company.

(ii) Cashless Exercise . A Cashless Exercise means the delivery of a properly executed notice together with irrevocable instructions to a broker in a form acceptable to the Company providing for the assignment to the Company of the proceeds of a sale or loan with respect to some or all of the shares of Stock acquired upon the exercise of the Option pursuant to a program or procedure approved by the Company (including, without limitation, through an exercise complying with the provisions of Regulation T as promulgated from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). The Company


reserves, at any and all times, the right, in the Company’s sole and absolute discretion, to decline to approve or terminate any such program or procedure.

(iii) Payment by Promissory Note . No promissory note shall be permitted if an exercise of the Option using a promissory note would be a violation of any law. Unless otherwise specified by the Board at the time the Option is granted, the promissory note permitted in clause (iv) of Section 4.3(a) shall be a full recourse note in a form satisfactory to the Company. Such recourse promissory note shall be secured by the shares of Stock acquired pursuant to the then current form of security agreement as approved by the Company. At any time the Company is subject to the regulations promulgated by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any other governmental entity affecting the extension of credit in connection with the Company’s securities, any promissory note shall comply with such applicable regulations, and the Optionee shall pay the unpaid principal and accrued interest, if any, to the extent necessary to comply with such applicable regulations. The Company in its sole discretion, may require the Optionee to pay the unpaid principal balance of the promissory note and any accrued interest thereon upon termination of the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group for any reason, with or without cause.

4.4 Tax Withholding . At the time the Option is exercised, in whole or in part, or at any time thereafter as requested by the Company, the Optionee hereby authorizes withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to the Optionee, and otherwise agrees to make adequate provision for (including by means of a Cashless Exercise to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group, if any, which arise in connection with the Option, including, without limitation, obligations arising upon (i) the exercise, in whole or in part, of the Option, (ii) the transfer, in whole or in part, of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option, (iii) the operation of any law or regulation providing for the imputation of interest, or (iv) the lapsing of any restriction with respect to any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option. The Company shall have no obligation to deliver shares of Stock until the tax withholding obligations of the Participating Company Group have been satisfied by the Optionee.

4.5 Certificate Registration . Except in the event the Exercise Price is paid by means of a Cashless Exercise, the certificate for the shares as to which the Option is exercised shall be registered in the name of the Optionee, or, if applicable, in the names of the heirs of the Optionee.

4.6 Restrictions on Grant of the Option and Issuance of Shares . The grant of the Option and the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of the Option shall be subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of federal, state or foreign law with respect to such securities. The Option may not be exercised if the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. In addition, the Option may not be exercised unless (i) a registration statement under the Securities Act shall at the time of exercise of the Option be in effect with respect to the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option or (ii) in the opinion of legal counsel to the Company, the shares issuable upon exercise of the Option may be issued in accordance with


the terms of an applicable exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. THE OPTIONEE IS CAUTIONED THAT THE OPTION MAY NOT BE EXERCISED UNLESS THE FOREGOING CONDITIONS ARE SATISFIED. ACCORDINGLY, THE OPTIONEE MAY NOT BE ABLE TO EXERCISE THE OPTION WHEN DESIRED EVEN THOUGH THE OPTION IS VESTED. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance and sale of any shares subject to the Option shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue or sell such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the exercise of the Option, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested by the Company.

4.7 Fractional Shares . The Company shall not be required to issue fractional shares upon the exercise of the Option.

 

  5.

NONTRANSFERABILITY OF THE OPTION .

The Option may be exercised during the lifetime of the Optionee only by the Optionee or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative and may not be assigned or transferred in any manner except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. Following the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent provided in Section 7, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or by any person empowered to do so under the deceased Optionee’s will or under the then applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

  6.

TERMINATION OF THE OPTION .

The Option shall terminate and may no longer be exercised on the first to occur of (a) the Option Expiration Date, (b) the last date for exercising the Option following termination of the Optionee’s Service as described in Section 7, or (c) a Change in Control to the extent provided in Section 8.

 

  7.

EFFECT OF TERMINATION OF SERVICE .

7.1 Option Exercisability .

(a) Disability . If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group terminates because of the Disability of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee (or the Optionee’s guardian or legal representative) at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

(b) Death . If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group terminates because of the death of the Optionee, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee’s legal representative or other person who acquired the right to exercise the Option by reason of the Optionee’s death at any time prior to the expiration of twelve (12) months after the


date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date. The Optionee’s Service shall be deemed to have terminated on account of death if the Optionee dies within thirty (30) days after the Optionee’s termination of Service.

(c) Other Termination of Service . If the Optionee’s Service with the Participating Company Group terminates for any reason, except Disability or death, the Option, to the extent unexercised and exercisable by the Optionee on the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, may be exercised by the Optionee at any time prior to the expiration of ninety (90) days (or such other longer period of time as determined by the Board, in its discretion) after the date on which the Optionee’s Service terminated, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.2 Extension if Exercise Prevented by Law . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the exercise of the Option within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 is prevented by the provisions of Section 4.6, the Option shall remain exercisable until thirty (30) days after the date the Optionee is notified by the Company that the Option is exercisable, but in any event no later than the Option Expiration Date.

7.3 Extension if Optionee Subject to Section 16(b) . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a sale within the applicable time periods set forth in Section 7.1 of shares acquired upon the exercise of the Option would subject the Optionee to suit under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, the Option shall remain exercisable until the earliest to occur of (i) the tenth (10th) day following the date on which a sale of such shares by the Optionee would no longer be subject to such suit, (ii) the one hundred and ninetieth (190th) day after the Optionee’s termination of Service, or (iii) the Option Expiration Date.

 

  8.

CHANGE IN CONTROL .

In the event of a Change in Control, the surviving, continuing, successor, or purchasing corporation or parent corporation thereof, as the case may be (the Acquiring Corporation ), may either assume the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitute for the Option a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock. For purposes of this Section 8, the Option shall be deemed assumed if, following the Change in Control, the Option confers the right to purchase in accordance with its terms and conditions, for each share of Stock subject to the Option immediately prior to the Change in Control, the consideration (whether stock, cash or other securities or property) to which a holder of a share of Stock on the effective date of the Change in Control was entitled. In the event the Acquiring Corporation elects not to assume the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option Agreement or substitute for the Option in connection with the Change in Control, and provided that the Optionee’s Service has not terminated prior to such date, the Vested Ratio shall be deemed to be 1/1 and all shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be Vested Shares for purposes of Section 11 as of the date ten (10) days prior to the date of the Change in Control. Any vesting of the Option that was permissible solely by reason of this Section 8 shall be conditioned upon the consummation of the Change in Control. The Option shall terminate and cease to be outstanding effective as of the date of the Change in Control to the extent that the Option is neither assumed or substituted for by the Acquiring Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the date of the Change in Control. Notwithstanding the foregoing, shares


acquired upon exercise of the Option prior to the Change in Control and any consideration received pursuant to the Change in Control with respect to such shares shall continue to be subject to all applicable provisions of this Option Agreement except as otherwise provided herein. Furthermore, notwithstanding the foregoing, if the corporation the stock of which is subject to the Option immediately prior to an Ownership Change Event constituting a Change in Control is the surviving or continuing corporation and immediately after such Ownership Change Event less than fifty percent (50%) of the total combined voting power of its voting stock is held by another corporation or by other corporations that are members of an affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Code without regard to the provisions of Section 1504(b) of the Code, the Option shall not terminate unless the Board otherwise provides in its discretion.

 

  9.

ADJUSTMENTS FOR CHANGES IN CAPITAL STRUCTURE .

In the event of any stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, combination, reclassification, or similar change in the capital structure of the Company, appropriate adjustments shall be made in the number, Exercise Price and class of shares of stock subject to the Option. If a majority of the shares which are of the same class as the shares that are subject to the Option are exchanged for, converted into, or otherwise become (whether or not pursuant to an Ownership Change Event) shares of another corporation (the New Shares ), the Board may unilaterally amend the Option to provide that the Option is exercisable for New Shares. In the event of any such amendment, the Number of Option Shares and the Exercise Price shall be adjusted in a fair and equitable manner, as determined by the Board, in its discretion. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any fractional share resulting from an adjustment pursuant to this Section 9 shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number, and in no event may the Exercise Price be decreased to an amount less than the par value, if any, of the stock subject to the Option. The adjustments determined by the Board pursuant to this Section 9 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 

  10.

RIGHTS AS A STOCKHOLDER, EMPLOYEE OR CONSULTANT .

The Optionee shall have no rights as a stockholder with respect to any shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of a certificate for the shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company). No adjustment shall be made for dividends, distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date such certificate is issued, except as provided in Section 9. If the Optionee is an Employee, the Optionee understands and acknowledges that, except as otherwise provided in a separate, written employment agreement between a Participating Company and the Optionee, the Optionee’s employment is “at will” and is for no specified term. Nothing in this Option Agreement shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue in the Service of a Participating Company or interfere in any way with any right of the Participating Company Group to terminate the Optionee’s Service as an Employee or Consultant, as the case may be, at any time.

 

  11.

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL .

11.1 Grant of Right of First Refusal . Except as provided in Section 11.7 below, in the event the Optionee, the Optionee’s legal representative, or other holder of shares


acquired upon exercise of the Option proposes to sell, exchange, transfer, pledge, or otherwise dispose of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option (the Transfer Shares ) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any stockholder of a Participating Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 11 (the Right of First Refusal ).

11.2 Notice of Proposed Transfer . Prior to any proposed transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Optionee shall deliver written notice (the Transfer Notice ) to the Company describing fully the proposed transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the Proposed Transferee ) and, if the transfer is voluntary, the proposed transfer price, and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed transfer. In the event of a bona fide gift or involuntary transfer, the proposed transfer price shall be deemed to be the Fair Market Value of the Transfer Shares, as determined by the Board in good faith. If the Optionee proposes to transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Optionee shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee and must constitute a binding commitment of the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

11.3 Bona Fide Transfer . If the Company determines that the information provided by the Optionee in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Optionee written notice of the Optionee’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 11, and the Optionee shall have no right to transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 11. The Optionee shall not be permitted to transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed transfer is not bona fide.

11.4 Exercise of Right of First Refusal . If the Company determines the proposed transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) at the purchase price and on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice by delivery to the Optionee of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within thirty (30) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by the Optionee or issued by a person other than the Optionee with respect to a proposed transfer to the same Proposed Transferee. If the Company exercises the Right of First Refusal, the Company and the Optionee shall thereupon consummate the sale of the Transfer Shares to the Company on the terms set forth in the Transfer Notice within sixty (60) days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company (unless a longer period is offered by the Proposed Transferee); provided, however, that in the event the Transfer Notice provides for the payment for the Transfer Shares other than in cash, the Company shall have the option of paying for the Transfer Shares by the present value cash equivalent of the consideration described in the Transfer Notice as reasonably determined by the Company. For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to any Participating Company shall be treated


as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

11.5 Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal . If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) within the period specified in Section 11.4 above, the Optionee may conclude a transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice, provided such transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in this Section 11.

11.6 Transferees of Transfer Shares . All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement, including this Section 11 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent transfer. Any sale or transfer of any shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 11 are met.

11.7 Transfers Not Subject to Right of First Refusal . The Right of First Refusal shall not apply to any transfer or exchange of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option if such transfer or exchange is in connection with an Ownership Change Event. If the consideration received pursuant to such transfer or exchange consists of stock of a Participating Company, such consideration shall remain subject to the Right of First Refusal unless the provisions of Section 11.9 below result in a termination of the Right of First Refusal.

11.8 Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

11.9 Early Termination of Right of First Refusal . The other provisions of this Option Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon (a) the occurrence of a Change in Control, unless the Acquiring Corporation assumes the Company’s rights and obligations under the Option or substitutes a substantially equivalent option for the Acquiring Corporation’s stock for the Option, or (b) the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A public market shall be deemed to exist if (i) such stock is listed on a national securities exchange (as that term is used in the Exchange Act) or (ii) such stock is traded on the over-the-counter market and prices therefor are published daily on business days in a recognized financial journal.


  12.

STOCK DISTRIBUTIONS SUBJECT TO OPTION AGREEMENT .

If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change, as described in Section 9, in the character or amount of any of the outstanding stock of the corporation the stock of which is subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of the Optionee’s ownership of the shares acquired upon exercise of the Option shall be immediately subject to the Right of First Refusal and any security interest held by the Company with the same force and effect as the shares subject to such restrictions immediately before such event.

 

  13.

NOTICE OF SALES UPON DISQUALIFYING DISPOSITION .

The Optionee shall dispose of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option only in accordance with the provisions of this Option Agreement. In addition, if the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option, the Optionee shall (a) promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if the Optionee disposes of any of the shares acquired pursuant to the Option within one (1) year after the date the Optionee exercises all or part of the Option or within two (2) years after the Date of Option Grant and (b) provide the Company with a description of the circumstances of such disposition. Until such time as the Optionee disposes of such shares in a manner consistent with the provisions of this Option Agreement, unless otherwise expressly authorized by the Company, the Optionee shall hold all shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the Optionee’s name (and not in the name of any nominee) for the one-year period immediately after the exercise of the Option and the two-year period immediately after Date of Option Grant. At any time during the one-year or two-year periods set forth above, the Company may place a legend on any certificate representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option requesting the transfer agent for the Company’s stock to notify the Company of any such transfers. The obligation of the Optionee to notify the Company of any such transfer shall continue notwithstanding that a legend has been placed on the certificate pursuant to the preceding sentence.

 

  14.

LEGENDS .

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Option Agreement. The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Option in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

14.1 “THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE COMPANY RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, STATING THAT SUCH


SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

14.2 “THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL OPTION IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

14.3 If the Notice designates this Option as an Incentive Stock Option: “THE SHARES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE WERE ISSUED BY THE CORPORATION TO THE REGISTERED HOLDER UPON EXERCISE OF AN INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AS DEFINED IN SECTION 422 OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE OF 1986, AS AMENDED (“ISO ). IN ORDER TO OBTAIN THE PREFERENTIAL TAX TREATMENT AFFORDED TO ISOs, THE SHARES SHOULD NOT BE TRANSFERRED PRIOR TO [ INSERT LATER OF TWO YEARS AFTER THE DATE OF OPTION GRANT OR ONE YEAR AFTER THE DATE OF EXERCISE HERE ]. SHOULD THE REGISTERED HOLDER ELECT TO TRANSFER ANY OF THE SHARES PRIOR TO THIS DATE AND FOREGO ISO TAX TREATMENT, THE TRANSFER AGENT FOR THE SHARES SHALL NOTIFY THE CORPORATION IMMEDIATELY. THE REGISTERED HOLDER SHALL HOLD ALL SHARES PURCHASED UNDER THE INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION IN THE REGISTERED HOLDER’S NAME (AND NOT IN THE NAME OF ANY NOMINEE) PRIOR TO THIS DATE OR UNTIL TRANSFERRED AS DESCRIBED ABOVE.”

 

  15.

LOCK-UP AGREEMENT .

The Optionee hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Optionee shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act.

 

  16.

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES .

No shares acquired upon exercise of the Option may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Optionee), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law, in any manner which violates any of the provisions of this Option Agreement and any such attempted disposition shall be void. The Company shall not be required (a) to transfer on its books any shares which will have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Option Agreement or


(b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares will have been so transferred.

 

  17.

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS .

17.1 Binding Effect . Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Option Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

17.2 Termination or Amendment . The Board may terminate or amend the Plan or the Option at any time; provided, however, that except as provided in Section 8 in connection with a Change in Control, no such termination or amendment may adversely affect the Option or any unexercised portion hereof without the consent of the Optionee unless such termination or amendment is necessary to comply with any applicable law or government regulation or is required to enable the Option, if designated an Incentive Stock Option in the Notice, to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option. No amendment or addition to this Option Agreement shall be effective unless in writing.

17.3 Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Option Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address shown below that party’s signature or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

17.4 Integrated Agreement . The Notice, this Option Agreement and the Plan constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to the subject matter contained herein or therein and supersedes any prior agreements, understandings, restrictions, representations, or warranties among the Optionee and the Participating Company Group with respect to such subject matter other than those as set forth or provided for herein or therein. To the extent contemplated herein or therein, the provisions of the Notice and the Option Agreement shall survive any exercise of the Option and shall remain in full force and effect.

17.5 Applicable Law . This Option Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California as such laws are applied to agreements between California residents entered into and to be performed entirely within the State of California.

17.6 Counterparts . The Notice may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.


™ Incentive Stock Option

     Optionee:____________________

™ Nonstatutory Stock Option

         Date:__________________

STOCK OPTION EXERCISE NOTICE

Vocera Communications, Inc.

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

___________________________

___________________________

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Option . I was granted an option (the Option ) to purchase shares of the common stock (the “Shares” ) of Vocera Communications, Inc. (the Company ) pursuant to the Company’s 2000 Stock Option Plan (the Plan ), my Notice of Grant of Stock Option (the Notice ) and my Stock Option Agreement (the Option Agreement ) as follows:

 

 

Grant Number:

          
  Date of Option Grant:           
  Number of Option Shares:           
  Exercise Price per Share:    $        

2. Exercise of Option . I hereby elect to exercise the Option to purchase the following number of Shares, all of which are Vested Shares in accordance with the Notice and the Option Agreement:

 

  Total Shares Purchased:           
  Total Exercise Price (Total Shares X Price per Share)    $        

3. Payments . I enclose payment in full of the total exercise price for the Shares in the following form(s), as authorized by my Option Agreement:

 

  ™ Cash:    $        
  ™ Check:    $        
  ™ Tender of Company Stock:      

Contact Plan Administrator

  

4. Tax Withholding . I authorize payroll withholding and otherwise will make adequate provision for the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company, if any, in connection with the Option.


5. Optionee Information .

My address is:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                            

 

 

My Social Security Number is:                                                                                                                                                                                                          

6. Notice of Disqualifying Disposition . If the Option is an Incentive Stock Option, I agree that I will promptly notify the Chief Financial Officer of the Company if I transfer any of the Shares within one (1) year from the date I exercise all or part of the Option or within two (2) years of the Date of Option Grant.

7. Binding Effect . I agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Option Agreement, including the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, to all of which I hereby expressly assent. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the my heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

8. Transfer . I understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act ), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. I further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. I understand that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company. I am aware that Rule 144 under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. I understand that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

I understand that I am purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Notice and my Option Agreement, copies of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

 

Very truly yours,
   
(Signature)

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.

Vocera Communications, Inc.

 

By:    
Title:    
Dated:    
 

Exhibit 10.03

2006 STOCK OPTION PLAN, AS AMENDED,

OF

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

(Amended and Restated as of July 31, 2007)

1. Adoption and Purpose of the Plan . This stock option plan, to be known as the “Vocera Communications, Inc. 2006 Stock Option Plan” (but referred to herein as the “ Plan ”) has been adopted by the Board of Directors (the “ Board ”) of Vocera Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and is subject to the approval of its stockholders pursuant to Section 7 below. The purpose of this Plan is to advance the interests of the Company and its shareholders by enabling the Company and its Affiliates to attract and retain qualified directors, officers, employees and certain independent contractors, consultants and advisors by providing them with an opportunity for investment in the Company. The options that may be granted hereunder (“ Options ”) represent the right by the grantee thereof (each, including any permitted transferee pursuant to Section 6.7 below, an “ Optionee ”) to acquire shares of the Company’s Common Stock (“ Shares ” which if acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option will be referred to as “ Option Shares ”) subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan and a written agreement between the Company and the Optionee to evidence each such Option (an “ Option Agreement ”).

2. Certain Definitions . The defined terms set forth in Exhibit A attached hereto and incorporated herein (together with other capitalized terms defined elsewhere in this Plan) will govern the interpretation of this Plan.

3. Eligibility . The Company may grant Options under this Plan only to (i) persons who, at the time of such grant, are directors, officers or employees of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, and (ii) natural persons who, at the time of such grant, are independent contractors, consultants or advisors to the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates and who perform bona fide services on its or their behalf other than in connection with capital raising transactions (collectively, “ Eligible Participants ”). No person will be an Eligible Participant following his or her Termination of Eligibility Status and no Option may be granted to any person other than an Eligible Participant. There is no limitation on the number of Options that may be granted to an Eligible Participant.

4. Option Pool; Shares Reserved for Options . In no event (except as provided in Section 8) will the Company issue, in the aggregate, more than 23,917,620 Shares (the “ Option Pool ”) pursuant to the exercise of all Options granted under this Plan, inclusive of those Option Shares that may be reacquired by the Company by repurchase or otherwise. At all times while Options granted under this Plan are outstanding, the Company will reserve for issuance for the purposes hereof a sufficient number of authorized and unissued Shares to fully satisfy the Company’s obligations under all such outstanding Options.

5. Administration . This Plan will be administered and interpreted by the Board, or by a committee consisting of two or more members of the Board, appointed by the Board for such purpose (the Board, or such committee, referred to herein as the “ Administrator ”). Subject to the express terms and conditions hereof, the Administrator is authorized to prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to this Plan, and to make all other determinations

 

1


necessary or advisable for its administration and interpretation. Specifically, the Administrator will have full and final authority in its discretion, subject to the specific limitations on that discretion as are set forth herein and in the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company, at any time:

(a) to select and approve the Eligible Participants to whom Options will be granted from time to time hereunder;

(b) to determine the Fair Market Value of the Shares as of the Grant Date for any Option that is granted hereunder;

(c) with respect to each Option it decides to grant, to determine the terms and conditions of that Option, to be set forth in the Option Agreement evidencing that Option (the form of which also being subject to approval by the Administrator), which may vary from the “default” terms and conditions set forth in Section 6 below, except to the extent otherwise provided in this Plan, including, without limitation, as follows (provided that the Administrator may waive compliance with any of the following in any particular situation to the extent that such limitation was based on seeking to comply with applicable securities law and adherence to same is not required to so comply, as determined by the Administrator after consultation with counsel to the Company):

(i) the total number of Option Shares that may be acquired by the Optionee pursuant to the Option;

(ii) if the Option satisfies the conditions under Section 422(b) of the Code, whether the Option will be treated as an ISO to the maximum extent permissible under the Code;

(iii) the per share purchase price to be paid to the Company by the Optionee to acquire the Option Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option (the “ Option Price ”), provided that the Option Price will not be less than 100%, unless the Optionee is a 10% Shareholder, in which case the Option Price will not be less than 110% of such Fair Market Value in the case of ISOs;

(iv) the maximum period or term during which the Option will be exercisable (the “ Option Term ”), provided that in no event may the Option Term be longer than 10 years from the Grant Date;

(v) the maximum period following any Termination of Eligibility Status, whether resulting from an Optionee’s death, Disability or any other reason, during which period (the “ Grace Period ”) the Option will be exercisable, subject to Vesting and to the expiration of the Option Term, provided that in no event may the Administrator designate a Grace Period that is shorter than six (6) months after such Termination of Eligibility Status by reason of the Optionee’s death or Disability, or thirty (30) days after such Termination of Eligibility for any other reason, except in the event of a Termination for Cause, in which case no Grace Period will be required (i.e., the Option would terminate immediately);

 

2


(vi) whether to accept a promissory note or other form of legal consideration in addition to cash as payment of all or a portion of the Option Price and/or Tax Withholding Liability to be paid by the Optionee upon the exercise of an Option granted hereunder;

(vii) the conditions (e.g., the passage of time or the occurrence of events), if any, that must be satisfied prior to the vesting of the right to exercise all or specified portions of an Option (such portions being described as the number of Option Shares, or the percentage of the total number of Option Shares that may be acquired by the Optionee pursuant to the Option; the vested portion being referred to as a “ Vested Option ” and the unvested portion being referred to as an “ Unvested Option ”); and

(viii) in addition, or as an alternative, to imposing conditions on the right to exercise an Option as provided in Section 5(c)(vii) above, whether any portion of the Option Shares acquired by an Optionee upon exercise of an Option will be subject to repurchase by the Company or its assigns pursuant to Section 6.8(c) below at the Option Price paid for such Shares or at some other price that may be less than the Fair Market Value of such Shares (such Shares, if subject to repurchase at less than Fair Market Value, being referred to as “ Unvested Shares ”) following a Termination of Eligibility Status or other designated event, and the conditions (e.g., the passage of time or the occurrence of events), if any, that must be satisfied for such Shares to be no longer subject to such right of repurchase at less than Fair Market Value (such Shares being referred to as “ Vested Shares ”); and

(d) to delegate all or a portion of the Administrator’s authority under Sections 5(a), (b) and (c) above to one or more members of the Board who also are executive officers of the Company, subject to such restrictions and limitations as the Administrator may decide to impose on such delegation.

6. Default Terms and Conditions of Option Agreements . Unless otherwise expressly provided in an Option Agreement based on the Administrator’s determination pursuant to Section 5(c) above, the following terms and conditions will be deemed to apply to each Option as if expressly set forth in the Option Agreement:

6.1 ISO . No portion of an Option will be treated as an ISO unless treatment as an ISO is expressly provided for in an Option Agreement and such portion of the Option satisfies the conditions of Section 422(b) of the Code.

6.2 Option Term . The Option Term will be for a period of ten (10) years beginning on the Grant Date, except that in the case of an ISO granted to a 10% Shareholder, the Option Term will be for a period of five (5) years beginning on the Grant Date.

6.3 Grace Periods . Following a Termination of Eligibility Status:

(a) the Grace Period will be ninety (90) days, unless the Termination of Eligibility Status is a result of a Termination for Cause or the death or Disability of the Optionee;

 

3


(b) the Grace Period will be twelve (12) months if the Termination of Eligibility Status is a result of the death or Disability of the Optionee; and

(c) the Option will terminate, and there will be no Grace Period, effective immediately as of the date and time of a Termination for Cause of the Optionee, regardless of whether the Option is Vested or Unvested.

The Company will have no obligation to inform an Optionee as to when a relevant Grace Period will terminate; it will be the responsibility of the Optionee to determine the dates of the relevant Grace Period.

6.4 Vesting . The Option will be exercisable in whole or in part prior to the Optionee’s Termination of Eligibility Status. The Option will be exercisable following a Termination of Eligibility Status only to purchase such portion of the Shares issuable upon exercise of the Option as would represent Vested Shares upon issuance. The Shares issued or issuable upon exercise of the Option initially will be deemed Unvested Shares, but portions of such aggregate number of Shares issued or issuable upon exercise of the Option will become Vested Shares on the following schedule: Twenty-five percent (25%) of the aggregate number of such Shares will become Vested Shares as of the first anniversary of the “Vesting Start Date” specified in the Option Agreement (which may be earlier but may not be later than the Grant Date specified therein) and the balance of such Shares will become Vested Shares pro rata monthly (based on monthly anniversary dates of the day of the month of the Vesting Start Date) over the three year period immediately following such first anniversary; provided that there will be no further vesting once the Optionee suffers a Termination of Eligibility Status and provided further that additional vesting will be suspended during any period while the Optionee is on a leave of absence from the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as determined by the Administrator. If at any time there are both outstanding Shares issued upon exercise of the Option and Shares not yet issued but issuable upon exercise of the Option, then the portion of Shares constituting Vested Shares shall be allocated to the maximum extent possible to the outstanding Shares as opposed to the Shares not yet issued but issuable upon exercise of the Option.

6.5 Exercise of the Option; Issuance of Share Certificate .

(a) The Option may be exercised by giving written notice thereof to the Company, on such form as may be specified by the Administrator, but in any event stating: the Optionee’s intention to exercise the Option; the date of exercise; the number of full Option Shares to be purchased (which number will be no less than one hundred (100) Shares, without regard to adjustments to the number of Shares subject to the Option pursuant to Section 8 below, or, if less, all of the remaining Shares subject to the Option); the amount and form of payment of the Option Price; and such assurances of the Optionee’s investment intent as the Company may require to ensure that the transaction complies in all respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and other applicable securities laws. The notice of exercise will be signed by the person or persons exercising the Option. In the event that the Option is being exercised by the representative of the Optionee, the notice will be accompanied by proof satisfactory to the Company of the representative’s right to exercise the Option. The notice of exercise will be accompanied by full payment of the Option Price for the number of Option Shares to be

 

4


purchased, in United States dollars, in cash, by check made payable to the Company, or by delivery of such other form of payment (if any) as may be approved by the Administrator in the particular case.

(b) To the extent required by applicable federal, state, local or foreign law, and as a condition to the Company’s obligation to issue any Shares upon the exercise of the Option in full or in part, the Optionee will make arrangements satisfactory to the Company for the payment of any applicable Tax Withholding Liability that may arise by reason of or in connection with such exercise. Such arrangements may include, in the Company’s sole discretion, that the Optionee tender to the Company the amount of such Tax Withholding Liability, in cash, by check made payable to the Company, or by delivery of such other form of payment (if any) as may be approved by the Administrator in the particular case.

(c) After receiving a proper notice of exercise and payment of the applicable Option Price and Tax Withholding Liability, the Company will cause to be issued a certificate or certificates for the Option Shares as to which the Option has been exercised, registered in the name of the person rightfully exercising the Option and the Company will cause such certificate or certificates to be delivered to such person or into escrow as provided in Section 6.8(e), below.

6.6 Compliance with Law . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, Options may be granted pursuant to this Plan, and Option Shares may be issued pursuant to the exercise thereof by an Optionee, only after and on the condition that there has been compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company will not be required to list, register or qualify any Option Shares upon any securities exchange, under any applicable state, federal or foreign law or regulation, or with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state agency, or secure the consent or approval of any governmental regulatory authority, except that if at any time the Board determines, in its discretion, that such listing, registration or qualification of the Option Shares, or any such consent or approval, is necessary or desirable as a condition of or in connection with the exercise of an Option and the purchase of Option Shares thereunder, that Option may not be exercised, in whole or in part, unless and until such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval is effected or obtained free of any conditions that are not acceptable to the Board, in its discretion. However, the Company will seek to register or qualify with, or as may be provided by applicable local law, file for and secure an exemption from such registration or qualification requirements from, the applicable securities administrator and other officials of each state in which an Eligible Participant would be granted an Option hereunder prior to such grant.

6.7 Restrictions on Transfer .

(a) Options Nontransferable . No Option will be transferable by an Optionee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution. During the lifetime of a natural person who is granted an Option under this Plan, the Option will be exercisable only by him or her. Notwithstanding anything else in this Plan to the contrary, no Option Agreement will contain any provision which is contrary to, or which modifies, the provisions of this Section 6.7(a).

 

5


(b) Prohibited Transfers . No Holder of any Option Shares may Transfer such Shares, or any interest therein: (i) except as expressly provided in this Plan; and (ii) other than in full compliance with all applicable securities laws and any applicable restrictions on Transfer provided in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and/or Bylaws, which will be deemed incorporated by reference into this Plan. All Transfers of Option Shares not complying with the specific limitations and conditions set forth in this Section 6.7 and Section 6.8 below are expressly prohibited. Any prohibited Transfer is void and of no effect, and no purported transferee in connection therewith will be recognized as a Holder of Option Shares for any purpose whatsoever. Should such a Transfer purport to occur, the Company may refuse to carry out the Transfer on its books, attempt to set aside the Transfer, enforce any undertakings or rights under this Plan, or exercise any other legal or equitable remedy. Without the prior written consent of the Company, no Unvested Shares will be transferable by an Optionee other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

(c) Permitted Transfers . In the case of a Permitted Transfer, the rights of first refusal and purchase of the Company set forth in Sections 6.8(a) and 6.8(b) below will not apply to the particular Transfer constituting the Permitted Transfer. For such purposes, a “ Permitted Transfer ” means a Transfer by a Holder of Option Shares that is approved in writing by the Company as a Permitted Transfer for the purposes of this Plan.

(d) Conditions to Transfer . It will be a condition to any Transfer (whether as a Permitted Transfer, as a Transfer referred to in Section 6.8(a)(iv) or otherwise) of any Option Shares that:

(i) the transferee of the Shares will execute such documents as the Company may reasonably require to ensure that the Company’s rights under this Plan, and any applicable Option Agreement, are adequately protected with respect to such Shares, including, without limitation, the transferee’s agreement to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Plan (such as transfer restrictions, market standoff provisions and rights of first refusal on transfer) and such Agreement, as if he or she were the original Holder of such Shares; and

(ii) the Company is satisfied that such Transfer complies in all respects with the requirements imposed by applicable state and federal securities laws and regulations.

(e) Market Standoff . If in connection with any public offering of securities of the Company (or any Successor Entity), the underwriter or underwriters managing such offering so requests, then each Optionee and each Holder of Option Shares will agree to not sell or otherwise Transfer any such Shares (other than Shares if and to the extent included in such underwriting) without the prior written consent of such underwriter, for such period of time as may be requested by the underwriter commencing on the effective date of the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with such offering. By accepting an Option and/or Option Shares under this Plan, the Optionee will be deemed to agree to execute such documents to further evidence such market standoff agreement as may be requested by such underwriter.

 

6


6.8 Rights of Purchase and First Refusal . The Company will have the following rights of purchase and first refusal with respect to Option Shares:

(a) Right of First Refusal . If any Holder proposes to Transfer any Option Shares prior to a Qualified Initial Public Offering, other than in the case of a Permitted Transfer pursuant to Section 6.7(c) above or an Involuntary or Donative Transfer subject to Section 6.8(b) below, the Company will have an assignable right of first refusal to purchase such Shares on the terms and conditions set out in this Section 6.8(a). If the Company (or its assignee) elects to exercise all or part of such right, it will do so with respect to any particular Transfer of Shares in the following manner:

(i) Before any such Transfer, the Holder proposing to Transfer such Shares will deliver a notice of proposed Transfer (a “ Proposed Transfer Notice ”) to the Company stating: the number of Option Shares that the Holder proposes to Transfer and the Holder’s bona fide intention to Transfer such Shares; the names and addresses of the Holder, the proposed transferee and subsequently such other information regarding such transferee as the Company reasonably requests; the manner and date of such proposed Transfer; and the bona fide cash price and/or other consideration (and the Holder’s estimate of the fair market value thereof) per share, if any, that such Transferee has offered to pay Holder for such Shares (the “ Offered Price ”) as well as such other terms, including payment terms, and conditions, if any, as were included in such offer (the “ Offered Terms ”).

(ii) The Company (or its assignee) may exercise its right of first refusal under this Section 6.8(a) at any time not more than twenty (20) days after the Company has received the Proposed Transfer Notice with respect to such Shares. If the Company (or its assignee) elects to exercise such purchase rights it will do so by delivering to the Holder of such Shares a notice of such election, specifying the number of Shares to be purchased and a closing date that is no more than thirty (30) days after receipt of the Proposed Transfer Notice (or such later date as the transferee may have offered or on which the Transfer is otherwise scheduled to occur).

(iii) At the closing of the sale of the Shares to the Company (or its assignee), to be held at its principal executive offices, the Company (or its assignee) will pay the Holder of the Shares, in cash, the purchase price equal to the Offered Price ( provided, however , that if any of the Shares being transferred are Unvested Shares, the purchase price for the Unvested Shares will equal the Option Price per Share paid upon the exercise of the Option to purchase such Unvested Shares), subject to an appropriate adjustment as determined in good faith by the Company to take into account any deferred payment terms that were included in the Offered Terms, except in the case of a Transfer of Option Shares without consideration; provided that if the Offered Price includes any non-cash consideration, the value thereof for purposes of this Section 6.8(a) will be determined in good faith by the Board.

(iv) If the Company (including its assignees) fails or refuses to exercise its rights under this Section 6.8(a) with respect to any Shares that are the subject of any Proposed Transfer Notice, then the Holder will have the right to Transfer such Shares to the transferee named in such Notice at the Offered Price and upon such Offered Terms as were set

 

7


forth in such Notice; provided that such Transfer must be completed within ninety (90) days after the Company has received the Proposed Transfer Notice with respect to such Shares.

(b) Following an Involuntary or Donative Transfer . Following any Involuntary Transfer or Donative Transfer (other than a Permitted Transfer) of Option Shares (the “ Transferred Shares ”) that occurs either prior to a Qualified Initial Public Offering or represents a Transfer of Unvested Shares at any time, the Company will have the assignable right to purchase from the transferee of the Transferred Shares (“ Transferee ”) all or a portion of such Shares for a purchase price that is equal to the Fair Market Value of those Shares as of the date of such Transfer ( provided, however , that if any of the Shares being transferred are Unvested Shares, the purchase price for the Unvested Shares will equal the Option Price per Share paid upon the exercise of the Option to purchase such Unvested Shares). If the Company (or its assignee) elects to exercise such right, it will do so in the following manner:

(i) Promptly after such Transfer, the transferor of the Transferred Shares will deliver, or will cause the Transferee to deliver, a notice (a “ Completed Transfer Notice ”) to the Company stating: the number of Transferred Shares; the names and addresses of the transferor and the Transferee, and subsequently such other information regarding the Transferee as the Company reasonably requests; and the manner, circumstances and date of such Transfer.

(ii) The Company (or its assignee) may exercise its purchase rights under this Section 6.8(b) at any time not more than ninety (90) days after the Company has received the Completed Transfer Notice with respect to the Transferred Shares. If the Company (or its assignee) elects to exercise such purchase rights it will do so by delivering to the Transferee a notice of such election, specifying the number of Transferred Shares to be purchased and a closing date that is no more than sixty (60) days after the giving of such notice.

(iii) At such closing, to be held at the Company’s principal executive offices, the Company (or its assignee) will pay the Transferee the purchase price specified in this Section 6.8(b).

(c) Following a Termination of Eligibility Status . Following any Termination of Eligibility Status of the original Holder of any Option Shares, the Company will have the assignable right (but not the obligation) to purchase from the current Holder of those Option Shares to the extent constituting Unvested Shares, all or a portion (as designated by the Company) of such Unvested Shares for a purchase price that is equal to the Option Price per Share paid for those Shares upon the exercise of the Option. Such right will be exercisable in the following manner:

(i) The Company (or its assignee) may exercise its right of repurchase under this Section 6.8(c) at any time not more than ninety (90) days after the effective date of such Termination of Eligibility Status (or in the case of Shares issued upon the exercise of Options after such Termination of Eligibility Status, a period of ninety (90) days after the date of the exercise). If the Company (or its assignee) elects to exercise such purchase rights it will do so by delivering to the Holder of such Shares a notice of such election, specifying the number of Unvested Shares to be purchased and a closing date that is within such ninety (90) day period,

 

8


provided that if the Holder of the Shares is not an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or is an officer, director or affiliate thereof, the Option Agreement may provide that the period during which such purchase of the Shares must take place may be longer than ninety (90) days.

(ii) At such closing, the Company (or its assignee) will pay the Holder of the Shares, the purchase price, as specified in this Section 6.8(c), in cash, or by cancellation of indebtedness to the Company, if any, incurred by the original Holder of the Option Shares to purchase such Unvested Shares, or both, at a closing to be held at the Company’s principal executive offices on the date specified in such notice, provided that if the Holder of the Shares is not an employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, or is an officer, director or affiliate thereof, the Option Agreement may provide that the purchase price may be paid, in whole or in part, with a promissory note from the Company (or its assignee).

(d) Escrow . For purposes of facilitating the enforcement of the restrictions on Transfer, rights of first refusal and rights of repurchase set forth in this Plan or in any Option Agreement, the Administrator may, at its discretion, require the Holder of Option Shares to deliver the certificate(s) for such Shares with a stock power executed by him or her and by his or her spouse (if required for Transfer), in blank, to the Secretary of the Company or his or her designee, to hold said certificate(s) and stock power(s) in escrow and to take all such actions and to effectuate all such Transfers and/or releases as are in accordance with the terms of this Plan. The certificates may be held in escrow so long as the Option Shares whose ownership they evidence are subject to any right of repurchase or first refusal under this Plan or under an Option Agreement, and will be released by the escrow holder to an Optionee (or to any permitted transferee of the Optionee) when they are no longer subject to any transfer restrictions, right of repurchase or right of first refusal under this Plan or under the Option Agreement. Each Optionee, by exercising an Option, thereby acknowledges that the Secretary of the Company (or his or her designee) is so appointed as the escrow holder with the foregoing authorities as a material inducement to the grant of an Option under this Plan, that the appointment is coupled with an interest, and that it accordingly will be irrevocable. The escrow holder will not be liable to any party to an Option Agreement (or to any other party) for any actions or omissions unless the escrow holder is grossly negligent relative thereto. The escrow holder may rely upon any letter, notice or other document executed by any signature purported to be genuine.

6.9 Change of Control Transactions . In the event of a Change of Control Transaction, the Company shall endeavor to cause the Successor Entity in such transaction either to assume all of the Options which have been granted hereunder and which are outstanding as of the consummation of such transaction (“ Closing ”), or to issue (or cause to be issued) in substitution thereof comparable options of such Successor Entity (or of its parent or its Subsidiary). In each case, each Option Agreement automatically will be deemed amended to conform to any such assumption or substitution. If the Successor Entity is unwilling to either assume such Options or grant comparable options in substitution for such Options, on terms that are acceptable to the Company as determined by the Board in the exercise of its discretion, then the Board may cancel all outstanding Options, and terminate this Plan, effective as of the Closing, provided that it will notify all Optionees of the proposed Change of Control Transaction a reasonable amount of time prior to the Closing so that each Optionee will be given the

 

9


opportunity to exercise his or her Option prior to the Closing, treating all shares issued upon such exercise as Vested Shares conditioned on the Closing. For purposes of this Section 6.9, the term “ Change of Control Transaction ” means a Business Combination in which (x) less than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities of the Successor Entity immediately following the Closing of the Business Combination transaction are beneficially held by those persons and entities who beneficially held the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction as a result of or in exchange for such voting securities of the Company held immediately prior to such transaction; or (b) an existing shareholder (including its Affiliates) that held less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company prior to such transaction succeeds to ownership of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company as a result of the transaction; the term “ Business Combination ” means a transaction or series of related transactions consummated within any period of ninety (90) days resulting in (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (ii) a merger or consolidation or other reorganization in which the Company or a Subsidiary is a party.

6.10 Securities Law Matters; Investment Intent . By accepting an Option and/or Option Shares under this Plan, the Optionee will be deemed to represent, warrant and agree that, unless a registration statement is in effect with respect to the offer and sale of Option Shares: (i) neither the Option nor any such Shares will be freely tradable and must be held indefinitely unless such Option and such Shares are either registered under the 1933 Act or an exemption from such registration is available; (ii) the Company is under no obligation to register the Option or any such Shares; (iii) upon exercise of the Option, the Optionee will purchase the Option Shares for his or her own account and not with a view to distribution within the meaning of the 1933 Act, other than as may be effected in compliance with the 1933 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; (iv) no one else will have any beneficial interest in the Option Shares; (v) the Optionee has no present intention of disposing of the Option Shares at any particular time; and (vi) neither the Option nor the Shares have been qualified under the securities laws of any state and may only be offered and sold pursuant to an exception from qualification under applicable state securities laws.

6.11 Stock Certificates; Legends . Certificates representing Option Shares will bear all legends required by law and necessary or appropriate in the Administrator’s discretion to effectuate the provisions of this Plan and of the applicable Option Agreement. The Company may place a “stop transfer” order against Option Shares until full compliance with all restrictions and conditions set forth in this Plan, in any applicable Option Agreement and in the legends referred to in this Section 6.11.

6.12 Notices . Any notice to be given to the Company under the terms of an Option Agreement will be addressed to the Company at its principal executive office, Attention: Corporate Secretary, or at such other address as the Company may designate in writing. Any notice to be given to an Optionee will be addressed to him or her at the address provided to the Company by the Optionee. Any such notice will be deemed to have been duly given if and when enclosed in a properly sealed envelope, addressed as aforesaid, deposited, postage prepaid, in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the local postal authority.

6.13 Other Provisions . Each Option Agreement may contain such other terms, provisions and conditions, including restrictions on the Transfer of Option Shares, and rights of

 

10


the Company to repurchase such Shares, not inconsistent with this Plan and applicable law, as may be determined by the Administrator in its sole discretion.

6.14 Specific Performance . Under those circumstances in which the Company chooses to timely exercise its rights to repurchase Option Shares as provided herein or in any Option Agreement, the Company will be entitled to receive such Shares in specie in order to have the same available for future issuance without dilution of the holdings of other shareholders of the Company. By accepting Option Shares, the Holder thereof therefore acknowledges and agrees that money damages will be inadequate to compensate the Company and its shareholders if such a repurchase is not completed as contemplated hereunder and that the Company will, in such case, be entitled to a decree of specific performance of the terms hereof or to an injunction restraining such holder (or such Holder’s personal representative) from violating this Plan or the relevant Option Agreement, in addition to any other remedies that may be available to the Company at law or in equity.

7. Term of the Plan . This Plan will become effective on the date of its adoption by the Board, provided that this Plan is approved by the shareholders of the Company (excluding Option Shares issued by the Company pursuant to the exercise of Options granted under this Plan) within 12 months before or after that date. If this Plan is not so approved by the shareholders of the Company within that 12-month period of time, any Options granted under this Plan will be rescinded and will be void. This Plan will expire on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the date of its adoption by the Board or its approval by the shareholders of the Company, whichever is earlier, unless it is terminated earlier pursuant to Section 11 of this Plan, after which no more Options may be granted under this Plan, although all outstanding Options granted prior to such expiration or termination will remain subject to the provisions of this Plan, and no such expiration or termination of this Plan will result in the expiration or termination of any such Option prior to the expiration or early termination of the applicable Option Term.

8. Adjustments Upon Changes in Stock . In the event of any change in the outstanding Shares of the Company as a result of a stock split, reverse stock split, stock bonus or distribution, recapitalization, combination or reclassification, appropriate proportionate adjustments will be made in: (i) the aggregate number of Shares that are reserved for issuance in the Option Pool pursuant to Section 4 above, under outstanding Options or future Options granted hereunder; (ii) the Option Price and the number of Option Shares that may be acquired under each outstanding Option granted hereunder; and (iii) other rights and matters determined on a per share basis under this Plan or any Option Agreement evidencing an outstanding Option granted hereunder. Any such adjustments will be made only by the Board, and when so made will be effective, conclusive and binding for all purposes with respect to this Plan and all Options then outstanding. No such adjustments will be required by reason of the issuance or sale by the Company for cash or other consideration of additional Shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for Shares.

9. Modification, Extension and Renewal of Options . Subject to the terms and conditions and within the limitations of this Plan, the Administrator may modify, extend or renew outstanding Options granted under this Plan, or accept the surrender of outstanding Options (to the extent not theretofore exercised) and authorize the granting of new Options in substitution therefor (to the extent not theretofore exercised). Notwithstanding the foregoing,

 

11


however, no modification of any Option will, without the consent of the Optionee, alter or impair any rights or obligations under any outstanding Option.

10. Governing Law; Venue . The internal laws of the State of California (irrespective of its or any other jurisdiction’s choice of law principles) will govern the validity of this Plan, the construction of its terms and the interpretation of the rights and duties of the parties hereunder and under any Option Agreement. Subject to any obligation to arbitrate under the terms of the relevant Option Agreement, any party may seek to enforce its rights under this Plan or any Option Agreement entered into under this Plan in any court of competent jurisdiction located within the judicial district in which the Company has its principal place of business.

11. Amendment and Discontinuance . The Board may amend, suspend or discontinue this Plan at any time or from time to time; provided that no action of the Board will, without the approval of the shareholders of the Company, materially increase (other than by reason of an adjustment pursuant to Section 8 hereof) the maximum aggregate number of Option Shares in the Option Pool, materially increase the benefits accruing to Eligible Participants, or materially modify the category of, or eligibility requirements for persons who are Eligible Participants. However, no such action may alter or impair any Option previously granted under this Plan without the consent of the Optionee, nor may the number of Option Shares in the Option Pool be reduced to a number that is less than the aggregate number of Option Shares (i) that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of all outstanding and unexpired Options granted hereunder, and (ii) that have been issued and are outstanding pursuant to the exercise of Options granted hereunder.

12. No Shareholder Rights . No rights or privileges of a shareholder in the Company are conferred by reason of the granting of an Option. No Optionee will become a shareholder in the Company with respect to any Option Shares unless and until the Option has been properly exercised and the Option Price fully paid as to the portion of the Option exercised.

13. Copies of Plan . A copy of this Plan will be delivered to each Optionee at or before the time he, she or it executes an Option Agreement.

 

12


VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

2006 STOCK OPTION PLAN

EXHIBIT A

Definitions

10% Shareholder ” means a person who owns, either directly or indirectly by virtue of the ownership attribution provisions set forth in Section 424(d) of the Code at the time he or she is granted an Option, stock possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of stock of the Company and/or of its Subsidiaries.

1933 Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Administrator ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5 of the Plan.

Affiliate ” of an entity will be all entities controlled by, controlling or under common control with such entity.

Board ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1 of the Plan.

Business Combination ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.9 of the Plan.

Change of Control Transaction ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.9 of the Plan.

Closing ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.9 of the Plan.

Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (references herein to Sections of the Code are intended to refer to Sections of the Code as enacted at the time of the Plan’s adoption by the Board and as subsequently amended, or to any substantially similar successor provisions of the Code resulting from recodification, renumbering or otherwise).

Company ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1 of the Plan.

Completed Transfer Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.8(b) of the Plan.

Disability ” means any physical or mental disability which prevents or likely would prevent (with or without reasonable accommodation), as determined in good faith by the Company, a relevant person from continuing to provide the essential functions of their position to the Company for a period of at least three months in aggregate in any six consecutive months.

Donative Transfer ” with respect to Option Shares means any voluntary Transfer with donative or charitable intent by a transferor other than for value or the payment of consideration to the transferor.

Eligible Participants ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3 of the Plan.

Fair Market Value ” means, with respect to the Shares and as of the date that is relevant to such a determination (e.g., on the Grant Date), the market price per share of such Shares

 

13


determined by the Administrator, consistent with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code and to the extent consistent therewith, as follows: (i) if the Shares are traded on a stock exchange on the date in question, then the Fair Market Value will be equal to the closing price reported by the applicable composite-transactions report for such date; (ii) if the Shares are traded over-the-counter on the date in question and are classified as a national market issue, then the Fair Market Value will be equal to the last-transaction price quoted by the NASDAQ system for such date; (iii) if the Shares are traded over-the-counter on the date in question but are not classified as a national market issue, then the Fair Market Value will be equal to the mean between the last reported representative bid and asked prices quoted by the NASDAQ system for such date; and (iv) if none of the foregoing provisions is applicable, then the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Administrator in good faith on such basis as it deems appropriate, taking into consideration the provisions of Section 260.140.50 of Title 10 of the California Code of Regulations.

Grace Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(c)(v) of the Plan.

Grant Date ” means, with respect to an Option, the date on which the Option Agreement evidencing that Option is entered into between the Company and the Optionee, or such other date as may be set forth in that Option Agreement as the “Grant Date” which will be the effective date of that Option Agreement.

Holder ” means the holder of any Option Shares.

Involuntary Transfer ” with respect to Option Shares means any of the following: (i) an assignment of the Shares for the benefit of creditors of the transferor; (ii) a Transfer by will or under the laws of descent and distribution; (iii) a Transfer by operation of law; (iv) an execution of judgment against the Shares or the acquisition of record or beneficial ownership of Shares by a lender or creditor; (v) a Transfer pursuant to any decree of divorce, dissolution or separate maintenance, any property settlement, any separation agreement or any other agreement with a spouse (except for bona fide estate planning purposes) under which any Shares are Transferred or awarded to the spouse of the transferor or are required to be sold; (vi) a Transfer resulting from the filing by the transferor of a petition for relief, or the filing of an involuntary petition against the transferor, under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or of any other nation; or (vii) a Transfer (even if volitional) constituting a pledge or the imposition of an encumbrance.

ISO ” means an “incentive stock option” as defined in Section 422 of the Code.

Offered Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.8(a) of the Plan.

Offered Terms ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.8(a) of the Plan.

Option Agreement ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1 of the Plan.

Option Pool ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4 of the Plan.

Option Price ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(c)(iii) of the Plan.

 

14


Option Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1 of the Plan, provided that for purposes of Section 6.7 and Section 6.8 of the Plan, the term “Option Shares” includes all Shares issued by the Company to a Holder (or his, her or its predecessor) by reason of such holdings, including any securities which may be acquired as a result of a stock split, stock dividend, and other distributions of Shares in the Company made upon, or in exchange for, other securities of the Company.

Option Term ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(c)(iv) of the Plan.

Optionee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1 of the Plan.

Options ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1 of the Plan.

Permitted Transfer ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.7(c) of the Plan.

Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1 of the Plan.

Qualified Initial Public Offering ” has the meaning given to such term in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time.

Proposed Transfer Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.8(a) of the Plan.

Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 1 of the Plan.

Subsidiary ” has the same meaning as “subsidiary corporation” as defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

Successor Entity ” means a corporation or other entity that acquires all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or which is the surviving or parent entity resulting from a Business Combination, as that term is defined in Section 6.9 of the Plan.

Tax Withholding Liability ” in connection with the exercise of any Option means all federal and state income taxes, social security tax, and any other taxes applicable to the compensation income arising from the transaction required by applicable law to be withheld by the Company.

Termination of Eligibility Status ” means (i) in the case of any employee of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, a termination of his or her employment, whether by the employee or employer, and whether voluntary or involuntary, including without limitation as a result of the death or Disability of the employee, (ii) in the case of any advisor, consultant, or independent contractor to the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, the termination of the services relationship pursuant to any agreement between the parties or otherwise, and (iii) in the case of any director of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, the death of or resignation by the director or his or her removal from the board in the manner provided by the certificate of incorporation, bylaws or other organic instruments of the Company or its Subsidiary or Affiliate, or otherwise in accordance with applicable law.

 

15


Termination for Cause ” means (i) in the case of an Optionee who is an employee of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, a termination by the employer of the Optionee’s employment for “cause” as defined by any contract of employment with the Optionee or in the Option Agreement, or if not defined therein, pursuant to the “For Cause Standard” set forth below, (ii) in the case of an Optionee who is an advisor, consultant or independent contractor to the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, a termination of the services relationship by the hiring party for “cause” or breach of contract, as defined by any contract between the parties or the Option Agreement, or if not defined therein, pursuant to the “For Cause Standard” set forth below, and (iii) in the case of an Optionee who is a director of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, removal of him or her from the board of directors by action of the shareholders or, if permitted by applicable law and the certificate, bylaws or other organic documents of the Company or the Subsidiary or Affiliate, as the case may be, or pursuant to applicable law, by the other directors), in connection with the good faith determination of the board of directors (or of the Company’s or Subsidiary’s or Affiliate’s shareholders if so required, but in either case excluding the vote of the subject individual if he or she is a director or a shareholder) that the Optionee has met the “For Cause Standard” set forth below. Each of the following is defined as meeting the “ For Cause Standard ”: (w) engaging in any acts which breach any fiduciary duty, employment or service obligation or contractual obligation to the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or their shareholders, (x) failing to provide services to the Company in a high quality and professional manner, (y) engaging in any acts involving dishonesty or moral turpitude, or (z) engaging in any acts that materially and adversely affect the business, affairs or reputation of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

Transfer ” with respect to Option Shares means a voluntary or involuntary sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, disposal, loan, gift, attachment or levy of those Shares, including any Involuntary Transfer, Donative Transfer or transfer by will or under the laws of descent and distribution.

Transferee ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.8(b) of the Plan.

Transferred Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.8(b) of the Plan.

Unvested Option ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(c)(vii) of the Plan.

Unvested Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(c)(viii) of the Plan.

Vested Option ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(c)(vii) of the Plan.

Vested Shares ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(c)(viii) of the Plan.

 

16


VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

2006 STOCK OPTION PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

This Stock Option Agreement (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of                      , 200      (the “ Grant Date ”), by and between Vocera Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and                      (“ Optionee ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Option Grant . Subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Company’s 2006 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”), Optionee will have an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Option Shares ”) on the following terms:

 

Grant #:    
Number of Option Shares:    
Option Price Per Share:  

$                                                                                                                                                

Expiration of Option Term:  

Ten (10) years from the Grant Date

Vesting Start Date:    

In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and/or the Plan, on the one hand, and the Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Option Agreement attached hereto as Attachment 1 (the “Notice”), on the other hand, the terms of this Agreement and/or the Plan, as the case may be, will prevail.

The vesting schedule for the Option will be as set forth in the Notice. In the event that no vesting schedule is set forth in the Notice and the Notice does not provide that the Option is fully vested at issue, then the Option will be subject to vesting as set forth in Section 6.4 of the Plan. Notwithstanding anything else set forth in the Notice, there will be no further vesting once the Optionee suffers a Termination of Eligibility Status and additional vesting will be suspended during any period while the Optionee is on a leave of absence from the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as determined by the Administrator. It is acknowledged and agreed that any date set for “Expiration” of the Option set forth in the Notice reflects the maximum possible Option Term, but that the Option Term may be reduced as set forth in the Plan, and the Grace Periods for exercise of the Option as set forth in the Plan will apply to the Option.

The status of whether the Option will be treated as an ISO as defined in the Plan (in all events nonemployees are not eligible to receive ISOs) is as follows (check one):

 

  ¨

The Option will be an ISO to the maximum extent permitted under the Code.

 

  ¨

The Option will not be an ISO.

 

1


2. Representations and Warranties of Optionee . Optionee represents and warrants that Optionee is acquiring the Option, and will acquire any Option Shares obtained upon exercise of the Option, for investment purposes only, for Optionee’s own account, and with no view to the distribution thereof.

3. No Employment or Independent Contractor Rights . This Agreement gives Optionee no right to be retained as an employee of, or independent contractor to, the Company and/or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

4. Terms of the Plan . Optionee understands that the Plan includes important terms and conditions that apply to the Option. Those terms include: important conditions to the right of Optionee to exercise the Option; important restrictions on the ability of Optionee to transfer the Option or to Transfer any of the Option Shares received upon exercise of the Option; rights in the Company (or its assignee) to repurchase Option Shares following a Termination of Eligibility Status; and early termination of the Option following the occurrence of certain events. OPTIONEE HAS READ THE PLAN, AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS, AND MAKES EACH OF THE REPRESENTATIONS REQUIRED TO BE MADE BY OPTIONEE UNDER IT. OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE COMPANY HAS GIVEN NO LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE CONCERNING THE OPTION AND HAS ADVISED OPTIONEE TO CONSULT WITH OPTIONEE’S OWN TAX OR FINANCIAL ADVISOR ABOUT THE TAX TREATMENT OF THE OPTION AND ITS EXERCISE .

5. Arbitration . In the event of any dispute concerning the enforcement of this Agreement, the dispute will be submitted to binding arbitration before a single arbitrator in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, provided that: (i) the arbitrator will be instructed and empowered to take whatever steps to expedite the arbitration as he or she deems reasonable; (ii) each party will bear its own costs in connection with the arbitration, provided that the costs of the arbitrator will be borne by the party who the arbitrator determines not to have prevailed in the matter (unless applicable law requires the Company to bear such costs in all cases, in which case the Company will bear such costs); (iii) the arbitrator’s judgment will be final and binding upon the parties, except that it may be challenged on the grounds of fraud or gross misconduct; and (iv) the arbitration will be held in San Francisco, California. Judgment upon any verdict in arbitration may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.

6. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law; Interpretation . This Agreement will be governed by the substantive laws of the State of California applicable to contracts entered into and fully performed in California. The headings and captions of the Sections of this Agreement are for convenience only and in no way define, limit or extend the scope or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof. This Agreement will be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not in favor of or against any party, regardless of which party may have initially drafted certain provisions set forth herein. Capitalized terms and phrases that are not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings given them in the Plan. The terms and conditions of this

 

2


Agreement will prevail over any expressly conflicting terms and conditions in the Plan except to the extent expressly set forth in the Plan.

(b) Assignment . This Agreement is personal to Optionee and Optionee may not assign any of Optionee’s rights or delegate any of Optionee’s obligations hereunder without first obtaining the prior written consent of the Company, except as expressly set forth in the Plan.

(c) Severability . In the event any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to either of the parties is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be contrary to law, such provision will be deemed amended to the extent necessary to comply with such law, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect.

(d) Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement constitutes the final and complete expression of all of the terms of the understanding and agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and this Agreement replaces and supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, communications, understandings, obligations, commitments, agreements or contracts, whether written or oral, between the parties respecting the subject matter hereof, including, without limitation, any negotiations, understandings or agreements with respect to participating in the equity (including options thereon) in the Company except to the extent reflected in a share certificate heretofore issued in the name of Optionee or in a fully executed written option agreement under an established option plan with the Company. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, altered or supplemented except by means of the execution and delivery of a written instrument mutually executed by both parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have entered into this Stock Option Agreement as of the Grant Date.

 

OPTIONEE     VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
Signature:         By:    
Print Name:         Name:    

Address:

        Its::    
        Address:  

20600 Lazaneo Drive; 3 rd Floor

       

Cupertino, Ca 95014-2277

 

Attachments:

 

(1) Notice of Grant of Stock Options with vesting schedule (from EquityEdge)

 

(2) Spousal Consent

 

(3) Form of Exercise Notice

 

(4) 2006 Stock Option Plan

 

3


Blank page to be replaced with the EquityEdge Notice of Grant Sheet

 

4


VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

2006 STOCK OPTION PLAN

CONSENT OF SPOUSE

I am the spouse of                                      , who, together with Vocera Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”), has entered into the Stock Option Agreement, to which this Consent is attached. Capitalized terms not defined herein will have the meaning set forth in such agreement.

I have read and understand the Stock Option Agreement and the Company’s 2006 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”). I acknowledge that, by execution hereof, I am bound by the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan, as to any and all interests I may have in the Option and the Option Shares. In particular, I understand and agree that the Option and the Option Shares (including any interest that I may have therein) are subject to certain repurchase rights in the Company and certain restrictions on transfer.

I agree that I will not do anything to try to prevent the operation of any part of the Stock Option Agreement or the Plan. I acknowledge that I have had an opportunity to obtain independent counsel to advise me concerning the matters contained herein.

 

Signature:    
Name:    
Date:    


VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

2006 STOCK OPTION PLAN

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

Vocera Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”)

20600 Lazaneo Drive; Third Floor

Cupertino, CA 95014

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This constitutes notice under my Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the Vocera Communications, Inc. 2006 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) of my election to purchase the number of shares set forth below:

 

Date of Stock Option Agreement:    
Grant #:    
Number of shares as to which option is exercised:    
Certificates to be issued in name of:    
Exercise price per share:    
Total cash exercise price, being delivered herewith:  

                                                                                              

Date of exercise:    

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, (iii) to abide by any transfer restrictions set forth in the Plan and the Bylaws of the Company; and (iv) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are issued upon exercise of this option.

Contemporaneously herewith, I am delivering to the Company an executed blank Stock Assignment Separate from Certificate in the form attached hereto.

Very truly yours,

 

Signature:    
Name:    
Date:    
Address:    
   
Social Security Number:                                                                                                


STOCK ASSIGNMENT

SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Stock Option Agreement entered into by and between Vocera Communications, Inc. (the “Company”) and the undersigned (the “Agreement”) and pursuant to the Company’s 2006 Stock Option Plan (the “Plan”), the undersigned hereby sells, assigns, and transfers unto                                                       (              ) shares of the Common Stock of the Company, standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No. C-              delivered herewith. The undersigned does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Secretary of the Company, with full power of substitution, to transfer said stock on the books of the Company. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND THE PLAN.

 

DATED:  

                                                                                             ,

       
Signature:            
Name:            

Instructions : Please sign this Stock Assignment above, but do not fill in any blanks .

The purpose of this Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Certificate is to facilitate the exercise of the Company’s rights under the Agreement and Plan.

Exhibit 10.06

FORM OF

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

2006 STOCK OPTION PLAN

STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

This Stock Option Agreement (the “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of July 31, 2007 (the “ Grant Date ”), by and between Vocera Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [Name of Optionee] 1 (“ Optionee ”).

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. Option Grant . Subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement and of the Company’s 2006 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”), Optionee will have an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase shares of the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Option Shares ”) on the following terms:

 

Grant#:

  

[Grant Number]

Number of Option Shares:    

  

[Number of Shares]

Option Price Per Share:

  

$0.29

Expiration of Option Term:

  

Ten (10) years from the Grant Date

Vesting Start Date:

  

July 31, 2007

In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and/or the Plan, on the one hand, and the Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Option Agreement attached hereto as Attachment 1 (the “Notice”), on the other hand, the terms of this Agreement and/or the Plan, as the case may be, will prevail.

The Option is designated one of the following (check one):

¨ Revenue Objective Milestone Option. The Option will be unvested until the earlier to occur of the following (at which time the entire Option will become fully vested): (i) the Company has four fiscal consecutive quarters of revenue that total $72,000,000 OR (ii) the Company is (a) acquired by another entity or person by means of any transaction or series of related transactions to which the Company is a party (including, without limitation, any stock acquisition, reorganization, merger or consolidation) other than a transaction or series of

 

1  

Robert Zollars received two option grants (815,117 shares designated as Revenue Objective Milestone Option; 1,086,822 shares designated as Market Cap Objective Milestone Option); Brent Lang received two option grants (48,968 shares designated as Revenue Objective Milestone Option; 65,291 shares designated as Market Cap Objective Milestone Option); Victoria Perkins received two option grants (23,796 shares designated as Revenue Objective Milestone Option; 31,728 shares designated as Market Cap Objective Milestone Option); and Martin Silver received two option grants (32,599 shares designated as Revenue Objective Milestone Option; 43,465 shares designated as Market Cap Objective Milestone Option).


transactions in which the holders of the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such transaction continue to retain (either by such voting securities remaining outstanding or by such voting securities being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity), as a result of shares in the Company held by such holders prior to such transaction, at least fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such transaction or series of transactions; or (b) sells or exclusively licenses all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (each of subsection (a) and (b) hereof defined as a “Sale Event”), and such Sale Event results in at least $400 million in net proceeds to the stockholders.

¨ Market Cap Objective Milestone Option. The Option will be unvested until the earlier to occur of the following (at which time the entire Option will become fully vested): (i) a Sale Event (as defined above) resulting in at least $400 million in net proceeds to the stockholders OR (ii) the initial public offering of the Company, if following such initial public offering, the market capitalization of the Company is $400 million or more for ten (10) consecutive business days (with market capitalization being calculated by multiplying the number of outstanding shares by the average share price over the ten (10) consecutive business day period).

Notwithstanding anything else set forth in this Agreement or the Notice, there will be no vesting once the Optionee suffers a Termination of Eligibility Status and the vesting schedule will be suspended during any period while the Optionee is on a leave of absence from the Company or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as determined by the Administrator. It is acknowledged and agreed that any date set for “Expiration” of the Option set forth in the Notice reflects the maximum possible Option Term, but that the Option Term may be reduced as set forth in the Plan, and the Grace Periods for exercise of the Option as set forth in the Plan will apply to the Option.

The status of whether the Option will be treated as an ISO as defined in the Plan (in all events nonemployees are not eligible to receive ISOs) is as follows (check one):

¨ The Option will be an ISO to the maximum extent permitted under the Code.

¨ The Option will not be an ISO.

2. Representations and Warranties of Optionee . Optionee represents and warrants that Optionee is acquiring the Option, and will acquire any Option Shares obtained upon exercise of the Option, for investment purposes only, for Optionee’s own account, and with no view to the distribution thereof.

3. No Employment or Independent Contractor Rights . This Agreement gives Optionee no right to be retained as an employee of, or independent contractor to, the Company and/or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

4. Terms of the Plan . Optionee understands that the Plan includes important terms and conditions that apply to the Option. Those terms include: important conditions to the right of Optionee to exercise the Option; important restrictions on the ability of Optionee to transfer the Option or to Transfer any of the Option Shares received upon exercise of the Option; rights

 

2


in the Company (or its assignee) to repurchase Option Shares, following a Termination of Eligibility Status; and early termination of the Option following the occurrence of certain events. OPTIONEE HAS READ THE PLAN, AGREES TO BE BOUND BY ITS TERMS, AND MAKES EACH OF THE REPRESENTATIONS REQUIRED TO BE MADE BY OPTIONEE UNDER IT. OPTIONEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE COMPANY HAS GIVEN NO LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE CONCERNING THE OPTION AND HAS ADVISED OPTIONEE TO CONSULT WITH OPTIONEE’S OWN TAX OR FINANCIAL ADVISOR ABOUT THE TAX TREATMENT OF THE OPTION AND ITS EXERCISE.

5. Arbitration . In the event of any dispute concerning the enforcement of this Agreement, the dispute will be submitted to binding arbitration before a single arbitrator in accordance with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association, provided that: (i) the arbitrator will be instructed and empowered to take whatever steps to expedite the arbitration as he or she deems reasonable; (ii) each party will bear its own costs in connection with the arbitration, provided that the costs of the arbitrator will be borne by the party who the arbitrator determines not to have prevailed in the matter (unless applicable law requires the Company to bear such costs in all cases, in which case the Company will bear such costs); (iii) the arbitrator’s judgment will be final and binding upon the parties, except that it may be challenged on the grounds of fraud or gross misconduct; and (iv) the arbitration will be held in San Francisco’, California. Judgment upon any verdict in arbitration may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.

6. Miscellaneous .

(a) Governing Law: Interpretation . This Agreement will be governed by the substantive laws of the State of California applicable to contracts entered into and fully performed in California. The headings and captions of the Sections of this Agreement are for convenience only and in no way define, limit or extend the scope or intent of this Agreement or any provision hereof. This Agreement will be construed as a whole, according to its fair meaning, and not in favor of or against any party, regardless of which party may have initially drafted certain provisions set forth herein. Capitalized terms and phrases that are not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings given them in the Plan. The terms and conditions of this Agreement will prevail over any expressly conflicting terms and conditions in the Plan except to the extent expressly set forth in the Plan.

(b) Assignment . This Agreement is personal to Optionee and Optionee may not assign any of Optionee’s rights or delegate any of Optionee’s obligations hereunder without first obtaining the prior written consent of the Company, except as expressly set forth in the Plan.

(c) Severability . In the event any provision of this Agreement or the application of any such provision to either of the parties is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be contrary to law, such provision will be deemed amended to the extent necessary to comply with such law, and the remaining provisions of this Agreement will remain in full force and effect.

 

3


(d) Entire Agreement; Amendments . This Agreement constitutes the final and complete expression of all of the terms of the understanding and agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and this Agreement replaces and supersedes any and all prior or contemporaneous negotiations, communications, understandings, obligations, commitments, agreements or contracts, whether written or oral, between the parties respecting the subject matter hereof, including, without limitation, any negotiations, understandings or agreements with respect to participating in the equity (including options thereon) in the Company except to the extent reflected in a share certificate heretofore issued in the name of Optionee or in a fully executed written option agreement under an established option plan with the Company. This Agreement may not be modified, amended, altered or supplemented except by means of the execution and delivery of a written instrument mutually executed by both parties.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have entered into this Stock Option Agreement as of the Grant Date.

 

OPTIONEE

   

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Signature:

       

By:

   

Print Name:    

       

Name:

 

Martin J. Silver

Address:

       

Its:

 

Chief Financial Officer

       

Address:

 

20600 Lazaneo Drive; 3 rd Floor

       

Cupertino, CA 95014-2277

 

Attachments:    

  

(1) Notice of Grant of Stock Options with vesting schedule (from EquityEdge)

  

(2) Spousal Consent

  

(3) Form of Exercise Notice

  

(4) 2006 Stock Option Plan

 

4


 

 

Notice of Grant of Stock Options and Option Agreement

  

Vocera Communications

ID: 94-3354663

20600 Lazaneo Drive

Cupertino, CA 95014

 

 

 

[Name of Optionee]

[Address of Optionee]

[Address of Optionee]

  

Option Number:

Plan:

ID:

  

[Option Number]

2006

[ID Number]

 

 

Effective 7/31/2007, you have been granted a(n) Non-Qualified Stock Option to buy [Number of Shares] shares of Vocera Communications (the Company) stock at $0.2900 per share.

The total option price of the shares granted is $[Dollar Amount].

Shares in each period will become fully vested on the date shown.

 

Shares

   Vest Type      Full Vest      Expiration  

[Shares]

     On Vest Date         7/31/2011         7/31/2017   

 

 

By your signature and the Company’s signature below, you and the Company agree that these options are granted under and governed by the terms and conditions of the Company’s Stock Option Plan as amended and the Option Agreement, all of which are attached and made a part of this document.

 

 

 

        

Vocera Communication

    

Date

        

[Name of Optionee]

    

Date


VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

2006 STOCK OPTION PLAN

CONSENT OF SPOUSE

I am the spouse of [Name of Optionee] , who, together with Vocera Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”), has entered into the Stock Option Agreement, to which this Consent is attached. Capitalized terms not defined herein will have the meaning set forth in such agreement.

I have read and understand the Stock Option Agreement and the Company’s 2006 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”). I acknowledge that, by execution hereof, I am bound by the Stock Option Agreement and the Plan, as to any and all interests I may have in the Option and the Option Shares. In particular, I understand and agree that the Option and the Option Shares (including any interest that I may have therein) are subject to certain repurchase rights in the Company and certain restrictions on transfer.

I agree that I will not do anything to try to prevent the operation of any part of the Stock Option Agreement or the Plan. I acknowledge that I have had an opportunity to obtain independent counsel to advise me concerning the matters contained herein.

 

Signature:    

   

Name:

   

Date:

   


VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

2006 STOCK OPTION PLAN

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

Vocera Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”)

20600 Lazaneo Drive; Third Floor

Cupertino, CA 95014

Attn: Chief Financial Officer

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This constitutes notice under my Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the Vocera Communications, Inc. 2006 Stock Option Plan (the “ Plan ”) of my election to purchase the number of shares set forth below:

 

Date of Stock Option Agreement:

   

Grant#:

 

[Grant Number]

Number of shares as to which option is exercised:

   

Certificates to be issued in name of:

   

Exercise price per share:

 

$0.29

Total cash exercise price, being delivered herewith:    

 

$____________________________________________________

Date of exercise:

   

By this exercise, I agree (i) to provide such additional documents as you may require pursuant to the terms of the Plan, (ii) to provide for the payment by me to you (in the manner designated by you) of your withholding obligation, if any, relating to the exercise of this option, (iii) to abide by any transfer restrictions set forth in the Plan and the Bylaws of the Company; and (iv) if this exercise relates to an incentive stock option, to notify you in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of this option that occurs within two (2) years after the date of grant of this option or within one (1) year after such shares of Common Stock are issued upon exercise of this option.

Contemporaneously herewith, I am delivering to the Company an executed blank Stock Assignment Separate from Certificate in the form attached hereto.

Very truly yours,

 

Signature:

   

Name:

 

[Name of Optionee]

Date:

   

Address:

   
   

Social Security Number:    

   


STOCK ASSIGNMENT

SEPARATE FROM CERTIFICATE

FOR VALUE RECEIVED and pursuant to that certain Stock Option Agreement entered into by and between Vocera Communications, Inc. (the “Company”) and the undersigned (the “Agreement”) and pursuant to the Company’s 2006 Stock Option Plans (the “Plan”), the undersigned hereby sells assigns, and transfers unto                                                                   (                      ) shares of the Common Stock of the Company, standing in the undersigned’s name on the books of the Company represented by Certificate No. C-          delivered herewith. The undersigned does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint the Security of the Company, with full power of substitution, to transfer and stock on the books of the company. THIS ASSIGNMENT MAY ONLY BE USED AS AUTHORIZED BY THE AGREEMENT AND THE PLAN.

 

DATED:

   

Signature:

   

Name:

 

[Name of Optionee]

Instructions : Please sign this Stock Assignment above, but do not fill in any blanks .

The purpose of this Stock Power and Assignment Separate from Certificate is to facilitate the exercise of the Company’s rights under the Agreement and Plan.

Exhibit 10.07

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

2010 STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of November 3, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Vocera Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and DS Consulting Associates, LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company doing business as ExperiaHealth (the “ Optionee ”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) dated as of the Effective Date, by and among the Optionee, the Company and ExperiaHealth, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company;

WHEREAS, part of the consideration to the Optionee by the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement is an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase shares (the “ Shares ”) of Common Stock of the Company (“ Common Stock ”), as set forth in Section 1.1 below and as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 5 below, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED between the parties as follows:

 

  1.

CERTAIN OPTION TERMS .

1.1. Options and Exercise Price . The Company hereby issues to the Optionee the Option to purchase a maximum of 250,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.37 per share, deemed to be the fair market value of a share, of Common Stock as of the Effective Date. The purchase price, which is the number of shares being purchased under the Option multiplied by the exercise price, will be paid to the Company by the Optionee’s delivery of cash or a check. Exercise of the Option will be subject to the terms and restrictions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 1.2, below).

1.2. Vesting . The Option will be exercisable by the Optionee from time to time and only to the extent that it is “vested.” As of the Effective Date, the Option will be entirely unvested. The Option will vest on March 1, 2011 as to a number of Shares equal to one Share for every $2.00 that the 2011 Revenue exceeds the 2010 Revenue, rounded down to the nearest whole number of Shares. To the extent the 2011 Revenue is less than or equal to the 2010 Revenue, no vesting will occur. Vesting shall cease as to any Shares unvested as of March 1, 2011 and the right to acquire any such Shares shall terminate.

 

  2.

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION .

2.1. Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such in the Purchase Agreement.

2.2. Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the


plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

  3.

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER .

3.1. Restrictions on Options Transferability . The Option will not be transferable other than (w) in connection with the dissolution of the Optionee; (x) by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (y) with the prior written consent of the Company, to a trust if the then holder of the Option is considered the sole beneficial owner of the Option for tax purposes and under applicable law while it is held in trust.

3.2. Prohibited Transfers . No Holder of any Shares (may Transfer such Shares, or any interest therein except in full compliance with all applicable securities laws and any applicable restrictions on Transfer provided in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and/or Bylaws, which will be deemed incorporated by reference into this Agreement. All Transfers of Shares not complying with the specific limitations and conditions set forth in this Section 3 and Section 4 below are expressly prohibited. Any prohibited Transfer is ;void and of no effect, and no purported transferee in connection therewith will be recognized as the holder of Shares for any purpose whatsoever. Should such a Transfer purport to occur, the Company may refuse to carry out the Transfer on its books, attempt to set aside the Transfer, enforce any undertakings or rights with respect to the Shares or exercise any other legal or equitable remedy. “ Transfer ” with respect to Shares means a voluntary or involuntary sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, disposal, loan, gift, attachment or levy of those Shares, including any Involuntary Transfer, Donative Transfer or transfer by will or under the laws of descent and distribution. “ Involuntary Transfer ” with respect to Shares means any of the following: (i) an assignment of the Shares for the benefit of creditors of the transferor; (ii) a Transfer by will or under the laws of descent and distribution; (iii) a Transfer by operation of law; (iv) an execution of judgment against the Shares or the acquisition of record or beneficial ownership of Shares by a lender or creditor; (v) a Transfer pursuant to any decree of divorce, dissolution or separate maintenance, any property settlement, any separation agreement or any other agreement with a spouse (except for bona fide estate planning purposes) under which any Shares are Transferred or awarded to the spouse of the transferor or are required to be sold; (vi) a Transfer resulting from the filing by the transferor of a petition for relief, or the filing of an involuntary petition against the transferor, under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or of any other nation; or (vii) a Transfer (even if volitional) constituting a pledge or the imposition of an encumbrance. “ Donative Transfer ” with respect to Shares means any voluntary Transfer with donative or charitable intent by a transferor other than for value or the payment of consideration to the transferor.

3.3. Permitted Transfers . In the case of a Permitted Transfer, the rights of first refusal and purchase of the Company set forth in Section 4 below will not apply to the particular Transfer constituting the Permitted Transfer. For such purposes, a “ Permitted Transfer ” means a Transfer by the holder of Shares that is approved in writing by the Company as a Permitted Transfer.

3.4. Conditions to Transfer . It will be a condition to any Transfer (whether as a Permitted Transfer, as a Transfer referred to in Section 4 or otherwise) of any Shares that:

(i) the transferee of the Shares will execute such documents as the Company may reasonably require to ensure that the Company’s rights under this Agreement are adequately protected with respect to such Shares, including, without limitation, the transferee’s agreement to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement (such as transfer restrictions, market standoff provisions and rights of first refusal on transfer) and such Agreement, as if he or she were the original holder of such Shares; and

 

2


(ii) the Company is satisfied that such Transfer complies in all respects with the requirements imposed by applicable state and federal securities laws and regulations.

3.5. Market Standoff . If in connection with any public offering of securities of the Company (or any Successor Entity), the underwriter or underwriters managing such offering so requests, then each Optionee and each holder of Shares will agree to not sell or otherwise Transfer any such Shares (other than Shares if and to the extent included in such underwriting) without the prior written consent of such underwriter, for such period of time as may be requested by the underwriter commencing on the effective date of the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with such offering. By accepting an Option and/or Shares under this Agreement, the Optionee will be deethed to agree to execute such documents to further evidence such market standoff agreement as may be requested by such underwriter.

 

  4.

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL .

4.1. Grant of Right of First Refusal . Except as provided in Section 4.9 below, in the event the Optionee or a transferee of the Shares proposes or is obligated to Transfer any Shares (the “Transfer Shares”) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any shareholder of the Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 4 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

4.2. Notice of Proposed Transfer . Prior to any proposed Transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Optionee shall deliver written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Company describing fully the proposed Transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”) and, if the Transfer is voluntary and for value, the proposed transfer price (the “ Proposed Price ”), and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed Transfer. If the Optionee proposes to Transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Optionee shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee (as applicable) and must constitute a binding commitment of the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

4.3. Bona Fide Transfer . If the Company determines that the information provided by the Optionee in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Optionee written notice of the Optionee’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 4, and the Optionee shall have no right to Transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 4. The Optionee shall not be permitted to Transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed Transfer is not bona fide.

4.4. Exercise of Right of First Refusal . If the Company determines the proposed Transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) for a repurchase price determined in accordance with Section 4.5 by delivery to the Optionee of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed Transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed Transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by

 

3


the Optionee or issued by a person other than the Optionee with respect to a proposed Transfer to the same Proposed Transferee.

4.5. Payment of Repurchase Price . The price per Transfer Share being repurchased pursuant to the Right of First Refusal shall be an amount equal to (x) the Proposed Price, in the case of a amount shall be paid by the Company (or its transferee) in cash or a cash equivalent within sixty (60) days following its receipt of the Optionee’s Transfer Notice, For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to the Company shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

4.6. Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal . If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) within the period specified in. Section 4.4 above, the Optionee may conclude a Transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions and to the Proposed Transferee described in the Transfer Notice, provided such Transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the Transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed Transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in this Section 4.

4.7. Transferees of Transfer Shares . All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such Transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including this Section 4 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent Transfer. Any sale or transfer of any Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 4 are met.

4.8. Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

4.9. Early Termination of Right of First Refusal . The other provisions of this Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A market” shall be deemed to exist if such stock is listed on a national securities exchange, as that tem,. is used in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

  5.

ADJUSTMENT TO SHARES SUBJECT TO AGREEMENT; CHANGE OF CONTROL .

5.1. If, from time to time during the term of this Agreement, there is any stock dividend or liquidating dividend of cash or property, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar change in the character or amount of any of the outstanding securities of the Company, then, in such event any and all new, substituted or, additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of Optionee’s ownership of Shares will be immediately subject to the provisions of this Agreement on the same

 

4


basis as all Shares originally acquired hereunder, and will be included in the word “Shares” for all purposes of this Agreement with the same force and effect as the Shares presently subject to this Agreement.

5.2. In addition, in the event of a Change of Control Transaction, the Option shall become an option to acquire the cash, securities or other property into which the Common Stock converted as a result of such Change of Control Transaction. The term “ Change of Control Transaction ” means a Business Combination in which (x) les than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Successor Entity immediately following the Closing of the Business Combination transaction are beneficially held by those persons and entities who beneficially held the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction as a result of or in exchange for such voting securities of the Company held immediately prior to such transaction; or (b) an existing shareholder (including its Affiliates) that held less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company prior to such transaction succeeds to ownership of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company as a result of the transaction; the term “ Business Combination ” means a transaction or series of related transactions consummated within any period of ninety (90) days resulting in (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (ii) a merger or consolidation or other reorganization in which the Company or a Subsidiary is a party. “ Successor Entity ” means a corporation or other entity that acquires all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or which is the surviving or parent entity resulting from a Business Combination.

 

  6.

EMPLOYMENT MATTERS .

Nothing in this Agreement will create in any manner whatsoever an employment agreement between Company and the Optionee, or any of its members, or affect in any manner the right or power of the Company, or a Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation, to terminate the Optionee’s Service for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, subject to any other agreements between Company and the Optionee.

 

  7.

RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER .

The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of a certificate for the Shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company (the “ Issuance Date ”). No adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the Issuance Date. On the Issuance Date, the Optionee shall become the record holder of the Shares, entitled to dividends, if any, voting rights and other rights of a holder thereof, subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  8.

RESTRICTIONS ON ISSUANCE OF SHARES .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no Shares shall be issued if the issuance or delivery of such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance of the Shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the issuance and delivery of the Shares, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested.

 

5


  9.

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES .

No shares acquired pursuant to this Agreement may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Optionee), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law, in any manner which violates any of the nrnvicinnq of tilic Agreement nr arynlienble law The rnrrir,q-rtv chap not he rertnired to transfer on its books any shares which shall have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares shall have been so transferred.

 

  10.

PUBLIC OFFERING .

The Optionee hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Optionee shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act. The Optionee agrees to execute any agreement requested by the underwriters of the Company to confirm such restrictions.

 

  11.

LEGENDS .

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Agreement. The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Agreement in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE CORPORATION RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

 

6


“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND REPURCHASE RIGHTS IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

 

  12.

MISCELLANEOUS .

12.1. Administration . All questions of interpretation concerning this Agreement shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”). All determinations by the Board.

12.2. Fractional Shares . No fractional shares shall be issued pursuant to this Agreement.

12.3. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address shown below that party’s signature or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

12.4. Binding Effect . Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

12.5. Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement and the Purchase Agreement together constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Optionee and the Company with respect to the subject matter contained herein and there are no agreements or understandings between the Optionee and the Company with respect to such subject matter other than those as set forth or provided for herein and therein. No amendment or addition hereto will be deemed effective unless agreed to in writing by the parties hereto.

12.6. Specific Performance . The Optionee agrees that the Company will be entitled to a decree of specific performance of the terms hereof or an injunction restraining violation of this Agreement in addition to any other remedies available to the Company,

12.7. Waiver . No failure on the part of any party to exercise or delay in exercising any right hereunder will be deemed a waiver thereof, nor will any such failure or delay, or any single or partial exercise of any such right, preclude any further or other exercise of such right or any other right.

12.8. Validity . If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, is for any reason and to any extent determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision will be interpreted so as best to reasonably effect the intent of the parties hereto.

 

7


12.9. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to such state’s conflicts of laws.

 

THE COMPANY:     VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
     

By:

 

/s/ Martin J. Silver

     

Name:

 

Martin J. Silver

     

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

THE OPTIONEE:     DS CONSULTING ASSOCIATES, LLC
     

By:

   
     

Name:

   
     

Title:

   

[ Signature Page to 2010 Stock Option Agreement ]

 

8


THE COMPANY:     VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
     

By:

   
     

Name:

   
     

Title:

   

 

THE OPTIONEE:     DS CONSULTING ASSOCIATES, LLC
     

By:

 

/s/ David R. Strand

     

Name:

 

David R. Strand

     

Title:

 

Chief Manager

[ Signature Page to 2010 Stock Option Agreement ]


Optionee:                     

Date:                     

STOCK OPTION

EXERCISE NOTICE

Vocera Communications, Inc.

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Exercise of Option . The undersigned was granted a stock option (the “ Option ”) to purchase shares of the common stock of Vocera Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”) pursuant to the 2010 Stock Option Agreement dated November ____, 2010 (the “ Option Agreement ”). The undersigned hereby elects to exercise the Option as to a total of __________ shares of the common stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”), which are fully vested shares.

2. Payments . Enclosed is full payment in the aggregate amount of $________ for the Shares in the manner set forth in the Option Agreement.

3. Binding Effect . The undersigned agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Option Agreement, including the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, to all of which the undersigned hereby expressly assents. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

4. Transfer . The undersigned understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. The undersigned further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. The undersigned understands that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company.

The undersigned is aware that Rule 144, promulgated under the Securities Act, which permits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. The undersigned understands that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

 

1


The undersigned understands that it is purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the undersigned’s Option Agreement, a copy of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

 

DS CONSULTING ASSOCIATES, LLC

By:

   

Name:

   

Title:

   

 

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.

 

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By:

   

Name:

   

Title:

   

 

2


VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

2011 STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of November 3, 2010 (the “ Effective Date ”) by and between Vocera Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”) and DS Consulting Associates, LLC, a Minnesota limited liability company doing business as ExperiaHealth (the “ Optionee ”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, the Company has entered into an Asset Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) dated as of the Effective Date, by and among the Optionee, the Company and ExperiaHealth, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company;

WHEREAS, part of the consideration to the Optionee by the Company pursuant to the Purchase Agreement is an option (the “ Option ”) to purchase shares (the “ Shares ”) of Common Stock of the Company (“ Common Stock ”), as set forth in Section 1.1 below and as adjusted from time to time pursuant to Section 5 below, upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED between the parties as follows:

 

  1.

CERTAIN OPTION TERMS .

1.1. Options and Exercise Price . The Company hereby issues to the Optionee the Option to purchase a maximum of 250,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $0.37 per share, deemed to be the fair market value of a share, of Common Stock as of the Effective Date. The purchase price, which is the number of shares being purchased under the Option multiplied by the exercise price, will be paid to the Company by the Optionee’s delivery of cash or a check. Exercise of the Option will be subject to the terms and restrictions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, Section 1.2, below).

1.2. Vesting . The Option will be exercisable by the Optionee from time to time and only to the extent that it is “vested.” As of the Effective Date, the Option will be entirely unvested. The Option will vest on March 1, 2012 as to a number of Shares equal to one Share for every $2.00 that the 2011 Revenue exceeds the 2010 Revenue, rounded down to the nearest whole number of Shares. To the extent the 2011 Revenue is less than or equal to the 2010 Revenue, no vesting will occur. Vesting shall cease as to any Shares unvested as of March 1, 2011 and the right to acquire any such Shares shall terminate.

 

  2.

DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION .

2.1. Definitions . Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms shall have the meanings assigned to such in the Purchase Agreement.

2.2. Construction . Captions and titles contained herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement. Except when otherwise indicated by the context, the singular shall include the plural and the


plural shall include the singular. Use of the term “or” is not intended to be exclusive, unless the context clearly requires otherwise.

 

  3.

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER .

3.1. Restrictions on Options Transferability . The Option will not be transferable other than (w) in connection with the dissolution of the Optionee; (x) by will or the laws of descent and distribution; (y) with the prior written consent of the Company, to a trust if the then holder of the Option is considered the sole beneficial owner of the Option for tax purposes and under applicable law while it is held in trust.

3.2. Prohibited Transfers . No Holder of any Shares (may Transfer such Shares, or any interest therein except in full compliance with all applicable securities laws and any applicable restrictions on Transfer provided in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation and/or Bylaws, which will be deemed incorporated by reference into this Agreement. All Transfers of Shares not complying with the specific limitations and conditions set forth in this Section 3 and Section 4 below are expressly prohibited. Any prohibited Transfer is ;void and of no effect, and no purported transferee in connection therewith will be recognized as the holder of Shares for any purpose whatsoever. Should such a Transfer purport to occur, the Company may refuse to carry out the Transfer on its books, attempt to set aside the Transfer, enforce any undertakings or rights with respect to the Shares or exercise any other legal or equitable remedy. “ Transfer ” with respect to Shares means a voluntary or involuntary sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, disposal, loan, gift, attachment or levy of those Shares, including any Involuntary Transfer, Donative Transfer or transfer by will or under the laws of descent and distribution. “ Involuntary Transfer ” with respect to Shares means any of the following: (i) an assignment of the Shares for the benefit of creditors of the transferor; (ii) a Transfer by will or under the laws of descent and distribution; (iii) a Transfer by operation of law; (iv) an execution of judgment against the Shares or the acquisition of record or beneficial ownership of Shares by a lender or creditor; (v) a Transfer pursuant to any decree of divorce, dissolution or separate maintenance, any property settlement, any separation agreement or any other agreement with a spouse (except for bona fide estate planning purposes) under which any Shares are Transferred or awarded to the spouse of the transferor or are required to be sold; (vi) a Transfer resulting from the filing by the transferor of a petition for relief, or the filing of an involuntary petition against the transferor, under the bankruptcy laws of the United States or of any other nation; or (vii) a Transfer (even if volitional) constituting a pledge or the imposition of an encumbrance. “ Donative Transfer ” with respect to Shares means any voluntary Transfer with donative or charitable intent by a transferor other than for value or the payment of consideration to the transferor.

3.3. Permitted Transfers . In the case of a Permitted Transfer, the rights of first refusal and purchase of the Company set forth in Section 4 below will not apply to the particular Transfer constituting the Permitted Transfer. For such purposes, a “ Permitted Transfer ” means a Transfer by the holder of Shares that is approved in writing by the Company as a Permitted Transfer.

3.4. Conditions to Transfer . It will be a condition to any Transfer (whether as a Permitted Transfer, as a Transfer referred to in Section 4 or otherwise) of any Shares that:

(i) the transferee of the Shares will execute such documents as the Company may reasonably require to ensure that the Company’s rights under this Agreement are adequately protected with respect to such Shares, including, without limitation, the transferee’s agreement to be bound by all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement (such as transfer restrictions, market standoff provisions and rights of first refusal on transfer) and such Agreement, as if he or she were the original holder of such Shares; and

 

2


(ii) the Company is satisfied that such Transfer complies in all respects with the requirements imposed by applicable state and federal securities laws and regulations.

3.5. Market Standoff . If in connection with any public offering of securities of the Company (or any Successor Entity), the underwriter or underwriters managing such offering so requests, then each Optionee and each holder of Shares will agree to not sell or otherwise Transfer any such Shares (other than Shares if and to the extent included in such underwriting) without the prior written consent of such underwriter, for such period of time as may be requested by the underwriter commencing on the effective date of the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with such offering. By accepting an Option and/or Shares under this Agreement, the Optionee will be deethed to agree to execute such documents to further evidence such market standoff agreement as may be requested by such underwriter.

 

  4.

RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL .

4.1. Grant of Right of First Refusal . Except as provided in Section 4.9 below, in the event the Optionee or a transferee of the Shares proposes or is obligated to Transfer any Shares (the “Transfer Shares”) to any person or entity, including, without limitation, any shareholder of the Company, the Company shall have the right to repurchase the Transfer Shares under the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 4 (the “ Right of First Refusal ”).

4.2. Notice of Proposed Transfer . Prior to any proposed Transfer of the Transfer Shares, the Optionee shall deliver written notice (the “ Transfer Notice ”) to the Company describing fully the proposed Transfer, including the number of Transfer Shares, the name and address of the proposed transferee (the “ Proposed Transferee ”) and, if the Transfer is voluntary and for value, the proposed transfer price (the “ Proposed Price ”), and containing such information necessary to show the bona fide nature of the proposed Transfer. If the Optionee proposes to Transfer any Transfer Shares to more than one Proposed Transferee, the Optionee shall provide a separate Transfer Notice for the proposed transfer to each Proposed Transferee. The Transfer Notice shall be signed by both the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee (as applicable) and must constitute a binding commitment of the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee for the transfer of the Transfer Shares to the Proposed Transferee subject only to the Right of First Refusal.

4.3. Bona Fide Transfer . If the Company determines that the information provided by the Optionee in the Transfer Notice is insufficient to establish the bona fide nature of a proposed voluntary transfer, the Company shall give the Optionee written notice of the Optionee’s failure to comply with the procedure described in this Section 4, and the Optionee shall have no right to Transfer the Transfer Shares without first complying with the procedure described in this Section 4. The Optionee shall not be permitted to Transfer the Transfer Shares if the proposed Transfer is not bona fide.

4.4. Exercise of Right of First Refusal . If the Company determines the proposed Transfer to be bona fide, the Company shall have the right to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Transfer Shares (except as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) for a repurchase price determined in accordance with Section 4.5 by delivery to the Optionee of a notice of exercise of the Right of First Refusal within 30 days after the date the Transfer Notice is delivered to the Company. The Company’s exercise or failure to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed Transfer described in a Transfer Notice shall not affect the Company’s right to exercise the Right of First Refusal with respect to any proposed Transfer described in any other Transfer Notice, whether or not such other Transfer Notice is issued by

 

3


the Optionee or issued by a person other than the Optionee with respect to a proposed Transfer to the same Proposed Transferee.

4.5. Payment of Repurchase Price . The price per Transfer Share being repurchased pursuant to the Right of First Refusal shall be an amount equal to (x) the Proposed Price, in the case of a amount shall be paid by the Company (or its transferee) in cash or a cash equivalent within sixty (60) days following its receipt of the Optionee’s Transfer Notice, For purposes of the foregoing, cancellation of any indebtedness of the Optionee to the Company shall be treated as payment to the Optionee in cash to the extent of the unpaid principal and any accrued interest canceled.

4.6. Failure to Exercise Right of First Refusal . If the Company fails to exercise the Right of First Refusal in full (or to such lesser extent as the Company and the Optionee otherwise agree) within the period specified in. Section 4.4 above, the Optionee may conclude a Transfer to the Proposed Transferee of the Transfer Shares on the terms and conditions and to the Proposed Transferee described in the Transfer Notice, provided such Transfer occurs not later than ninety (90) days following delivery to the Company of the Transfer Notice. The Company shall have the right to demand further assurances from the Optionee and the Proposed Transferee (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that the Transfer of the Transfer Shares was actually carried out on the terms and conditions described in the Transfer Notice. No Transfer Shares shall be transferred on the books of the Company until the Company has received such assurances, if so demanded, and has approved the proposed transfer as bona fide. Any proposed transfer on terms and conditions different from those described in the Transfer Notice, as well as any subsequent proposed Transfer by the Optionee, shall again be subject to the Right of First Refusal and shall require compliance by the Optionee with the procedure described in this Section 4.

4.7. Transferees of Transfer Shares . All transferees of the Transfer Shares or any interest therein, other than the Company, shall be required as a condition of such Transfer to agree in writing (in a form satisfactory to the Company) that such transferee shall receive and hold such Transfer Shares or interest therein subject to all of the terms and conditions of this Agreement, including this Section 4 providing for the Right of First Refusal with respect to any subsequent Transfer. Any sale or transfer of any Shares shall be void unless the provisions of this Section 4 are met.

4.8. Assignment of Right of First Refusal . The Company shall have the right to assign the Right of First Refusal at any time, whether or not there has been an attempted transfer, to one or more persons as may be selected by the Company.

4.9. Early Termination of Right of First Refusal . The other provisions of this Agreement notwithstanding, the Right of First Refusal shall terminate and be of no further force and effect upon the existence of a public market for the class of shares subject to the Right of First Refusal. A market” shall be deemed to exist if such stock is listed on a national securities exchange, as that tem,. is used in the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

  5.

ADJUSTMENT TO SHARES SUBJECT TO AGREEMENT; CHANGE OF CONTROL .

5.1. If, from time to time during the term of this Agreement, there is any stock dividend or liquidating dividend of cash or property, stock split, reverse stock split, recapitalization, reclassification or other similar change in the character or amount of any of the outstanding securities of the Company, then, in such event any and all new, substituted or, additional securities or other property to which the Optionee is entitled by reason of Optionee’s ownership of Shares will be immediately subject to the provisions of this Agreement on the same

 

4


basis as all Shares originally acquired hereunder, and will be included in the word “Shares” for all purposes of this Agreement with the same force and effect as the Shares presently subject to this Agreement.

5.2. In addition, in the event of a Change of Control Transaction, the Option shall become an option to acquire the cash, securities or other property into which the Common Stock converted as a result of such Change of Control Transaction. The term “ Change of Control Transaction ” means a Business Combination in which (x) les than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Successor Entity immediately following the Closing of the Business Combination transaction are beneficially held by those persons and entities who beneficially held the voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction as a result of or in exchange for such voting securities of the Company held immediately prior to such transaction; or (b) an existing shareholder (including its Affiliates) that held less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company prior to such transaction succeeds to ownership of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Company as a result of the transaction; the term “ Business Combination ” means a transaction or series of related transactions consummated within any period of ninety (90) days resulting in (i) the sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or (ii) a merger or consolidation or other reorganization in which the Company or a Subsidiary is a party. “ Successor Entity ” means a corporation or other entity that acquires all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or which is the surviving or parent entity resulting from a Business Combination.

 

  6.

EMPLOYMENT MATTERS .

Nothing in this Agreement will create in any manner whatsoever an employment agreement between Company and the Optionee, or any of its members, or affect in any manner the right or power of the Company, or a Parent Corporation or Subsidiary Corporation, to terminate the Optionee’s Service for any reason or no reason, with or without cause, subject to any other agreements between Company and the Optionee.

 

  7.

RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER .

The Optionee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any Shares covered by the Option until the date of the issuance of a certificate for the Shares for which the Option has been exercised (as evidenced by the appropriate entry on the books of the Company or of a duly authorized transfer agent of the Company (the “ Issuance Date ”). No adjustment shall be made for dividends or distributions or other rights for which the record date is prior to the Issuance Date. On the Issuance Date, the Optionee shall become the record holder of the Shares, entitled to dividends, if any, voting rights and other rights of a holder thereof, subject to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

  8.

RESTRICTIONS ON ISSUANCE OF SHARES .

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement to the contrary, no Shares shall be issued if the issuance or delivery of such shares would constitute a violation of any applicable federal, state or foreign securities laws or other law or regulations or the requirements of any stock exchange or market system upon which the Stock may then be listed. The inability of the Company to obtain from any regulatory body having jurisdiction the authority, if any, deemed by the Company’s legal counsel to be necessary to the lawful issuance of the Shares hereunder shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the failure to issue such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been obtained. As a condition to the issuance and delivery of the Shares, the Company may require the Optionee to satisfy any qualifications that may be necessary or appropriate, to evidence compliance with any applicable law or regulation and to make any representation or warranty with respect thereto as may be requested.

 

5


  9.

RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF SHARES .

No shares acquired pursuant to this Agreement may be sold, exchanged, transferred (including, without limitation, any transfer to a nominee or agent of the Optionee), assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of, including by operation of law, in any manner which violates any of the nrnvicinnq of tilic Agreement nr arynlienble law The rnrrir,q-rtv chap not he rertnired to transfer on its books any shares which shall have been transferred in violation of any of the provisions set forth in this Agreement or (b) to treat as owner of such shares or to accord the right to vote as such owner or to pay dividends to any transferee to whom such shares shall have been so transferred.

 

  10.

PUBLIC OFFERING .

The Optionee hereby agrees that in the event of any underwritten public offering of stock, including an initial public offering of stock, made by the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement filed under the Securities Act, the Optionee shall not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, hypothecate, grant any option to purchase or make any short sale of, or otherwise dispose of any shares of stock of the Company or any rights to acquire stock of the Company for such period of time from and after the effective date of such registration statement as may be established by the underwriter for such public offering; provided, however, that such period of time shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days from the effective date of the registration statement to be filed in connection with such public offering. The foregoing limitation shall not apply to shares registered in the public offering under the Securities Act. The Optionee agrees to execute any agreement requested by the underwriters of the Company to confirm such restrictions.

 

  11.

LEGENDS .

The Company may at any time place legends referencing the Right of First Refusal and any applicable federal, state or foreign securities law restrictions on all certificates representing shares of stock subject to the provisions of this Agreement. The Optionee shall, at the request of the Company, promptly present to the Company any and all certificates representing shares acquired pursuant to the Agreement in the possession of the Optionee in order to carry out the provisions of this Section. Unless otherwise specified by the Company, legends placed on such certificates may include, but shall not be limited to, the following:

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, TRANSFERRED, ASSIGNED OR HYPOTHECATED UNLESS THERE IS AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER SUCH ACT COVERING SUCH SECURITIES, THE SALE IS MADE IN ACCORDANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 701 UNDER THE ACT, OR THE CORPORATION RECEIVES AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER OF THESE SECURITIES REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION, STATING THAT SUCH SALE, TRANSFER, ASSIGNMENT OR HYPOTHECATION IS EXEMPT FROM THE REGISTRATION AND PROSPECTUS DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS OF SUCH ACT.”

 

6


“THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO CERTAIN RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND REPURCHASE RIGHTS IN FAVOR OF THE CORPORATION OR ITS ASSIGNEE SET FORTH IN AN AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE CORPORATION AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER, OR SUCH HOLDER’S PREDECESSOR IN INTEREST, A COPY OF WHICH IS ON FILE AT THE PRINCIPAL OFFICE OF THIS CORPORATION.”

 

  12.

MISCELLANEOUS .

12.1. Administration . All questions of interpretation concerning this Agreement shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”). All determinations by the Board.

12.2. Fractional Shares . No fractional shares shall be issued pursuant to this Agreement.

12.3. Notices . Any notice required or permitted hereunder shall be given in writing and shall be deemed effectively given (except to the extent that this Agreement provides for effectiveness only upon actual receipt of such notice) upon personal delivery or upon deposit in the United States Post Office, by registered or certified mail, with postage and fees prepaid, addressed to the other party at the address shown below that party’s signature or at such other address as such party may designate in writing from time to time to the other party.

12.4. Binding Effect . Subject to the restrictions on transfer set forth herein, this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

12.5. Entire Agreement; Amendment . This Agreement and the Purchase Agreement together constitute the entire understanding and agreement of the Optionee and the Company with respect to the subject matter contained herein and there are no agreements or understandings between the Optionee and the Company with respect to such subject matter other than those as set forth or provided for herein and therein. No amendment or addition hereto will be deemed effective unless agreed to in writing by the parties hereto.

12.6. Specific Performance . The Optionee agrees that the Company will be entitled to a decree of specific performance of the terms hereof or an injunction restraining violation of this Agreement in addition to any other remedies available to the Company,

12.7. Waiver . No failure on the part of any party to exercise or delay in exercising any right hereunder will be deemed a waiver thereof, nor will any such failure or delay, or any single or partial exercise of any such right, preclude any further or other exercise of such right or any other right.

12.8. Validity . If any provision of this Agreement, or the application thereof, is for any reason and to any extent determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement and the application of such provision will be interpreted so as best to reasonably effect the intent of the parties hereto.

 

7


12.9. Applicable Law . This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California, without regard to such state’s conflicts of laws.

 

THE COMPANY:     VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
     

By:

 

/s/ Martin J. Silver

     

Name:

 

Martin J. Silver

     

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

THE OPTIONEE:     DS CONSULTING ASSOCIATES, LLC
     

By:

   
     

Name:

   
     

Title:

   

[ Signature Page to 2011 Stock Option Agreement ]

 

8


THE COMPANY:     VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
     

By:

   
     

Name:

   
     

Title:

   

 

THE OPTIONEE:     DS CONSULTING ASSOCIATES, LLC
     

By:

 

/s/ David R. Strand

     

Name:

 

David R. Strand

     

Title:

 

Chief Manager

[ Signature Page to 2011 Stock Option Agreement ]


Optionee:                     

Date:                     

STOCK OPTION

EXERCISE NOTICE

Vocera Communications, Inc.

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

1. Exercise of Option . The undersigned was granted a stock option (the “ Option ”) to purchase shares of the common stock of Vocera Communications, Inc. (the “ Company ”) pursuant to the 2011 Stock Option Agreement dated November ____, 2010 (the “ Option Agreement ”). The undersigned hereby elects to exercise the Option as to a total of __________ shares of the common stock of the Company (the “ Shares ”), which are fully vested shares.

2. Payments . Enclosed is full payment in the aggregate amount of $________ for the Shares in the manner set forth in the Option Agreement.

3. Binding Effect . The undersigned agree that the Shares are being acquired in accordance with and subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Option Agreement, including the Right of First Refusal set forth therein, to all of which the undersigned hereby expressly assents. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the undersigned’s heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.

4. Transfer . The undersigned understand and acknowledge that the Shares have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and that consequently the Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act, an exemption from such registration is available, or they are sold in accordance with Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act. The undersigned further understand and acknowledge that the Company is under no obligation to register the Shares. The undersigned understands that the certificate or certificates evidencing the Shares will be imprinted with legends which prohibit the transfer of the Shares unless they are registered or such registration is not required in the opinion of legal counsel satisfactory to the Company.

The undersigned is aware that Rule 144, promulgated under the Securities Act, which peiniits limited public resale of securities acquired in a nonpublic offering, is not currently available with respect to the Shares and, in any event, is available only if certain conditions are satisfied. The undersigned understands that any sale of the Shares that might be made in reliance upon Rule 144 may only be made in limited amounts in accordance with the terms and conditions of such rule and that a copy of Rule 144 will be delivered to me upon request.

 

1


The undersigned understands that it is purchasing the Shares pursuant to the terms of the undersigned’s Option Agreement, a copy of which I have received and carefully read and understand.

 

DS CONSULTING ASSOCIATES, LLC

By:

   

Name:

   

Title:

   

 

Receipt of the above is hereby acknowledged.

 

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By:

   

Name:

   

Title:

   

 

2

Exhibit 10.08

THIS WARRANT AND THE SECURITIES ISSUABLE UPON EXERCISE OF THIS WARRANT HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF CERTAIN STATES. THESE SECURITIES ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFERABILITY AND RESALE AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OK RESOLD EXCEPT AS PERMITTED UNDER THE ACT AND THE APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION OR EXEMPTION THEREFROM. INVESTORS SHOULD BE AWARE THAT THEY MAY BE REQUIRED TO BEAR THE FINANCIAL RISKS OF THIS INVESTMENT FOR AN INDEFINITE PERIOD OF TIME. THE ISSUER OF THESE SECURITIES MAY REQUIRE AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IN FORM AND SUBSTANCE SATISFACTORY TO THE ISSUER TO THE EFFECT THAT ANY PROPOSED TRANSFER OR RESALE IS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS; PROVIDED THAT NO OPINION SHALL BE REQUIRED IF SUCH RESALE IS MADE PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION UNDER THE ACT OR THE RESALE IS MADE IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144 OR RULE 144A UNDER THE ACT.

WARRANT

TO PURCHASE

SHARES OF SERIES C PREFERRED STOCK

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration received from Heller Financial Leasing, Inc. a GE Capital Company (“Warrantholder”) is entitled to subscribe for and purchase 147,368 shares (as adjusted pursuant to provisions hereof, the “ Shares ”) of the fully paid and non-assessable Series C Preferred Stock of Vocera Communications, Inc ., a Delaware corporation with its principal place of business at 20230 Stevens Creek Blvd., Cupertino. CA 95014 (the “Company”), at an exercise price per share of $0.475 (such price and such other price as shall result, from time to time, from adjustments specified herein, is hereafter referred to as the “ Exercise Price ”), subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. As used herein, the term “ Preferred Stock ” or “ Shares ” shall mean the Company’s presently authorized Series C Preferred Stock, and any stock into or for which such Series C Preferred Stock may hereafter be converted or exchanged pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company as from time to time amended as provided by law and in such Certificate. As used herein, the term “ Grant Date ” shall mean August 14. 2002 . The Company acknowledges that the cash consideration paid by Warrantholder for this Warrant is $10.00 for income tax purposes, and that this Warrant is issued in connection with that certain financial accommodation entered into by and between Company as the obligor and Warrantholder as the obligee thereunder (the “Financing Arrangement”).

In the event that all preferred stock is mandated to be converted into Common Stock, this Warrant shall be exercisable solely for such Common Stock, and any reference throughout this Warrant to shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to refer to the shares of Common Stock into which the Preferred Stock may be converted in accordance with the conversion formula set forth in the Company’s Articles of Incorporation, as amended from time to time.


1. Term . The purchase rights represented by this Warrant are exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, from and after the Grant Date and on or prior to the earlier to occur of the following:

(a) 11:59 p.m., California time, on the tenth anniversary of the Grant Date: or

(b) immediately prior to the closing of (i) a Public Merger, or (ii) an acquisition of all or substantially all of the Company’s shares or assets for cash (including cash payable on a deferred basis pursuant to a note or an earnout provision).

For purposes of this Warrant, “Public Merger” shall mean either: (a) any consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation or entity if following such merger, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction own less than 50% of the outstanding shares of the surviving entity where the surviving entity’s capital stock trades on the Nasdaq National Market, New York Stock Exchange, Over-the-Counter or other exchange, or (b) a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to a corporation or entity whose capital stock trades on the Nasdaq National Market, New York Stock Exchange, Over-the-Counter or other exchange.

2. Method of Exercise: Net Issue Exercise .

2.1. Method of Exercise; Payment Issuance of New Warrant . The purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the Warrantholder, in whole or in part and from time to time, by the surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of exercise form attached hereto as Exhibit A duly executed) at the principal office of the Company and by the payment to the Company of an amount equal to the then applicable Exercise Price per share multiplied by the number of Shares then being purchased. The Warrantholder shall be deemed to have become the holder(s) of record of, and shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder(s) of, the Shares represented thereby (and such Shares shall be deemed to have been issued) immediately prior to the close of business on the date or dates upon which this Warrant is exercised. In the event of any exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant, certificates for the Shares so purchased: shall be promptly delivered to the holder hereof as soon as possible (and in any event within five business days of receipt of such notice) and, unless this Warrant has been fully exercised, a new warrant lit representing the portion of the Shares, if any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised shall also be issued to the holder hereof as soon as possible (and in any event within such five business day period).

2.2. Non-Cash Exercise .

(a) In lieu of payment in cash, the rights represented by this Warrant may also be exercised by a written notice of exercise in the form of Annex A attached hereto, providing for the non-cash exercise of this Warrant for the Shares equal to the value (as determined below) of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being exercised), specifying that this non-cash exercise election has been made, and the net number of Shares to be issued after giving effect to such non-cash exercise. In the event the Warrantholder makes such election, Company shall issue to the holder a number of shares computed using the following formula:

 

X

     =       Y(A –B)   
      A   

 

2


Where:

 

I.    

  

X=

  

THE NUMBER OF SHARES TO BE ISSUED TO THE HOLDER

  

Y =

  

the number of Shares purchasable under the Warrant or, if only a portion of the ‘Warrant is being exercised, the portion of the Warrant being exercised (as of the date of such non-cash exercise)

  

A =

  

the Fair Market Value of one Share of Preferred Stock (as f the date of such non-cash exercise)

  

B =

  

Exercise Price of one Share of Preferred Stock (as adjusted to the date of such non-cash exercise)

(b) For purposes of this Section 2.2, the “ Fair Market Value ” of one share of the Company’s Preferred Stock shall be equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Preferred Stock is convertible as of the date of the exercise, multiplied by the “Fair Market Value” of a share of Common Stock (as determined pursuant to this Section 2.2). The Fair Market Value of one share of the Company’s Common Stock shall be equal to either (i) if the exercise of this Warrant occurs in connection with an initial public offering of the Company, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the “initial price to public” specified in the final prospectus with respect to the initial public offering, or (ii) if the exercise of this Warrant occurs after an initial public offering of the Company but not in connection therewith, then the Fair Market Value shall be equal to the average of the closing price(s) of the Company’s Common Stock as quoted over the counter or on any exchange on which the Common Stock is listed as such closing prices are published in The Wall Street Journal for the fifteen trading days (or such lesser number of trading days as the Stock may have been actually trading) ending on the day prior to the date of determination of Fair Market Value. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Warrant is exercised in connection with a merger or sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, Fair Market Value shall mean the value that would have been allocable to or received in respect of a Warrant Share had the Warrant been exercised prior to such merger or sale. If the Common Stock is not traded Over-The-Counter or on an exchange, or if the Warrant is not exercised in connection: with a merger or sale of all or substantially all of its assets, the Fair Market Value shall be determined in good faith by the Company’s board of directors.

2.3. Exercise Into Common Stock . Upon any exercise of this Warrant, at the election of the holder, this Warrant may be exercised into the number of shares of Common Stock into which the Shares issuable upon such exercise are then convertible.

2.4. Automatic Exercise . Immediately before the expiration or termination of this Warrant, to the extent this Warrant is not previously exercised, and if the Fair Market Value of one share of whichever is applicable of either (i) the Preferred Stock subject to this Warrant or (ii) the Company’s Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock subject to this Warrant, is greater than the Exercise Price, then in effect as adjusted pursuant to this Warrant, then this Warrant shall be deemed automatically exercised pursuant to Section 2.2 above, even if not surrendered. For purposes of such automatic exercise, the Fair Market Value of the Company’s Common Stock upon such expiration shall be determined pursuant to Section 2.2 (b) above. To the extent this Warrant or any portion thereof is deemed automatically

 

3


exercised pursuant to this Section, the Company agrees to promptly notify the Warrantholder of the number of Shares, if any, the holder hereof is to receive by reason of such automatic exercise.

2.5. Exercise in Connection with an Initial Public Offering, Sale or Merger . Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, if the exercise of all or any portion of this Warrant is made or to be made in connection with the occurrence of a public offering, sale or merger of the Company, the exercise of all or any portion of this Warrant shall, at the election of the Warrantholder, be conditioned upon the consummation of the public offering., sale or merger of the Company, in which case such exercise shall not be deemed to be effective until the consummation of such transaction. In the event, that the transaction is not consummated within 45 days of the targeted date of the transaction, any such exercise shall, at the election of the Warrantholder, be deemed rescinded.

3. Stock Fully Paid: Reservation of Shares . All Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant and Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock will, upon issuance, be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, issued in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws, and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect to the issue thereof. During the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, the Company will at all times have authorized and reserved for the purpose of issuance upon exercise of the purchase rights evidenced by this Warrant, a sufficient number of shares of its Preferred Stock (and Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant.

4. Adjustment of Exercise Price and Number of Shares . The number of Shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events, as follows:

(a) Reclassification, Reorganization. Change or Conversion . In case of any reclassification, reorganization, change or conversion of securities of the class issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination), then in any of these events, the Company shall execute a replacement warrant (a “New Warrant”), in form and substance satisfactory to the holder of this Warrant, providing that the holder of this Warrant shall have the right to exercise such New Warrant and upon such exercise to receive the same proportionate amount of the reconfigured capital structure of the Company and at the same proportionate exercise price (expressed as shares of preferred or common stock or other applicable securities of the Company at a stated exercise price) as the holder of this Warrant would have received in the prior capital structure of the Company upon the exercise hereof immediately prior to such reclassification, reorganization, change, or conversion. Such New Warrant shall provide for adjustments that shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section 4. The provisions of this section (a) shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, reorganizations, changes, or conversions.

(b) Merger or Sale . Subject to the earlier termination of this Warrant, in case of any (i) consolidation or merger of the Company with or into another corporation or entity (other than a merger with another corporation or entity in which the Company is the surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification or change of outstanding securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant), or (ii) sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, then in either of such events, the Company, or such successor or purchasing

 

4


corporation, as the case may be, shall execute a replacement warrant (a “New Warrant”), in form and substance satisfactory to the holder of this Warrant, providing that the holder of’ this Warrant shall have the right to exercise such New Warrant and upon such exercise to receive the same proportionate amount of the capital structure of the issuer of the New Warrant and at the same proportionate exercise price (expressed as shares of preferred or common stock or other applicable securities of such new issuer at a stated exercise price) as the holder of this Warrant would have received in the prior capital structure of the Company upon the exercise hereof immediately prior to such consolidation, merger or sale. Such New Warrant shall provide for adjustments that shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section 4. The provisions of this section (b) shall similarly apply to successive mergers and sales.

(c) Subdivisions or Combination of Shares; Stock Dividends . In the event that the Company shall at any time subdivide the outstanding, shares of Preferred Stock, or shall issue a stock dividend on its outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such subdivision or immediately prior to the issuance of such stock dividend shall be proportionately increased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately decreased, and in the event that the Company shall at any time combine the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, the number of Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such combination shall be proportionately decreased, and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately increased, effective at the dose of business on the date of such subdivision, stock dividend or combination, as the case may be.

(d) No Impairment . The Company will not, by amendment of its Articles of Incorporation or through any reorganization, recapitalization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed hereunder by the Company, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all the provisions of this Section 4 and in the taking of all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order to protect the rights of the holder of this Warrant against impairment.

(e) Notices of Record Date . In case at any time:

(i) the Company shall declare any dividend upon its Preferred Stock or Common Stock payable in cash or stock or make any other distribution to the holders of its Preferred Stock or its Common Stock;

(ii) the Company shall offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of its Preferred Stock any additional shares of stock of any class, or other rights;

(iii) there shall be any capital reorganization or reclassification of the capital stock of the Company, or a consolidation or merger of the Company with or into, or a sale of all or substantially all its assets to another entity or entities; or

(iv) there shall be a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Company; then, in any one or more of said cases, the Company shall give notice as provided in Section 11(f) hereunder as follows: (a) at least 30 days’ prior written notice of the date on which the books of the Company shall close or a record shall be taken for such dividend, distribution or subscription rights or for determining rights to vote in respect of any such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, and (b) in the case of any such

 

5


reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, at least 30 days’ prior written notice of the date when the same shall take place. Such notice in accordance with the foregoing clause (a) shall also specify, in the case of any such dividend, distribution or subscription rights, the date on which the holders of preferred stock or Common Stock shall be entitled thereto, and such notice in accordance with the foregoing clause (b) shall also specify the date on which the holders of preferred stock or Common Stock shall be entitled to exchange their preferred stock or Common Stock for securities or other property deliverable upon such reorganization, reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, dissolution, liquidation or winding up, as the case may be.

5. Notice of Adjustments . Whenever the Exercise Price shall be adjusted pursuant to the provisions hereof, the Company shall within thirty (30) days of such adjustment deliver a certificate signed on behalf of the Company by its chief financial officer to the holder of this Warrant setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the Exercise Price after giving effect to such adjustment.

6. Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock will be issued in connection with any exercise hereunder, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor upon the basis of the Exercise Price then in effect.

7. Compliance with Securities Act; Disposition of Warrant or Shares of Preferred Stock .

(a) Compliance with Securities Act . The holder of this Warrant, by acceptance hereof, agrees that this Warrant, the shares of Preferred Stock to be issued upon exercise hereof and the Common Stock to be issued upon the conversion of such Preferred Stock, are being acquired for investment purposes only and that such holder will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or any shares of Preferred Stock to be issued upon exercise hereof (or Common Stock to be issued upon the conversion of such Preferred Stock) except under circumstances which will not result in a violation of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Act ”) and as permitted by Section 7(b) below. This Warrant and all shares of Preferred Stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant (or Common Stock to be issued upon the conversion of such Preferred Stock) shall, unless registered under the Securities Act, be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933. AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”). NO SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT (i) AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATED THERETO OR (ii) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL FOR THE HOLDER, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED, EXCEPT THAT NO SUCH OPINION SHALL BE REQUIRED IF SUCH SALE IS PURSUANT TO RULE 144 PROMULGATED UNDER THE ACT.

(b) Disposition of Warrant and Shares . With respect to any offer, sale or other transfer or disposition of this Warrant or any shares of Preferred Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant (or Common Stock to be issued upon the conversion of such

 

6


Preferred Stock) prior to registration of such Shares, the holder hereof and each subsequent holder of this Warrant agrees to give written notice to the Company prior thereto, describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of such holder’s counsel (if reasonably requested by the Company and reasonably satisfactory to the Company) to the effect that (i) such offer, sale or other transfer or disposition may be effected without registration or qualification of this Warrant or such shares of Preferred Stock (or Common Stock to be issued upon the conversion of such Preferred Stock) under the Securities Act as then in effect, and (ii) indicating whether or not under the Securities Act this Warrant or the certificates representing such shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock to be sold or otherwise transferred or disposed of require any restrictive legend thereon in order to ensure compliance with the Act; provided, however , that a written opinion of holder’s counsel shall not be required in connection with any sale pursuant to Rule 144. This Warrant or the certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock thus transferred (except a transfer pursuant to Rule 144) shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to insure compliance with the Act, unless in the aforesaid opinion of counsel for the holder, such legend is not required in order to insure compliance with the Act. Upon any valid transfer of this Warrant or portion thereof, Company agrees to reissue the Warrant (or Warrants in the case of a partial transfer) and/or the Shares receivable upon the exercise hereof, and if the legend is not required, such re-issuance shall be without said legend. Nothing herein shall restrict the transfer of this Warrant (or any portion hereof) or the certificates representing the shares of Preferred Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant (or Common Stock to be issued upon the conversion of such Preferred Stock) by the initial holder hereof or any successor holder to (i) any affiliate of such holder, including without limitation any partnership affiliated with such holder, any partner of any such partnership or any successor corporation to the holder hereof as a result of a merger or consolidation with or a sale of all or substantially all of the stock or assets of the holder, (ii) any legal entity or natural person (hereinafter “Person”) in a public offering pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Act, (iii) to any other Person to the extent that the transfer to such Person is exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and such Person agrees in writing to be bound by all of the restrictions on transfer contained herein, or (iv) any Person or Persons if the holder hereof shall also transfer or assign all or part of its interest in the Financing Arrangement and such Person agrees in writing to be bound by all of the restrictions on transfer contained herein. Any transfer described above must be made in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with the foregoing restrictions.

8. Warrantholder’s Representations .

(a) The Warrantholder acknowledges that it has had access to all material information concerning the Company which it has requested. The Warrantholder also acknowledges that it has had the opportunity to, and has to its satisfaction, questioned the officers of the Company with respect to its investment hereunder. The Warrantholder represents that it understands that the Warrant and the Preferred Stock (and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) are speculative investments, that it is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition and that it has acquired sufficient information about the Company to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire the Warrant. The Warrantholder is purchasing the Warrant and any Preferred Stock issued upon exercise thereof (and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred

 

7


Stock) for investment for its own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof in violation of the Act or applicable state securities laws, The Warrantholder further represents that it understands that the Warrant and Preferred Stock have not been registered under the Securities Act or applicable state securities laws by reason of specific exemptions therefrom, which exemptions depend upon, among other things, the bona tide nature of the Warrantholder’s investment intent as expressed herein. The Warrantholder is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

9. Company’s Representations .

As a material inducement to the Warrantholder to purchase this Warrant, the Company hereby represents and warrants that:

(a) The Company shall have made all filings under applicable federal and state securities laws necessary to consummate the issuance of this Warrant pursuant to this Agreement in compliance with such laws, except for such filings as may be made properly after the Closing.

(b) If there are parties to any stock purchase agreements whose consent or approval is required prior to the execution and delivery of this Warrant , the Company and any such parties shall have entered into an amendment to each such stock purchase agreement to provide for such consent and any required waivers, in such form and substance acceptable to the Warrantholder., and such amendment shall be in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

(c) If there are parties to any investor’s rights agreements whose consent or approval is required prior to the execution and delivery of this Warrant , the Company and any such parties shall have entered into an amendment to each such investor’s rights agreement providing for such consent and any required waivers, in such form and substance acceptable to Warrantholder, and such amendment shall be in full force and effect as of the date hereof.

(d) The copies of any existing stock purchase agreements and investor’s rights agreements and the Company’s charter documents and bylaws which have been furnished to Warrantholder or the Warrantholder’s counsel reflect all amendments made thereto at any time prior to the date hereof and are correct and complete.

(e) As of the date hereof, the authorized capital stock of the Company shall be as stated on the Capitalization Schedule attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Capitalization Schedule ”) and made a part hereof. As of the date hereof, except for this Warrant and except as set forth on the attached Capitalization Schedule, the Company shall not have outstanding any stock or securities convertible or exchangeable for any shares of its capital stock or containing any profit participation features, nor shall it have outstanding any rights, warrants or options to subscribe for or to purchase its capital stock or any stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for its capital stock or any stock appreciation rights or phantom stock plans. As of the date hereof, except as set forth on the Capitalization Schedule, the Company shall not be subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to repurchase or otherwise acquire or retire any shares of its capital stock or any warrants, options or other rights to acquire its capital stock. As of the date hereof, all of the outstanding shares of the Company’s capital stock shall be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 

8


(f) With respect to the issuance of this Warrant or the issuance of the Preferred Stock upon exercise of the Warrant (and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock), there are no statutory or contractual Stockholders preemptive rights or rights of refusal, except for any such rights contained in any stock purchase agreement and/or investor’s rights agreements which have been waived. The Company has not violated any applicable federal or state securities laws in connection with the offer, sale or issuance of any of its capital stock, and the offer, sale and issuance of this Warrant does not require registration under the Securities Act or any applicable state securities laws. To the best of the Company’s knowledge, there are no agreements between the Company’s stockholders with respect to the voting or transfer of the Company’s capital stock or with respect to any other aspect, of the Company’s affairs, except for any stock purchase agreements and any investor’s rights agreements identified on the attached Capitalization Schedule.

(g) The execution, delivery and performance of this Warrant has been duly authorized by the Company. This Warrant constitutes a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its respective terms. The execution and delivery by the Company of this Warrant, the issuance of the Preferred Stock upon exercise of this Warrant (and the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock), and the fulfillment of and compliance with the respective terms hereof and thereof by the Company, do not and shall not (i) conflict with or result in a breach of the terms, conditions or provisions of, (ii) constitute a default under, (iii) result in the creation of any lien, security interest, charge or encumbrance upon the Company’s capital stock or assets pursuant to, (iv) give any third party the right to modify, terminate or accelerate any obligation under, (v) result in a violation of, or (vi) require any authorization, consent, approval, exemption or other action by or notice or declaration to, or filing with, any court or administrative or governmental body or agency pursuant to, the charter or bylaws of the Company or any subsidiary, or any law, statute, rule or regulation to which the Company or any subsidiary is subject, or any agreement, instrument, order, judgment or decree to which the Company or any subsidiary is subject, except for any such filings required under applicable “blue sky” or state securities laws or required under Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

(h) The number of shares of Common Stock of the Company into which the Shares may be converted is subject to certain adjustments, pursuant to terms of the Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, upon certain issuances by the Company of additional equity securities at certain price per share less than $0.475 (determined on an as converted to Common Stock basis).

10. Company Financial Information .

Until such time as the Company shall have satisfied all of its obligations under the Financing Arrangement, Company shall deliver to Warrantholder such financial information as is required under the terms of the Financing Arrangement. From and after the date that the Company shall have satisfied all of its obligations under the Financing Arrangement, and notwithstanding any other agreement to the contrary between the parties hereto, the Company shall deliver to the Warrantholder (so long as the Warrantholder holds all or any portion of the Warrant or any Preferred Stock or any shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock) all of the financial and other information delivered or required to be delivered

 

9


by the Company to any of its stockholders. All such financial and other information shall be delivered pursuant to this Section 10 on a timely basis, but no later than 45 days after each fiscal quarter end for quarterly statements and no later than 120 days after each fiscal year end for annual statements.

11. Miscellaneous .

(a) Rights as Shareholders . No holder of this Warrant, as such, shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Preferred Stock (or Common Stock to be issued upon the conversion of such Preferred Stock) or otherwise be entitled to any voting or other rights as a shareholder of the Company, until this Warrant shall have been exercised and the Shares purchasable upon the exercise shall have become deliverable, as provided herein.

(b) Issuance Tax . The issuance of certificates for shares of Preferred Stock upon exercise of this Warrant (or Common Stock to be issued upon the conversion of such Preferred Stock) shall be made without charge to the holder hereof for any issuance tax in respect hereof, provided that the Company shall not be required to pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and deliver of any certificate in a name other than that of the holder of this Warrant.

(c) No Inconsistent Agreements . The Company shall not hereafter enter into any agreement with respect to its securities which is inconsistent with or violates the rights granted to the holders of this Warrant by the Company whether hereunder or in any other document, agreement or instrument by which the Company may be bound.

(d) Modification and Waiver . This Warrant and any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the Company and the holder of this Warrant.

(e) Attorneys’ Fees . In the event: of an action, suit or proceeding brought tinder or in connection herewith, the prevailing party therein shall be entitled to recover from, and the other party hereto agrees to pay, the prevailing party’s costs and expenses in connection therewith, including reasonably attorneys’ fees.

(f) Notices . All notices, demands or other communications required or permitted to be given or delivered under or by reason of the provisions hereof shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when (i) delivered personally to the recipient, (ii) sent via facsimile transmission, (iii) the next business day after having been sent to the recipient by reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or (iv) four business days after having been mailed to the recipient by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested and postage prepaid. Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to the Warrantholder and to the Company at the respective addresses and transmission numbers indicated on the signature page hereof, or to such other address or to the attention of such other person as the recipient party has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.

(g) Binding Effect on Successors . This Warrant and the terms hereof shall be binding upon any corporation succeeding the Company by merger, consolidation or acquisition

 

10


of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, and all of the obligations of the Company relating to the Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant (or Common Stock to be issued upon the conversion of such Preferred Stock) or any New Warrant (and the securities issuable thereunder) shall survive the exercise and termination of this Warrant (or any New Warrant) and all of the covenants and agreements of the Company shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the holder hereof. All covenants and agreements contained herein by or on behalf of any of the parties hereto shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties hereto whether so expressed or not.

(h) Lost Warrants or Stock Certificates . The Company covenants to the holder hereof that upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of this Warrant or any stock certificate issued upon exercise hereof or in replacement thereafter and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company and without requiring any bond, or in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant or stock certificate, the Company will make and deliver a replacement Warrant or stock certificate, of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant or stock certificate.

(i) Registration Agreement . The Warrantholder shall be entitled to all of the rights set forth in that certain Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2002 (as the same may be amended from time to time, the “IRA”) in effect as of Grant Date among the Company and the parties thereto including the investors listed on any one or more Schedules thereto, on the terms and conditions set forth therein, as if such terms and conditions were set forth in this Warrant. A copy of said IRA has been provided to the Warrantholder. Simultaneously with the execution of this Warrant, the Warrantholder shall execute, at the option of the Issuer, either a counterpart signature page to such IRA, or an amendment to the IRA, either of which document shall add the Warrantholder as a party thereto and give the Warrantholder all registration and other rights as and to the extent provided therein. Company and the Purchaser hereby further agree that for the purposes of the IRA, the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant are “Registrable Securities,” as that term is defined in the Investors’ Rights Agreement.

(j) Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of the several paragraphs of this Warrant are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Warrant.

(k) Governing Law . THIS WARRANT SHALL BE CONSTRUED AND ENFORCED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, THE LAWS OF THE STATE WHERE THE COMPANY IS INCORPORATED.

SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS:

 

11


In Witness Whereof, this ‘Warrant to purchase Preferred Stock has been duly executed as of the Grant Date hereinabove set forth.

 

Issued By:

 

Accepted By:

Vocera Communications, Inc.

 

Heller Financial Leasing, Inc., a GE Capital Company

By:

 

/s/ Julie Shimer

 

By:

 

/s/ illegible

Julie Shimer

   

Title:

 

CEO

 

Title:

 

AVP Contract Administration

Address for Notices:

 

Address for Notices:

20230 Stevens Creek Blvd.

 

500 West Monroe

Cupertino, CA 95014

 

Chicago, IL 60661

 

Attention: Portfolio Management, GE Capital

 

Technology Finance

Fax:

 

312476-2593

 

Fax:

 

312476-2593

 

12


EXHIBIT A

Notice of Exercise

 

To:

Kyocera Communications, Inc.(“Company”)

20230 Stevens Creek Blvd.

Cupertino, CA 95014

Attention: Chief Financial Officer

[1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                      shares of Series C Preferred Stock of Company pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrants, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.]

[1. The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                      shares of Series C Preferred Stock of Company pursuant to a non-cash exercise of the Warrant as provided in Section 2.2 of the Warrant.*]

2. Check here if applicable:          . The undersigned confirms that this exercise is made in connection with the occurrence of a public offering, sale or merger of the Company, and the undersigned further elects to condition this exercise of the Warrant upon the consummation of said public offering, sale or merger of the Company. This exercise shall not be deemed to be effective until the consummation of such transaction. In the event that transaction is not consummated within 45 days of the targeted date of the transaction, the undersigned will advise Company whether or not this exercise should be deemed rescinded.

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name or names as are specified below:

Heller Financial Leasing, Inc.

500 West Monroe

Chicago, IL 60661

3. The undersigned represents that the foresaid shares are’ being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing such shares.

 

Heller Financial Leasing, Inc., a GE Capital Company

By:

   
 

(Signature)

Its:

   

Date:

   


EXHIBIT B

CAPITALIZATION SCHEDULE: TABLE

Vocera Communications, Inc.

 

Classes of Capital Stock

   Number of Shares
Authorized
     Number of Share
Issued And
Outstanding
     Number of Shares Reserved
for Issuance Upon
 
         Exercise of Options,
Warrants Other
Rights Agreements
     Conversion of
Convertible
Securities
 

Common Stock

     150,000,000         3,629,122         9,603,254         37,441,307   

Series A Preferred Stock

     3,062,129         3,062,129         0         0   

Series Al Preferred Stock

     3,062,129         0         0         0   

Series B Preferred Stock

     5,378,789         5,378,789         0         0   

Series B1 Preferred Stock

     5,378,789         0         0         0   

Series C Preferred Stock

     26,000,000         25,263,158         147,368         0   

Series C1 Preferred Stock

     26,000,000         0         0         0   

Total Preferred Stock

     70,000,000         33,704,076         147,368         —     

Totally Fully Diluted Outstanding Common Stock: 50,673,683 shares

As of the Closing and immediately thereafter, the authorized capital stock of the Company shall consist of:

 

 

(A)

70,000,000 preferred stock, of which:

 

 

1.

3,062,129 shares shall be designated as Series A Preferred Stock of which 3,062,129 shares shall be issued and outstanding, and

 

 

2.

5,378,789 shares shall be designated as Series B Preferred Stock of which 5,378,789 shall issued and outstanding, and

 

 

3.

26,000,000 shares shall be designated as Series C Preferred Stock of which 25,263,l58 shall be issued and outstanding, and

 

 

4.

147,368 shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be reserved for issuance upon exercise of the Warrant.

 

 

(B)

150,000,000 shares of Common Stock, of which:

 

 

1.

3,629,122 shares shall be issued and outstanding, and

 

 

2.

3,062,129 shares shall be reserved for issuance upon conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock, and

 

 

3.

8,968,652 shares shall be reserved for issuance upon conversion of the Series B Preferred Stock, and

 

 

4.

25,410,526 shares shall be reserved for issuance upon conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock, and

 

 

5.

9,603,254 shares shall be reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants and employee stock options.

Pre-emptive Rights and Rights of First

 

1.

Stockholder Agreement(s): Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement dated May 2, 2002

Exhibit 10.09

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED OR ANY RELEVANT STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO SALE OR DISPOSITION OF THIS WARRANT OR SUCH SHARES MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT (i) EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS, (ii) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH REGISTRATIONS ARE NOT REQUIRED, (iii) RECEIPT OF NO-ACTION LETTERS FROM THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES, OR (iv) OTHERWISE COMPLYING WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 8 OF THIS WARRANT.

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE SHARES

OF SERIES E PREFERRED STOCK

THIS CERTIFIES THAT, for value received and subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant, LEADER EQUITY, LLC and its assignees are entitled to subscribe for and purchase 317,633 shares of Series E Preferred Stock (except as otherwise provided below) of VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), at the price of $1.1019 per share (such price and such other price as shall result, from time to time, from the adjustments specified in 5 hereof is referred to as the Warrant Price”).

1. Definitions . As used herein, capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the following respective meanings:

(a) “Acquisition” means any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own, for or in consideration of their preexisting equity ownership in the Company, less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the entity that succeeds to the business of the Company after the transaction.

(b) “Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended;

(c) “Common Stock” means the Common Stock of the Company;

(d) “Date of Grant” means October 17, 2005;

(e) “Holder” means the initial holder of this Warrant set forth in the first paragraph of this Warrant and any other person or entity which becomes a holder of this Warrant pursuant to the terms of this Warrant;

(f) “IPO” means the initial public offering of the Company’s Common Stock effected pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1 (or its successor) filed under the Act;

 


(g) “Other Warrants” means any other warrants issued by the Company in connection with the transaction with respect to which this Warrant was issued, and any warrant issued upon transfer or partial exercise of or in lieu of this Warrant. The term “Warrant” as used herein shall be deemed to include Other Warrants unless the context clearly requires otherwise;

(h) “Series Preferred” means (i) the Company’s presently authorized Series E Preferred Stock, (ii) after the conversion of all of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock into Common Stock, either automatically or by vote of the requisite holders thereof, the Company’s Common Stock, (iii) upon any conversion, exchange, reclassification or change, any security into which the securities described in clauses (i) or (ii) of this definition may be converted, exchanged, reclassified or otherwise changed; (iv) if Pay to Play Provisions are applied to the Series Preferred, the security that a holder of Series Preferred would have received had such holder participated in the manner necessary to receive or retain the security having the rights more favorable to the holder. “Pay to Play Provisions” means (i) provisions that require the holder of a security to participate in a subsequent round of equity financing or lose all or a portion of the benefit of antidilution protection applicable to a security or have such security automatically convert to common stock or another series of capital stock, or (ii) an exchange transaction having the same or similar economic effect; and

(i) “Shares” means the shares of Series Preferred of Company issuable upon exercise of this Warrant.

2. Term . The purchase right represented by this Warrant is exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time from the Date of Grant through the earlier of (i) the tenth anniversary of the Date of Grant or (ii) the first anniversary of the closing of the Company’s IPO.

Notwithstanding the foregoing:

(i) in the event of an Acquisition where the consideration to be received by holders of Series Preferred upon such Acquisition is all cash (including any deferred payment of cash), then this Warrant (A) to the extent the cash consideration per share of Series Preferred that is payable at the closing of the Acquisition exceeds the Warrant Price, shall be deemed exercised in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) immediately prior to the closing of the Corporate Event, or (B) to the extent the cash consideration per share of Series Preferred payable at the closing of the Acquisition does not exceed the Warrant Price, shall terminate; and

(ii) in the event of an Acquisition where (A) the consideration paid per share of Series referred upon such Acquisition is to be in excess of the Warrant Price effective at the time of the Acquisition, (B) the consideration to be received by holders of Series Preferred in such Acquisition is cash (including deferred payment of cash) and/or shares of a publicly traded company listed on a national market or exchange, that are freely tradable without restrictions, except for those of Rule 144 or 145 promulgated under the Act, and (C) no other warrants or options (other than options issued to employees, officers, directors, independent contractors or consultants) will be assumed by the acquiring entity (or its parent) in connection with the Acquisition, then this Warrant shall be deemed exercised in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(b) immediately prior to the closing of the Acquisition;

 


provided, that, in either case, the Holder shall have the option to exercise this Warrant for cash immediately prior to the closing of the Acquisition.

In the event of an Acquisition, that satisfies the conditions set forth in clause (ii) of the previous paragraph, other than the condition set forth in clause (A) thereof, the Company shall have the option to purchase this Warrant upon the closing of the Acquisition from the Holder at a purchase price equal to the value of the Warrant as determined by application of the Black-Scholes formula. If the Company and the Holder are unable to agree upon the appropriate calculation using such a formula, then they will reasonably cooperate to engage an investment banker to determine such calculation, with the costs of such investment banker shared equally by the Company and the Holder.

3. Method of Exercise; Payment; Issuance of New Warrant; Net Issuance .

(a) Subject to Section 1 hereof, the purchase right represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the Holder, in whole or in part and from time to time, at the election of the Holder, by (a) the surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of exercise substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A-1 duly completed and executed) at the principal office of the Company and by the payment to the Company, by certified or bank check, or by wire transfer to an account designated by the Company (a “Wire Transfer”) of an amount equal to the then applicable Warrant Price multiplied by the number of Shares then being purchased; (b) if in connection with a registered public offering of the Company’s securities, the surrender of this Warrant (with the notice of exercise form attached hereto as Exhibit A-2 duly completed and executed) at the principal office of the Company together with notice of arrangements reasonably satisfactory to the Company for payment to the Company from the proceeds of the sale of shares to be sold by the Holder in such public offering of an amount equal to the then applicable Warrant Price per share multiplied by the number of Shares then being purchased; or (c) exercise of the “net issuance” right provided for in Section 3(b) hereof. The person or persons in whose name(s) Shares shall be registered upon exercise of this Warrant shall be deemed to have become the holder(s) of record of, and shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder(s) of, the shares represented thereby (and such shares shall be deemed to have been issued) immediately prior to the close of business on the date or dates upon which this Warrant is exercised. In the event of any exercise of this Warrant, certificates for the shares of stock so purchased shall be delivered to the Holder promptly and in any event within thirty (30) days after such exercise and, unless this Warrant has been fully exercised or expired, a new Warrant representing the portion of the Shares, if any, with respect to which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised shall also be issued to the Holder promptly and in any event within such thirty-day period; provided, however, that at such time as the Company is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, if requested by the Holder, the Company shall cause its transfer agent to deliver the certificate representing Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant to, or credit the securities account of, a broker or other person (as directed by the Holder exercising this Warrant) within the time period required to settle any trade made by the Holder after exercise of this Warrant.

 


(b) Right to Convert Warrant into Stock: Net Issuance .

(i) Right to Convert . In addition to and without limiting the rights of the Holder under the terms of this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to convert this Warrant or any portion thereof (the “Conversion Right”) into shares of Series Preferred as provided in this Section 3(b) at any time or from time to time during the term of this Warrant. Upon exercise of the Conversion Right with respect to a particular number of shares subject to this Warrant (the “Converted Warrant Shares”), the Company shall deliver to the Holder (without payment by the Holder of any exercise price or any cash or other consideration) that number of shares of fully paid and nonassessable Series Preferred as is determined according to the following formula:

 

 

X =  

   B– A   
     Y   

Where:

 

 

X=

  

the number of shares to be issued to the holder

 

Y =

  

the fair market value of one share of Series Preferred

 

A =

  

the aggregate Warrant Price of the specified number of Converted Warrant Shares immediately prior to the exercise of the Conversion Right (i.e., the number of Converted Warrant Shares multiplied by the Warrant Price)

 

B =

  

the aggregate fair market value of the specified number of Converted Warrant Shares ( i.e., the number of Converted Warrant Shares multiplied by the fair market value of one Converted Warrant Share)

(ii) Method of Exercise . The Conversion Right may be exercised by the Holder by the surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with a written statement (which may be in the form of Exhibit A-1 or Exhibit A-2 hereto) specifying that the Holder thereby intends to exercise the Conversion Right and indicating the number of shares subject to this Warrant which are being surrendered (referred to in Section 3(b)(i) hereof as the Converted Warrant Shares) in exercise of the Conversion Right. Such conversion shall be effective upon receipt by the Company of this Warrant together with the aforesaid written statement, or on such later date as is specified therein (the “Conversion Date”), and, at the election of the Holder, may be made contingent upon the closing of the sale of the Company’s Common Stock to the public in a public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Act (a “Public Offering”).

(iii) Determination of Fair Market Value . For purposes of this Section 3(b), “fair market value” of a share of Series Preferred as of a particular date (the “Determination Date”) shall mean:

 


(1) If the Conversion Right is exercised in connection with and contingent upon a Public Offering, and if the Company’s Registration Statement relating to such Public Offering (“Registration Statement”) has been declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission, then the initial “Price to Public” specified in the final prospectus with respect to such offering.

(2) If the Conversion Right is not exercised in connection with and contingent upon a Public Offering, then as follows:

(A) If traded on a securities exchange, the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be deemed to be the average of the closing prices of the Common Stock on such exchange over the five trading days immediately prior to the Determination Date, and the fair market value of the Series Preferred shall be deemed to be such fair market value of the Common Stock multiplied (if Series Preferred is not then constituted as Common Stock) by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series Preferred is then convertible;

(B) If traded on the Nasdaq Stock Market or other over-the-counter system, the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be deemed to be the average of the closing bid prices of the Common Stock over the five trading days immediately prior to the Determination Date, and the fair market value of the Series Preferred shall be deemed to be such fair market value of the Common Stock multiplied (if Series Preferred is not then constituted as Common Stock) by the number of shares of Common Stock into which each share of Series Preferred is then convertible; and

(C) If there is no public market for the Common Stock, then fair market value shall be reasonably determined in good faith by the board of directors of the Company.

(iv) In making a determination under clauses (A) or (B) above, if on the Determination Date, five trading days had not passed since the IPO, then the fair market value of the Common Stock shall be the average closing prices or closing bid prices, as applicable, for the shorter period beginning on and including the date of the IPO and ending on the trading day prior to the Determination Date (or if such period includes only one trading day the closing price or closing bid price, as applicable, for such trading day). If closing prices or closing bid prices are no longer reported by a securities exchange or other trading system, the closing price or closing bid price shall be that which is reported by such securities exchange or other trading system at 4:00 p.m. New York City time on the applicable trading day.

4. Stock Fully Paid; Reservation of Shares . All Shares that may be issued upon the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant will, upon issuance pursuant to the terms and conditions herein, be fully paid and nonassessable, and free from all preemptive rights and liens and charges created by or through the Company with respect to the issue thereof. During the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised, the Company will at all times have authorized, and reserved for the purpose of the issue upon exercise of the

 


purchase rights evidenced by this Warrant, a sufficient number of shares of its Series Preferred to provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant and, while applicable, a sufficient number of shares of its Common Stock to provide for the conversion of the Series Preferred into Common Stock.

5. Adjustment of Warrant Price and Number of Shares . The number and kind of securities purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant and the Warrant Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time upon the occurrence of certain events, as follows:

(a) Corporate Events . In case of any reclassification or change of securities of the class issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (other than a change in par value, or from par value to no par value, or from no par value to par value, or as a result of a subdivision or combination), or in case of any merger of the Company with or into another corporation (other than a merger with another corporation in which the Company is the acquiring and the surviving corporation and which does not result in any reclassification or change of outstanding securities issuable upon exercise of this Warrant) (each, a “Corporate Event”), the Company, or such successor corporation, as the case may be, shall duly execute and deliver to the Holder a new Warrant (in form and substance satisfactory to the Holder), or the Company shall make appropriate provision without the issuance of a new Warrant, so that the Holder shall have the right to receive upon exercise of this Warrant, at a total purchase price not to exceed that payable upon the exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant, and in lieu of the shares of Series Preferred theretofore issuable upon exercise of this Warrant, the kind and amount of shares of stock, other securities, money and property receivable upon such Corporate Event by a holder of the number of shares of Series Preferred then purchasable under this Warrant. Any new Warrant shall provide for adjustments that shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Section 5. The provisions of this Section 5(a) shall similarly apply to successive Corporate Events. Notwithstanding the above, a Corporate Event shall not include, and this Section 5(a) shall not apply to, an Acquisition described in the second paragraph of Section 2.

(b) Subdivision or Combination of Shares . If the Company at any time while this Warrant remains outstanding and unexpired shall subdivide or combine its outstanding shares of Series Preferred, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased and the number of Shares issuable hereunder shall be proportionately increased in the case of a subdivision and the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased and the number of Shares issuable hereunder shall be proportionately decreased in the case of a combination.

(c) Stock Dividends and Other Distributions . If the Company at any time while this Warrant is outstanding and unexpired shall (i) pay a dividend with respect to Series Preferred payable in Series Preferred, then the Warrant Price shall be adjusted, from and after the date of determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution, to that price determined by multiplying the Warrant Price in effect immediately prior to such date of determination by a fraction (A) the numerator of which shall be the total number of shares of Series Preferred outstanding immediately prior to such dividend or distribution, and (B) the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Series Preferred outstanding immediately after such dividend or distribution; or (ii) make any other distribution with respect

 


to Series Preferred (except any distribution specifically provided for in Sections 5(a) and 5(b)), then, in each such case, provision shall be made by the Company such that the Holder shall receive upon exercise of this Warrant a proportionate share of any such dividend or distribution as though it were the holder of the Series Preferred (or Common Stock issuable upon conversion thereof) as of the record date fixed for the determination of the shareholders of the Company entitled to receive such dividend or distribution.

(d) Adjustment of Number of Shares . Upon each adjustment in the Warrant Price, the number of Shares of Series Preferred purchasable hereunder shall be adjusted, to the nearest whole share, to the product obtained by multiplying the number of Shares purchasable immediately prior to such adjustment in the Warrant Price by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the Warrant Price immediately prior to such adjustment and the denominator of which shall be the Warrant Price immediately thereafter.

(e) Antidilution Rights . The other antidilution rights applicable to the Shares of Series Preferred purchasable hereunder are set forth in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended from time to time, a true and complete copy of which, as of the date hereof, is attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “Charter”). The Company shall promptly provide the Holder with any restatement, amendment, modification or waiver of the Charter promptly after the same has been made.

6. Notice of Adjustments . Whenever the Warrant Price or the number of Shares purchasable hereunder shall be adjusted pursuant to Section 5 hereof, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate signed by its chief financial officer setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the Warrant Price and the number of Shares purchasable hereunder after giving effect to such adjustment. In addition, whenever the conversion price or conversion ratio of the Series Preferred shall be adjusted, the Company shall deliver to Holder a certificate signed by its chief financial officer setting forth, in reasonable detail, the event requiring the adjustment, the amount of the adjustment, the method by which such adjustment was calculated, and the conversion price or ratio of the Series Preferred after giving effect to such adjustment.

7. Fractional Shares . No fractional shares of Series Preferred will be issued in connection with any exercise or conversion hereunder, but in lieu of such fractional shares the Company shall make a cash payment therefor based on the fair market value of the Series Preferred on the date of exercise as reasonably determined in good faith by the Company’s Board of Directors.

8. Compliance with Act: Disposition of Warrant or Shares of Series Preferred .

(a) Compliance with Act . The Holder, by acceptance hereof, agrees that this Warrant, and the shares of Series Preferred to be issued upon exercise hereof and any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof are being acquired for investment and that the Holder will not offer, sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant, or any shares of Series Preferred to be issued upon exercise hereof or any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof except under circumstances which will not result in a violation of the Act or any applicable state securities laws. Upon exercise of this Warrant, unless the Shares being acquired are registered under the

 


Act and any applicable state securities laws or an exemption from such registration is available, the Holder shall confirm in writing that the shares of Series Preferred so purchased (and any Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof) are being acquired for investment and not with a view toward distribution or resale in violation of the Act and shall confirm such other matters related thereto as may be reasonably requested by the Company. This Warrant and all shares of Series Preferred issued upon exercise of this Warrant and all Common Stock issued upon conversion thereof (unless registered under the Act and any applicable state securities laws) shall be stamped or imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

“THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED HEREBY HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR ANY STATE SECURITIES LAWS. NO SALE OR DISPOSITION MAY BE EFFECTED WITHOUT (i) EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT AND SUCH LAWS, (ii) AN OPINION OF COUNSEL OR OTHER EVIDENCE, REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE COMPANY, THAT SUCH REGISTRATIONS ARE NOT REQUIRED, OR (iii) RECEIPT OF NO-ACTION LETTERS FROM THE APPROPRIATE GOVERNMENTAL AUTHORITIES, OR (iv) OTHERWISE COMPLYING WITH THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 8 OF THE WARRANT UNDER WHICH THESE SECURITIES WERE ISSUED, DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY.”

Said legend shall be removed by the Company, upon the request of the Holder, at such time as the restrictions on the transfer of the applicable security shall have terminated. In addition, in connection with the issuance of this Warrant, the Holder specifically represents to the Company by acceptance of this Warrant as follows:

(1) The Holder is aware of the Company’s business affairs and financial condition, and has acquired information about the Company sufficient to reach an informed and knowledgeable decision to acquire this Warrant. The Holder is acquiring this Warrant for its own account for investment purposes only and not with a view to, or for the resale in connection with, any “distribution” thereof in violation of the Act.

(2) The Holder understands that this Warrant has not been registered under the Act in reliance upon a specific exemption therefrom, which exemption depends upon, among other things, the bona fide nature of the Holder’s investment intent as expressed herein.

(3) The Holder further understands that this Warrant must be held indefinitely unless subsequently registered under the Act and qualified under any applicable state securities laws, or unless exemptions from registration and qualification are otherwise available. The Holder is aware of the provisions of Rule 144, promulgated under the Act.

(4) The Holder is an “accredited investor” as such term is defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Act.

(b) Disposition of Warrant or Shares . With respect to any offer, sale or other disposition of this Warrant, any shares of Series Preferred acquired pursuant to the exercise of this Warrant or any shares of Common Stock acquired pursuant to conversion of Series Preferred, the Holder agrees to give written notice to the Company prior thereto,

 


describing briefly the manner thereof, together with a written opinion of counsel, or other evidence, if reasonably satisfactory to the Company, to the effect that such offer, sale or other disposition may be effected without registration or qualification (under the Act as then in effect or any federal or state securities law then in effect) of this Warrant or such shares of Series Preferred or Common Stock and indicating whether or not under the Act certificates for this Warrant or such shares of Series Preferred or Common Stock to be sold or otherwise disposed of require any restrictive legend as to applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with such law. Upon receiving such written notice and reasonably satisfactory opinion or other evidence, the Company, as promptly as practicable but no later than fifteen (15) days after receipt of the written notice, shall notify the Holder that the Holder may sell or otherwise dispose of this Warrant or such shares of Series Preferred or Common Stock, all in accordance with the terms of the notice delivered to the Company. If a determination has been made pursuant to this Section 8(b) that the opinion of counsel or other evidence is not reasonably satisfactory to the Company, the Company shall so notify the Holder promptly with details thereof after such determination has been made. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Warrant or such shares of Series Preferred or Common Stock may, as to such federal laws, be offered, sold or otherwise disposed of (i) pursuant to an effective registration statement covering such securities or (ii) in accordance with Rule 144 or 144A under the Act, provided that the Company shall have been furnished with such information as the Company may reasonably request to provide a reasonable assurance that the provisions of Rule 144 or 144A have been satisfied. Each certificate representing this Warrant or the shares of Series Preferred thus transferred (except a transfer pursuant to an effective registration statement or Rule 144 or 144A) shall bear a legend as to the applicable restrictions on transferability in order to ensure compliance with such laws, unless in the aforesaid opinion of counsel for the Holder, such legend is not required in order to ensure compliance with such laws. The Company may issue stop transfer instructions to its transfer agent in connection with such restrictions.

(c) Applicability of Restrictions . Neither any restrictions of any legend described in this Warrant nor the requirements of Section 8(b) above shall apply to any transfer of, or grant of a security interest in, this Warrant (or the Series Preferred or Common Stock obtainable upon exercise thereof) or any part hereof (i) to a partner of the Holder if the Holder is a partnership or to a member of the Holder if the Holder is a limited liability company, (ii) to a partnership of which the Holder is a partner or to a limited liability company of which the Holder is a member, or (iii) to a single affiliate of the Holder if the Holder is a corporation, where, in each case, the transferee is an “accredited investor”; provided, however, in any such transfer, if applicable, the transferee shall on the Company’s request agree in writing to be bound by the terms of this Warrant as if an original holder hereof.

9. Rights as Shareholders; Information . No Holder, as a holder of this Warrant, shall be entitled to vote or receive dividends or be deemed the holder of Series Preferred or any other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable upon the exercise or conversion hereof for any purpose, nor shall anything contained herein be construed to confer upon the Holder, as such, any of the rights of a shareholder of the Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to shareholders at any meeting thereof, or to receive notice of meetings, or to receive dividends or subscription rights or otherwise until this Warrant shall have been exercised or converted and the Shares purchasable upon the exercise or conversion hereof shall have become deliverable, as provided herein. Notwithstanding the

 


foregoing, the Company will transmit to the Holder such information, documents and reports as are generally distributed to the holders of any class or series of the securities of the Company concurrently with the distribution thereof to the shareholders.

10. Registration Rights . The Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of October 22, 2004, has been amended to extend to the Holder the rights thereunder as a “Purchaser” effective upon exercise hereof and execution of a counterpart thereof by the Holder.

11. Additional Rights .

(a) Acquisition Transactions . The Company shall provide the Holder with at least twenty (20) days’ written notice prior to closing thereof of the terms and conditions of any Acquisition.

(b) Exercise Prior to Expiration . To the extent this Warrant is not previously exercised as to all of the Shares subject hereto, and if the fair market value of one share of the Series Preferred is greater than the Warrant Price then in effect, this Warrant shall be deemed automatically exercised pursuant to Section 3(b) above (even if not surrendered) immediately before its expiration. For purposes of such automatic exercise, the fair market value of one share of the Series Preferred upon such expiration shall be determined pursuant to Section 3(b). To the extent this Warrant or any portion thereof is deemed automatically exercised pursuant to this Section 11(b), the Company agrees to promptly notify the Holder of the number of Shares, if any, the Holder is to receive by reason of such automatic exercise.

12. Representations and Warranties . The Company represents and warrants to the Holder as follows:

(a) This Warrant has been duly authorized and executed by the Company and is a valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to laws of general application relating to bankruptcy, insolvency and the relief of debtors and the rules of law or principles at equity governing specific performance, injunctive relief and other equitable remedies.

(b) The Shares have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by the Company and, when issued in accordance with the terms hereof, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from preemptive rights.

(c) The rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to or imposed upon the Series Preferred and the holders thereof are as set forth in the Charter as amended from time to time, and on the Date of Grant, each share of the Series Preferred represented by this Warrant is convertible into one share of Common Stock.

(d) The shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance by the Company and, when issued in accordance with the terms of the Charter will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

 


(e) The execution and delivery of this Warrant are not, and the issuance of the Shares upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms hereof will not be, inconsistent with the Company’s Charter or bylaws, do not and will not contravene any law, governmental rule or regulation, judgment or order applicable to the Company, and do not and will not conflict with or contravene any provision of, or constitute a default under, any indenture, mortgage, contract or other instrument of which the Company is a party or by which it is bound or require the consent or approval of, the giving of notice to, the registration or filing with or the taking of any action in respect of or by, any Federal, state or local government authority or agency or other person, except for the filing of notices pursuant to federal and state securities laws, which filings will be effected by the time required thereby.

(f) There are no actions, suits, audits, investigations or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company in any court or before any governmental commission, board or authority which, if adversely determined, could have a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Warrant.

(g) The number of shares of Common Stock of the Company outstanding on the date hereof, on a fully diluted basis (assuming the conversion of all outstanding convertible securities and the exercise of all outstanding options and warrants), does not exceed 82,600 shares.

13. Modification and Waiver . This Warrant and any provision hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of the same is sought.

14. Notices . Any notice, request, communication or other document required or permitted to be given or delivered to the Holder or the Company shall be delivered, or shall be sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Holder at its address as shown on the books of the Company or to the Company at the address indicated therefor on the signature page of this Warrant. Such notice, request, communication or other document may also be delivered by any other means of transmission so long as reasonable confirmation of receipt by the addressee is obtained.

15. Binding Effect on Successors . This Warrant shall be binding upon any corporation succeeding the Company by merger, consolidation or acquisition of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (except as expressly provided in Section 2), and all of the obligations of the Company relating to the Series Preferred issuable upon the exercise or conversion of this Warrant shall survive the exercise, conversion and termination of this Warrant and all of the covenants and agreements of the Company shall inure to the benefit of the successors and assigns of the Holder.

16. Lost Warrants or Stock Certificates . The Company covenants to the Holder that, upon receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant or any stock certificate and, in the case of any such loss, theft or destruction, upon receipt of an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Company, or in the case of any such mutilation upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant or stock certificate, the

 


Company will make and deliver a new Warrant or stock certificate, of like tenor, in lieu of the lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated Warrant or stock certificate.

17. Descriptive Headings . The descriptive headings of the various Sections of this Warrant are inserted for convenience only and do not constitute a part of this Warrant. The language in this Warrant shall be construed as to its fair meaning without regard to which party drafted this Warrant.

18. Governing Law . This Warrant shall be construed and enforced in accordance with, and the rights of the parties shall be governed by, the substantive laws of the State of California.

19. Survival of Representations , Warranties and Agreements . All representations and warranties of the Company and the Holder contained herein shall survive the Date of Grant, the exercise or conversion of this Warrant (or any part hereof) or the termination or expiration of rights hereunder. All agreements of the Company and the Holder contained herein shall survive indefinitely until, by their respective terms, they are no longer operative.

20. Remedies . In case any one or more of the covenants and agreements contained in this Warrant shall have been breached, the Holder (in the case of a breach by the Company), or the Company (in the case of a breach by the Holder), may proceed to protect and enforce their or its rights either by suit in equity and/or by action at law, including, but not limited to, an action for damages as a result of any such breach and/or an action for specific performance of any such covenant or agreement contained in this Warrant.

21. Severability . The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Warrant in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction, or affect any other provision of this Warrant, which shall remain in full force and effect.

22. Recovery of Litigation Costs . If any legal action or other proceeding is brought for the enforcement of this Warrant, or because of an alleged dispute, breach, default, or misrepresentation in connection with any of the provisions of this Warrant, the successful or prevailing party or parties shall be entitled to recover reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs incurred in that action or proceeding, in addition to any other relief to which it or they may be entitled.

23. Entire Agreement . This Warrant constitutes the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter contained in it and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, representations, and undertakings of the parties, whether oral or written, with respect to such subject matter.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 


The Company has caused this Warrant to be duly executed and delivered as of the Date of Grant specified

 

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Martin J. Silver

Title:

 

CFO

Address:

 

20600 Lazaneo Drive

 

Cupertino, CA 95014

 


EXHIBIT A-1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To:

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. (the “Company”)

1. The undersigned hereby:

elects to purchase                      shares of [Series E Preferred Stock] [Common Stock] of the Company pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full, or

elects to exercise its net issuance rights pursuant to Section 3(b) of the attached Warrant with respect to                      Shares of [Series E Preferred Stock] [Common Stock].

2. Please issue a certificate or certificates representing                      shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name or names as are specified below:

 

             
      (Name)      
     
     
  (Address)  

3. The undersigned represents that the aforesaid shares are being acquired for the account of the undersigned for investment and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, the distribution thereof and that the undersigned has no present intention of distributing or reselling such shares, all except as in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 


EXHIBIT A-2

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To:

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. (the “Company”)

1. Contingent upon and effective immediately prior to the closing (the “Closing”) of the Company’s public offering contemplated by the Registration Statement on Form S-      , filed                      , 200, the undersigned hereby:

elects to purchase                      shares of [Series E Preferred Stock] [Common Stock] of the Company (or such lesser number of shares as may be sold on behalf of the undersigned at the Closing) pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, or

elects to exercise its net issuance rights pursuant to Section 3(b) of the attached Warrant with respect to                      Shares of [Series E Preferred Stock] [Common Stock].

2. Please deliver to the custodian for the selling shareholders a stock certificate representing such                      shares.

3. The undersigned has instructed the custodian for the selling shareholders to deliver to the Company $                      or, if less, the net proceeds due the undersigned from the sale of shares in the aforesaid public offering. If such net proceeds are less than the purchase price for such shares, the undersigned agrees to deliver the difference to the Company prior to the Closing.

 

   

(Signature)

 

        
        

(Date)

  

 


EXHIBIT B

CHARTER

 

Exhibit 10.10

Schedule

of

19 Warrants to Purchase Shares of Series E Preferred Stock Issued by the Registrant

on the

Form of Warrant to Purchase Series E Preferred Stock of the Registrant as set forth in Exhibit 10.10

 

Number

    

Holder

     Number of Warrant
Shares
  1     

GCWF Investment Partners II

         1,609
  2     

Granite Global Ventures LP

         1,661
  3     

Granite Global Ventures (QP) LP

       97,179
  4     

IDEO Product Development

       11,741
  5     

RRE Ventures II LP

     141,728
  6     

RRE Ventures Fund II LP

       24,783
  7     

Vanguard VII-A LP

       15,846
  8     

Venrock Associates III LP

     163,890
  9     

Venrock Associates

       36,875
10     

Venrock Entrepreneurs Fund III LP

         4,097
11     

Vanguard VII LP

     166,840
12     

Vanguard VII Qualified Affiliates Fund LP

         2,478
13     

Vanguard VII Accredited Affiliates Fund LP

         5,435
14     

Intel Capital Corporation

       24,710
15     

Avalon Ventures VI LP

       32,709
16     

Avalon Ventures VI GP Fund LLC

         9,715
17     

Ronald Star

            494
18     

Thomas Weisel Venture Partners Employee Fund LP

            589
19     

Thomas Weisel Venture Partners LP

       72,999


THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED OR UNDER RELEVANT STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER SUCH ACT OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN OPINION OF COUNSEL REASONABLY SATISFACTORY TO THE CORPORATION AND ITS COUNSEL THAT SUCH REGISTRATION IS NOT REQUIRED, AND WITHOUT COMPLIANCE WITH RELEVANT STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

FORM OF

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Number of Warrant Shares:

   ______________

Class of Stock:

   Series E Preferred Stock (subject to Section 3.b. below)

Initial Exercise Price:

   $1.1019 per share

Issue Date:

   October       , 2005

Expiration Date:

   October      , 2015 (subject to Section 2.c. below)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, on or after the date of issuance of this warrant (this “ Warrant ”), ____________ or its permitted assignee (the “ Holder ”) is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “ Warrant Shares ”) of Vocera Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) at the initial exercise price per Warrant Share (the “ Exercise Price ”) all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to Section 3 of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

 

1. Exercise .

a. Method of Exercise . Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.b. below, the Holder may exercise this Warrant, in whole or in part, by surrendering this Warrant and a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix A to the principal office of the Company, or at such other office or agency as the Company may designate, accompanied by payment in full of the Exercise Price payable in respect of the number of Warrant Shares purchased upon such exercise. The Exercise Price may be paid by cash, check or wire transfer.

b. Net Issue Exercise .

(1) In lieu of exercising this Warrant in the manner provided above in Section 1.a., the Holder may elect to exercise this Warrant in whole and receive shares equal to the value of this Warrant by surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company together with notice of such election on the Notice of Exercise duly executed by such Holder, in which event the Company shall issue to such Holder a number of Warrant Shares computed using the following formula:

X= Y (A-B)

    A


Where:      X = The number of Warrant Shares to be issued to the Holder.

Y = The number of Warrant Shares purchasable under this Warrant pursuant to Section 1.a. (at the date of such calculation).

A = The fair market value of one share of Warrant Shares (at the date of such calculation).

B = The Exercise Price (as adjusted to the date of such calculation).

(2) For purposes of this Section 1.b., if the Warrant Shares are traded regularly in a public market, the fair market value of the Warrant Shares shall be the closing price of the Warrant Shares (or the closing price of the Company’s stock into which the Warrant Shares are convertible) reported for the business day immediately before Holder delivers its Notice of Exercise to the Company. If the Warrant Shares are not regularly traded in a public market, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine fair market value in its reasonable good faith judgment.

c. “ Easy Sale” Exercise . In lieu of the payment methods set forth above, when permitted by law and applicable regulations (including the rules of Nasdaq and the National Association of Securities Dealers (the “NASD”), the Holder may pay the aggregate Exercise Price through a “same day sale” commitment from Holder (and if applicable a broker-dealer that is a member of the NASD (an “NASD Dealer”), whereby the Holder will irrevocably elect to exercise this Warrant and to sell at least that number of shares of Warrant Stock purchased to immediately pay the aggregate Exercise Price (and up to all of the Warrant Shares so purchased) and the Holder (or, if applicable, the NASD Dealer) commits upon sale (or, in the case of the NASD Dealer, upon receipt) of such Warrant Shares to forward the aggregate Exercise Price directly to the Company, with any sale proceeds in excess of the aggregate Exercise Price being for the benefit of the Holder.

d. Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Promptly after Holder exercises this Warrant, the Company shall deliver to the Holder certificates for the Warrant Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant representing the right to purchase the Warrant Shares not so acquired.

 

2. Effect of Acquisition of the Company .

a. “ Acquisition .” For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or any reorganization, consolidation, or merger of the Company where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction beneficially own, for or in consideration of their preexisting equity ownership in the Company, less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the entity that succeeds to the business of the Company after the transaction.

b. Assumption of Warrant . If upon the closing of any Acquisition the successor entity expressly agrees to assume the obligations of this Warrant, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and/or property, if any, as would be payable for the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such

 

2


Warrant Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Exercise Price shall be adjusted accordingly.

c. Nonassumption . If upon the closing of any Acquisition the successor entity does not expressly agree to assume the obligations of this Warrant and the Holder has not otherwise exercised this Warrant in full, then, notwithstanding Section 3.b., the Expiration Date of this Warrant will be the date of closing of such Acquisition; provided, that immediately prior to the closing of such Acquisition, if the value of “X” in the calculation set forth in Section 1.b.(1) would be positive, this Warrant shall automatically be deemed to have been exercised by the holder thereof in the manner contemplated in Section 1.b. hereof.

d. Notice . The Company will give the Holder not less than ten days notice of the closing of any Acquisition.

 

3. Adjustments .

a. Stock Splits, Combinations and Dividends . If the outstanding Warrant Shares shall be subdivided into a greater number of shares or a dividend in such Warrant Shares shall be paid in respect thereof, the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such subdivision or at the record date of such dividend shall simultaneously with the effectiveness of such subdivision or immediately after the record date of such dividend be proportionately reduced. If the outstanding Warrant Shares shall be combined into a smaller number of shares, the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such combination shall, simultaneously with the effectiveness of such combination, be proportionately increased. When any adjustment is required to be made in the Exercise Price, the number of Warrant Shares purchasable upon the exercise of this Warrant shall be changed to the number determined by dividing (i) an amount equal to the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant immediately prior to such adjustment, multiplied by the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment, by (ii) the Exercise Price in effect immediately after such adjustment.

b. Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution . In case there occurs any reclassification or change of the outstanding securities of the Company or any reorganization of the Company (or any other entity the stock or securities of which are at the time receivable upon the exercise of this Warrant) or any similar reorganization on or after the date hereof, then and in each such case the Holder, upon the exercise hereof at any time after the consummation of such reclassification, change, or reorganization shall be entitled to receive, in lieu of the shares or other securities and property receivable upon the exercise hereof prior to such consummation, the shares or other securities or property to which such Holder would have been entitled upon such consummation if such Holder had exercised this Warrant immediately prior thereto, all subject to further adjustment pursuant to the provisions of this Section 3. This Section 3.b. expressly will apply when and if all of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall have been converted into Common Stock, in which case this Warrant thereafter will be exercisable to purchase shares of Common Stock.

c. No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith

 

3


assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Section 3 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect the Holder’s rights under this Section 3 against impairment.

d. Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Exercise Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish the Holder with a certificate of its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish the Holder a certificate setting forth the Exercise Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Exercise Price.

 

4. Representations and Covenants of the Company .

a. Representations and Warranties . The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Holder that all Warrant Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Warrant Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances created by or through the Company except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

b. Reservation of Stock . The Company will at all times reserve and keep available, solely for the issuance and delivery upon the exercise of this Warrant, such Warrant Shares and other stock, securities and property, as from time to time shall be issuable upon the exercise of this Warrant.

 

5. Transfers .

a. Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Warrant Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee (including, without limitation, the delivery of investment representation letters and legal opinions reasonably satisfactory to the Company). The Company shall not require the Holder to provide an opinion of counsel if the transfer is to an affiliate of the Holder or if there is no material question as to the availability of current information as referenced in Rule 144( c), the Holder represents that it has complied with Rule 144(d) and (e) in reasonable detail, the selling broker represents that it has complied with Rule 144(f), and the Company is provided with a copy of the Holder’s notice of proposed sale.

b. Transfer Procedure . Subject to the provisions of Section 5.a. hereof, the Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Warrant Shares, if any) upon surrender of the Warrant or the certificates representing the Warrant Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant together with a properly executed Notice of Transfer in substantially the form attached hereto as Appendix B to the principal office of the Company; provided , however , that the Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant to its affiliates at any time without notice to the Company, and such affiliate shall then be entitled to all the rights of Holder under this Warrant and any related agreements, and the Company shall cooperate fully in

 

4


ensuring that any stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant is issued in the name of the affiliate that exercises the warrant. The terms and conditions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the holders hereof and their respective permitted successors and assigns. Unless the Company is filing financial information with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company shall have the right to refuse to transfer any portion of this Warrant to any person who directly competes with the Company.

 

6. Miscellaneous .

a. Term . This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above except as otherwise provided herein. The Company hereby acknowledges that exercise of this Warrant by the Holder may subject the Company and/or the Holder to the filing requirements of the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976 (the “HSR Act”) and that the Holder may be prevented from exercising this Warrant until the expiration or early termination of all waiting periods imposed by the HSR Act (“HSR Act Restrictions”). If on or before the Expiration Date the Holder has sent a notice of exercise of this Warrant to the Company and Holder has not been able to complete the exercise of this Warrant prior to the Expiration Date because of HSR Act Restrictions, the Expiration Date shall be extended until such time as such HSR Act Restrictions have terminated. The prior sentence may not be amended or waived without the approval of the Holder, notwithstanding anything else herein.

b. Fractional Shares . No fractional Warrant Shares shall be issuable upon exercise or conversion of the Warrant and the number of Warrant Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise or conversion of the Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder an amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value of a full Warrant Share, determined per Section 1.b.(2). In determining whether fractional shares are issuable upon the exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the Company shall aggregate all Warrant Shares issuable to the holder at the time of such exercise or conversion.

c. Replacement of Warrants . On receipt of evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Company of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant and, in the case of loss, theft or destruction, on delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, on surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

d. No Rights as a Stockholder . Until the exercise of this Warrant, the Holder of this Warrant shall not have or exercise any rights by virtue hereof as a stockholder of the Company.

e. Legends . This Warrant and the Warrant Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Warrant Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the form set forth on the first page hereof.

f. Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first

 

5


class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, at such address as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. All notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows:

_________________

_________________

_________________

g. Amendments . This Warrant and any term hereof may be changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by (1) an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought; or (2) by written approval of the Company and Majority Holders provided, that any proposed amendment or waiver that does not affect all holders of Joinder Warrants in a similar manner (with respect to such Joinder Warrants) shall require the prior written consent of such person (or a majority of all similarly affected persons). This Warrant is one of a number of warrants of substantially similar terms issued pursuant to that certain “Joinder Agreement” dated October       , 2005 (collectively, the “Joinder Warrants”). For this purpose, “Majority Holders” will refer to the holders of a majority in interest of the Joinder Warrants (based on shares issuable upon the exercise of then outstanding Joinder Warrants).

h. Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

i. Headings . The headings in this Warrant are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning of any provision of this Warrant.

j. Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

6


ISSUED: October       , 2005

 

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

7


APPENDIX A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

To: VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

 

1. [Please mark one box]

¨ The undersigned, the holder of the attached Warrant, hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the purchase right represented by such Warrant for, and to purchase pursuant to this Warrant, _______________ shares of Vocera Communications, Inc. (the “Company”) and herewith makes payment of $              therefore.

¨ The undersigned, the holder of the attached Warrant, hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the purchase right represented by such Warrant for the purchase of shares in accordance with Section 1.b. of this Warrant. The undersigned hereby authorizes the Company to make the required calculation under Section 1.b. of this Warrant.

Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

_________________

The undersigned represents that it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

Signature:_________________________________
Name (print):    
Title (if applic.)    
Date:    

 


APPENDIX B

NOTICE OF TRANSFER

To: VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, ____________________________________________ hereby sells, assigns and transfers all of the rights of the undersigned under the attached Warrant with respect to the number of Warrant Shares of the Company covered thereby set forth below, unto:

 

Name of Transferee

   Address/Facsimile Number    No. of Shares
Dated:   _____________     Signature:    
         
      Witness:    

 

Exhibit 10.11

LEASE

(MULTI-TENANT MODIFIED NET)

by and between

525 RACE STREET, LLC

(“Landlord”)

and

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

(“Tenant”)

 

For the approximately 46,305 SF Premises at

525 Race Street, San Jose, CA


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

                 Page  
1.    Basic Lease Provisions      1   
             1.1      Premises      1   
             1.2      Building      1   
             1.3      Anticipated Commencement Date      1   
             1.4      Term      1   
             1.5      Use      1   
             1.6      Monthly Rent      2   
             1.7      Security Deposit      2   
             1.8      Property      2   
             1.9      Brokers      2   
2.    Premises      2   
3.    Definitions      2   
             3.1      Alterations      2   
             3.2      Commencement Date      2   
             3.3      Common Area      2   
             3.4      HVAC      2   
             3.5      Interest Rate      2   
             3.6      Landlord’s Agents      2   
             3.7      Outside Area      2   
             3.8      Real Property Taxes      3   
             3.9      Rent      3   
             3.10      Sublet      3   
             3.11      Subtenant      3   
             3.12      Tenant Improvements      3   
             3.13      Tenant’s Agents      3   
             3.14      Tenant’s Percentage      3   
             3.15      Tenant’s Personal Property      3   
4.    Lease Term      4   
             4.1      Term      4   
             4.2      Early Entry      4   
5.    Rent           4   
             5.1      Monthly Rent      4   
             5.2      Additional Rent      4   
6.    Late Payment Charges      5   
7.    Security Deposit      5   
8.    Holding Over      5   
9.    Condition of Premises      5   

 

- i -


10.    Use of the Premises      6   
             10.1      Tenant’s Use      6   
             10.2      Compliance      6   
11.    Quiet Enjoyment      7   
12.    Alterations      7   
13.    Surrender of the Premises      7   
14.    Real Property Taxes      8   
             14.1      Payment by Tenant      8   
             14.2      Taxes on Tenant Improvements and Personal Property      8   
             14.3      Proration      8   
15.    Utilities and Services      8   
16.    Repair and Maintenance      9   
             16.1      Landlord’s Obligations      9   
             16.2      Tenant’s Obligations      9   
             16.3      Tenant to Pay Operating Expenses      10   
             16.4      Monthly Payments      11   
             16.5      Tenant’s Audit Rights      11   
             16.6      Waiver      12   
             16.7      Compliance with Government Regulations      12   
17.    Liens      12   
18.    Landlord’s Right to Enter the Premises      12   
19.    Signs      13   
20.    Insurance      13   
             20.1      Tenant’s Indemnification      13   
             20.2      Tenant’s Insurance      13   
             20.3      All-Risk Insurance      14   
             20.4      Certificates      14   
             20.5      Insurance Requirements      14   
             20.6      Landlord’s Disclaimer      15   
21.    Waiver of Subrogation      15   
22.    Damage or Destruction      15   
             22.1      Partial Damage Insured      15   
             22.2      Partial Damage – Uninsured      16   
             22.3      Total Destruction      16   
             22.4      Landlord’s Obligations      16   
             22.5      Damage Near End of Term      17   

 

- ii -


23.    Condemnation      17   
24.    Assignment and Subletting      17   
             24.1      Landlord’s Consent      17   
             24.2      Information to Be Furnished      18   
             24.3      Landlord’s Alternatives      18   
             24.4      Executed Counterpart      18   
             24.5      Exempt Sublets      18   
             24.6      Sublet Profits      18   
25.    Default      19   
             25.1      Tenant’s Default      19   
             25.2      Remedies      19   
             25.3      Landlord’s Default      20   
26.    Subordination      20   
27.    Notices      21   
28.    Attorneys’ Fees      21   
29.    Tenant Statements      21   
             29.1      Estoppel Certificates      22   
             29.2      Financial Statements      22   
30.    Transfer of the Premises by Landlord      22   
31.    Landlord’s Right to Perform Tenant’s Covenants      22   
32.    Tenant’s Remedy      23   
33.    Mortgagee Protection      23   
34.    Brokers      23   
35.    Acceptance      23   
36.    Recording      23   
37.    Quitclaim      23   
38.    Modification for Lender      23   
39.    Parking      23   
40.    Option to Extend      24   
41.    Right of First Refusal to Lease Additional Space      25   

 

- iii -


42.    Landlord’s Contingency      26   
43.    Roof Rights      26   
44.    General      27   
             44.1        Captions      27   
             44.2        Executed Copy      27   
             44.3        Time      27   
             44.4        Separability      27   
             44.5        Choice of Law      27   
             44.6        Gender, Singular, Plural      28   
             44.7        Binding Effect      28   
             44.8        Waiver      28   
             44.9        Entire Agreement      28   
             44.10      Authority      28   
             44.11      Exhibits      29   

 

- iv -


TABLE OF EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT A         The Premises
EXHIBIT B         The Property
EXHIBIT C         Commencement Date Memorandum
EXHIBIT D         Work Letter Agreement


LEASE SUMMARY                                        

 

Lease Date:    September 26, 2007
Landlord:    525 Race Street, LLC
Address of Landlord:   

c/o Toeniskoetter & Breeding, Inc. Development

1960 The Alameda, Suite 20

San Jose, CA 95126

Tenant:    Vocera Communications, Inc.
Address of Tenant:   

20600 Lazaneo Drive

3rd Floor

Cupertino, California 95014

Contact:    Martin Silver, CFO
Telephone:    (408) 790-4100
Premises Square Footage:   

Approximately 46,305 square feet (subject to verification in

accordance with paragraph 1.1)

Building Square Footage:   

Approximately 70,000 square feet (subject to verification in

accordance with Paragraph 1.1)

Premises Address:   

525 Race Street

San Jose, California

Anticipated Commencement

Date:

   December 1, 2007
Term:    Five (5) years
Monthly Rent:               Months of Term    Monthly Rent
   1 through 2                          $0.00/month                   
   3 through 12                  $34,728.75/month                  
   13 through 24                  $76,403.25/month                  
   25 through 36                  $83,349.00/month                  
   37 through 48                  $85,664.25/month                  
   49 through 60                  $87,979.50/month                  
Tenant’s Percentage:    66.15%   
Security Deposit:    $83,349.00   


STANDARD MULTI-TENANT LEASE – TRIPLE NET

THIS LEASE (the “Lease”), for reference purposes only dated September 26, 2007, is entered into by and between 525 RACE STREET, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), whose address is c/o Toeniskoetter & Breeding, Inc. Development, 1960 The Alameda, San Jose, California 95126 and VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”), whose address is 20600 Lazaneo Drive, 3 rd Floor, Cupertino, California 95014.

1.         Basic Lease Provisions .

1.1       Premises .   Those premises consisting of approximately forty-six thousand three hundred five (46,305) rentable square feet in the Building located at 525 Race Street, San Jose, California, as shown on EXHIBIT A attached hereto. Within thirty (30) days after the date of this Lease, Tenant shall engage an architect to measure and verify the rentable square footage of the Premises and the Building based on the Standard Method for Measuring Floor Area in Office Buildings (ANSI/BOMA Z65.1-1996) published by the Building Owners and Managers Association International (“BOMA Standard”), which verification shall be subject to the review and approval of Landlord’s architect, also in accordance with the BOMA Standard. In the event of a discrepancy, Landlord’s architect and Tenant’s architect shall consult in good faith to attempt to resolve such discrepancy. If such architects are unable to resolve such discrepancy, Landlord and Tenant shall select an independent architect (other than Landlord’s architect or Tenant’s architect) to determine the rentable area of the Premises. If Landlord and Tenant cannot mutually agree to an independent architect, then Landlord and Tenant shall request that the American Arbitration Association select an arbitrator who will select an independent architect to determine the rentable area of the Premises. The determination of the independent architect shall be final and conclusive on the parties. The cost of such arbitrator and independent architect shall be borne by Tenant unless such independent architect determines that Landlord’s measurement was in error by more then than three percent (3%), in which event Landlord shall pay for the cost of such arbitrator and independent architect. Upon final verification of the rentable area in the Premises, the Monthly Rent, Tenant’s Percentage and any other figures referenced in this Lease that are based on the rentable square footage of the Premises or the Building shall be appropriately adjusted.

1.2       Building .   That certain two-story building consisting of approximately seventy thousand (70,000) square feet, commonly known as 525 Race Street, San Jose, California.

1.3       Anticipated Commencement Date .   December 1, 2007.

1.4       Term .   Five (5) years.

1.5       Use .   General office, sales, research and development, assembly, light manufacturing, shipping, receiving and storage.

 

- 1 -


 

1.6       Monthly Rent .

 

         Months of Term

  Monthly Rent         
   

1 through 2

  $0.00/month
   

3 through 12

  $34,728.75/month
   

13 through 24

  $76,403.25/month
   

25 through 36

  $83,349.00/month
   

37 through 48

  $85,664.25/month
   

49 through 60

  $87,979.50/month

1.7       Security Deposit .   $83,349.00

1.8       Property .   The real property more particularly described on EXHIBIT B.

1.9       Brokers .   Cornish & Carey Commercial.

2.         Premises .   Landlord hereby leases to Tenant and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord the Premises.

3.         Definitions .   The following terms shall have the following meetings in this Lease:

3.1       Alterations .   Any alterations, additions or improvements made in, on or about the Building by Tenant after the Commencement Date, including, but not limited to, lighting, heating, ventilating, air conditioning, electrical, permanent partitioning, drapery and carpentry installations. The terms “Alterations” shall not include the Tenant Improvements.

3.2       Commencement Date .   The Commencement Date of this Lease shall be the date which is the later of (a) December 1, 2007, and (b) forty-five (45) days from the date that Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant. Once the actual Commencement Date has been determined pursuant to the foregoing, the parties shall execute a Commencement Date Memorandum in the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT C.

3.3       Common Area .   All areas and facilities within the Building provided and designated by Landlord for the general use and convenience of Tenant and other tenants and occupants of any part of the Building, subject to the rules and regulations and changes therein from time to time promulgated by Landlord governing the use of the Common Area.

3.4       HVAC .   Heating, ventilating and air conditioning.

3.5       Interest Rate .   Ten percent (10%) per annum, however, in no event to exceed the maximum rate of interest permitted by law.

3.6       Landlord’s Agents .   Landlord’s authorized agents, partners, subsidiaries, directors, officers, and employees.

3.7       Outside Area .   All areas and facilities within the Property, exclusive of the Building, including, without limitation, the parking areas, access and perimeter roads, sidewalks, landscaped areas, service areas, trash disposal facilities, and similar areas and facilities. Landlord shall at all times have exclusive control of the Outside Area and may at any reasonable

 

- 2 -


time temporarily close any part thereof, exclude and restrain anyone from any part thereof, except the bona fide customers, employees and invitees of Tenant who use such areas in accordance with the reasonable rules and regulations as Landlord may from time to time promulgate, and may reasonably change the configuration or location of the Outside Area. In exercising any such rights, Landlord shall use diligent efforts to minimize any disruption of Tenant’s business. Landlord shall have the right to reconfigure the parking area and ingress to and egress from the parking area, and to modify the directional flow of traffic of the parking area; provided, however, that Landlord shall not reduce the total number of parking spaces available to Tenant in the parking area by more than five percent (5%).

3.8       Real Property Taxes .   Any form of assessment, license, fee, rent tax, levy, penalty (if a result of Tenant’s delinquency), or tax (other than net or taxable income, estate, succession, inheritance, gift, transfer or franchise taxes), imposed against the Property or Building by any authority having the direct or indirect power to tax, or by any city, county, state or federal government or any improvement or other district or division thereof, whether such tax is: (i) determined by the area of the Property or any part thereof or the rent and other sums payable hereunder by Tenant, including, but not limited to, any gross income or excise tax levied by any of the foregoing authorities with respect to receipt of such rent or other sums due under this Lease; (ii) upon any legal or equitable interest of Landlord in the Property or the Building or any part thereof; (iii) upon this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a party creating or transferring any interest in all or any part of the Property; or (iv) levied or assessed in lieu of, in substitution for, or in addition to, existing taxes against the Property whether or not now customary or within the contemplation of the parties.

3.9       Rent .   The net Monthly Rent plus the Additional Rent described in Paragraph 5.2.

3.10     Sublet .   Any transfer, sublet, assignment, license or concession agreement, change of ownership, mortgage, or hypothecation of this Lease or the Tenant’s interest in the Lease or any portion thereof.

3.11     Subtenant .   The person or entity with whom a Sublet agreement is proposed to be or is made.

3.12     Tenant Improvements .   Those improvements to the Premises, if any, to be constructed by Tenant pursuant to the terms of the Work Letter Agreement attached as EXHIBIT C.

3.13     Tenant’s Agents .   Tenant’s authorized agents, partners, subsidiaries, directors, officers, and employees.

3.14     Tenant’s Percentage .   Tenant’s Percentage shall be that percentage determined by dividing the area of the Premises by the total area of the Building and multiplying the result by 100. Tenant’s Percentage shall be sixty-six and 15/100ths percent (66.15%).

3.15     Tenant’s Personal Property .   Tenant’s trade fixtures, furniture, equipment and other personal property in the Premises.

 

- 3 -


4.         Lease Term .

4.1       Term .   The Term shall be five (5) years, commencing on the Commencement Date and ending five (5) years thereafter, unless sooner terminated as provided herein, and subject to any option to extend the Term granted herein. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver vacant possession of the Premises to Tenant in the condition specified in Paragraph 9 hereof by October 1, 2007. If for reasons beyond its control Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the Premises to Tenant by October 1, 2007, Landlord shall not be subject to liability therefore, nor shall such failure affect the validity of this Lease, but in such event the Term of this Lease shall not commence until the date that is forty-five (45) days from the date that Landlord delivers possession of the Premises to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Landlord fails to deliver vacant possession of Premises to Tenant in the condition specified in Paragraph 9 hereof on or before November 1, 2007, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease upon written notice delivered to Landlord prior to Landlord’s delivery of vacant possession of the Premises to Tenant in the condition specified in Paragraph 9 hereof; whereupon Landlord shall return to Tenant the Security Deposit and all prepaid Rent.

4.2       Early Entry .   Landlord shall deliver vacant possession of the Premises to Tenant in the condition specified in Paragraph 9 hereof and Tenant shall be permitted to enter the Premises promptly upon termination of that certain Lease dated December 30, 1997, as amended, between Landlord and Integrated Circuit Systems, Inc. (the “ICS Lease”), for the purpose of constructing any Tenant Improvements, installing Tenant’s furniture, fixtures and equipment, and otherwise preparing the Premises for Tenant’s occupancy. Such early entry shall be at Tenant’s sole risk and subject to all the terms and provisions hereof, except for the payment of Additional Rent, which shall commence on the Commencement Date, and the payment of Monthly Rent, which shall commence on the first day of the third month of the Term; provided, however, that if Tenant commences occupancy of the Premises prior to the Commencement Date, then Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Percentage of Real Property Taxes, Operating Expenses and insurance premiums, together with all charges for any utilities separately metered to the Premises, commencing with the date of such occupancy by Tenant.

5.         Rent .

5.1       Monthly Rent .   Tenant shall pay to Landlord, in lawful money of the United States, commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing thereafter on the first (1 st ) day of each calendar month throughout the Term, the net Monthly Rent for the Premises set forth in Section 1.6 above. Net Monthly Rent shall be payable in advance, without abatement, deduction, claim, offset, prior notice or demand, except as otherwise specifically provided herein. The net Monthly Rent due for the third month of the Term shall be paid by Tenant upon execution of this Lease.

5.2       Additional Rent .   This Lease is intended to be a triple net lease. All monies required to be paid by Tenant under this Lease, including, without limitation, Real Property Taxes pursuant to Paragraph 14, Operating Expenses pursuant to Paragraph 16, and insurance premiums pursuant to Paragraph 20, shall be deemed Additional Rent and shall be payable as of the Commencement Date.

 

- 4 -


6.         Late Payment Charges .   Tenant acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of Rent and other charges provided for under this Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult or impracticable to fix. Therefore, notwithstanding the notice provision in Paragraph 25.1.1, if any installment of Rent or any other charge due from Tenant is not received by Landlord within five (5) days of the date due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord an additional sum equal to five percent (5%) of the amount overdue as a late charge; provided, however, that no such late charge shall be due for the first three (3) late payments occurring during the Term unless such late payment is not received within five (5) days after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant. The parties agree that this late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of the late payment by Tenant.

Initials :

 

        /s/ Brad W. Krouskup

 

        /s/ Martin J. Silver

Landlord

 

Tenant

7.         Security Deposit .   Tenant shall deposit with Landlord, upon execution of this Lease, cash in the amount set forth in Section 1.7 above as security for the full and faithful performance of every provision of this Lease to be performed by Tenant. If Tenant commits an Event of Default with respect to any provision of this Lease, Landlord may apply all or any part of the Security Deposit for the payment of any Rent or other sum in default, the repair of such damage to the Premises or the payment of any other amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend by reason of Tenant’s default or to compensate Landlord for any other loss or damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of Tenant’s default to the full extent permitted by law. Tenant hereby waives any restriction on the use or application of the Security Deposit by Landlord as set forth in California Civil Code Section 1950.7. If any portion of the Security Deposit is so applied, Tenant shall, within ten (10) days after written demand therefor, deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. The Security Deposit or any balance thereof shall be returned to Tenant within thirty (30) days of termination of the Lease; provided, however, that Landlord may retain such portion of the Security Deposit as Landlord reasonably deems to be necessary to cure any default of Tenant under this Lease existing as of such termination.

8.         Holding Over .   If Tenant remains in possession of all or any part of the Premises after the expiration of the Term, with or without the express or implied consent of Landlord, such tenancy shall be from month-to-month only and not a renewal hereof or any extension of any further term, and in such case, the net Monthly Rent shall be one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the net Monthly Rent payable during the last month of the Term and such month-to-month tenancy shall be subject to every other term, covenant and agreement of this Lease.

9.         Condition of Premises .   Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Tenant fully demised and with the roof membrane in good condition and repair and with all Building systems, including, but not limited to, HVAC, life safety, electrical, and plumbing, in good working condition. Landlord warrants that such Building systems shall be in good working condition for a period of one hundred twenty (120) days following the Commencement Date, and Landlord

 

- 5 -


shall promptly repair such systems, at its sole costs and expense (and not as an Operating Expense), as necessary to fulfill such warranty; provided, however, that if any such repairs are required as a result of the negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents, employees, or contractors or as a result of the construction or installation of the Tenant Improvements, such repairs shall be made by Tenant at Tenant’s sole expense. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor its Agents have agreed to undertake any Alterations or construct any improvements to the Premises except as expressly provide in this Lease. Any Tenant Improvements to the Premises shall be constructed by Tenant in accordance with the Work Letter Agreement attached hereto as EXHIBIT C.

Tenant shall be permitted to use, during the Term of this Lease and at no additional charge for the use thereof, the furniture, trade fixtures and equipment in the Premises as of the date that possession of the Premises is delivered to Tenant, including not less than 86 Techion cubicles and the conference table in the large conference room on the second floor of the Premises (collectively, the “FF&E”); provided, however, that the FF&E shall remain the property of Landlord and shall not be removed from the Premises at any time, except that Tenant may remove an dispose of any FF&E that becomes obsolete, worn out, or unusable, or is demolished as part of the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall deliver the FF&E to Tenant and Tenant shall accept the FF&E, in its present condition, “AS IS,” without any representation or warranty as to the condition thereof or its fitness for any particular purpose. Tenant shall surrender the FF&E to Landlord at the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease in the same condition existing as of the date that possession of the Premises was delivered to Tenant, ordinary wear and tear excepted.

10.         Use of the Premises .

10.1       Tenant’s Use .   Tenant shall use the Premises solely for the purposes specified in Paragraph 1.5 and shall not use the Premises for any other purpose without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

10.2       Compliance .   Tenant shall not use the Premises or suffer or permit anything to be done in or about the Premises which will violate any law, statute, zoning restriction, ordinance or governmental law, rule, regulation or requirement of duly constituted public authorities now in force or which may hereafter be in force, or the requirements of the Board of Fire Underwriters or other similar body now or hereafter constituted relating to or affecting the use or occupancy of the Premises. Tenant shall not commit any public or private nuisance or any other act or thing which might or would unreasonably disturb the quiet enjoyment of any other tenant of Landlord or any occupant of nearby property. Tenant shall place no loads upon the floors, walls or ceilings in excess of the maximum designed load determined by Landlord or which endanger the structure; nor place any harmful liquids in the drainage systems; nor dump or store waste materials or refuse or allow such to remain outside the Building proper, except in the enclosed trash areas provided, if any. Tenant shall not store or permit to be stored or otherwise placed any other material of any nature whatsoever outside the Building. In particular, Tenant, at its sole costs, shall comply with all laws relating to Tenant’s storage, use and disposal of hazardous, toxic or radioactive matter, including those materials identified in 22 California Code of Regulations sections 66261.1 et seq., as they may be amended from time to time (collectively “Toxic Materials”). If Tenant does store, use or dispose

 

- 6 -


of any Toxic Materials, other than office supplies and cleaning supplies typically used in administrative offices, Tenant shall notify Landlord in writing at least ten (10) days prior to their first appearance on the Premises. Landlord shall defend, indemnify and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all damage, loss, liability or expense including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and legal costs suffered directly or by reason of any claim, suit or judgment brought by or in favor of any person or persons for damage, loss or expense due to, but not limited to, bodily injury and property damage sustained by such person or persons which arises out of, is occasioned by r in any way attributable to the presence of any Toxic Materials in, on or under the Premises, the Building and/or the Property which were not used, stored, released or disposed of in, on or under the Premises, the Building or the Property by Tenant or its Subtenants or either of their respective agents, employees or invitees.

11.         Quiet Enjoyment .   Landlord covenants that Tenant, upon performing the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease, shall have quiet and peaceful possession of the Premises as against any person claiming the same by, through or under Landlord.

12.         Alterations .   After the Commencement Date, Tenant shall not make or permit any Alterations in, on or about the Building except for nonstructural Alterations not exceeding Ten Thousand and no/100ths Dollars ($10,0000.00) in cost, without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, and according to plans and specifications reasonably approved in writing by Landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall not, without the prior written consent of Landlord, make any (i) alterations to the exterior of the Building; (ii) alterations to and penetrations of the roof of the Building; or (iii) alterations visible from outside the Building to which Landlord may withhold Landlord’s consent on wholly aesthetic grounds. Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s approval or disapproval of any proposed Alterations within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s receipt of Tenant’s request therefore and copies of reasonably detailed plans and specifications for the proposed Alterations. All Alterations shall be installed at Tenant’s sole expense, in compliance with all applicable laws and permit requirements by a licensed contractor, shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner conforming in quality and design with the Premises existing as of the Commencement Date and shall not diminish the value of the Building. All Alterations made by Tenant shall be and become the property of Landlord upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease and shall not be deemed Tenant’s Personal Property; provided, however, that Landlord may, at Landlord’s option (notice of which Landlord shall give Tenant at least 30 days prior to the expiration of the Term), require Tenant to remove from the Premises no later than the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, and at Tenant’s expense, any or all Alterations installed by Tenant; provided further that Landlord informs Tenant that it may require such removal at the time Landlord consents to such Alterations. If Tenant removes any Alterations as required or permitted herein, Tenant shall repair any and all damage to the Premises caused by such removal, normal wear and tear excepted and subject to the provisions of Paragraph 22. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the maintenance and repair of any Alterations made by it to the Premises. The provisions of this Paragraph 12 shall not apply to the Tenant Improvements.

13.         Surrender of the Premises .   Upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in its condition existing as of the date Tenant originally took possession of the Premises (as modified by any Alterations permitted,

 

- 7 -


approved or deemed approved by Landlord, subject to Tenant’s obligation to remove such Alterations in accordance with Paragraph 12 hereof), normal wear and tear and fire or other casualty excepted, with all interior areas clean. Tenant shall remove from the Premises all of Tenant’s Alterations required to be removed pursuant to Paragraph 12, and all Tenant’s Personal Property and repair any damage caused by such removal. If Tenant fails to remove such Alterations and Tenant’s Personal Property, and such failure continues after the termination of this Lease, Landlord may retain such property and all rights of Tenant with respect to it shall cease, or Landlord may place all or any portion of such property in public storage for Tenant’s account. Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for costs of removal of any such Alterations and Tenant’s Personal Property and storage and transportation costs of same, and the cost of repairing and restoring the Premises, together with interest at the Interest Rate from the date of expenditure by Landlord.

14.         Real Property Taxes .

14.1       Payment by Tenant .   On April 1 and December 1 of each calendar year during the Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Percentage of the Real Property Taxes as set forth on the County assessor’s tax statement for the Premises. Landlord shall give Tenant at least ten (10) days prior written notice of the amount so due. If Tenant fails to pay Tenant’s Percentage of the Real Property Taxes on or before April 1 and December 1, respectively, Tenant shall pay to Landlord any penalty incurred by such late payment. Tenant shall pay Tenant’s Percentage of any Real Property Tax not included within the County tax assessor’s tax statement within ten (10) days after being billed for same by Landlord, provided however, Landlord shall not bill Tenant more than thirty (30) days prior to the due date of the tax statement. The foregoing dates are based on the dates established by the County as the dates on which Real Property Taxes become delinquent if not paid. If such delinquency dates change, the dates on which Tenant must pay such taxes shall be at least ten (10) days prior to the delinquency dates. Notwithstanding the above, if Landlord elects, Landlord may bill the Tenant on a monthly basis Landlord’s reasonable estimate of Real Property Taxes, as and with estimated Operating Expenses and adjust such payments as provided in Section 16.2.3.

14.2       Taxes on Tenant Improvements and Personal Property .   Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, Tenant shall pay the full amount of any increase in Real Property Taxes during the Term resulting from any and all Alterations and Tenant Improvements of any kind whatsoever placed in, on or about the Premises for the benefit of, at the request of, or by Tenant. Tenant shall pay prior to delinquency all taxes assessed or levied against Tenant’s Personal Property in, on or about the Premises. When possible, Tenant shall cause its Personal Property to be assessed and billed separately from the real or personal property of Landlord.

14.3       Proration .   Tenant’s liability to pay Real Property Taxes shall be prorated on the basis of a 365-day year to account for any fractional portion of a fiscal tax year included at the commencement or expiration of the Term.

15.         Utilities and Services .   Tenant shall be responsible for and shall pay promptly all charges for water, gas, electricity, sewer, telephone, refuse pickup, janitorial service and all other utilities, materials and services furnished directly to or used by Tenant in, on or about the

 

- 8 -


Premises during the Term, together with any taxes thereon. Any utilities that are not separately metered to the Premises shall be charged to Tenant on an equitable basis as reasonably determined by Landlord. Landlord shall not be liable in damages, consequential or otherwise, nor shall there be any Rent reduction, Rent abatement or right of Tenant to terminate this Lease, as a result of any failure or interruption of any utility service or other service furnished to the Premises. Landlord shall use diligent efforts to promptly correct any failure or interruption caused by the act or neglect of Landlord or any other tenant of the Building. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any failure or interruption of utilities or services is caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, or employees, and such failure continues for more than two (2) consecutive business days, then Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate abatement of Rent, commencing with the expiration of such two-day period and continuing until such utilities and/or services are fully restored, based on the extent to which such interruption or failure interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises.

16.         Repair and Maintenance .

16.1       Landlord’s Obligations .   Landlord shall at all times and at its own expense clean, keep and maintain in good safe and sanitary order, condition and repair the structural parts of the Building, which structural parts include only the foundation, subflooring, roof, structure, exterior walls, exterior plumbing, and exterior electrical connections to the Premises, except for any damage thereto caused by the willful misconduct, negligence acts or omissions of Tenant or of Tenant’s agents, employees or invitees, or by reason of the failure of Tenant to perform or comply with any terms, conditions or covenants in this Lease, or caused by Alterations made by Tenant or by Tenant’s agents, employees or contractors, which shall be Tenant’s responsibility (except to the extent such damage is covered by Landlord’s insurance, in which cause Landlord shall repair such damage). Landlord shall also maintain, repair and replace as necessary to keep the same in good working condition and repair, the roof membrane of the Building, the HVAC system for the Premises, the Common area of the Building, and the Outside Area and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the costs thereof, as provided in Paragraph 16.3. At Landlord’s option, Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant to maintain and repair the HVAC system for the Premises. In such case, Tenant shall cause the HVAC system for the Premises to be maintained in at least as good condition as received at all times and Tenant shall obtain an HVAC system preventative maintenance contract with monthly service which shall be subject to the reasonable approval of Landlord and paid for by Tenant and which shall provide for and include replacement of filters, oiling and lubricating of machinery, parts replacement, adjustment of drive belts, oil changes and other preventative maintenance; provided, however, that in such event Tenant shall not be required to pay more than Three Thousand ($3,000) per repair for any repairs made to the HVAC system serving the Premises, nor more than Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000) per year, in the aggregate, for any repairs to the HVAC system serving the Premises. If Tenant is performing the repair and maintenance of the HVAC system, Tenant shall have the benefit of all warranties available to Landlord regarding such equipment. It is a condition precedent to all obligations of Landlord to repair and maintain under this Paragraph 16.1 that Tenant shall have notified Landlord in writing of the need for such repairs or maintenance.

16.2       Tenant’s Obligations .   Tenant shall at all times and at its own expense, clean, keep and maintain in good, safe and sanitary order, condition and repair every part of the interior of the Premises which is not within Landlord’s obligation pursuant to Paragraph 16.1.

 

- 9 -


Tenant’s repair and maintenance obligations shall include, without limitation, all plumbing and sewage facilities within the Premises, fixtures, interior walls, floors, ceilings, interior windows, doors, entrances, plateglass, all electrical facilities and equipment, including lighting fixtures, lamps, fans and any exhaust equipment and systems, any automatic fire extinguisher equipment within the Premises, electrical motors and all other appliances and equipment of every kind and nature located in, upon or about the Premises. Tenant shall provide at Tenant’s expense all janitorial service to the Premises and all pest control within the Premises. All glass is at the sole risk of Tenant, and any broken glass shall promptly be replaced by Tenant at Tenant’s expense with glass of the same kind, size and quality.

16.3       Tenant to Pay Operating Expenses .   Tenant shall pay, as Additional Rent, Tenant’s Percentage of all reasonable costs and expenses as may be paid or incurred by Landlord in maintaining, operating and repairing the Building and the Outside Area (“Operating Expenses”). The Operating Expenses may include, without limitation, the costs of labor, materials, supplies and services used or consumed in operating, maintaining and repairing the roof membrane, the HVAC system (subject to the limitations set forth below), the Common Area, and the Outside Area, including landscaping and sprinkler systems, concrete walkways and paved parking area; maintaining and repairing signs and site lighting; all utilities provided to the Building (other than electricity, which shall be separately metered to the Premises) and the Outside Area; any alterations or improvements required by governmental authority; and the cost of maintaining, repairing and replacing exterior windows and the non-structural components of the roof of the Building, and a reasonable management fee. The cost of any repair, replacement or improvement to the Building and/or the Outside Area which constitutes a capital expenditure under generally accepted accounting principles shall be fully amortized, on a straight-line basis, over the useful life of the capital item and only the annual amortized cost of such capital item shall be included in Operating Expenses annually. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Operating Expenses shall not include, and Tenant shall have no obligation to pay, any of the following: (i) depreciation and amortization; (ii) management fees for the Building in excess of three percent (3%) of the monthly Rent collected; (iii) financing and refinancing costs; (iv) brokerage commissions and marketing costs; (v) costs incurred in connection with leasing or re-leasing space in the Building, such as space planning, architectural, engineering, attorneys’ fees, advertising costs, cost of tenant improvements and tenant allowances, tenant concessions and promotional expenses; (vi) costs incurred in connection with the modification of enforcement of leases and disputes with tenants, lenders or contractors; (vii) costs paid for by the proceeds of any insurance, warranty or guaranty benefiting Landlord; (viii) damages and costs relating to construction or design defects in the Building or the Outside Areas; and (ix) costs incurred in connection with or otherwise associated with any testing, measuring, inspection, responding, clean-up, removal or remediation of or to Toxic Materials located on or about the Building or the Property. Furthermore, during the initial Term of this Lease only, Tenant shall not be required to pay more than Three Thousand ($3,000) per repair or replacement for any repairs or replacements made to the HVAC system serving the Premises, nor more than Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000) per year, in the aggregate, for any repairs or replacements to the HVAC system serving the Premises. The foregoing limitation shall apply only to the costs of any repairs and replacements to the HVAC system and shall not apply to the routine maintenance and servicing of the HVAC system, which shall be included in Operating Expenses, nor shall such limitation apply to the cost of any repairs or replacements to the HVAC system that are required as result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents, employees or

 

- 10 -


contractors, which shall be paid by Tenant upon receipt of an invoice from Landlord for such repairs and/or replacements.

16.4       Monthly Payments .   From and after the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each calendar month of the Term Tenant’s Percentage of the amount estimated by Landlord to be the monthly Operating Expenses. Such estimated monthly Operating Expenses may be adjusted by Landlord at the end of any calendar quarter on the basis of Landlord’s experience and reasonably anticipated costs. Any such adjustment shall be effective as of the calendar month next succeeding receipt by Tenant of written notice of the adjustment. Within on hundred twenty (120) days following the end of each calendar year Landlord shall furnish Tenant a reasonably detailed and itemized statement (the “Statement”) of actual Operating Expenses (the “Actual Expenses”) for the calendar year and the payments made by Tenant with respect to such period. If Tenant’s payments for the Operating Expenses do not equal Tenant’s Percentage of the Actual Expenses, Tenant shall pay Landlord the deficiency within thirty (30) days after receipt of such Statement. If Tenant’s payments exceed Tenant’s Percentage of the Actual Expenses, Landlord shall either offset the excess against the Operating Expenses next thereafter to become due to Landlord, or shall refund the amount of the overpayments to Tenant, in cash, as Landlord shall elect. There shall be appropriate adjustments of the Operating Expenses as of the Commencement Date and expiration of the Term. Any delay by Landlord in delivering any Statement of Operating Expenses for a period greater than one (1) year after the applicable calendar year shall release Tenant of its obligation to pay any deficiency to Landlord as set forth herein.

16.5       Tenant’s Audit Rights .   If Tenant disputes the amount of the Operating Expenses set forth in the Statement delivered by Landlord to Tenant, Tenant shall have the right, at Tenant’s costs, after reasonable notice to Landlord, to inspect, at Landlord’s office during normal business hours, Landlord’s books and records directly relating to the Operating Expenses set forth in the Statement provided that Tenant conducts such inspection within six (6) months after Landlord has delivered the Statement. Notwithstanding Tenant’s timely objection, dispute, inspection and/or audit to or of any Operating Expenses as permitted in this Section 16.5, Tenant shall not be permitted to withhold payment of, and Tenant shall timely pay to Landlord, the full amount of any Operating Expenses to be paid by Tenant as provided in Section 16.4 in accordance with such Statement. However, such payment may be made under protest pending the outcome of any audit that may be performed by Tenant. If the audit performed by Tenant reveals that Landlord has over-charged Tenant, then unless Landlord disputes the results of Tenant’s audit, within thirty (30) days after the results of such audit are made available to Landlord , Landlord shall either credit such amount against the Operating Expenses next due from Tenant or reimburse to Tenant the amount of such over-charge. If Tenant’s audit reveals that Tenant was under-charged, then, within thirty (30) days after the results of such audit are made available to Landlord, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount of such under-charge. Tenant agrees to pay the cost of such audit unless it is subsequently determined that Landlord’s original Statement which was the subject of such audit was in error to Tenant’s disadvantage by more than five percent (5%), in which case Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for the reasonable cost of such audit. If, however, Landlord disputes the results of Tenant’s audit, then Landlord shall so notify Tenant within thirty (30) days after the results of Tenant’s audit are made available to Landlord, which notice shall also specify in reasonable detail the reasons that Landlord disputes the results of Tenant’s audit. If Landlord and Tenant fail to resolve such

 

- 11 -


dispute within thirty (30) days after Landlord has notified Tenant that it disputes the results of Tenant’s audit, then the parties agree that the matter shall be resolved by another audit to be performed by a reputable, independent accounting firm. The results of such audit shall be binding upon the parties and Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, shall pay to the other, within thirty (30) days after the result of such independent audit are made final, any amount owing to the other as disclosed by the results of such audit. The cost of such independent audit shall be shared equally by the parties.

16.6       Waiver .   Tenant waives the provisions of Sections 1941 and 1942 of the California Civil Code and any similar or successor law regarding Tenant’s right to make repairs and deduct the expenses of such repairs from the Rent under this Lease.

16.7       Compliance with Government Regulations .   Tenant shall, at its cost, comply with, including the making by Tenant of any Alteration to the Premises, all present and future regulations, rules, laws, ordinances, and requirements of all governmental authorities (including state, municipal, County and federal governments and their departments, bureaus, boards and officials) arising from the use of occupancy of the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant shall have no obligation to make any improvements or alterations to the Building or the Premises in order to cause the same to be in compliance with such applicable laws unless such improvements or alterations are required solely as a result of the Tenant Improvements, any Alterations to the Premises, or Tenant’s particular use of the Premises.

17.         Liens .   Tenant shall keep the Building and the Premises free from any liens arising out of any work performed, materials furnished or obligations incurred by or on behalf of Tenant and hereby indemnifies and holds Landlord and its Agents harmless from all liability and cost, including attorneys’ fees and costs, in connection with or arising out of any such lien or claim of lien. Tenant shall cause any such lien imposed to be released or record by payment or posting of a proper bond acceptable to Landlord within ten (10) days after written request by Landlord. Tenant shall give Landlord written notice of Tenant’s intention to perform work on the Premises which might result in any claim of lien at least ten (10) days prior to the commencement of such work to enable Landlord to post and record a Notice of Nonresponsibility or other notice reasonable deemed proper by Landlord. If Tenant fails to so remove any such lien within the prescribed ten (10) day period, then Landlord may do so and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand. Such reimbursement shall include all sums incurred by Landlord including Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees, with interest thereon at the Interest Rate.

18.         Landlord’s Right to Enter the Premises .   Tenant shall permit Landlord and its Agent to enter the Premises, including the Building, at all reasonable times with reasonable notice, except for emergencies in which case no notice shall be required, to inspect to same, to post Notices of Nonresponsibility and similar notices, to show the Premises to interested parties such as prospective lenders and purchasers, to make necessary repairs, to discharge Tenant’s obligations hereunder when Tenant has failed to do so within a reasonable time after written notice from Landlord, and at any reasonable time within one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the expiration of the Term, to place upon the Building or in the Outside Area ordinary “For Lease” signs and to show the Premises to prospective tenants. The above rights are subject to

 

- 12 -


reasonable security regulations of Tenant, and to the requirement that Landlord shall at all times act in a manner to cause the least possible interference with Tenant’s business.

19.         Signs .   Tenant shall have the right to install Tenant identification signage on the exterior of the Building and on the monument sign located in the Outside Area, subject to Landlord’s written approval of the proposed signage, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, and any required municipal or governmental approvals. All costs associated with the design, installation and governmental approvals for Tenant’s signage shall be paid by Tenant. Tenant shall have no other right to maintain Tenant identification signs in any other location in, on or about the Premises, the Building or the Outside Area and shall not display or erect any other Tenant identification sign, display or other advertising material that is visible from the exterior of the Building. The cost of maintaining the signs shall be included in Operating Expense. Tenant shall be solely responsible for the cost of any repairs to Tenant’s signage and shall, at the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease remove Tenant’s signs from the Property and repair any damage to the Building and/or the monument sign caused by the installation and/or removal of Tenant’s signs. If Tenant fails to remove any such signs upon termination of this Lease and/or repair any damage to the Building or the monument sign caused by the installation or removal of Tenant’s signs, Landlord may do so at Tenant’s expense and Tenant’s reimbursement to Landlord for such amounts shall be deemed Additional Rent.

20.         Insurance .

20.1       Tenant’s Indemnification .   Subject to the provisions of Paragraph 21, Tenant hereby agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord and Landlord’s Agents from and against any and all damage, loss, liability or expense including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal costs suffered directly or by reason of any claim, suit or judgment brought by or in favor of any person for damage, loss or expense due to, but not limited to, bodily injury and property damage sustained by such person or persons which arises out of, is occasioned by or in any way attributable to the use or occupancy of the Premises by Tenant, negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, Tenant’s agents, or any contractors brought onto the Premises by Tenant, except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord or Landlord’s Agent. Tenant agrees that the obligations assumed herein shall survive this Lease.

20.2       Tenant’s Insurance .   Tenant agrees to maintain in full force and effect at all times during the Term, at its own expense, policies of insurance issued by a responsible carrier or carriers reasonably acceptable to Landlord which afford the following coverages:

20.2.1       Liability .   Commercial general liability insurance in an amount not less than Two Million and no/100ths Dollars ($2,000,000.00) combined single limit for both bodily injury and property damage which includes blanket contractual liability broad form property damage, personal injury, completed operations, products liability, and fire damage legal (in an amount not less than One Hundred Thousand and no/100ths Dollars ($100,000.00)), naming Landlord and its Agents as additional insureds.

20.2.2       Personal Property .   “All Risk” or causes of loss – special form property insurance (including, without limitation, vandalism, malicious mischief, and sprinkler

 

- 13 -


leakage endorsement) on Tenant’s Personal Property located on or in the Premises. Such insurance shall be in the full amount of the replacement cost, as the same may from time to time increase as a result of inflation or otherwise, and shall be in a form providing coverage comparable to the coverage provided in the standard ISO All-Risk form.

20.3       All-Risk Insurance .   During the Term Landlord shall maintain “All Risk” or causes of loss – special form property insurance, including inflation endorsement, sprinkler leakage endorsement, and flood coverage; also including, at Landlord’s option, earthquake coverage on the Building, excluding coverage of all Tenant’s Personal Property located on or in the Building, but including the Tenant Improvements. Such insurance shall also include insurance against loss of rents on all “All Risk” basis, including earthquake and flood, in an amount equal to the Monthly Rent and Additional Rent, and any other sums payable under the Lease, for a period of at least twelve (12) months commencing on the date of loss. Such insurance shall name Landlord and its Agents as named insureds and include a lender’s loss payable endorsement in favor of Landlord’s lender (Form 438 BFU Endorsement). Tenant shall reimburse Landlord monthly, as Additional Rent, on the first day of each calendar month of the Term, for Tenant’s Percentage of one-twelfth (1/12th) of the annual cost of such insurance, prorated for any partial month, or on such other periodic basis as Landlord shall elect. If the insurance premiums are increased after the Commencement Date due to an increase in premium rates, an increase in the valuation of the Building or its replacement cost, Tenant shall pay such increase within twenty (20) days of notice of such increase. Landlord shall have the right to insure the Building on a policy that includes other buildings. In such case, Tenant shall pay a percentage of such policy cost determined by dividing the square footage of the Building by the square footage of all buildings covered by such policy.

20.4       Certificates .   Tenant shall deliver to Landlord at least ten (10) days prior to the time such insurance is first required to be carried by Tenant, and thereafter at least ten (10) days prior to expiration of each such policy, certificates of insurance evidencing the above coverage with limits not less than those specified above. The certificates shall expressly provide that the interest of Landlord therein shall not be affected by any breach of Tenant of any policy provision for which such certificates evidence coverage. All certificates shall expressly provide that no less than thirty (30) days’ prior written notice shall be given Landlord in the event of cancellation of the coverages evidenced by such certificates.

20.5       Insurance Requirements .   All insurance shall be in a form satisfactory to Landlord and shall be carried with companies that have a general policy holder’s rating of not less than “A-” and a financial rating of not less than Class “VII” in the most current edition of Best’s Insurance Reports; shall provide that such policies shall not be subject to material alteration or cancellation except after at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord; and shall be primary as to Landlord. The policy or policies, or duly executed certificates for them, together with satisfactory evidence of payment of the premium thereon shall be deposited with Landlord prior to the Commencement Date, and upon renewal of such policies, not less than ten (10) days prior to the expiration of the term of such coverage. If Tenant fails to procure and maintain the insurance required hereunder, and such failure continues for a period of five (5) business days after written notice thereof from Landlord, Landlord may, upon written notice to Tenant, order such insurance at Tenant’s expense and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord. Such

 

- 14 -


reimbursement shall include all sums incurred by Landlord, including Landlord’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs, with interest thereon at the Interest Rate.

20.6       Landlord’s Disclaimer .   Landlord and its Agents shall not be liable for any loss or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling plaster, glass, tile or sheetrock, steam, gas, electricity, water or rain which may leak from any part of the Building, or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing works therein or from the roof, street or subsurface, or from any other cause whatsoever, unless caused by or due to the negligence or willful acts of Landlord. Landlord and its Agents shall not be liable for interference with the light, air, or any latent defect in the Premises not known to Landlord. Tenant shall give prompt written notice to Landlord in case of a casualty, accident or repair needed in the Premises.

21.         Waiver of Subrogation .   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease to the contrary, Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive all rights of recovery against the other on account of loss or damage occasioned to such waiving party for its property or the property of others under its control to the extent that such loss or damage is insured against under any insurance policies which may be in force at the time of such loss or damage, even if such damage may have been caused by the negligence of the other party, its agents or employees. Tenant and Landlord shall, upon obtaining policies of insurance required hereunder, give notice to the insurance carrier that the foregoing mutual waiver of subrogation is contained in this Lease and Tenant and Landlord shall cause each insurance policy obtained by such party to provide that the insurance company waives all right of recovery by way of subrogation against either Landlord or Tenant in connection with any damage covered by such policy.

22.         Damage or Destruction .

22.1       Partial Damage Insured .   If the Premises are damaged by any casualty which is covered under the “All-Risk” or causes of loss – special form insurance carried by Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 20.3, then Landlord shall restore such damage, provided insurance proceeds are available to pay at least ninety percent (90%) of the cost of restoration and provided such restoration can be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the commencement of the work in the reasonable opinion of a registered architect or engineer appointed by Landlord for such determination, which opinion Landlord shall obtain within sixty (60) days of the date of damage. If insurance proceeds are not available to cover ninety percent (90%) or more of the cost of restoration or the estimated period for restoration exceeds one hundred eighty (180) days, Landlord may terminate this Lease by written notice to the other party hereto within thirty (30) days after determination of the estimated period for restoration. In the event Landlord elects or is obligated to restore the Premises, this Lease shall continue in full force and effect, except that Tenant shall be entitled to a proportionate reduction of net Monthly Rent while such restoration takes place, such proportionate reduction to be based upon the extent to which the restoration efforts interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises, as reasonably agreed upon between Tenant and Landlord. Any dispute between Landlord and Tenant as to the amount of such rent reduction shall be resolved by arbitration, and such arbitration shall comply with and be governed by the California Arbitration Act Sections 1280 through 1294.2 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. If it is anticipated by Landlord that such restoration cannot be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of the

 

- 15 -


estimated repair period. If neither Landlord nor Tenant terminate this Lease as permitted herein, Landlord shall promptly commence the process of obtaining the necessary permits and approvals and repair the Premises and the Tenant Improvements. If, however, this Lease is terminated by either party, Landlord shall refund to Tenant any Rent previously paid by Tenant which is allocable to the period after the date of damage or destruction.

22.2       Partial Damage – Uninsured .   If the Premises are damaged by a risk not covered by Landlord’s insurance, or the proceeds of available insurance are less than ninety percent (90%) of the cost of restoration, or the restoration cannot be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after the commencement of work, in the reasonable opinion of the registered architect or engineer appointed by Landlord for such determination, then Landlord shall have the option either to: (i) repair or restore such damage, this Lease continuing in full force and effect, but the net Monthly Rent to be proportionately abated as provided in Paragraph 22.1; or (ii) give notice to Tenant at any time within thirty (30) days after such damage terminating this Lease as of a date to be specified in such notice, which date shall be not less than thirty (30) nor more than sixty (60) days after giving such notice. If notice of termination is given, this Lease shall expire and all interest of Tenant in the Premises shall terminate on such date so specified in such notice and the Monthly Rent, reduced by any proportionate reduction based upon the extent, if any, to which such damage interfered with the use of the Premises by Tenant, shall be paid to the date of such termination. If it is anticipated by Landlord that such restoration cannot be completed within one hundred eighty (180) days after commencement of work, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice of the estimated repair period. Landlord shall provide Tenant with written notice of the estimated repair period as soon as reasonably possible following the damage or destruction. If neither Landlord nor Tenant terminate this Lease as permitted herein, Landlord shall promptly commence the process of obtaining the necessary permits and approvals and repair the Premises and the Tenant Improvements. If, however, this Lease is terminated by either party, Landlord shall refund to Tenant any Rent previously paid by Tenant which is allocable to the period after the date of damage or destruction.

22.3       Total Destruction .   If the Premises are totally destroyed or the Premises cannot be reasonably restored under applicable laws and regulations or due to the presence of hazardous factors such as earthquake faults, chemical waste and similar dangers, notwithstanding the availability of insurance proceeds, this Lease shall be terminated effective the date of the damage.

22.4       Landlord’s Obligations .   Landlord shall not be required to repair any injury or damage by fire or other cause, or to make any restoration or replacement of any panelings, decorations, partitions, railings, floor coverings, office fixtures which are Alterations or Personal Property installed in the Premises by Tenant or at the expense of Tenant. Tenant shall be required to restore or replace the same excluding those Tenant Improvements defined in the Work Letter Agreement attached hereto. Except for abatement of Monthly Rent, if any, Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for any damage suffered by reason of any such damage, destruction, repair or restoration; nor shall Tenant have the right to terminate this Lease as the result of any statutory provision now or hereafter in effect pertaining to the damage and destruction of the Premises, except as expressly provided herein.

 

- 16 -


22.5       Damage Near End of Term .   Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, if the Premises are destroyed or significantly damaged during the last twelve (12) months of the Term, then Landlord may cancel and terminate this Lease as of the date of the occurrence of such damage. If such damage substantially interferes with Tenant’s use of the Premises, then Tenant may cancel and terminate this Lease as of the date of the occurrence of such damage. If neither Landlord nor Tenant elects to so terminate this Lease, the repair of such damage shall be governed by the other provisions of this Paragraph 22.

23.         Condemnation .   If title to all of the Premises or so much thereof is taken or appropriated for any public or quasi-public use under any statute or by right of eminent domain so that reconstruction of the Premises will not, in Landlord’s and Tenant’s mutual reasonable judgment, result in the Premises being suitable for Tenant’s continued occupancy for the uses and purposes permitted by this Lease, this Lease shall terminate as of the date that possession of the Premises or Building or part thereof be taken, provided that if the parties disagree, the Lease shall not terminate and the issue as to whether the remaining Premises are suitable for Tenant’s continued occupancy for the uses permitted by this Lease shall be submitted into arbitration and such arbitration shall comply and be governed by the California Arbitration Act, Sections 1280 through 1294.2 of the California Code of Civil Procedure. A sale by Landlord to any authority having the power of eminent domain, either under threat of condemnation or while condemnation proceedings are pending, shall be deemed a taking under the power of eminent domain for all purposes of this paragraph. If any part of the Premises is taken and the remaining part is reasonably suitable for Tenant’s continued occupancy for the purposes and uses permitted by this Lease, this Lease shall, as to the part so taken, terminate as of the date that possession of such part of the Premises is taken. If the Premises is so partially taken the Rent and other sums payable hereunder shall be reduced in the same proportion that Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises is reduced. If the parties disagree as to the suitability of the Premises for Tenant’s continued occupancy or the amount of any applicable Rent reduction, the matter shall be resolved by arbitration. No award for any partial or entire taking shall be apportioned. Tenant assigns to Landlord its interest in any award which may be made in such taking or condemnation, together with any and all rights of Tenant arising in or to the same or any part thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in or require Tenant to assign to Landlord any separate award made to Tenant for the taking of Tenant’s Personal Property, for the interruption of Tenant’s business, or its moving costs, or for the loss of its good will. No temporary taking of the Premises shall terminate this Lease or give Tenant any right to any abatement of Rent except to the extent of interference with Tenant’s use of the Premises and to the extent covered by rent abatement insurance; provided, however, that in any event Rent shall not be abated if Tenant is separately and directly compensated for such interference by the condemning authority. Any award made to Tenant by reason of such temporary taking shall belong entirely to Tenant and Landlord shall not be entitled to share therein. Each party agrees to execute and deliver to the other all instruments that may be required to effectuate the provisions of this paragraph.

24.         Assignment and Subletting .

24.1       Landlord’s Consent .   Tenant shall not enter into a Sublet without Landlord’s prior written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. Any attempted or purported Sublet without Landlord’s prior written consent shall be void and confer

 

- 17 -


no rights upon any third person and shall be deemed a material default of this Lease. Each Subtenant shall agree in writing, for the benefit of Landlord, to assume, to be bound by, and to perform the terms, conditions and covenants of this Lease to be performed by Tenant. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, Tenant shall not be released from personal liability for the performance of each term, condition and covenant of this Lease by reason of Landlord’s consent to a Sublet unless Landlord specifically grants such release in writing.

24.2       Information to Be Furnished .   If Tenant desires at any time to Sublet the Premises or any portion thereof, it shall first notify Landlord of its desire to do so and shall submit in writing to Landlord: (i) the name of the proposed Subtenant; (ii) the nature of the proposed Subtenant’s business to be carried on in the Premises; (iii) the terms and provisions of the proposed Sublet and a copy of the proposed Sublet form containing a description of the subject premises; and (iv) such financial information, including financial statements, as Landlord may reasonably request concerning the proposed Subtenant.

24.3       Landlord’s Alternatives .   At any time within fifteen (15) days after Landlord’s receipt of the information specified in Paragraph 24.2, Landlord may, by written notice to Tenant, elect: (i) to consent to the Sublet by Tenant; or (ii) to reasonably refuse its consent to the Sublet, in which case such notice shall be set forth in reasonable detail the reasons for such disapproval. If Landlord consents to the Sublet, Tenant may thereafter enter into a valid Sublet of the Premises or portion thereof, upon the terms and conditions and with the proposed Subtenant set forth in the information furnished by Tenant to Landlord pursuant to Paragraph 24.2.

24.4       Executed Counterpart .   No Sublet shall be valid nor shall any Subtenant take possession of the Premises until an executed counterpart of the Sublet agreement has been delivered to Landlord.

24.5       Exempt Sublets .   Notwithstanding the above, Tenant may Sublet without Landlord’s consent to any subsidiary or affiliate in which Tenant has an ownership interest, to any parent of Tenant, to any subsidiary or affiliate in which Tenant’s parent owns an interest, or to any entity in which Tenant may be merged or consolidated or which acquires all or substantially all of Tenant’s assets or stock; provided, however, that (a) in the event of an assignment of this Lease the assignee executes, acknowledges and delivers to Landlord an agreement whereby the assignee assumes and agrees to be bound by all of the covenants and agreements in this Lease which Tenant has agreed to keep, observe or perform, and (b) in connection with an assignment of this Lease made in connection with a sale of Tenant’s stock or assets, the assignee shall have a net worth (determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied) immediately after such assignment which is at least equal to the net worth (as so determined) of Tenant at the commencement of this Lease. In addition, the sale of stock in Tenant pursuant to a public offering or on a stock exchange shall not constitute a Sublet.

24.6       Sublet Profits .   If the Rent received by Tenant from any Sublet (less Tenant’s actual out-of-pocket expenditures for reasonable attorneys’ fees, leasing commissions, advertising, and tenant improvements to the Premises made to induce the Sublet) exceeds the

 

- 18 -


Rent payable by Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall pay one-half (  1 / 2 ) of such excess to Landlord monthly as Additional Rent.

25.         Default .

25.1       Tenant’s Default .  A default under this Lease by Tenant shall exist if any of the following events shall occur (each an “Event of Default”):

25.1.1 If Tenant fails to pay Rent or any other sum required to be paid hereunder when due, which failure continues uncured for a period of three (3) days after written notice thereof; or

25.1.2 If Tenant shall have failed to perform any term, covenant or condition of this Lease except those requiring the payment of money, and Tenant shall have failed to cure such breach within thirty (30) days after written notice from Landlord where such breach could reasonably be cured within such thirty (30) day period; provided, however, that where such failure could not reasonably be cured, within the thirty (30) day period, that Tenant shall not be in default if it commences such performance within the thirty (30) day period and diligently thereafter prosecutes the same to completion; or

25.1.3 If Tenant assigns its assets for the benefit of its creditors; or

25.1.4 If a court shall make or enter any decree or order other than under the bankruptcy laws of the United States adjudging Tenant to be insolvent; or approving as properly filed a petition seeking reorganization of Tenant; or directing the winding up or liquidation of Tenant and such decree or order shall have continued for a period of sixty (60) days.

25.2       Remedies .  Upon an Event of Default, Landlord shall have the following remedies, in addition to all other rights and remedies provided by law or otherwise provided in this Lease, to which Landlord may resort cumulatively or in the alternative:

25.2.1 Landlord may continue this Lease in full force and effect, and this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as long as Landlord does not terminate this Lease, and Landlord shall have the right to collect Rent when due.

25.2.2 Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession of the Premises at any time by giving written notice to that effect, and relet the Premises or any part thereof. Tenant shall be liable immediately to Landlord for all costs reasonably allocable to the remaining Term Landlord incurs in reletting the Premises or any part thereof, including, without limitation, broker’s commissions, expenses of cleaning the Premises required by the reletting and like costs. Reletting may be for a period shorter or longer than the remaining Term of this Lease. No act by Landlord other than giving written notice to Tenant shall terminate this Lease. Acts of maintenance, efforts to relet the Premises or the appointment of a receiver on Landlord’s initiative to protect Landlord’s interest under this Lease shall not constitute a termination of Tenant’s right to possession. On termination, Landlord has the right to remove all Tenant’s Personal Property and store same at Tenant’s cost and to recover from Tenant as damages:

 

- 19 -


(a)         The worth at the time of award of unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which had been earned at the time of termination; plus

(b)         The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable which would have been payable after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus

(c)         The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent and other sums due and payable for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus

(d)         Any other amount necessary which is to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform Tenant’s obligations under this Lease, or which, in the ordinary course of things, would be likely to result therefrom; plus

(e)         At Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time to time by the laws of the State of California.

The “worth at the time of award” of the amounts referred to in Paragraphs 25.2.2(a) and 25.2.2(b) is computed by allowing interest at the Interest Rate on the unpaid rent and other sums due and payable from the termination date through the date of award. The “worth at the time of award” of the amount referred to in Paragraph 25.2.2(c) is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

25.2.3 Landlord may, with or without terminating this Lease, re-enter the Premises and remove all persons and property from the Premises; such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of Tenant. No re-entry or taking possession of the Premises by Landlord pursuant to this paragraph shall be construed as an election to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention is given to Tenant.

25.3       Landlord’s Default .  Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default in the performance of any obligation required to be performed by it hereunder unless and until it has failed to perform such obligation within thirty (30) days after receipt of written notice by Tenant to Landlord specifying the nature of such default; provided, however, that if the nature of Landlord’s obligation is such that more than thirty (30) days are required for its performance, then Landlord shall not be deemed to be in default if it shall commence such performance within such thirty (30) day period and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to completion.

26.       Subordination .  This Lease is subject and subordinate to ground and underlying leases, mortgages and deeds of trust (collectively “Encumbrances”) which may now affect the Premises, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions thereof; provided, however, if the holder or holders of any such Encumbrance (“Holder”) shall require that this Lease to be prior and superior thereto, within ten (10) business days of written

 

- 20 -


request of Landlord to Tenant, Tenant shall execute, have acknowledged and deliver any and all reasonable documents or instruments which Landlord or Holder deems necessary or desirable for such purposes. Landlord shall have the right to cause this Lease to be and become and remain subject and subordinate to any and all Encumbrances which may hereafter be executed covering the Premises, or any renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements or extensions thereof, for the full amount of all advances made or to be made thereunder and without regard to the time or character of such advances, together with interest thereon and subject to all the terms and provisions thereof; provided only, that in the event of termination of any such lease or upon the foreclosure of any such mortgage or deed of trust, so long as Tenant is not in default, Holder agrees to recognize Tenant’s rights under this Lease as long as Tenant shall pay the Rent and observe and perform all the provisions of this Lease to be observed and performed by Tenant. Within ten (10) business days after Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall execute any and all commercially reasonable documents required by Landlord or the Holder to make this Lease subordinate to any lien of the Encumbrance. If Tenant fails to do so, it shall be deemed that this Lease is so subordinated. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this paragraph, Tenant hereby attorns and agrees to attorn to any entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring the Premises at any sale or other proceeding or pursuant to the exercise of any other rights, powers or remedies under such Encumbrance. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Paragraph 26, Landlord shall provide to Tenant from all lenders currently holding a deed of trust, mortgage or other financing instrument on the Building or the underlying real property or on any lease thereof, and from all landlords under any ground or underlying lease currently in effect, a commercially reasonable non-disturbance agreement within thirty (30) days after the date of execution of this Lease, and the failure to do so, shall give Tenant the right to terminate this Lease upon written notice to Landlord.

27.         Notices .  Any notice or demand required or desired to be given under this Lease shall be in writing and shall be personally served or in lieu of personal service may be given by mail or by Federal Express or other reputable overnight courier service. If given by mail, such notice shall be deemed to have been given when seventy-two (72) hours have elapsed from the time when such notice was deposited in the United States mail, registered or certified, and postage prepaid, addressed to the party to be served. If given by overnight courier service, such notice shall be deemed to be effective upon the next business day after deposit with the courier service. At the date of execution of this Lease, the addresses of Landlord and Tenant are as set forth in the first paragraph of this Lease. After the Commencement Date, the address of Tenant shall be the address of the Premises. Either party may change its address by giving notice of same in accordance with this paragraph.

28.         Attorneys’ Fees .  If either party brings any action, legal proceeding or arbitration proceeding for damages for an alleged breach of any provision of this Lease, to recover rent, or other sums due, to terminate the tenancy of the Premises or to enforce, protect or establish any term, condition or covenant of this Lease or right of either party, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover as a part of such action or proceedings, or in a separate action brought for that purpose, reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs.

29.         Tenant Statements .  Tenant shall within ten (10) business days following written request by Landlord:

 

- 21 -


29.1       Estoppel Certificates .  Execute and deliver to Landlord any documents, including estoppels certificates, in the form prepared by Landlord (a) certifying that this Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect or, if modified, stating the nature of such modification and certifying that this Lease, as so modified, is in full force and effect and the date to which the Rent and other charges are paid in advance, if any, and (b) acknowledging that there are not, to Tenant’s knowledge, any uncured defaults on the part of Landlord, or, if there are uncured defaults on the part of the Landlord, stating the nature of such uncured defaults, and (c) evidencing the status of the Lease as may reasonably be required either by a lender making a loan to Landlord to be secured by deed of trust or mortgage covering the Premises or a purchaser of the Premises from Landlord. Tenant’s failure to deliver an estoppel certificate within ten (10) business days after delivery of Landlord’s written request therefor shall be conclusive upon Tenant (a) that this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord, (b) that there are now no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance and (c) that no Rent has been paid in advance. If Tenant fails to so deliver a requested estoppel certificate within the prescribed time it shall be deemed that there exist no defaults under this Lease on the part of Landlord, that the rent is current and that Tenant has no claims against Landlord.

29.2       Financial Statements .  If required by Landlord’s lender or if requested by Landlord in connection with a proposed sale of the Property or a proposed assignment of this Lease by Tenant, and subject to Landlord’s execution of a commercially reasonable confidentiality agreement, deliver to Landlord the current financial statements of Tenant, and financial statements of the two (2) years prior to the current financial statements year, including a balance sheet and profit and loss statement for the most recent prior year, all prepared by a certified public accountant.

30.         Transfer of the Premises by Landlord .  In the event of any conveyance of the Premises and assignment by Landlord of this Lease, Landlord shall be and is hereby entirely released from all liability under any and all of its covenants and obligations contained in or derived from this Lease accruing after the date of such conveyance and assignment, provided such transferee assumes Landlord’s obligations under this Lease, and Tenant agrees to attorn to such transferee.

31.         Landlord’s Right to Perform Tenant’s Covenants .  If Tenant fails to make any payment or perform any other act on its part to be made or performed under this Lease, provided that Landlord has delivered to Tenant written notice and Tenant has failed to commence and diligently pursue such performance within ten (10) days of its receipt of such notice, Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to and without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligation of Tenant under this Lease, make such payment or perform such other act to the extent Landlord may reasonably deem desirable, and in connection therewith, pay expenses and employ counsel. All sums so paid by Landlord and all penalties, interest and costs in connection therewith shall be due and payable by Tenant upon receipt of written demand by Landlord, together with interest thereon at the Interest Rate from the date Tenant receives Landlord’s written demand to the date of payment by Tenant to Landlord, plus collection costs and attorneys’ fees. Landlord shall have the same rights and remedies for the nonpayment thereof as in the case of default in the payment of Rent.

 

- 22 -


32.         Tenant’s Remedy .  If, as a consequence of a default by Landlord under this Lease, Tenant recovers a money judgment against Landlord, such judgment shall be satisfied only out of the proceeds of sale received upon execution of such judgment and levied thereon against the right, title and interest of Landlord in the Property and out of Rent or other income from the Property received by Landlord or out of consideration received by Landlord from the sale or other disposition of all or any part of Landlord’s right, title or interest in the Premises, and neither Landlord nor its Agents shall be liable for any deficiency.

33.         Mortgagee Protection .  If Landlord defaults under this Lease, Tenant will notify by registered or certified mail to any beneficiary of a deed of trust or mortgagee of a mortgage covering the Premises, of whom Tenant has been notified in writing, and offer such beneficiary or mortgagee a reasonable opportunity to cure the default, including time to obtain possession of the Premises by power of sale or a judicial foreclosure, if such should prove necessary to effect a cure.

34.         Brokers .  Tenant and Landlord warrant and represent that, except for those brokers listed in Paragraph 1.9 above, they have had no dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease, and that they know of no other real estate broker or agent who is or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Lease. Tenant and Landlord each agree to defend, indemnify and hold the other party and its Agents from and against any and all liabilities or expenses, including attorneys’ fees and costs, arising out of or in connection with claims made by any other broker or individual for commissions or fees on the basis of the acts or omissions of the indemnifying party.

35.         Acceptance .  Delivery of this Lease, duly executed by Tenant, constitutes an offer to lease the Premises, and under no circumstances shall such delivery be deemed to create an option or reservation to lease the Premises for the benefit of Tenant. This Lease shall only become effective and binding upon full execution hereof by Landlord and delivery of a signed copy to Tenant.

36.         Recording .  Neither party shall record this Lease.

37.         Quitclaim .  Upon thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the Term, or, if this Lease is terminated prior to the expiration of the Term, within five (5) business days of Landlord’s written request, Tenant shall execute, have acknowledged and deliver to Landlord a quitclaim deed of the Premises, which quitclaim deed may, at Landlord’s election, be recorded upon termination of the Lease or anytime thereafter.

38.         Modification for Lender .  If, in connection with obtaining financing for the Building or any portion thereof, Landlord’s lender shall request reasonable modification to this Lease as a condition to such financing, Tenant shall not unreasonably withhold, delay or defer its consent thereto, provided such modifications do not adversely affect Tenant’s rights hereunder and are reasonably and customarily required by lenders in similar transactions.

39.         Parking .  Tenant and Tenant’s Agents and invitees shall have the right to use Tenant’s Percentage Share of all parking spaces located at the Property’s parking facilities in common with other tenants of the Property upon terms and conditions as may from time to time

 

- 23 -


be reasonably established by Landlord. Landlord shall not allow other tenants of the Property to use more than their respective Percentage Shares of the parking spaces located at the parking facilities. Upon Tenant’s request, Landlord shall take reasonable steps to prevent other tenants from using more than their Percentage Share of such parking.

40.         Option to Extend .

40.1      Provided there is not an uncured Event of Default, either at the time of exercise or at the time the extended Term commences, Tenant shall have the option to extend the Term of this Lease for one (1) additional period of two (2) years (“Option Period”) on the same terms, covenants and conditions provided herein, except that upon such renewal the Monthly Rent due hereunder shall be the greater of (1) ninety-five percent (95%) of the then fair market rental value of the Premises, and (2) $1.90 per square foot per month. Tenant shall exercise its option by giving Landlord written notice (“Option Notice”) at least one hundred eighty (180) days, but not more than two hundred seventy (270) days, prior to the expiration of the initial Term of this Lease. This option to extend is personal to Tenant and may not be transferred or assigned to any third party.

40.2      The then fair market rental value of the Premises for the Option Period shall be determined as follows:

40.2.1 The parties shall have thirty (30) days after landlord receives the Option Notice within which to agree on the then fair market rental value of the Premises as defined in Paragraph 40.2.2. If the parties agree on the then fair market rental value of the Premises for the Option Period within thirty (30) days, they shall immediately execute an amendment to this Lease stating the Monthly Rent for the Option Period. If the parties are unable to agree on the then fair market rental value of the Premises for the Option Period within thirty (30) days, then, the then fair market rental value of the Premises shall be determined as provided in Paragraph 40.2.3.

40.2.2 The “then fair market rental value of the Premises” shall be defined to mean the fair market rental value of the Premises as of the commencement of the Option Period, taking into consideration all relevant factors, including the uses permitted under this Lease, the quality, size, design and location of the Premises, and the rent for comparable office/R&D space located in San Jose, California.

40.2.3 Within seven (7) days after the expiration of the thirty (30)-day period set forth in paragraph 40.2.1, each party, at its cost and by giving notice to the other party, shall appoint a real estate appraiser with at least five (5) years’ full-time commercial appraisal experience in the area in which the Premises are located to appraise and set the then fair market rental value of the Premises. If a party does not appoint an appraiser within ten (10) days after the other party has given notice of the name of its appraiser, the single appraiser appointed shall be the sole appraiser and shall set the then fair market rental value of the Premises. If the two appraisers are appointed by the parties as stated in this paragraph, they shall meet promptly and attempt to set the then fair market rental value of the Premises. If they are unable to agree within thirty (30) days after the second appraiser has been appointed, they shall attempt to elect a third appraiser meeting the qualifications stated in this paragraph within ten (10) days after the last

 

- 24 -


day the two appraisers are given to set the then fair market rental value of the Premises. If they are unable to agree on the third appraiser, either of the parties to this Lease, by giving ten (10) days’ notice to the other party, can apply to the then Presiding Judge of the Santa Clara County Superior Court, for the selection of the third appraiser who meets the qualifications stated in this paragraph. Each of the parties shall bear one-half (1/2) of the cost of appointing the third appraiser and of paying the third appraiser’s fee. The third appraiser, however selected, shall be a person who has not previously acted in any capacity for either party.

Within thirty (30) days after the selection of the third appraiser, a majority of the appraisers shall set the then fair market rental value of the Premises. If a majority of the appraisers are unable to set the then fair market rental value of the Premises within the stipulated period of time, the three appraisals shall be added together and their total divided by three; the resulting quotient shall be the then fair market rental value of the Premises. If, however, the low appraisal and/or the high appraisal are/is more than ten percent (10%) lower and/or higher than the middle appraisal, the low appraisal and/or the high appraisal shall be disregarded. If only one appraisal is disregarded, the remaining two appraisals shall be added together and their total divided by two; the resulting quotient shall be the then fair market rental value of the Premises. If both the low appraisal and the high appraisal are disregarded as stated in this paragraph, then only the middle appraisal shall be used as the result of the appraisal. After the fair market rental value of the Premises has been set, the appraisers shall immediately notify the parties and the parties shall amend this Lease to set forth the Monthly Rent for the Option Period.

41.         Right of First Refusal to Lease Additional Space .  Provided that there is not an uncured Event of Default at the time of exercise, Tenant shall have the right of first refusal to lease any space in the Building that is adjacent to the Premises (the “Additional Space”) on the following terms and conditions. If at any time during the Term of this Lease, including any extension or renewal thereof, Landlord receives a bona fide offer to lease all or any portion of the Additional Space on terms and conditions acceptable to Landlord, as evidenced by a letter of intent or other written offer, Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of the location and approximate rentable area of the space that is covered by such third-party offer (the “Available Space”) and the terms of such third-party offer (“Landlord’s Notice”). Tenant shall have five (5) business days after receipt of Landlord’s Notice to notify Landlord in writing of Tenant’s election to lease the Available Space on the terms stated in Landlord’s Notice, which shall include an allowance equal to the greater of the allowance specified in Landlord’s Notice, or $30,000, for tenant improvements to the Available Space (but only for the first of any Available Space leased by Tenant if less than the entire Additional Space is covered by Landlord’s Notice). If Tenant notifies Landlord in writing within such five-day period of Tenant’s election to lease the Available Space on the terms stated in Landlord’s Notice, Landlord and Tenant shall execute an amendment to this Lease adding the Available Space to the Premises and modifying the Monthly Rent and any other terms affected by the addition of the Available Space. If, however, Tenant fails to notify Landlord of Tenant’s election to lease the Available Space within such five-day period or, if Landlord and Tenant, through no fault of Landlord, fail to execute an amendment to this Lease within thirty (30) days after the date of Tenant’s notice to Landlord, Tenant shall be deemed to have waived its right to lease the Available Space at such time and Landlord shall have the right to lease the Available Space to the third party on substantially the same terms stated in Landlord’s Notice without further notice to Tenant. This right of first

 

- 25 -


refusal to lease the Additional Space is personal to Tenant and may not be transferred or assigned to any third party.

42.         Landlord’s Contingency .      Landlord and Tenant acknowledge that the effectiveness of this Lease is contingent upon Landlord entering into an agreement with Integrated Circuit Systems, Inc. for the early termination of the ICS Lease, on terms and conditions satisfactory to Landlord in its sole discretion (the “Termination Agreement”). Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such Termination Agreement as soon as reasonably possible and shall notify Tenant in writing as soon as the Termination Agreement has been executed by Landlord and Integrated Circuit Systems, Inc. If the Landlord does not provide Tenant with reasonable evidence that this contingency has been met on or before October 14, 2007, Tenant may terminate this Lease upon written notice to Landlord whereupon Landlord shall return to Tenant the Security Deposit and all prepaid rents.

43.         Roof Rights .

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section 42, and Tenant’s receipt of all necessary governmental approvals, Tenant shall have the non-exclusive right to install and operate a satellite dish on the roof of the Building, and related cabling within the Building risers (collectively, “Tenant’s Equipment”), at no charge to Tenant for the use of the roof and the risers, for the purpose of transmitting and/or receiving microwave or radio signals, in a manner consistent with Tenant’s business. Tenant shall, however, be responsible for all costs associated with the installation, maintenance and repair of Tenant’s Equipment as well as any utility costs associated with the operation of Tenant’s Equipment. The number, size, location and method of installing or affixing Tenant’s Equipment on the roof shall subject to the prior approval of Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned so long as Tenant’s Equipment can be installed and operated on the roof of the Building without damaging the Building structure and without interfering with the transmissions of any other equipment installed on the roof of the Building, whether the same is operated by Landlord, a licensee of Landlord, or another tenant of the Building. Installation shall be designed and supervised by a duly registered and qualified professional engineer or architect approved by the Landlord. The installation shall be actually fastened (bolted, welded or otherwise positively anchored, not ballasted) to the structure and properly flashed to the roof membrane with all necessary work to preserve the roof integrity and any warranties. Any future installations or changes in Tenant’s Equipment shall be subject to all the conditions and restrictions for original installation of Tenant’s Equipment as set forth herein, and shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval. For any transmitting device, the Tenant shall submit data to the Landlord detailing necessary safety precautions that will be used on the installation, including BMF output, in keeping with accepted operating and safety standards. Tenant shall not be permitted to assign or sublet the Tenant’s Equipment installation and operation rights to any other party; provided, however, that the rights granted to Tenant herein may be transferred to a Subtenant in connection with an exempt Sublet under Paragraph 24.5 above. The right to operate Tenant’s Equipment shall expire upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease, at which time Tenant shall remove all of Tenant’s Equipment, including all cabling, from the Building and repair any damage to the Building caused by the installation, operation or removal of Tenant’s Equipment. Landlord reserves the right to install any other equipment or allow other tenants or licensees to install, maintain and operate other equipment on the roof and in the

 

- 26 -


Building provided that the same do not interfere with the operation of Tenant’s Equipment. Landlord shall have the right to do maintenance, repairs and remodeling to the Building and roof space at any time without Tenant’s prior approval.

Tenant may only access the roof of the Building through the Common Area and Tenant agrees that it will not pass through other tenants’ spaces, nor will it interfere with any other tenants’ businesses. Additionally, Tenant agrees to give the Landlord reasonable notice prior to accessing the roof, any cabling or communication closets. Tenant also agrees only to access same during normal business hours and upon Landlord’s consent, not to be unreasonably withheld.

In the event that Tenant desires to run any cable through the building in connection with the installment and maintenance of Tenant’s Equipment, Tenant agrees to submit working drawings to the Landlord specifying the following: (i) the locations throughout the Building where the cable will be located; (ii) the manner in which the cabling will be run through the Building; (iii) the communications closets, if any, which will be utilized in installing and maintaining such cabling; (iv) the amount of cable which will be required to be utilized; and (v) the type of cable which will be utilized. Such working drawings are subject to Landlord’s approval and Tenant shall not install any cabling or perform any work until such working drawings have been approved by the Landlord. Additionally, Tenant agrees that all cable shall be shielded cable, the cable coating shall comply with all applicable fire codes, and the cable will be properly labeled so that it can be identified by the Landlord, Landlord’s agents or third parties. Tenant further agrees to provide Landlord reasonable notice prior to installing any cable, and such notice shall set forth the times at which Tenant expects to be installing or working on such cables. Tenant agrees that it will not pass through other tenants’ spaces, nor interfere with any other tenants’ businesses when installing or maintaining such cables.

44.         General .

44.1       Captions .   The captions and headings used in this Lease are for the purpose of convenience only and shall not be construed to limit or extend the meaning of any part of this Lease.

44.2       Executed Copy .   Any fully executed copy of this Lease shall be deemed an original for all purposes.

44.3       Time .   Time is of the essence for the performance of each term, condition and covenant of this Lease.

44.4       Separability .   If one of more of the provisions contained herein, except for the payment of Rent, is for any reason held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, such invalidity, illegality, or unenforceability shall not affect any other provision of this Lease, but this Lease shall be construed as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision had not been contained herein.

44.5       Choice of Law .   This Lease shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of California. The language in all parts of this Lease shall in all cases

 

- 27 -


be construed as a whole according to its fair meaning and not strictly for or against either Landlord or Tenant.

44.6       Gender, Singular, Plural .   When the context of this Lease requires, the neutral gender includes the masculine, the feminine, a partnership or corporation or joint venture, and the singular includes the plural.

44.7       Binding Effect .   The covenants and agreement contained in this Lease shall be binding on the parties hereto and on their respective successors and assigns to the extent this Lease is assignable.

44.8       Waiver .   The waiver by Landlord or Tenant of any breach of any term, condition or covenant, of this Lease shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such provision or any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, condition or covenant of this Lease. The subsequent acceptance of Rent hereunder by Landlord or payment of Rent hereunder by Tenant shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding breach at the time of acceptance or making of such payment. No covenant, term or condition of this Lease shall be deemed to have been waived by Landlord or Tenant unless such waiver is in writing signed by Landlord or Tenant as applicable.

44.9       Entire Agreement .   This Lease is the entire agreement between the parties, and there are o agreements or representations between the parties except as expressed herein. Except as otherwise provided herein, no subsequent change or addition to this Lease shall be binding unless in writing and signed by the parties hereto.

44.10       Authority .   If Tenant is a corporation or a partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of said corporation or partnership, as the case may be, represents and warrants that he is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of said entity in accordance with its corporate bylaws, statement of partnership or certificate of limited partnership, as the case may be, and that this Lease is binding upon said entity in accordance with its terms. Landlord, at its option, may require a copy of such written authorization to enter into this Lease. The failure of Tenant to deliver the same to Landlord within seven (7) days of Landlord’s request therefor shall be deemed a default under this Lease.

 

- 28 -


44.11 Exhibits . All exhibits, amendments, riders and addenda attached hereto are hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof.

THIS LEASE is effective as of the date the last signatory necessary to execute the Lease shall have executed this Lease.

 

     

TENANT

Dated:                   9-26-07             

     

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

     

a Delaware corporation

     

By:

  

/s/ Martin J. Silver

     

Its:

  

CFO

     

LANDLORD

Dated:                  9-26-07            

     

525 RACE STREET, LLC,

     

a California limited liability company,

     

By:

  

TBI-Race Street, LLC, a California

        

limited liability company

        

Manager

        

By:

  

Toeniskoetter & Breeding, Inc.

           

Development, Manager

           

By:

  

/s/ Brad W. Krouskup

              

Brad W. Krouskup, President

 

- 29 -


EXHIBIT A

THE PREMISES

[Graphic – Floor Plan]


LEGAL DESCRIPTION

REAL PROPERTY in the Unincorporated Area and the City of San Jose, County of Santa Clara, State of California, described as follows:

PARCEL ONE:

Beginning at a point in the Westerly line of Race Street, at the Southeasterly corner of that certain tract of land described in the Deed from Marie Kottinger et vir, to A. Del Grande, dated January 31, 1920, recorded February 4, 1920 in Block 507 of Deeds, Page 121, Santa Clara County Records, thence from said point of beginning North 2° 43’ West along the said Westerly line of Race Street for a distance of 390.94 feet to the point of intersection thereof with the Southerly line of that certain tract of land described in the Deed from A. Del Grande et ux, to Charles Earl Watts, et ux, dated March 31, 1947, recorded April 14, 1947, in Book 1463 of Official Records, Page 589, Santa Clara County Records; thence South 86° 41’ West along said Southerly line of land so described in the Deed to said Watts for a distance of 336.14 feet to an iron pipe set in the Westerly line of land described in the Deed to said Del Grande above referred to; thence South 0° 01’ 30” West along said Westerly line of land so described in the Deed to said Del Grande for a distance of 395.33 feet to the Southwesterly corner thereof; thence North 86° 04’ 50” East along the Southerly line of land so described in the Deed to said Del Grande for a distance of 355.11 feet to the point of beginning.

Excepting therefrom that portion contained in the Deed from Susan Del Grande, et ux to the County of Santa Clara, recorded July 30, 1976 (sic) in Book 5671, Page 193 and more particularly described as follows:

A parcel twenty (20) feet in width lying adjacent to and next adjoining and immediately West of that certain Easterly line of the property of Angelo Del Grande as said Easterly line is more particularly shown on a Record of Survey which map was filed for record in the Office of the Recorder of Santa Clara County, California, on September 10, 1957, in Book 86 of Maps, at Page 9 and which line runs on a course North 2° 43’ West for a distance of 390.94 feet, more or less.

PARCEL TWO:

A portion of Lot 88 of the Los Coches Rancho, described as follows:

Beginning on the Westerly line of Race Street, distant S. 2° 43’ E. along said Westerly line and along the original Westerly line of Race Street, 491.95 feet from the intersection thereof with the Original Southerly line of Auzerais Avenue, said point of beginning also being distant S. 2° 43’ E. along the Westerly line of Race Street, 75 feet from the Northeasterly corner of the 4 acre parcel of land conveyed to A. Del Grande by Deed recorded February 4, 1920 in Book 507 of Deeds, Page 121, and also the Southeasterly corner of the parcel of land conveyed to Anthony Amori, et ux, by Deed recorded July 31, 1946 in Book 1376 Official Records, Page 84; thence from said point of beginning S. 2° 43’ E. along the Westerly line of Race Street, 55 feet; thence S. 86° 41’ W. parallel with the Northerly line of said 4 acre parcel of land, 336 feet, more or less, to the Westerly line of said 4 acre parcel; thence North along said West line, 55 feet to the Southwest corner of said Amori parcel; thence N. 86° 41’ E. along the Southerly line of said Amori Parcel, 333.66 feet to the point of beginning.

PARCEL THREE:

Being a portion of Lot 88, Los Coches Rancho and more particularly described as follows:

Beginning at a point on the Westerly line of Race Street, said point being the Northeast corner of that certain tract of land conveyed to Del Grande, by Deed recorded February 4, 1920 in Book 507 of Deeds, page 121, Santa Clara County California Records; running thence from said point of beginning along the said Westerly line of Race Street and the Easterly line of the above mentioned tract of land S. 2° 43’ E. 75.00 feet; thence leaving said line and running S. 86° 41’ W. 333.66 feet to a point on the Westerly line of said tract of land; thence along said Westerly line N. 75.13 feet of the Northwest corner of said tract of land; thence along the Northerly line of said tract of land N. 86° 41’ E. 329.91 feet to the point of beginning.

APN: 264-08-022, 045, 068

ARB: 264-08-022, 023, 045                                         EXHIBIT B

                                                                   THE PROPERTY


EXHIBIT C

COMMENCEMENT DATE MEMORANDUM

 

LANDLORD:       525 Race Street, LLC
TENANT:       Vocera Communications, Inc.
LEASE DATE:       September 26, 2007
PREMISES:       525 Race Street, San Jose, California

Pursuant to paragraph 3.3 of the above referenced Lease, the Commencement Date is hereby established as                                               , 2007.

 

    TENANT
Dated:                                                                          

Vocera Communications, Inc., a

   

Delaware corporation

    By  

 

    Its  

 

    By  

 

    Its  

 

   

LANDLORD

Dated:                                                                          

525 RACE STREET, LLC,

   

a California limited liability company,

   

By:

 

TBI-Race Street, LLC, a California

     

limited liability company

     

Manager

     

            By:

 

Toeniskoetter & Breeding, Inc.

       

Development, Manager

   

By:

   

 

       

Brad W. Krouskup, President

       


EXHIBIT D

WORK LETTER AGREEMENT

In connection with the Tenant Improvements to be installed on the Premises Landlord and Tenant hereby agree as follows:

1.       Plans and Specifications for Tenant Improvements .

         (a)         Tenant shall prepare and submit to Landlord for Landlord’s review and approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld) a space plan for Tenant’s proposed Tenant Improvements to the Premises. Within five (5) business days after receipt of Tenant’s space plan, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s approval or disapproval thereof, specifying in reasonable detail the basis for Landlord’s disapproval, if applicable. Following approval of the space plan, Tenant shall retain a licensed architect for the preparation of final working architectural and engineering plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements to be constructed on the Premises based upon the approved space plan (“Final Plans and Specifications”). Tenant shall submit the Final Plans and Specifications to Landlord for Landlord’s review and approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld). Within five (5) business days after receipt of the Final Plans and Specifications, Landlord shall notify Tenant of Landlord’s approval or disapproval thereof, specifying in reasonable detail the basis for Landlord’s disapproval, if applicable. Thereafter, Tenant shall revise the Final Plans and Specifications taking into account Landlord’s comments and resubmit the same to Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable approval, which Landlord shall provide or withhold within three (3) business days after receipt of such revised plans. In the event Landlord fails to approve or disapprove the space plan or the Final Plans and Specifications within the applicable time periods set forth above, Landlord shall be deemed to have approved the same.

          (b)         Landlord’s review of the Final Plans and Specifications as set forth herein shall be for Landlord’s sole purpose and shall not imply Landlord’s review of the same, nor obligate Landlord to review the same, for quality, design, compliance with laws or other like matters. Accordingly, notwithstanding that any Final Plans and Specifications are reviewed by Landlord or its space planner, architect engineers or consultants, Landlord shall have no liability whatsoever in connection therewith and shall not be responsible for any omissions or errors contained in the Final Plans and Specifications.

 2.       Permits and Approvals .   Tenant shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary permits and approvals (including the building and occupancy permits) and other authorizations from the City of San Jose or other governmental agencies in connection with the construction of the Tenant Improvements. Tenant shall provide Landlord with copies of all required permits and approvals within ten (10) days after completion of the Tenant Improvements.

 3.       Construction and Work Quality .   Tenant shall construct or install the Tenant Improvements pursuant to a contract with licensed general contractor approved by Landlord, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Tenant Improvements shall constructed or installed in a good and workmanlike manner in compliance with (a) the Final Plans and Specifications approved by Landlord and Tenant, (b) all applicable laws, rules,

 

1


regulations, and (c) the building permit issued by the City of San Jose for such construction. Tenant shall arrange for the Tenant Improvements to be fully warranted (labor and materials) by the general contractor, subcontractor, or appropriate supplier, as the case may be, for a period of one (1) year from the completion thereof.

 4.       Tenant Improvements Cost .   The Tenant Improvements cost (“Tenant Improvements Cost”) shall include all costs of designing and constructing the Tenant Improvements, including but not be limited to: (a) all space planning fees and all costs of preliminary and final architectural and engineering plans and specifications for the Tenant Improvements, and engineering costs associated with completion of the State of California energy utilization calculations under Title 24 legislation; (b) all costs of obtaining building permits and other necessary authorizations from the City of San Jose; and (c) all direct and indirect costs of procuring, constructing and installing the Tenant Improvements in the Premises, including, but not limited to, the general contractor’s construction fee for overhead and profit, and the cost of all on-site supervisory staff, office, equipment and temporary services rendered by Tenant’s general contractor in connection with construction of the Tenant Improvements. In no event shall the Tenant Improvements Cost include any costs of procuring, constructing or installing in the Premises any of Tenant’s Personal Property, which shall be Tenant’s sole responsibility.

 5.       Payment of Tenant Improvements Cost .   Landlord shall provide an allowance of Three Hundred Thousand and no/100ths Dollars ($300,000.00) for the design and construction of the Tenant Improvements (“Tenant Improvements Allowance”). The Tenant Improvements Allowance shall be the maximum contribution by Landlord for the Tenant Improvements Costs. Any Tenant Improvement Costs in excess of the Tenant Improvements Allowance shall be paid by Tenant. The Tenant Improvements Allowance shall be paid to Tenant within ten (10) days after the Tenant Improvements have been completed and Landlord has received all of the following: (i) itemized invoices for the Tenant Improvement Costs paid; (ii) an unconditional release and waiver upon final payment from the general contractor and each subcontractor and supplier engaged in connection with the Tenant Improvements; (iii) copies of all building permits, indicating inspection and approval by the issuer of the permits; (iv) an architect’s certification that the Premises have been completed in accordance with the Final Plans and Specifications.

 6.       Change Requests .   No revisions to the approved Final Plans and Specifications shall be made by either Landlord or Tenant unless approved in writing by both parties, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant agrees to make all changes required by any public agency to conform with governmental regulations. Any costs related to such changes shall be added to the Tenant Improvements Cost and shall be paid for by Tenant as set forth in Paragraph 5.

 7.       No Removal .   Tenant shall have no obligation to remove the Tenant Improvements upon expiration of the Term.

 

2


SCHEDULE 1

Space Plan

(See attached)

 

3


FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

The First Amendment to Lease (“First Amendment”), dated as of February 17, 2011, is entered into by and between 525 Race Street, LLC, a California limited liability company (“Landlord”), and Vocera Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Tenant”).

RECITALS

A.        Landlord and Tenant entered into that certain Lease dated September 26, 2007 (the “Lease”) for the premises consisting of approximately 46,305 rentable square feet (the “Premises”) on the first and second floors of that certain building located at 525 Race Street, San Jose, California (the “Building”).

B.        The term of the Lease (the “Term”) is scheduled to expire on November 30, 2012.

C.        Tenant now desires to surrender certain space in the Building, to lease additional space in the Building, and to extend the Term for a period of forty (40) months, on the terms and conditions set forth in this First Amendment.

AGREEMENT

In consideration of the mutual covenants set forth herein and other valuable consideration, Landlord and Tenant agree as follows:

1.         Premises .

(a)      Paragraph 1.1 of the lease is hereby amended to provide that, as of April 1, 2011, the Premises shall be expanded to include the approximately 14,125 rentable square feet of space on the first floor of the Building shown on Exhibit A-1 (the “First Additional Space”). Paragraph 1.1 of the lease is further amended to delete form the Premises the approximately 2,500 square feet of space on the second floor of the Building shown on Exhibit A-2 (the “Surrender Space”). From and after April 1, 2011, the Premises shall consist of a total area of approximately 57,930 rentable square feet. Upon execution of this First Amendment, Tenant shall vacate and surrender possession of the Surrender Space.

(b)      Paragraph 1.1 of the Lease is further amended to provide that, as of April 1, 2013, the Premises shall be expanded to include the approximately 12,070 rentable square feet of space on the second floor of the Building as shown on Exhibit A-3 (the “Second Additional Space”), so that from and after April 1, 2013, the Premises shall consist of the entire Building, which shall be deemed to consist of a total area of approximately 70,000 rentable square feet.

2.         Monthly Rent . Paragraph 1.6 of the lease is hereby amended to provide that, as of April 1, 2011, Tenant shall pay Monthly Rent for the Premises in accordance with the following schedule:

 

4


Months of Term

   Monthly Rent

Apr 1, 2011 – Mar 31, 2012

    $75,309.00/month

Apr 1, 2012 – Mar 31, 2013

    $77,945.00/month

Apr 1, 2013 – Mar 31, 2014

    $97,481.00/month

Apr 1, 2014 – Mar 31, 2015

   $100,893.00/month

Apr 1, 2015 – Mar 31, 2016

   $104,425.00/month

Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, if the Initial Tenant Improvements (defined below) are not substantially completed by April 15, 2011 for any reason other than delays caused by Tenant, then the Monthly Rent for the Premises shall be reduced by $18,362.50 per month, prorated on a daily basis, from April 15, 2011 until the Initial Tenant Improvements are substantially completed. Likewise, if Additional Tenant Improvements are not substantially completed by April 15, 2013 for any reason than delay caused by Tenant, then the Monthly Rent shall be reduced by $16,808.50 per month, prorated on a daily basis, from April 15, 2013 until the Additional Tenant Improvements are substantially completed.

In addition to the foregoing, if the Initial Tenant Improvements are not substantially completed by August 1, 2011 for any reason other than delays caused by Tenant, then, as Tenant’s sole and exclusive remedy, Tenant shall have the option to terminate this First Amendment by delivery of written notice to Landlord no later than August 15, 2011. In such event, the Lease shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with its original terms, unmodified by the terms of this First Amendment, so that the Term of the Lease shall expire on November 30, 2012, except that (i) for the balance of the Term the Premises shall consist of a total area of approximately 43,805 rentable square feet, (ii) Tenant’s Percentage shall be reduced accordingly, and (iii) the Monthly Rent shall be $81,039.25 per month for the period from August 1, 2011 through November 30, 2011, and $83,229.50 per month for the period of December 1, 2011 through November 30, 2012.

3.         Tenant’s Percentage . Paragraph 3.14 of the lease is hereby amended to provide that as of April 1, 2011 Tenant’s Percentage shall be increased to 82.76% and as of April 1, 2013 Tenant’s Percentage shall be increased to 100%.

4.         Term . Paragraphs 1.4 and 4.1 of the lease are hereby amended to extend the Term for a period of forty (40) months so that, subject to Tenant’s option to further extend the Term as set forth in paragraph 40 of the Lease (as modified below), the Term of the lease shall now expire on March 31, 2016.

5.         Repair and Maintenance . Paragraph 16.1 of the Lease is hereby amended to provide that, if Landlord exercises its option to require Tenant to maintain and repair the HVAC system for the Premises, (i) for the period from April 1, 2011 through March 31, 2013, Tenant shall not be required to pay more than Three Thousand Eight Hundred Dollars ($3,800) per repair for any repairs made to the HVAC system serving the Premises, nor more than Nineteen Thousand Dollars ($19,000) per year, in the aggregate, for any repairs to the HVAC system serving the Premises, and (ii) for the period from April 1, 2013 through March 31, 2016, Tenant shall not be required to pay more than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) per repair for any repairs made to the HVAC system serving the Premises, nor more than Twenty-three Thousand Dollars ($23,000) per year, in

 

5


aggregate, for any repairs to the HVAC system serving the Premises The foregoing limitation shall not, however, apply to any repairs that are required as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors.

6.         Operating Expenses .

(a)      Paragraph 16.3 of the Lease is hereby amended to provide that (i) for the period from April 1, 2011 through March 31, 2013, Tenant shall not be required to pay more than Three Thousand Eight Hundred Dollars ($3,800) per repair or replacement for any repairs or replacements made to the HVAC system serving the Premises, nor more than Nineteen Thousand Dollars ($19,000) per year, in the aggregate, or any repairs or replacements to the HVAC system serving the Premises, and (ii) for the period from April 1, 2013 through March 31, 2016, Tenant shall not be required to pay more than Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) per repair or replacement for any repairs or replacements made to the HVAC system serving the Premises, nor more than Twenty-three Thousand Dollars ($23,000) per year in the aggregate, for any repairs or replacements to the HVAC system serving the Premises. The foregoing limitation shall apply only to the cost of any repair and replacements to the HVAC system and shall not apply to the routine maintenance and servicing of the HVAC system, which shall be included in Operating Expenses, nor shall such limitation apply to the cost of any repairs or replacements to the HVAC system that are required as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant, its agents, employees or contractors, which shall be paid by Tenant upon receipt of an invoice from Landlord for such repairs and/or replacements.

(b)      Paragraph 16.3 is further hereby amended to provide that, as of April 1, 2013, the management fee included in Operating Expenses shall not exceed 2.5% of the Rent.

7.         Tenant Improvements .

(a)      Landlord shall construct, at Landlord’s expense, certain improvements to the First Additional Space and the Second Additional Space in accordance with the space plan prepared by ArcTec dated February 15, 2011, a copy which is attached as Exhibit B (the “Approved Space Plan”). Any such improvements to be made to the First Additional Space shall be referred to herein as the “Initial Tenant Improvements” and any such improvements to be made to the Second Additional Space shall be referred to as the “Additional Tenant Improvements.” The Initial Tenant Improvements and the Additional Tenant Improvements shall be referred to collectively herein as the “Tenant Improvements.” Landlord shall construct the Tenant Improvements in a good and workmanlike manner in accordance with applicable laws and the Approved Space Plan. Landlord shall complete the Initial Tenant Improvements as soon as possible but in any event no later than March 31, 2011, subject only to delays caused by force majeure. Landlord shall complete the Additional Tenant Improvements by March 31, 2013, subject only to delays caused by force majeure. The Tenant Improvements shall include new carpet in the Premises as of the date of this First Amendment and any and all electrical and mechanical work necessary to balance the HVAC system serving the Premises. The finishes for the Tenant Improvements shall be consistent with Building standard as to t-bar ceiling grid and tiles, carpeting, painting, hardware and other finish work.

(b)      Promptly following the date hereof, Landlord shall cause its architect to prepare working drawings consistent with the Approved Space Plan and shall provide such working drawings to Tenant for Tenant’s review and approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. The working drawings, once approved, shall constitute the Final Plans and Specifications. No changes to the Approved Space Plan or the Final Plans and Specifications shall

 

6


be made by either Landlord or Tenant unless approved in writing by both parties. Any increase in the cost of construction resulting from any change orders requested by Tenant shall be paid by Tenant as provided herein. If Landlord and Tenant agree on any change orders requested by Tenant, Landlord shall furnish Tenant with an invoice specifying the estimated increase in the cost of the Tenant Improvements resulting therefrom, and Tenant shall pay such estimated increase to Landlord within thirty (30) days thereafter.

(c)      Within fifteen (15) days after completion of the Initial Tenant Improvements and when applicable, within fifteen (15) days after completion of the Additional Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall conduct a walk-through inspection of the First Additional Space and, when applicable, the Second Additional Space, with Landlord and complete a punch-list of any incomplete or defective work. If Tenant fails to submit a punch-list to Landlord within such fifteen (15) day period, it shall be deemed that there are no Tenant Improvement items needing additional work or repair. Landlord’s contractor shall complete all reasonable punch-list items with thirty (30) days after the walk-through inspection or as soon as practicable thereafter. Upon completion of such punch-list items, Tenant shall approve such completed items in writing to Landlord. If Tenant fails to approve such items within fourteen (14) days of completion, such items shall be deemed approved by Tenant; provided that such approval shall not affect the warranty specified in Paragraph 7(f) of this First Amendment.

(d)      Other than the items specified in the punch-list, if any, and subject to the warranty specified in Paragraph 7(f) of this First Amendment, by taking possession of the First Additional Space and the Second Additional Space Tenant shall be deemed to have accepted the First Additional Space and the Second Additional Space in good, clean and completed condition and repair, subject to all applicable laws, codes and ordinances. Any damage to the First Additional Space and/or the Second Additional Space caused by Tenant’s move-in shall be repaired or corrected by Tenant, at its expense. Tenant acknowledges that neither Landlord nor its agents have made any representations or warranties as to the suitability or fitness of the First Additional Space or the Second Additional Space for the conduct of Tenant’s business or for any other purpose, nor has Landlord or its agents agreed to undertake any alterations or construct any improvements to the Premises, the First Additional Space or the Second Additional Space except as expressly provided in this First Amendment.

(e)      Tenant acknowledges that, as Tenant will continue to occupy the Premises during the completion of the Tenant Improvements, there may occur some disruptions to Tenant’s business as a result of such work. Landlord and Tenant agree to cooperate with each other to minimize any interference that such work may cause to the conduct of Tenant’s business and to minimize any interference that Tenant’s continued occupancy may cause to the completion of the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant, however, for any disruption or inconvenience that such work may cause to Tenant’s business except to the extent caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. Tenant shall be responsible for temporarily relocating any furniture or equipment as may be necessary to complete the Tenant Improvements.

(f)      Landlord covenants that all work and materials incorporated as part of the Tenant Improvements will be new quality construction and will be subject to such warranties as are customarily furnished to owners in connection with new construction of improvements, such as the Tenant Improvements. Landlord shall cause all repairs or replacement covered by such warranties to be made by the appropriate contractor or supplier without the same being charged as part of Operating Expenses payable under the Lease. In any event, Landlord will warrant the Tenant

 

7


Improvements against defects for a period of not less than one (1) year from the date of completion of the Tenant Improvements.

(g)        During the course of construction of the Tenant Improvements, Tenant shall have the right to enter the First Additional Space, and the Second Additional Space, when applicable, in order to install Tenant’s furniture, fixture and equipment, including cabling, provided that in doing so Tenant does not interfere with the construction of the Tenant Improvements.

8.           Option to Extend .  The first sentence of Paragraph 40.1 of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

Provided there is not an uncured Event of Default, either at the time of exercise or at the time the extended Term commences, Tenant shall have the option to extend the Term of this Lease for one (1) additional period of three (3) years (“Option Period”) on the same terms, covenants and conditions provided herein, except that upon such renewal (a) the Monthly Rent due hereunder shall be the greater of ninety-five percent (95%) of the then fair market rental value of the Premises, and (2) $1.49 per square foot per month; and (b) Landlord shall not be obligated to construct any tenant improvements to the Premises.

9.           Right of First Refusal .  Paragraph 41 of the Lease is hereby deleted in its entirety.

10.         Broker .  Tenant represents and warrants to Landlord that Tenant has had no dealings with any real estate broker, agents or finder in connection with this First Amended other than CresaPartners, its exclusive representative. Landlord shall pay a commission to CresaPartners in accordance with a separate written agreement between Landlord and CresaPartners.

11.         No Further Modifications .  Except as set forth in this First Amendment, the Lease is unmodified and in full force and effect.

 

LANDLOARD

   

TENANT

 

525 RACE STREET, LLC

   

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

 

a California limited liability company

   

a Delaware corporation

 

By: TBI-Race Street, LLC

   

By:

 

/s/ Martin J. Silver

 

a California limited liability company, Manager

   

Its:

 

 

CFO

 

 

  

    By:

 

Toeniskoetter & Breeding, Inc.

   
    

Development Manager

   
    

By:

 

/s/ Brad W. Krouskup

   
      

Brad W. Krouskup, President and

 
      

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

8

Exhibit 10.12

 

 

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

 


This SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT is entered into as of January 30, 2009, by and between COMERICA BANK (“Bank”) and VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

Bank and Borrower are parties to that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2006, as amended from time to time (the “Original Agreement” ). Borrower and Bank wish to amend and restate the terms of the Original Agreement. This Agreement sets forth the terms on which Bank will advance credit to Borrower, and Borrower will repay the amounts owing to Bank.

AGREEMENT

The parties agree as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS AND CONSTRUCTION .

1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following definitions:

“Accounts” means all presently existing and hereafter arising accounts, contract rights, payment intangibles, and all other forms of obligations owing to Borrower arising out of the sale or lease of goods (including, without limitation, the licensing of software and other technology) or the rendering of services by Borrower, whether or not earned by performance, and any and all credit insurance, guaranties, and other security therefor, as well as all merchandise returned to or reclaimed by Borrower and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

“ACH Sublimit” means a sublimit for Automated Clearing House transactions under the Revolving Line not to exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000).

“Advance” or “Advances” means a cash advance or cash advances under the Revolving Line.

“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly such Person, any Person that controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person, and each of such Person’s senior executive officers, directors, and partners.

“Bank Expenses” means all: reasonable costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, administration, and enforcement of the Loan Documents; reasonable Collateral audit fees; and Bank’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses (whether generated in-house or by outside counsel) incurred in amending, enforcing or defending the Loan Documents (including fees and expenses of appeal), incurred before, during and after an Insolvency Proceeding, whether or not suit is brought.


“Borrower State” means Delaware, the state under whose laws Borrower is organized.

“Borrower’s Books” means all of Borrower’s books and records including: ledgers; records concerning Borrower’s assets or liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition; and all computer programs, or tape files, and the equipment, containing such information.

“Borrowing Base” means an amount equal to eighty percent (80%) of Eligible Accounts, as determined by Bank with reference to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by Borrower; provided however that Bank may change the advance rate based on the results of audits of the Accounts by giving Borrower thirty (30) days prior written notice.

“Business Day” means any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday, or other day on which banks in the State of California are authorized or required to close.

“Cash” means unrestricted cash and cash equivalents.

“Change in Control” shall mean a transaction in which any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) and 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of a sufficient number of shares of all classes of stock then outstanding of Borrower ordinarily entitled to vote in the election of directors, empowering such “person” or “group” to elect a majority of the Board of Directors of Borrower, who did not have such power before such transaction.

“Chief Executive Office State” means California, where Borrower’s chief executive office is located.

“Closing Date” means the date of this Agreement.

“Code” means the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

“Collateral” means the property described on Exhibit A attached hereto and all Negotiable Collateral to the extent not described on Exhibit A, except to the extent any such property (i) is nonassignable by its terms without the consent of the licensor thereof or another party (but only to the extent such prohibition on transfer is enforceable under applicable law, including, without limitation, Sections 9406 and 9408 of the Code), or (ii) the granting of a security interest therein is contrary to applicable law, provided that upon the cessation of any such restriction or prohibition, such property shall automatically become part of the Collateral; provided that in no case shall the definition of “Collateral” exclude any Accounts, proceeds of the disposition of any property, or general intangibles consisting of rights to payment.

“Collateral State” means the state where the Collateral is located, which is California.

 

2


“Contingent Obligation” means, as applied to any Person, any direct or indirect liability, contingent or otherwise, of that Person with respect to (i) any indebtedness, lease, dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another, including, without limitation, any such obligation directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co-made or discounted or sold with recourse by that Person, or in respect of which that Person is otherwise directly or indirectly liable; (ii) any obligations with respect to undrawn letters of credit, corporate credit cards, or merchant services issued for the account of that Person; and (iii) all obligations arising under any interest rate, currency or commodity swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement, interest rate collar agreement, or other agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; provided, however, that the term “Contingent Obligation” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Contingent Obligation shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determined amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Contingent Obligation is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by such Person in good faith; provided, however, that such amount shall not in any event exceed the maximum amount of the obligations under the guarantee or other support arrangement.

“Credit Extension” means each Advance, Equipment Advance, Existing Equipment Advance, Term Advance or any other extension of credit by Bank to or for the benefit of Borrower hereunder.

“Current Liabilities” means, as of any applicable date, all amounts that should, in accordance with GAAP, be included as current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as at such date, plus, to the extent not already included therein, undrawn Letters of Credit and Borrower’s maximum potential obligations under the ACH Sublimit, if any, but specifically excluding any cash- secured Obligations.

“Deferred Revenue” means all amounts received in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

“Eligible Accounts” means those Accounts that arise in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business that comply with all of Borrower’s representations and warranties to Bank set forth in Section 5.3; provided, that Bank may change the standards of eligibility in Bank’s reasonable business discretion by giving Borrower thirty (30) days prior written notice. Unless otherwise agreed to by Bank, Eligible Accounts shall not include the following:

(a) Accounts that the account debtor has failed to pay in full within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

(b) Credit balances over ninety (90) days;

(c) Accounts with respect to an account debtor, twenty-five percent (25%) of whose Accounts the account debtor has failed to pay within ninety (90) days of invoice date;

(d) Accounts with respect to an account debtor, including Subsidiaries and Affiliates, whose total obligations to Borrower exceed twenty five percent (25%) of all

 

3


Accounts, to the extent such obligations exceed the aforementioned percentage, except as approved in writing by Bank;

(e) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor does not have its principal place of business in the United States, except for Eligible Foreign Accounts;

(f) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor is the United States or any department, agency, or instrumentality of the United States, except for Accounts of the United States if the payee has assigned its payment rights to Bank and the assignment has been acknowledged under the Assignment of Claims Act of 1940 (31 U.S.C. 3727);

(g) Accounts with respect to which Borrower is liable to the account debtor for goods sold or services rendered by the account debtor to Borrower, but only to the extent of any amounts owing to the account debtor against amounts owed to Borrower;

(h) Accounts with respect to which goods are placed on consignment, guaranteed sale, sale or return, sale on approval, bill and hold, demo or promotional, or other terms by reason of which the payment by the account debtor may be conditional;

(i) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor is an officer, employee, agent or Affiliate of Borrower;

(j) Accounts that have not yet been billed to the account debtor or that relate to deposits (such as good faith deposits) or other property of the account debtor held by Borrower for the performance of services or delivery of goods which Borrower has not yet performed or delivered;

(k) Prebilled “Support or Services” Accounts to the extent all such Accounts exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000);

(l) Accounts with respect to which the account debtor disputes liability or makes any claim with respect thereto as to which Bank believes, in its sole discretion, that there may be a basis for dispute (but only to the extent of the amount subject to such dispute or claim), or is subject to any Insolvency Proceeding, or becomes insolvent, or goes out of business;

(m) Accounts the collection of which Bank reasonably determines after inquiry and consultation with Borrower to be doubtful; and

(n) Retentions and hold-backs.

“Eligible Foreign Accounts” means Accounts with respect to which the account debtor does not have its principal place of business in the United States and that are (i) supported by one or more letters of credit in an amount and of a tenor, and issued by a financial institution, acceptable to Bank, (ii) insured by the Export Import Bank of the United States, (iii) generated by an account debtor with its principal place of business in Canada, provided that the Bank has perfected its security interest in the appropriate Canadian province, or (iv) approved by Bank on a case-by-case basis. All Eligible Foreign Accounts must be calculated in U.S. Dollars.

 

4


“Environmental Laws” means all laws, rules, regulations, orders and the like issued by any federal state, local foreign or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority or any agency pertaining to the environment or to any hazardous materials or wastes, toxic substances, flammable, explosive or radioactive materials, asbestos or other similar materials.

“Equipment” means all present and future machinery, equipment, tenant improvements, furniture, fixtures, vehicles, tools, parts and attachments in which Borrower has any interest.

“Equipment Advance(s)” means a cash advance or cash advances under the Equipment Line.

“Equipment Availability End Date” means September 28, 2009.

“Equipment Line” means a Credit Extension of up to Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000).

“Equipment Maturity Date” means March 28, 2011.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

“Event of Default” has the meaning assigned in Article 8.

“Existing Equipment Advances” means certain Credit Extensions made by Bank to Borrower pursuant the Original Agreement which are currently amortizing.

“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time.

“Indebtedness” means (a) all indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred purchase price of property or services, including without limitation reimbursement and other obligations with respect to surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) all obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) all capital lease obligations, (d) all Contingent Obligations, and (e) all obligations arising under the ACH Sublimit.

“Insolvency Proceeding” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

“Inventory” means all present and future inventory in which Borrower has any interest.

 

5


“Investment” means any beneficial ownership of (including stock, partnership or limited liability company interest other securities) any Person, or any loan, advance or capital contribution to any Person.

“IRC” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder.

“Letter of Credit” means a commercial or standby letter of credit or similar undertaking issued by Bank at Borrower’s request.

“Lien” means any mortgage, lien, deed of trust, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance.

“Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, any note or notes executed by Borrower, and any other document, instrument or agreement entered into in connection with this Agreement, all as amended or extended from time to time.

“Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (i) the business operations, condition (financial or otherwise) or prospects of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the ability of Borrower to repay the Obligations or otherwise perform its obligations under the Loan Documents, or (iii) Borrower’s interest in, or the value, perfection or priority of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral.

“Negotiable Collateral” means all of Borrower’s present and future letters of credit of which it is a beneficiary, drafts, instruments (including promissory notes), securities, documents of title, and chattel paper, and Borrower’s Books relating to any of the foregoing.

“Obligations” means all debt, principal, interest, Bank Expenses and other amounts owed to Bank by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any other agreement, whether absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising, including any interest that accrues after the commencement of an Insolvency Proceeding and including any debt, liability, or obligation owing from Borrower to others that Bank may have obtained by assignment or otherwise.

“Periodic Payments” means all installments or similar recurring payments that Borrower may now or hereafter become obligated to pay to Bank pursuant to the terms and provisions of any instrument, or agreement now or hereafter in existence between Borrower and Bank.

“Permitted Indebtedness” means:

(a) Indebtedness of Borrower in favor of Bank arising under this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

(b) Indebtedness existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule;

 

6


(c) Indebtedness not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year of Borrower secured by a lien described in clause (c) of the defined term “Permitted Liens;” provided such Indebtedness does not exceed the lesser of the cost or fair market value of the equipment financed with such Indebtedness;

(d) Subordinated Debt;

(e) Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business; and

(f) Extensions, refinancings and renewals of any items of Permitted Indebtedness, provided that the principal amount is not increased or the terms modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower or its Subsidiary, as the case may be.

“Permitted Investment” means:

(a) Investments existing on the Closing Date disclosed in the Schedule; and

(b) (i) Marketable direct obligations issued or unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America or any agency or any State thereof maturing within one (1) year from the date of acquisition thereof, (ii) commercial paper maturing no more than one (1) year from the date of creation thereof and currently having rating of at least A-2 or P-2 from either Standard & Poor’s Corporation or Moody’s Investors Service, (iii) Bank’s certificates of deposit maturing no more than one year from the date of investment therein, and (iv) Bank’s money market accounts;

(c) Repurchases of stock from former employees, directors, consultants or contractors of Borrower under the terms of applicable repurchase agreements (i) in an aggregate amount not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in any fiscal year, provided that no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the repurchases, or (ii) in any amount where the consideration for the repurchase is the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees to Borrower regardless of whether an Event of Default exists;

(d) Investments accepted in connection with Permitted Transfers;

(e) Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries or Borrower and Investments by Borrower in Subsidiaries not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

(f) Investments not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by Borrower’s Board of Directors;

 

7


(g) Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business;

(h) Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business, provided that this subparagraph (h) shall not apply to Investments of Borrower in any Subsidiary; and

(i) Joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash Investments by Borrower do not exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year.

“Permitted Liens” means the following:

(a) Any Liens existing on the Closing Date and disclosed in the Schedule (excluding Liens to be satisfied with the proceeds of the Advances) or arising under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

(b) Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, either not delinquent or being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves, provided the same have no priority over any of Bank’s security interests;

(c) Liens not to exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate (i) upon or in any Equipment (other than Equipment financed by an Equipment Advance) acquired or held by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries to secure the purchase price of such Equipment or indebtedness incurred solely for the purpose of financing the acquisition or lease of such Equipment, or (ii) existing on such Equipment at the time of its acquisition, provided that the Lien is confined solely to the property so acquired and improvements thereon, and the proceeds of such Equipment;

(d) Liens incurred in connection with the extension, renewal or refinancing of the indebtedness secured by Liens of the type described in clauses (a) through (c) above, provided that any extension, renewal or replacement Lien shall be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness being extended, renewed or refinanced does not increase;

(e) Liens arising from judgments, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default under Sections 8.5 or 8.9.

“Permitted Transfer” means the conveyance, sale, lease, transfer or disposition by Borrower or any Subsidiary of:

(a) Inventory in the ordinary course of business;

 

8


(b) licenses and similar arrangements for the use of the property of Borrower or its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(c) worn-out or obsolete Equipment not financed with the proceeds of Equipment Advances or Existing Equipment Advances; or

(d) other assets of Borrower or its Subsidiaries that do not in the aggregate exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) during any fiscal year.

“Person” means any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, unincorporated organization, association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or governmental agency.

“Prime Rate” means the variable rate of interest, per annum, most recently announced by Bank, as its “prime rate,” whether or not such announced rate is the lowest rate available from Bank.

“Responsible Officer” means each of the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Operating Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Controller of Borrower.

“Revolving Line” means a Credit Extension of up to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) (inclusive of any amounts outstanding under the ACH Sublimit)

“Revolving Maturity Date” means the date three hundred sixty four (364) days after the Closing Date.

“Schedule” means the schedule of exceptions attached hereto and approved by Bank, if any.

“SOS Reports” means the official reports from the Secretaries of State of each Collateral State, Chief Executive Office State and the Borrower State and other applicable federal, state or local government offices identifying all current security interests filed in the Collateral and Liens of record as of the date of such report.

“Subordinated Debt” means any debt incurred by Borrower that is subordinated in writing to the debt owing by Borrower to Bank on terms reasonably acceptable to Bank (and identified as being such by Borrower and Bank).

“Subsidiary” means any corporation, partnership or limited liability company or joint venture in which (i) any general partnership interest or (ii) more than fifty percent (50%) of the stock, limited liability company interest or joint venture of which by the terms thereof has the ordinary voting power to elect the Board of Directors, managers or trustees of the entity, at the time as of which any determination is being made, is owned by Borrower, either directly or through an Affiliate.

“Term Advance(s)” means a cash advance or cash advances under the Term Line.

“Term Availability End Date” means October 30, 2009.

 

9


“Term Line” means a Credit Extension of up to Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000).

“Term Line Maturity Date” means January 30, 2012.

1.2 Accounting Terms . Any accounting term not specifically defined herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP and all calculations shall be made in accordance with GAAP. The term “financial statements” shall include the accompanying notes and schedules.

2. LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT .

2.1 Credit Extensions .

(a) Promise to Pay . Borrower promises to pay to Bank, in lawful money of the United States of America, the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Credit Extensions made by Bank to Borrower, together with interest on the unpaid principal amount of such Credit Extensions at rates in accordance with the terms hereof.

(b) Advances Under Revolving Line .

(i) Amount . Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement (1) Borrower may request Advances in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the lesser of (A) the Revolving Line or (B) the Borrowing Base, less any amounts outstanding under the ACH Sublimit, and (2) amounts borrowed pursuant to this Section 2.1(b) may be repaid and reborrowed at any time prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, at which time all Advances under this Section 2.1(b) shall be immediately due and payable. Borrower may prepay any Advances without penalty or premium.

(ii) Form of Request . Whenever Borrower desires an Advance, Borrower will notify Bank by facsimile transmission or telephone no later than 3:00 p m. Pacific time (1:00 p.m. Pacific time for wire transfers), on the Business Day that the Advance is to be made. Each such notification shall be promptly confirmed by a Payment/Advance Form in substantially the form of Exhibit B hereto. Bank is authorized to make Advances under this Agreement, based upon instructions received from a Responsible Officer or a designee of a Responsible Officer, or without instructions if in Bank’s discretion such Advances are necessary to meet Obligations which have become due and remain unpaid. Bank shall be entitled to rely on any telephonic notice given by a person who Bank reasonably believes to be a Responsible Officer or a designee thereof, and Borrower shall indemnify and hold Bank harmless for any damages or loss suffered by Bank as a result of such reliance. Bank will credit the amount of Advances made under this Section 2.1(b) to Borrower’s deposit account.

(iii) ACH Sublimit . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Borrower may request ACH origination services by delivering to Bank a duly executed ACH application on Bank’s standard form; provided, however, that the total amount of the ACH processing reserves shall not exceed, and availability under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by, the ACH Sublimit. In addition, Bank may, in its sole discretion, charge as Advances any amounts that become due or owing to Bank in connection with the ACH services. If Borrower has not secured to Bank’s satisfaction its obligations with respect to any ACH origination services by the Revolving Maturity Date, then, effective as of such date, the balance

 

10


in any deposit accounts held by Bank and the certificates of deposit issued by Bank in Borrower’s name (and any interest paid thereon or proceeds thereof, including any amounts payable upon the maturity or liquidation of such certificates), shall automatically secure such obligations to the extent of the then outstanding ACH origination services. Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any requests by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the ACH origination services continue.

(iv) Collateralization of Obligations Extending Beyond Maturity . If Borrower has not secured to Bank’s satisfaction its obligations with respect to any ACH origination services by the Revolving Maturity Date, then, effective as of such date, the balance in any deposit accounts held by Bank and the certificates of deposit or time deposit accounts issued by Bank in Borrower’s name (and any interest paid thereon or proceeds thereof, including any amounts payable upon the maturity or liquidation of such certificates or accounts), shall automatically secure such obligations to the extent of the then continuing or outstanding ACH origination services. Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any requests by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the ACH origination services are outstanding or continue.

(c) Equipment Advances .

(i) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank agrees to make Equipment Advances to Borrower. Borrower may request Equipment Advances at any time from the Closing Date through the Equipment Availability End Date. The aggregate outstanding amount of Equipment Advances shall not exceed the Equipment Line. Each Equipment Advance shall not exceed one hundred percent (100%) of the invoice amount of equipment and software approved by Bank from time to time (which Borrower shall, in any case, have purchased within one hundred twenty (120) days of the date of the corresponding Equipment Advance), excluding taxes, shipping, warranty charges, freight discounts and installation expense (“Soft Costs”). Equipment Advances for Soft Costs shall not exceed ten percent (10%) of all Equipment Advances made hereunder.

(ii) Interest shall accrue from the date of each Equipment Advance at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a), and shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.3(c). Any Equipment Advances that are outstanding on the Equipment Availability End Date shall be payable in eighteen (18) equal monthly installments of principal, plus all accrued interest, beginning on October 28, 2009 and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter through the Equipment Maturity Date, at which time all amounts due in connection with Equipment Advances made under this Section 2.1(c) shall be immediately due and payable. Equipment Advances, once repaid, may not be reborrowed. Borrower may prepay any Equipment Advances without penalty or premium.

(iii) When Borrower desires to obtain an Equipment Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by facsimile transmission to be received no later than 3:00 p m. Pacific time three (3) Business Days before the day on which the Equipment Advance is to be made. Such notice shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit

 

11


B. The notice shall be signed by a Responsible Officer or its designee and include a copy of the invoice for any Equipment to be financed.

(d) Term Advances .

(i) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank agrees to make Term Advances to Borrower. Borrower may request Term Advances at any time from the Closing Date through the Term Availability End Date. The aggregate outstanding amount of Term Advances shall not exceed the Term Line.

(ii) Interest shall accrue from the date of each Term Advance at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a), and shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.3(c). Any Term Advances that are outstanding on the Term Availability End Date shall be payable in twenty seven (27) equal monthly installments of principal, plus all accrued interest, beginning on October 30, 2009 and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter through the Term Maturity Date, at which time all amounts due in connection with Term Advances made under this Section 2.1(d) shall be immediately due and payable. Term Advances, once repaid, may not be reborrowed. Borrower may prepay any Term Advances without penalty or premium.

(iii) When Borrower desires to obtain a Term Advance, Borrower shall notify Bank (which notice shall be irrevocable) by facsimile transmission to be received no later than 3:00 p m. Pacific time three (3) Business Days before the day on which the Term Advance is to be made. Such notice shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B. The notice shall be signed by a Responsible Officer or its designee.

(e) Existing Equipment Advances . The Existing Equipment Advances shall continue to amortize and be repaid in accordance with the terms of the Original Agreement.

2.2 Overadvances . If the aggregate amount of the outstanding Advances exceeds the lesser of the Revolving Line or the Borrowing Base at any time, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank, in cash, the amount of such excess.

2.3 Interest Rates, Payments, and Calculations .

(a) Interest Rates for Credit Extensions . Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Credit Extensions shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, as set forth in the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Addendum to Second Amended and Restated Loan & Security Agreement attached as Exhibit E.

(b) Late Fee; Default Rate . If any payment is not made within ten (10) days after the date such payment is due, Borrower shall pay Bank a late fee equal to the lesser of (i) five percent (5%) of the amount of such unpaid amount or (ii) the maximum amount permitted to be charged under applicable law. All Obligations shall bear interest, from and after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, at a rate equal to five (5) percentage points above the interest rate applicable immediately prior to the occurrence of the Event of Default.

 

12


(c) Payments . Interest hereunder shall be due and payable on the first Business Day of each month during the term hereof. Bank shall, at its option, charge such interest, all Bank Expenses, and all Periodic Payments against any of Borrower’s deposit accounts or against the Revolving Line, in which case those amounts shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder. Any interest not paid when due shall be compounded by becoming a part of the Obligations, and such interest shall thereafter accrue interest at the rate then applicable hereunder.

(d) Computation . In the event the Prime Rate is changed from time to time hereafter, the applicable rate of interest hereunder shall be increased or decreased, effective as of the day the Prime Rate is changed, by an amount equal to such change in the Prime Rate. All interest chargeable under the Loan Documents shall be computed on the basis of a three hundred sixty (360) day year for the actual number of days elapsed.

2.4 Crediting Payments . Prior to the occurrence of an Event of Default, Bank shall credit a wire transfer of funds, check or other item of payment to such deposit account or Obligation as Borrower specifies except that to the extent Borrower uses the Advances to purchase Collateral, Borrower’s repayment of the Advances shall apply on a “first-in-first-out” basis so that the portion of the Advances used to purchase a particular item of Collateral shall be paid in the chronological order the Borrower purchased the Collateral. After the occurrence of an Event of Default, Bank shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to immediately apply any wire transfer of funds, check, or other item of payment to conditionally reduce Obligations, but such applications of funds shall not be considered a payment on account unless such payment is of immediately available federal funds or unless and until such check or other item of payment is honored when presented for payment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any wire transfer or payment received by Bank after 12:00 noon Pacific time shall be deemed to have been received by Bank as of the opening of business on the immediately following Business Day. Whenever any payment to Bank under the Loan Documents would otherwise be due (except by reason of acceleration) on a date that is not a Business Day, such payment shall instead be due on the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as the case may be, shall accrue and be payable for the period of such extension.

2.5 Fees . Borrower shall pay to Bank the following:

(a) Facility Fee . On the Closing Date, a fee equal to Thirty Thousand Dollars ($30,000), which shall be nonrefundable; and

(b) Bank Expenses . On the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses incurred through the Closing Date, and, after the Closing Date, all Bank Expenses as and when they become due.

2.6 Term . This Agreement shall become effective on the Closing Date and, subject to Section 13.7, shall continue in full force and effect for so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Bank shall have the right to terminate its obligation to make Credit Extensions under this Agreement immediately and without notice upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default.

 

13


3. CONDITIONS OF LOANS .

3.1 Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension . The obligation of Bank to make the initial Credit Extension is subject to the condition precedent that Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Agreement;

(b) an officer’s certificate of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement;

(c) current SOS Reports indicating that except for Permitted Liens, there are no other security interests or Liens of record in the Collateral;

(d) securities and/or deposit account control agreements with respect to any accounts permitted hereunder to be maintained outside Bank;

(e) agreement to furnish insurance;

(f) payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due specified in Section 2.5 hereof;

(g) current financial statements, including audited statements for Borrower’s most recently ended fiscal year, together with an unqualified opinion, company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheets and income statements for the most recently ended month in accordance with Section 6.2, and such other updated financial information as Bank may reasonably request;

(h) current Compliance Certificate in accordance with Section 6.2;

(i) evidence that Borrower has achieved not less than negative One Million Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars (($1,750,000)) in net income for the quarter ended December 31, 2008;

(j) an audit of the Collateral, the results of which shall be satisfactory to Bank (provided however such audit shall only be a condition precedent to the first Advance and the first Term Advance and not the first Equipment Advance); and

(k) such other documents or certificates, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

3.2 Conditions Precedent to all Credit Extensions . The obligation of Bank to make each Credit Extension, including the initial Credit Extension, is further subject to the following conditions:

(a) timely receipt by Bank of the Payment/Advance Form as provided in Section 2.1; and

 

14


(b) the representations and warranties contained in Section 5 shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date of such Payment/Advance Form and on the effective date of each Credit Extension as though made at and as of each such date, and no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, or would exist after giving effect to such Credit Extension (provided, however, that those representations and warranties expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date). The making of each Credit Extension shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by Borrower on the date of such Credit Extension as to the accuracy of the facts referred to in this Section 3.2.

4. CREATION OF SECURITY INTEREST .

4.1 Grant of Security Interest . Borrower grants and pledges to Bank a continuing security interest in the Collateral to secure prompt repayment of any and all Obligations and in order to secure prompt performance by Borrower of each of its covenants and duties under the Loan Documents. Except as set forth in the Schedule, such security interest constitutes a valid, first priority security interest in the presently existing Collateral, and will constitute a valid, first priority security interest in later-acquired Collateral. Borrower also hereby agrees to not sell, transfer, assign, mortgage, pledge, lease, grant a security interest in, or encumber any of its intellectual property. Notwithstanding any termination, Bank’s Lien on the Collateral shall remain in effect for so long as any Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations) are outstanding.

4.2 Perfection of Security Interest . Borrower authorizes Bank to file at any time financing statements, continuation statements, and amendments thereto that (i) either specifically describe the Collateral or describe the Collateral as all assets of Borrower of the kind pledged hereunder, and (ii) contain any other information required by the Code for the sufficiency of filing office acceptance of any financing statement, continuation statement, or amendment, including whether Borrower is an organization, the type of organization and any organizational identification number issued to Borrower, if applicable. Any such financing statements may be signed by Bank on behalf of Borrower, as provided in the Code, and may be filed at any time in any jurisdiction whether or not Revised Article 9 of the Code is then in effect in that jurisdiction. Borrower shall from time to time endorse and deliver to Bank, at the request of Bank, all Negotiable Collateral and other documents that Bank may reasonably request, in form satisfactory to Bank, to perfect and continue perfected Bank’s security interests in the Collateral and in order to fully consummate all of the transactions contemplated under the Loan Documents. Borrower shall have possession of the Collateral, except where expressly otherwise provided in this Agreement or where Bank chooses to perfect its security interest by possession in addition to the filing of a financing statement. Where Collateral is in possession of a third party bailee, Borrower shall take such steps as Bank reasonably requests for Bank to (i) obtain an acknowledgment, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, of the bailee that the bailee holds such Collateral for the benefit of Bank, (ii) obtain “control” of any Collateral consisting of investment property, deposit accounts, letter-of-credit rights or electronic chattel paper (as such items and the term “control” are defined in Revised Article 9 of the Code) by causing the securities intermediary or depositary institution or issuing bank to execute a control agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank. Borrower will not create any chattel paper without placing a legend on the chattel paper acceptable to Bank indicating that Bank has a security

 

15


interest in the chattel paper. Borrower from time to time may deposit with Bank specific cash collateral to secure specific Obligations; Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such specific balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any request by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the specific Obligations are outstanding.

4.3 Right to Inspect . Bank (through any of its officers, employees, or agents) shall have the right, upon reasonable prior notice, from time to time during Borrower’s usual business hours but no more than twice a year (unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing), to inspect Borrower’s Books and to make copies thereof and to check, test, and appraise the Collateral in order to verify Borrower’s financial condition or the amount, condition of, or any other matter relating to, the Collateral.

4.4 Lock Box Account .

(a) Borrower shall direct all customers to mail or deliver all checks or other forms of payment for amounts owing to Borrower to a post office box designated by Bank (the “Lockbox”), over which Bank shall have exclusive and unrestricted access. As of the Closing Date, Borrower shall open the Lockbox, and thereafter Borrower shall at all times maintain the Lockbox with Bank in accordance with the terms hereof. All funds received by Borrower from customers shall immediately be directed to the Lockbox. Bank shall collect the mail delivered to such post office box, open such mail, and endorse and credit all items to the Lockbox. Borrower shall hold in trust for Bank all amounts that Borrower receives despite the directions to make payments to the post office box or Lockbox, and immediately deliver such payments to Bank in their original form as received from the customer, with proper endorsements for processing through the Lockbox. Borrower irrevocably authorizes Bank to transfer to the Lockbox any funds that have been deposited into any other accounts or that Bank has received by wire transfer, check, cash, or otherwise.

(b) All funds flowing through the Lockbox shall automatically be transferred into a cash collateral account at Bank in Borrower’s name (the “Cash Collateral Account”), over which Bank shall have exclusive and unrestricted access. Bank shall have all right, title and interest in all of the items from time to time flowing through the Lockbox and/or held in the Cash Collateral Account and their proceeds. Neither Borrower nor any Person claiming through Borrower shall have any right or control over the use of, or any right to withdraw any amount from, the Lockbox and/or the Cash Collateral Account, each of which shall be under the sole control of Bank. Borrower shall direct all customers or other persons owing money to Borrower who make payments by electronic transfer of funds to wire such funds directly to the Cash Collateral Account.

(c) Borrower shall open an operating account or operating accounts at Bank (collectively, the “Operating Account”), and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred which is continuing, any amounts in the Cash Collateral Account shall be transferred by Bank to the Operating Account. During the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may apply all or any part of the amounts in the Cash Collateral Account to the Obligations as Bank may determine in its sole discretion.

 

16


5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES .

Borrower represents and warrants as follows:

5.1 Due Organization and Qualification . Borrower and each Subsidiary is duly existing under the laws of the state in which it is organized and qualified and licensed to do business in any state in which the conduct of its business or its ownership of property requires that it be so qualified, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.2 Due Authorization; No Conflict . The execution, delivery, and performance of the Loan Documents are within Borrower’s powers, have been duly authorized, and are not in conflict with nor constitute a breach of any provision contained in Borrower’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, nor will they constitute an event of default under any material agreement by which Borrower is bound. Borrower is not in default under any agreement by which it is bound, except to the extent such default could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.3 Collateral . Borrower has rights in or the power to transfer the Collateral, and its title to the Collateral is free and clear of Liens, adverse claims, and restrictions on transfer or pledge except for Permitted Liens. All Collateral is located solely in the Collateral States. The Eligible Accounts are bona fide existing obligations. The property or services giving rise to such Eligible Accounts has been delivered or rendered to the account debtor or its agent for immediate shipment to and unconditional acceptance by the account debtor. Borrower has not received notice of actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any account debtor whose accounts are included in any Borrowing Base Certificate as an Eligible Account. All Inventory is in all material respects of good and merchantable quality, free from all material defects, except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Except as set forth in the Schedule, none of the Collateral is maintained or invested with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates.

5.4 Intellectual Property . Borrower is the sole owner of its patents, trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property, except for non-exclusive licenses granted by Borrower to its customers in the ordinary course of business. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, each of Borrower’s patents, trademarks and copyrights is valid and enforceable, and no part of its intellectual property has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been made to Borrower that any part of its intellectual property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

5.5 Name; Location of Chief Executive Office . Except as disclosed in the Schedule, Borrower has not done business under any name other than that specified on the signature page hereof, and its exact legal name is as set forth in the first paragraph of this Agreement. The chief executive office of Borrower is located in the Chief Executive Office State at the address indicated in Section 10 hereof.

 

17


5.6 Litigation . Except as set forth in the Schedule, there are no actions or proceedings pending by or against Borrower or any Subsidiary before any court or administrative agency in which a likely adverse decision could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.7 No Material Adverse Change in Financial Statements . All consolidated and consolidating financial statements related to Borrower and any Subsidiary that are delivered by Borrower to Bank fairly present in all material respects Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating financial condition as of the date thereof and Borrower’s consolidated and consolidating results of operations for the period then ended. There has not been a material adverse change in the consolidated or in the consolidating financial condition of Borrower since the date of the most recent of such financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.8 Solvency, Payment of Debts . Borrower is able to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they mature; the fair saleable value of Borrower’s assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of its liabilities; and Borrower is not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

5.9 Compliance with Laws and Regulations . Borrower and each Subsidiary have met the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. No event has occurred resulting from Borrower’s failure to comply with ERISA that is reasonably likely to result in Borrower’s incurring any liability that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower is not an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940. Borrower is not engaged principally, or as one of the important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of Regulations T and U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System). Borrower has complied in all material respects with all the provisions of the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act. Borrower is in compliance with all environmental laws, regulations and ordinances except where the failure to comply is not reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower has not violated any statutes, laws, ordinances or rules applicable to it, the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower and each Subsidiary have filed or caused to be filed all tax returns required to be filed, and have paid, or have made adequate provision for the payment of, all taxes reflected therein except those being contested in good faith with adequate reserves under GAAP or where the failure to file such returns or pay such taxes could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

5.10 Subsidiaries . Borrower does not own any stock, partnership interest or other equity securities of any Person, except for Permitted Investments.

5.11 Government Consents . Borrower and each Subsidiary have obtained all consents, approvals and authorizations of, made all declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all governmental authorities that are necessary for the continued operation of Borrower’s business as currently conducted, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

 

18


5.12 Inbound Licenses . Except as disclosed on the Schedule, Borrower is not a party to, nor is bound by, any inbound license or other agreement with a value in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000) that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in Borrower’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property.

5.13 Full Disclosure . No representation, warranty or other statement made by Borrower in any certificate or written statement furnished to Bank taken together with all such certificates and written statements furnished to Bank contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements contained in such certificates or statements not misleading it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not to be viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results.

6. AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS .

Borrower covenants and agrees that, until payment in full of all outstanding Obligations, and for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make a Credit Extension hereunder, Borrower shall do all of the following:

6.1 Good Standing and Government Compliance . Borrower shall maintain its and each of its Subsidiaries’ corporate existence and good standing in the Borrower State, shall maintain qualification and good standing in each other jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and shall furnish to Bank the organizational identification number issued to Borrower by the authorities of the state in which Borrower is organized, if applicable. Borrower shall meet, and shall cause each Subsidiary to meet, the minimum funding requirements of ERISA with respect to any employee benefit plans subject to ERISA. Borrower shall comply in all material respects with all applicable Environmental Laws, and maintain all material permits, licenses and approvals required thereunder where the failure to do so could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Borrower shall comply, and shall cause each Subsidiary to comply, with all statutes, laws, ordinances and government rules and regulations to which it is subject, and shall maintain, and shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to maintain, in force all licenses, approvals and agreements, the loss of which or failure to comply with which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

6.2 Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates . Borrower shall deliver the following to Bank: (i) as soon as available, but in any event within twenty (20) days after the end of each calendar month, a company prepared consolidated and consolidating balance sheet and income statement covering Borrower’s operations during such period prepared in accordance with GAAP, in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank and certified by a Responsible Officer and a report of orders and backlogs; (ii) as soon as available, but in any event no later than August 31 of each year, audited consolidated and consolidating financial statements of Borrower prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied, together with an opinion which is unqualified or otherwise consented to in writing by Bank on such financial statements of an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank; (iii) if applicable, copies of all statements, reports and notices sent or made available generally by Borrower to its security

 

19


holders or to any holders of Subordinated Debt and all reports on Forms 10-K and 10-Q filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission; (iv) promptly upon receipt of notice thereof, a report of any legal actions pending or threatened against Borrower or any Subsidiary that could result in damages or costs to Borrower or any Subsidiary of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or more; (v) promptly upon receipt, each management letter prepared by Borrower’s independent certified public accounting firm regarding Borrower’s management control systems; and (vi) such budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information as Bank may reasonably request from time to time, including, as soon as available, but any event no later than forty five (45) days prior to the end of Borrower’s fiscal year, annual financial projections approved by Borrower’s board of directors.

(a) Within twenty (20) days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank a Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto, together with aged listings by invoice date of accounts receivable and accounts payable; provided however if the outstanding amount of Advances is greater than Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000), the Borrowing Base Certificate and aged listings by invoice date of accounts receivable and accounts payable shall be delivered no later than the fifteenth (15th) and thirtieth (30th) days of each month.

(b) Within twenty (20) days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank with the monthly financial statements a Compliance Certificate certified as of the last day of the applicable month and signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto.

(c) As soon as possible and in any event within three (3) calendar days after becoming aware of the occurrence or existence of an Event of Default hereunder, a written statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth details of the Event of Default, and the action which Borrower has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

(d) Bank shall have a right from time to time hereafter to audit Borrower’s Accounts and appraise Collateral at Borrower’s expense, provided that such audits will be conducted no more often than every six (6) months unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Borrower may deliver to Bank on an electronic basis any certificates, reports or information required pursuant to this Section 6.2, and Bank shall be entitled to rely on the information contained in the electronic files, provided that Bank in good faith believes that the files were delivered by a Responsible Officer. If Borrower delivers this information electronically, it shall also deliver to Bank by U.S. Mail, reputable overnight courier service, hand delivery, facsimile or .pdf file within five (5) Business Days of submission of the unsigned electronic copy the certification of monthly financial statements, the Borrowing Base Certificate and the Compliance Certificate, each bearing the physical signature of the Responsible Officer.

6.3 Inventory; Returns . Borrower shall keep all Inventory in good and merchantable condition, free from all material defects except for Inventory for which adequate reserves have been made. Returns and allowances, if any, as between Borrower and its account debtors shall be on the same basis and in accordance with the usual customary practices of

 

20


Borrower, as they exist on the Closing Date. Borrower shall promptly notify Bank of all returns and recoveries and of all disputes and claims involving more than Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).

6.4 Taxes . Borrower shall make, and cause each Subsidiary to make, due and timely payment or deposit of all material federal, state, and local taxes, assessments, or contributions required of it by law, including, but not limited to, those laws concerning income taxes, F.I.C.A., F.U.T.A. and state disability, and will execute and deliver to Bank, on demand, proof satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower or a Subsidiary has made such payments or deposits and any appropriate certificates attesting to the payment or deposit thereof; provided that Borrower or a Subsidiary need not make any payment if the amount or validity of such payment is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and is reserved against (to the extent required by GAAP) by Borrower.

6.5 Insurance .

(a) Borrower, at its expense, shall keep the Collateral insured against loss or damage by fire, theft, explosion, sprinklers, and all other hazards and risks, and in such amounts, as ordinarily insured against by other owners in similar businesses conducted in the locations where Borrower’s business is conducted on the date hereof. Borrower shall also maintain liability and other insurance in amounts and of a type that are customary to businesses similar to Borrower’s.

(b) All such policies of insurance shall be in such form, with such companies, and in such amounts as are reasonably satisfactory to Bank. All policies of property insurance shall contain a lender’s loss payable endorsement, in a form satisfactory to Bank, showing Bank as an additional loss payee, and all liability insurance policies shall show the Bank as an additional insured and shall specify that the insurer must give at least 20 days notice to Bank before canceling its policy for any reason. Upon Bank’s request, Borrower shall deliver to Bank certified copies of the policies of insurance and evidence of all premium payments. If no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, proceeds payable under any casualty policy will, at Borrower’s option, be payable to Borrower to replace the property subject to the claim or to purchase other property useful to Borrower’s business, provided that any such replacement property shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all proceeds payable under any such policy shall, at Bank’s option, be payable to Bank to be applied on account of the Obligations.

6.6 Accounts . Borrower shall maintain all its depository and operating accounts with Bank, and all its investment accounts with Bank or Bank’s Affiliates subject to account control agreements in favor of Bank.

6.7 Financial Covenants . Borrower shall at all times maintain the following financial ratios and covenants:

(a) Adjusted Quick Ratio . Borrower shall at all times, measured on a monthly basis, maintain a ratio of Cash held at Bank or at Bank’s Affiliates subject to account

 

21


control agreements in favor of Bank plus Eligible Accounts to Current Liabilities plus (to the extent not already included therein) all Indebtedness to Bank (excluding any amounts outstanding under the ACH Sublimit) less the current portion of Deferred Revenue of at least 1.10 to 1.00.

(b) Net Income . Quarterly Net Income of not less than the following:

 

Measuring Period

   Minimum Net Income  

Quarter Ending 3/31/09

     ($1,750,000

Quarter Ending 6/30/09

     ($1,150,000

Quarter Ending 9/30/09

     ($475,000

Quarter Ending 12/31/09

     $250,000   

Bank and Borrower shall mutually agree upon Quarterly Net Income levels for 2010 on or prior to December 31, 2009.

6.8 Consent of Inbound Licensors . Prior to entering into or becoming bound by any inbound license or agreement with a value in excess of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000), Borrower shall provide written notice to Bank of the material terms of such license or agreement with a description of its likely impact on Borrower’s business or financial condition.

6.9 Creation/Acquisition of Subsidiaries . In the event Borrower or any Subsidiary creates or acquires any Subsidiary, Borrower and such Subsidiary shall promptly notify Bank of the creation or acquisition of such new Subsidiary and take all such action as may be reasonably required by Bank to cause such Subsidiary to guarantee the Obligations of Borrower under the Loan Documents and grant a continuing pledge and security interest in and to the collateral of such Subsidiary (substantially as described on Exhibit A hereto), and Borrower shall grant and pledge to Bank a perfected security interest in the stock, units or other evidence of ownership of such Subsidiary.

6.10 Further Assurances . At any time and from time to time Borrower shall execute and deliver such further instruments and take such further action as may reasonably be requested by Bank to effect the purposes of this Agreement.

7. NEGATIVE COVENANTS .

Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any credit hereunder shall be available and until the outstanding Obligations are paid in full or for so long as Bank may have any commitment to make any Credit Extensions, Borrower will not do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld:

7.1 Dispositions . Convey, sell, lease, license, transfer or otherwise dispose of (collectively, to “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all or any part of its

 

22


business or property, including its intellectual property, or move cash balances on deposit with Bank to accounts opened at another financial institution, other than Permitted Transfers.

7.2 Change in Name, Location, Executive Office, or Executive Management; Change in Business; Change in Fiscal Year; Change in Control . Change its name or the Borrower State or relocate its chief executive office without thirty (30) days prior written notification to Bank; replace its chief executive officer or chief financial officer without thirty (30) days prior written notification to Bank; engage in any business, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to engage in any business, other than or reasonably related or incidental to the businesses currently engaged in by Borrower; change its fiscal year end; suffer or permit a Change in Control.

7.3 Mergers or Acquisitions . Merge or consolidate, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to merge or consolidate, with or into any other business organization (other than mergers or consolidations of a Subsidiary into another Subsidiary or into Borrower), or acquire, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person except where (i) such transactions do not in the aggregate exceed Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) during any fiscal year, (ii) no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to such transactions, (iii) such transactions do not result in a Change in Control, and (iv) Borrower is the surviving entity.

7.4 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume, guarantee or be or remain liable with respect to any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary so to do, other than Permitted Indebtedness, or prepay any Indebtedness or take any actions which impose on Borrower an obligation to prepay any Indebtedness, except Indebtedness to Bank.

7.5 Encumbrances . Create, incur, assume or allow any Lien with respect to any of its property, or assign or otherwise convey any right to receive income, including the sale of any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, except for Permitted Liens. Agree with any Person other than Bank not to grant a security interest in, or otherwise encumber, any of its, or covenant to any other Person that Borrower in the future will refrain from creating, incurring, assuming or allowing any Lien with respect to any of Borrower’s property, or permit any Subsidiary to do so.

7.6 Distributions . Pay any dividends or make any other distribution or payment on account of or in redemption, retirement or purchase of any capital stock, except that Borrower may (i) repurchase the stock of former employees, consultants or contractors pursuant to stock repurchase agreements as long as an Event of Default does not exist prior to such repurchase or would not exist after giving effect to such repurchase, and (ii) repurchase the stock of former employees, consultants or contractors pursuant to stock repurchase agreements by the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former employees, consultants or contractors to Borrower regardless of whether an Event of Default exists.

7.7 Investments . Directly or indirectly acquire or own, or make any Investment in or to any Person, or permit any of its Subsidiaries so to do, other than Permitted Investments, or maintain or invest any of its property with a Person other than Bank or Bank’s Affiliates or permit any Subsidiary to do so unless such Person has entered into a control

 

23


agreement with Bank, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, or suffer or permit any Subsidiary to be a party to, or be bound by, an agreement that restricts such Subsidiary from paying dividends or otherwise distributing property to Borrower.

7.8 Transactions with Affiliates . Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of Borrower except for transactions that are in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to Borrower than would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person.

7.9 Subordinated Debt . Make any payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to make any such payment, except in compliance with the terms of such Subordinated Debt, or amend any provision affecting Bank’s rights contained in any documentation relating to the Subordinated Debt without Bank’s prior written consent.

7.10 Inventory and Equipment . Store the Inventory or the Equipment with a bailee, warehouseman, or similar third party unless the third party has been notified of Bank’s security interest and Bank (a) has received an acknowledgment from the third party that it is holding or will hold the Inventory or Equipment for Bank’s benefit or (b) is in possession of the warehouse receipt, where negotiable, covering such Inventory or Equipment. Except for Inventory sold in the ordinary course of business, computers, computer accessories, demo kits and other office equipment held by Borrower’s employees and except for such other locations as Bank may approve in writing, Borrower shall keep the Inventory and Equipment only at the location set forth in Section 10 and such other locations of which Borrower gives Bank prior written notice and as to which Bank files a financing statement, or takes other action, where needed to perfect its security interest.

7.11 No Investment Company; Margin Regulation . Become or be controlled by an “investment company,” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, or become principally engaged in, or undertake as one of its important activities, the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock, or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for such purpose.

8. EVENTS OF DEFAULT .

Any one or more of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default by Borrower under this Agreement:

8.1 Payment Default . If Borrower fails to pay any of the Obligations when due;

8.2 Covenant Default .

(a) If Borrower fails to perform any obligation under Section 6.2, 6.4, 6.5, 6.6 and 6.7 or violates any of the covenants contained in Article 7 of this Agreement; or

(b) If Borrower fails or neglects to perform or observe any other material term, provision, condition, covenant contained in this Agreement, in any of the Loan

 

24


Documents, or in any other present or future agreement between Borrower and Bank and as to any default under such other term, provision, condition or covenant that can be cured, has failed to cure such default within ten (10) days after Borrower receives notice thereof or any officer of Borrower becomes aware thereof; provided, however, that if the default cannot by its nature be cured within the ten (10) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Borrower be cured within such ten (10) day period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Borrower shall have an additional reasonable period (which shall not in any case exceed thirty (30) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to have cured such default shall not be deemed an Event of Default but no Credit Extensions will be made;

8.3 Defective Perfection . If Bank shall receive at any time following the Closing Date an SOS Report indicating that except for Permitted Liens, Bank’s security interest in the Collateral is not prior to all other security interests or Liens of record reflected in such SOS Report;

8.4 Material Adverse Effect . If there occurs any circumstance or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

8.5 Attachment . If any material portion of Borrower’s assets is attached, seized, subjected to a writ or distress warrant, or is levied upon, or comes into the possession of any trustee, receiver or person acting in a similar capacity and such attachment, seizure, writ or distress warrant or levy has not been removed, discharged or rescinded within ten (10) days, or if Borrower is enjoined, restrained, or in any way prevented by court order from continuing to conduct all or any material part of its business affairs, or if a judgment or other claim becomes a lien or encumbrance upon any material portion of Borrower’s assets, or if a notice of lien, levy, or assessment is filed of record with respect to any of Borrower’s assets by the United States Government, or any department, agency, or instrumentality thereof, or by any state, county, municipal, or governmental agency, and the same is not paid within ten (10) days after Borrower receives notice thereof, provided that none of the foregoing shall constitute an Event of Default where such action or event is stayed or an adequate bond has been posted pending a good faith contest by Borrower (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made during such cure period);

8.6 Insolvency . If Borrower becomes insolvent, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced by Borrower, or if an Insolvency Proceeding is commenced against Borrower and is not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the dismissal of such Insolvency Proceeding);

8.7 Other Agreements . If there is a default or other failure to perform in any agreement to which Borrower is a party with a third party or parties resulting in a right by such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount in excess of Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

8.8 Subordinated Debt . If Borrower makes any payment on account of Subordinated Debt, except to the extent such payment is allowed under any subordination agreement entered into with Bank;

 

25


8.9 Judgments . If a judgment or judgments for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in the aggregate, of at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) shall be rendered against Borrower and shall remain unsatisfied and unstayed for a period of ten (10) days (provided that no Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction or stay of such judgment); or

8.10 Misrepresentations . If any material misrepresentation or material misstatement exists now or hereafter in any warranty or representation set forth herein or in any certificate delivered to Bank by any Responsible Officer pursuant to this Agreement or to induce Bank to enter into this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

9. BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES .

9.1 Rights and Remedies . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, at its election, without notice of its election and without demand, do any one or more of the following, all of which are authorized by Borrower:

(a) Declare all Obligations, whether evidenced by this Agreement, by any of the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, immediately due and payable (provided that upon the occurrence of an Event of Default described in Section 8.6, all Obligations shall become immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(b) Demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to the amount of any Letters of Credit remaining undrawn, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and (ii) pay in advance all Letter of Credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of the Letters of Credit, and Borrower shall promptly deposit and pay such amounts;

(c) Cease advancing money or extending credit to or for the benefit of Borrower under this Agreement or under any other agreement between Borrower and Bank;

(d) Settle or adjust disputes and claims directly with account debtors for amounts, upon terms and in whatever order that Bank reasonably considers advisable;

(e) Make such payments and do such acts as Bank considers necessary or reasonable to protect its security interest in the Collateral. Borrower agrees to assemble the Collateral if Bank so requires, and to make the Collateral available to Bank as Bank may designate. Borrower authorizes Bank to enter the premises where the Collateral is located, to take and maintain possession of the Collateral, or any part of it, and to pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any encumbrance, charge, or lien which in Bank’s determination appears to be prior or superior to its security interest and to pay all expenses incurred in connection therewith. With respect to any of Borrower’s owned premises, Borrower hereby grants Bank a license to enter into possession of such premises and to occupy the same, without charge, in order to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies provided herein, at law, in equity, or otherwise;

(f) Set off and apply to the Obligations any and all (i) balances and deposits of Borrower held by Bank, and (ii) indebtedness at any time owing to or for the credit or the account of Borrower held by Bank;

 

26


(g) Ship, reclaim, recover, store, finish, maintain, repair, prepare for sale, advertise for sale, and sell (in the manner provided for herein) the Collateral. Bank is hereby granted a license or other right, solely pursuant to the provisions of this Section 9.1, to use, without charge, Borrower’s labels, patents, copyrights, rights of use of any name, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks, service marks, and advertising matter, or any property of a similar nature, as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of, advertising for sale, and selling any Collateral and, in connection with Bank’s exercise of its rights under this Section 9. 1, Borrower’s rights under all licenses and all franchise agreements shall inure to Bank’s benefit;

(h) Sell the Collateral at either a public or private sale, or both, by way of one or more contracts or transactions, for cash or on terms, in such manner and at such places (including Borrower’s premises) as Bank determines is commercially reasonable, and apply any proceeds to the Obligations in whatever manner or order Bank deems appropriate. Bank may sell the Collateral without giving any warranties as to the Collateral. Bank may specifically disclaim any warranties of title or the like. This procedure will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral. If Bank sells any of the Collateral upon credit, Borrower will be credited only with payments actually made by the purchaser, received by Bank, and applied to the indebtedness of the purchaser. If the purchaser fails to pay for the Collateral, Bank may resell the Collateral and Borrower shall be credited with the proceeds of the sale;

(i) Bank may credit bid and purchase at any public sale;

(j) Apply for the appointment of a receiver, trustee, liquidator or conservator of the Collateral, without notice and without regard to the adequacy of the security for the Obligations and without regard to the solvency of Borrower, any guarantor or any other Person liable for any of the Obligations; and

(k) Any deficiency that exists after disposition of the Collateral as provided above will be paid immediately by Borrower.

Bank may comply with any applicable state or federal law requirements in connection with a disposition of the Collateral and compliance will not be considered adversely to affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Collateral.

9.2 Power of Attorney . Effective only upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints Bank (and any of Bank’s designated officers, or employees) as Borrower’s true and lawful attorney to: (a) send requests for verification of Accounts or notify account debtors of Bank’s security interest in the Accounts; (b) endorse Borrower’s name on any checks or other forms of payment or security that may come into Bank’s possession; (c) sign Borrower’s name on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any Account, drafts against account debtors, schedules and assignments of Accounts, verifications of Accounts, and notices to account debtors; (d) dispose of any Collateral; (e) make, settle, and adjust all claims under and decisions with respect to Borrower’s policies of insurance; (f) settle and adjust disputes and claims respecting the accounts directly with account debtors, for amounts and upon terms which Bank determines to be reasonable; and (g) to file, in its sole

 

27


discretion, one or more financing or continuation statements and amendments thereto, relative to any of the Collateral without the signature of Borrower where permitted by law; provided Bank may exercise such power of attorney to sign the name of Borrower on any of the documents described in clause (g) above, regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred. The appointment of Bank as Borrower’s attorney in fact, and each and every one of Bank’s rights and powers, being coupled with an interest, is irrevocable until all of the Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and Bank’s obligation to provide Credit Extensions hereunder is terminated.

9.3 Accounts Collection . At any time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may notify any Person owing funds to Borrower of Bank’s security interest in such funds and verify the amount of such Account. Borrower shall collect all amounts owing to Borrower for Bank, receive in trust all payments as Bank’s trustee, and immediately deliver such payments to Bank in their original form as received from the account debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit.

9.4 Bank Expenses . If Borrower fails to pay any amounts or furnish any required proof of payment due to third persons or entities, as required under the terms of this Agreement, then Bank may do any or all of the following after reasonable notice to Borrower: (a) make payment of the same or any part thereof; (b) set up such reserves under the Revolving Line as Bank deems necessary to protect Bank from the exposure created by such failure; or (c) obtain and maintain insurance policies of the type discussed in Section 6.5 of this Agreement, and take any action with respect to such policies as Bank deems prudent. Any amounts so paid or deposited by Bank shall constitute Bank Expenses, shall be immediately due and payable, and shall bear interest at the then applicable rate hereinabove provided, and shall be secured by the Collateral. Any payments made by Bank shall not constitute an agreement by Bank to make similar payments in the future or a waiver by Bank of any Event of Default under this Agreement.

9.5 Bank’s Liability for Collateral . Bank has no obligation to clean up or otherwise prepare the Collateral for sale. All risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral shall be borne by Borrower.

9.6 No Obligation to Pursue Others . Bank has no obligation to attempt to satisfy the Obligations by collecting them from any other Person liable for them and Bank may release, modify or waive any collateral provided by any other Person to secure any of the Obligations, all without affecting Bank’s rights against Borrower. Borrower waives any right it may have to require Bank to pursue any other Person for any of the Obligations.

9.7 Remedies Cumulative . Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement, the Loan Documents, and all other agreements shall be cumulative. Bank shall have all other rights and remedies not inconsistent herewith as provided under the Code, by law, or in equity. No exercise by Bank of one right or remedy shall be deemed an election, and no waiver by Bank of any Event of Default on Borrower’s part shall be deemed a continuing waiver. No delay by Bank shall constitute a waiver, election, or acquiescence by it. No waiver by Bank shall be effective unless made in a written document signed on behalf of Bank and then shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which it was given. Borrower

 

28


expressly agrees that this Section may not be waived or modified by Bank by course of performance, conduct, estoppel or otherwise.

9.8 Demand; Protest . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Borrower waives demand, protest, notice of protest, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment and any other notices relating to the Obligations.

10. NOTICES .

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, all notices or demands by any party relating to this Agreement or any other agreement entered into in connection herewith shall be in writing and (except for financial statements and other informational documents which may be sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid) shall be personally delivered or sent by a recognized overnight delivery service, certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or by telefacsimile to Borrower or to Bank, as the case may be, at its addresses set forth below:

 

If to Borrower:    

  

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

  

525 Race St, Suite 150

  

San Jose, CA 95126

  

Attn: CFO

  

FAX: (408) 882-5901

If to Bank:

  

Comerica Bank

  

75 East Trimble Road, M/C 4770

  

San Jose, California 95131

  

Attn: Manager

  

FAX: (408) 556-5091

with a copy to:

  

Comerica Bank

  

226 Airport Parkway, Suite 100

  

San Jose, CA 95110

  

Attn: Chris Benioff

  

FAX: (408) 451-8568

The parties hereto may change the address at which they are to receive notices hereunder, by notice in writing in the foregoing manner given to the other.

11. CHOICE OF LAW AND VENUE; JURY TRIAL WAIVER .

This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of the State of California, without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Each of Borrower and Bank hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the state and Federal courts located in the State of California. THE UNDERSIGNED ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH PARTY, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, WAIVES ANY

 

29


RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT OR AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE UNDERSIGNED PARTIES.

12. REFERENCE PROVISION.

In the event the Jury Trial Waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

12.1 Mechanics .

(a) With the exception of the items specified in clause (b), below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Comerica Documents”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Comerica Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the county or district where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in the state or federal court in the county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

(b) The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) nonjudicial foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This reference provision does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this reference provision as provided herein.

(c) The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted. Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).

(d) The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try

 

30


all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

(e) The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery. The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

12.2 Procedures . Except as expressly set forth herein, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

12.3 Application of Law . The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference. Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive. The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee. The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

12.4 Repeal . If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act § 1280 through § 1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

 

31


12.5 THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER COMERICA DOCUMENTS.

13. GENERAL PROVISIONS .

13.1 Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of the respective successors and permitted assigns of each of the parties and shall bind all Persons who become bound as a debtor to this Agreement; provided, however, that neither this Agreement nor any rights hereunder may be assigned by Borrower without Bank’s prior written consent, which consent may be granted or withheld in Bank’s sole discretion. Bank shall have the right without the consent of or notice to Borrower to sell, transfer, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of, or any interest in, Bank’s obligations, rights and benefits hereunder.

13.2 Indemnification . Borrower shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Bank and its officers, employees, and agents against: (a) all obligations, demands, claims, and liabilities claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; and (b) all losses or Bank Expenses in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by Bank, its officers, employees and agents as a result of or in any way arising out of, following, or consequential to transactions between Bank and Borrower whether under this Agreement, or otherwise (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), except for losses caused by Bank’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.

13.3 Time of Essence . Time is of the essence for the performance of all obligations set forth in this Agreement.

13.4 Severability of Provisions . Each provision of this Agreement shall be severable from every other provision of this Agreement for the purpose of determining the legal enforceability of any specific provision.

13.5 Amendments in Writing, Integration . All amendments to or terminations of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents must be in writing. All prior agreements, understandings, representations, warranties, and negotiations between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, if any, are merged into this Agreement and the Loan Documents.

13.6 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which, when executed and delivered, shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute but one and the same Agreement.

 

32


13.7 Survival . All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Obligations remain outstanding or Bank has any obligation to make any Credit Extension to Borrower. The obligations of Borrower to indemnify Bank with respect to the expenses, damages, losses, costs and liabilities described in Section 13.2 shall survive until all applicable statute of limitations periods with respect to actions that may be brought against Bank have run.

13.8 Confidentiality . In handling any confidential information, Bank and all employees and agents of Bank shall exercise the same degree of care that Bank exercises with respect to its own proprietary information of the same types to maintain the confidentiality of any non-public information thereby received or received pursuant to this Agreement except that disclosure of such information may be made (i) to the subsidiaries or Affiliates of Bank in connection with their present or prospective business relations with Borrower, (ii) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Loans, provided that they have entered into a comparable confidentiality agreement in favor of Borrower and have delivered a copy to Borrower, (iii) as required by law, regulations, rule or order, subpoena, judicial order or similar order, (iv) as may be required in connection with the examination, audit or similar investigation of Bank and (v) as Bank may determine in connection with the enforcement of any remedies hereunder. Confidential information hereunder shall not include information that either: (a) is in the public domain or in the knowledge or possession of Bank when disclosed to Bank, or becomes part of the public domain after disclosure to Bank through no fault of Bank; or (b) is disclosed to Bank by a third party, provided Bank does not have actual knowledge that such third party is prohibited from disclosing such information.

13.9 Effect of Amendment and Restatement . Except as otherwise set forth herein, this Agreement is intended to and does completely amend and restate, without novation, the Original Agreement. All security interests granted under the Original Agreement are hereby confirmed and ratified and shall continue to secure all Obligations under this Agreement.

[Balance of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

33


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

 

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By:   /s/ Martin J. Silver
Title:   CFO

 

COMERICA BANK
By:   /s/ illegible
Title:   SVP

[Signature Page to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement]


DEBTOR                                            VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

SECURED PARTY:                         COMERICA BANK

EXHIBIT A

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT

TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

All personal property of Borrower (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

(a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

(b) all common law and statutory copyrights and copyright registrations, applications for registration, now existing or hereafter arising, in the United States of America or in any foreign jurisdiction, obtained or to be obtained on or in connection with any of the foregoing, or any parts thereof or any underlying or component elements of any of the foregoing, together with the right to copyright and all rights to renew or extend such copyrights and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of copyright;

(c) all trademarks, service marks, trade names and service names and the goodwill associated therewith, together with the right to trademark and all rights to renew or extend such trademarks and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of trademark;

(d) all (i) patents and patent applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office of any foreign jurisdiction, and interests under patent license agreements, including, without limitation, the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (ii) licenses pertaining to any patent whether Debtor is licensor or licensee, (iii) income, royalties, damages, payments, accounts and accounts receivable now or hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) right (but not the obligation) to sue in the name of Debtor and/or in the name of Secured Party for past, present and future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world in all jurisdictions in which such patents have been issued or applied for, and (vi) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part with respect to any of the foregoing; and

(e) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time, including revised Division 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code-Secured Transactions, added by Stats. 1999, c.991 (S.B. 45), Section 35, operative July 1, 2001.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any copyrights, patents, trademarks, servicemarks and applications therefor, now owned or hereafter acquired, or any claims for damages by way of any past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”); provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the foregoing (the “Rights to Payment”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court)


holds that a security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of January 30, 2009, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Rights to Payment.


EXHIBIT B

TECHNOLOGY & LIFE SCIENCES DIVISION

LOAN ANALYSIS

LOAN ADVANCE/PAYDOWN REQUEST FORM

DEADLINE FOR SAME DAY PROCESSING IS [3:00* P.M., Pacific Time/ 3:30 P.M. Eastern Time]

FORMULA BASED LINES: DEADLINE FOR NEXT DAY PROCESSING IS [3:00* P.M., Pacific Time/ 3:30 P.M. Eastern Time]

DEADLINE FOR EQUIPMENT ADVANCES IS [3:00 P.M., Pacific Time/ 3:30 P.M. Eastern Time ]**

DEADLINE FOR WIRE TRANSFERS IS [1:30 P.M., Pacific Time/ 3:30 P.M. Eastern Time]

[*At month end and the day before a holiday, the cut off time is 1:30 P.M., Pacific Time]

**Subject to 3 day advance notice.

 

To: Loan Analysis

   DATE:                                         TIME:                                     

FAX #: (650) 846-6840

     

 

FROM:

  VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.    TELEPHONE REQUEST (For Bank Use Only):
      
  Borrower’s Name   

FROM:

      

 

The following person is authorized to request the loan payment transfer/loan advance on the designated account and is known to me.

  Authorized Signer’s Name   

FROM:

        
  Authorized Signer’s Name    Authorized Request & Phone #

PHONE #:

        
     Received by (Bank) & Phone #

FROM ACCOUNT#:

(please include Note number, if applicable)

  

TO ACCOUNT #:

(please include Note number, if applicable)

   Authorized Signature (Bank)

 

REQUESTED TRANSACTION TYPE

   REQUESTED DOLLAR AMOUNT    For Bank Use Only

PRINCIPAL INCREASE* (ADVANCE)

   $                                                      Date Rec’d:

PRINCIPAL PAYMENT (ONLY)

   $                                                       Time:
      Comp. Status:             YES             NO

OTHER INSTRUCTIONS

      Status Date:
     Time:
     Approval:

All representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Loan Agreement are true, correct and complete in all material respects as of the date of the telephone request for and advance confirmed by this Borrowing Certificate, including without limitation the representation that Borrower has paid for and owns the equipment financed by the Bank; provided, however, that those representations and warranties the date expressly referring to another date shall be true, correct and complete in all material respects as of such date.

 

*IS THERE A WIRE REQUEST TIED TO THIS LOAN ADVANCE? (PLEASE CIRCLE ONE                YES                NO

If YES, the Outgoing Wire Transfer Instructions must be completed below.

 

OUTGOING WIRE TRANSFER INSTRUCTIONS    Fed Reference Number    Bank Transfer Number
The items marked with an asterisk (*) are required to be completed.

*Beneficiary Name

  

*Beneficiary Account Number

  

*Beneficiary Address

  

Currency Type

   US DOLLARS ONLY

*ABA Routing Number (9 Digits)

  

*Receiving Institution Name

  

*Receiving Institution Address

  

*Wire Account

   $      


EXHIBIT C

BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

 

Borrower: VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.                                                              Lender: Comerica Bank

Commitment Amount: $5,000,000

  

 

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

  

1.      Accounts Receivable Book Value as of             

      $                     

2.      Additions (please explain on reverse)

      $                     

3.      TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

      $                     

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS (without duplication)

     

4.      Amounts over 90 days due

   $                        

5.      Balance of 25% over 90 day accounts

   $                        

6.      Concentration Limits

     

7.      Foreign Accounts

   $                        

8.      Governmental Accounts

   $                        

9.      Contra Accounts

   $                        

10.    Demo Accounts

   $                        

11.    Intercompany/Employee Accounts

   $                        

12.    Prebilled Support or Services accounts in excess of $500K

   $                        

13.    TOTAL ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE DEDUCTIONS

      $                     

14.    Eligible Accounts (#3 minus #13)

      $                     

15.    LOAN VALUE OF ACCOUNTS (80% of #14)

      $                     

BALANCES

     

16.    Maximum Loan Amount

      $5,000,000

17.    Total Funds Available [Lesser of #16 or #15]

      $                     

18.    Present balance owing on Line of Credit

      $                     

19.    Outstanding under ACH Sublimit

      $                     

20.    RESERVE POSITION (#17 minus #18 and #19)

      $                     

The undersigned represents and warrants that the foregoing is true, complete and correct, and that the information reflected in this Borrowing Base Certificate complies with the representations and warranties set forth in the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between the undersigned and Comerica Bank.

 

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By:    
 

Authorized Signer


EXHIBIT D

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:         COMERICA BANK

 

FROM:         VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

The undersigned authorized officer of VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”), (i) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof. Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification. The Officer further certifies that these are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

  

Complies

Monthly financial statements, Orders and backlog report    Monthly within 20 days    Yes    No
Annual (CPA Audited)    August 31    Yes    No
10K and 10Q    (as applicable)    Yes    No
A/R & A/P Agings, Borrowing Base Cert.    Monthly within 20 days (or bimonthly when more than $2.5MM in Advances outstanding)    Yes    No
Compliance Cert.    Monthly within 20 days    Yes    No
A/R Audit    Initial and Semi-Annual    Yes    No
Annual Projections    45 days prior to FYE    Yes    No

Total amount of Borrower’s cash and investments maintained with Bank and Bank Affiliates

   All cash and investments    Yes    No

 

Financial Covenant

  

Required

  

Actual

  

Complies

Measured on a Monthly Basis:

           

Minimum Adjusted Quick Ratio

   1.10:1.00    ______:1.00      Yes        No  

Measured on a Quarterly Basis:

           

Minimum Net Income

   See attached chart    $_________      Yes        No  

 

Comments Regarding Exceptions: See Attached.     BANK USE ONLY
     

Received by:

   
 

Sincerely,

      AUTHORIZED SIGNER
     

Date:

   
       

Verified:

   
  SIGNATURE       AUTHORIZED SIGNER
       

Date:

   
  TITLE      
       
  Date:     Compliance Status                                         Yes            No


Net Income Requirements

 

Measuring Period

   Minimum Net Income  

Quarter Ending 3/31/09

     ($1,750,000

Quarter Ending 6/30/09

     ($1,150,000

Quarter Ending 9/30/09

     ($475,000

Quarter Ending 12/31/09

   $ 250,000   


EXHIBIT E

DAILY ADJUSTING LIBOR ADDENDUM


SCHEDULE OF EXCEPTIONS

Permitted Indebtedness (Section 1.1)

None.

Permitted Investments (Section 1.1)

None.

Permitted Liens (Section 1.1)

None.

Prior Names (Section 5.5)

None.

Litigation (Section 5.6)

None.

Inbound Licenses (Section 5.12)

None.


Corporation Resolutions and Incumbency Certification

Authority to Procure Loans

 

 

I certify that I am the duly elected and qualified Secretary of VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.; that the following is a true and correct copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in accordance with its bylaws and applicable statutes.

Copy of Resolutions:

Be it Resolved, That:

 

1. Any one (1) of the following CEO, COO, or CFO (insert titles only) of the Corporation are/is authorized, for, on behalf of, and in the name of the Corporation to:

 

  (a) Negotiate and procure loans, letters of credit and other credit or financial accommodations from Comerica Bank (“Bank”), a Texas banking association, including, without limitation, that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 30, 2009, as may subsequently be amended from time to time.

 

  (b) Discount with the Bank, commercial or other business paper belonging to the Corporation made or drawn by or upon third parties, without limit as to amount;

 

  (c) Purchase, sell, exchange, assign, endorse for transfer and/or deliver certificates and/or instruments representing stocks, bonds, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities owned by the Corporation, whether or not registered in the name of the Corporation;

 

  (d) Give security for any liabilities of the Corporation to the Bank by grant, security interest, assignment, lien, deed of trust or mortgage upon any real or personal property, tangible or intangible of the Corporation; and

 

  (e) Execute and deliver in form and content as may be required by the Bank any and all notes, evidences of Indebtedness, applications for letters of credit, guaranties, subordination agreements, Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreements, financing statements, assignments, liens, deeds of trust, mortgages, trust receipts and other agreements, instruments or documents to carry out the purposes of these Resolutions, any or all of which may relate to all or to substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets.

 

2. Said Bank be and it is authorized and directed to pay the proceeds of any such loans or discounts as directed by the persons so authorized to sign, whether so payable to the order of any of said persons in their individual capacities or not, and whether such proceeds are deposited to the individual credit of any of said persons or not;

 

3. Any and all agreements, instruments and documents previously executed and acts and things previously done to carry out the purposes of these Resolutions are ratified, confirmed and approved as the act or acts of the Corporation.

 

4. These Resolutions shall continue in force, and the Bank may consider the holders of said offices and their signatures to be and continue to be as set forth in a certified copy of these Resolutions delivered to the Bank, until notice to the contrary in writing is duly served on the Bank (such notice to have no effect on any action previously taken by the Bank in reliance on these Resolutions).

 

5. Any person, corporation or other legal entity dealing with the Bank may rely upon a certificate signed by an officer of the Bank to effect that these Resolutions and any agreement, instrument or document executed pursuant to them are still in full force and effect and binding upon the Corporation.


6. The Bank may consider the holders of the offices of the Corporation and their signatures, respectively, to be and continue to be as set forth in the Certificate of the Secretary of the Corporation until notice to the contrary in writing is duly served on the Bank.

I further certify that the above Resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date of this Certificate; that these Resolutions and any borrowings or financial accommodations under these Resolutions have been properly noted in the corporate books and records, and have not been rescinded, annulled, revoked or modified; that neither the foregoing Resolutions nor any actions to be taken pursuant to them are or will be in contravention of any provision of the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Corporation or of any agreement, indenture or other instrument to which the Corporation is a party or by which it is bound; and that neither the articles of incorporation nor bylaws of the Corporation nor any agreement, indenture or other instrument to which the Corporation is a party or by which it is bound require the vote or consent of shareholders of the Corporation to authorize any act, matter or thing described in the foregoing Resolutions.

I further certify that the following named persons have been duly elected to the offices set opposite their respective names, that they continue to hold these offices at the present time, and that the signatures which appear below are the genuine, original signatures of each respectively:

(PLEASE SUPPLY GENUINE SIGNATURES OF AUTHORIZED SIGNERS BELOW)

 

NAME (Type or Print)

 

          

TITLE

 

       

SIGNATURE

 

Robert Zollars

       Chairman & CEO       /s/ Robert Zollars

Brent Lang

       COO & President       /s/ Brent Lang

Martin Silver

       CFO       /s/ Martin J. Silver
                  
                  
                  

In Witness Whereof, I have affixed my name as Secretary and have caused the corporate seal (where available) of said Corporation to be affixed on January 30, 2009.

 

/s/ Martin J. Silver
Secretary Martin Silver

 

The Above Statements are Correct.   

/s/ Robert Shostak; CTO & Board of Director

  

SIGNATURE OF OFFICER OR DIRECTOR OR, IF NONE. A SHAREHOLDER OTHER THAN SECRETARY WHEN SECRETARY IS AUTHORIZED TO SIGN ALONE.

Failure to complete the above when the Secretary is authorized to sign alone shall constitute a certification by the Secretary that the Secretary is the sole Shareholder, Director and Officer of the Corporation.


ATTN: VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

USA PATRIOT ACT

NOTICE

OF

CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION

IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT PROCEDURES FOR OPENING A NEW ACCOUNT

To help the government fight the funding of terrorism and money laundering activities, Federal law requires all financial institutions to obtain, verify, and record information that identifies each person who opens an account.

WHAT THIS MEANS FOR YOU: when you open an account, we will ask your name, address, date of birth, and other information that will allow us to identify you. We may also ask to see your driver’s license or other identifying documents.


COMERICA BANK

Member FDIC

ITEMIZATION OF AMOUNT FINANCED

DISBURSEMENT INSTRUCTIONS

(Revolver)

 

Name(s): VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.    Date: January 30, 2009

$5,000,000

   credited to deposit account No. ___________ when Advances are requested by Borrower

Amounts paid to others on your behalf:

$

   to Comerica Bank for Loan Fee

$

   to Comerica Bank for Document Fee

$

   to Comerica Bank for accounts receivable audit (estimate)

$

   to Bank counsel fees and expenses

$

   to _______________

$

   to _______________

$

   TOTAL (AMOUNT FINANCED)

Upon consummation of this transaction, this document will also serve as the authorization for Comerica Bank to disburse the loan proceeds as stated above.

 

/s/ Martin J. Silver / CFO        
Signature     Signature


COMERICA BANK

Member FDIC

ITEMIZATION OF AMOUNT FINANCED

DISBURSEMENT INSTRUCTIONS

(Term Line)

 

Name(s): VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.    Date: January 30, 2009

$2,000,000

   credited to deposit account No. ___________ when Advances are requested by Borrower

Amounts paid to others on your behalf:

$

   to Comerica Bank for Loan Fee

$

   to Comerica Bank for Document Fee

$

   to Comerica Bank for accounts receivable audit (estimate)

$

   to Bank counsel fees and expenses

$

   to _______________

$

   to _______________

$

   TOTAL (AMOUNT FINANCED)

Upon consummation of this transaction, this document will also serve as the authorization for Comerica Bank to disburse the loan proceeds as stated above.

 

/s/ Martin J. Silver        
Signature     Signature


LOGO

Agreement to Furnish Insurance

 

Heron called “Bank”

Borrower(s): VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

I understand that the Security Agreement or Deed of Trust which I executed in connection with this transaction requires me to provide a physical damage insurance policy including a Lenders Loss Payable Endorsement in favor of the Bank as shown below, within ten (10) days from the date of this agreement.

The following minimum insurance must be provided according to the terms of the security documents.

 

¨

 

AUTOMOBILES, TRUCKS, RECREATIONAL VEHICLES

Comprehensive & Collision

Lender’s Loss Payable Endorsement

 

¨

  

MACHINERY & EQUIPMENT: MISCELLANEOUS PERSONAL PROPERTY

Fire & Extended Coverage

Lender’s Loss Payable Endorsement

¨    Breach of Warranty Endorsement

¨

 

BOATS

All Risk Hull Insurance

Lender’s Loss Payable Endorsement

¨    Breach of Warranty Endorsement

 

¨

  

AIRCRAFT

All Risk Ground & Flight Insurance

Lender’s Loss Payable Endorsement

¨   Breach of Warranty Endorsement

¨

 

MOBILE HOMES

Fire ; Theft & Combined Additional Coverage Lender’s Loss Payable Endorsement

¨    Earthquake

 

¨

  

REAL PROPERTY

Fine & Extended Coverage

Lender’s Loss Payable Endorsement

¨   All Risk Coverage

¨   Special Form Risk Coverage

¨   

¨    Earthquake

¨    Other                                                          

¨

  INVENTORY     

¨

 

Other __________________________________________________________________________________________

             __________________________________________________________________________________________

             __________________________________________________________________________________________

I may obtain the required insurance from any company that is acceptable to the Bank, and will deliver proof of such coverage with an effective date of January 30, 2009 or earlier.

I understand and agree that if I fail to deliver proof of insurance to the Bank at the address below, or upon the lapse or cancellation of such insurance, the Bank may procure Lender’s Single Interest Insurance or other similar coverage on the properly. If the Bank procures insurance to protect its interest in the property described in the security documents, the cost for the insurance will be added to my indebtedness as provided in the security documents. Lender’s Single Interest Insurance shall cover only the Bank’s interest as a secured party, and shall become effective at the earlier of the funding date of this transaction or the date my insurance was canceled or expired. I UNDERSTAND THAT LENDER’S SINGLE INTEREST INSURANCE WILL PROVIDE ME WITH ONLY LIMITED PROTECTION AGAINST PHYSICAL DAMAGE TO THE COLLATERAL, UP TO THE BALANCE OF THE LOAN, HOWEVER, MY EQUITY IN THE PROPERTY WILL NOT BE INSURED. FURTHER, THE INSURANCE WILL NOT PROVIDE MINIMUM PUBLIC LIABILITY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE INDEMNIFICATION AND DOES NOT MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE FINANCIAL RESPONSIBILITY LAW.

CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTION 2955.5. HAZARD INSURANCE DISCLOSURE: No lender shall require a borrower, as a condition of receiving or maintaining a loan secured by real property, to provide hazard insurance coverage against risks to the improvements on that real property in an amount exceeding the replacement value of the improvements on the property.

 

Bank Address for Insurance Documents:

Comerica Bank – Collateral Operations. Mail Code 4770

75 East Trimble Road

San Jose, California 95131


I acknowledge having read the provisions of this agreement, and agree to its terms. I authorize the Bank to provide to any person (including any insurance agent or company) any information necessary to obtain the insurance coverage required.

 

  OWNER(S) OF COLLATERAL:     DATED:    
         
         

 

INSURANCE VERIFICATION

Date                                                                                                                                                                Phone                                                                   

Agents Name                                                                                                                                             Person Talked To                                              

Agents Address                                                                                                                                                                                                                                          

Insurance Company                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 

Policy Number (s)                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    

Effective Dates: From                                                                                                             To:                                                                                                          

Deductible $                                                                                                               Comments:                                                                                                            


COMERICA BANK   

Member FDIC

   AUTOMATIC DEBIT AUTHORIZATION

To: Comerica Bank

Re: Loan # __________________________

You are hereby authorized and instructed to charge account No. 1891576009 in the name of VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

for principal, interest and other payments due on above referenced loan as set forth below and credit the loan referenced above.
  

x          Debit each interest payment as it becomes due according to the terms of the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement and any renewals or amendments thereof.

  

x          Debit each principal payment as it becomes due according to the terms of the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement and any renewals or amendments thereof.

  

x          Debit each payment for Bank Expenses as it becomes due according to the terms of the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement and any renewals or amendments thereof.

This Authorization is to remain in full force and effect until revoked in writing.

 

Borrower Signature

  Date

/s/ Martin J. Silver / CFO

  January 30, 2009
  January 30, 2009


COMERICA BANK

 

      COMERICA BANK
      CLIENT AUTHORIZATION

Fax (408) 451-8568

 

General Authorization

I hereby authorize Comerica Bank to use my company name, logo, and information relating to our banking relationship in its marketing and advertising campaigns which is intended for Comerica Bank’s customers, prospects and shareholders.

Comerica Bank will forward any advertising or article including client for prior review and approval.

 

/s/ Martin J. Silver
Signature
Martin J. Silver                     Chief Financial Officer
Printed Name                         Title
Vocera Communications, Inc.
Company
525 Race Street, Ste 150
Mailing Address
San Jose, CA 95126-3495
City, State, Zip Code
408-882-5990
Phone Number
408-882-5901
Fax Number
msilver@vocera.com
E-Mail
January 30, 2009


DEBTOR

   VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

 

SECURED PARTY:

   COMERICA BANK

EXHIBIT A

COLLATERAL DESCRIPTION ATTACHMENT

TO UCC NATIONAL FORM FINANCING STATEMENT

All personal property of Borrower (herein referred to as “Borrower” or “Debtor”) whether presently existing or hereafter created or acquired, and wherever located, including, but not limited to:

(a) all accounts (including health-care-insurance receivables), chattel paper (including tangible and electronic chattel paper), deposit accounts, documents (including negotiable documents), equipment (including all accessions and additions thereto), general intangibles (including payment intangibles and software), goods (including fixtures), instruments (including promissory notes), inventory (including all goods held for sale or lease or to be furnished under a contract of service, and including returns and repossessions), investment property (including securities and securities entitlements), letter of credit rights, money, and all of Debtor’s books and records with respect to any of the foregoing, and the computers and equipment containing said books and records;

(b) all common law and statutory copyrights and copyright registrations, applications for registration, now existing or hereafter arising, in the United States of America or in any foreign jurisdiction, obtained or to be obtained on or in connection with any of the foregoing, or any parts thereof or any underlying or component elements of any of the foregoing, together with the right to copyright and all rights to renew or extend such copyrights and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of copyright;

(c) all trademarks, service marks, trade names and service names and the goodwill associated therewith, together with the right to trademark and all rights to renew or extend such trademarks and the right (but not the obligation) of Secured Party to sue in its own name and/or in the name of the Debtor for past, present and future infringements of trademark;

(d) all (i) patents and patent applications filed in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or any similar office of any foreign jurisdiction, and interests under patent license agreements, including, without limitation, the inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, (ii) licenses pertaining to any patent whether Debtor is licensor or licensee, (iii) income, royalties, damages, payments, accounts and accounts receivable now or hereafter due and/or payable under and with respect thereto, including, without limitation, damages and payments for past, present or future infringements thereof, (iv) right (but not the obligation) to sue in the name of Debtor and/or in the name of Secured Party for past, present and future infringements thereof, (v) rights corresponding thereto throughout the world in all jurisdictions in which such patents have been issued or applied for, and (vi) reissues, divisions, continuations, renewals, extensions and continuations-in-part with respect to any of the foregoing; and

(e) any and all cash proceeds and/or noncash proceeds of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, insurance proceeds, and all supporting obligations and the security therefor or for any right to payment. All terms above have the meanings given to them in the California Uniform Commercial Code, as amended or supplemented from time to time, including revised Division 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code- Secured Transactions, added by Stats. 1999, c.991 (S.B. 45), Section 35, operative July 1, 2001.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Collateral shall not include any copyrights, patents, trademarks, servicemarks and applications therefor, now owned or hereafter acquired, or any claims for damages by way of any past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing (collectively, the “Intellectual Property”); provided, however, that the Collateral shall include all accounts and general intangibles that consist of rights to payment and proceeds from the sale, licensing or disposition of all or any part, or rights in, the foregoing (the “Rights to Payment”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a judicial authority (including a U.S. Bankruptcy Court) holds that a


security interest in the underlying Intellectual Property is necessary to have a security interest in the Rights to Payment, then the Collateral shall automatically, and effective as of January 30, 2009, include the Intellectual Property to the extent necessary to permit perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Rights to Payment.


FIRST AMENDMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY

This First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (this VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement of January 30, 2009, as amended from time to time (the “Agreement”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. The following defined terms in Section 1.1 of the Agreement hereby are added, amended or restated as follows:

“Credit Card Services Sublimit” means a sublimit for corporate credit cards and e-commerce or merchant account services under the Revolving Line not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), minus any amounts outstanding under the Letter of Credit Sublimit and the outstanding FX Amount.

“Letter of Credit” means a commercial or standby letter of credit or similar undertaking issued by Bank at Borrower’s request in accordance with Section 2.1(b)(iii).

“Letter of Credit Sublimit” means a sublimit for Letters of Credit under the Revolving Line not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), less any amounts outstanding under the Credit Card Services Sublimit and the outstanding FX Amount.

“Permitted Foreign Accounts” means deposit accounts (but not savings or investment accounts) maintained by Borrower with financial institutions outside of the United States with aggregate balances not to exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) at any time.

“Revolving Maturity Date” means January 28, 2011.

2. Subsection (k) of the defined term “Eligible Accounts” in Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(k) Intentionally Omitted;”

3. The defined term “ACH Sublimit” in Section 1.1 of the Agreement is hereby deleted in its entirety.

4. Section 2.1(b)(iii) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

(iii) Letter of Credit Sublimit . Subject to the availability under the Revolving Line, and in reliance on the representations and warranties of Borrower set forth herein, at any time and from time to time from the date hereof through the Business Day immediately prior to the Revolving Maturity Date, Bank shall issue for the account of Borrower such Letters of Credit as Borrower may request by delivering to Bank a duly executed letter of credit application on Bank’s standard form; provided, however, that the outstanding and undrawn amounts under all such Letters of Credit (i) shall not at any time exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit, and (ii) shall be deemed to constitute Advances for the purpose of calculating availability under the Revolving Line. Any drawn but unreimbursed amounts under any Letter of Credit shall be charged as Advances against the Revolving Line. All Letters of Credit shall be in form and substance acceptable to Bank in its sole discretion and shall be subject to the terms and conditions of Bank’s form application and letter of credit agreement. Borrower will pay any standard issuance and other fees that Bank notifies Borrower it will charge for issuing and processing Letters of Credit.

5. Section 2,1(b)(iv) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(iv) Credit Card Services Sublimit . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Borrower may request corporate credit cards and standard and e-commerce merchant account services from Bank (collectively, the “Credit Card Services”), The aggregate limit of the corporate credit cards and merchant credit card processing reserves shall not exceed the Credit Card Services Sublimit, provided that availability under the Revolving Line shall be reduced by the aggregate limits of

 

1


the corporate credit cards issued to Borrower and merchant credit card processing reserves. In addition, Bank may, in its sole discretion, charge as Advances any amounts that become due or owing to Bank in connection with the Credit Card Services. The terms and conditions (including repayment and fees) of such Credit Card Services shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Bank’s standard forms of application and agreement for the Credit Card Services, which Borrower hereby agrees to execute.

6. New Sections 2,1(b)(v) and 2.1(b)(vi) are hereby added to the Agreement as follows:

“(v) Foreign Exchange Sublimit . Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement and any other agreement that Borrower may enter into with the Bank in connection with foreign exchange transactions (“FX Contracts”). Borrower may request Bank to enter into FX Contracts with Borrower due not later than the Revolving Maturity Date. Borrower shall pay any standard issuance and other fees that Bank notifies Borrower will be charged for issuing and processing FX Contracts for Borrower. The FX Amount shall at all times be equal to or less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), less any amounts outstanding under the Letter of Credit Sublimit and the Credit Card Services Sublimit. The “FX Amount” shall equal the amount determined by multiplying (i) the aggregate amount, in United States Dollars, of FX Contracts between Borrower and Bank remaining outstanding as of any date of determination by (ii) the applicable Foreign Exchange Reserve Percentage as of such date. The “Foreign Exchange Reserve Percentage” shall be a percentage as determined by Bank, in its sole discretion from time to time. The initial Foreign Exchange Reserve Percentage shall be ten percent (10%).

(vi) Collateralization of Obligations Extending Beyond Maturity . If Borrower has not secured to Bank’s satisfaction its obligations with respect to any Letters of Credit, Credit Card Services or Foreign Exchange Contracts by the Revolving Maturity Date, then, effective as of such date, the balance in any deposit accounts held by Bank and the certificates of deposit or time deposit accounts issued by Bank in Borrower’s name (and any interest paid thereon or proceeds thereof, including any amounts payable upon the maturity or liquidation of such certificates or accounts), shall automatically secure such obligations to the extent of the then continuing or outstanding and undrawn Letters of Credit, Credit Card Services or Foreign Exchange Contracts. Borrower authorizes Bank to hold such balances in pledge and to decline to honor any drafts thereon or any requests by Borrower or any other Person to pay or otherwise transfer any part of such balances for so long as the Letters of Credit, Credit Card Services or Foreign Exchange Contracts are outstanding or continue.”

7. Section 2.3(a) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(a) Interest Rates for Credit Extensions . Except as set forth in Section 2.3(b), the Credit Extensions shall bear interest, on the outstanding daily balance thereof, as set forth in the Prime Referenced Rate Addendum to Second Amended and Restated Loan & Security Agreement attached as Exhibit E.”

8. The following is hereby added to the end of Section 4.4 of the Agreement:

“The foregoing provisions shall not apply to any amounts collected or maintained by Borrower in the Permitted Foreign Accounts,”

9. Section 6.2(vi) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(vi) such budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information as Bank may reasonably request from time to time, including, as soon as available, but any event no later than December 31 of each year, annual financial projections approved by Borrower’s board of directors.”

10. Section 6.6 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“6.6 Accounts . Borrower shall maintain all its depository and operating accounts with Bank, and all its investment accounts with Bank or Bank’s Affiliates subject to account control agreements in favor of Bank; provided however that Borrower may maintain the Permitted Foreign Accounts outside Bank without obtaining account control agreements with respect to such accounts.”

11. Section 6.7 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“6.7 Financial Covenants . Borrower shall at all times maintain the following financial ratios and covenants:

(a) Adjusted Quick Ratio . Borrower shall at all times, measured on a monthly basis, maintain a ratio of Cash held at Bank or at Bank’s Affiliates subject to account control agreements in favor of Bank plus Eligible Accounts to

 

2


Current Liabilities plus (to the extent not already included therein) all Indebtedness to Bank (excluding any amounts outstanding in connection with Automated Clearing House transactions) less the current portion of Deferred Revenue of at least 1.25 to 1.00.

(b) Net Income . Quarterly Net Income of not less than the following:

 

Measuring Period

   Minimum Net Income  

Quarter Ending 3/31/10

     ($700,000

Quarter Ending 6/30/10

     ($500,000

Quarter Ending 9/30/10

   $ 100,000   

Quarter Ending 12/31/10

   $ 500,000   

12. All references in the Loan Documents to Bank’s address at 75 East Trimble Road, M/C 4770, San Jose, California 95131, Attn: Manager shall mean and refer to 39200 Six Mile Road, M/C 7578, Livonia, Michigan 48152, Attn: National Documentation Services.

13. Exhibit E to the Agreement is hereby replaced with Exhibit E attached hereto.

14. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

15. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

16. Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Amendment, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

17. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, duly executed by Borrower;

(b) an officer’s certificate of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Amendment;

(c) a renewal fee in the amount of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000), which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts;

(d) all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

(e) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

18. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By:   /s/ Martin J. Silver
Title:   Martin J. Silver / Chief Financial Officer
COMERICA BANK
By:   /s/ Robert Shott
Title:   SVP

[Signature Page to First Amendment to Second Amended and Restate Loan & Security Agreement]

 

4


EXHIBIT D

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:

   COMERICA BANK

FROM:

   VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

The undersigned authorized officer of VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”), (i) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof. Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification. The Officer further certifies that these are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

   Required    Complies
Monthly financial statements, Orders and backlog report    Monthly within 20 days    Yes     No
Annual (CPA Audited)    August 31    Yes     No
10K and 10Q    (as applicable)    Yes     No
A/R & A/P Agings, Borrowing Base Cert.    Monthly within 20 days (or bimonthly when more than $2.5MM in Advances outstanding)    Yes     No
Compliance Cert.    Monthly within 20 days    Yes     No
A/R Audit    Initial and Semi-Annual    Yes     No
Annual Projections    12/31 of each year    Yes     No
Total amount of Borrower’s cash and investments maintained with Bank and Bank Affiliates    All cash and investments other than the Permitted Foreign Account    Yes     No

 

Financial Covenant

   Required    Actual    Complies
Measured on a Monthly Basis:         

Minimum Adjusted Quick Ratio

   1.25:1.00    _____:1.00    Yes No
Measured on a Quarterly Basis:         

Minimum Net Income

   See
attached
chart
   $______    Yes No

 

Comments Regarding Exceptions: See Attached.     BANK USE ONLY
Sincerely,             Received by:    
  SIGNATURE       AUTHORIZED SIGNER
        DATE:    
  TITLE     Verified:    
          AUTHORIZED SIGNER
  DATE     DATE:    
     
      Compliance Status                                              Yes         No

 


Net Income Requirements

 

Measuring Period

   Minimum Net Income  

Quarter Ending 3/31/10

     ($700,000

Quarter Ending 6/30/10

     ($500,000

Quarter Ending 9/30/10

   $ 100,000   

Quarter Ending 12/31/10

   $ 500,000   


EXHIBIT E

PRIME REFERENCED RATE ADDENDUM

[please see attached]


Corporation Resolutions and Incumbency Certification

Authority to Procure Loans

I certify that I am the duly elected and qualified Secretary of VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.; that the following is a true and correct copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in accordance with its bylaws and applicable statutes.

Copy of Resolutions:

Be it Resolved, That:

 

1. Anyone (1) of the following Chairman, CEO, COO, CFO (insert titles only) of the Corporation are/is authorized, for, on behalf of, and in the name of the Corporation to:

 

  (a) Negotiate and procure loans, letters of credit and other credit or financial accommodations from Comerica Bank (“Bank”), a Texas banking association, including, without limitation, that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 30, 2009, as may subsequently be amended from time to time, including by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 19, 2010;

 

  (b) Discount with the Bank, commercial or other business paper belonging to the Corporation made or drawn by or upon third parties, without limit as to amount;

 

  (c) Purchase, sell, exchange, assign, endorse for transfer and/or deliver certificates and/or instruments representing stocks, bonds, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities owned by the Corporation, whether or not registered in the name of the Corporation;

 

  (d) Give security for any liabilities of the Corporation to the Bank by grant, security interest, assignment, lien, deed of trust or mortgage upon any real or personal property, tangible or intangible of the Corporation; and

 

  (e) Execute and deliver in form and content as may be required by the Bank any and all notes, evidences of Indebtedness, applications for letters of credit, guaranties, subordination agreements, Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreements, financing statements, assignments, liens, deeds of trust, mortgages, trust receipts and other agreements, instruments or documents to carry out the purposes of these Resolutions, any or all of which may relate to all or to substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets.

 

2. Said Bank be and it is authorized and directed to pay the proceeds of any such loans or discounts as directed by the persons so authorized to sign, whether so payable to the order of any of said persons in their individual capacities or not, and whether such proceeds are deposited to the individual credit of any of said persons or not;

 

3. Any and all agreements, instruments and documents previously executed and acts and things previously done to carry out the purposes of these Resolutions are ratified, confirmed and approved as the act or acts of the Corporation.

 

4. These Resolutions shall continue in force, and the Bank may consider the holders of said offices and their signatures to be and continue to be as set forth in a certified copy of these Resolutions delivered to the Bank, until notice to the contrary in writing is duly served on the Bank (such notice to have no effect on any action previously taken by the Bank in reliance on these Resolutions).

 

5. Any person, corporation or other legal entity dealing ‘with the Bank may rely upon a certificate signed by an officer of the Bank to effect that these Resolutions and any agreement, instrument or document executed pursuant to them are still in full force and effect and binding upon the Corporation.

 

6. The Bank may consider the holders of the offices of the Corporation and their signatures, respectively, to be and continue to be as set forth in the Certificate of the Secretary of the Corporation until notice to the contrary in writing is duly served on the Bank.

I further certify that the above Resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date of this Certificate; that these Resolutions and any borrowings or financial accommodations under these Resolutions have been properly noted in the corporate books and records, and have not been rescinded, annulled, revoked or modified; that neither the foregoing Resolutions nor any


actions to be taken pursuant to them are or will be in contravention of any provision of the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Corporation or of any agreement, indenture or other instrument to which the Corporation is a party or by which it is bound; and that neither the articles of incorporation nor by laws of the Corporation nor any agreement, indenture or other instrument to which the Corporation is a party or by which it is bound require the vote or consent of shareholders of the Corporation to authorize any act, matter or thing described in the foregoing Resolutions.

I further certify that the following named persons have been duly elected to the offices set opposite their respective names, that they continue to hold these offices at the present time, and that the signatures which appear below are the genuine, original signatures of each respectively:

(PLEASE SUPPLY GENUINE SIGNATURES OF AUTHORIZED SIGNERS BELOW)

NAME (Type or Print) TITLE SIGNATURE

 

NAME (Type or Print)   TITLE   SIGNATURE
Robert Zollars   Chairman   /s/ Robert Zollars
Brent Lang   COO   /s/ Brent Lang
Martin Silver   CFO   /s/ Martin Silver

In Witness Whereof, I have affixed my name as Secretary and have caused the corporate seal (where available) of said Corporation to be affixed on February 26, 2010.

 

/s/ Martin J. Silver
Secretary Martin J. Silver; Corporate Secretary

 

The Above Statements are Correct.    

  /S/ illegible
 

SIGNATURE OF OFFICER OR DIRECTOR OR, IF NONE. A

SHAREHOLDER OTHER THAN SECRETARY WHEN SECRETARY IS

AUTHORIZED TO SIGN ALONE.

Failure to complete the above when the Secretary is authorized to sign alone shall constitute a certification by the Secretary that the Secretary is the sole Shareholder, Director and Officer of the Corporation.


Prime Referenced Rate Addendum To

Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement

This Prime Referenced Rate Addendum to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (this “Addendum”) is entered into as of February 19, 2010, by and between Comerica Bank (“Bank”) and VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. (“Borrower”). This Addendum supplements the terms of the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 30, 2009, as amended from time to time, including by that certain First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of the date hereof (as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented, extended or restated from time to time, collectively, the “Agreement”).

1. Definitions . As used in this Addendum, the following terms shall have the following meanings. Initially capitalized terms used and not defined in this Addendum shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Agreement.

a. “Applicable Margin” means (i) one percent (l.00%) per annum with respect to Advances and (ii) two percent (2.00%) per annum with respect to Term Advances.

b. “Business Day” means any day, other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day designated as a holiday under Federal or applicable State statute or regulation, on which Bank is open for all or substantially all of its domestic and international business (including dealings in foreign exchange) in San Jose, California, and, in respect of notices and determinations relating the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate, also a day on which dealings in dollar deposits are also carried on in the London interbank market and on which banks are open for business in London, England.

c. “Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate” means, for any day, a per annum interest rate which is equal to the quotient of the following:

 

  (1) for any day, the per annum rate of interest determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in United States Dollars for a period equal to one (1) month appearing on Page BBAM of the Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service as of 8:00 a.m. (California time) (or as soon thereafter as practical) on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day. In the event that such rate does not appear on Page BBAM of the Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service (or otherwise on such Service) on any day, the “Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate” for such day shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying eurodollar rates as may be reasonably selected by Bank, or in the absence of such other service, the “Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate” for such day shall, instead, be determined based upon the average of the rates at which Bank is offered dollar deposits at or about 8:00 a.m. (California time) (or as soon thereafter as practical), on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day, in the interbank eurodollar market in an amount comparable to the outstanding principal amount of the Obligations and for a period equal to one (1) month;

divided by

 

  (2) l.00 minus the maximum rate (expressed as a decimal) on such day at which Bank is required to maintain reserves on “Euro-currency Liabilities” as defined in and pursuant to Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or, if such regulation or definition is modified, and as long as Bank is required to maintain reserves against a category of liabilities which includes eurodollar deposits or includes a category of assets which includes eurodollar loans, the rate at which such reserves are required to be maintained on such category.

d. “LIBOR Lending Office” means Bank’s office located in the Cayman Islands, British West Indies, or such other branch of Bank, domestic or foreign, as it may hereafter designate as its LIBOR Lending Office by notice to Borrower.

e. “Prime Rate” means the per annum interest rate established by Bank as its prime rate for its borrowers, as such rate may vary from time to time, which rate is not necessarily the lowest rate on loans made by Bank at any such time.

f. “Prime Referenced Rate” means, for any day, a per annum interest rate which is equal to the Prime Rate in effect on such day, but in no event and at no time shall the Prime Referenced Rate be less than the sum of the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate for such day plus two and one-half percent (2.50%) per annum. If, at any time, Bank determines that it is unable to determine or ascertain the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate for any day, the Prime Referenced Rate for each such day shall be the Prime Rate in effect at such time, but not less than two and one-half percent (2.50%) per annum.

 

1


2. Interest Rate . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Addendum, the Obligations under the Agreement shall bear interest at the Prime Referenced Rate plus the Applicable Margin.

3. Payment of Interest . Accrued and unpaid interest on the unpaid balance of the Obligations outstanding under the Agreement shall be payable monthly, in arrears, on the first Business Day of each month, until maturity (whether as stated herein, by acceleration, or otherwise). In the event that any payment under this Addendum becomes due and payable on any day which is not a Business Day, the due date thereof shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day, and, to the extent applicable, interest shall continue to accrue and be payable thereon during such extension at the rates set forth in this Addendum. Interest accruing hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, and shall be assessed for the actual number of days elapsed, and in such computation, effect shall be given to any change in the applicable interest rate as a result of any change in the Prime Referenced Rate on the date of each such change.

4. Bank’s Records . The amount and date of each advance under the Agreement, its applicable interest rate, and the amount and date of any repayment shall be noted on Bank’s records, which records shall be conclusive evidence thereof, absent manifest error; provided, however, any failure by Bank to make any such notation, or any error in any such notation, shall not relieve Borrower of its obligations to repay Bank all amounts payable by Borrower to Bank under or pursuant to this Addendum and the Agreement, when due in accordance with the terms hereof.

5. Default Interest Rate . From and after the occurrence of any Event of Default, and so long as any such Event of Default remains unremedied or uncured thereafter, the Obligations outstanding under the Agreement shall bear interest at a per annum rate of five percent (5%) above the otherwise applicable interest rate hereunder, which interest shall be payable upon demand. In addition to the foregoing, a late payment charge equal to five percent (5%) of each late payment hereunder may be charged on any payment not received by Bank within ten (10) calendar days after the payment due date therefor, but acceptance of payment of any such charge shall not constitute a waiver of any Event of Default under the Agreement. In no event shall the interest payable under this Addendum and the Agreement at any time exceed the maximum rate permitted by law.

6. Prepayment . Borrower may prepay all or part of the outstanding balance of any Obligations at any time without premium or penalty. Any prepayment hereunder shall also be accompanied by the payment of all accrued and unpaid interest on the amount so prepaid. Borrower hereby acknowledges and agrees that the foregoing shall not, in any way whatsoever, limit, restrict, or otherwise affect Bank’s right to make demand for payment of all or any part of the Obligations under the Agreement due on a demand basis in Bank’s sole and absolute discretion.

7. Regulatory Developments or Other Circumstances Relating to the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate .

a. If the adoption after the date hereof, or any change after the date hereof in, any applicable law, rule or regulation (whether domestic or foreign) of any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by Bank with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) made by any such authority, central ban1e or comparable agency after the date hereof: (a) shall subject Bank to any tax, duty or other charge with respect to this Addendum or any Obligations under the Agreement, or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to Bank of the principal of or interest under this Addendum or any other amounts due under this Addendum in respect thereof (except for changes in the rate of tax on the overall net income of Bank or its LIBOR Lending Office imposed by the jurisdiction in which Bank’s principal executive office or LIBOR Lending Office is located); or (b) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including, without limitation, any imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by Bank, or shall impose on Bank or the foreign exchange and interbank markets any other condition affecting this Addendum or the Obligations hereunder; and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to Bank of maintaining any part of the Obligations hereunder or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by Bank under this Addendum by an amount deemed by the Bank to be material, then Borrower shall pay to Bank, within fifteen (15) days of Borrower=s receipt of written notice from Bank demanding such compensation, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate Bank for such increased cost or reduction. A certificate of Bank, prepared in good faith and in reasonable necessary to compensate Bank shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

b. In the event that any applicable law, treaty, rule or regulation (whether domestic or foreign) now or hereafter in authority (whether or not having the force of law), including any risk-based capital guidelines, affects or would affect the amount of such capital is increased by or based upon the existence of any obligations of Bank hereunder or the maintaining of any Obligations hereunder, and such increase has the effect of reducing the rate of return on Bank’s (or such controlling corporation’s) capital as a (15) days of Borrower’s receipt of written notice from Bank demanding such compensation, additional amounts as are sufficient to compensate Bank (or such controlling corporation) for any increase in the amount of capital and reduced rate of return which Bank reasonably determines to be allocable to the existence ,of any obligations of the Bank hereunder or to maintaining any Obligations hereunder. A certificate of Bank as to the amount of such compensation, prepared in

 

2


good faith and in reasonable detail by the Bank and submitted by Bank to the undersigned, shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error.

8. Legal Effect . Except as specifically modified hereby, all of the terms and conditions of the Agreement remain in full force and effect.

9. Conflicts . As to the matters specifically the subject of this Addendum, in the event of any conflict between this Addendum and the Agreement, the terms of this Addendum shall control.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have agreed to the foregoing as of the date first set forth above.

 

COMERICA BANK     VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By:   /s/ Robert Shott     By:   /s/ Martin J. Silver
Name:   Robert Shott     Name:   Martin J. Silver
Title:   SVP     Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

3


SECOND AMENDMENT TO SECOND AMENDED AND

RESTATED LOAN AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

This Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement (this “Amendment”) is entered into as of December 13, 2010, by and between COMERICA BANK (“Bank”) and VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. (“Borrower”).

RECITALS

Borrower and Bank are parties to that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 30, 2009, as amended from time to time, including by that certain First Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 9, 2010 (the “Agreement”). The parties desire to amend the Agreement in accordance with the terms of this Amendment.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1. The following defined terms in Section 1.1 of the Agreement hereby are added, amended or restated as follows:

“Revolving Maturity Date” means January 28, 2012.

“Term Availability End Date” means June 3, 2011.

“Term Line” means a Credit Extension of up to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000).

“Term Line Maturity Date” means December 13, 2013.

2. Section 2.1(d)(i) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(i) Subject to and upon the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank agrees to make Term Advances to Borrower. On December 13, 2010, Bank shall be deemed to have made a Term Advance to Borrower in the amount of Nine Hundred Sixty Two Thousand Nine Hundred Sixty Three and 02/100 Dollars ($962,963.02) which shall be used to refinance all outstanding Obligations owing from Borrower to Bank. Thereafter, Borrower may request Term Advances at any time until the Term Availability End Date. The aggregate outstanding amount of Term Advances shall not exceed the Term Line.”

3. Section 2.1(d)(ii) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(ii) Interest shall accrue from the date of each Term Advance at the rate specified in Section 2.3(a), and shall be payable in accordance with Section 2.3(c). Any Term Advances that are outstanding on the Term Availability End Date shall be payable in thirty (30) equal monthly installments of principal, plus all accrued interest, beginning on June 30, 2011 and continuing on the same day of each month thereafter through the Term Maturity Date, at which time all amounts due in connection with Term Advances made under this Section 2.1(d) shall be immediately due and payable. Term Advances, once repaid, may not be reborrowed. Borrower may prepay any Term Advances without penalty or premium.”

4. Section 6.2(vi) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“(vi) such budgets, sales projections, operating plans or other financial information as Bank may reasonably request from time to time, including, upon request annual financial projections approved by Borrower’s board of directors.”

5. Section 6.2(a) is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 

- 1 -


“(a) Within twenty (20) days after the last day of each month, Borrower shall deliver to Bank a Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit C hereto, together with aged listings by invoice date of accounts receivable and accounts payable;”

6. Section 6.7 is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“6.7 Financial Covenants . Borrower shall at all times maintain the following financial ratios and covenants:

(a) Adjusted Quick Ratio . Borrower shall at all times, measured on a monthly basis, maintain a ratio of Cash held at Bank or at Bank’s Affiliates subject to account control agreements in favor of Bank plus Eligible Accounts to Current Liabilities plus (to the extent not already included therein) all Indebtedness to Bank (excluding any amounts outstanding in connection with Automated Clearing House transactions) less the current portion of Deferred Revenue of at least 1.10 to 1.00.

(b) Net Income . Quarterly Net Income of not less than the following:

 

Measuring Period

   Minimum Net Income  

Quarter Ending 9/30/10

   $ 100,000   

Quarter Ending 12/31/10

   $ 200,000   

Quarter Ending 3/31/11

   $ 100,000   

Quarter Ending 6/30/11

   $ 250,000   

Quarter Ending 9/30/11

   $ 500,000   

Quarter Ending 12/31/11

   $ 500,000   

Bank reserves the right to reset covenant levels for 2012 and beyond based on Borrower’s financial performance.”

7. Exhibit D to the Agreement is hereby replaced with Exhibit D attached hereto.

8. The defined term “Applicable Margin” in Exhibit E to the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

“Applicable Margin” means (i) one percent (1.00%) per annum with respect to Advances and (ii) one and one half percent (1.50%) per annum with respect to Term Advances.

9. Bank hereby consents to Borrower acquiring one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding equity securities of Wallace Wireless for an aggregate purchase price not to exceed Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) and hereby waives any violation of Section 7.3 of the Agreement that may occur in connection therewith.

10. No course of dealing on the part of Bank or its officers, nor any failure or delay in the exercise of any right by Bank, shall operate as a waiver thereof, and any single or partial exercise of any such right shall not preclude any later exercise of any such right. Bank’s failure at any time to require strict performance by Borrower of any provision shall not affect any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict compliance and performance. Any suspension or waiver of a right must be in writing signed by an officer of Bank.

 

- 2 -


11. Unless otherwise defined, all initially capitalized terms in this Amendment shall be as defined in the Agreement. The Agreement, as amended hereby, shall be and remain in full force and effect in accordance with its respective terms and hereby is ratified and confirmed in all respects. Except as expressly set forth herein, the execution, delivery, and performance of this Amendment shall not operate as a waiver of, or as an amendment of, any right, power, or remedy of Bank under the Agreement, as in effect prior to the date hereof.

12. Borrower represents and warrants that the Representations and Warranties contained in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date of this Amendment, and that no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

13. As a condition to the effectiveness of this Amendment, Bank shall have received, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, the following:

(a) this Amendment, duly executed by Borrower;

(b) an officer’s certificate of Borrower with respect to incumbency and resolutions authorizing the execution and delivery of this Amendment;

(c) a renewal fee in the amount of Ten Thousand Dollars ($10,000) with respect to the Revolving Line, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts;

(d) a facility fee in the amount of Fifteen Thousand Dollars ($15,000) with respect to the Term Line, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts;

(e) all reasonable Bank Expenses incurred through the date of this Amendment, which may be debited from any of Borrower’s accounts; and

(f) such other documents, and completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate.

14. This Amendment may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

- 3 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment as of the first date above written.

 

VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.
By:.   /s/ Martin J. Silver
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
COMERICA BANK
By:.   /s/ illegible
Title:   SVP

[Signature Page to Second Amendment to Second Amended and Restated Loan & Security

Agreement]


EXHIBIT D

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

TO:    COMERICA BANK
FROM:    VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

The undersigned authorized officer of VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC. hereby certifies that in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”), (i) Borrower is in complete compliance for the period ending                      with all required covenants except as noted below and (ii) all representations and warranties of Borrower stated in the Agreement are true and correct as of the date hereof. Attached herewith are the required documents supporting the above certification. The Officer further certifies that these are prepared in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) and are consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

 

Reporting Covenant

  

Required

   Complies  

Monthly financial statements, Orders and backlog report

   Monthly within 20 days      Yes         No   

Annual (CPA Audited)

   August 31      Yes         No   

10K and 10Q

   (as applicable)      Yes         No   

A/R & A/P Agings, Borrowing Base

   Monthly within 20 days      Yes         No   

Cert. Compliance Cert.

   Monthly within 20 days      Yes         No   

A/R Audit

   Initial and Semi-Annual      Yes         No   

Annual Projections

   Upon Request      Yes         No   

Total amount of Borrower’s cash and investments maintained with Bank and Bank Affiliates

   All cash and investments other than the Permitted Foreign Accounts      Yes         No   

 

Financial Covenant

   Required    Actual      Complies  

Measured on a Monthly Basis:

           

Minimum Adjusted Quick Ratio

   1.10:1.00      ______:1.00         Yes         No   

Measured on a Quarterly Basis:

           

Minimum Net Income

   See attached chart    $ _________         Yes         No   

 

Comments Regarding Exceptions: See

Attached.

   BANK USE ONLY
  

Received by:

    

Sincerely,

      AUTHORIZED SIGNER
  

Date:

    
    

Verified:

    

SIGNATURE

      AUTHORIZED SIGNER
    

Date:

    

TITLE

           
     Compliance Status    Yes    No

DATE

           

 

Exihibit D – Page 1


Net Income Requirements

 

Measuring Period

   Minimum Net Income  

Quarter Ending 9/30/10

   $ 100,000   

Quarter Ending 12/31/10

   $ 200,000   

Quarter Ending 3/31/11

   $ 100,000   

Quarter Ending 6/30/11

   $ 250,000   

Quarter Ending 9/30/11

   $ 500,000   

Quarter Ending 12/31/11

   $ 500,000   

 

Exihibit D – Page 2


Corporation Resolutions and Incumbency Certification

Authority to Procure Loans

 

I certify that I am the duly elected and qualified Secretary of VOCERA COMMUNICATIONS, INC.; that the following is a true and correct copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation in accordance with its bylaws and applicable statutes.

Copy of Resolutions:

Be it Resolved, That:

 

15. Any one (1) of the following Chairman , CEO , CFO (insert titles only) of the Corporation are/is authorized, for, on behalf of, and in the name of the Corporation to:

 

  (a) Negotiate and procure loans, letters of credit and other credit or financial accommodations from Comerica Bank (“Bank”), a Texas banking association, including, without limitation, that certain Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of January 30, 2009, as may subsequently be amended from time to time, including by that certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of February 19, 2010 and that certain Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of December 13, 2010;

 

  (b) Discount with the Bank, commercial or other business paper belonging to the Corporation made or drawn by or upon third parties, without limit as to amount;

 

  (c) Purchase, sell, exchange, assign, endorse for transfer and/or deliver certificates and/or instruments representing stocks, bonds, evidences of Indebtedness or other securities owned by the Corporation, whether or not registered in the name of the Corporation;

 

  (d) Give security for any liabilities of the Corporation to the Bank by grant, security interest, assignment, lien, deed of trust or mortgage upon any real or personal property, tangible or intangible of the Corporation; and

 

  (e) Execute and deliver in form and content as may be required by the Bank any and all notes, evidences of Indebtedness, applications for letters of credit, guaranties, subordination agreements, Second Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreements, financing statements, assignments, liens, deeds of trust, mortgages, trust receipts and other agreements, instruments or documents to carry out the purposes of these Resolutions, any or all of which may relate to all or to substantially all of the Corporation’s property and assets.

 

16. Said Bank be and it is authorized and directed to pay the proceeds of any such loans or discounts as directed by the persons so authorized to sign, whether so payable to the order of any of said persons in their individual capacities or not, and whether such proceeds are deposited to the individual credit of any of said persons or not;

 

17. Any and all agreements, instruments and documents previously executed and acts and things previously done to carry out the purposes of these Resolutions are ratified, confirmed and approved as the act or acts of the Corporation.

 

18. These Resolutions shall continue in force, and the Bank may consider the holders of said offices and their signatures to be and continue to be as set forth in a certified copy of these Resolutions delivered to the Bank, until notice to the contrary in writing is duly served on the Bank (such notice to have no effect on any action previously taken by the Bank in reliance on these Resolutions).

 

- 1 -


19. Any person, corporation or other legal entity dealing with the Bank may rely upon a certificate signed by an officer of the Bank to effect that these Resolutions and any agreement, instrument or document executed pursuant to them are still in full force and effect and binding upon the, Corporation.

 

20. The Bank may consider the holders of the offices of the Corporation and their signatures, respectively, to be and continue to be as set forth in the Certificate of the Secretary of the Corporation until notice to the contrary in writing is duly served on the Bank.

I further certify that the above Resolutions are in full force and effect as of the date of this Certificate; that these Resolutions and any borrowings or financial accommodations under these Resolutions have been properly noted in the corporate books and records, and have not been rescinded, annulled, revoked or modified; that neither the foregoing Resolutions nor any actions to be taken pursuant to them are or will be in contravention of any provision of the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the Corporation or of any agreement, indenture or other instrument to which the Corporation is a party or by which it is bound; and that neither the articles of incorporation nor bylaws of the Corporation nor any agreement, indenture or other instrument to which the Corporation is a party or by which it is bound require the vote or consent of shareholders of the Corporation to authorize any act, matter or thing described in the foregoing Resolutions.

I further certify that the following named persons have been duly elected to the offices set opposite their respective names, that they continue to hold these offices at the present time, and that the signatures which appear below are the genuine, original signatures of each respectively:

(PLEASE SUPPLY GENUINE SIGNATURES OF AUTHORIZED SIGNERS BELOW)

 

NAME (Type or Print)   TITLE   SIGNATURE
Robert Zollars   Chairman & CEO   /s/ Robert Zollars
Martin Silver   Secretary & CFO   /s/ Martin J. Silver

In Witness Whereof, I have affixed my name as Secretary and have caused the corporate seal (where available) of said Corporation to be affixed on December 13, 2010.

 

/s/ Martin J. Silver
Secretary Martin J. Silver

 

The Above Statements are Correct.    

  /s/ Vice President, Operations
  SIGNATURE OF OFFICER OR DIRECTOR OR, IF NONE. A SHAREHOLDER OTHER THAN SECRETARY WHEN SECRETARY IS AUTHORIZED TO SIGN ALONE.

Failure to complete the above when the Secretary is authorized to sign alone shall constitute a certification by the Secretary that the Secretary is the sole Shareholder, Director and Officer of the Corporation.

 

- 2 -

Exhibit 10.13

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. CERTAIN PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT

HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND,

WHERE APPLICABLE, HAVE BEEN MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK TO DENOTE WHERE

OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN MADE. THE CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED

SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

NUANCE COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER AGREEMENT

This Original Equipment Manufacturer Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of this 25 th day of April, 2002 (the “ Effective Date ”) between Nuance Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation having a place of business at 1005 Hamilton Court, Menlo park, CA, 94025 (“ Nuance ”), and Vocera Communications, a Delaware corporation, having a place of business at 20230 Stevens Creek Blvd., Suite C, Cupertino, CA, U.S.A. 95014 (“ OEM ”) (each of Nuance and OEM, a “ Party ”; together; the “ Parties ”).

WHEREAS , Nuance develops, markets and supports a voice user interface software platform that makes the information and services of enterprises, telecommunications networks and the Internet accessible from any telephone; and

WHEREAS, OEM wishes to sell certain of Nuance’s software products under the terms and conditions set forth herein.

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the foregoing and of the mutual promises contained herein, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1. Definitions . As used herein:

(a) “ Accepted Order ” means a Purchase Order accepted by Nuance in accordance herewith.

(b) “ Authorized Application ” shall mean solely the Application defined in Exhibit A or extensions outlined therein.

(c) “ Authorized Ports ” shall mean, with respect to an End User, the number of Ports licensed or distributed by OEM to such End User in accordance with this Agreement, and for which OEM has paid to Nuance applicable Fees.

(d) “ Authorized Sublicense ” shall mean a third-party sub-distributor, value-added reseller or Subsidiary of OEM which has entered into a written agreement with OEM having terms and conditions at least as protective of and beneficial to Nuance as those contained in this Agreement.

(e) “ Basic Technical Support ” shall mean Nuance’s provision of Technical Support with respect to a particular End User during the hours of 8:30 a.m. and 5:30 p.m., Pacific Time.

 

1


(f) “ Call ” shall mean a telephone call, voice-over-IP connection or other like connection between an individual and an Integrated System.

(g) “ Confidential Information ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11.1.

(h) “ Connected ” shall mean, for any particular Call:

(i) With respect to recognition software, that: (1) the Software (x) is preparing to recognize or verify speech either by registering or recording identifying information or by gathering data from such Call to enable the Software to recognize or verify speech, (y) is recognizing or verifying speech from such Call, or (z) has recognized or verified speech from such Call; and (2) such Call has not been Disconnected; and

(ii) With respect to Nuance Verifier, that Nuance Verifier is in actual use and such Call has not been Disconnected.

(i) “ Disconnected ” with respect to a particular Call, shall mean that no further recognition or verification will be performed by the Software with regard to speech from such Call, unless a call button or other method that does not use any functionality of the Software is used to re-Connect the Call.

(j) “ Documentation ” shall mean the documents set forth in Exhibit E, as such documents are provided to OEM by Nuance.

(k) “ End User ” shall mean an entity that licenses an Integrated System pursuant to an End User License Agreement.

(l) “ End User License Agreement ” shall mean a fully-executed, written license agreement, in a commercially reasonable form (including by way of a “shrink wrap” or electronic “click-on” license that is binding on the End User), containing terms at least as protective of and beneficial to Nuance as the Minimum Terms.

(m) “ Error ” shall mean each instance in which the Software materially fails to conform to the description of the Software in the Documentation.

(n) “ Fees ” shall mean any and all amounts payable to Nuance hereunder, including Software License Fees, Professional Services Fees, Technical Support Services Fees, miscellaneous fees as may be mutually agreed upon by the Parties, and some or all of the foregoing.

(o) “ Foreign Jurisdiction ” shall mean all jurisdictions other than the federal and state governments of the United States of America.

(p) “ In-Service Data ” shall mean the audio input to the Software during the course of End User telephone calls to an Integrated System, whether in pilot, trial or production use.

(q) “ Integrated System ” shall mean OEM’s commercially available product or product manufactured under license from OEM and resold by a third party, which may be hardware, software of a combination thereof, (1) into which the Software has been integrated in accordance with the license granted to OEM hereunder, (2) having substantial value in excess of that attributable to the Software, (3) that uses the Software solely to perform the Authorized Application, and (4) that contains at least one (1) Minimum Server Pack (as defined in Exhibit B).

(r) “ Key ” shall mean a numeric or alpha-numeric code that is necessary to gain access to and operate the Software in accordance with the licenses granted hereunder.

 

2


(s) “ Minimum Terms ” shall mean the terms and conditions for a license agreement set forth in Exhibit C.

(t) “ Ports ” shall mean the maximum number of Calls that may be simultaneously Connected to the Software pursuant to licenses granted by Nuance hereunder.

(u) “ Price List ” shall mean the price list attached as Exhibit B.

(v) “ Pricing System ” shall mean the per-Port pricing structure as further described in Exhibit A.

(w) “ Professional Services ” shall mean services to be provided by Nuance to OEM, as described in a Statement or Work.

(x) “ Purchase Order ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.1.

(y) “ Software ” shall mean (1) the Nuance software products listed in the Price List, in object code form only; and (2) any updates or upgrades thereto provided to OEM by Nuance in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

(z) “ Software License Fees ” shall mean the Fees payable by OEM to Nuance for a license to the Software.

(aa) “ Statement of Work ” shall mean a document executed by both Parties describing Professional Services to be provided to OEM by Nuance hereunder.

(bb) “ Subsidiary ” shall mean any entity that is controlled by a Party. A Party shall be considered in control of an entity if such Party owns, or directly or indirectly controls, at least fifty percent (50%) of the voting stock or other ownership interest of such entity, or if such Party directly or indirectly possesses the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such entity by any means.

(cc) “ Technical Support ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

(dd) “ Term ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15.1.

(ee) “ Technical Support Services Fees ” shall mean the annual fee for Technical Support payable by OEM to Nuance, as set forth in Exhibit A.

(ff) “ Tools ” shall mean Nuance’s software development tools that Nuance may make available from time to time to members of the Nuance Developer’s Network without charge.

(gg) “ Update(s) ” shall mean a release of Software for the purpose of error correction, which is indicated by an increase in the number after the second decimal point, i.e., 6.2.1 to 6.2.2.

ARTICLE 2

SOFTWARE LICENSE

Section 2.1. License Grant . Subject to all terms and conditions hereof, Nuance hereby grants to OEM a worldwide, non-exclusive, non-transferable, nonsublicensable (except as set forth in Section 2.1(c) hereunder) license during the Term under all of Nuance’s intellectual property rights in the Software:

 

3


 

(a)

to internally use and copy Software delivered to OEM under this Agreement for the purpose of creating and maintaining the Integrated Systems;

 

 

(b)

to reproduce the Integrated System in copies; and

 

 

(c)

with respect to each End User.

 

 

(i)

to distribute, directly or indirectly through Authorized Sublicensees, one or more of such copies of the Integrated System to such End User; and

 

 

(ii)

to permit each such End User to copy and use, pursuant to an End User Licenses Agreement, the applicable Software as incorporated into the Integrated System solely to recognize or verify speech (1) using the Authorized Application; and (2) from Calls Connected to the Software through not more than the Authorized Ports licensed for such End User.

Section 2.2. Tools License . Subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Nuance hereby grants to OEM a nonexclusive, nontransferable, nonsublicensable license during the Term, under Nuance’s intellectual property rights in the Tools, to have its personnel or subcontractors use and copy the same for the development of software to be used only in connection with the Integrated System.

Section 2.3. Documentation License . Subject to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Nuance hereby grants to OEM a nonexclusive, nontransferable, nonsublicensable license during the Term, under Nuance’s intellectual property rights in the Documentation, to make a reasonable number of copies of the same solely for use in connection with the Integrated System and the Tools.

Section 2.4. Restrictions .

(a) No Implied Licenses . The Parties acknowledge and agree that, (1) as between the Parties, except for the license grants expressly set forth herein, Nuance exclusively owns all right, title and interest in and to the Software, the Documentation and the Tools, including all intellectual property rights therein and thereto; and (2) OEM acquires no rights or licenses therein or thereto except those expressly granted herein.

(b) No Reverse Engineering . OEM hereby acknowledges that the Software contains valuable trade secret and confidential information of Nuance. OEM shall not, and shall not assist or facilitate others to, (1) modify the Software or (2) reverse-compile, reverse-engineer, reverse-assemble, or otherwise attempt, directly or indirectly, to obtain or create source code for the Software for any reason.

(c) Required Proprietary Notices . OEM shall ensure that each copy of the Software contains the same proprietary notices that appear on or in the Software as provided by Nuance to OEM and as otherwise reasonably required by Nuance.

(d) Unauthorized Distribution or Copying . OEM agrees that using, distributing, copying, duplicating or otherwise reproducing all or any part of the Software: (a) other than in conjunction with the Integrated System, (b) in excess of the Authorized Ports, or (c) otherwise than in strict accordance with this Agreement, will be considered a material breach of this Agreement.

(e) Authorized Ports/Minimum Server Pack . OEM shall not (a) cause or permit the number of simultaneously Connected Calls to exceed the number of Authorized Ports; and (b) share the number of Authorized Ports among a greater number of Connected Calls on an utterance-by-utterance basis, or otherwise. OEM shall ensure that each End User has licensed at least one (1) Minimum Server Pack for each location as further set forth in Exhibit B. OEM’s Integrated System shall incorporate technology limiting the number of

 

4


users who can use a particular Integrated System, consistent with restrictions on number of users set forth in Exhibit B.

(f) Administrative Convenience . OEM acknowledges and agrees that Nuance may, as a matter of administrative convenience, deliver to OEM software (“ Unlicensed Software ”) other than software licensed to OEM, including, e.g., in cases where a particular CD-ROM contains both software licensed to OEM and software not licensed to OEM. OEM has no license to, and shall not, access or use of permit any third party to access or use Unlicensed Software.

(g) Updates . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, OEM shall have no right to and shall not, sublicense, provide or distribute any Software Update to any End User or Authorized Sublicensee if OEM bee not paid all applicable Technical Support fees due to Nuance.

(h) Limit . Notwithstanding any other term of this Agreement, (a) all of OEM’s rights in and to any of the Software licensed under the Initial Order Form (as defined in Section 4.1(d)), including the right to sublicense such Software, that has not been deployed by June 1, 2003 shall terminate, and (b) all of OEM’s rights in and to any of the Software otherwise licensed hereunder, including the right to sublicense such Software, that has not been deployed within twelve (12) months after the date ordered shall terminate. Any Software License Fees and Technical Support Services Fees paid pursuant to the Initial Purchase Order or any other Purchase Otter are nonrefundable for any reason. In the event OEM is unable for any reason to sublicense the Software licensed hereunder, pursuant to the Initial Purchase Order or otherwise, OEM shall not be entitled to any credit of any kind, whether for Software, Software License Fees or Technical Support Services Fees.

ARTICLE 3

DELIVERY AND ACCEPTANCE

Section 3.1. Software Delivery . Promptly following the Effective Date, Nuance shall deliver to OEM a copy of the Software.

Section 3.2. Keys and Access . Nuance shall provide to OEM the Keys necessary to permit OEM to gain access to and operate the Software that has been ordered by OEM. All such Keys shall be the Confidential Information of Nuance.

Section 3.3. Acceptance of Software . All Software will be deemed accepted by OEM upon shipment thereof to OEM, delivery of applicable Keys to OEM, or delivery of such Software by OEM to a third party, whichever occurs first.

Section 3.4. Sort Date for Technical Support Service . OEM’s right to receive Technical Support shall be deemed to begin upon shipment of the applicable Software to OEM, transmittal of applicable Keys to OEM, or shipment of applicable Software from OEM to a third party, whichever occurs first.

ARTICLE 4

PURCHASE ORDERS

Section 4.1. Issuance of Purchase Orders .

(a) During the Terms, OEM may issue to Nuance written purchase orders (“ Purchase Orders ”) describing the Software licenses, Technical Support or Professional Services that OEM wishes to obtain from Nuance.

(b) OEM shall ensure that all Purchase Orders submitted hereunder include the dollar amount of Nuance Software to be licensed by OEM.

 

5


(c) OEM shall ensure that all Purchase Orders submitted hereunder are submitted using Nuance’s standard form of purchase order, or a form of purchase order substantially similar thereto. Subject to all the terms and conditions of this Section 4.1, OEM may, for purposes of administrative convenience, use OEM’s standard form of purchase order. Nuance hereby rejects any terms or conditions (“ Form Terms ”) appearing on any such purchase order that are in addition to, or different from, the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and the Parties agree that all Form Terms shall be void and of no force or effect. OEM agrees that each order it places for Software licenses shall be for at least $60,000.00 in licenses,

(d) Initial Order . On the Effective Date, OEM shall issue to Nuance an order form for at least $60,000.00 of Software at the prices set forth in the Price List. OEM shall set forth the specific Software licensed in Monthly Reports as set forth in Section 4.4. Notwithstanding Section 5.2, OEM shall pay to Nuance $60,000.00 within Thirty (30) days of the Effective Date. OEM shall not use or distribute Ports of Software in excess of the number of Ports credited to OEM based on payments received by Nuance from OEM hereunder. Should the amounts due for Ports of Software used or distributed by OEM at any time exceed the amounts of the payments received by Nuance from OEM under this Agreement, OEM shall immediately pay all excess amounts owed to Nuance

Section 4.2. Acceptance or Rejection of Purchase Orders . Nuance shall use commercially reasonable efforts to accept or reject each Purchase Order submitted hereunder within ten (10) days from the date of receipt thereof by Nuance’s order administration group. If Nuance does not accept or reject a particular Purchase Order within such ten (10)-day period, Nuance shall be deemed to have rejected such Purchase Order. In the event Nuance accepts a Purchase Order, Nuance shall use commercially reasonable efforts to deliver to OEM, as applicable, a copy of the software or Appropriate Keys within five (5) business days. The Parties agree that neither Party shall have any obligation with respect to any rejected Purchase Order.

Section 4.3. Provisioning of Keys . Within a reasonable time following the Effective Date, Nuance will provide OEM with a mechanism to enable OEM to provision license Keys. Such mechanism shall be used by OEM solely to generate license Keys for Software licensed by OEM hereunder, and solely in conjunction with licensed used of the Software as permitted hereunder. Such mechanism will be determined by Nuance in its sole discretion and may be a master Key, a Key generation tool or some other mechanism serving a similar function.

Section 4.4. Monthly Reports . During the Term of this Agreement, within twenty (20) days following the end of each month, OEM shall deliver to Nuance an accurate written report (each, a “Monthly Report”) that includes the following information: (a) the number of Ports of Software, Minimum Server Packs and Enhanced Server Packs that were licensed or distributed by OEM during such month; (b) the name and address of the End User or Authorized Sublicensee, as applicable, to whom, an Integrated System or Software was shipped and the number of users who will be permitted to use the Integrated System at the End User location; (c) the number of Authorized Ports of Software, Minimum Server Packs, Enhanced Server Packs and the enabled Authorized Application on each Integrated System shipped; (d) Software Ports upgraded for use with Database Access and/or Authentication functionality (as such terms are defined in Exhibit A); and (e) the number of Minimum Server Packs upgraded to Enhanced Server Packs.

ARTICLE 5

INVOICES AND PAYMENTS

Section 5.1. Prices .

(a) Software Prices . The Software is hereunder licensed, not sold, and fees therefor are hereunder charged in accordance with the Pricing System set forth in Exhibit A and the Price List.

(b) Technical Support Prices . The prices for Technical Support are set forth in Exhibit A.

 

6


(c) Price Changes . Following the second anniversary of the Effective Date, Nuance shall have sole discretion and authority to change the pricing for Software and Technical Support Services by providing OEM with thirty (30) days’ advance notice; provided, however, that Nuance shall provide to OEM ninety (90) days’ advance notice prior to a change in the price of Technical Support Fees.

(d) Taxes . All amounts payable by OEM to Nuance under this Agreement are exclusive of any tax, levy or similar governmental change that may be assessed by any jurisdiction, whether based on the delivery, possession or use of the Software, the provision of services, the execution or performance of this Agreement or otherwise, and including without limitation all sales, use, excise, import or export, value-added, governmental permit fees, license fees, and customs; provided , however , that OEM shall have no liability for income or franchise taxes assessed to Nuance by the United States or any state thereof. If, as a result of any such tax or levy, OEM is required to withhold any amount on any payment to Nuance, then the amount of the payment will be automatically increased to totally offset such tax, so that the amount actually remitted to Nuance, net of all taxes, equals the amount invoiced or otherwise due. OEM will promptly furnish Nuance with the official receipt of payment of these taxes to the appropriate taxing authority. OEM will pay all other taxes, levies or similar government charges or provide Nuance with a certificate of exemption acceptable to the taxing authority.

(e) Credit Terms . OEM agrees that any extension of credit by Nuance to the OEM shall be subject to credit approval by Nuance, OEM agrees to complete Nuance’s standard credit application and to comply with the terms and condition thereof. Extension to OEM of Nuance’s standard credit terms (net thirty (30) days of invoice) is contingent upon OEM’s meeting, on an ongoing basis, the credit criteria established by Nuance. If at any time Nuance determines OEM to be a credit risk, Nuance reserves the right to (a) establish credit limits with respect to OEM’s account; and/or (b) refuse to extend credit to OEM. Nuance reserves the right to place any overdue account or any account over the established credit limit on credit hold. Should it be necessary to assign any OEM account balance to a collection agency or to an attorney for legal action all related collection charges and/or legal fees shall be paid by OEM.

Section 5.2. Invoices . Nuance may issue payment invoices from time to time for Fees and any other amounts due hereunder. OEM pay to Nuance all amounts set forth on each such invoice within thirty (30) days of the date of such invoice. All invoiced amounts shall be expressed in U.S. Dollars. OEM shall make all payments hereunder in U.S. Dollars.

Section 5.3. Payment for Technical Support . Payment for Technical Support shall be made annually, in advance, and due concurrently with payment of the applicable Software License Fees. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Nuance shall have no obligation to provide any Technical Support to the extent that applicable payments therefor are due and not paid.

Section 5.4. Effect of Late Payment . Upon Nuance’s request, OEM shall pay to Nuance interest on all amounts not paid when due at a rate of one and one-half percent (1.5%) per month or partial month, compounded, during which any sums were owed and unpaid, or the highest rate allowed by law, whichever is less.

Section 5.5. Effect of Non-Payment . Any failure of OEM to make any payment in the manner described in this Agreement may, at Nuance’s reasonable discretion, be deemed a material breach of this Agreement by OEM for purposes of Section 15.

ARTICLE 6

COMPLIANCE AUDITS

Section 6.1. Audit .

 

7


(a) OEM shall maintain complete and accurate written records sufficient to indicate whether or not OEM is complying with the terms of this Agreement. Nuance shall have the right to have conducted an inspection and audit of all the relevant records of OEM by a third party auditor, and to obtain true and correct photocopies thereof, during regular business hours at OEM’s offices and in such a manner as not to interfere unreasonably with OEM’s normal business activities. In no event shall such audits be conducted hereunder more frequently than every six (6) months. If any such audit should disclose any underpayment of Fees, OEM shall promptly pay Nuance such underpaid amount, together with interest thereon as set forth herein. If the amount of any such underpayment exceeds five percent (5%) of amounts otherwise paid in any particular period, then OEM shall promptly reimburse Nuance for Nuance’s reasonable and actual expenses associated with such audit.

(b) Upon Nuances request, OEM shall provide Nuance with all information and assistance necessary to enable Nuance to determine (i) whether OEM is in compliance with the limitations set forth in Exhibits A and B; and (ii) whether OEM is in compliance with the Authorized Port restriction set forth in Section 2.4(e) above. The sufficiency of information provided by OEM pursuant to this Article 6 shall be determined by Nuance in its sole discretion. All information and software obtained by, or provided to, Nuance or an auditor, pursuant to this Article 6, shall be treated as confidential by Nuance and such auditor.

ARTICLE 7

[INTENTIONALLY DELETED]

ARTICLE 8

IN-SERVICE DATA

Section 8.1. In Service Data . In-Service Data is necessary to optimize performance and accuracy of the Software for a given application. Normal uses of In-Service Data include tuning system parameters, grammar tuning, training acoustic models and measuring accuracy. Upon Nuance’s request, OEM shall deliver to Nuance In-Service Data generated through the use of Integrated Systems, provided that OEM shall not be obligated to deliver In-Service Data that is not available to OEM or that OEM is under obligation to a third party not to deliver. OEM acknowledges that, while such In-Service Data may be used to improve the performance of the Software for OEM and its End Users, that such In-Service Data may also be used to train, refine, supplement or test the Software, and that the resulting improvements to the Software may be used for the benefit of all Nuance customers. OEM and acknowledges that if OEM does not provide Nuance with In-Service Data, to the extent that such In-Service Data is required for Nuance to perform its obligations hereunder, Nuance shall be discharged of such obligations.

ARTICLE 9

TECHNICAL SUPPORT

Section 9.1. Provision of Technical Support . Technical Support provided under this Agreement shall be Incident-based as set forth in Exhibits A and D. OEM shall purchase a minimum of six (6) Incidents per year at the price set forth in Exhibit A. Subject to the provisions of Section 9.3, so long as Nuance has received applicable payment, OEM shall have the rights listed in Exhibit D (“ Technical Support ”), via the Designated Personnel (as below defined), during the applicable period.

Section 9.2. Designated Personnel . All correspondence by OEM to Nuance with respect to Technical Support shall be solely through designated personnel of OEM reasonably and mutually acceptable to the Parties (the “ Designated Personnel ”).

Section 9.3. Limitations.

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, Nuance shall have no obligation to provide Technical Support:

 

8


(i) With respect to the work product of any Professional Service except as such work product may be embodied in the Software;

(ii) With respect to any non-Nuance computer programs, technology or hardware;

(iii) With respect to any Software that is not current within two (2) prior releases of the most recent version or release; or

(iv) With respect to any Software for which Updates have not been applied to the Software for a period of more than one (1) year from the date of availability thereof to Nuance’s value-added resellers.

(b) Should OEM elect not to receive or not to renew its right to receive Technical Support and subsequently desire to receive Technical Support, OEM shall pay Nuance an amount equal to the unpaid Technical Support Fees that would have been due during the period in which Technical Support was not received. Any failure of OEM to pay all applicable Technical Support Fees as they come due shall, at Nuance’s sole option, immediately discharge any obligation of Nuance to provide Technical Same hereunder.

Section 9.4. OEM’s Support of End Users . OEM hereby acknowledges and agrees that Nuance shall have no responsibility to provide any service or assistance directly to any End User, except as may be provided as Professional Services. OEM shall not direct any End User to contact Nuance for Technical Support.

ARTICLE 10

MARKETING AND SALES

Section 10.1. Marketing of Integrated System . OEM agrees to use reasonable efforts to actively and diligently develop, promote, market, solicit orders for, maintain and support the Software and Integrated System in a manner that reflects favorably on the good will and reputation of the Parties.

Section 10.2. Cooperative Marketing Effects . Nuance and OEM agree to cooperate in marketing activities se follows.

(a) Nuance and OEM Shall meet quarterly (in person or by conference call) to review market, sales and product requirements, to review the actual OEM Port and Software license sales in comparison with the forecast thereof and to determine whether Nuance support owed help OEM and Nuance achieve additional revenue.

(b) OEM shall provide Nuance a quarterly, non-binding forecast of anticipated Software and Port license sales and expected revenue. At OEM’s request, Nuance shall provide a reasonable amount of appropriate support to OEM’s sales efforts, including providing existing marketing or sales documentation and accompanying OEM on sales calls.

(c) OEM may, with the advance approval of Nuance in each instance, include reference to Nuance and/or Nuance products in advertising, marketing collateral and press releases concerning OEM’s Integrated System. OEM shall not describe the Software or its functionality in a way that implies or states that it is owned or has been developed by OEM. When referring specifically to the Software or its functionality, OEM shall credit Nuance. Upon Nuance’s request, OEM agrees to act as a reference amount for Nuance. The Parties will agree mutually on marketing activities that may result from being a reference account.

ARTICLE 11

CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

 

9


Section 11.1. Designation . Each Party may from time to time during the Term of this Agreement disclose (the “ Disclosing Party ”) to the other Party (the “ Receiving Price ”) certain non-public information regarding the Disclosing Party’s business, including technical, marketing, financial, personnel, planning, and other information (“ Confidential Information ”). The Disclosing Party shall mark all such Confidential Information in tangible form with the legend “confidential,” “proprietary,” or with similar legend. With respect to Confidential Information disclosed orally, the Disclosing Party shall describe such Confidential Information as such at the time of disclosure, and shall confirm such Confidential Information as such in writing within thirty (30) days after the date of oral disclosure. Regardless of whether so marked, however, any non-public information regarding the Software shall be deemed to be the Confidential Information of Nuance, and any non-public motion regarding the Integrated System shall be deemed to be the Confidential Information of OEM, and the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be deemed to be the Confidential Information of both parties.

Section 11.2. Protection of Confidential Information . Except as expressly permitted by this Agreement, the Receiving Party shall not disclose the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party, using the same degree of care that the Receiving Party ordinarily uses with respect to its own proprietary information, but in no event with less than reasonable care. The Receiving Party shall not use the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party for any purpose not expressly permitted by this Agreement, and shall limit the disclosure of the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Patty to the employees or agents of the Receiving Party who have a need to know such Confidential Information for purposes of this Agreement, and who are, with respect to the Confidential Information of the Disclosing Party, bound in writing by confidentiality terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Under no circumstances shall the Confidential Information of either Party be used for competitive analysis purpose by the other Party or any third party.

Section 11.3. Exceptions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Confidential Information shall not be deemed to include any information that:

(a) was already lawfully known to the Receiving Party at the time of disclosure by the Disclosing Party as reflected in the written records of the Receiving Party;

(b) was or has been disclosed by the Disclosing Party to a third party without obligation of confidence;

(c) was or becomes lawfully known to the general public without breach of Agreement;

(d) is independently developed by the Receiving Party without access, or use of, the Confidential Information;

(e) is approved in writing by the Disclosing Party for disclosure by the Receiving Party;

(f) is required to be disclosed in order for the Receiving Party to enforce its rights under this Agreement; or

(g) is required to be disclosed by law or by the order or a court or similar judicial or administrative body, provided that the Receiving Party notifies the Disclosing Party of such requirement immediately and in writing, and cooperates reasonably with the Disclosing Party, at the Disclosing Party’s expense, in the obtaining of a protective or similar order with respect thereto.

Section 11.4. Return of Confidential Information . The Receiving Party shall return to the Disclosing Party, destroy or erase all Confidential information of the Disclosing Party in tangible form: (a) upon the written request of the Disclosing Party; or (b) upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement, whichever comes first, and in both cases, the Receiving Party shall certify promptly and in writing that it has

 

10


done so. Except for the rights expressly described herein, neither Party is granted any rights to any of the other Party’s patents, copyrights, trade secrets, trade names, trademarks (whether or not registered), or any other rights, franchises or licenses.

ARTICLE 12

WARRANTIES AND DISCLAIMERS

Section 12.1. Software Warranty . Nuance warrants that, for a period of ninety (90) days from acceptance of the Software by OEM pursuant to Section 3.3, the unmodified Software shall comply in all material respect to the Documentation therefor. In the event of any breach of the foregoing warranty, Nuance’s sole obligation and liability, and OEM’s sole remedy, shall be (1) Nuance’s exercise of best efforts to modify the Software so that the foregoing warranty is true and (2) thereafter, Nuance’s delivery of any modified Software to OEM. At any time that Nuance reasonably determines that it is unable to modify the Software so that the foregoing warranty is true, (1) Nuance shall promptly notify OEM thereof, (2) Nuance shall, at OEM’s option, refund to OEM the Software license fees paid hereunder with respect to Software for which the foregoing warranty is breached on an End User by End User basis and (3) if OEM exercises such option, all licenses granted to OEM hereunder and all sublicenses granted by OEM hereunder with respect to such Software for such End Users shall immediately terminate.

Section 12.2. Disclaimer . NUANCE MAKES NO WARRANTY HEREUNDER EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN SECTION 12.1. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN SECTION 12.1, THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED STRICTLY “AS IS,” AND NUANCE MAKES NO ADDITIONAL WARRANTIES, EXPRESS, IMPLIED ARISING FROM COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE OR STATUTORY, AS TO THE SOFTWARE OR ANY MATTER WHATSOEVER. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED HEREIN, NUANCE HEREBY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NON-INFRINGEMENT. NUANCE DOES NOT WARRANT THAT THE OPERATION OF THE SOFTWARE WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED OR ERROR-FREE OR THAT ALL ERRORS WILL BE CORRECTED. OEM SHALL NOT MAKE OR PASS ON ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION ON BEHALF OF NUANCE OR ITS LICENSORS TO ANY END USER OR OTHER THIRD PARTY.

ARTICLE 13

INDEMNITIES

Section 13.1. Intellectual Property Indemnity .

(a) Nuance shall defend or, at its option, settle, at its own expense any suit, action or proceeding brought in a court of competent jurisdiction (on “Action”) against OEM by a third party to the extent such Action is based on a claim(s) that the Software infringes any United States patent issued as of the Effective Date of any copyright or trade secret arising under the laws of any jurisdiction and Nuance will pay damages, attorneys fees and costs finally awarded against OEM in such Action, or those monetary damages agreed to in a written settlement of such Action; provided that Nuance shall be relieved of the foregoing obligations unless OEM: a) gives Nuance prompt written notice of each such claim; b) tenders to Nuance sole control of the defense or settlement of each such Action; and, c) cooperates with Nuance, at Nuance’s expense, in defending or settling each such Action. If Nuance receives notice of an allegation that the Software infringes or misappropriates a third party’s intellectual property rights, or if OEM’s use of any Software is prohibited by permanent injunction of a court of competent jurisdiction as a result of such an infringement or misappropriation, Nuance may, at its sole option and expense: a) procure for OEM the right to continue using such Software as provided hereunder; b) modify such Software so that it is no longer infringing; or, c) replace the Software with other software of equal or superior functional capability. If none of the foregoing is in Nuance’s determination commercially reasonable, Nuance shall have the right to terminate any and all licenses and sublicenses to such Software granted hereunder. If Nuance terminates any Software licenses as described above, (1) Nuance shall refund the applicable Software License Fees paid therefor, prorated over a straight-line

 

11


three year period (2) and OEM shall immediately deliver to Nuance all copies of the Software in OEM’s possession or control. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, in no event shall Nuance be obligated to accept new orders for Software that is subject to a claim of infringement. OEM shall have the right to participate at its own expense in any Action or related settlement negotiations using counsel of its own choice provided that Nuance and its counsel shall at all times retain sole control over the defense and/or settlement of such Acton or settlement negotiation.

Section 13.2. Indemnity Limitations . THE RIGHTS GRANTED TO OEM UNDER SECTION 13.1 SHALL BE OEM’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AND NUANCE’S SOLE OBLIGATION FOR (1) ANY ALLEGED INFRINGEMENT OF ANY PATENT, COPYRIGHT, TRADEMARK, OR OTHER PROPRIETARY RIGHT. NUANCE SHALL HAVE NO LIABILITY, INCLUDING UNDER SECTION 13.1, TO OEM OR ANY THIRD PARTY IF ANY INFRINGEMENT OR CLAIM OF INFRINGEMENT IS BASED UPON OR ARISES OUT OF: (A) ANY MODIFIED SOFTWARE; (B) ANY OEM OR THIRD-PARTY APPLICATION (BUT ONLY TO THE EXTENT THAT THE SOFTWARE ALONE WOULD NOT HAVE INFRINGED); (C) USE OF THE SOFTWARE IN CONNECTION OR IN COMBINATION WITH EQUIPMENT, DEVICES, OR SOFTWARE NOT PROVIDED BY NUANCE (BUT ONLY TO THE EXTENT THAT THE SOFTWARE ALONE WOULD NOT HAVE INFRINGED); (D) SOFTWARE DEVELOPED OR MODIFIED IN COMPLIANCE WITH OEM’S OR OEM’S AUTHORIZED SUBLICENSEES DESIGN REQUIREMENTS OR SPECIFICATIONS; (E) THE USE OF SOFTWARE OTHER THAN AS PERMITTED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR IN A MANNER FOR WHICH IT WAS NOT INTENDED; OR (F) USE OR DISTRIBUTION OF OTHER THAN THE MOST CURRENT RELEASE OR VERSION OF THE SOFTWARE (IF SUCH INFRINGEMENT OR CLAIM WOULD HAVE BEEN PREVENTED BY THE USE OF SUCH RELEASE OR VERSION AND SUCH RELEASE OR VERSION WAS MADE AVAILABLE TO OEM AT LEAST 120 DAYS PRIOR TO SUCH INFRINGEMENT OR CLAIM).

Section 13.3. OEM Indemnity . Except with respect to infringement of third-party rights for which Nuance is obligated under Section 13.1, OEM shall defend at its own expense any suit, action or proceeding brought against Nuance by a third party (an “Action”) based on a claim(s) by third parties in connection with the use, manufacture, promotion or distribution of Integrated Systems by OEM, OEM’s distributors and End Users, and OEM will pay Nuance’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and damages finally awarded against Nuance in such Action, or those monetary damages agreed to in a monetary settlement of such Action, provided that OEM shall be relieved of the foregoing obligation unless Nuance a) gives OEM prompt written notice of each such claim; b) tenders to OEM sole control of the defense or settlement of each such claim at OEM’s expense; and, c) cooperates with OEM, at OEM’s expense, in defending or settling each such claim. Nuance shall have the right to participate at its own expense in any Action or related settlement negotiations using counsel of its own choice.

ARTICLE 14

LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

Section 14.1. EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO (1) OEM’S BREACH OF ANY PROVISION OF SECTION 2.4, (2) EITHER PARTY’S BREACH OF ARTICLE 11, (3) EITHER PARTY’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER ARTICLE 13 AND (4) ANY USE, MODIFICATION OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE SOFTWARE, DOCUMENTATION OR TOOLS OUTSIDE OF THE SCOPE OF THE LICENSES EXPRESSLY GRANTED HEREIN. NETHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE TO THE OTHER FOR ANY LOSS OF USE, INTERRUPTION OF BUSINESS, LOSS OR CORRUPTION OF DATA, OR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY KIND (INCLUDING LOST PROFITS) WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT PRODUCT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE, EVEN IF THE PARTY SOUGHT TO BE HELD LIABLE HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT SHALL NUANCE BE LIABLE FOR THE COST OF PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS. EXCEPT WITH RESPECT TO (1) OEM’S BREACH OF ANY PROVISION OF SECTION 2.4, (2) EITHER PARTY’S BREACH OF

 

12


ARTICLE 11, (3) EITHER PARTY’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER ARTICLE 13, AND (4) ANY USE, MODIFICATION OR DISTRIBUTION OF THE SOFTWARE. DOCUMENTATION OR TOOLS OUTSIDE OF THE SCOPE OF THE LICENSES EXPRESSLY GRANTED HEREIN, EACH PARTY’S ENTIRE LIABILITY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT SHALL NOT EXCEED THE AGGREGATE AMOUNTS PAID AND PAYABLE BY OEM TO NUANCE HEREUNDER. IN NO EVENT SHALL NUANCE BE LIABLE FOR ANY DAMAGES FOR CLAIMS BASED UPON THE RECOGNITION ACCURACY OR VERIFICATION OR AUTHENTICATION ACCURACY OF THE NUANCE SOFTWARE, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION CLAIMS BASED UPON ANY ALLEGED FALSE ACCEPTANCE OR FALSE REJECTION OF A USER’S IDENTITY THE FOREGOING LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY (1) ARE INDEPENDENT OF ANY EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY SET FORTH IN THIS AGREEMENT AND (2) SHALL APPLY EVEN IF ANY REMEDY AVAILABLE TO OEM HEREUNDER IS FOUND TO HAVE FAILED OF ITS ESSENTIAL PURPOSE.

ARTICLE 15

TERM AND TERMINATION

Section 15.1. Term . This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and remain in effect for a period of two (2) years thereafter, unless earlier terminated by either Party as hereinafter provided, and shall automatically renew for consecutive one (1)-year periods unless either Party provides written notice to the other Party of an intention not to renew at least ninety (90) days prior to the end of the original three (3)-year period or any subsequent one (1)-year renewal periods (the original period along with any extension periods, the “ Term ”).

Section 15.2. Termination for Material Breach . Either Party may terminate this Agreement immediately upon written notice for the material breach of the other Party, which material breach has remained uncured for a period of thirty (30) days from the date of delivery of written notice thereof to the breaching Party.

Section 15.3. Effect . In the event of any termination of this Agreement, all licenses granted by Nuance hereunder shall immediately terminate, and OEM shall immediately return to Nuance all material belonging to Nuance or its licensors, including without limitation all copies of the Software and Nuance Confidential Information, and shall promptly certify to Nuance in writing that OEM has done so. OEM shall be entitled to retain a reasonable number of copies of the Software solely for the purposes of continuing to provide Technical Support to End Users. Any End User License Agreements already entered into by OEM as of the date of the termination shall remain in effect, provided that all associated End Users have at all times remained in strict compliance with the terms of relevant End User License Agreement. Additionally, following expiration or termination of this Agreement (unless the Agreement is terminated by Nuance pursuant to Section 15.2), OEM may enter into End User License Agreements solely with respect to Integrated Systems that are already in OEM’s distribution channel at the time of such expiration or termination. Such End User License Agreements shall remain in effect, provided that all mandated End Users have at all times remained in strict compliance with the terms of relevant End Uses License Agreement. Nuance shall continue to provide “Level 3 Technical Support” (as such term is defined in Exhibit D hereunder) to OEM so long as OEM continues payment to Nuance of all applicable Technical Support Fees, but in no event shall OEM enter into any new Technical Support agreements with End Users that require Nuance’s involvement, subsequent to termination. Nuance shall have no obligation to provide Technical Support with respect to any such new technical support agreements entered into by OEM and its End Users.

Section 15.4. Survival of Terms . The following shall survive any expiration or termination hereof: Articles 1, 6, 11, 13, 14, 15 and 16 and Sections 2.4, 5.1, 5.2, 5.4, 5.5, and 12.2.

ARTICLE 16

GENERAL

 

13


Section 16.1. Proprietary Rights . All patents, copyrights, trade secrets, and other proprietary rights (“ Rights ”) in or related to the Software are and shall remain the exclusive property of Nuance or its licensors and all Rights in or related to the Integrated System (except with respect to the Software) and the OEM Confidential Information are and shall remain the property of OEM, whether or not specifically recognized or perfected under the laws of the United States or a Foreign Jurisdiction. Neither Party shall take any action that jeopardizes the proprietary rights of the other Party or its licensors or acquire any right in the Software or Nuance Confidential Information (as to OEM) or the Integrated System or OEM Confidential Information (as to Nuance), except the limited rights specified in this Agreement. Unless otherwise agreed, Nuance or its licensor will own all rights in any copy, translation, modification, adaptation, or derivation of the Software or other items of Nuance Confidential Information, including any improvement or development thereof. At either Party’s request, the other Party shall execute and deliver any instrument that may be appropriate to assign applicable rights to the corresponding Party or its licensor or perfect applicable rights in the corresponding Party’s or its licensor’s names.

Section 16.2. Government End Users . When distributing the Software to a U.S. Government End User, OEM shall identify the Software in an Integrated System as a “commercial item,” as that term is defined at 48 C.F.R. 2.101 (OCT 1995), and more specifically shall identify such item as “commercial computer software” and “commercial computer software documentation,” as such terms are used in 48 C.F.R. 12.212 (SEPT 1995). Consistent with 48 C.F.R. 12.212 and 48 C.F.R. 227.7202-1 through 227.7202-4 (JUNE 1995). OEM will provide the software in an Integrated System (including related documentation) to U.S. Government End Users: (a) only as a commercial end user item; and (b) only pursuant to the End User License Agreement. The citations in this Section shall be deemed updated as necessary from time to time to reflect any successor provisions of the same import.

Section 16.3. Export Control . The Parties acknowledge that the manufacture and sale of the Software is subject to the export control laws of the United States of America, including the U.S. Bureau of Export Administration regulations, as amended, and hereby agree to obey any and all such laws and those of the European Union or any member state of the European Union. The Parties agree not to take any actions that would cause either Party to violate the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1997, as amended.

Section 16.4. Governing Law . This Agreement and all matters arising under or related to its formation or performance, whether sounding in contract, tort, or otherwise, shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of California without regard to conflicts of law principles. The Parties agree that the United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods is excluded from application to this Agreement.

Section 16.5. Limitations Under Local Law . Upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement, OEM shall not be entitled under the law of any Foreign Jurisdiction to receive in connection therewith any payment from Nuance, whether for actual, consequential, indirect, special or incidental damages, costs or expenses, whether foreseeable or unforeseeable (including, without limitation, labor claims, loss of profits, investments, or good will), any right to which OEM hereby waives and disclaims.

Section 16.6. Attorneys’ Fees . In the event any proceeding or lawsuit is brought by Nuance or OEM in connection with this Agreement, the prevailing Party in such proceeding shall be entitled to receive its costs, expert witness fees and reasonable attorneys’ fees, including costs and fees on appeal, from the non-prevailing Party, and the non-prevailing Party shall pay the same to the prevailing Party upon request.

Section 16.7. Forum; Personal Jurisdiction . All litigation arising under or related to this Agreement shall be brought in Superior Court of the State of California in Santa Clara County or the Federal District Court for the Northern District of California, as permitted by law. OEM hereby consents to the personal jurisdiction of the above-referenced courts.

Section 16.8. Compliance with Laws .

 

14


(a) Local Compliance . OEM shall, at its sole expense obtain and maintain the governmental authorizations, registrations and filings that may be required under the laws of any Foreign Jurisdiction to execute or perform under this Agreement. OEM shall otherwise comply with all laws, regulations and other legal requirements within any Foreign Jurisdictions that apply to this Agreement, including without limitation tax, foreign exchange and consumer protection legislation. OEM will promptly notify Nuance of any change to these laws, regulations or other legal requirements that trey affect the impartation of the Software and related items, or OEM’s or Nuance’s performance under this Agreement.

(b) Unlawful Payments . Neither Party will use any payment or other benefit derived from the other Party to offer, promise, or pay any money, gift, or any other thing of value to any person for the purpose of influencing official actions or decisions affecting this Agreement, while knowing or having reason to know that any portion of this money, gift, or thing will, directly or indirectly, be given, offered, or promised to (i) an employee, officer, or other person acting in an official capacity for any government or its instrumentalities or (ii) any political party, party official, or candidate for political office.

Section 16.9. Assurances . OEM will provide Nuance with the assurances and official documents that Nuance periodically may request to verify OEM’s compliance with this Agreement.

Section 16.10. Translations . If and solely to the extent required by applicable law, and it its own expense and subject to Section 16.3, OEM will on behalf of Nuance (i) translate the End User License Agreement, Minimum Terms, or Documentation, in whole or in part, into the applicable local language (each, a “ Translation ”) and (ii) reproduce and provide End Users with the Translation, subject to Nuance’s prior written approval.

Section 16.11. Construction .

(a) All references in this Agreement to “ Articles ,” “ Sections ” and “ Exhibits ” refer to the articles, sections and exhibits of this Agreement.

(b) As used in this Agreement, neutral pronouns and any variations thereof shall be deemed to include the feminine and masculine and all terms used in the singular shall be deemed to include the and plural and vice versa, as the context may require.

(c) The words “ hereof ,” “ herein ” and “ hereunder ” and other words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole, as the same may from time to time be amended or supplemented, and not to any subdivision contained in this Agreement.

(d) The word “ including ” when used herein is not intended to be exclusive and means “ including, without limitation .”

(e) Each of the Parties and their counsel have carefully reviewed this Agreement, and, accordingly, no rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities in this Agreement are to be construed against the drafting party shall apply in the interpretation of this Agreement.

(f) The Article and Section headings and tides appearing in this Agreement are inserted as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit, construe, or describe the scope or extent of such section or in any way affect this Agreement or the interpretation hereof.

Section 16.12. Injunctive Relief . Each Party understands and agrees that, notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, breach by a Party (“ Breaching Party ”) of the provisions of this Agreement which relate to the protection of the confidential information or intellectual property of the other Party (“ Affected Party ”) may cause the Affected Party irreparable damage for which recovery of money damages

 

15


would be inadequate, and that the Affected Party shall therefore be entitled to seek timely injunctive relief to protect its rights under this Agreement in addition to any and all remedies available at law.

Section 16.13. Notices . All notices or reports permitted or required under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be delivered by personal delivery or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed given upon personal delivery or five (5) days after deposit in the mail. Notices shall be sent to the Parties at the addresses first set forth above or such other address as either Party may designate for itself in writing. Notices to Nuance shall be addressed to the attention of the General Counsel.

Section 16.14. No Agency . Nothing contained herein shall be construed as creating any agency, partnership, or other form of joint enterprise between the Parties.

Section 16.15. Force Majeure . Except with respect to obligations to pay money, neither Party shall be liable hereunder by reason of any failure or delay in the performance of its obligation hereunder (except for the payment of money) on account of strikes, shortages, riots, insurrection, fires, flood, storm, explosions, acts of God, war, governmental action, labor conditions, earthquakes, material shortages or any other cause that is beyond the reasonable control of such Party.

Section 16.16. Waiver . The failure of either Party to require performance by the other Party of any provision hereof shall not affect the full right to require such performance at any time thereafter; nor shall the waiver by either Party of a breach of any provision hereof be taken or held to be a waiver of the provision itself.

Section 16.17. Severability . In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be unenforceable or invalid under any applicable law or be so held by applicable court decision, such unenforceability or invalidity shall not render this Agreement unenforceable or invalid as a whole, and, in such event, such provision shall be changed and interpreted so as to best accomplish the objectives of such unenforceable or invalid provision within the limits of applicable law or applicable court decisions, except that, if any limitation on the grant of any license to OEM shall be held to be invalid or unenforceable, such license shall immediately terminate.

Section 16.18. Use to OEM’s Name . OEM agrees that Nuance may, with the advance approval of OEM in each instance, use OEM’s name and may disclose that OEM is a licensee of Nuance products in Nuance advertising, promotion and similar public disclosures with respect to the Software, but only after the official marketing launch of the Integrated System, and in no instance prior to April 29th, 2001. OEM shall notify Nuance of the date of such official marketing launch.

Section 16.19. Assignment . Neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations of OEM hereunder may be assigned by OEM in whole or in part without the prior written approval of Nuance, provided that OEM may assign this Agreement in connection with a change of Control of OEM. Notwithstanding the foregoing, OEM may not assign this Agreement to a Nuance Competitor or an affiliate thereof without Nuance’s prior written consent. As used in this Section 16.19, a “Nuance Competitor” is any entity that researches or develops any size recognition, speaker verification, or text-to-speech software products. As used in this Section, an “Affiliate” of a first entity is a second entity that Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with such first entity. As used in this Section, “Control” (and its variants) means ownership of 50% or more of the voting stock (or its equivalent, in the case of entities that are not corporations) of an entity. Any purported assignment by OEM in breach of this Section shall be void. Nuance may assign this Agreement and its rights hereunder in its sole discretion.

Section 16.20. Authority of Signatories . By the signature of each of the representatives of the Parties placed on this Agreement, each such signatory represents and warrants that he or she is authorized to sign this Agreement on behalf of the Party, for whom he or she is acting.

 

16


Section 16.21. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which will be considered an original, but which together will constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 16.22. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, together with the Exhibits hereto, which are hereby incorporated by this reference, completely and exclusively state the agreement of the Parties regarding their subject matter. This Agreement supersedes, and its terms govern, all prior proposals, agreements, or other communications between the Parties, oral or written, regarding the subject matter herein. This Agreement shall not be modified except by a subsequently dated written amendment or Exhibit signed on behalf of Nuance and OEM by their duly authorized representatives.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have caused this Agreement to be executed by duly authorized officers or representatives to be effective as of the Effective Date.

 

Nuance Communications, Inc.

   

OEM Vocera Communications

Signature

 

/s/ Paul Scott

   

Signature

 

/s/ Brent Lang

Name

 

Paul Scott

   

Name

 

Brent Lang

Title

 

Senior Vice President

   

Title

 

Vice President of Marketing

Date

 

4/25/02

   

Date

 

April 25, 2002

 

17


Exhibit A

Software Pricing

 

I.

General.

Prices for all Software licensed under this Agreement shall be calculated in accordance with the provisions of this Exhibit A at the prices set forth in the Price List.

 

 

A.

Definitions . For purposes of this Exhibit A, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

 

1)

Application ” means the functionality that has been purchased by OEM (i.e., Basic Application, Authentication and/or Database Access) for a particular Integrated System as further described below. Each Integrated System is only allowed to perform such purchased functionality unless the Integrated System is upgraded for the additional functionality, by paying the applicable fees set forth the Price List.

 

 

2)

Basic Application ” means a system used in connection with the Nuance Software that is limited to dialing by name, by title, by group name, by function or by other designation; dialing by number; voice/fax/email/text messaging; call transferring; call blocking; group membership management; system administration and set-up, and/or conference calling functionality. Without limiting the foregoing, OEM shall not use the Nuance Software licensed for use with the Basic Application to enable any other application, including speaker Authentication, and accessing personal and/or corporate backend databases. OEM may upgrade the Software licenses to cover such additional functionality by paying applicable fees as set forth below.

 

 

3)

Authentication ” means using Software in connection with the Basic Application and/or Database Access to confirm the identity of the speaker by way of voice verification. This functionality will be priced separately from the Basic Application, as set forth in the Price List. OEM must license Nuance Verifier for applications using Authentication functionality.

 

 

4)

Database Access ” means functionality required in order to access personal and/or corporate backend databases for information retrieval by way of voice database queries to this information. This functionality will be priced separately from the Basic Application as set forth in the Price List.

 

II.

Recognition Software.

Nuance recognition software pricing shall be calculated as follows:

 

 

A.

Per Port Pricing . The Nuance recognition software is licensed hereunder on a per-Port, per Minimum Server Pack or per Enhanced Server Pack basis as set forth in Exhibit B. All Ports licensed in connection with a particular Authorized Application shall be licensed at the same per-Port price.

 

III.

Technical Support

The Fees for Technical Support Services, per year, shall be as follows:

 

 

A.

The annual Technical Support Fee shall be [*] which shall entitle OEM to resolution of up to [*] Incidents per year.

 

18

 

*

Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


 

B.

OEM may purchase additional Incidents at [*] Per Incident.

 

 

C.

Pre-paid Incidents are only valid in the year in which they are purchased, and may not be carried over or credited from one year to the next.

 

 

D.

If OEM has paid the applicable Technical Support Services Fees, OEM shall be entitled during the applicable year to receive Updates, i.e., updates to the Software designated by an increase in the number to the right of the second decimal point (e.g., 6.2.2 to 6.2.3); provided, however, notwithstanding any other provision of the Agreement, OEM shall not be entitled to receive Upgrades pursuant to Technical Support, i.e., upgrades to the software designated by an increase in the number to the left of the first or second decimal point (e.g., 6.2.1 to 7.0.0 or 7.0.2 to 7.1.0, respectively). OEM may order Upgrades via a Purchase Order at a per-Port price of fifty percent (50%) of the per Port price of the applicable Software. Provided OEM has paid the applicable annual Technical Support Fees, OEM may distribute Updates provided by Nuance to OEM’s End Users and Authorized Sublicensees.

 

19

 

*

Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Exhibit B

Price List

Minimum Server Pack

A “Minimum Server Pack” shall include solely [*] of Nuance recognition software and [*] of Nuance Vocalizer. The pricing per Minimum Server Pack is [*] or [*] depending on the functionality purchased as set forth below.

Restrictions

 

 

 

OEM shall ensure that each end User location that is using the Software has purchased at least [*]. OEM shall not cause or permit an End User to share a Minimum Server Pack among locations.

 

 

 

OEM shall not cause or permit a Minimum Server Pack to be used by more than [*] users at any End User location.

 

 

 

OEM shall ensure that Minimum Server Packs are used solely with the Basic Application unless the Software license has been upgraded for use with additional functionality by paying applicable fees.

 

 

 

OEM shall not cause or permit PBX/telephony integration to be performed in connection with an Integrated System that has only a Minimum Server Pack installed. PBX/telephony integration may be performed only in connection with Integrated Systems containing Enhanced Server Packs.

 

 

 

Pricing for Minimum Server Packs is valid for North American English only.

Enhanced Server Pack

An “Enhanced Server Pack” shall include solely [*] Ports of Nuance recognition software and [*] Ports of Nuance Vocalizer. The pricing per Enhanced Server Pack is [*] or [*] depending on the functionality purchased as set forth below.

Restrictions

 

 

 

OEM shall ensure that each end User location that is using the Software has purchased at least [*].

 

 

 

OEM shall ensure that Enhanced Server Packs are used solely with the Basic Application unless the Software license has been upgraded for use with additional functionality by paying applicable fees.

 

 

 

Pricing for Enhanced Server Packs is valid for North American English only.

Minimum Server Pack to Enhanced Server Pack Upgrade

OEM may upgrade a previously licensed, fully paid for Minimum Server Pack to an Enhanced Service Pack at a price of [*] per upgrade.

 

20

 

*

Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Additional Ports of Nuance Recognition Software

OEM may license additional Ports of Nuance recognition software at a price per Port of [*]. OEM shall deploy such Ports only on Integrated Systems containing Enhanced Server Packs. Any Ports of Software licensed pursuant to this paragraph shall be subject to the restrictions set forth above for Enhanced Server Packs. OEM may upgrade the Software licensed pursuant to this paragraph to include additional functionality by paying applicable fees.

Nuance Vocalizer

The price per Port for Nuance Vocalizer [*] (US English only) ordered separate from a Minimum or Enhanced Server Pack is [*]. OEM shall use Ports of Nuance Vocalizer licensed hereunder only in connection with the Basic Application, Authentication or Database Access.

Nuance Verifier

[*]/Port. OEM shall use Ports of Nuance Verifier licensed hereunder only in connection with the Basic Application, Authentication or Database Access.

Database Access

Minimum Server Pack: [*]/Minimum Server Pack

OEM may upgrade Minimum Server Packs previously licensed for use with the Basic Application to include Database Access functionality for a fee of [*] per Minimum Server Pack.

Enhanced Server Pack: [*]/Enhanced Server Pack

OEM may upgrade Enhanced Server Packs previously licensed for use with the Basic Application to include Database Access functionality for a fee of [*] per Enhanced Server Pack.

Additional Ports of Nuance Recognition Software: [*]/Port

If OEM has licensed additional ports of Nuance recognition, software as set forth in the “Additional Ports of Nuance Recognition Software” section above, OEM may upgrade such Ports to include Database Access functionality for a fee of [*]/Port.

International Use

If any Software licensed hereunder is run, operated, located, hosted, or otherwise used outside North America, the fees payable hereunder with respect thereto shall be [*] of the fees otherwise payable hereunder for such Software.

 

21

 

*

Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Exhibit C

End User License Agreement Terms

Each End User License Agreement shall contain, at a Minimum, substantially the fallowing terms, allowing reasonable modifications to keep consistent terminology and without materially changing the associated meaning:

1. Limited Use . End User shall not copy or use the software that is part of the Integrated System (the “ System Software ”) except as expressly set forth in the End User license.

2. Ownership . End User acknowledges and agrees that OEM’s licensors and suppliers own all right, title and interest in the software supplied by such licensor or supplier, including all intellectual property rights therein and thereto. Except as otherwise expressly stated in the End User License Agreement, End User does not acquire any rights, express or implied, in such software.

3. Reverse Engineering . End User shall not cause or permit the modification, reverse engineering, decompilation, disassembly or other translation of the System Software, or attempt to circumvent any element of the system Software that limits the number of users of the Integrated System, except under the limited circumstances expressly set forth in the Agreement.

4. Third-Party Beneficiary . End User shall agree that (1) OEM’s licensors and suppliers of software in the product are third-party beneficiaries to the End User License Agreement; and (2) such provisions are made expressly for the benefit of OEM’s licensors end suppliers and are enforceable by OEM’s licensors and suppliers in addition to OEM.

5. No Warranty . OEM disclaims on behalf of OEM’s licensors and suppliers any and all warranties, express, implied and statutory, including without limitation any implied warranties of non-infringement, satisfactory quality, merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose.

6. Limitation of Liability . End User agrees that OEM’s licensors and suppliers shall not be liable to End User for any special, indirect, incidental, or consequential damages, or damages for loss of profits, savings, revenue, use, damaged files or data, or business interruption, regardless of how arising, regardless of the cause of action, in tort, contract or otherwise, and regardless of whether advised beforehand of the possibility of such damages.

 

22


Exhibit D

Technical Support Services

 

A.

Description of Technical Support Services

 

 

1.

Responsibilities of Nuance and OEM:

 

 

a)

OEM, OEM’s representatives, or OEM’s authorized distributors shall be responsible for providing Level 1 and Level 2 Technical Support Services to End Users. Level 1 Technical Support Services means receipt of all requests from End Users for such services, and the determination of the issue causing the condition reported by the End User (an “Incident”). Level 2 Technical Support Services means resolving an Incident by reference to Nuance’s technical support information databases.

 

 

b)

Nuance shall be responsible for Level 3 Support to OEM. Level 3 Technical Support Services means the resolution of Incidents for which a resolution is not available in Nuance’s technical support information databases. Resolution shall be defined as recommendations on the installation, functions and operation of the Supported Software, the creation of workarounds for defects in the Supported Software, or the creation of modifications to the Supported Software that enable the temporary of permanent resolution of an Incident.

 

 

c)

Nuance shall provide electronic and telephone support to OEM’s Designated Personnel by technical personnel with a detailed, working knowledge of the Software.

 

 

2.

Determination of Defect Severity and Response Times:

Upon receipt of a request for Level 3 Technical Support Services from OEM’s Designated Personnel, Nuance and the Designated Personnel will agree to the Severity of the Incident and associated Nuance Response Times as defined below.

Severity:

 

 

i)

Severity 1 (“Critical”) shall mean an Incident in which the defect in the Supported Software critically impacts the End User’s ability to do business. A majority of users of the system are unable to perform their tasks as necessary.

 

 

ii)

Severity 2 (“Urgent”) shall mean an Incident in which a major function of the Supported Software is unusable and significantly impacts the End User’s ability to do business. A majority of users of the system can continue to perform their tasks as necessary.

 

 

iii)

Severity 3 (“Normal”) shall mean an Incident caused by the supported Software that does not seriously affect the End Users business.

 

 

iv)

Severity 4 (“Informational”) shall mean all other Incidents not covered above, including Supported Software enhancement requests.

Upon receiving notice of an Incident, Nuance shall acknowledge to OEM receipt of such notice by identifying the Incident with a unique tracking number. Nuance shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make such acknowledgement as follows:

 

 

i)

Severity 1 or 2 – less than one (1) hour.

 

23


 

ii)

Severity 3 or 4 – within one (1) business day.

Nuance shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide a temporary or permanent resolution that is mutually acceptable to Nuance and OEM for the Incident in conformance with the following objectives:

 

 

i)

Severity 1: within four (4) hours of acknowledging the receipt of the Incident.

 

 

ii)

Severity 2: within twenty-four (24) hours of acknowledging the receipt of the Incident.

 

 

iii)

Severity 3 and 4: within twenty (20) days of acknowledging the receipt of the Incident or in a future release of the Supported Software.

Resolution time Objectives do not include the time taken by the OEM or end User to gather system information, transaction data and reproducible test cases necessary to determine the nature of the issue and to isolate defects in the Software. OEM shall, upon reasonable request by Nuance, obtain and provide to Nuance system information, transaction data, and reproducible test cases as necessary to determine the nature of the Incident and to isolate any defects in the Supported Software. Such information shall be treated as the Confidential Information of OEM. Nuance shall provide OEM with reasonable access to Nuance’s Incident database to review the status of OEM’s Incidents.

 

 

3.

On-Site Assistance:

Upon OEM’s request and subject to availability, Nuance may furnish qualified personnel for on-site assistance to OEM and/or Sub-licensees to resolve Incidents. In such event, OEM shall pay Nuance at its then current time and materials rates for the time of required personnel and reimburse Nuance for reasonable travel and living expenses of such personnel incurred in rendering the requested assistance.

 

 

4.

Termination of support for Products:

In the event that Nuance should terminate support for a specific version or release of a Nuance product, Nuance’s support obligations to OEM with respect to that product shall terminate at the same time such support is terminated for other OEMs or Nuance’s end users and subject to the same notice period. In addition, Nuance agrees to support the two previous releases of any Nuance product listed in Exhibit A as current under the terms of this Agreement (e.g. upon release of release 6.3 of the Nuance RecServer, support for release 6.0 and its minor releases, 6.0.1, etc., may be terminated).

 

24


Exhibit E

Documentation

 

 

 

Nuance System Developer Guides;

 

 

 

Introduction to the Nuance System

 

 

 

Nuance Grammar Developer’s Guide

 

 

 

Nuance Application Developer’s Guide

 

 

 

Nuance Platform Integrator’s Guide

 

 

 

Nuance Verifier Developer’s Guide

 

 

 

Nuance API Reference

 

25


AMENDMENT 1 TO

ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT 1 (“Amendment 1”) dated as of this 2nd day of January, 2003 is an amendment to the Original Equipment Manufacturer Agreement dated April 25, 2002 by and between Nuance Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation having a place of business at 1005 Hamilton Court, Menlo Park, CA 94025 (“ Nuance ”) and Vocera Communications, a Delaware corporation having a place of business at 20600 Lazanco Drive, Cupertino, CA 95014 (“ OEM ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Nuance and OEM entered into that certain Original Equipment Manufacturer Agreement dated April 25, 2002 (the “ Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, Nuance and OEM wish to amend the Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, Nuance and OEM hereby agree as follows:

I. Definitions . As used herein, all capitalized terms, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

II. Other Terms . Except as expressly set forth herein, all of the terms of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. In accordance with Section 16.22 of the Agreement, the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

A. Definitions . Section 1.1(gg) is hereby replaced with the following:

Update( s) shall mean bug fixes, patches, modifications, and enhancements to the Software, if and when the same are made generally available by Nuance to its licensees who have contracted to receive Technical Support with respect to the Software. Updates shall not include any future products or releases that Nuance licenses for an additional license fee.”

B. Provisioning of Keys/Repprting . The heading for Article 4 of the Agreement is hereby changed from “Purchase Orders” to “Provisioning of Keys/Reporting.”

(a) Sections 4.1(a), (b) and (c), and Section 4.2 of the Agreement are hereby deleted.

(b) Section 4.4 of the Agreement is hereby replaced with the following:

Monthly Reports . Within twenty (20) days following the end of each calendar month during the Term of this Agreement, OEM shall deliver to Nuance an accurate written report (each, a “ Monthly Report ”) that includes the following information: (a) the number of Ports of Software, Minimum Server Packs and Enhanced Server Packs that were licensed or distributed by OEM during such month; (b) the name and address of the End User or Authorized Sublicensee, as applicable, to whom an Integrated System or Software was shipped and the number of users who will be permitted to use the Integrated System at the End User location; (c) the number of Authorized Ports of Software, Minimum Sever Packs, Enhanced Server Packs and the enabled Authorized Application on each Integrated System shipped; (d) Software Ports upgraded for use with Database Access and/or Authentication functionality (is such terms are defined in Exhibit A); (e) the number of Minimum Server Packs upgraded to Enhanced Server Packs; (f) the applicable Software License Fees with respect to each End User; and (g) applicable Technical Support Fees with respect to each End User. Additionally, OEM shall indicate in each Monthly Report for each applicable End User whether or not OEM elects to renew Technical Support with respect to Software for which the Technical Support period expires during the following month (for further detail, see Section 9.6 below), and if OEM elects to renew such

 

26


Technical Support, applicable Technical Support Fees.

C. Technical Support .

(a) Section 9.1 of the Agreement is hereby replaced with the following:

Section 9.1 . Provision of Technical Support . Subject to the provisions of Section 9.3, so long as Nuance has received applicable payment with respect to a particular End User, OEM shall have the rights listed below and in Exhibit D (“Technical Support”), via the Designated Personnel (as below defined), during the applicable period on behalf of such End User, and on a twenty-four (24) hours per day. seven (7) days per week basis.

(a) The right to access Nuance’s technical support information, databases regarding the installation, function, and operation of the Software;

(b) The right to a reasonable amount of consultation with Nuance regarding the installation, function, and operation of the Software;

(c) The right to obtain Updates for the Software, at no additional charge other than media and handling charges;

(d) The right to obtain Tools.”

(b) Section 9.3(b) of the Agreement is hereby replaced with the following:

“(b) Should OEM elect, with respect to any End User, not to receive or not to renew its right to receive Technical Support and subsequently desire to receive Technical Support with respect to such End User, OEM shall pay Nuance an amount equal to the unpaid Technical Support Services Fees that would have been due during the period in which Technical Support was not received. Any failure of OEM to pay all applicable Technical Support Services Fees with respect to any particular End User as they come due shall be a material breach of this Agreement, and shall, at Nuance’s sole option, immediately discharge any obligation of Nuance to provide Technical Support hereunder, in addition to any other remedies Nuance may have.”

(c) The following is added to the Agreement as Section 9.3(c):

“(c) With respect to each End User, OEM must purchase first year Technical Support for all Ports for all Software components licensed by such End User. OEM may elect to purchase subsequent years of Technical Support for such Software as it deems desirable with respect to each End User. If OEM elects to purchase subsequent years of Technical Support with respect to a particular End User, then OEM shall purchase Technical Support for all Ports for all Software components licensed by OEM with respect to such End User.”

(d) The following is added to the Agreement as Section 9.5:

Section 9.5 . Provisioning Period . Technical Support shall be made available to OEM for each End User for only a full twelve (12) month period. Technical Support Fees paid pursuant to this Agreement are nonrefundable.”

(e) The following is added to the Agreement as Section 9.6:

Section 9.6 . Renewals . Technical Support for each End User shall be automatically renewed for an additional full twelve (12) month period unless OEM expressly cancels such Technical Support by notifying Nuance (using the Monthly Report described in Section 4.4) in the month prior to the month for which such

 

27


Technical Support is scheduled to expire.”

(f) The following is added to the Agreement as Section 9.7:

Section 9.7 . Minimum Commitments . For each year of the Term, OEM shall meet the minimum annual Technical Support commitments as follows: Technical Support Services Fees to Nuance of not less than [*] per year. OEM shall pay such minimum, commitment amount to Nuance in advance within thirty (30) days of the date of this Amendment 1 first set forth above, and each anniversary thereof during the Term, and such payment shall be non-refundable. Following payment of each annual minimum commitment, Nuance shall credit such minimum commitment towards Technical Support Services Fees due to Nuance hereunder with respect to particular End Users, if any, during the applicable year However, OEM’s right to receive such credit shall expire at the end of the year for which such minimum commitment payment was made. OEM shall not be entitled to any refund of any kind in the event OEM is not able to utilize the credit.”

D. Exhibit A. Software Pricing . Section III of Exhibit A of the Agreement is hereby replaced with the following:

“III. Technical Support . Technical Support is charged per End User, per year, and annual Technical Support Services Fees are [*] of all aggregate, cumulative Software License Fees then paid or payable hereunder with respect to each such End User.”

E. Exhibit B. Price List .

(a) The second bullet point in the Minimum Server Pack/Restrictions section of Exhibit B is hereby replaced with the following:

 

 

 

OEM shall not cause or permit a Minimum Server Pack to be used by more than [*] users at any End User location.

(b) The fourth bullet point in the Minimum Server Pack/Restrictions section of Exhibit B is hereby deleted.

III. Entire Agreement . This Amendment 1 contains all the agreements, representations, and understandings of the parties and supersedes any previous understandings, commitments, or agreements, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter of this Amendment 1. This Amendment 1 may not be modified or amended except in a writing signed by a duly authorized representative of each party; no other act, usage or custom shall be deemed to amend or modify this Amendment 1.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Nuance and OEM have executed this Amendment on date first written above.

 

Nuance Communications, Inc.

   

Vocera Communications

By:

 

/s/ Andy Barbour

   

By:

 

/s/ Paul N. Barsley

Name:

 

Andy Barbour

   

Name

 

Paul N. Barsley

Title:

 

Senor Director Patents & Alliances

   

Title:

 

COO

 

28

 

*

Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


AMENDMENT 2 TO

ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT 2 (“ Amendment 2 ”) dated as of this 7th day of December, 2004 is an amendment to the Original Equipment Manufacturer Agreement dated April 25, 2002 (as amended by Amendment 1, dated January 2, 2003) by and between Nuance Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation having a place of business at 1380 Willow Road, Menlo Park, CA 94025 (“ Nuance ”) and Vocera Communications, a Delaware corporation having a place of business at 20600 Lazaneo Drive, Cupertino, CA 95014 (“ OEM ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , Nuance and OEM entered into that certain Original Equipment Manufacturer Agreement dated April 25, 2002, as amended by Amendment 1, dated January 2, 2003 (collectively, the “ Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS , Nuance and OEM wish to amend the Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE , Nuance and OEM hereby agree as follows:

I. Definitions . As used herein, all capitalized terms, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

II. Other Terms . Except as expressly set forth herein, all of the terms of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. In accordance with Section 16.22 of the Agreement, the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

 

A.

Exhibit B. Price List . The following is added to the end of Exhibit B (“ Price List ”):

Multi-Customer Hosting . If any Software licensed hereunder will be used by an End User in connection with such End User’s hosting of applications for third parties, the fees payable hereunder with respect thereto shall be [*] of the fees otherwise payable hereunder for such Software.”

 

 

B.

Exhibit A. Software Pricing . The following is added to the end of Section I(A) of Exhibit A (“ Software Pricing ”):

With respect to OEM’s licensing and distribution of its Voice Messaging Interface (“VMI”) Integrated System, OEM shall be deemed to have complied with its obligation, set forth in the Agreement, with respect to applications involving informational retrieval from personal and/or corporate backend databases by way of voice database queries (see Exhibit A, Section I(A)(4)) if OEM includes the following, or its substantial equivalent, in OEM’s End User License Agreement (except as to End Users for whom the appropriate fee, specified in the Agreement, is paid to Nuance):

This license specifically excludes tile use of, and End User shall not use, the VMI to develop or implement applications involving informational retrieval from personal and/or corporate backend databases by way 0/ voice database queries.

III. Entire Agreement . This Amendment 2 contains all the agreements, representations, and understandings of the parties and supersedes any previous understandings, commitments, or agreements, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter of this Amendment 2. This Amendment 2 may not be modified or amended except in a writing signed by a duly authorized representative of each party; no other

 

29

 

*

Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


act, usage, or custom shall be deemed to amend to amend or modify this Amendment 1.

IN WITNESS WEHREOF , Nuance and OEM have executed this Amendment 2 on date first written above.

 

Nuance Communications, Inc.

   

Vocera Communications, Inc.

By:

 

/s/ Karen Blasing

   

By:

 

/s/ Paul N. Barsley

Name:

 

Karen Blasing

   

Name:

 

Paul N. Barsley

Title:

 

VP & CFO

   

Title:

 

COO

 

02/17/2005

     

 

30


AMENDMENT 3 TO

ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT 3 (“ Amendment 3 ”) dated as of this 5 th day of April, 2005 is an amendment to the Original Equipment Manufacturer Agreement dated April 25, 2002 (as amended by Amendments 1 and 2, dated January 2, 2003 and December 7, 2004, respectively) by and between Nuance Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation having a place of business at 1380 Willow Road, Menlo Park, CA 94025 (“ Nuance ”) and Vocera Communications, a Delaware corporation having a place of business at 20600 Lazaneo Drive, Cupertino, CA 95014 (“ OEM ”).

W I T N E S S E T H:

WHEREAS , Nuance and OEM entered into that certain Original Equipment Manufacturer Agreement dated April 25, 2002, as amended by Amendments 1 and 2, dated January 2, 2003 and December 7, 2004, respectively (collectively, the “ Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS , Nuance and OEM wish to amend the Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE , Nuance and OEM hereby agree as follows:

I. Definitions . As used herein, all capitalized terms, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

II. Other Terms . Except as expressly set forth herein, all of the terms of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. In accordance with Section 16.22 (“ Entire Agreement ”) of the Agreement, the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

 

A.

Exhibit B. Price List .

(1) The fifth bullet point in the Minimum Server Pack/Restrictions section of Exhibit B (“ Price List ”) is hereby replaced with the following:

 

 

 

Pricing for Minimum Server Packs is valid for all language models made generally available by Nuance, except for Japanese. OEM shall not have the right to license or distribute the Japanese language model unless the Parties subsequent amend the Agreement to provide for such rights. See “Multiple Languages” Section below for pricing for Integrated Systems running more than one language.

(2) The third bullet point in the Enhanced Server Pack/Restrictions section of Exhibit B (“ Price List ”) is hereby replaced with the following:

 

 

 

Pricing for Enhanced Server Packs is valid for all language models made generally available by Nuance, except for Japanese. OEM shall not have the right to license or distribute the Japanese language model unless the Parties subsequently amend the Agreement to provide for such rights. See “Multiple Languages” Section below for pricing for Integrated Systems running more than one language.

(3) The first sentence of the Nuance Vocalizer section of Exhibit B (“ Price List ”) is hereby replaced with the following:

The price per Port, per language for the generally available version(s) of Nuance Vocalizer ordered separate from the Minimum or Enhanced Service Pack is [*].

 

31

 

*

Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


(4) The International Use section of Exhibit B (“ Price List ”) is hereby replaced with the following:

If any Software licensed hereunder is distributed outside North America, the fees payable hereunder with respect thereto shall be [*] of the fees otherwise payable hereunder for such Software.

(5) The following is added to the end of Exhibit B (“ Price List ”):

Multiple Languages .

(a) Recognition Software . In addition to applicable “International Use” and “Multi-Customer Hosting” fees set forth above, the following fees shall apply if more than [*] is used with the Nuance recognition software on an Integrated System:

 

 

 

[*]: [*] of the Software License Fees otherwise due and payable hereunder.

 

 

 

[*]: [*] of the Software License Fees otherwise due or payable hereunder.

(b) Nuance Vocalizer . Nuance Vocalizer is licensed on a per Port, per language basis. Each additional Vocalizer language is available for a fee of [*]/Port. Such fees are in addition to applicable “International Use” and “Multi-Customer Hosting” fees set forth above. For the avoidance of doubt, the above pricing is valid for Nuance Vocalizer only, and does not extend to third-party text-to-speech engines that Nuance may resell. OEM shall not have the right to license or distribute such third-party text-to-speech engines hereunder unless the Parties subsequently amend the Agreement to provide for such rights.

As an example, the additional fee to use [*] Vocalizer languages with a Minimum Server Pack would be [*] since there is [*] of Vocalizer included with the Minimum Server Pack, and [*] additional languages being used. The additional fee to use [*] Vocalizer languages with an Enhanced Server Pack would be [*] since there are [*] Ports of Vocalizer included with the Enhanced Server Pack, and [*] additional languages being used.

III. Entire Agreement . This Amendment 3 contains all the agreements, representations, and understandings of the parties and supersedes any previous understandings, commitments, or agreements, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter of this Amendment 3. This Amendment 3 may not be modified or amended except in a writing signed by a duly authorized representative of each party; no other act, usage, or custom shall be deemed to amend or modify this Amendment 3.

 

32

 

*

Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Nuance and OEM have executed this Amendment 3 on date first written above.

 

Nuance Communications, Inc.

   

Vocera Communications, Inc.

By:

 

/s/ Karen Blasing

   

By:

 

/s/ Martin J. Silver

Name:

 

Karen Blasing

   

Name

 

Martin J. Silver

Title:

 

VP & CFO

   

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

33


AMENDMENT 4 TO

ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT 4 (“ Amendment 4 ”) dated as of this 29 day of August, 2005 is an amendment to the Original Equipment Manufacturer Agreement dated April 25, 2002 (as amended by Amendments 1, 2 and 3 dated January 2, 2003, December 7, 2004 and April 5, 2005, respectively) by and between Nuance Communications, Inc. ,a Delaware corporation having a place of business at 1380 Willow Road, Menlo Park, CA 94025 (“ Nuance ”) and Vocera Communications, a Delaware corps on having a place of business at 20600 Lazaneo Drive, Cupertino, CA 95014 (“ OEM ”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS , Nuance and OEM entered into that certain Original Equipment Manufacturer Agreement dated April 25, 2002, as amended by Amendments 1, 2 and 3 dated January 2, 2003, December 7, 2004 and April 5, 2005, respectively (collectively, the “ Agreement ”); and

WHEREAS, Nuance and OEM wish to amend the Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE , Nuance and OEM hereby agree as follows:

I. Definitions . As used herein, all capitalized terms, unless otherwise defined, shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement

II. Other Terms . Except as expressly set forth herein, all of the terms of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. In accordance with Section 16.22 (“ Entire Agreement ”) of the Agreement, the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

 

A.

Exhibit B. Price List .

 

 

(1)

The fifth bullet point in the Minimum Server Pack/Restrictions section of Exhibit B (“ Price List ”) is hereby replaced with the following

 

 

 

Pricing for Minimum Server Packs is valid for all language models made generally available by Nuance. See “Multiple Languages” Section below for pricing for Integrated Systems running more than one language.

 

 

(2)

The third bullet point in the Enhanced Server Pack/Restrictions section of Exhibit B (“ Price List ”) is hereby replaced with the following:

 

 

 

Pricing for Enhanced Server Packs is valid for all language models made generally available by Nuance. See “Multiple Languages” Section below for pricing for Integrated Systems running more than one language.

 

 

(3)

Staging Software. The following is added to the end of Exhibit B (“Price List”):

Staging Software . [*] of the Software license Fees set forth herein for the applicable Software, including, without limitation, International Use fees and Multiple Language fees .

Staging Software ” shall mean Software licensed by OEM hereunder for use by an End User only for internal testing purposes. OEM shall specify any Staging Software it licensee from Nuance in the applicable Monthly Report. OEM shall the right to allow the applicable End User (as specified in the Monthly Report) to use such Staging Software, as incorporated into the Integrated System, only for internal testing purposes, subject to all the terms and conditions of the Agreement. OEM shall not, and shall not permit others

 

34

 

*

Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


to, use the Stating Software for any other purpose, including without limitation, using the Staging Software in a production environment, or for additional system capacity.

III. Entire Agreement . This Amendment 4 contains all the agreements, representations, and understandings of the parties and supersedes any previous understanding, commitments, or agreements, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter of this Amendment 4. This Amendment 4 may not be modified or amended except in a writing signed by a duly authorized representative of each party; no other act, usage, or custom shall be deemed to amend or modify this Amendment 4.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , Nuance and OEM have executed this Amendment 4 on date first written above.

 

Nuance Communications, Inc.

   

Vocera Communications

By:

 

/s/ Karen Blasing

   

By:

 

/s/ Martin J. Silver

Name:

 

Karen Blasing

   

Name

 

Martin J. Silver

Title:

 

VP & CFO

   

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

35


AMENDMENT 5 TO

ORIGINAL EQUIPMENT MANUFACTURER AGREEMENT

THIS AMENDMENT 5 (“Amendment 5”) dated as of this 4 day of April 2006 is an amendment to the Original Equipment Manufacturer Agreement dated April 25, 2002 (as amended by Amendment 1, dated January 2, 2003, Amendment 2 dated December 7, 2004, Amendment 3 dated April 5, 2005, and Amendment 4 dated August 29, 2005) by and between Nuance Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation having a place of business at 1380 Willow Road, Menlo Park, CA 94025 (“Nuance”) and Vocera Communications, a Delaware corporation having a place of business at 20600 Lazaneo Drive, Cupertino, CA 95014 (“OEM”).

WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Nuance and OEM entered into that certain Original Equipment Manufacturer Agreement dated April 25, 2002, as amended by Amendments 1 through 4 as listed above (collectively, the “Agreement”); and

WHEREAS, Nuance and. OEM wish to amend the Agreement as set forth herein.

NOW THEREFORE, Nuance and OEM hereby agree as follows:

I. Definitions. As used herein, all capitalized terms, unless otherwise defined herein, shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.

II. Other Terms. Except as expressly set forth herein, all of the terms of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. In accordance with Section 16.22 of the Agreement, the Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

Exhibit A. Software Pricing. The following is added to the end of Section I(A) of Exhibit A (“Software Pricing”):

With respect to OEM’s licensing and distribution of its Voice Messaging Interface (NMI”) Integrated System, OEM shall be deemed to have complied with its obligation, set forth in the Agreement, with respect to applications involving informational retrieval from personal and/or corporate backend databases by way of voice database queries (see Exhibit A, Section I(A)(4) if OEM includes the following, or its substantial equivalent, in OEM’s End. User License Agreements (except as to End Users for whom the appropriate fee, specified in. the Agreement, is paid to Nuance):

Licensee may not use the voice recognition technology which is included in Vocera products to implement voice database queries to personal and/o corporate backend databases.

III. Entire Agreement. This Amendment 5 contains all the agreements, representations, and understandings of the parties and supersedes and previous understandings, commitments, or agreements, whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter of this Amendment 5. This Amendment 5 may not be modified or amended except in a writing signed by a duly authorized representative of each party; no other act, usage, or custom shall be deemed to amend or modify this Amendment 3.

IN WITNESS WHERE, Nuance and OEM have executed this Amendment 5 on the date first written above.

 

36


Nuance Communications, Inc.

   

Vocera Communications, Inc.

By:

 

/s/ Steven. G. Chambers

   

By:

 

/s/ Martin J. Silver

Name:

 

Steven G. Chambers

   

Name

 

Martin J. Silver

Title:

 

President

   

Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

37

Exhibit 10.14

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED. CERTAIN PORTIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT HAVE BEEN OMITTED PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT AND, WHERE APPLICABLE, HAVE BEEN MARKED WITH AN ASTERISK TO DENOTE WHERE OMISSIONS HAVE BEEN MADE. THE CONFIDENTIAL MATERIAL HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

CONTRACT MANUFACTURING AGREEMENT

Between

SMTC Corporation

and

Vocera Communications, Inc

June 7 th , 2010


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  

SECTION 1.0

  

- DEFINITIONS

     1   

SECTION 2.0

  

- SERVICES AND PRODUCTS TO BE PROVIDED BY SMTC

     3   

SECTION 3.0

  

- TERM OF AGREEMENT

     3   

SECTION 4.0

  

- PRICING, Payment Terms and Credit Level

     3   

SECTION 5.0

  

- OWNERSHIP OF PROPERTY

     5   

SECTION 6.0

  

- PRODUCT AND PRODUCTION SCHEDULE CHANGES; LIABILITY FOR INVENTORY

     6   

SECTION 7.0

  

- LIMITED WARRANTY AND LIMITATIONS OF DAMAGES

     7   

SECTION 8.0

  

- SCHEDULE OF DELIVERIES / ORDER REQUIREMENTS / FORECAST

     10   

SECTION 9.0

  

- Special Requirements

     12   

SECTION 10.0

  

- FINANCIAL, TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND ASSISTANCE

     13   

SECTION 11.0

  

- ASSIGNMENT

     13   

SECTION 12.0

  

- INDEMNIFICATION

     14   

SECTION 13.0

  

- PROTECTION OF INTERESTS

     15   

SECTION 14.0

  

- RIGHT TO TERMINATE

     16   

SECTION 15.0

  

- EFFECT OF TERMINATION

     16   

SECTION 16.0

  

- FORCE MAJEURE

     17   

SECTION 17.0

  

- ARBITRATION

     18   

SECTION 18.0

  

- NOTICE

     18   

SECTION 19.0

  

- GENERAL PROVISIONS

     18   

 

i


This Contract Manufacturing Agreement (“Agreement”) is entered into this 7th day of June 2010 (“Effective Date”) between Vocera Communication, Inc (“VOCERA”) having its place of business at 525 Race Street, San Jose, CA, 95126, and SMTC CORPORATION (“SMTC”), having its place of business at 635 Hood Road, Markham, Ontario, Canada, L3R 4N6.

WHEREAS SMTC is engaged in providing contract electronic manufacturing and related services;

AND WHEREAS VOCERA has agreed to purchase and SMTC has agreed to provide the services and materials hereinafter described in connection with the manufacture of VOCERA’s products.

FOR VALUE RECEIVED , the parties agree as follows:

SECTION 1.0 - DEFINITIONS

In this Agreement, unless the context otherwise requires;

 

 

1.1

“Assembly Charges” means the charges detailed in this Agreement and/or detailed in quotations for products which will be governed by this Agreement, including, but not limited to, charges for board level assembly, in-circuit test, functional testing, system level assembly, system level test, enclosures, interconnect, packaging and/or shipping from a SMTC’s plant of manufacture.

 

 

1.2

“Confidential Information” means trade secrets, know-how, inventions (whether patentable or not), ideas, improvements, materials, data, specifications, drawings, processes, results, and formulae and all other confidential business, technical and financial information of VOCERA, including without limitation, the Specifications and the Product components delivered to SMTC by VOCERA.

 

 

1.3

“VOCERA Specific Materials” means parts, components and other materials listed in the Master Bill of Material which as of a particular date are no longer anticipated to be usable for products to be manufactured by SMTC for VOCERA other than VOCERA.

 

 

1.4

“Economic Order Quantity” means the mutually agreed upon, minimum quantity specified by a supplier to obtain advantageous pricing for individual parts, components and other materials listed in the Master Bill of Material. May also be referred to by the parties as Minimum Order Quantity.

 

 

1.5

“Engineering Change Order” or “ECO” means any change initiated by VOCERA to the Product or its design, manufacturing or content.

 

 

1.6

“Excess Materials” means parts, components and other materials listed in the Master Bill of Material which as of a particular date are not anticipated to be consumed within 90 days thereafter, based on Purchase Orders or Forecasts in effect as of such particular date.

 

 

1.7

“First Month” has the meaning given in Section 8.1.

 

 

1.8

“Forecast” means a Product projection provided by VOCERA to SMTC in writing and used by SMTC in accordance with this Agreement.

 

 

1.9

“SMTC Intellectual Property” means SMTC developed documentation, processes and procedures for the manufacture of Products, including without limitation, SMTC Product Binders, process documentation, photographs, custom tooling, fixtures, production line setup, line layouts, process improvements, or other SMTC generated drawings, plans, reports, patterns, charts, graphs, operation sheets, practices, inventions, computer software (including source code and object code), flow charts, manuals, functional descriptions, operating data and other similar data and

 

1


  information, and including any patents, patent rights, trademarks, trademark rights, trade names, trade name rights, copyrights, trade secrets and industrial designs.

 

 

1.10

“Inventory” means all parts, components, work in progress, finished Products and other materials that are specifically required for the manufacture of Products and purchased and/or manufactured by SMTC on behalf of VOCERA.

 

 

1.11

“Lead-time(s)” means the time between SMTC’s acceptance of VOCERA’s Purchase Order or electronic Release notice and the date of Purchase Order or electronic Release notice’s requested first delivery of product to VOCERA’s designated carrier at the FCA point.

 

 

1.12

“Master Bill of Material” means the parts, components and other materials detailed in this Agreement, and/or detailed in quotations for Products all of which will be governed by this Agreement, which Master Bill of Material may be modified pursuant to Section 6.1.

 

 

1.13

“Minimum Purchase Quantity” means the mutually agreed upon minimum purchase quantity available from suppliers for parts, components and other materials listed in the Master Bill of Material.

 

 

1.14

“Non-cancelable, Non-returnable Materials” means parts, components and other materials listed in the Master Bill of Material for which suppliers, manufacturers, or distributors have limited or restricted the purchasers’ rights, including rights of return, rescheduling and cancellation.

 

 

1.15

“Obsolete Materials” means parts, components and other materials listed in the Master Bill of Material which as of a particular date have zero demand and/or are anticipated to have zero demand within 90 days thereafter, based on the current Forecast in effect as of such particular date, and which are not associated with Products currently manufactured by SMTC.

 

 

1.16

“Product(s)” means VOCERA’s products manufactured by SMTC hereunder.

 

 

1.17

“Product Technology” has the meaning given in Section 13.

 

 

1.18

“Property” means any parts, components and other materials, tooling, fixtures, or test equipment (i) provided by VOCERA to SMTC, or (ii) purchased by SMTC on VOCERA’s behalf to be used in connection with the manufacture or assembly of the Product by SMTC, provided that VOCERA has paid to SMTC all amounts owing in respect thereof.

 

 

1.19

“Purchase Order” or “Release” means a written authorization by VOCERA to SMTC authorizing the shipment of Products.

 

 

1.20

“Services” means the provision by SMTC of all required parts, components and other materials as listed in the Master Bill of Material together with all assembly services including but not limited to board level assembly, in-circuit and functional testing, packaging and/or shipping of finished Product.

 

 

1.21

“Specifications” means, with respect to each Product, the Master Bill of Material, schematics, assembly drawings, process documentation, test specifications, current revision number and VOCERA’s approved vendor list as provided or by notice and access to VOCERAs Arena System by VOCERA to SMTC for such Product, and any written revisions thereof provided by VOCERA to SMTC.

 

2


SECTION 2.0 - SERVICES AND PRODUCTS TO BE PROVIDED BY SMTC

 

 

2.1

Services: Subject to and in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, VOCERA agrees to purchase from SMTC Services and Products of the types identified in Attachment 1 of this Agreement. Attachment 1 may be modified from time to time to add additional types of Products and Services.

 

 

2.2

SMTC will submit quotations to VOCERA for Products using the format as detailed in Attachment 1.

 

 

2.3

Purchase Orders shall be initiated by VOCERA’s written or electronically dispatched Purchase Orders referencing the quantity, the Product, applicable price, shipping instructions, carrier and requested shipment dates.

 

 

2.4

All Purchase Orders or Releases for Products placed by VOCERA hereunder shall be governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement. Any pre-printed terms and conditions on VOCERA Purchase Orders, Releases, SMTC’s Purchase Order acknowledgments, Product quotation or other written communications, shall be null and void.

 

 

2.5

Non-Exclusivity: Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent VOCERA from manufacturing or procuring from other sources for like or comparable Products.

SECTION 3.0 - TERM OF AGREEMENT

Term :

 

 

3.1

The term of this Agreement shall be three years from the Effective Date unless terminated earlier pursuant to the provisions of Section 14.0 hereof. The term of this Agreement shall automatically be renewed thereafter for successive terms of one year unless and until either party notifies the other in writing at least 180 days prior to the expiration of the initial term or other successive term that it does not wish to renew.

SECTION 4.0 - PRICING, Payment Terms and Credit Level

Pricing :

 

 

4.1

VOCERA agrees to pay SMTC’s prices as established by written quotations submitted by SMTC for the Products, Assembly Charges and all other aspects of the Services required in connection therewith as stated and agreed to, secured by Purchase Orders issued by VOCERA. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, unless otherwise agreed by the parties in writing, all prices quoted by SMTC and agreed to by VOCERA shall remain in effect for a period of [*] from the date of written quotation, with update pricing provided to VOCERA on a [*] basis. Such prices shall be exclusive of all applicable taxes.

 

 

4.2

In the event that there is a change in market conditions or pricing from suppliers in connection with any parts, components and other materials to be purchased by SMTC, then either party may request amendment to any quoted price by giving written notice to the other party detailing the specific reasons for the requested pricing change. The parties agree to limit requested changes to Product pricing to situations where changes individual component costs [*]. All other component cost changes will be implemented during [*] pricing review cycles. The parties shall then use their reasonable commercial efforts to negotiate in good faith any required amendment to any such quoted price(s) to fairly reflect the change in market conditions. If such an amendment is negotiated by the parties, an appropriate adjustment shall be made to the price for each unit of Product incorporating any parts, components or other

 

3

 

*

Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


  materials subject to the price change from quoted prices. New Product pricing will be documented in an SMTC issued quotation.

Payment Terms :

 

 

4.3

The terms of payment by VOCERA shall be Net 30 days from date of invoice and are contingent upon terms of credit as detailed in Section 4.6. Should VOCERA fail to fulfill its payment obligations, SMTC reserves the right to place all shipments to VOCERA on hold until the terms of this article are met.

 

 

4.4

For Products manufactured in SMTC’s Mexico facility, Shipping Terms will be FCA El Paso, Texas unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by VOCERA and SMTC. For products manufactured in SMTC’s San Jose facility, Shipping Terms will be FCA SMTC Factory San Jose unless otherwise agreed upon in writing by VOCERA and SMTC.

Invoice Disputes :

 

 

4.5

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event of a reasonable dispute regarding Product acceptance by VOCERA due to compliance with Specifications or discrepancies in invoices submitted by SMTC, VOCERA shall have the right to withhold payment of any disputed amounts contained in any invoices impacted pending resolution of the dispute. VOCERA shall pay all undisputed invoiced amounts per the terms of this Agreement. VOCERA will notify SMTC in writing of any discrepancies or disputed amounts contained in any invoices within ten (10) working days of receipt of such invoice. Where any such dispute is not resolved in ten (10) working days of notice by VOCERA or a longer period mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties, unless VOCERA elects to pay the amount in dispute, SMTC may suspend the performance of further Services, or the provision of addition Products, pending resolution of the dispute.

Credit :

 

 

4.6

VOCERA shall at all times maintain a credit level sufficient to cover anticipated accounts payable and material liabilities for planned Product production at then current pricing. VOCERA shall provide documents and information reasonably requested by SMTC for purposes of evaluating creditworthiness including, but not limited to, credit applications and audited financial statements. Any decision to extend or maintain credit shall be at SMTC’s discretion.

Price Adjustments Due to ECO :

 

 

4.7

VOCERA Initiated ECO: In the event that any Engineering Change Order or change to the Master Bill of Material results in an increase or decrease in the price of, or time required for, the performance of any aspect of the Services, the parties will negotiate, in good faith, an appropriate adjustment to the Product pricing and/or delivery schedule to reflect such changes. VOCERA shall be responsible for all costs related to Inventory obsolescence and additional set-up costs relating to any Product changes requested by VOCERA. SMTC will use reasonable commercial efforts to minimize such costs.

SMTC-Initiated ECO :

 

 

4.8

In the event that SMTC requests any change to the Specifications including the Master Bill of Material SMTC will: 1) submit all change requests to VOCERA in writing; and 2) provide adequate details regarding (i) why the change is required, (ii) estimated time frame for implementation, and (iii) estimate NRE and unit price impacts which will result from the change in the Specifications. SMTC will not implement any SMTC requested changes to the Specifications without approval from VOCERA and

 

4


  implementation of requested changes being reflected in the Specification, accessible in VOCERA’s Arena system. SMTC and VOCERA will mutually agree prior to the implementation of any requested changes who will pay for any NRE charges resulting from the requested changes. SMTC and VOCERA will mutually agree in writing to any changes in Product pricing which results from the implementation of the requested changes in Specifications.

Cost Reduction Program :

 

 

4.9

Both SMTC and VOCERA shall proactively plan and implement cost reduction programs, including cost reductions to the parts, components and other materials, Products or assembly processes. VOCERA will receive 100% of all demonstrated cost reductions initiated by VOCERA in the form of a reduction in the pricing charged to VOCERA for the Products or Services, with implementation of any reduction in pricing dependent on resolution of changes in Inventory costing, inclusive of parts, components or other materials on hand, in transit, or on order, prior to the implementation of the cost reduction. Resolution of changes in Inventory costing may take the form of a VOCERA Purchase Order for Inventory revaluation or, by an agreement between the Parties, a delay in the implementation of the cost reductions until such time as the Inventory revaluation has been paid for.

 

 

4.10

Upon implementation of any cost reductions which have been initiated by SMTC and approved by VOCERA, [*]. Implementation of any reduction in pricing is dependent on resolution of changes in Inventory costing, inclusive of parts, components or other materials on hand, in transit, or on order prior to the cost reduction. Resolution of changes in Inventory costing may take the form of a VOCERA Purchase Order for Inventory revaluation or, by an agreement between the Parties, a delay in the implementation of the cost reductions until such time as the Inventory revaluation has been paid for.

 

 

4.11

SMTC’s quoted Product prices are based on VOCERA providing Purchase Orders and/or Forecast in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in accordance with the Lead-times confirmed by SMTC. Pricing contained in Product Quotations is based on standard deliveries of parts, components and other materials available to the electronics industry at any given time. In the event that certain parts, components or other materials are on allocation, or in the event that additional costs are incurred in order to procure parts, components or other materials to meet Purchase Orders, Releases and/or Forecasts and/or changes in VOCERA Purchase Orders, Releases and/or Forecasts that are beyond the agreed upon allowable variance in scheduling referred to in this Agreement, then such additional costs will be documented in writing by SMTC to VOCERA and VOCERA will authorize and shall issue a Purchase Order to SMTC for such additional costs prior to SMTC incurring additional costs.

SECTION 5.0 - OWNERSHIP OF PROPERTY

 

 

5.1

Property Disposition: The parties acknowledge and agree that the Property is owned by VOCERA and shall not be disposed of in any way without VOCERA’s prior written authorization. SMTC agrees to act in a commercially reasonable and prudent manner in its handling and storage of Property so as to minimize any loss or damage thereto. SMTC further agrees to segregate the Property from other materials in SMTC’s possession and ensure that at all times the Property is clearly identified as being the property of VOCERA. The parties acknowledge and agree that the Property shall be independently insured by VOCERA.

 

5

 

*

Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Inspection Rights :

 

 

5.2

VOCERA shall have the right upon reasonable notice to inspect the premises of SMTC for the purposes of ensuring that the requirements of this Agreement are being complied with by SMTC.

 

 

5.3

Property Preventive Maintenance: SMTC will be responsible for the routine preventive maintenance of VOCERA-provided equipment per the instructions provided by VOCERA, to include normal cleaning of product fixtures and test fixtures, replacement of test pins, and the verification of VOCERA test fixture performance in accordance with the Specifications.

SECTION 6.0 - PRODUCT AND PRODUCTION SCHEDULE CHANGES; LIABILITY FOR INVENTORY

ECO :

 

 

6.1

VOCERA may from time to time issue Engineering Change Orders and make changes to the Master Bill of Material as a result of Engineering Change Orders, the introduction of new designs, or the obsolescence of prior designs. SMTC shall use reasonable commercial efforts to accommodate such changes, in accordance with this Agreement. VOCERA and SMTC will mutually agree to the time line for implementation of Engineering Change Orders.

Inventory Affected by ECO :

 

 

6.2

Inventory held by SMTC or properly placed on order by SMTC with suppliers in accordance with standard industry procurement practices regarding procuring material at appropriate lead times to support Purchase Orders and/or Forecasts issued by VOCERA, that are defined as VOCERA-specific or Non-Cancelable/Non-Returnable (NCNR), or are subject to Minimum Purchase Quantity (MPQ) or Economic Order Quantity (EOQ) requirements, and/or material resulting from broken reel/open tray packages shall be VOCERA’s responsibility in the event of any Engineering Change Orders, deemed Excess Materials or Obsolete Materials due to the introduction of new designs, obsolescence of prior designs, changes in the Master Bill of Material or any other event that will cause material to become Excess Materials or Obsolete Materials and will be purchased outright or prepaid to the total dollar value and moved to a “VOCERA Owned” location within SMTC, within the month in which the materials are deemed Excess Materials or Obsolete Materials. Any Excess Materials or Obsolete Materials subject to purchase or prepayment by VOCERA will be sold by SMTC to VOCERA at [*]. VOCERA will also be responsible for payment of any restocking fee imposed by the suppliers, manufacturers, or distributors for Inventory if SMTC was able to mitigate VOCERA’s liability through return of Inventory to suppliers.

Inventory Affected by Changes in Purchase Orders, Forecasts and Product End of Life :

 

 

6.3

VOCERA agrees that Inventory held by SMTC or properly placed on order by SMTC with suppliers in accordance with standard industry procurement practices regarding procuring material at appropriate lead times to support Purchase Orders and/or Forecasts issued by VOCERA, that are defined as VOCERA specific or Non-Cancelable or Non-Returnable (NCNR), or are subject to Minimum Purchase Quantity (MPQ) or Economic Order Quantity (EOQ) requirements, and/or material resulting from broken reel/open tray packages will become Excess Materials and/or Obsolete Materials in the event of any changes in Purchase Order and/or Forecasts schedules, production delays, cancellation of Purchase Orders and/or Forecasts, the absence of Purchase Orders due to end of life of a Product, and variation and/or termination of this Agreement will be the immediate responsibility of VOCERA and will be purchased outright or prepaid to the total dollar value and moved to a “VOCERA Owned” location within SMTC, within

 

6

 

*

Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


  the month in which the materials are deemed Excess Materials or Obsolete Materials. Any Excess Materials or Obsolete Materials subject to purchase or prepayment by VOCERA will be sold by SMTC to VOCERA at [*]. VOCERA will also be responsible for payment of any restocking fee imposed by the suppliers, manufacturers, or distributors for Inventory if SMTC was able to mitigate VOCERA’s liability through return of Inventory to suppliers.

Buffer Stock Inventory :

 

 

6.4

SMTC will execute a material supply chain on the B2000 plastics case components which will ensure that components listed in the table below are available at the manufacturing facility to support product mix fluctuation. VOCERA will be liability for this buffer stock in the event that the components become Obsolete Materials per the terms of this Agreement. Parties acknowledge that replenishment of all or partial quantities of the components will be at current component lead times. SMTC and VOCERA agree to review buffer stock quantity requirements on a quarterly basis and reduce them as Product Forecast decrease and/or as Product approaches end of life.

 

Vocera PN

        Qty

230-01759

  

Badge, Housing Assm White

   [*]

440-01728

  

Button Cap Volume, White

   [*]

440-01737

  

Back, Top Badge, White

   [*]

440-01240

  

Protective Sleeve, White

   [*]

Vocera PN

         

230-01744

  

Badge, Housing Assm Black

   [*]

440-01692

  

Button Cap Volume, Black

   [*]

440-01736

  

Back, Top Badge, Black

   [*]

440-01565

  

Protective Sleeve, Black

   [*]

VOCERA Consigned or Procured Inventory :

 

 

6.5

Inventory procured by VOCERA and sold to SMTC at the then current material standard as documented in a SMTC quote BOM. SMTC will provide a purchase order to VOCERA for these parts. The transportation, tariff, and tax expense for these parts are the responsibility of SMTC as part of SMTC’s per badge cost of logistics.

SECTION 7.0 - LIMITED WARRANTY AND LIMITATIONS OF DAMAGES

Warranty :

 

 

7.1

SMTC warrants that the Products will conform to VOCERA’s applicable Specifications and will be free from defects in workmanship, for a period of [*] from the date of delivery to VOCERA. Parts, components and other materials are warranted to the same period that the original manufacturer warrants the parts, components or other materials where SMTC is allowed to provide the original manufacturer warranty to VOCERA on a pass through basis.

 

 

7.2

Warranty Exclusion: This warranty does not apply to (a) defects resulting from VOCERA’s design of the Products, (b) defects resulting from Products used in violation of written procedures or instructions furnished by SMTC and previously approved by VOCERA, or (c) Products that have been abused, damaged, altered, misused or improperly installed, modified or repaired by any person or entity after title passes to

 

7

 

*

Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


  VOCERA. Notwithstanding anything else in this Agreement, SMTC assumes no liability for or obligation related to the performance, accuracy, Specifications, failure to meet Specifications or defects of or due to tooling, designs or instructions produced or supplied by VOCERA.

 

 

7.3

Warranty Remedy: Upon any failure of a Product to comply with the foregoing warranty, SMTC’s sole obligation, and VOCERA’s sole remedy, is for SMTC, at its option, to promptly repair, replace, or issue a credit for such Product and return repaired or replaced Product to VOCERA freight pre-paid; provided, that if [*]. In order to obtain service under this warranty, VOCERA shall deliver the Product to SMTC at VOCERA’s expense. SMTC shall be responsible for any delivery costs associated with the return of the Product to VOCERA’s location. Under this warranty, SMTC will provide VOCERA with a repaired or replaced Product within a targeted seven calendar days of receipt of a defective Product and a failure analysis report within fourteen calendar days of receipt of a defective Product. If a Product is not repaired or replaced within 30 calendar days of receipt of Product by SMTC, VOCERA reserves the right to receive full credit for the value of the Product.

Dead on Arrivals (DOA) :

 

 

7.4

In the event that a Product completely fails to function within the first [*] of installation (“dead-on-arrival” or “DOA”), SMTC agrees to replace the failed Product within [*] after receipt at SMTC. Product returned by VOCERA that is found to be in compliance with Specifications, and that is found to pass existing Product test will be subject to an NTF (No Trouble Found) return charge per a mutually agreed upon Flat Rate Fee.

Epidemic Failures .

 

 

7.5

[*] STMC shall (with the support of VOCERA) dedicate the required resources, and make reasonable commercial efforts, to determine the root cause of the epidemic failure and to submit a corrective action plan within [*] business days of the identification of an epidemic failure as it relates to a particular Product. Unless otherwise agreed to by both parties, such corrective action plan shall be implemented within a maximum of [*] from the initial notice by VOCERA of such epidemic failure. In the case of an epidemic failure, SMTC shall reimburse VOCERA for the transportation costs of failed Products, both inbound and outbound to and from STMC, until such time as the reported failure rate drops to less than the occurrence percentage stated above. SMTC and VOCERA will establish a swap program (“Swap Program”) and mutually agree to the terms of such program, whereby Product to be repaired (“Swap Product”), when returned to SMTC will be exchanged for new Product within [*]. The Swap Product will then be repaired or replaced by SMTC and put into “Service Finished Goods” (i.e. not to be sold as new).

 

 

7.6

IT IS UNDERSTOOD BY AND BETWEEN THE PARTIES THAT THERE ARE NO REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS IN THIS AGREEMENT OTHER THAN THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES PROVIDED IN SECTION 7, AND VOCERA HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES, CONDITIONS AND REMEDIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, MERCHANTABLE QUALITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND ALL OTHERS ARISING BY STATUTE OR OTHERWISE IN LAW OR FROM A COURSE OF DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE.

 

 

7.7

SMTC further covenants to VOCERA as follows:

 

 

7.7.1  

The Services shall be provided by SMTC in a professional, workmanlike and timely manner.

 

8

 

*

Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


 

7.7.2  

SMTC shall provide board level assembly and testing in accordance with the Specifications and IPC 610 standards.

 

 

7.7.3  

SMTC shall comply with all applicable laws and regulations in providing the Services.

 

 

7.7.4  

SMTC shall manufacture the Products in ISO 9002 certified facilities and notify VOCERA should there be any change in the certification status. SMTC will inform VOCERA about any major findings from ISO audits within 10 days of SMTC’s receipt of the ISO audit report and will notify VOCERA when it has corrected all findings. The parties shall identify a standard quality reporting method of quality data and process response mechanisms which will be provided to VOCERA on an ongoing basis.

 

 

7.7.5  

SMTC has been granted or issued all permits required for the storage, handling, and disposal of all materials or hazardous waste used by SMTC in the performance of this Agreement. SMTC has implemented programs necessary to monitor and maintain all required licenses and permits and to prevent releases of the material to the environment. SMTC’s employees shall have been trained to properly, safely, and legally (in accordance with all applicable local, state, and federal laws and regulations) handle hazardous material and wastes. SMTC shall notify VOCERA in writing, immediately upon discovery of any regulatory action taken or initiated against SMTC, whether or not such action relates to or arises out of this Agreement, which may impact SMTC’s ability to deliver the Products. Regulatory compliance and management of SMTC’s facilities and processes is strictly the responsibility of SMTC and VOCERA has no express or implied responsibility for the same.

Quality Acceptance

At VOCERA’s Facility

 

 

7.8

All Products are subject to VOCERA’s inspection and test at VOCERA’s facility, or VOCERA’s contracted warehouse, or distributor, before final acceptance. VOCERA shall have 10 working days following delivery to perform all inspections and testing, failing which such Products shall be deemed to be accepted. If any Product delivered hereunder fails to conform to the Specifications VOCERA shall notify SMTC of such failure and SMTC shall, within [*] either repair, replace, or issue a credit, at its option, in accordance with the Warranty set out in Section 7.5 above of this Agreement. VOCERA reserves the right to reject entire lot of Product based on the results of the VOCERA inspection and testing in accordance with this Section 7.8.

In the event of the rejection by VOCERA of an entire lot of Product in accordance with this section, VOCERA and SMTC will mutually agree to a screening plan to be carried out at the VOCERA facility and, at SMTC’s expense, for any Product or lot of Product rejected by VOCERA on the basis of non conformance to the Specifications. VOCERAs warranty and remedies for any rejected products will be in accordance with the terms established in this Agreement.

At SMTC’s Facility

 

 

7.9

VOCERA shall have the right to perform Product qualifications and/or on-site inspections at SMTC’s manufacturing facilities at a mutually agreed date and time. SMTC shall reasonably cooperate with VOCERA in that regard. SMTC shall provide VOCERA’s inspectors with reasonable facilities and assistance at no additional charge.

 

9

 

*

Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


 

7.10

EXCEPT FOR LIABILITY ARISING UNDER SECTIONS 12.3, 12.4 AND 13.1, NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISION OF THIS AGREEMENT, SMTC’S ENTIRE LIABILITY AND RESPONSIBILITY IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIMS, DEMANDS, ACTIONS, LOSSES, DAMAGES, COSTS OR EXPENSE ARISING FROM OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT, OR THE DEVELOPMENT, DELIVERY, PROVISION, USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THE SERVICES OR PRODUCTS PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, SHALL BE LIMITED IN THE AGGREGATE TO DAMAGES NOT EXCEEDING THE [*]. EXCEPT FOR LIABILITY ARISING UNDER SECTIONS 12.3, 12.4 AND 13.1 WITHOUT RESTRICTING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, NEITHER PARTY SHALL BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, PUNITIVE OR CONTINGENT LOSSES OR DAMAGES ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT, INCLUDING LOSS OF REVENUE, PROFIT, PROPERTY OR USE, OR FAILURE TO REALIZE EXPECTED SAVINGS, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY THEREOF. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION 7.10 SHALL APPLY IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIMS, DEMANDS, ACTIONS, LOSSES, DAMAGES, COSTS OR EXPENSE OF VOCERA OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY, WHETHER BASED ON BREACH OF CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), INFRINGEMENT OF PATENTS, COPYRIGHTS, TRADEMARKS, TRADE NAMES, INDUSTRIAL DESIGNS, TRADE SECRETS OR OTHER SUCH RIGHTS, BREACH OF A FUNDAMENTAL TERM, FUNDAMENTAL BREACH OR OTHERWISE.

SECTION 8.0 - SCHEDULE OF DELIVERIES / ORDER REQUIREMENTS / FORECAST

Maintenance of Purchase Orders:

 

 

8.1

[*] VOCERA will attempt to place Purchase Orders providing adequate Lead-times from date of Purchase Order placement to date of first required shipments taking into consideration current material lead times, SMTC procurement cycle times and manufacturing set up and cycle times.

 

 

8.2

SMTC will provide VOCERA a current Product Lead-time report on a monthly basis.

 

 

8.3

Issuance and Acceptance: SMTC shall notify VOCERA of acceptance of Purchase Order, Release and change orders by telephone, email, or facsimile (and promptly confirm in writing) within five (5) business days after receipt of VOCERA’s Purchase Order, Release, or change order. This confirmation must include acceptance of requested shipment dates and price to be valid. If SMTC is unable to accept VOCERA’s requested in-house delivery schedule or other terms, SMTC shall advise VOCERA of the reason why delivery dates cannot be met or reasons for non-acceptance of any such other terms.

 

 

8.4

SMTC-induced Expedite Charges: SMTC is responsible for all expedited freight (delta between standard freight and expedited freight) and material premiums when acknowledged shipments for Products secured by Purchase Orders are delayed due solely to circumstances where SMTC’s has not placed material on order in accordance with standard procurement practices regarding material procurement at current material Lead- times.

 

 

8.5

Rolling Forecast Requirements: On or prior to the 15th day of each month, VOCERA will provide SMTC with a rolling Forecast of VOCERA’s estimated monthly requirements covering the nine (9) months beyond the last delivery date on issued Purchase Orders. This Forecast is for capacity planning purposes and is VOCERA’s authorization to SMTC to procure materials to support forecasted quantities. SMTC is only authorized to procure materials which have Lead-times which extend beyond the last delivery date of Products covered by a VOCERA Purchase Order and at quantities required to support the Forecasted Product quantities and in accordance with mutually agreed upon MOQ and EOQ levels. All Inventory procured in support of VOCERA Forecasts will be governed by the terms and conditions of this Agreement regarding the resolution of Excess Materials and/or Obsolete Materials.

 

10

 

*

Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


 

8.6

Ability to Reschedule and Cancel: Upon acceptance and acknowledgement of VOCERA’s Purchase Orders by SMTC, SMTC will be obligated to manufacture and deliver to VOCERA and VOCERA will be firmly and irrevocably obligated to buy from SMTC the Products set forth in the Purchase Orders in accordance with it terms and the table below. Purchase Order are subject to the Time Fences/Allowable Quantity Variations identified in the chart below.

Allowable Variance from Acknowledged Purchase Orders

 

   [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

   [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

   [*]   [*]   [*]

[*]

   [*]   [*]   [*]

In the event that VOCERA’s actual demand exceeds the variances shown in the table above resulting in SMTC incurring additional costs to manufacture Products, VOCERA shall issue a separate Purchase Order to cover such costs. SMTC will exercise all reasonable commercial efforts to minimize any additional costs and will document to VOCERA all such additional costs and receive VOCERA written authorization prior to incurring such charges.

Finished Goods Safety Stock :

 

 

8.7

[*] Timing of when the Finished Goods Safety Stock will be in place with be mutually established by the parties and will be based on timing of full production ramp up and material supply chain. Parties agree that the requirement for Finished Goods Safety Stock is a safeguard against production delays. Parties acknowledge that replenishment of all or partial quantities of the Finished Goods will be at current component lead times and manufacturing process lead times. VOCERA agrees to eliminate the Finished Goods Safety Stock requirement set out in this Section 8.7 when SMTC has achieved consistent delivery performance to Purchase Order requirements for [*]. VOCERA reserves the right to reinstate requirement for Finished Goods Safety Stock if SMTC’s delivery performance to acknowledge delivery schedules yields a delinquency of greater than [*] units for any given [*] period. Finished Goods Safety Stock will be governed by the Excess Materials and Obsolete Materials terms of this Agreement. In addition, in the event that the Finished Goods Safety Stock ages beyond 60 days due to VOCERA’s push out of Purchase Order delivery schedules, cancelation of Purchase Orders or absence of Purchase Orders and/or Forecasts placed on SMTC, VOCERA will issue a Purchase Order for Finished Good Safety Stock allowing for SMTC to ship Product at their soonest convenience.

Effect of ECOs on Delivery Schedule :

 

 

8.8

In the event that VOCERA issues any Engineering Change Orders or any similar orders or notices requiring any change in the Products listed in VOCERA’s Purchase Orders that affects the agreed upon delivery date, SMTC shall have the right to invoice and ship or invoice and hold the finished Products for 15 days after the original schedule date, prior to completion of the requested Engineering Change Orders. All assembled and work in process Product requiring treatment by this Engineering Change Order will be considered rework. Any rework charges will be calculated by SMTC and will be negotiated in good faith by the parties, and SMTC will execute such rework upon receipt of a rework Purchase Order from VOCERA.

 

11

 

*

Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Packing Instructions :

 

 

8.9

All Products shall be packaged and prepared for shipment in a manner which (i) follows the requirements set forth in VOCERA’s Specifications, (ii) follows good commercial practice, (iii) is acceptable to common carriers for shipment, (iv) is adequate to ensure safe arrival, and (v) is labeled per VOCERA’s Barcode Specification as provided and as updated by VOCERA from time to time. SMTC shall mark the outside of each shrink- wrapped pallet with the applicable VOCERA part numbers and any necessary lifting and handling information. Each shipment shall be accompanied by a packing slip, which will include VOCERA’s part numbers, purchase order number, SMTC’s part number and the quantity shipped.

Delivery Schedule

 

 

8.10

Delivery shall be pursuant to the schedule set forth in VOCERA’s Purchase Order or Release and as agreed to by SMTC. SMTC shall immediately notify VOCERA in writing of any anticipated delay in meeting the delivery schedule, stating the reasons for the delay.

SECTION 9.0 - Special Requirements

 

 

9.1

VOCERA requests for components: From time to time, VOCERA will require SMTC to provide components which SMTC has in inventory in support of VOCERA development activities. SMTC will provide VOCERA with these components at the current costed BOM standard [*]. VOCERA will issue a Purchase Order for these parts with payment terms of Net 30 days, FCA San Jose or El Paso, depending upon location of components.

 

 

9.2

VOCERA may require specific lot traceability on specific critical components. VOCERA will document specific component lot traceability requirements prior to SMTC providing final production quotation for Products. SMTC will share, cooperate, and provide to VOCERA any component traceability lot data as requested.

 

 

9.3

VOCERA and SMTC will establish a mutually agreed upon list of production reporting data which SMTC will provide to VOCERA at an agreed upon frequency and method of reporting.

 

 

9.4

SMTC will train and maintain assembly operators needed to support VOCERA’s Products. Only trained personnel, or personnel undergoing supervised training by an authorized trainer, may work on VOCERA Products.

 

 

9.5

VOCERA may require that SMTC limits the rework and/ or repair processes to no more than twice per individual printed circuit board. Any repair processes beyond this limit will require written authorization by VOCERA.

 

 

9.6

SMTC will provide VOCERA with supplier purchase order dates, quantities on order, component delivery schedules for all VOCERA directed/negotiated components and indentified in writing by VOCERA. VOCERA and SMTC will execute 3-way Non Disclosure Agreements between SMTC, VOCERA, and the VOCERA directed/negotiated vendors.

 

 

9.7

SMTC will monitor components as referenced in the VOCERA Specification and use all commercially reasonable efforts to provide to VOCERA any information regarding component End of Life, and suggested replacement components to VOCERA for review and possible addition to the VOCERA Specifications.

 

 

9.8

STMC will provide a monthly report to VOCERA detailing component material liability including NCNR on hand and on order, Excess and Obsolete inventory and any additional data as mutually agreed upon in writing by the parties from time to time.

 

12

 

*

Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


 

9.9

VOCERA and SMTC will conduct Quarterly Business Review meetings no less than three (3) times per year at an agreed upon location with a mutually agreed upon agenda.

 

 

9.10

VOCERA and SMTC agreed to the following process regarding the escalation of unresolved issues.

VOCERA’s progression of escalation will be as follows:

 

 

1.

Senior Materials Manager

 

 

2.

VP Operations

 

 

3.

COO

SMTCs progress of escalation will be as follows:

 

 

1.

Program Manager

 

 

2.

Manufacturing site VP and General Manager

 

 

3.

SVP Manufacturing and Engineering

 

 

4.

SVP Business Development and President/CEO

SECTION 10.0 - FINANCIAL, TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND ASSISTANCE

 

 

10.1

Sharing of Financial Information: VOCERA and SMTC agree to provide the requesting party with relevant information concerning current financial information upon request, provided that parties shall not make such a request more than once per calendar quarter. Parties use this information for the sole purpose of an on-going financial review of the operations of the party. Such information shall be treated as Confidential Information for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

 

10.2

Sharing of Technical Information: The parties agree to mutually advise each other from time to time without charge with respect to all technical information relating to the Product.

 

 

10.3

Trademark Rights. VOCERA requests and SMTC agrees to provide certain markings and identification, which includes the trademark(s) and/or trade name of VOCERA, on the Products ordered and delivered to VOCERA. Such markings and identification shall be strictly in accordance with the requirements of VOCERA as set forth in VOCERA’s Corporate Style Guide and other policies regarding advertising and trademark usage as established, and as VOCERA may update as from time to time and provide to SMTC in writing. SMTC is not authorized to use the trademark(s) and trade names of VOCERA on any products, other than Products ordered by and delivered to VOCERA, or for any other purpose. SMTC is hereby granted a limited trademark license with respect to the VOCERA trademarks set out in the above-mentioned markings and identification, solely for the above-mentioned use. All other use is prohibited. This license shall terminate on the earlier of termination of this Agreement or, at VOCERA’s option, upon failure of SMTC to maintain the quality requirements established by VOCERA and notification of SMTC in writing of same. SMTC shall obtain no rights to or interest of any kind in any VOCERA trademarks or trade names other than the limited right to use set out above.

SECTION 11.0 - ASSIGNMENT

 

 

11.1

VOCERA may not assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of SMTC, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

13


 

11.2

SMTC may not assign its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of VOCERA, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

 

11.3

In the event VOCERA is sold, merged or involved in any other type of corporate restructuring which results in a change of control, this Agreement shall be deemed to be automatically renewed for a further 6 months from the date of such event with production of Products by SMTC for VOCERA not to be adversely affected by such event.

 

 

11.4

In the event SMTC is sold, merged or involved in any other type of corporate restructuring which results in a change of control, this Agreement shall be deemed to be automatically renewed for a further 6 months from the date of such event with production of Products by SMTC for VOCERA not to be adversely affected by such event.

SECTION 12.0 - INDEMNIFICATION

 

 

12.1

SMTC shall use commercially reasonable efforts to procure from vendors of parts, components and other materials used in the Products indemnity protection extending to VOCERA, including the defense of actions and payment of all claims, costs, damages, judgments and reasonable legal fees resulting from or arising out of any alleged and/or actual infringement or other violation of any patents, patent rights, trademarks, trademark rights, trade names, trade name rights, copyrights, trade secrets, industrial designs, proprietary rights and processes or other such rights with respect to all parts, components and other materials procured by SMTC under this Agreement.

 

 

12.2

In the event that SMTC is unable to secure the indemnity contemplated under Section 12.1, for any part, component or other material, SMTC shall notify VOCERA and allow VOCERA to participate in discussions with the supplier in question with regard to securing such indemnification. If the indemnification is still not available after this process, VOCERA may then approve the part, component or other material without indemnification or ask that SMTC source the part, component or other material elsewhere. VOCERA will be responsible for any change in price of the part, component or other material in question.

 

 

12.3

VOCERA hereby accepts responsibility for, and shall defend, indemnify, and hold harmless SMTC, SMTC Affiliate and their officers, directors, employees, agents, and shareholders against, any liabilities (including, without limitation, costs and expenses of litigation, reasonable legal fees, settlements, and damages) arising from defects in the Specifications or the design of the Products, and from any alleged and/or actual infringement or other violation of any patents, patent rights, trademarks, trademark rights, trade names, trade name rights, copyrights, trade secrets, industrial designs, proprietary rights and processes or other such rights by the Products except as to the extent of SMTC obligations under section 12.4. SMTC shall promptly notify VOCERA of any claims related to such indemnification and no such claim shall be settled without VOCERA’s prior written consent.

 

 

12.4

SMTC agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless VOCERA, VOCERA Affiliate and their respective directors, officers, agents, and employees, against any and all losses including without limitation claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs, expenses and reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal costs which arise out of or relate to SMTC’s failure to comply with a) any applicable local, state, federal, and foreign laws and regulations in the performance of SMTC’s obligations under this Agreement and b) a claim by a third party that SMTCs manufacturing process utilized in SMTC manufacturing of any Product infringes upon, misappropriates or violates any U.S. Intellectual Property Rights of a third party.

 

14


SECTION 13.0 - PROTECTION OF INTERESTS

Term of Confidentiality :

 

 

13.1

Each party shall, during the term of this Agreement and for a period of three years thereafter, keep in confidence all of the Confidential Information received by it. Neither party shall use the Confidential Information other than as may be expressly permitted under the terms of this Agreement or by a separate written agreement signed by the other party. Each party shall take reasonable steps to prevent unauthorized disclosure or use of the Confidential Information and to prevent it from falling into the public domain or into the possession of unauthorized persons. Neither party shall disclose the Confidential Information to any person or entity other than its officers, employees, consultants and subsidiaries who need access to such Confidential Information in order to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

Limits to Confidential Information :

 

 

13.2

Confidential Information will not include any information that: (a) becomes publicly known without fault or breach on the part of the receiving party; (b) disclosing party provides to others without restriction on disclosure; (c) receiving party obtains from a third party without breach of a nondisclosure obligation and without restriction on disclosure; (d) is already known to receiving party prior to its disclosure by disclosing party or (e) must be disclosed by receiving party by statutory or regulatory provision, or court order, provided, however, that receiving party provides notice thereof to disclosing party together with the statutory or regulatory provision or court order on which such disclosure is based, as soon as practicable prior to such disclosure.

Limits to Post-VOCERA Product Manufacturing :

 

 

13.3

SMTC recognizes and agrees that the Products may incorporate certain Confidential Information which is proprietary to VOCERA, including, without limitation, software source and object codes (“Product Technology”). All Product Technology is and shall remain the property of VOCERA. Subject to the provisions of Section 13.2, during the term of this Agreement and for a period of ten years thereafter, SMTC will not (i) directly or indirectly, manufacture, process, label, package, supply, or sell, any Product, or other products utilizing Product Technology, except as contemplated by the terms of this Agreement; or (ii) carry on or engage in, directly or indirectly, on its own or through any individual, partnership, company, association, or entity, any business or other activity utilizing Product Technology.

SMTC Intellectual Property :

 

 

13.4

All SMTC Intellectual Property will remain the sole property of SMTC. VOCERA shall, during the term of this Agreement and at all times thereafter, keep in confidence all of the SMTC Intellectual Property received by it. During the term of this Agreement and for a period of ten years thereafter, VOCERA shall not, directly or indirectly, use, replicate, distribute, share or disclose to any person or entity the SMTC Intellectual Property, other than as may be expressly permitted by a separate written agreement signed by SMTC. VOCERA shall take all reasonable steps to prevent unauthorized disclosure or use of the SMTC Intellectual Property and to prevent it from falling into the public domain or into the possession of unauthorized persons, which steps shall be no less than the measures which VOCERA uses to protect VOCERA’s Project Technology and other Confidential Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, as to any item of SMTC Intellectual Property which is not Confidential Information (e.g., pursuant to Section 13.2), VOCERA shall have no obligation of nondisclosure and its other obligations shall be limited to those imposed by applicable U.S. law regarding patent, copyright, etc.

 

15


VOCERA Non-Solicitation

 

 

13.5

Within the period of 12 months after the last day that VOCERA has requested work under this Agreement, VOCERA shall make no offers of employment or consulting engagements to SMTC personnel (which, for the purposes of this Section 13.5, shall include full time, part time, permanent and temporary employees and independent consultants and contractors), and shall ensure that no affiliate of VOCERA to which VOCERA has provided information about such personnel shall make any such offers to SMTC personnel. Should any such personnel be hired or engaged by VOCERA or such an affiliate within such time period, VOCERA agrees to pay as liquidated damages to SMTC a fee equal to [*] (on an annualized basis) to such personnel.

SMTC Non-Solicitation :

 

 

13.6

Within the period of 12 months after the last day that VOCERA has requested work under this Agreement, SMTC shall make no offers of employment or consulting engagements to VOCERA personnel (which, for the purposes of this Section 13.6, shall include full time, part time, permanent and temporary employees and independent consultants and contractors), and shall ensure that no affiliate of SMTC to which SMTC has provided information about such personnel shall make any such offers to VOCERA personnel. Should any such personnel be hired or engaged by SMTC or such an affiliate within such time period, SMTC agrees to pay as liquidated damages to VOCERA a fee equal to [*] (on an annualized basis) to such personnel.

SECTION 14.0 - RIGHT TO TERMINATE

 

 

14.1

In the event that either party is in material breach of any of its obligations under this Agreement, then the other party may give written notice of such breach to the defaulting party and request remedy of such breach. If the party in breach fails to remedy such breach within 30 days after the date of notice then this Agreement may be terminated immediately by written notice of termination given by the complaining party.

 

 

14.2

Notwithstanding the provisions contained in Section 14.1, either party may terminate this Agreement by written notice to take effect immediately upon receipt thereof by the other party in the event that the party receiving notice has become bankrupt or insolvent or has made an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or a receiver is appointed for its business or a voluntary or involuntary petition of bankruptcy is filed, or proceedings for the reorganization of the party are instituted, or VOCERA has attempted to assign any part of the rights granted to it under this Agreement without prior written consent of SMTC.

 

 

14.3

Either party may terminate this agreement with 180 calendar days written notice.

SECTION 15.0 - EFFECT OF TERMINATION

 

 

15.1

Upon termination of this Agreement:

 

 

15.1.1  

VOCERA shall within 30 working days thereafter pay to SMTC all invoices due and owing pursuant to this Agreement, including without limitation, any remaining payments for Inventory, Property, work in process and finished Products then being held by SMTC.

 

 

15.1.2  

At the option of VOCERA, and provided that VOCERA is not otherwise in default under this Agreement and has made the payments required under Section 15.1.1 and is otherwise not in breach of this Agreement, SMTC shall continue to provide the Services and manufacture the Products as contemplated under this Agreement for such term as may be agreed upon

 

16

 

*

Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


  by the parties, except that payment to SMTC for Products and Services shall be on such consignment or value added basis as may be agreed upon by the parties.

 

 

15.1.3  

Promptly after the later of the termination of this Agreement and the termination of the ongoing arrangement referred to in Section 15.1.2:

 

 

15.1.3.1  

the parties shall facilitate the transfer of all Property then being held by SMTC to VOCERA including all documentation relating thereto;

 

 

15.1.3.2  

SMTC shall return all original design drawings, copies of drawings, Specifications, written descriptions, and other recorded technical information furnished to SMTC by VOCERA pursuant to this Agreement;

 

 

15.1.3.3  

SMTC shall (at its option) make available for purchase or license by VOCERA any SMTC Intellectual Property developed by SMTC, exclusive of SMTC IP funded by, for use in production of the Products, upon terms to be agreed upon by the parties; and

 

 

15.1.3.4  

each party shall cease to use the documentation and information provided to it by the other party pursuant to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

 

15.2

The following Sections shall survive the expiration or termination for any reason of this Agreement: 5.1, 7.1-7.11, 12.1-12.4, 13.1-13.6, 17.1, 18.1 and 19.1 to 19.10 together with any payment obligations arising prior to such expiry or termination. SMTC’s obligations to provide Warranty coverage per the terms of this Agreement for Products sold to VOCERA prior to the termination of the Agreement for which valid Warranty periods extend beyond the termination date of this Agreement will be contingent upon SMTC having access to all required tooling and testing capabilities required to manufacture, repair and/or test the Product.

SECTION 16.0 - FORCE MAJEURE

 

 

16.1

Neither of the parties shall be liable for any failure or omission in the performance of any provision of this Agreement, if failure is caused by or shall arise directly or indirectly, from acts of God, government orders, legislation, or regulations, embargoes, fire, storm, floods, strikes, labor trouble, wars, riots, failure of carriers or suppliers to transport or furnish materials or other contingencies beyond the reasonable control of the parties. SMTC shall, however, give prompt notice to VOCERA in the event of the occurrence of any of the above contingencies that SMTC expects will delay the delivery of the Products or Services or any part thereof in a timely manner. Any notice from SMTC shall include its estimate as to the expected period of delay. Upon receipt of such notice or upon VOCERA becoming aware of the occurrence of any of the above contingencies which VOCERA reasonably expects will delay the delivery of the Services or any part thereof, VOCERA shall be free to obtain some or all of the Services without delay and without penalty that are expected to be the subject of delay from other suppliers during such period notwithstanding its obligations under this Agreement. In such circumstances, SMTC shall co-operate with VOCERA and any new suppliers to achieve a smooth, effective and expeditious transition and SMTC shall deliver any Property as directed by VOCERA during the period of delay. SMTC shall be entitled to give notice to VOCERA following resolution of any outstanding difficulties resulting from any such contingency in respect of which it has given notice, or that VOCERA became aware of, that SMTC is then in a position to provide the affected Services in a timely manner in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. In any event, VOCERA shall then deal with SMTC in connection with the provision of the affected Services commencing on the 30th day following receipt of such notice from SMTC.

 

17


SECTION 17.0 - ARBITRATION

 

 

17.1

Except matters relating to collection of monies owed by either party to the other, pricing of items, or compliance with Specifications, the parties agree that any dispute involving any matter arising under this Agreement shall be resolved by binding arbitration held in the state of Delaware, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association. Such arbitration shall commence within six months of said dispute. To the extent that the dispute is not subject to resolution through arbitration, the parties hereby agree that a lawsuit may only be brought in the appropriate Federal or Delaware State Court located in Delaware, having jurisdiction over the subject matter of the dispute or matter. The parties hereby consent to the exercise of personal jurisdiction by any court with respect to any such proceeding.

SECTION 18.0 - NOTICE

 

 

18.1

Any notice required or permitted to be given for the purposes of this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be sufficiently given if personally delivered to an officer of the party, notice is being given to or sent by facsimile, courier or registered letter, postage prepaid and:

 

 

(a)

if to SMTC, addressed to it at:

 

 

SMTC Corporation

 

 

635 Hood Road

 

 

Markham, Ontario, Canada

 

 

L3R 4N6 Attn: President and CEO

 

 

(b)

if to Vocera Communications, Inc, addressed to it at:

 

 

Vocera Communications, Inc

 

 

ATTN: CFO

 

 

525 Race Street, Suite 150

 

 

San Jose, CA 95126

and such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the day it was personally delivered or sent by facsimile or on the fifth business day after mailing; provided, however, if at after the time of mailing of any such notice and prior to delivery, normal postal service is interrupted through strikes or other similar irregularities then such notice shall be deemed to have been received on the fifth business day following the resumption of normal mail service. Any party may from time to time change its address for the purpose of receipt of any such notices by giving written notice of such change to the other party in the manner described.

SECTION 19.0 - GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

 

19.1

Nothing contained in this Agreement shall constitute a joint venture or partnership between the parties hereto, or empower a party to bind the other.

 

 

19.2

Unless otherwise specified, words importing the singular include the plural and vice versa and words importing gender include all genders.

 

 

19.3

The division of this Agreement into sections, the insertion of headings and the provision of a table of contents are for convenience of reference only and are not to affect the construction or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

 

19.4

Each party shall from time to time promptly execute and deliver all further documents and take all further action reasonably necessary to give effect to the provisions of this Agreement.

 

 

19.5

This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware. The parties agree that the courts of Delaware shall have sole and

 

18


  exclusive judicial jurisdiction to determine any matter arising under this Agreement that cannot be resolved by the parties directly. It is agreed and understood that any Purchase Order or other document related to the Services issued by VOCERA to SMTC during the term of this Agreement shall be subject to and governed by the terms of this Agreement.

 

 

19.6  

This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter and supersedes all prior agreements, negotiations, discussions, undertakings, representations, warranties and understandings, whether written or verbal. No amendment, supplement, restatement or termination of any provision of this Agreement is binding unless it is in writing and signed by each party to this Agreement.

 

 

19.7  

This Agreement ensures to the benefit of and binds the parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

 

19.8  

If any provision of this Agreement is or becomes illegal, invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of that provision will not affect:

 

 

19.8.1  

the legality, validity or enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement; or

 

 

19.8.2  

the legality, validity or enforceability of that provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

 

19.9  

Amounts to be paid or calculated under this Agreement are to be paid or calculated in currency of the United States of America.

 

 

19.10  

No waiver of any provision of this Agreement is binding unless it is in writing and signed by all the parties to this Agreement entitled to grant the waiver. No failure to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right or remedy, under this Agreement will be deemed to be a waiver of that right or remedy. No waiver of any breach of any provision of this Agreement will be deemed to be a waiver of any subsequent breach of that provision.

 

19


IN WITNESS WHEREOF the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the respective dates set out below.

 

SMTC CORPORATION

By:

 

/s/ Steven G. Hoffrogge

  (Authorized Signing Officer)

Print Name:  

 

Steven G. Hoffrogge

Job Title:

 

Senior Vice President Business
Development

7th day of June, 2010

Vocera Communications, Inc

By:

 

/s/ Martin Silver

  (Authorized Signing Officer)

Print Name:

 

Martin J. Silver

Job Title:

 

Chief Financial Officer

7 th day of June, 2010

 

20


Attachment 1

 

1.

PRODUCT LIST AND PRICES

All prices in US Dollars

Effective Date: 4/19/2010

Program: B2000 Badge

Product Name: B2000

Part Number: 200-01557 and 200-01742

[*]

 

[*]      [ *]   

[*]

[*]      [ *]   

[*]

Above reference pricing is subject to the notes and assumptions documented in the SMTC quotation T10-036, dated 04/19/2010

 

21

 

*

Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


2.

PRODUCT QUOTATION TEMPLATE

[*]

 

22

 

*

Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.


Attachment 2

 

1.

SAN JOSE SIDE JOB LABOR RATE

All prices in US Dollars

Effective Date: 4/19/2010

Price:

 

Name

   Labor Rate   

Examples

[*]

  

[*]

  

Relabeling, inspection

[*]

  

[*]

  

Debug, analysis

 

23

 

*

Certain information on this page has been omitted and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Confidential treatment has been requested with respect to the omitted portions.

Exhibit 21.01

Subsidiaries of Vocera Communications, Inc.

 

    

Name of Subsidiary

       

Jurisdiction

  

Vocera Hand-off Communications, Inc.

     

Tennessee

  

Vocera Canada Ltd.

     

Canada

  

Vocera Communications UK Limited

     

United Kingdom

  

ExperiaHealth, Inc.

     

Delaware

  

Vocera Communications Australia Pty Limited

     

Australia

Exhibit 23.02

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Vocera Communications, Inc. of our report dated August 1, 2011 relating to the financial statements of Vocera Communications, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

San Jose, California

August 1, 2011

Exhibit 23.03

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Vocera Communications, Inc. of our report dated August 1, 2011 relating to the financial statements of Integrated Voice Solutions, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP

San Jose, California

August 1, 2011

Exhibit 23.04

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Vocera Communications, Inc. of our report dated July 22, 2011 relating to the financial statements of the OptiVox product line of The White Stone Group, Inc., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ PERSHING YOAKLEY & ASSOCIATES, P.C.

Knoxville, Tennessee

August 1, 2011

Exhibit 99.01

CONSENT OF BILLIAN PUBLISHING, INC.

We consent to the reference to our company under the caption “Business—Industry Overview” and to the use of the information extracted from our report in conjunction therewith, in the registration statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-_________) and the related prospectus of Vocera Communications, Inc.

 

    BILLIAN PUBLISHING, INC.
By:   /s/ Donald B. Graham
  Name:   Donald B. Graham
  Title:   General Manager

Atlanta, Georgia

July 13, 2011